From 67e54349c839d9a1ccb5133f5897809090fc2f67 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Rick Anderson <riande@microsoft.com>
Date: Wed, 4 Apr 2018 14:49:14 -1000
Subject: [PATCH] Revert "CI Update (#5878)"

This reverts commit 1832723bd1557feb789e7a96ef80d7c4a2a9436b.
---
 .../automate-everything.md                    |   8 +-
 ...ous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md |   6 +-
 .../data-partitioning-strategies.md           |   6 +-
 .../data-storage-options.md                   |   6 +-
 .../design-to-survive-failures.md             |   6 +-
 .../distributed-caching.md                    |   6 +-
 .../introduction.md                           |   4 +-
 .../monitoring-and-telemetry.md               |   6 +-
 .../more-patterns-and-guidance.md             |   6 +-
 .../queue-centric-work-pattern.md             |   6 +-
 .../single-sign-on.md                         |   6 +-
 .../source-control.md                         |   6 +-
 .../the-fix-it-sample-application.md          |  24 +-
 .../transient-fault-handling.md               |   6 +-
 .../unstructured-blob-storage.md              |   6 +-
 .../web-development-best-practices.md         |   6 +-
 ...zure-websites-managing-change-and-scale.md |  20 +-
 .../an-overview-of-project-katana.md          |   2 +-
 .../host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role.md      |   2 +-
 ...ddleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline.md |   6 +-
 .../owin-oauth-20-authorization-server.md     | 622 +++++++++---------
 .../owin-startup-class-detection.md           |  42 +-
 aspnet/docfx.json                             |   7 +-
 ...-mysql-aspnet-identity-storage-provider.md |   2 +-
 ...m-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity.md |  30 +-
 ...-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity.md |   4 +-
 ...sing-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity.md |  44 +-
 ...-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-identity-recommended-resources.md  |   2 +-
 ...-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider.md |  30 +-
 ...pps-with-windows-azure-active-directory.md |  12 +-
 .../introduction-to-aspnet-identity.md        |  20 +-
 ...-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity.md |  16 +-
 ...ip-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity.md |  10 +-
 aspnet/index.md                               |  14 +-
 aspnet/mobile/tested-devices.md               | 534 +++++++--------
 .../changing-the-database.md                  |   6 +-
 .../creating-the-web-application.md           |   6 +-
 .../customizing-a-view.md                     |   6 +-
 .../enhancing-data-validation.md              |   6 +-
 .../generating-views.md                       |   6 +-
 .../publish-to-azure.md                       |   4 +-
 .../setting-up-database.md                    |   4 +-
 ...rk-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md |   4 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  20 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...ta-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  10 +-
 ...ta-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  42 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...ty-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  32 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   8 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  36 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...sing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md |  10 +-
 .../introduction/adding-a-controller.md       |   8 +-
 .../introduction/adding-a-model.md            |   8 +-
 .../introduction/adding-a-new-field.md        |  16 +-
 .../introduction/adding-a-view.md             |   8 +-
 .../introduction/adding-search.md             |   8 +-
 .../introduction/adding-validation.md         |   8 +-
 .../creating-a-connection-string.md           |   8 +-
 ...xamining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md |   6 +-
 ...xamining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md |  12 +-
 .../introduction/getting-started.md           |  19 +-
 .../getting-started/introduction/index.md     |   2 +-
 .../recommended-resources-for-mvc.md          |   2 +-
 .../iteration-1-create-the-application-cs.md  |   4 +-
 .../iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md  |   6 +-
 ...ion-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ion-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md     |   6 +-
 .../iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md     |   6 +-
 ...make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md       |   6 +-
 .../iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md       |   6 +-
 ...ration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md  |   6 +-
 .../iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-vb.md  |   4 +-
 ...ing-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md     |  10 +-
 .../asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-cs.md        |   4 +-
 .../asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md        |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md     |   6 +-
 .../creating-a-controller-cs.md               |  10 +-
 .../creating-a-controller-vb.md               |  10 +-
 .../creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md  |   6 +-
 .../creating-a-custom-route-constraint-vb.md  |   4 +-
 .../creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md         |   6 +-
 .../creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md         |   6 +-
 .../creating-an-action-cs.md                  |   6 +-
 .../creating-an-action-vb.md                  |   6 +-
 .../creating-custom-routes-cs.md              |   6 +-
 .../creating-custom-routes-vb.md              |   6 +-
 ...ving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../understanding-action-filters-cs.md        |   6 +-
 .../understanding-action-filters-vb.md        |   6 +-
 ...t-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...t-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part1.md         |   4 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md         |   6 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md         |   6 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md         |   6 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md         |   6 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md         |   6 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md         |   6 +-
 .../getting-started-with-mvc-part8.md         |   4 +-
 ...ating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md |  11 +-
 ...el-classes-with-the-entity-framework-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...el-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md |   6 +-
 .../displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../performing-simple-validation-cs.md        |   6 +-
 .../performing-simple-validation-vb.md        |   6 +-
 .../validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md     |   6 +-
 .../validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md     |   6 +-
 ...ng-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-with-the-data-annotation-validators-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...ation-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ation-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md |   6 +-
 .../nerddinner/create-a-database.md           |   6 +-
 .../create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md        |   6 +-
 .../enable-automated-unit-testing.md          |   6 +-
 .../implement-efficient-data-paging.md        |   6 +-
 .../introducing-the-nerddinner-tutorial.md    |   4 +-
 .../nerddinner/nerddinner-wrap-up.md          |   4 +-
 ...d-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md |  12 +-
 ...-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md |   6 +-
 ...-using-authentication-and-authorization.md |   6 +-
 .../use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md    |   8 +-
 ...use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md |   6 +-
 ...-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md |   8 +-
 ...iewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md |   6 +-
 ...ting-users-with-forms-authentication-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ting-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md |  10 +-
 ...ng-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...venting-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md |   8 +-
 ...venting-javascript-injection-attacks-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...t-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...t-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-cs.md    |   4 +-
 .../views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md    |   6 +-
 .../views/creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md  |   6 +-
 .../views/creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md  |   6 +-
 ...-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md   |   6 +-
 .../passing-data-to-view-master-pages-vb.md   |   4 +-
 ...gbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...gbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features.md           |   4 +-
 ...n-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript.md |   4 +-
 ...sing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md | 284 ++++----
 .../cs/adding-a-controller.md                 |   6 +-
 .../cs/adding-a-model.md                      |   6 +-
 .../cs/adding-a-new-field.md                  |   6 +-
 .../cs/adding-a-view.md                       |   6 +-
 .../cs/adding-validation-to-the-model.md      |   6 +-
 ...xamining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md |   6 +-
 ...mproving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md |   6 +-
 .../cs/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md               |   4 +-
 ...sing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md |   6 +-
 .../vb/adding-a-controller.md                 |   6 +-
 .../vb/adding-a-model.md                      |   6 +-
 .../vb/adding-a-new-field.md                  |   8 +-
 .../vb/adding-a-view.md                       |   8 +-
 .../vb/adding-validation-to-the-model.md      |   6 +-
 ...xamining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md |   6 +-
 ...mproving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md |   6 +-
 .../vb/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md               |   4 +-
 ...sing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md |   6 +-
 .../adding-a-controller.md                    |   6 +-
 .../adding-a-model.md                         |   6 +-
 ...-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md |   8 +-
 .../adding-a-view.md                          |   6 +-
 .../adding-validation-to-the-model.md         |   6 +-
 ...xamining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md |   6 +-
 ...xamining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md |   6 +-
 .../intro-to-aspnet-mvc-4.md                  |   4 +-
 ...rk-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md |   6 +-
 ...building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads.md |   4 +-
 ...ta-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  10 +-
 ...ta-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  34 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...ty-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  30 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   8 +-
 ...-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   8 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   8 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |  18 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters.md     |  54 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection.md      |  44 +-
 ...ty-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations.md |  34 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals.md              | 294 ++++-----
 ...pnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation.md | 110 ++--
 .../aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access.md    | 157 ++---
 .../whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md              | 250 +++----
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1.md |   4 +-
 .../mvc-music-store-part-10.md                |   4 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2.md |   6 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3.md |   6 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-4.md |   6 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-5.md |   6 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-6.md |   6 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-7.md |   6 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-8.md |   6 +-
 .../mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-9.md |   6 +-
 ...r-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-1.md |   4 +-
 ...r-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md |   6 +-
 ...r-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md |   6 +-
 ...r-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-4.md |   4 +-
 ...ory-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui.md |   8 +-
 ...t-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md |   6 +-
 ...the-dropdownlist-helper-with-aspnet-mvc.md |   4 +-
 .../performance/bundling-and-minification.md  |   2 +-
 ...-debug-your-aspnet-mvc-app-with-glimpse.md |   2 +-
 ...ng-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md |  12 +-
 ...i-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2.md |  10 +-
 ...sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication.md |  40 +-
 ...ok-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on.md |  10 +-
 .../preventing-open-redirection-attacks.md    |   4 +-
 ...1-architectural-discussion-and-overview.md |   4 +-
 ...hopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md |   6 +-
 ...-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md  |   6 +-
 ...storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md |   6 +-
 ...refront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md |   6 +-
 ...c-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md |   6 +-
 ...ont-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md |   6 +-
 ...front-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md |   6 +-
 ...orefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md |   6 +-
 ...processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md |   6 +-
 ...ront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md |   6 +-
 ...torefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md  |   6 +-
 ...rt-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md |   6 +-
 ...t-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md |   6 +-
 ...tting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis.md    |   4 +-
 ...mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md |   6 +-
 ...mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md |   6 +-
 ...net-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md |   6 +-
 ...hing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md |   6 +-
 ...c-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md |   6 +-
 ...esting-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md |   6 +-
 ...mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1.md   |   4 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md   |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md   |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4.md   |   4 +-
 .../5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md    |   6 +-
 .../an-introduction-to-url-routing.md         |   6 +-
 .../mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md      |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md    |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md         |   6 +-
 ...0-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md |   6 +-
 ...plication-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md |   6 +-
 ...-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc.md |   4 +-
 .../how-do-i/creating-custom-html-helpers.md  |   6 +-
 ...creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md |   6 +-
 ...-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md |   6 +-
 .../displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md    |   6 +-
 ...stom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...els-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md |   6 +-
 ...x-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md |   6 +-
 ...pverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 ...k-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md |   6 +-
 ...ith-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i/how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc.md |   4 +-
 .../mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-html-encoding.md      |   6 +-
 .../mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-model-validation.md   |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i/mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md    |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i/mvc2-template-customization.md   |   6 +-
 ...preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md |   6 +-
 ...s-controller-actions-and-action-results.md |   6 +-
 ...erstanding-models-views-and-controllers.md |   6 +-
 ...anding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md |   6 +-
 ...ideo-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md |   6 +-
 ...nute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md |   6 +-
 ...art-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure.md |   4 +-
 .../mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md     |   6 +-
 ...music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels.md |   4 +-
 .../introduction-to-signalr.md                |   8 +-
 ...real-time-web-applications-with-signalr.md |  12 +-
 .../tutorial-server-broadcast-with-signalr.md |   2 +-
 .../introduction-to-security.md               |   2 +-
 ...-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4.md |  16 +-
 ...al-server-broadcast-with-aspnet-signalr.md |   2 +-
 .../performance/scaleout-with-sql-server.md   |   2 +-
 .../overview/security/hub-authorization.md    |   2 +-
 .../security/introduction-to-security.md      |   2 +-
 .../unit-testing-signalr-applications.md      |   8 +-
 .../overview/introduction/other-libraries.md  |  26 +-
 .../overview/templates/hottowel-template.md   |   4 +-
 .../2012/windows-azure-authentication.md      |   4 +-
 .../overview/2013/release-notes.md            |  28 +-
 .../calling-a-web-api-from-a-net-client.md    |  14 +-
 .../advanced/configuring-aspnet-web-api.md    |  14 +-
 .../part-1.md                                 |   4 +-
 .../part-10.md                                |   4 +-
 .../part-2.md                                 |   6 +-
 .../part-3.md                                 |   6 +-
 .../part-4.md                                 |   6 +-
 .../part-5.md                                 |   8 +-
 .../part-6.md                                 |   6 +-
 .../part-7.md                                 |   6 +-
 .../part-8.md                                 |   6 +-
 .../part-9.md                                 |   6 +-
 ...-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role.md |   2 +-
 ...-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application.md | 111 ++--
 .../odata-security-guidance.md                |   4 +-
 .../odata-v3/creating-an-odata-endpoint.md    |   2 +-
 .../build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api.md |  94 ++-
 ...ng-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1.md |   4 +-
 ...ng-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-7.md |   4 +-
 .../external-authentication-services.md       |  22 +-
 ...ion-resiliency-and-command-interception.md |  20 +-
 .../databinding-to-an-accordion-cs.md         |   4 +-
 .../databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md         |   6 +-
 ...dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../adding-animation-to-a-control-cs.md       |   4 +-
 .../adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md       |   6 +-
 .../animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md    |   6 +-
 .../animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md    |   6 +-
 ...ting-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ting-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md  |   6 +-
 .../animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md  |   6 +-
 ...-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md  |   6 +-
 .../disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md  |   6 +-
 ...y-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...y-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...ng-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md |   6 +-
 .../picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ring-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ring-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...lling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...lling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...ng-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...nd-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...nd-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...ing-the-colorpicker-control-extender-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ing-the-colorpicker-control-extender-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-cs.md   |   4 +-
 .../how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-vb.md   |   4 +-
 .../using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs.md |   4 +-
 .../using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...djusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...djusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...opshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...opshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../dynamically-populating-a-control-cs.md    |   4 +-
 ...ting-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ting-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md    |   6 +-
 ...e-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...e-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...nly-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...nly-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...jax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md |   8 +-
 ...jax-control-toolkit-control-extender-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...tarted-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...tarted-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...olkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...olkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ng-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md |   6 +-
 .../modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...g-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...g-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...eating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...eating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../nobot/fighting-bots-cs.md                 |   4 +-
 .../nobot/fighting-bots-vb.md                 |   4 +-
 ...n-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...n-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs.md  |   4 +-
 .../testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb.md  |   4 +-
 ...-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-cs.md |   4 +-
 .../popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../rating/creating-a-rating-control-cs.md    |   4 +-
 .../rating/creating-a-rating-control-vb.md    |   4 +-
 .../drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md       |   6 +-
 .../drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb.md       |   4 +-
 .../using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs.md    |   4 +-
 .../using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md    |   6 +-
 .../databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md      |   6 +-
 .../databinding-the-slider-control-vb.md      |   4 +-
 ...he-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...he-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...oxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...oxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...c-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...c-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...rized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...rized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md |   6 +-
 .../adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...onnection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...onnection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...or-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...or-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-defined-functions-with-managed-code-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md         |   6 +-
 .../debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md         |   6 +-
 ...-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...dating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...dating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...or-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...or-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../working-with-computed-columns-cs.md       |   6 +-
 .../working-with-computed-columns-vb.md       |   6 +-
 .../declarative-parameters-cs.md              |   6 +-
 .../declarative-parameters-vb.md              |   6 +-
 ...aying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...aying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md |   6 +-
 .../caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md    |   6 +-
 .../caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md    |   6 +-
 ...ching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md        |   6 +-
 .../using-sql-cache-dependencies-vb.md        |   4 +-
 ...buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../custom-formatting-based-upon-data-cs.md   |   6 +-
 .../custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md   |   8 +-
 ...information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...atefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...atefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...mplatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...mplatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md      |   6 +-
 .../using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md      |   6 +-
 ...om-database-driven-site-map-provider-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...om-database-driven-site-map-provider-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...h-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...h-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...atalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md |   8 +-
 ...atalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md |   8 +-
 .../nested-data-web-controls-cs.md            |   6 +-
 .../nested-data-web-controls-vb.md            |   4 +-
 ...ds-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ds-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ng-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...andling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...andling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../performing-batch-updates-cs.md            |   6 +-
 .../performing-batch-updates-vb.md            |   6 +-
 ...ient-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ient-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...zing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...zing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md |   6 +-
 .../implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...tion-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...tion-functionality-based-on-the-user-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...ding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...g-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...g-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ew-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ew-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...l-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...l-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ltering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ltering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ster-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ster-records-with-a-details-datalist-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md     |   6 +-
 .../creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md     |   6 +-
 .../creating-a-data-access-layer-cs.md        |  58 +-
 .../creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md        |  54 +-
 .../master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md    |   6 +-
 .../master-pages-and-site-navigation-vb.md    |   4 +-
 ...er-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...er-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...r-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...r-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...ta-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...ta-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ta-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ta-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md |  12 +-
 ...paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md |  12 +-
 .../paging-and-sorting-report-data-cs.md      |   4 +-
 .../paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md      |   6 +-
 .../sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md           |   6 +-
 .../sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md           |   6 +-
 .../batch-deleting-cs.md                      |   6 +-
 .../batch-deleting-vb.md                      |   6 +-
 .../batch-inserting-cs.md                     |   6 +-
 .../batch-inserting-vb.md                     |   4 +-
 .../batch-updating-cs.md                      |   6 +-
 .../batch-updating-vb.md                      |   6 +-
 ...e-modifications-within-a-transaction-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...e-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...load-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...load-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../uploading-files-cs.md                     |   4 +-
 .../uploading-files-vb.md                     |   6 +-
 .../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md     |   4 +-
 ...e-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md |   6 +-
 ...e-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md |   6 +-
 ...ip-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md |   6 +-
 ...uding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md |  18 +-
 .../performing-a-what-if-deployment.md        |   6 +-
 ...hell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md |   6 +-
 ...eb-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md |   6 +-
 .../troubleshooting-the-packaging-process.md  |   4 +-
 ...ng-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md |   6 +-
 ...tabase-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md |  12 +-
 ...eb-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md |  12 +-
 ...-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md |  14 +-
 ...eb-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md |  12 +-
 ...ent-properties-for-a-target-environment.md |  28 +-
 ...-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md |   4 +-
 ...server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md |   8 +-
 ...oduction-environment-for-web-deployment.md |   6 +-
 ...-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md |   6 +-
 ...g-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md |   6 +-
 .../adding-content-to-source-control.md       |   6 +-
 ...g-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md |   6 +-
 ...g-permissions-for-team-build-deployment.md |   4 +-
 ...am-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md |   4 +-
 ...ild-definition-that-supports-deployment.md |   6 +-
 .../creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md         |  16 +-
 .../deploying-a-specific-build.md             |   6 +-
 ...nagement-from-development-to-production.md |   4 +-
 ...eb-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios.md |   4 +-
 ...rprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md |   6 +-
 .../command-line-deployment.md                |   6 +-
 .../deploying-a-code-update.md                |   6 +-
 .../deploying-a-database-update.md            |   6 +-
 .../deploying-extra-files.md                  |   6 +-
 .../deploying-to-iis.md                       |  18 +-
 .../deploying-to-production.md                |  20 +-
 .../introduction.md                           |   4 +-
 .../preparing-databases.md                    |  14 +-
 .../project-properties.md                     |   6 +-
 .../setting-folder-permissions.md             |   6 +-
 .../troubleshooting.md                        |   8 +-
 .../web-config-transformations.md             |   6 +-
 ...-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md |  10 +-
 ...g-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md |   6 +-
 ...g-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md |   6 +-
 .../deploying-database-projects.md            |   8 +-
 .../deploying-web-packages.md                 |   6 +-
 .../manually-installing-web-packages.md       |   4 +-
 ...setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md |   6 +-
 .../the-contact-manager-solution.md           |   6 +-
 .../understanding-the-build-process.md        |   6 +-
 .../understanding-the-project-file.md         |  12 +-
 .../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise.md       |   4 +-
 .../code-editing-in-web-forms-pages.md        |  10 +-
 .../creating-a-basic-web-forms-page.md        |   8 +-
 .../aspnet-error-handling.md                  |  16 +-
 .../checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md       |  46 +-
 .../create-the-project.md                     |   6 +-
 .../create_the_data_access_layer.md           |  12 +-
 .../display_data_items_and_details.md         |   8 +-
 .../introduction-and-overview.md              |   8 +-
 .../membership-and-administration.md          |  34 +-
 .../shopping-cart.md                          |  12 +-
 .../ui_and_navigation.md                      |  14 +-
 .../url-routing.md                            |   6 +-
 ...ng-page-inspector-in-visual-studio-2012.md |  22 +-
 ...d-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012.md |  66 +-
 .../whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45.md    |  50 +-
 .../overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/caching.md   |  15 +-
 .../data-bound-controls.md                    |   2 +-
 .../moving-to-aspnet-20/master-pages.md       |   6 +-
 .../profiles-themes-and-web-parts.md          |  22 +-
 .../the-asp-net-2-0-page-model.md             |  18 +-
 ...cation-and-profile-application-services.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-asp-net-ajax-debugging-capabilities.md |   4 +-
 ...understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md |   6 +-
 ...nding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md |   6 +-
 ...understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md |   6 +-
 ...-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax.md |  14 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md |   6 +-
 ...framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md |   6 +-
 ...tasource-control-part-1-getting-started.md |   4 +-
 ...g-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md |   6 +-
 ...ce-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md |   6 +-
 .../what-s-new-in-the-entity-framework-4.md   |   4 +-
 .../asp-net-hosting-options-cs.md             |   4 +-
 .../asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md             |   8 +-
 ...s-between-development-and-production-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...s-between-development-and-production-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...bsite-that-uses-application-services-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...bsite-that-uses-application-services-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ation-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md |   8 +-
 ...ation-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md |   8 +-
 ...s-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...s-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../deploying-a-database-cs.md                |   6 +-
 .../deploying-a-database-vb.md                |   6 +-
 ...loying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...loying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...loying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...loying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md      |   6 +-
 .../displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md      |   6 +-
 ...tails-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...tails-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md    |   6 +-
 .../logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md    |   6 +-
 .../precompiling-your-website-cs.md           |   6 +-
 .../precompiling-your-website-vb.md           |   6 +-
 .../processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md     |   6 +-
 .../processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md     |   6 +-
 ...-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-and-roles-on-the-production-website-vb.md |   4 +-
 ...-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...installing-deployment-packages-12-of-12.md |   4 +-
 ...er-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...der-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...g-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...ng-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...g-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...a-hosting-provider-introduction-1-of-12.md |   4 +-
 ...ovider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md |   8 +-
 ...ider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md |   6 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-1.md |   4 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md |   6 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md |   6 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md |   6 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md |   8 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md |   8 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md |   6 +-
 ...ework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-8.md |   4 +-
 .../control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md  |   6 +-
 .../control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md  |   6 +-
 ...-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md |   8 +-
 ...he-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...he-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...he-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...he-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md       |   6 +-
 .../master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md       |   6 +-
 ...tentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...tentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../master-pages/nested-master-pages-cs.md    |   6 +-
 .../master-pages/nested-master-pages-vb.md    |   4 +-
 ...ing-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...ther-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ther-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-cs.md   |   6 +-
 .../master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-vb.md   |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-1.md               |   4 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md               |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md               |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md               |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md               |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md               |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md               |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-part-8.md               |   4 +-
 ...to-select-one-user-account-from-many-cs.md |   4 +-
 ...to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md   |   6 +-
 .../recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md   |   6 +-
 ...nlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...nlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-vb.md |   4 +-
 .../an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md |   6 +-
 .../an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...on-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md |  33 +-
 ...on-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md |  31 +-
 .../security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md |   4 +-
 .../security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md |   6 +-
 ...-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md |   8 +-
 ...-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md |  10 +-
 .../membership/creating-user-accounts-cs.md   |   6 +-
 .../membership/creating-user-accounts-vb.md   |   6 +-
 .../storing-additional-user-information-cs.md |  18 +-
 .../storing-additional-user-information-vb.md |  16 +-
 .../membership/user-based-authorization-cs.md |   8 +-
 .../membership/user-based-authorization-vb.md |   8 +-
 ...ls-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md |   6 +-
 ...ls-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md |   6 +-
 .../roles/assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md      |   6 +-
 .../roles/assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md      |   6 +-
 .../roles/creating-and-managing-roles-cs.md   |   8 +-
 .../roles/creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md   |  10 +-
 .../roles/role-based-authorization-cs.md      |  30 +-
 .../roles/role-based-authorization-vb.md      |  28 +-
 ...using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-45.md |  10 +-
 .../adding-business-logic-layer.md            |   4 +-
 .../model-binding/integrating-jquery-ui.md    |   6 +-
 .../model-binding/retrieving-data.md          |   4 +-
 .../sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md      |   6 +-
 .../updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md    |   6 +-
 ...ng-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md |   6 +-
 ...n-email-confirmation-and-password-reset.md |  10 +-
 ...-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication.md |   6 +-
 .../ajax-control-toolkit/color-picker.md      |   6 +-
 .../videos/ajax-control-toolkit/combo-box.md  |   6 +-
 .../ajax-control-toolkit/control-extenders.md |   6 +-
 .../create-a-new-custom-extender.md           |   4 +-
 .../editor-control-custom.md                  |   6 +-
 .../ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control.md    |   6 +-
 ...figure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md |   6 +-
 ...-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md |   6 +-
 ...ed-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit.md |   4 +-
 ...w-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md |   6 +-
 ...i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md |   6 +-
 ...net-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...se-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md |   6 +-
 ...ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...he-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md |   6 +-
 ...use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...he-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...he-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md |   6 +-
 ...aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md |   6 +-
 ...jax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md |   6 +-
 ...e-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...e-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md |   6 +-
 ...-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...w-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md |   6 +-
 ...-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...e-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...pnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...e-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md |   6 +-
 ...the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md |   6 +-
 ...ax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md |   6 +-
 ...unctionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md |   6 +-
 ...-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md |   6 +-
 ...net-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...pnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   4 +-
 ...-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md |   6 +-
 .../introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md    |   6 +-
 ...t-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance.md |   4 +-
 .../data-controls/the-datapager-control.md    |   4 +-
 .../data-controls/the-listview-control.md     |   4 +-
 ...-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-style-sheet-features-and-management.md |   6 +-
 ...ding-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   6 +-
 ...-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md |   6 +-
 ...ate-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   4 +-
 ...ested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   6 +-
 ...i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md |   6 +-
 ...alize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md |   6 +-
 ...the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities.md |   4 +-
 ...how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md |   6 +-
 ...g-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md |   6 +-
 .../creating-and-modifying-a-css-file.md      |   4 +-
 ...ntellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...ascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   6 +-
 ...ellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   6 +-
 ...targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   6 +-
 ...-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md |   4 +-
 ...2008-integrated-development-environment.md |   6 +-
 ...tication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md |   6 +-
 ...features-to-an-existing-web-application.md |   6 +-
 ...net-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md |   6 +-
 ...-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md |   6 +-
 ...ild-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md |   6 +-
 ...s-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...se-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md |   6 +-
 ...te-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md |   6 +-
 ...andling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md |   6 +-
 ...x-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md |   6 +-
 ...r-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax.md  |   4 +-
 ...c-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...ement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md |   6 +-
 ...e-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md |   6 +-
 ...-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md |   6 +-
 ...display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md |   6 +-
 ...mmunications-pattern-using-web-services.md |   6 +-
 ...unications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md |   6 +-
 ...t-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...o-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md |   6 +-
 ...side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...e-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md |   6 +-
 ...nel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md |   6 +-
 ...iple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md |   6 +-
 ...w-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates.md |   4 +-
 ...t-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md |   6 +-
 ...er-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md |   6 +-
 ...o-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md |   6 +-
 ...-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md |   6 +-
 ...the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md |   6 +-
 ...-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md |   6 +-
 ...-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md |   6 +-
 ...nditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md |   6 +-
 ...-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md |   6 +-
 ...e-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md |   6 +-
 ...mplement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md |   6 +-
 ...r-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md |   6 +-
 ...r-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md |   6 +-
 ...for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md |   6 +-
 ...-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md |   6 +-
 ...net-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting.md |   4 +-
 ...tes-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md |   6 +-
 ...amic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md |   6 +-
 .../getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md      |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md   |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md     |   6 +-
 ...how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md |   6 +-
 ...w-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md             |   6 +-
 ...ol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md |   6 +-
 ...s-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md |   6 +-
 ...ic-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md |   6 +-
 ...dation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md |   6 +-
 ...olumns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md |   6 +-
 ...ion-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md |   6 +-
 ...first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data.md |   4 +-
 .../aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md      |   6 +-
 ...45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-and-web-tools-20122.md             |   4 +-
 ...-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md |   6 +-
 ...eos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md |   6 +-
 ...t-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md |   6 +-
 ...xt-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md |   6 +-
 ...ext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls.md |   4 +-
 ...started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md |   6 +-
 ...ustom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md |   6 +-
 .../adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md |   6 +-
 .../asp-forms-login-relocation.md             |   6 +-
 ...ttings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md |   6 +-
 ...ing-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md |   6 +-
 .../authentication/creating-inactive-users.md |   6 +-
 ...creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md |   6 +-
 ...er-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md |   6 +-
 .../forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md   |   6 +-
 ...nge-the-forms-authentication-properties.md |   6 +-
 ...authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md |   6 +-
 ...t-the-registration-verification-pattern.md |   6 +-
 ...gging-users-into-your-membership-system.md |   6 +-
 .../simple-web-service-authentication.md      |   6 +-
 .../authentication/sql-injection-defense.md   |   4 +-
 .../understanding-aspnet-memberships.md       |   6 +-
 .../use-custom-principal-objects.md           |   6 +-
 ...ng-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet.md |   4 +-
 .../validating-users-manually.md              |   6 +-
 ...validating-users-with-the-login-control.md |   6 +-
 ...arted-with-visual-web-developer-express.md |   4 +-
 ...n-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md |   6 +-
 ...standing-more-about-events-and-postback.md |   6 +-
 ...n-4-understanding-web-application-state.md |   6 +-
 ...on-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md |   6 +-
 ...rking-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md |   6 +-
 ...-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md |   6 +-
 ...-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md |   6 +-
 .../watch-aspnet-development-in-action.md     |   4 +-
 ...ta-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications.md |   4 +-
 ...o-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md |   6 +-
 ...ets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application.md |   4 +-
 ...-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md        |   6 +-
 ...o-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql.md |   4 +-
 .../how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md    |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview.md          |   4 +-
 ...-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md |   6 +-
 ...-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md |   6 +-
 ...-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md |   6 +-
 ...o-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md |   6 +-
 ...te-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml.md |   4 +-
 ...do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md |   6 +-
 ...xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md  |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-get-started-with-linq.md         |   4 +-
 ...o-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md |   6 +-
 ...de-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md |   6 +-
 .../videos/iis/bit-rate-throttling.md         |   6 +-
 .../iis/creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md  |   6 +-
 ...oping-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting.md |   4 +-
 .../feature-specific-delegated-management.md  |   6 +-
 aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/iis7-playlists.md |   4 +-
 .../web-forms/videos/iis/installing-ftp7.md   |   6 +-
 .../troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md |   6 +-
 .../iis/working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md  |   6 +-
 ...op-between-php-and-the-windows-platform.md |   4 +-
 ...tro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals.md |   4 +-
 ...ro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md |   6 +-
 ...lopers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md |   6 +-
 ...or-jsp-developers-building-applications.md |   6 +-
 ...for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md |   6 +-
 ...velopers-building-an-aspnet-application.md |   6 +-
 .../migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md   |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates.md |   4 +-
 ...ntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls.md |   4 +-
 ...ck-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md    |   6 +-
 ...new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010.md |   4 +-
 .../chart/aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control.md |   4 +-
 .../core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start.md     |   4 +-
 ...spnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md |   6 +-
 ...pnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md |   6 +-
 ...uick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method.md |   4 +-
 ...et-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling.md |   4 +-
 .../aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md   |   6 +-
 ...-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists.md |   4 +-
 ...quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md |   6 +-
 ...pnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md |   6 +-
 ...pnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md |   6 +-
 ...aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state.md |   4 +-
 ...atemode-property-for-managing-viewstate.md |   4 +-
 ...-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md |   6 +-
 ...4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md |   6 +-
 ...t-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect.md  |   4 +-
 ...-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md |   6 +-
 ...w-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing.md |   4 +-
 ...usiness-intelligence-development-studio.md |   6 +-
 ...tion-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md |   6 +-
 .../creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md   |   6 +-
 .../designing-relational-database-tables.md   |   6 +-
 ...ling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data.md |   4 +-
 ...getting-started-with-reporting-services.md |   6 +-
 .../sql-2005/manipulating-database-data.md    |   6 +-
 ...-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md |   6 +-
 .../more-structured-query-language.md         |   6 +-
 ...derstanding-database-tables-and-records.md |   6 +-
 ...nding-security-and-network-connectivity.md |   6 +-
 .../using-sql-server-management-studio.md     |   6 +-
 .../videos/sql-2005/what-is-a-database.md     |   4 +-
 ...works-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md |   6 +-
 ...in-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md        |   6 +-
 ...-and-using-the-popular-products-control.md |   4 +-
 ...ailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md |   6 +-
 ...in-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md |   6 +-
 ...tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md |   6 +-
 ...lspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md |   6 +-
 ...ilspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews.md |   4 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md      |   6 +-
 ...ng-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md |   6 +-
 .../tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md     |   6 +-
 ...spin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md |   6 +-
 ...lspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md |   6 +-
 ...o-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile.md |   4 +-
 ...10-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md |   6 +-
 ...2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md |   6 +-
 ...io-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md |   6 +-
 ...udio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md |   6 +-
 ...2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md |   6 +-
 ...io-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense.md |   4 +-
 ...ck-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md |   6 +-
 .../code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md       |   6 +-
 ...om-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md |   6 +-
 ...-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md   |   6 +-
 ...y-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md |   6 +-
 ...application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md |   6 +-
 ...nd-profiling-in-production-applications.md |   6 +-
 ...rce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md |   6 +-
 ...inuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md |   6 +-
 ...-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md |   6 +-
 .../how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md   |   6 +-
 ...w-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md |   6 +-
 ...w-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md |   6 +-
 ...-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md |   6 +-
 ...uted-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md |   6 +-
 ...-application-performance-with-profiling.md |   6 +-
 .../vs-2005/how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md     |   6 +-
 ...write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md |   6 +-
 ...sting-web-applications-with-team-system.md |   6 +-
 ...ging-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md |   6 +-
 ...tion-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md |   6 +-
 ...sting-web-applications-with-team-system.md |   6 +-
 ...uction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system.md |   4 +-
 .../measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md   |   6 +-
 .../videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-caching.md  |   6 +-
 .../vs-2005/the-effects-of-viewstate.md       |   6 +-
 .../vs-2005/using-the-load-test-agent.md      |   6 +-
 ...cation-projects-web-deployment-projects.md |   4 +-
 .../videos/vs-2005/web-deployment-projects.md |   6 +-
 .../asp-net-web-pages-api-reference.md        |   2 +-
 .../overview/data/5-working-with-data.md      |   2 +-
 .../data/7-displaying-data-in-a-chart.md      |   2 +-
 .../11-adding-email-to-your-web-site.md       |  34 +-
 ...ding-social-networking-to-your-web-site.md |   6 +-
 .../deleting-data.md                          |   6 +-
 .../displaying-data.md                        |   6 +-
 .../entering-data.md                          |   8 +-
 .../form-basics.md                            |   6 +-
 .../getting-started.md                        |   4 +-
 .../intro-to-web-pages-programming.md         |   8 +-
 .../introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/layouts.md |   8 +-
 .../publishing.md                             |   8 +-
 .../updating-data.md                          |   8 +-
 .../introducing-razor-syntax-c.md             |  46 +-
 .../introducing-razor-syntax-vb.md            |  42 +-
 ...gram-asp-net-web-pages-in-visual-studio.md |   2 +-
 ...pnet-web-pages-sites-for-mobile-devices.md |   2 +-
 ...et-web-pages-2-developer-preview-readme.md |   2 +-
 .../running-v1-and-v2-sites-side-by-side.md   |   2 +-
 .../releases/top-features-in-web-pages-2.md   |  12 +-
 .../whats-new-in-aspnet-web-pages-32.md       |   3 +-
 .../16-adding-security-and-membership.md      |  48 +-
 ...t-web-pages-razor-troubleshooting-guide.md |   2 +-
 .../introduction-to-debugging.md              |  16 +-
 .../18-customizing-site-wide-behavior.md      |  28 +-
 ...laying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site.md |  12 +-
 .../installing-helpers.md                     |   6 +-
 ...ng-user-input-in-aspnet-web-pages-sites.md |  20 +-
 aspnet/web-pages/readme/beta3.md              |  22 +-
 aspnet/web-pages/readme/overview.md           |  15 +-
 .../adding-email-to-your-web-site.md          |   6 +-
 .../adding-search-to-your-web-site.md         |   6 +-
 ...dding-social-networking-to-your-website.md |   4 +-
 .../creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md      |   6 +-
 .../creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md      |   6 +-
 .../displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md      |   6 +-
 .../displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md      |   6 +-
 .../displaying-data-in-a-grid.md              |   6 +-
 ...ted-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages.md |   4 +-
 ...-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md |   6 +-
 .../working-with-data-part-1.md               |   6 +-
 .../working-with-data-part-2.md               |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-files.md  |   6 +-
 .../working-with-forms-part-1.md              |   6 +-
 .../working-with-forms-part-2.md              |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-images.md |   6 +-
 .../aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-video.md  |   6 +-
 aspnet/webhooks/receiving/receivers.md        |   2 +-
 ...o-your-aspnet-web-forms-mvc-application.md |   4 +-
 .../whitepapers/aspnet4/breaking-changes.md   |   2 +-
 aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/overview.md        |   4 +-
 aspnet/whitepapers/ms03-32-issue.md           |   4 +-
 aspnet/whitepapers/mvc3-release-notes.md      |   4 +-
 aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-beta-release-notes.md |  22 +-
 aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-release-notes.md      |  21 +-
 aspnetcore/client-side/bower.md               |  10 +-
 .../client-side/bundling-and-minification.md  |  22 +-
 aspnetcore/client-side/spa-services.md        |   5 +-
 aspnetcore/client-side/using-grunt.md         |  26 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/advanced.md            |   4 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/complex-data-model.md  |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/concurrency.md         |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/crud.md                |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/index.md               |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/inheritance.md         |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/intro.md               |  10 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/migrations.md          |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/sort-filter-page.md    |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/update-related-data.md |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/complex-data-model.md   |  18 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/concurrency.md          |  18 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/crud.md                 |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/intro.md                |  10 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/migrations.md           |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/read-related-data.md    |  28 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page.md     |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/update-related-data.md  |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/docfx.json                         |   7 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/app-state.md          |  27 +-
 .../fundamentals/configuration/index.md       |  12 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/hosting.md            |   9 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/index.md              |  18 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/logging/index.md      |  40 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/metapackage.md        |   4 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/owin.md               |   1 +
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/httpsys.md    |  17 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/kestrel.md    |  42 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/static-files.md       |   9 +-
 aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting.md      |  63 +-
 .../url-rewriting/sample/README.md            |  14 +-
 aspnetcore/getting-started.md                 |  10 +-
 .../azure-apps/azure-continuous-deployment.md |   4 +-
 .../host-and-deploy/azure-apps/index.md       |   2 +-
 .../azure-apps/troubleshoot.md                |   2 +-
 .../azure-iis-errors-reference.md             |   2 +-
 .../host-and-deploy/directory-structure.md    |   8 +-
 .../iis/development-time-iis-support.md       |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/modules.md     |  14 +-
 aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/windows-service.md |  40 +-
 aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4.md              |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4test.md          |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/includes/RP/sql.md                 |   4 +-
 .../includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md       |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs.md       |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/migration/http-modules.md          |  42 +-
 aspnetcore/migration/proper-to-2x/index.md    |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/index.md           |   4 +-
 .../sample/README.md                          |  13 +-
 aspnetcore/mvc/views/razor.md                 |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring.md | 258 ++++----
 .../tag-helpers/built-in/anchor-tag-helper.md |   2 +-
 .../tag-helpers/built-in/cache-tag-helper.md  |  74 ++-
 aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro.md     |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/mvc/views/view-compilation.md      |  12 +-
 .../performance/response-compression.md       |  36 +-
 aspnetcore/security/app-secrets.md            |  11 +-
 .../security/authentication/accconfirm.md     |  32 +-
 .../authentication/azure-ad-b2c-webapi.md     |  44 +-
 aspnetcore/security/authentication/cookie.md  |  27 +-
 .../authentication/identity-configuration.md  |  97 +--
 .../identity-primary-key-configuration.md     |  27 +-
 .../security/authentication/identity.md       | 194 +++---
 .../authentication/social/facebook-logins.md  |  13 +-
 .../authentication/social/google-logins.md    |  11 +-
 .../authentication/social/microsoft-logins.md |  11 +-
 .../authentication/social/twitter-logins.md   |  11 +-
 .../security/authentication/windowsauth.md    |   9 +-
 .../security/authentication/ws-federation.md  |   2 +-
 .../sample/README.md                          |  11 +-
 .../security/authorization/resourcebased.md   |  35 +-
 aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing.md         |  27 +-
 .../extensibility/core-crypto.md              |   2 +-
 .../security/key-vault-configuration.md       |  40 +-
 .../samples/basic-sample/1.x/README.md        |  25 +-
 .../samples/basic-sample/2.x/README.md        |  25 +-
 .../key-name-prefix-sample/1.x/README.md      |  15 +-
 .../key-name-prefix-sample/2.x/README.md      |  15 +-
 aspnetcore/signalr/get-started.md             |  56 +-
 aspnetcore/spa/angular.md                     |  11 +-
 aspnetcore/spa/index.md                       |   2 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-mac/adding-controller.md    |  10 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-mac/adding-model.md         |  12 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-mac/adding-view.md          |  10 +-
 .../controller-methods-views.md               |   8 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/index.md      |   2 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/new-field.md  |   8 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/search.md     |  12 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/start-mvc.md  |   8 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/validation.md |   8 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-mac/working-with-sql.md     |   8 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-controller.md  |  12 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-model.md       |  12 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-view.md        |  10 +-
 .../controller-methods-views.md               |   8 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/index.md    |   2 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-xplat/new-field.md          |   8 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/search.md   |  12 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-xplat/start-mvc.md          |   8 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-xplat/validation.md         |   8 +-
 .../first-mvc-app-xplat/working-with-sql.md   |   8 +-
 .../first-mvc-app/adding-controller.md        |  10 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-model.md   |  22 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-view.md    |  10 +-
 .../first-mvc-app/controller-methods-views.md |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/details.md |   4 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/index.md   |   2 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app/new-field.md      |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/search.md  |  12 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app/start-mvc.md      |  17 +-
 .../tutorials/first-mvc-app/validation.md     |   8 +-
 .../first-mvc-app/working-with-sql.md         |  21 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api-mac.md     |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api.md         |  12 +-
 .../tutorials/getting-started-with-NSwag.md   |  12 +-
 .../getting-started-with-swashbuckle.md       |  14 +-
 .../publish-to-azure-webapp-using-cli.md      |   4 +-
 .../publish-to-azure-webapp-using-vs.md       |   2 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1.md   |  10 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model.md |  22 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page.md  |  10 +-
 .../razor-pages-mac/razor-pages-start.md      |   8 +-
 .../tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search.md       |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql.md   |   9 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1.md   |  10 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/index.md |  10 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model.md |  18 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page.md  |  10 +-
 .../razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start.md      |   8 +-
 .../tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search.md       |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql.md   |   9 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/da1.md       |   8 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/model.md     |  16 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/new-field.md |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/page.md      |  10 +-
 .../razor-pages/razor-pages-start.md          |  10 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/search.md    |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/sql.md       |  10 +-
 .../tutorials/razor-pages/uploading-files.md  |   4 +-
 .../tutorials/razor-pages/validation.md       |   6 +-
 aspnetcore/tutorials/web-api-vsc.md           |  13 +-
 .../action-return-types/samples/README.md     |  12 +-
 aspnetcore/web-api/advanced/formatting.md     |   8 +-
 1273 files changed, 6324 insertions(+), 6360 deletions(-)

diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/automate-everything.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/automate-everything.md
index 02d88ec1befa..f1b906419d60 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/automate-everything.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/automate-everything.md
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ The first thing the script does is create the web app by calling the `New-AzureW
 
 ### Create the storage account
 
-Then the main script runs the <em>New-AzureStorage.ps1</em> script, specifying "<em>&lt;websitename&gt;</em>storage" for the storage account name, and the same data center location as the web app.
+Then the main script runs the *New-AzureStorage.ps1* script, specifying "*&lt;websitename&gt;*storage" for the storage account name, and the same data center location as the web app.
 
 [!code-powershell[Main](automate-everything/samples/sample4.ps1?highlight=3)]
 
@@ -259,6 +259,6 @@ In the [next chapter](source-control.md) we'll look at source code and explain w
 - [Using Windows PowerShell Scripts to Publish to Dev and Test Environments](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/azure/dn642480.aspx). MSDN documentation that explains how to use publish scripts that Visual Studio automatically generates for web projects.
 - [PowerShell Tools for Visual Studio 2013](https://visualstudiogallery.msdn.microsoft.com/c9eb3ba8-0c59-4944-9a62-6eee37294597). Visual Studio extension that adds language support for Windows PowerShell in Visual Studio.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction.md)
-> [Next](source-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction.md)
+[Next](source-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md
index c094669ed6cb..d82a625d5090 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md
@@ -71,6 +71,6 @@ See also the following resources:
 - [Continuous Delivery: Reliable Software Releases through Build, Test, and Deployment Automation](https://www.amazon.com/Continuous-Delivery-Deployment-Automation-Addison-Wesley/dp/0321601912/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&amp;ie=UTF8&amp;qid=1377126361). Book by Jez Humble.
 - [Release It! Design and Deploy Production-Ready Software](https://www.amazon.com/Release-It-Production-Ready-Pragmatic-Programmers/dp/0978739213). Book by Michael T. Nygard.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](source-control.md)
-> [Next](web-development-best-practices.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](source-control.md)
+[Next](web-development-best-practices.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-partitioning-strategies.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-partitioning-strategies.md
index 8ee89dfcb931..61d3b4fd2b34 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-partitioning-strategies.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-partitioning-strategies.md
@@ -108,6 +108,6 @@ Sample code:
 
 - [Cloud Service Fundamentals in Windows Azure](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Cloud-Service-Fundamentals-4ca72649). Sample application that includes a sharded database. For a description of the sharding scheme implemented, see [DAL – Sharding of RDBMS](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/windowsazure/archive/2013/09/05/dal-sharding-of-rdbms.aspx) on the Windows Azure blog.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](data-storage-options.md)
-> [Next](unstructured-blob-storage.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](data-storage-options.md)
+[Next](unstructured-blob-storage.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-storage-options.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-storage-options.md
index 96729741455d..dee8a361f2f7 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-storage-options.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/data-storage-options.md
@@ -296,6 +296,6 @@ HDInsight (Hadoop on Azure):
 - [Hadoop and HDInsight: Big Data in Azure](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/dn385705.aspx). MSDN Magazine article by Bruno Terkaly and Ricardo Villalobos, introducing Hadoop on Azure.
 - [Microsoft Patterns and Practices - Azure Guidance](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn568099.aspx). See MapReduce pattern.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](single-sign-on.md)
-> [Next](data-partitioning-strategies.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](single-sign-on.md)
+[Next](data-partitioning-strategies.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/design-to-survive-failures.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/design-to-survive-failures.md
index 83f34b7701fe..b776e4e0a40c 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/design-to-survive-failures.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/design-to-survive-failures.md
@@ -126,6 +126,6 @@ Videos:
 - [FailSafe: Building Scalable, Resilient Cloud Services](https://channel9.msdn.com/Series/FailSafe). Nine-part series by Ulrich Homann, Marc Mercuri, and Mark Simms. Presents high-level concepts and architectural principles in a very accessible and interesting way, with stories drawn from Microsoft Customer Advisory Team (CAT) experience with actual customers. Episodes 1 and 8 go in depth into the reasons for designing cloud apps to survive failures. See also the follow-up discussion of throttling in episode 2 starting at 49:57, the discussion of failure points and failure modes in episode 2 starting at 56:05, and the discussion of circuit breakers in episode 3 starting at 40:55.
 - [Building Big: Lessons learned from Azure customers - Part II](https://channel9.msdn.com/Events/Build/2012/3-030). Mark Simms talks about designing for failure and instrumenting everything. Similar to the Failsafe series but goes into more how-to details.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](unstructured-blob-storage.md)
-> [Next](monitoring-and-telemetry.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](unstructured-blob-storage.md)
+[Next](monitoring-and-telemetry.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/distributed-caching.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/distributed-caching.md
index 9059e5880a57..3175aa3fbfa9 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/distributed-caching.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/distributed-caching.md
@@ -106,6 +106,6 @@ Code sample
 
 - [Cloud Service Fundamentals in Azure](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Cloud-Service-Fundamentals-4ca72649). Sample application that implements distributed caching. See the accompanying blog post [Cloud Service Fundamentals – Caching Basics](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/windowsazure/archive/2013/10/03/cloud-service-fundamentals-caching-basics.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](transient-fault-handling.md)
-> [Next](queue-centric-work-pattern.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](transient-fault-handling.md)
+[Next](queue-centric-work-pattern.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/introduction.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/introduction.md
index 8be223f1f0c9..4b159d70ec27 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/introduction.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/introduction.md
@@ -172,5 +172,5 @@ Videos:
 - [Web Sites Architecture - with Stefan Schackow](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/videos/why-azure-web-sites-plus-architecture/).
 - [Azure Web Sites Internals with Nir Mashkowski](https://channel9.msdn.com/Shows/Web+Camps+TV/Windows-Azure-Web-Sites-Internals-with-Nir-Mashkowski).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](automate-everything.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](automate-everything.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/monitoring-and-telemetry.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/monitoring-and-telemetry.md
index d18c21a82802..0ff886eda25b 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/monitoring-and-telemetry.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/monitoring-and-telemetry.md
@@ -287,6 +287,6 @@ Code sample:
 
 - [Cloud Service Fundamentals in Azure](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Cloud-Service-Fundamentals-4ca72649). Sample application created by the Microsoft Azure Customer Advisory Team. Demonstrates both telemetry and logging practices, as explained in the following articles. The sample implements application logging by using [NLog](http://nlog-project.org/). For related documentation, see the [series of four TechNet wiki articles about telemetry and logging](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/17987.cloud-service-fundamentals.aspx#Telemetry_coming_soon).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](design-to-survive-failures.md)
-> [Next](transient-fault-handling.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](design-to-survive-failures.md)
+[Next](transient-fault-handling.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/more-patterns-and-guidance.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/more-patterns-and-guidance.md
index 4b3e5a4e94df..a0c2dc594159 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/more-patterns-and-guidance.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/more-patterns-and-guidance.md
@@ -127,6 +127,6 @@ Other members of the DGAC reviewed and commented on the preliminary outline:
 - Roger Whitehead
 - Pawel Wilkosz
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](queue-centric-work-pattern.md)
-> [Next](the-fix-it-sample-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](queue-centric-work-pattern.md)
+[Next](the-fix-it-sample-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/queue-centric-work-pattern.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/queue-centric-work-pattern.md
index 19397cff68ad..11a889b94be6 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/queue-centric-work-pattern.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/queue-centric-work-pattern.md
@@ -189,6 +189,6 @@ Video:
 
 - [FailSafe: Building Scalable, Resilient Cloud Services](https://channel9.msdn.com/Series/FailSafe). Nine-part video series by Ulrich Homann, Marc Mercuri, and Mark Simms. Presents high-level concepts and architectural principles in a very accessible and interesting way, with stories drawn from Microsoft Customer Advisory Team (CAT) experience with actual customers. For an introduction to the Azure Storage service and queues, see episode 5 starting at 35:13.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](distributed-caching.md)
-> [Next](more-patterns-and-guidance.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](distributed-caching.md)
+[Next](more-patterns-and-guidance.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/single-sign-on.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/single-sign-on.md
index 35bd7bd5c88c..5f069804314f 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/single-sign-on.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/single-sign-on.md
@@ -188,6 +188,6 @@ For more information, see the following resources:
 - [Azure Active Directory Graph API blog](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/aadgraphteam/).
 - [Access Control in BYOD and Directory Integration in a Hybrid Identity Infrastructure](https://channel9.msdn.com/Events/TechEd/NorthAmerica/2014/PCIT-B213#fbid=). Tech Ed 2014 session video by Gayana Bagdasaryan.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](web-development-best-practices.md)
-> [Next](data-storage-options.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](web-development-best-practices.md)
+[Next](data-storage-options.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/source-control.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/source-control.md
index 47874dc3f297..c7f37c4cc60c 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/source-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/source-control.md
@@ -216,6 +216,6 @@ For more information about how to handle sensitive information that should not b
 
 For information about other methods for keeping sensitive information out of source control, see [ASP.NET MVC: Keep Private Settings Out of Source Control](http://typecastexception.com/post/2014/04/06/ASPNET-MVC-Keep-Private-Settings-Out-of-Source-Control.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](automate-everything.md)
-> [Next](continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](automate-everything.md)
+[Next](continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/the-fix-it-sample-application.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/the-fix-it-sample-application.md
index 00dd95ec5a9c..ab2dde8dafeb 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/the-fix-it-sample-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/the-fix-it-sample-application.md
@@ -240,18 +240,18 @@ There are two ways to run the Fix It app:
 
     Using Visual Studio 2013:
 
-   1. Press F5 to run the FixIt project.
-   2. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the MyFixItCloudService project, and then click **Debug** -- **Start New Instance**.
+    1. Press F5 to run the FixIt project.
+    2. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the MyFixItCloudService project, and then click **Debug** -- **Start New Instance**.
 
-      Using Visual Studio 2013 Express for Web:
+    Using Visual Studio 2013 Express for Web:
 
-   3. In Solution Explorer, right-click the FixIt solution and select **Properties**.
-   4. Select **Multiple Startup Projects**..
-   5. In the **Action** dropdown list under MyFixIt and MyFixItCloudService, select **Start**.
-   6. Click **OK**.
-   7. Press F5 to run both projects.
+    1. In Solution Explorer, right-click the FixIt solution and select **Properties**.
+    2. Select **Multiple Startup Projects**..
+    3. In the **Action** dropdown list under MyFixIt and MyFixItCloudService, select **Start**.
+    4. Click **OK**.
+    5. Press F5 to run both projects.
 
-      When you run the MyFixItCloudService project, Visual Studio starts the Azure compute emulator. Depending on your firewall configuration, you might need to allow the emulator through the firewall.
+    When you run the MyFixItCloudService project, Visual Studio starts the Azure compute emulator. Depending on your firewall configuration, you might need to allow the emulator through the firewall.
 
 <a id="deploybase"></a>
 ## How to deploy the base app to Azure App Service Web Apps by using the Windows PowerShell scripts
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ These instructions assume you have already downloaded and run the Fix It solutio
     These credentials expire after a period of time and you have to re-run the `Add-AzureAccount` cmdlet. As this e-book is being written, the time limit before credentials expire is 12 hours.
 5. If you have multiple subscriptions, use the Select-AzureSubscription cmdlet to specify the subscription you want to create the test environment in.
 6. Import a management certificate for the same Azure subscription by using the `Get-AzurePublishSettingsFile` and `Import-AzurePublishSettingsFile` cmdlets. The first of these cmdlets downloads a certificate file, and in the second one you specify the location of that file in order to import it. > [!IMPORTANT]
-   > Keep the downloaded file in a safe location or delete it when you're done with it, because it contains a certificate that can be used to manage your Azure services.
+ > Keep the downloaded file in a safe location or delete it when you're done with it, because it contains a certificate that can be used to manage your Azure services.
 
     [!code-console[Main](the-fix-it-sample-application/samples/sample22.cmd)]
 
@@ -394,5 +394,5 @@ In MyFixItCloudService\ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg, replace the same two pl
 
 Now you are ready to deploy the cloud service. In Solution Explore, right-click the MyFixItCloudService project and select **Publish**. For more information, see "[Deploy the Application to Azure](https://www.windowsazure.com/develop/net/tutorials/multi-tier-web-site/2-download-and-run/#deployAz)", which is in part 2 of [this tutorial](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Windows-Azure-Multi-Tier-eadceb36).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](more-patterns-and-guidance.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](more-patterns-and-guidance.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/transient-fault-handling.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/transient-fault-handling.md
index 484f3bafb133..9a22d7327dc4 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/transient-fault-handling.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/transient-fault-handling.md
@@ -99,6 +99,6 @@ Code sample
 
 - [Cloud Service Fundamentals in Azure](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Cloud-Service-Fundamentals-4ca72649). Sample application created by the Microsoft Azure Customer Advisory Team that demonstrates how to use the [Enterprise Library Transient Fault Handling Block](http://nuget.org/packages/EnterpriseLibrary.TransientFaultHandling/) (TFH). For more information, see [Cloud Service Fundamentals Data Access Layer – Transient Fault Handling](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/18665.cloud-service-fundamentals-data-access-layer-transient-fault-handling.aspx). TFH is recommended for database access using ADO.NET directly (without using Entity Framework).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](monitoring-and-telemetry.md)
-> [Next](distributed-caching.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](monitoring-and-telemetry.md)
+[Next](distributed-caching.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/unstructured-blob-storage.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/unstructured-blob-storage.md
index 950fd966caf8..7feac87f1697 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/unstructured-blob-storage.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/unstructured-blob-storage.md
@@ -143,6 +143,6 @@ For more information see the following resources:
 - [FailSafe: Building Scalable, Resilient Cloud Services](https://channel9.msdn.com/Series/FailSafe). Nine-part video series by Ulrich Homann, Marc Mercuri, and Mark Simms. Presents high-level concepts and architectural principles in a very accessible and interesting way, with stories drawn from Microsoft Customer Advisory Team (CAT) experience with actual customers. For a discussion of Azure Storage service and blobs, see episode 5 starting at 35:13.
 - [Microsoft Patterns and Practices - Azure Guidance](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn568099.aspx). See Valet Key pattern.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](data-partitioning-strategies.md)
-> [Next](design-to-survive-failures.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](data-partitioning-strategies.md)
+[Next](design-to-survive-failures.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/web-development-best-practices.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/web-development-best-practices.md
index 2101fe499a63..828fe8363079 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/web-development-best-practices.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/building-real-world-cloud-apps-with-windows-azure/web-development-best-practices.md
@@ -160,6 +160,6 @@ For additional web development best practices, see the following resources:
 - [The Fix It Sample Application - Best Practices](the-fix-it-sample-application.md#bestpractices). The appendix to this e-book lists a number of best practices that were implemented in the Fix It application.
 - [Web Developer Checklist](http://webdevchecklist.com/asp.net)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md)
-> [Next](single-sign-on.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](continuous-integration-and-continuous-delivery.md)
+[Next](single-sign-on.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale.md
index 00e734c25eb6..d321819c626d 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/developing-apps-with-windows-azure/maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale.md
@@ -276,13 +276,13 @@ In this task, you will create a web app in **Azure App Service** from the manage
     *Customizing the new web app*
 5. Specify the following information for the database settings:
 
-   - In the **Name** text box, enter a database name (e.g. *geekquiz\_db*)
-   - In the Server **drop-down** list, select **New SQL database server**. Alternatively, you can select an existing server.
-   - In the **Database username** and **Database password** boxes, enter the administrator username and password for the SQL database server. If you select a server you have already created, you will be prompted for the password.
+    - In the **Name** text box, enter a database name (e.g. *geekquiz\_db*)
+    - In the Server **drop-down** list, select **New SQL database server**. Alternatively, you can select an existing server.
+    - In the **Database username** and **Database password** boxes, enter the administrator username and password for the SQL database server. If you select a server you have already created, you will be prompted for the password.
 
-     ![Specifying the database settings](maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale/_static/image17.png)
+    ![Specifying the database settings](maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale/_static/image17.png)
 
-     *Specifying the database settings*
+    *Specifying the database settings*
 6. Click **Next** to continue.
 7. Select **Local Git repository** for the source control to use and click **Next**.
 
@@ -792,13 +792,13 @@ Now that **Autoscale** has been configured, you will create a **Web Performance
     *Adding a loop to WebTest1*
 6. In the **Add Conditional Rule and Items to Loop** dialog box, select the **For Loop** rule and modify the following properties.
 
-   1. **Terminating value:** 1000
-   2. **Context Parameter Name:** Iterator
-   3. **Increment Value:** 1
+    1. **Terminating value:** 1000
+    2. **Context Parameter Name:** Iterator
+    3. **Increment Value:** 1
 
-      ![Selecting the For Loop rule and updating the properties](maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale/_static/image84.png "Selecting the For Loop rule and updating the properties")
+    ![Selecting the For Loop rule and updating the properties](maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale/_static/image84.png "Selecting the For Loop rule and updating the properties")
 
-      *Selecting the For Loop rule and updating the properties*
+    *Selecting the For Loop rule and updating the properties*
 7. Under the **Items in loop** section, select the request you created previously to be the first and last item for the loop. Click **OK** to continue.
 
     ![Selecting the first and last items for the loop](maintainable-azure-websites-managing-change-and-scale/_static/image85.png "Selecting the first and last items for the loop")
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/an-overview-of-project-katana.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/an-overview-of-project-katana.md
index 6bc82ca79cf0..96945440c638 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/an-overview-of-project-katana.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/an-overview-of-project-katana.md
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ From the command line, we can then navigate to the project root folder and simpl
 - Managing the underlying process.
 - Orchestrating the workflow that results in the selection of a server and the construction of an OWIN pipeline through which requests will be handled.
 
-  At present, there are 3 primary hosting options for Katana-based applications:  
+ At present, there are 3 primary hosting options for Katana-based applications:  
   
 **IIS/ASP.NET**: Using the standard HttpModule and HttpHandler types, OWIN pipelines can run on IIS as a part of an ASP.NET request flow. ASP.NET hosting support is enabled by installing the Microsoft.AspNet.Host.SystemWeb NuGet package into a Web application project. Additionally, because IIS acts as both a host and a server, the OWIN server/host distinction is conflated in this NuGet package, meaning that if using the SystemWeb host, a developer cannot substitute an alternate server implementation.  
   
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role.md
index f7b3fa3a0766..7e34a8af3971 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role.md
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ The compute emulator assigns a local IP address to the endpoint. You can find th
 
 [![](host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role/_static/image10.png)](host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role/_static/image9.png)
 
-Find the IP address under Service Deployments, deployment [id], Service Details. Open a web browser and navigate to http://<em>address</em>, where <em>address</em> is the IP address assigned by the compute emulator; for example, `http://127.0.0.1:80`. You should see the OWIN welcome page:
+Find the IP address under Service Deployments, deployment [id], Service Details. Open a web browser and navigate to http://*address*, where *address* is the IP address assigned by the compute emulator; for example, `http://127.0.0.1:80`. You should see the OWIN welcome page:
 
 ![](host-owin-in-an-azure-worker-role/_static/image11.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-middleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-middleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline.md
index 9105747b6d91..20c026a95831 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-middleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-middleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline.md
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ Owin middleware components (OMC) can be configured to run at the following OWIN
 
     [!code-console[Main](owin-middleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline/samples/sample9.cmd)]
 
-   calls to `app.UseStageMarker` passing `Authenticate` or `PostAuthenticate` will not be honored, and no exception will be thrown. OMCs run at the latest stage, which by default is `PreHandlerExecute`. The stage markers are used to make them to run earlier. If you specify stage markers out of order, we round to the earlier marker. In other words, adding a stage marker says "Run no later than stage X". OMC's run at the earliest stage marker added after them in the OWIN pipeline.
+ calls to `app.UseStageMarker` passing `Authenticate` or `PostAuthenticate` will not be honored, and no exception will be thrown. OMCs run at the latest stage, which by default is `PreHandlerExecute`. The stage markers are used to make them to run earlier. If you specify stage markers out of order, we round to the earlier marker. In other words, adding a stage marker says "Run no later than stage X". OMC's run at the earliest stage marker added after them in the OWIN pipeline.
 4. The earliest stage of calls to `app.UseStageMarker` wins. For example, if you switch the order of `app.UseStageMarker` calls from our previous example:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](owin-middleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline/samples/sample10.cs?highlight=13,19)]
 
-   The output window will display: 
+ The output window will display: 
 
     [!code-console[Main](owin-middleware-in-the-iis-integrated-pipeline/samples/sample11.cmd)]
 
-   The OMCs all run in the `AuthenticateRequest` stage, because the last OMC registered with the `Authenticate` event, and the `Authenticate` event precedes all other events.
+ The OMCs all run in the `AuthenticateRequest` stage, because the last OMC registered with the `Authenticate` event, and the `Authenticate` event precedes all other events.
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server.md
index 169271fa67c7..3d2845e0773c 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server.md
@@ -1,311 +1,311 @@
----
-uid: aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server
-title: "OWIN OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server | Microsoft Docs"
-author: hongyes
-description: "This tutorial will guide you on how to implement an OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server using OWIN OAuth middleware. This is an advanced tutorial that only outlin..."
-ms.author: aspnetcontent
-manager: wpickett
-ms.date: 03/20/2014
-ms.topic: article
-ms.assetid: 20acee16-c70c-41e9-b38f-92bfcf9a4c1c
-ms.technology: 
-ms.prod: .net-framework
-msc.legacyurl: /aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server
-msc.type: authoredcontent
----
-OWIN OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server
-====================
-by [Hongye Sun](https://github.com/hongyes), [Praburaj Thiagarajan](https://github.com/Praburaj), [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
-
-> This tutorial will guide you on how to implement an OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server using OWIN OAuth middleware. This is an advanced tutorial that only outlines the steps to create an OWIN OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server. This is not a step by step tutorial. [Download the sample code](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OWIN-OAuth-20-Authorization-ba2b8783/file/114932/1/AuthorizationServer.zip).
-> 
-> > [!NOTE]
-> > This outline should not be intended to be used for creating a secure production app. This tutorial is intended to provide only an outline on how to implement an OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server using OWIN OAuth middleware.
-> 
-> 
-> ## Software versions
-> 
-> | **Shown in the tutorial** | **Also works with** |
-> | --- | --- |
-> | Windows 8.1 | Windows 8, Windows 7 |
-> | [Visual Studio 2013](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/2013-downloads) | [Visual Studio 2013 Express for Desktop](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/2013-downloads#d-2013-express). Visual Studio 2012 with the latest update should work, but the tutorial has not been tested with it, and some menu selections and dialog boxes are different. |
-> | .NET 4.5 |  |
-> 
-> ## Questions and Comments
-> 
-> If you have questions that are not directly related to the tutorial, you can post them at [Katana Project on GitHub](https://github.com/aspnet/AspNetKatana/). For questions and comments regarding the tutorial itself, see the comments section at the bottom of the page.
-
-
-The [OAuth 2.0 framework](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749) enables a third-party app to obtain limited access to an HTTP service. Instead of using the resource owner's credentials to access a protected resource, the client obtains an access token (which is a string denoting a specific scope, lifetime, and other access attributes). Access tokens are issued to third-party clients by an authorization server with the approval of the resource owner.
-
-This tutorial will cover:
-
-- How to create an authorization server to support four authorization grant types and refresh tokens:
-    - Authorization code grant
-    - Implicit Grant
-    - Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant
-    - Client Credentials Grant
-- Creating a resource server which is protected by an access token.
-- Creating OAuth 2.0 clients.
-
-<a id="prerequisites"></a>
-## Prerequisites
-
-- [Visual Studio 2013](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/downloads#d-2013-editions) or the free [Visual Studio Express 2013](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/downloads#d-2013-express), as indicated in **Software Versions** at the top of the page.
-- Familiarity with OWIN. See [Getting Started with the Katana Project](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/dn451439.aspx) and [What's new in OWIN and Katana](index.md).
-- Familiarity with [OAuth](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749) terminology, including [Roles](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.1), [Protocol Flow](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.2), and [Authorization Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3). [OAuth 2.0 introduction](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1) provides a good introduction.
-
-## Create an Authorization Server
-
-In this tutorial, we will roughly sketch out how to use [OWIN](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/dn451439.aspx) and ASP.NET MVC to create an authorization server. We hope to soon provide a download for the completed sample, as this tutorial does not include each step. First, create an empty web app named *AuthorizationServer* and install the following packages:
-
-- Microsoft.AspNet.Mvc
-- Microsoft.Owin.Host.SystemWeb
-- Microsoft.Owin.Security.OAuth
-- Microsoft.Owin.Security.Cookies
-- Microsoft.Owin.Security.Google (Or any other social login package such as Microsoft.Owin.Security.Facebook)
-
-Add an [OWIN Startup class](owin-startup-class-detection.md) under the project root folder named *Startup*.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample1.cs?highlight=8)]
-
-Create an *App\_Start* folder. Select the *App\_Start* folder and use Shift+Alt+A to add the downloaded version of the *AuthorizationServer\App\_Start\Startup.Auth.cs* file.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample2.cs)]
-
-The code above enables application/external sign in cookies and Google authentication, which are used by authorization server itself to manage accounts.
-
-The `UseOAuthAuthorizationServer` extension method is to setup the authorization server. The setup options are:
-
-- `AuthorizeEndpointPath`: The request path where client applications will redirect the user-agent in order to obtain the users consent to issue a token or code. It must begin with a leading slash, for example, "`/Authorize`".
-- `TokenEndpointPath`: The request path client applications directly communicate to obtain the access token. It must begin with a leading slash, like "/Token". If the client is issued a [client\_secret](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#appendix-A.2), it must be provided to this endpoint.
-- `ApplicationCanDisplayErrors`: Set to `true` if the web application wants to generate a custom error page for the client validation errors on `/Authorize` endpoint. This is only needed for cases where the browser is not redirected back to the client application, for example, when the `client_id` or `redirect_uri` are incorrect. The `/Authorize` endpoint should expect to see the "oauth.Error", "oauth.ErrorDescription", and "oauth.ErrorUri" properties are added to the OWIN environment. 
-
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > If not true, the authorization server will return a default error page with the error details.
-- `AllowInsecureHttp`: True to allow authorize and token requests to arrive on HTTP URI addresses, and to allow incoming `redirect_uri` authorize request parameters to have HTTP URI addresses. 
-
-    > [!WARNING]
-    > Security - This is for development only.
-- `Provider`: The object provided by the application to process events raised by the Authorization Server middleware. The application may implement the interface fully, or it may create an instance of `OAuthAuthorizationServerProvider` and assign delegates necessary for the OAuth flows this server supports.
-- `AuthorizationCodeProvider`: Produces a single-use authorization code to return to the client application. For the OAuth server to be secure the application **MUST** provide an instance for `AuthorizationCodeProvider` where the token produced by the `OnCreate/OnCreateAsync` event is considered valid for only one call to `OnReceive/OnReceiveAsync`.
-- `RefreshTokenProvider`: Produces a refresh token which may be used to produce a new access token when needed. If not provided the authorization server will not return refresh tokens from the `/Token` endpoint.
-
-## Account Management
-
-OAuth doesn't care where or how you manage your user account information. It's [ASP.NET Identity](../../../identity/index.md) which is responsible for it. In this tutorial, we will simplify the account management code and just make sure that user can login using OWIN cookie middleware. Here is the simplified sample code for the `AccountController`:
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample3.cs)]
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample4.cs?highlight=1)]
-
-`ValidateClientRedirectUri` is used to validate the client with its registered redirect URL. `ValidateClientAuthentication` checks the basic scheme header and form body to get the client's credentials.
-
-The login page is shown below:
-
-![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image1.png)
-
-Review the IETF's OAuth 2 [Authorization Code Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.1) section now. 
-
-**Provider** (in the table below) is [OAuthAuthorizationServerOptions](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/microsoft.owin.security.oauth.oauthauthorizationserveroptions(v=vs.111).aspx).Provider, which is of type `OAuthAuthorizationServerProvider`, which contains all OAuth server events. 
-
-| Flow steps from Authorization Code Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
-| --- | --- |
-|  |  |
-| (A) The client initiates the flow by directing the resource owner's user-agent to the authorization endpoint. The client includes its client identifier, requested scope, local state, and a redirection URI to which the authorization server will send the user-agent back once access is granted (or denied). | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint |
-|  |  |
-| (B) The authorization server authenticates the resource owner (via the user-agent) and establishes whether the resource owner grants or denies the client's access request. | **&lt;If user grants access&gt;** Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint AuthorizationCodeProvider.CreateAsync |
-|  |  |
-| (C) Assuming the resource owner grants access, the authorization server redirects the user-agent back to the client using the redirection URI provided earlier (in the request or during client registration). ... |  |
-|  |  |
-| (D) The client requests an access token from the authorization server's token endpoint by including the authorization code received in the previous step. When making the request, the client authenticates with the authorization server. The client includes the redirection URI used to obtain the authorization code for verification. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication AuthorizationCodeProvider.ReceiveAsync Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantAuthorizationCode Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessTokenProvider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
-
-A sample implementation for `AuthorizationCodeProvider.CreateAsync` and `ReceiveAsync` to control the creation and validation of authorization code is shown below.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample5.cs)]
-
-The code above uses an in-memory concurrent dictionary to store the code and identity ticket and restore the identity after receiving the code. In a real application, it would be replaced by a persistent data store. The authorization endpoint is for the resource owner to grant access to the client. Usually, it needs a user interface to allow the user to click a button and confirm the grant. OWIN OAuth middleware allows application code to handle the authorization endpoint. In our sample app, we use an MVC controller called `OAuthController` to handle it. Here is the sample implementation:
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample6.cs?highlight=15)]
-
-The `Authorize` action will first check if the user has logged in to the authorization server. If not, the authentication middleware challenges the caller to authenticate using the "Application" cookie and redirects to the login page. (See highlighted code above.) If user has logged in, it will render the Authorize view, as shown below:
-
-![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image2.png)
-
-If the **Grant** button is selected, the `Authorize` action will create a new "Bearer" identity and sign in with it. It will trigger the authorization server to generate a bearer token and send it back to the client with JSON payload. 
-
-### Implicit Grant
-
-Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Implicit Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.2) section now.
-
- The [Implicit Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.2) flow shown in Figure 4 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
-
-| Flow steps from Implicit Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
-| --- | --- |
-|  |  |
-| (A) The client initiates the flow by directing the resource owner's user-agent to the authorization endpoint. The client includes its client identifier, requested scope, local state, and a redirection URI to which the authorization server will send the user-agent back once access is granted (or denied). | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint |
-|  |  |
-| (B) The authorization server authenticates the resource owner (via the user-agent) and establishes whether the resource owner grants or denies the client's access request. | **&lt;If user grants access&gt;** Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint AuthorizationCodeProvider.CreateAsync |
-|  |  |
-| (C) Assuming the resource owner grants access, the authorization server redirects the user-agent back to the client using the redirection URI provided earlier (in the request or during client registration). ... |  |
-|  |  |
-| (D) The client requests an access token from the authorization server's token endpoint by including the authorization code received in the previous step. When making the request, the client authenticates with the authorization server. The client includes the redirection URI used to obtain the authorization code for verification. |  |
-
-Since we already implemented the authorization endpoint (`OAuthController.Authorize` action) for authorization code grant, it automatically enables implicit flow as well. Note: `Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri` is used to validate the client ID with its redirection URL, which protects the implicit grant flow from sending the access token to malicious clients ([Man-in-the-middle attack](https://www.owasp.org/index.php/Man-in-the-middle_attack)).
-
-### Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant
-
-Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.3) section now.
-
- The [Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.3) flow shown in Figure 5 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
-
-| Flow steps from Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
-| --- | --- |
-|  |  |
-| (A) The resource owner provides the client with its username and password. |  |
-|  |  |
-| (B) The client requests an access token from the authorization server's token endpoint by including the credentials received from the resource owner. When making the request, the client authenticates with the authorization server. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantResourceOwnerCredentials Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessToken Provider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
-|  |  |
-| (C) The authorization server authenticates the client and validates the resource owner credentials, and if valid, issues an access token. |  |
-
-Here is the sample implementation for `Provider.GrantResourceOwnerCredentials`:
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample7.cs)]
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The code above is intended to explain this section of the tutorial and should not be used in secure or production apps. It does not check the resource owners credentials. It assumes every credential is valid and creates a new identity for it. The new identity will be used to generate the access token and refresh token. Please replace the code with your own secure account management code.
-
-
-### Client Credentials Grant
-
-Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Client Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.4) section now.
-
- The [Client Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.4) flow shown in Figure 6 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
-
-| Flow steps from Client Credentials Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
-| --- | --- |
-|  |  |
-| (A) The client authenticates with the authorization server and requests an access token from the token endpoint. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantClientCredentials Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessTokenProvider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
-|  |  |
-| (B) The authorization server authenticates the client, and if valid, issues an access token. |  |
-
-Here is the sample implementation for `Provider.GrantClientCredentials`:
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample8.cs)]
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> The code above is intended to explain this section of the tutorial and should not be used in secure or production apps. Please replace the code with your own secure client management code.
-
-
-### Refresh Token
-
-Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Refresh Token](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.5) section now.
-
- The [Refresh Token](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.5) flow shown in Figure 2 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
-
-| Flow steps from Client Credentials Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
-| --- | --- |
-|  |  |
-| (G) The client requests a new access token by authenticating with the authorization server and presenting the refresh token. The client authentication requirements are based on the client type and on the authorization server policies. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication RefreshTokenProvider.ReceiveAsync Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantRefreshToken Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessTokenProvider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
-|  |  |
-| (H) The authorization server authenticates the client and validates the refresh token, and if valid, issues a new access token (and, optionally, a new refresh token). |  |
-
-Here is the sample implementation for `Provider.GrantRefreshToken`: 
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample9.cs)]
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample10.cs)]
-
-## Create a Resource Server which is protected by Access Token
-
-Create an empty web app project and install following packages in the project:
-
-- Microsoft.AspNet.WebApi.Owin
-- Microsoft.Owin.Host.SystemWeb
-- Microsoft.Owin.Security.OAuth
-
-Create a startup class and configure authentication and Web API. See *AuthorizationServer\ResourceServer\Startup.cs* in the sample download.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample11.cs)]
-
-See *AuthorizationServer\ResourceServer\App\_Start\Startup.Auth.cs* in the sample download.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample12.cs)]
-
-See *AuthorizationServer\ResourceServer\App\_Start\Startup.WebApi.cs* in the sample download.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample13.cs)]
-
-- `UseCors` method allows CORS for all domains.
-- `UseOAuthBearerAuthentication` method enables OAuth bearer token authentication middleware which will receive and validate bearer token from authorization header in the request.
-- `Config.SuppressDefaultHostAuthenticaiton` suppresses default host authenticated principal from the app, therefore all requests will be anonymous after this call.
-- `HostAuthenticationFilter` enables authentication just for the specified authentication type. In this case, it's bearer authentication type.
-
-In order to demonstrate the authenticated identity, we create an ApiController to output current user's claims.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample14.cs)]
-
-If the authorization server and the resource server are not on the same computer, the OAuth middleware will use the different machine keys to encrypt and decrypt bearer access token. In order to share the same private key between both projects, we add the same `machinekey` setting in both *web.config* files.
-
-[!code-xml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample15.xml?highlight=8-10)]
-
-## Create OAuth 2.0 Clients
-
- We use the [DotNetOpenAuth.OAuth2.Client](http://www.nuget.org/packages/DotNetOpenAuth.OAuth2.Client) NuGet package to simplify the client code.
-
-### Authorization Code Grant Client
-
- This client is an MVC application. It will trigger an authorization code grant flow to get the access token from backend. It has a single page as shown below:
-
-![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image3.png)
-
-- The **Authorize** button will redirect browser to the authorization server to notify the resource owner to grant access to this client.
-- The **Refresh** button will get a new access token and refresh token using the current refresh token.
-- The **Access Protected Resource API** button will call the resource server to get current user's claims data and show them on the page.
-
-Here is the sample code of the `HomeController` of the client.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample16.cs)]
-
-`DotNetOpenAuth` requires SSL by default. Since our demo is using HTTP, you need to add following setting in the config file:
-
-[!code-xml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample17.xml?highlight=4-6)]
-
-> [!WARNING]
-> Security - Never disable SSL in a production app. Your login credentials are now being sent in clear-text across the wire. The code above is just for local sample debugging and exploration.
-
-
-### Implicit Grant Client
-
-This client is using JavaScript to:
-
-1. Open a new window and redirect to the authorize endpoint of the Authorization Server.
-2. Get the access token from URL fragments when it redirects back.
-
-The following image shows this process:
-
-![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image4.png)
-
-The client should have two pages: one for home page and the other for callback.Here is the sample JavaScript code found in the *Index.cshtml* file:
-
-[!code-cshtml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample18.cshtml)]
-
-Here is the callback handling code in *SignIn.cshtml* file:
-
-[!code-cshtml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample19.cshtml)]
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> A best practice is to move the JavaScript to an external file and not embed it with the Razor markup. To keep this sample simple, they have been combined.
-
-
-### Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant Client
-
-We uses a console app to demo this client. Here is the code:
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample20.cs)]
-
-### Client Credentials Grant Client
-
-Similar to the Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant, here is console app code:
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample21.cs)]
+---
+uid: aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server
+title: "OWIN OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server | Microsoft Docs"
+author: hongyes
+description: "This tutorial will guide you on how to implement an OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server using OWIN OAuth middleware. This is an advanced tutorial that only outlin..."
+ms.author: aspnetcontent
+manager: wpickett
+ms.date: 03/20/2014
+ms.topic: article
+ms.assetid: 20acee16-c70c-41e9-b38f-92bfcf9a4c1c
+ms.technology: 
+ms.prod: .net-framework
+msc.legacyurl: /aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-oauth-20-authorization-server
+msc.type: authoredcontent
+---
+OWIN OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server
+====================
+by [Hongye Sun](https://github.com/hongyes), [Praburaj Thiagarajan](https://github.com/Praburaj), [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
+
+> This tutorial will guide you on how to implement an OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server using OWIN OAuth middleware. This is an advanced tutorial that only outlines the steps to create an OWIN OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server. This is not a step by step tutorial. [Download the sample code](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/OWIN-OAuth-20-Authorization-ba2b8783/file/114932/1/AuthorizationServer.zip).
+> 
+> > [!NOTE]
+> > This outline should not be intended to be used for creating a secure production app. This tutorial is intended to provide only an outline on how to implement an OAuth 2.0 Authorization Server using OWIN OAuth middleware.
+> 
+> 
+> ## Software versions
+> 
+> | **Shown in the tutorial** | **Also works with** |
+> | --- | --- |
+> | Windows 8.1 | Windows 8, Windows 7 |
+> | [Visual Studio 2013](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/2013-downloads) | [Visual Studio 2013 Express for Desktop](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/2013-downloads#d-2013-express). Visual Studio 2012 with the latest update should work, but the tutorial has not been tested with it, and some menu selections and dialog boxes are different. |
+> | .NET 4.5 |  |
+> 
+> ## Questions and Comments
+> 
+> If you have questions that are not directly related to the tutorial, you can post them at [Katana Project on GitHub](https://github.com/aspnet/AspNetKatana/). For questions and comments regarding the tutorial itself, see the comments section at the bottom of the page.
+
+
+The [OAuth 2.0 framework](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749) enables a third-party app to obtain limited access to an HTTP service. Instead of using the resource owner's credentials to access a protected resource, the client obtains an access token (which is a string denoting a specific scope, lifetime, and other access attributes). Access tokens are issued to third-party clients by an authorization server with the approval of the resource owner.
+
+This tutorial will cover:
+
+- How to create an authorization server to support four authorization grant types and refresh tokens:
+    - Authorization code grant
+    - Implicit Grant
+    - Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant
+    - Client Credentials Grant
+- Creating a resource server which is protected by an access token.
+- Creating OAuth 2.0 clients.
+
+<a id="prerequisites"></a>
+## Prerequisites
+
+- [Visual Studio 2013](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/downloads#d-2013-editions) or the free [Visual Studio Express 2013](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/eng/downloads#d-2013-express), as indicated in **Software Versions** at the top of the page.
+- Familiarity with OWIN. See [Getting Started with the Katana Project](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/dn451439.aspx) and [What's new in OWIN and Katana](index.md).
+- Familiarity with [OAuth](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749) terminology, including [Roles](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.1), [Protocol Flow](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.2), and [Authorization Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3). [OAuth 2.0 introduction](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1) provides a good introduction.
+
+## Create an Authorization Server
+
+In this tutorial, we will roughly sketch out how to use [OWIN](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/dn451439.aspx) and ASP.NET MVC to create an authorization server. We hope to soon provide a download for the completed sample, as this tutorial does not include each step. First, create an empty web app named *AuthorizationServer* and install the following packages:
+
+- Microsoft.AspNet.Mvc
+- Microsoft.Owin.Host.SystemWeb
+- Microsoft.Owin.Security.OAuth
+- Microsoft.Owin.Security.Cookies
+- Microsoft.Owin.Security.Google (Or any other social login package such as Microsoft.Owin.Security.Facebook)
+
+Add an [OWIN Startup class](owin-startup-class-detection.md) under the project root folder named *Startup*.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample1.cs?highlight=8)]
+
+Create an *App\_Start* folder. Select the *App\_Start* folder and use Shift+Alt+A to add the downloaded version of the *AuthorizationServer\App\_Start\Startup.Auth.cs* file.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample2.cs)]
+
+The code above enables application/external sign in cookies and Google authentication, which are used by authorization server itself to manage accounts.
+
+The `UseOAuthAuthorizationServer` extension method is to setup the authorization server. The setup options are:
+
+- `AuthorizeEndpointPath`: The request path where client applications will redirect the user-agent in order to obtain the users consent to issue a token or code. It must begin with a leading slash, for example, "`/Authorize`".
+- `TokenEndpointPath`: The request path client applications directly communicate to obtain the access token. It must begin with a leading slash, like "/Token". If the client is issued a [client\_secret](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#appendix-A.2), it must be provided to this endpoint.
+- `ApplicationCanDisplayErrors`: Set to `true` if the web application wants to generate a custom error page for the client validation errors on `/Authorize` endpoint. This is only needed for cases where the browser is not redirected back to the client application, for example, when the `client_id` or `redirect_uri` are incorrect. The `/Authorize` endpoint should expect to see the "oauth.Error", "oauth.ErrorDescription", and "oauth.ErrorUri" properties are added to the OWIN environment. 
+
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > If not true, the authorization server will return a default error page with the error details.
+- `AllowInsecureHttp`: True to allow authorize and token requests to arrive on HTTP URI addresses, and to allow incoming `redirect_uri` authorize request parameters to have HTTP URI addresses. 
+
+    > [!WARNING]
+    > Security - This is for development only.
+- `Provider`: The object provided by the application to process events raised by the Authorization Server middleware. The application may implement the interface fully, or it may create an instance of `OAuthAuthorizationServerProvider` and assign delegates necessary for the OAuth flows this server supports.
+- `AuthorizationCodeProvider`: Produces a single-use authorization code to return to the client application. For the OAuth server to be secure the application **MUST** provide an instance for `AuthorizationCodeProvider` where the token produced by the `OnCreate/OnCreateAsync` event is considered valid for only one call to `OnReceive/OnReceiveAsync`.
+- `RefreshTokenProvider`: Produces a refresh token which may be used to produce a new access token when needed. If not provided the authorization server will not return refresh tokens from the `/Token` endpoint.
+
+## Account Management
+
+OAuth doesn't care where or how you manage your user account information. It's [ASP.NET Identity](../../../identity/index.md) which is responsible for it. In this tutorial, we will simplify the account management code and just make sure that user can login using OWIN cookie middleware. Here is the simplified sample code for the `AccountController`:
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample3.cs)]
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample4.cs?highlight=1)]
+
+`ValidateClientRedirectUri` is used to validate the client with its registered redirect URL. `ValidateClientAuthentication` checks the basic scheme header and form body to get the client's credentials.
+
+The login page is shown below:
+
+![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image1.png)
+
+Review the IETF's OAuth 2 [Authorization Code Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.1) section now. 
+
+**Provider** (in the table below) is [OAuthAuthorizationServerOptions](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/microsoft.owin.security.oauth.oauthauthorizationserveroptions(v=vs.111).aspx).Provider, which is of type `OAuthAuthorizationServerProvider`, which contains all OAuth server events. 
+
+| Flow steps from Authorization Code Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
+| --- | --- |
+|  |  |
+| (A) The client initiates the flow by directing the resource owner's user-agent to the authorization endpoint. The client includes its client identifier, requested scope, local state, and a redirection URI to which the authorization server will send the user-agent back once access is granted (or denied). | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint |
+|  |  |
+| (B) The authorization server authenticates the resource owner (via the user-agent) and establishes whether the resource owner grants or denies the client's access request. | **&lt;If user grants access&gt;** Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint AuthorizationCodeProvider.CreateAsync |
+|  |  |
+| (C) Assuming the resource owner grants access, the authorization server redirects the user-agent back to the client using the redirection URI provided earlier (in the request or during client registration). ... |  |
+|  |  |
+| (D) The client requests an access token from the authorization server's token endpoint by including the authorization code received in the previous step. When making the request, the client authenticates with the authorization server. The client includes the redirection URI used to obtain the authorization code for verification. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication AuthorizationCodeProvider.ReceiveAsync Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantAuthorizationCode Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessTokenProvider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
+
+A sample implementation for `AuthorizationCodeProvider.CreateAsync` and `ReceiveAsync` to control the creation and validation of authorization code is shown below.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample5.cs)]
+
+The code above uses an in-memory concurrent dictionary to store the code and identity ticket and restore the identity after receiving the code. In a real application, it would be replaced by a persistent data store. The authorization endpoint is for the resource owner to grant access to the client. Usually, it needs a user interface to allow the user to click a button and confirm the grant. OWIN OAuth middleware allows application code to handle the authorization endpoint. In our sample app, we use an MVC controller called `OAuthController` to handle it. Here is the sample implementation:
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample6.cs?highlight=15)]
+
+The `Authorize` action will first check if the user has logged in to the authorization server. If not, the authentication middleware challenges the caller to authenticate using the "Application" cookie and redirects to the login page. (See highlighted code above.) If user has logged in, it will render the Authorize view, as shown below:
+
+![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image2.png)
+
+If the **Grant** button is selected, the `Authorize` action will create a new "Bearer" identity and sign in with it. It will trigger the authorization server to generate a bearer token and send it back to the client with JSON payload. 
+
+### Implicit Grant
+
+Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Implicit Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.2) section now.
+
+ The [Implicit Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.2) flow shown in Figure 4 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
+
+| Flow steps from Implicit Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
+| --- | --- |
+|  |  |
+| (A) The client initiates the flow by directing the resource owner's user-agent to the authorization endpoint. The client includes its client identifier, requested scope, local state, and a redirection URI to which the authorization server will send the user-agent back once access is granted (or denied). | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint |
+|  |  |
+| (B) The authorization server authenticates the resource owner (via the user-agent) and establishes whether the resource owner grants or denies the client's access request. | **&lt;If user grants access&gt;** Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri Provider.ValidateAuthorizeRequest Provider.AuthorizeEndpoint AuthorizationCodeProvider.CreateAsync |
+|  |  |
+| (C) Assuming the resource owner grants access, the authorization server redirects the user-agent back to the client using the redirection URI provided earlier (in the request or during client registration). ... |  |
+|  |  |
+| (D) The client requests an access token from the authorization server's token endpoint by including the authorization code received in the previous step. When making the request, the client authenticates with the authorization server. The client includes the redirection URI used to obtain the authorization code for verification. |  |
+
+Since we already implemented the authorization endpoint (`OAuthController.Authorize` action) for authorization code grant, it automatically enables implicit flow as well. Note: `Provider.ValidateClientRedirectUri` is used to validate the client ID with its redirection URL, which protects the implicit grant flow from sending the access token to malicious clients ([Man-in-the-middle attack](https://www.owasp.org/index.php/Man-in-the-middle_attack)).
+
+### Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant
+
+Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.3) section now.
+
+ The [Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.3) flow shown in Figure 5 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
+
+| Flow steps from Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
+| --- | --- |
+|  |  |
+| (A) The resource owner provides the client with its username and password. |  |
+|  |  |
+| (B) The client requests an access token from the authorization server's token endpoint by including the credentials received from the resource owner. When making the request, the client authenticates with the authorization server. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantResourceOwnerCredentials Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessToken Provider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
+|  |  |
+| (C) The authorization server authenticates the client and validates the resource owner credentials, and if valid, issues an access token. |  |
+
+Here is the sample implementation for `Provider.GrantResourceOwnerCredentials`:
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample7.cs)]
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> The code above is intended to explain this section of the tutorial and should not be used in secure or production apps. It does not check the resource owners credentials. It assumes every credential is valid and creates a new identity for it. The new identity will be used to generate the access token and refresh token. Please replace the code with your own secure account management code.
+
+
+### Client Credentials Grant
+
+Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Client Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.4) section now.
+
+ The [Client Credentials Grant](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-4.4) flow shown in Figure 6 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
+
+| Flow steps from Client Credentials Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
+| --- | --- |
+|  |  |
+| (A) The client authenticates with the authorization server and requests an access token from the token endpoint. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantClientCredentials Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessTokenProvider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
+|  |  |
+| (B) The authorization server authenticates the client, and if valid, issues an access token. |  |
+
+Here is the sample implementation for `Provider.GrantClientCredentials`:
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample8.cs)]
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> The code above is intended to explain this section of the tutorial and should not be used in secure or production apps. Please replace the code with your own secure client management code.
+
+
+### Refresh Token
+
+Refer to the IETF's OAuth 2 [Refresh Token](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.5) section now.
+
+ The [Refresh Token](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.5) flow shown in Figure 2 is the flow and mapping which the OWIN OAuth middleware follows.  
+
+| Flow steps from Client Credentials Grant section | Sample download performs these steps with: |
+| --- | --- |
+|  |  |
+| (G) The client requests a new access token by authenticating with the authorization server and presenting the refresh token. The client authentication requirements are based on the client type and on the authorization server policies. | Provider.MatchEndpoint Provider.ValidateClientAuthentication RefreshTokenProvider.ReceiveAsync Provider.ValidateTokenRequest Provider.GrantRefreshToken Provider.TokenEndpoint AccessTokenProvider.CreateAsync RefreshTokenProvider.CreateAsync |
+|  |  |
+| (H) The authorization server authenticates the client and validates the refresh token, and if valid, issues a new access token (and, optionally, a new refresh token). |  |
+
+Here is the sample implementation for `Provider.GrantRefreshToken`: 
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample9.cs)]
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample10.cs)]
+
+## Create a Resource Server which is protected by Access Token
+
+Create an empty web app project and install following packages in the project:
+
+- Microsoft.AspNet.WebApi.Owin
+- Microsoft.Owin.Host.SystemWeb
+- Microsoft.Owin.Security.OAuth
+
+Create a startup class and configure authentication and Web API. See *AuthorizationServer\ResourceServer\Startup.cs* in the sample download.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample11.cs)]
+
+See *AuthorizationServer\ResourceServer\App\_Start\Startup.Auth.cs* in the sample download.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample12.cs)]
+
+See *AuthorizationServer\ResourceServer\App\_Start\Startup.WebApi.cs* in the sample download.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample13.cs)]
+
+- `UseCors` method allows CORS for all domains.
+- `UseOAuthBearerAuthentication` method enables OAuth bearer token authentication middleware which will receive and validate bearer token from authorization header in the request.
+- `Config.SuppressDefaultHostAuthenticaiton` suppresses default host authenticated principal from the app, therefore all requests will be anonymous after this call.
+- `HostAuthenticationFilter` enables authentication just for the specified authentication type. In this case, it's bearer authentication type.
+
+In order to demonstrate the authenticated identity, we create an ApiController to output current user's claims.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample14.cs)]
+
+If the authorization server and the resource server are not on the same computer, the OAuth middleware will use the different machine keys to encrypt and decrypt bearer access token. In order to share the same private key between both projects, we add the same `machinekey` setting in both *web.config* files.
+
+[!code-xml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample15.xml?highlight=8-10)]
+
+## Create OAuth 2.0 Clients
+
+ We use the [DotNetOpenAuth.OAuth2.Client](http://www.nuget.org/packages/DotNetOpenAuth.OAuth2.Client) NuGet package to simplify the client code.
+
+### Authorization Code Grant Client
+
+ This client is an MVC application. It will trigger an authorization code grant flow to get the access token from backend. It has a single page as shown below:
+
+![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image3.png)
+
+- The **Authorize** button will redirect browser to the authorization server to notify the resource owner to grant access to this client.
+- The **Refresh** button will get a new access token and refresh token using the current refresh token.
+- The **Access Protected Resource API** button will call the resource server to get current user's claims data and show them on the page.
+
+Here is the sample code of the `HomeController` of the client.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample16.cs)]
+
+`DotNetOpenAuth` requires SSL by default. Since our demo is using HTTP, you need to add following setting in the config file:
+
+[!code-xml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample17.xml?highlight=4-6)]
+
+> [!WARNING]
+> Security - Never disable SSL in a production app. Your login credentials are now being sent in clear-text across the wire. The code above is just for local sample debugging and exploration.
+
+
+### Implicit Grant Client
+
+This client is using JavaScript to:
+
+1. Open a new window and redirect to the authorize endpoint of the Authorization Server.
+2. Get the access token from URL fragments when it redirects back.
+
+The following image shows this process:
+
+![](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/_static/image4.png)
+
+The client should have two pages: one for home page and the other for callback.Here is the sample JavaScript code found in the *Index.cshtml* file:
+
+[!code-cshtml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample18.cshtml)]
+
+Here is the callback handling code in *SignIn.cshtml* file:
+
+[!code-cshtml[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample19.cshtml)]
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> A best practice is to move the JavaScript to an external file and not embed it with the Razor markup. To keep this sample simple, they have been combined.
+
+
+### Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant Client
+
+We uses a console app to demo this client. Here is the code:
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample20.cs)]
+
+### Client Credentials Grant Client
+
+Similar to the Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant, here is console app code:
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](owin-oauth-20-authorization-server/samples/sample21.cs)]
diff --git a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-startup-class-detection.md b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-startup-class-detection.md
index 63ac9c1f5ce9..9ebd93c234df 100644
--- a/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-startup-class-detection.md
+++ b/aspnet/aspnet/overview/owin-and-katana/owin-startup-class-detection.md
@@ -33,20 +33,20 @@ by [Praburaj Thiagarajan](https://github.com/Praburaj), [Rick Anderson](https://
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample1.cs)]
 
-   The `OwinStartup` attribute overrides the naming convention. You can also specify a friendly name with this attribute, however, using a friendly name requires you to also use the `appSetting` element in the configuration file.
+ The `OwinStartup` attribute overrides the naming convention. You can also specify a friendly name with this attribute, however, using a friendly name requires you to also use the `appSetting` element in the configuration file.
 3. **The appSetting element in the Configuration file**: The `appSetting` element overrides the `OwinStartup` attribute and naming convention. You can have multiple startup classes (each using an `OwinStartup` attribute) and configure which startup class will be loaded in a configuration file using markup similar to the following:  
 
     [!code-xml[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample2.xml)]
 
-   The following key, which explicitly specifies the startup class and assembly can also be used: 
+ The following key, which explicitly specifies the startup class and assembly can also be used: 
 
     [!code-xml[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample3.xml)]
 
-   The following XML in the configuration file specifies a friendly startup class name of `ProductionConfiguration`.  
+ The following XML in the configuration file specifies a friendly startup class name of `ProductionConfiguration`.  
 
     [!code-xml[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample4.xml)]
 
-   The above markup must be used with the following `OwinStartup` attribute which specifies a friendly name and causes the `ProductionStartup2` class to run.
+ The above markup must be used with the following `OwinStartup` attribute which specifies a friendly name and causes the `ProductionStartup2` class to run.
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample5.cs?highlight=1,16)]
 4. To disable OWIN startup discovery add the `appSetting owin:AutomaticAppStartup` with a value of `"false"` in the web.config file.
@@ -58,29 +58,29 @@ by [Praburaj Thiagarajan](https://github.com/Praburaj), [Rick Anderson](https://
 1. Create an empty Asp.Net web application and name it **StartupDemo**. - Install `Microsoft.Owin.Host.SystemWeb` using the NuGet package manager. From the **Tools** menu, select **Library Package Manager**, and then **Package Manager Console**. Enter the following command:  
 
     [!code-powershell[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample7.ps1)]
-2. Add an OWIN startup class. In Visual Studio 2013 right click the project and select **Add Class**.- In the **Add New Item** dialog box, enter *OWIN* in the search field, and change the name to Startup.cs, and then click **Add**.  
+- Add an OWIN startup class. In Visual Studio 2013 right click the project and select **Add Class**.- In the **Add New Item** dialog box, enter *OWIN* in the search field, and change the name to Startup.cs, and then click **Add**.  
   
-     ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image1.png)   
+    ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image1.png)   
   
-   The next time you want to add an *Owin Startup class*, it will be in available from the **Add** menu.  
+ The next time you want to add an *Owin Startup class*, it will be in available from the **Add** menu.  
    
-     ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image2.png)  
+    ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image2.png)  
   
-   Alternatively, you can right click the project and select **Add**, then select **New Item**, and then select the **Owin Startup class**.  
+ Alternatively, you can right click the project and select **Add**, then select **New Item**, and then select the **Owin Startup class**.  
   
-     ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image3.png)  
+    ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image3.png)  
   
 - Replace the generated code in the *Startup.cs* file with the following:  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample8.cs?highlight=5,7,15-28,31-34)]
   
-  The `app.Use` lambda expression is used to register the specified middleware component to the OWIN pipeline. In this case we are setting up logging of incoming requests before responding to the incoming request. The `next` parameter is the delegate ( [Func](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb534960(v=vs.100).aspx) &lt; [Task](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd321424(v=vs.100).aspx) &gt; ) to the next component in the pipeline. The `app.Run` lambda expression hooks up the pipeline to incoming requests and provides the response mechanism.
+ The `app.Use` lambda expression is used to register the specified middleware component to the OWIN pipeline. In this case we are setting up logging of incoming requests before responding to the incoming request. The `next` parameter is the delegate ( [Func](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb534960(v=vs.100).aspx) &lt; [Task](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd321424(v=vs.100).aspx) &gt; ) to the next component in the pipeline. The `app.Run` lambda expression hooks up the pipeline to incoming requests and provides the response mechanism.
 	 > [!NOTE]
      > In the code above we have commented out the `OwinStartup` attribute and we're relying on the convention of running the class named `Startup` .- Press ***F5*** to run the application. Hit refresh a few times.  
   
     ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image4.png)  
-  Note: The number shown in the images in this tutorial will not match the number you see. The millisecond string is used to show a new response when you refresh the page.  
-  You can see the trace information in the **Output** window.  
+Note: The number shown in the images in this tutorial will not match the number you see. The millisecond string is used to show a new response when you refresh the page.  
+ You can see the trace information in the **Output** window.  
   
     ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image5.png)
 
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ In this section we'll add another Startup class. You can add multiple OWIN start
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample10.cs?highlight=6,14-18)]
 
-   The `OwinStartup` attribute overload above specifies `TestingConfiguration` as the *friendly* name of the Startup class.
+ The `OwinStartup` attribute overload above specifies `TestingConfiguration` as the *friendly* name of the Startup class.
 6. Open the *web.config* file and add the OWIN App startup key which specifies the friendly name of the Startup class:
 
     [!code-xml[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample11.xml?highlight=3-5)]
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ In this section we'll add another Startup class. You can add multiple OWIN start
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample14.cs)]
 
-    Each of the OWIN App startup keys below will cause the production class to run. 
+ Each of the OWIN App startup keys below will cause the production class to run. 
 
     [!code-xml[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample15.xml)]
 
-    The last startup key specifies the startup configuration method. The following OWIN App startup key allows you to change the name of the configuration class to `MyConfiguration` .
+ The last startup key specifies the startup configuration method. The following OWIN App startup key allows you to change the name of the configuration class to `MyConfiguration` .
 
     [!code-xml[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample16.xml)]
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ In this section we'll add another Startup class. You can add multiple OWIN start
 
     [!code-xml[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample17.xml?highlight=3-6)]
 
-   The last key wins, so in this case `TestStartup` is specified.
+ The last key wins, so in this case `TestStartup` is specified.
 2. Install Owinhost from the PMC: 
 
     [!code-console[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample18.cmd)]
@@ -139,14 +139,14 @@ In this section we'll add another Startup class. You can add multiple OWIN start
 
     [!code-console[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample19.cmd)]
 
-   The command window will show: 
+ The command window will show: 
 
     [!code-console[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample20.cmd)]
 4. Launch a browser with the URL `http://localhost:5000/`.  
   
     ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image8.png)  
   
-   OwinHost honored the startup conventions listed above.
+ OwinHost honored the startup conventions listed above.
 5. In the command window, press Enter to exit OwinHost.
 6. In the `ProductionStartup` class, add the following OwinStartup attribute which specifies a friendly name of *ProductionConfiguration*.
 
@@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ In this section we'll add another Startup class. You can add multiple OWIN start
 
     [!code-console[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample22.cmd)]
 
-   The Production startup class is loaded.  
+ The Production startup class is loaded.  
     ![](owin-startup-class-detection/_static/image9.png)  
-   Our application has multiple startup classes, and in this example we have deferred which startup class to load until runtime.
+ Our application has multiple startup classes, and in this example we have deferred which startup class to load until runtime.
 8. Test the following runtime startup options:
 
     [!code-console[Main](owin-startup-class-detection/samples/sample23.cmd)]
diff --git a/aspnet/docfx.json b/aspnet/docfx.json
index 5096a8065d95..89e70466890c 100644
--- a/aspnet/docfx.json
+++ b/aspnet/docfx.json
@@ -39,13 +39,10 @@
       "breadcrumb_path": "/aspnet/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "_navPath": "/foo",
       "_navRel": "/foo",
-      "searchScope": [
-        "ASP.NET"
-      ]
+      "searchScope": ["ASP.NET"]
     },
     "fileMetadata": {},
     "template": [],
-    "dest": "_site",
-    "markdownEngineName": "markdig"
+    "dest": "_site"
   }
 }
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/implementing-a-custom-mysql-aspnet-identity-storage-provider.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/implementing-a-custom-mysql-aspnet-identity-storage-provider.md
index af09807c1eee..35c8188ef6c5 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/implementing-a-custom-mysql-aspnet-identity-storage-provider.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/implementing-a-custom-mysql-aspnet-identity-storage-provider.md
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ If needed, install either [Visual Studio Express 2013 for Web](https://go.micros
 5. Right click the IdentityMySQLDemo project, select **Add**, **Reference, Solution, Projects;** select the AspNet.Identity.MySQL project and click **OK**.
 6. In the IdentityMySQLDemo project, replace all references to  
     `using Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.EntityFramework;`  
-   with  
+ with  
      `using AspNet.Identity.MySQL;`
 7. In IdentityModels.cs, set **ApplicationDbContext** to derive from **MySqlDatabase** and include a contructor that take a single parameter with the connection name.  
 
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/overview-of-custom-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/overview-of-custom-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity.md
index 680833951144..fc671b39b56f 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/overview-of-custom-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/extensibility/overview-of-custom-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity.md
@@ -148,29 +148,29 @@ The next image shows more details about the functionality defined in each interf
 ![](overview-of-custom-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity/_static/image4.png)
 
 - **IUserStore**  
-  The [IUserStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613278(v=vs.108).aspx) interface is the only interface you must implement in your user store. It defines methods for creating, updating, deleting, and retrieving users.
+ The [IUserStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613278(v=vs.108).aspx) interface is the only interface you must implement in your user store. It defines methods for creating, updating, deleting, and retrieving users.
 - **IUserClaimStore**  
-  The [IUserClaimStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613265(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to enable user claims. It contains methods or adding, removing and retrieving user claims.
+ The [IUserClaimStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613265(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to enable user claims. It contains methods or adding, removing and retrieving user claims.
 - **IUserLoginStore**  
-  The [IUserLoginStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613272(v=vs.108).aspx) defines the methods you must implement in your user store to enable external authentication providers. It contains methods for adding, removing and retrieving user logins, and a method for retrieving a user based on the login information.
+ The [IUserLoginStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613272(v=vs.108).aspx) defines the methods you must implement in your user store to enable external authentication providers. It contains methods for adding, removing and retrieving user logins, and a method for retrieving a user based on the login information.
 - **IUserRoleStore**  
-  The [IUserRoleStore&lt;TKey, TUser&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613276(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to map a user to a role. It contains methods to add, remove, and retrieve a user's roles, and a method to check if a user is assigned to a role.
+ The [IUserRoleStore&lt;TKey, TUser&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613276(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to map a user to a role. It contains methods to add, remove, and retrieve a user's roles, and a method to check if a user is assigned to a role.
 - **IUserPasswordStore**  
-  The [IUserPasswordStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613273(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to persist hashed passwords. It contains methods for getting and setting the hashed password, and a method that indicates whether the user has set a password.
+ The [IUserPasswordStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613273(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to persist hashed passwords. It contains methods for getting and setting the hashed password, and a method that indicates whether the user has set a password.
 - **IUserSecurityStampStore**  
-  The [IUserSecurityStampStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613277(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to use a security stamp for indicating whether the user's account information has changed. This stamp is updated when a user changes the password, or adds or removes logins. It contains methods for getting and setting the security stamp.
+ The [IUserSecurityStampStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613277(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement in your user store to use a security stamp for indicating whether the user's account information has changed. This stamp is updated when a user changes the password, or adds or removes logins. It contains methods for getting and setting the security stamp.
 - **IUserTwoFactorStore**  
-  The [IUserTwoFactorStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613279(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to implement two factor authentication. It contains methods for getting and setting whether two factor authentication is enabled for a user.
+ The [IUserTwoFactorStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613279(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to implement two factor authentication. It contains methods for getting and setting whether two factor authentication is enabled for a user.
 - **IUserPhoneNumberStore**  
-  The [IUserPhoneNumberStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613275(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to store user phone numbers. It contains methods for getting and setting the phone number and whether the phone number is confirmed.
+ The [IUserPhoneNumberStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613275(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to store user phone numbers. It contains methods for getting and setting the phone number and whether the phone number is confirmed.
 - **IUserEmailStore**  
-  The [IUserEmailStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613143(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to store user email addresses. It contains methods for getting and setting the email address and whether the email is confirmed.
+ The [IUserEmailStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613143(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to store user email addresses. It contains methods for getting and setting the email address and whether the email is confirmed.
 - **IUserLockoutStore**  
-  The [IUserLockoutStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613271(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to store information about locking an account. It contains methods for getting the current number of failed access attempts, getting and setting whether the account can be locked, getting and setting the lock out end date, incrementing the number of failed attempts, and resetting the number of failed attempts.
+ The [IUserLockoutStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613271(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the methods you must implement to store information about locking an account. It contains methods for getting the current number of failed access attempts, getting and setting whether the account can be locked, getting and setting the lock out end date, incrementing the number of failed attempts, and resetting the number of failed attempts.
 - **IQueryableUserStore**  
-  The [IQueryableUserStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613267(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the members you must implement to provide a queryable user store. It contains a property that holds the queryable users.
+ The [IQueryableUserStore&lt;TUser, TKey&gt;](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn613267(v=vs.108).aspx) interface defines the members you must implement to provide a queryable user store. It contains a property that holds the queryable users.
 
-  You implement the interfaces that are needed in your application; such as, the IUserClaimStore, IUserLoginStore, IUserRoleStore, IUserPasswordStore, and IUserSecurityStampStore interfaces as shown below. 
+ You implement the interfaces that are needed in your application; such as, the IUserClaimStore, IUserLoginStore, IUserRoleStore, IUserPasswordStore, and IUserSecurityStampStore interfaces as shown below. 
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](overview-of-custom-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity/samples/sample5.cs)]
 
@@ -213,11 +213,11 @@ The following example shows a role store class. The TRole generic parameter take
 [!code-csharp[Main](overview-of-custom-storage-providers-for-aspnet-identity/samples/sample8.cs)]
 
 - **IRoleStore&lt;TRole&gt;**  
-  The [IRoleStore](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn468195.aspx) interface defines the methods to implement in your role store class. It contains methods for creating, updating, deleting and retrieving roles.
+ The [IRoleStore](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dn468195.aspx) interface defines the methods to implement in your role store class. It contains methods for creating, updating, deleting and retrieving roles.
 - **RoleStore&lt;TRole&gt;**  
-  To customize RoleStore, create a class that implements the IRoleStore interface. You only have to implement this class if want to use roles on your system. The constructor that takes a parameter named *database* of type ExampleDatabase is only an illustration of how to pass in your data access class. For example, in the MySQL implementation, this constructor takes a parameter of type MySQLDatabase.  
+ To customize RoleStore, create a class that implements the IRoleStore interface. You only have to implement this class if want to use roles on your system. The constructor that takes a parameter named *database* of type ExampleDatabase is only an illustration of how to pass in your data access class. For example, in the MySQL implementation, this constructor takes a parameter of type MySQLDatabase.  
   
-  For a complete implementation, see [RoleStore (MySQL)](https://aspnet.codeplex.com/SourceControl/latest#Samples/Identity/AspNet.Identity.MySQL/RoleStore.cs) .
+ For a complete implementation, see [RoleStore (MySQL)](https://aspnet.codeplex.com/SourceControl/latest#Samples/Identity/AspNet.Identity.MySQL/RoleStore.cs) .
 
 <a id="reconfigure"></a>
 ## Reconfigure application to use new storage provider
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/account-confirmation-and-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/account-confirmation-and-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity.md
index c80e07a128f3..1e000e56c594 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/account-confirmation-and-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/account-confirmation-and-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity.md
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Start by installing and running [Visual Studio Express 2013 for Web](https://go.
   
     ![](account-confirmation-and-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity/_static/image10.png)  
   
-   At this point the email has not been confirmed.
+ At this point the email has not been confirmed.
 
 The default data store for ASP.NET Identity is Entity Framework, but you can configure it to use other data stores and to add additional fields. See [Additional Resources](#addRes) section at the end of this tutorial.
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ In this section, you'll use NuGet to download a more complete sample we will wor
 
     [!code-console[Main](account-confirmation-and-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity/samples/sample4.cmd)]
 
-   In this tutorial, we'll use [SendGrid](http://sendgrid.com/) to send email. The `Identity.Samples` package installs the code we will be working with.
+ In this tutorial, we'll use [SendGrid](http://sendgrid.com/) to send email. The `Identity.Samples` package installs the code we will be working with.
 3. Set the [project to use SSL](../../../mvc/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on.md).
 4. Test local account creation by running the app, clicking on the **Register** link, and posting the registration form.
 5. Click the demo email link, which simulates email confirmation.
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/two-factor-authentication-using-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/two-factor-authentication-using-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity.md
index ab4d44a48892..cce29af0a41b 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/two-factor-authentication-using-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/features-api/two-factor-authentication-using-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity.md
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ In this section, you'll use NuGet to download a sample we will work with. Start
     `Install-Package SendGrid`  
     `Install-Package -Prerelease Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.Samples`  
   
-   In this tutorial, we'll use [SendGrid](http://sendgrid.com/) to send email and [Twilio](https://www.twilio.com/) or [ASPSMS](https://www.aspsms.com/asp.net/identity/testcredits/) for sms texting. The `Identity.Samples` package installs the code we will be working with.
+ In this tutorial, we'll use [SendGrid](http://sendgrid.com/) to send email and [Twilio](https://www.twilio.com/) or [ASPSMS](https://www.aspsms.com/asp.net/identity/testcredits/) for sms texting. The `Identity.Samples` package installs the code we will be working with.
 3. Set the [project to use SSL](../../../mvc/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on.md).
 4. *Optional*: Follow the instructions in my [Email confirmation tutorial](account-confirmation-and-password-recovery-with-aspnet-identity.md) to hook up SendGrid and then run the app and register an email account.
 5. *Optional: *Remove the demo email link confirmation code from the sample (The `ViewBag.Link` code in the account controller. See the `DisplayEmail` and `ForgotPasswordConfirmation` action methods and razor views ).
-6. <em>Optional: *Remove the `ViewBag.Status` code from the Manage and Account controllers and from the *Views\Account\VerifyCode.cshtml</em> and <em>Views\Manage\VerifyPhoneNumber.cshtml</em> razor views. Alternatively, you can keep the `ViewBag.Status` display to test how this app works locally without having to hook up and send email and SMS messages.
+6. *Optional: *Remove the `ViewBag.Status` code from the Manage and Account controllers and from the *Views\Account\VerifyCode.cshtml* and *Views\Manage\VerifyPhoneNumber.cshtml* razor views. Alternatively, you can keep the `ViewBag.Status` display to test how this app works locally without having to hook up and send email and SMS messages.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Warning: If you change any of the security settings in this sample, productions apps will need to undergo a security audit that explicitly calls out the changes made.
@@ -65,44 +65,44 @@ This tutorial provides instructions for using either Twilio or ASPSMS but you ca
 
 1. **Creating a User Account with an SMS provider**  
   
-   Create a [Twilio](https://www.twilio.com/try-twilio) or an [ASPSMS](https://www.aspsms.com/asp.net/identity/testcredits/) account.
+ Create a [Twilio](https://www.twilio.com/try-twilio) or an [ASPSMS](https://www.aspsms.com/asp.net/identity/testcredits/) account.
 2. **Installing additional packages or adding service references**  
   
-   Twilio:  
-   In the Package Manager Console, enter the following command:  
+ Twilio:  
+ In the Package Manager Console, enter the following command:  
     `Install-Package Twilio`  
   
-   ASPSMS:  
-   The following service reference needs to be added:  
+ ASPSMS:  
+ The following service reference needs to be added:  
   
     ![](two-factor-authentication-using-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity/_static/image1.png)  
   
-   Address:  
+ Address:  
     `https://webservice.aspsms.com/aspsmsx2.asmx?WSDL`  
   
-   Namespace:  
+ Namespace:  
     `ASPSMSX2`
 3. **Figuring out SMS Provider User credentials**  
   
-   Twilio:  
-   From the **Dashboard** tab of your Twilio account, copy the **Account SID** and **Auth token**.  
+ Twilio:  
+ From the **Dashboard** tab of your Twilio account, copy the **Account SID** and **Auth token**.  
   
-   ASPSMS:  
-   From your account settings, navigate to **Userkey** and copy it together with your self-defined **Password**.  
+ ASPSMS:  
+ From your account settings, navigate to **Userkey** and copy it together with your self-defined **Password**.  
   
-   We will later store these values in the variables `SMSAccountIdentification` and `SMSAccountPassword` .
+ We will later store these values in the variables `SMSAccountIdentification` and `SMSAccountPassword` .
 4. **Specifying SenderID / Originator**  
   
-   Twilio:  
-   From the **Numbers** tab, copy your Twilio phone number.  
+ Twilio:  
+ From the **Numbers** tab, copy your Twilio phone number.  
   
-   ASPSMS:  
-   Within the **Unlock Originators** Menu, unlock one or more Originators or choose an alphanumeric Originator (Not supported by all networks).  
+ ASPSMS:  
+ Within the **Unlock Originators** Menu, unlock one or more Originators or choose an alphanumeric Originator (Not supported by all networks).  
   
-   We will later store this value in the variable `SMSAccountFrom` .
+ We will later store this value in the variable `SMSAccountFrom` .
 5. **Transferring SMS provider credentials into app**  
   
-   Make the credentials and sender phone number available to the app:
+ Make the credentials and sender phone number available to the app:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](two-factor-authentication-using-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity/samples/sample1.cs)]
 
@@ -110,9 +110,9 @@ This tutorial provides instructions for using either Twilio or ASPSMS but you ca
     > Security - Never store sensitive data in your source code. The account and credentials are added to the code above to keep the sample simple. See Jon Atten's [ASP.NET MVC: Keep Private Settings Out of Source Control](http://typecastexception.com/post/2014/04/06/ASPNET-MVC-Keep-Private-Settings-Out-of-Source-Control.aspx).
 6. **Implementation of data transfer to SMS provider**  
   
-   Configure the `SmsService`  class in the *App\_Start\IdentityConfig.cs* file.  
+ Configure the `SmsService`  class in the *App\_Start\IdentityConfig.cs* file.  
   
-   Depending on the used SMS provider activate either the **Twilio** or the **ASPSMS** section: 
+ Depending on the used SMS provider activate either the **Twilio** or the **ASPSMS** section: 
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](two-factor-authentication-using-sms-and-email-with-aspnet-identity/samples/sample2.cs)]
 7. Run the app and log in with the account you previously registered.
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/adding-aspnet-identity-to-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/adding-aspnet-identity-to-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project.md
index 11f172ccf2a0..4e68f48dc331 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/adding-aspnet-identity-to-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/adding-aspnet-identity-to-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project.md
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ by [Raquel Soares De Almeida](https://github.com/raquelsa)
   
     ![](adding-aspnet-identity-to-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project/_static/image2.png)  
   
-   Notice the **Change Authentication** button is disabled and no authentication support is provided in this template. The Web Forms, MVC and Web API templates allow you to select the authentication approach. For more information, see [Overview of Authentication](../../../visual-studio/overview/2013/creating-web-projects-in-visual-studio.md#auth) .
+ Notice the **Change Authentication** button is disabled and no authentication support is provided in this template. The Web Forms, MVC and Web API templates allow you to select the authentication approach. For more information, see [Overview of Authentication](../../../visual-studio/overview/2013/creating-web-projects-in-visual-studio.md#auth) .
 
 ## Adding Identity Packages to your App
 
@@ -158,9 +158,9 @@ At this point we have only added support for creating users. Now, we are going t
 5. Press **Ctrl + F5** to build and run the web application. Enter a new user name and password and then click on **Register**.  
   
     ![](adding-aspnet-identity-to-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project/_static/image13.png)  
-   Note: At this point, the new user is created and logged in.
+ Note: At this point, the new user is created and logged in.
 6. Click on **Log out** button.You will be redirected to the Log in form.
 7. Enter an invalid user name or password and Click on **Log in** button.   
-   The `UserManager.Find`  method will return null and the error message: " *Invalid user name or password* " will be displayed.  
+ The `UserManager.Find`  method will return null and the error message: " *Invalid user name or password* " will be displayed.  
   
     ![](adding-aspnet-identity-to-an-empty-or-existing-web-forms-project/_static/image14.png)
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-recommended-resources.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-recommended-resources.md
index 3c31cc09c68f..c586089afc17 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-recommended-resources.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-recommended-resources.md
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
     - [Understanding the Owin External Authentication Pipeline](http://coding.abel.nu/2014/06/understanding-the-owin-external-authentication-pipeline/)
     - [ASP.NET Identity and Owin Overview](http://coding.abel.nu/2014/06/asp-net-identity-and-owin-overview/)
 
-  By [K. Scott Allen](https://twitter.com/OdeToCode) on Ode to Code
+ By [K. Scott Allen](https://twitter.com/OdeToCode) on Ode to Code
 
     - [ASP.NET Core Identity](http://odetocode.com/blogs/scott/archive/2013/11/25/asp-net-core-identity.aspx) This blog examines the core abstractions, including IUser, IUserStore and the I\*Store interfaces.
     - [ASP.NET Identity with the Entity Framework](http://odetocode.com/blogs/scott/archive/2014/01/03/asp-net-identity-with-the-entity-framework.aspx) Individual User Accounts in MVC 5, Web API and SPA apps, connection strings and managing contexts
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider.md
index eb7787b13652..49ac10f20ac0 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider.md
@@ -37,23 +37,23 @@ At the end of this tutorial, you will have an MVC application with the ASP.NET I
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image2.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image1.png)
 3. In the **Choose and Add-on** wizard, select **ClearDB MySQL Database**, and then click the **Next** arrow at the bottom of the frame:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image4.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image3.png)
 4. Keep the default **Free** plan, change the **NAME** to **IdentityMySQLDatabase**, select the region that is nearest to you, and then click the **Next** arrow at the bottom of the frame:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image6.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image5.png)
 5. Click the **PURCHASE** checkmark to complete the database creation.  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image8.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image7.png)
 6. After your database has been created, you can manage it from the **ADD-ONS** tab in the management portal. To retrieve the connection information for your database, click **CONNECTION INFO** at the bottom of the page:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image10.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image9.png)
 7. Copy the connection string by clicking on the copy button by the **CONNECTIONSTRING** field and save it; you will use this information later in this tutorial for your MVC application:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image12.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image11.png)
 
 ## Creating an MVC application project
@@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ To complete the steps in this section of the tutorial, you will first need to in
 1. Open Visual Studio 2103.
 2. Click **New Project** from the **Start** page, or you can click the **File** menu and then **New Project**:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image2.jpg)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image1.jpg)
 3. When the **New Project** dialog box is displayed, expand **Visual C#** in the list of templates, then click **Web**, and select **ASP.NET Web Application**. Name your project **IdentityMySQLDemo** and then click **OK**:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image14.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image13.png)
 4. In the **New ASP.NET Project** dialog, select the **MVC** templatewith the default options; this will configure **Individual User Accounts** as the authentication method. Click **OK**:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image16.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image15.png)
 
 ## Configure EntityFramework to work with a MySQL database
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ The MVC application that was created from the Visual Studio 2013 template contai
 1. Open your MVC project in Visual Studio 2013.
 2. Click **TOOLS**, then click **Library Package Manager**, and then click **Package Manager Console**:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image18.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image17.png)
 3. The **Package Manager Console** will appear in the bottom section of Visual Studio. Type &quot;**Update-Package EntityFramework**&quot; and press Enter:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image20.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image19.png)
 
 ### Install the MySQL provider for EntityFramework
@@ -156,15 +156,15 @@ Once you have completed the steps in the preceding sections, you should test you
 1. Press **Ctrl + F5** to build and run the web application.
 2. Click the **Register** tab on the top of the page:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image4.jpg)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image3.jpg)
 3. Enter a new user name and password, and then click **Register**:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image24.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image23.png)
 4. At this point the ASP.NET Identity tables are created on the MySQL Database, and the user is registered and logged into the application:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image6.jpg)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image5.jpg)
 
 ### Installing MySQL Workbench tool to verify the data
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ Once you have completed the steps in the preceding sections, you should test you
 4. After establishing the connection, inspect the **ASP.NET Identity** tables created on the **IdentityMySQLDatabase.**
 5. You will see that all ASP.NET Identity required tables are created as shown in the image below:  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image8.jpg)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image7.jpg)
 6. Inspect the **aspnetusers** table for instance to check for the entries as you register new users.  
   
-   [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
+ [Click the following image to expand it. ]  
     [![](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image26.png)](aspnet-identity-using-mysql-storage-with-an-entityframework-mysql-provider/_static/image25.png)
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory.md
index a1d682c86295..6b8441214342 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory.md
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This tutorial will show you how to create an ASP.NET application that is configu
   
     ![](developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory/_static/image4.png)  
   
-   Save the password, you will be required to change the password after the first log in. The following image shows the new admin account. You must use the Azure Active Directory to log into your app, not the Microsoft account also shown on this page.  
+ Save the password, you will be required to change the password after the first log in. The following image shows the new admin account. You must use the Azure Active Directory to log into your app, not the Microsoft account also shown on this page.  
   
     ![](developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory/_static/image5.png)
 
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ The following steps use [Visual Studio Express 2013 for Web](https://www.microso
   
     ![](developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory/_static/image6.png)
 3. On the **Change Authentication** dialog, select **Organizational Accounts**. These options can be used to automatically register your application with Azure AD as well as automatically configure your application to integrate with Azure AD. You don't have to use the **Change Authentication** dialog to register and configure your application, but it makes it much easier. If you are using Visual Studio 2012 for example, you can still manually register the application in the Azure Management Portal and update its configuration to integrate with Azure AD.  
-   In the drop-down menus, select **Cloud - Single Organization** and **Single Sign On, Read directory data**. Enter the domain for your Azure AD directory, for example (in the images below) *aricka0yahoo.onmicrosoft.com*, and then click **OK**. You can get the domain name from the Domains tab for the Default Directory on the azure portal (see the next image down).   
+ In the drop-down menus, select **Cloud - Single Organization** and **Single Sign On, Read directory data**. Enter the domain for your Azure AD directory, for example (in the images below) *aricka0yahoo.onmicrosoft.com*, and then click **OK**. You can get the domain name from the Domains tab for the Default Directory on the azure portal (see the next image down).   
   
     ![](developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory/_static/image7.png)  
   
-   The following image shows the domain name from the Azure portal.  
+ The following image shows the domain name from the Azure portal.  
   
     ![](developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory/_static/image8.png)  
 
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ The following steps use [Visual Studio Express 2013 for Web](https://www.microso
   
     ![](developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory/_static/image13.png)  
   
-   If you get the error:  
-   Value cannot be null or empty. Parameter name: linkText   
+ If you get the error:  
+ Value cannot be null or empty. Parameter name: linkText   
     ![](developing-aspnet-apps-with-windows-azure-active-directory/_static/image14.png)  
   
-   see the [debug](#dbg) section at the end of the tutorial.
+ see the [debug](#dbg) section at the end of the tutorial.
 
 ## Basics of the Graph API
 
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-aspnet-identity.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-aspnet-identity.md
index e70f068cbbc5..5299744759c4 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-aspnet-identity.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-aspnet-identity.md
@@ -107,37 +107,37 @@ ASP.NET Identity is implemented using the following procedure. The purpose of th
 2. The created project contains the following three packages for ASP.NET Identity.
 
     - [`Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.EntityFramework`](http://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.EntityFramework/)  
-   This package has the Entity Framework implementation of ASP.NET Identity which will persist the ASP.NET Identity data and schema to SQL Server.
+ This package has the Entity Framework implementation of ASP.NET Identity which will persist the ASP.NET Identity data and schema to SQL Server.
     - [`Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.Core`](http://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.Core/)  
-   This package has the core interfaces for ASP.NET Identity. This package can be used to write an implementation for ASP.NET Identity that targets different persistence stores such as Azure Table Storage, NoSQL databases etc.
+ This package has the core interfaces for ASP.NET Identity. This package can be used to write an implementation for ASP.NET Identity that targets different persistence stores such as Azure Table Storage, NoSQL databases etc.
     - [`Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.OWIN`](http://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.Owin/)  
-   This package contains functionality that is used to plug in OWIN authentication with ASP.NET Identity in ASP.NET applications. This is used when you add log in functionality to your application and call into OWIN Cookie Authentication middleware to generate a cookie.
+ This package contains functionality that is used to plug in OWIN authentication with ASP.NET Identity in ASP.NET applications. This is used when you add log in functionality to your application and call into OWIN Cookie Authentication middleware to generate a cookie.
 3. Creating a user.  
-   Launch the application and then click on the **Register** link to create a user. The following image shows the Register page which collects the user name and password.  
+ Launch the application and then click on the **Register** link to create a user. The following image shows the Register page which collects the user name and password.  
   
     ![](introduction-to-aspnet-identity/_static/image2.png)  
   
-   When the user clicks the **Register** button, the `Register` action of the Account controller creates the user by calling the ASP.NET Identity API, as highlighted below:
+ When the user clicks the **Register** button, the `Register` action of the Account controller creates the user by calling the ASP.NET Identity API, as highlighted below:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](introduction-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample1.cs?highlight=8-9)]
 4. Log in.  
-   If the user was successfully created, she is logged in by the `SignInAsync` method.  
+ If the user was successfully created, she is logged in by the `SignInAsync` method.  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](introduction-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample2.cs?highlight=12)]
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](introduction-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample3.cs?highlight=5-6)]
 
-   The highlighted code above in the `SignInAsync` method generates a [ClaimsIdentity](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.security.claims.claimsidentity.aspx). Since ASP.NET Identity and OWIN Cookie Authentication are claims-based system, the framework requires the app to generate a ClaimsIdentity for the user. ClaimsIdentity has information about all the claims for the user, such as what roles the user belongs to. You can also add more claims for the user at this stage.  
+ The highlighted code above in the `SignInAsync` method generates a [ClaimsIdentity](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.security.claims.claimsidentity.aspx). Since ASP.NET Identity and OWIN Cookie Authentication are claims-based system, the framework requires the app to generate a ClaimsIdentity for the user. ClaimsIdentity has information about all the claims for the user, such as what roles the user belongs to. You can also add more claims for the user at this stage.  
   
-   The highlighted code below in the `SignInAsync` method signs in the user by using the AuthenticationManager from OWIN and calling `SignIn` and passing in the ClaimsIdentity.  
+ The highlighted code below in the `SignInAsync` method signs in the user by using the AuthenticationManager from OWIN and calling `SignIn` and passing in the ClaimsIdentity.  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](introduction-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample4.cs?highlight=8-11)]
 5. Log off.  
-   Clicking the **Log off** link calls the LogOff action in the account controller. 
+ Clicking the **Log off** link calls the LogOff action in the account controller. 
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](introduction-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample5.cs?highlight=6)]
 
-   The highlighted code above shows the OWIN `AuthenticationManager.SignOut` method. This is analogous to [FormsAuthentication.SignOut](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.security.formsauthentication.signout.aspx) method used by the [FormsAuthentication](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.security.formsauthenticationmodule.aspx) module in Web Forms.
+ The highlighted code above shows the OWIN `AuthenticationManager.SignOut` method. This is analogous to [FormsAuthentication.SignOut](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.security.formsauthentication.signout.aspx) method used by the [FormsAuthentication](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.security.formsauthenticationmodule.aspx) module in Web Forms.
 
 ## Components of ASP.NET Identity
 
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-an-existing-website-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-an-existing-website-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity.md
index 89c63977b430..ddbfe74c5987 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-an-existing-website-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-an-existing-website-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity.md
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ For this tutorial, we will take a web application template (Web Forms) created u
 
 1. In Solution Explorer, right-click the project &gt; **Manage NuGet Packages**. In the search box, enter "Asp.net Identity". Select the package in the list of results and click install. Accept the license agreement by clicking on "I Accept" button. Note that this package will install the dependency packages: EntityFramework and Microsoft ASP.NET Identity Core. Similarly install the following packages (skip the last 4 OWIN packages if you don't want to enable OAuth log-in):
 
-   - Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.Owin
-   - Microsoft.Owin.Host.SystemWeb
-   - Microsoft.Owin.Security.Facebook
-   - Microsoft.Owin.Security.Google
-   - Microsoft.Owin.Security.MicrosoftAccount
-   - Microsoft.Owin.Security.Twitter
-
-     ![](migrating-an-existing-website-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity/_static/image6.png)
+    - Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.Owin
+    - Microsoft.Owin.Host.SystemWeb
+    - Microsoft.Owin.Security.Facebook
+    - Microsoft.Owin.Security.Google
+    - Microsoft.Owin.Security.MicrosoftAccount
+    - Microsoft.Owin.Security.Twitter
+
+    ![](migrating-an-existing-website-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity/_static/image6.png)
 
 ### Migrate database to the new Identity system
 
diff --git a/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity.md b/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity.md
index 99cc30c32ebb..68f90e4d1031 100644
--- a/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity.md
+++ b/aspnet/identity/overview/migrations/migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity.md
@@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ After migrating the application to use the new ASP.NET Identity system, the prof
 
     [!code-html[Main](migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample3.html)]
 
-   Add the following code in the code behind:
+ Add the following code in the code behind:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample4.cs)]
 
-   Add the namespace under which AppProfile class is defined to remove the compilation errors.
+ Add the namespace under which AppProfile class is defined to remove the compilation errors.
 6. Run the app and create a new user with username '**olduser'.** Navigate to the 'AddProfileData' page and add profile information for the user.  
     ![](migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity/_static/image2.png)
 
@@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ Paste the SQL script from [https://raw.github.com/suhasj/UniversalProviders-Iden
     - Microsoft.Owin.Security.MicrosoftAccount
     - Microsoft.Owin.Security.Twitter
 
-   More information on managing Nuget packages can be found [here](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/start-here/Managing-NuGet-Packages-Using-The-Dialog)
+ More information on managing Nuget packages can be found [here](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/start-here/Managing-NuGet-Packages-Using-The-Dialog)
 2. To work with existing data in the table, we need to create model classes which map back to the tables and hook them up in the Identity system. As part of the Identity contract, the model classes should either implement the interfaces defined in the Identity.Core dll or can extend the existing implementation of these interfaces available in Microsoft.AspNet.Identity.EntityFramework. We will be using the existing classes for role, user logins and user claims. We need to use a custom user for our sample. Right click on the project and create new folder 'IdentityModels'. Add a new 'User' class as shown below:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample5.cs)]
 
-   Notice that the 'ProfileInfo' is now a property on the user class. Hence we can use the user class to directly work with profile data.
+ Notice that the 'ProfileInfo' is now a property on the user class. Hence we can use the user class to directly work with profile data.
 
 Copy the files in the **IdentityModels** and **IdentityAccount** folders from the download source ( [https://github.com/suhasj/UniversalProviders-Identity-Migrations/tree/master/UniversalProviders-Identity-Migrations](https://github.com/suhasj/UniversalProviders-Identity-Migrations/tree/master/UniversalProviders-Identity-Migrations) ). These have the remaining model classes and the new pages needed for user and role management using the ASP.NET Identity APIs. The approach used is similar to the SQL Membership and the detailed explanation can be found [here](migrating-an-existing-website-from-sql-membership-to-aspnet-identity.md).
 
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ As mentioned earlier, we need to deserialize the xml data in the Profiles tables
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity/samples/sample6.cs)]
 
-   Some of the models used are defined in the 'IdentityModels' folder of the web application project, so you must include the corresponding namespaces.
+ Some of the models used are defined in the 'IdentityModels' folder of the web application project, so you must include the corresponding namespaces.
 5. The above code works on the database file in the App\_Data folder of the web application project created in the previous steps. To reference that, update the connection string in the app.config file of the console application with the connection string in the web.config of the web application. Also provide the complete physical path in the 'AttachDbFilename' property.
 6. Open a command prompt and navigate to the bin folder of the above console application. Run the executable and review the log output as shown in the following image.  
     ![](migrating-universal-provider-data-for-membership-and-user-profiles-to-aspnet-identity/_static/image3.jpg)
diff --git a/aspnet/index.md b/aspnet/index.md
index 550c14640d7c..1fae6b79458a 100644
--- a/aspnet/index.md
+++ b/aspnet/index.md
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ description:
                                 <div class="container intro">
                                     <p>ASP.NET Core is a new open-source and cross-platform .NET framework for building modern
                                         cloud-based web applications on Windows, Mac, or Linux.</p>
-                                    <p><a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/choose-aspnet-framework" data-raw-source="[Learn the benefits of both ASP.NET Core and ASP.NET](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/choose-aspnet-framework)">Learn the benefits of both ASP.NET Core and ASP.NET</a>
-                                        and choose the one that&#39;s right for you.</p>
+                                    <p>[Learn the benefits of both ASP.NET Core and ASP.NET](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/choose-aspnet-framework)
+                                        and choose the one that's right for you.</p>
                                 </div>
                             </li>
                             <li>
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ description:
                         <ul id="core_tutorials" class="cardsZ">
                             <li>
                                 <div class="container intro">
-                                    <p>Featured tutorials | <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/tutorials/" data-raw-source="[View all ASP.NET Core tutorials](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/tutorials/)">View all ASP.NET Core tutorials</a></p>
+                                    <p>Featured tutorials | [View all ASP.NET Core tutorials](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/tutorials/)</p>
                                 </div>
                             </li>
                             <li>
@@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ description:
                                 <div class="container intro">
                                     <p>ASP.NET is a mature web platform that provides all the services that you require to build
                                         enterprise-class server-based web applications using .NET on Windows.</p>
-                                    <p><a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/choose-aspnet-framework" data-raw-source="[Learn the benefits of both ASP.NET Core and ASP.NET](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/choose-aspnet-framework)">Learn the benefits of both ASP.NET Core and ASP.NET</a>
-                                        and choose the one that&#39;s right for you.</p>
+                                    <p>[Learn the benefits of both ASP.NET Core and ASP.NET](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/choose-aspnet-framework)
+                                        and choose the one that's right for you.</p>
                                 </div>
                             </li>
                             <li>
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ description:
                         <ul id="aspnet_framework" class="cardsC">
                             <li>
                                 <div class="container intro">
-                                    <p><a href="/aspnet/overview#websites-and-web-applications">Learn about the different options for building websites with ASP.NET</a> and choose the one that&#39;s right for you.</p>
+                                    <p><a href="/aspnet/overview#websites-and-web-applications">Learn about the different options for building websites with ASP.NET</a> and choose the one that's right for you.</p>
                                 </div>
                             </li>
                             <li>
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ description:
                         <ul id="aspnet_tutorials" class="cardsZ">
                             <li>
                                 <div class="container intro">
-                                    <p>Featured tutorials | <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/tutorials/" data-raw-source="[View all ASP.NET tutorials](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/tutorials/)">View all ASP.NET tutorials</a></p>
+                                    <p>Featured tutorials | [View all ASP.NET tutorials](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/tutorials/)</p>
                                 </div>
                             </li>
                             <li>
diff --git a/aspnet/mobile/tested-devices.md b/aspnet/mobile/tested-devices.md
index 80e5fd171efc..ce0ab19134b9 100644
--- a/aspnet/mobile/tested-devices.md
+++ b/aspnet/mobile/tested-devices.md
@@ -24,272 +24,272 @@ ASP.NET Mobile Controls Tested Devices
 > - Device Update 4 [DU 4.0]: *(December 18, 2003)*
 
 
-|    Manufacturer     |                      Model                      |       Browser Manufacturer        |               Browser Model               | Released |
-|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|----------|
-|        @Migo        |                     PD-600C                     |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Alcatel       |                  One Touch 311                  |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.23a             |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Alcatel       |                  One Touch 501                  |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.19e             |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Alcatel       |                  One Touch 511                  |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.23a             |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Audiovox       |           Maestro HandHeld Pocket PC            |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Casio        |                     BE-500                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |         Version 1.00.62(J) (HTML)         |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   Ipaq H3870                    |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                     T20e/ec                     |             Ericsson              |                  T20/R2A                  |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                     T29s/sc                     |             Ericsson              |                  T20/R2A                  |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                     T39m/mc                     |             Ericsson              |                 T39/R202                  |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                       T65                       |             Ericsson              |                 T65/R101                  |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Fujitsu       |                      F211i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Fujitsu       |                      F671i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|     Handspring      |                    Treo 180                     |              Blazer               |                    2.0                    |  DU 1.0  |
-|     Handspring      |                 Visor Platinum                  |              Blazer               |                    2.0                    |  DU 1.0  |
-|         HP          |                   Jornada 567                   |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 1.0  |
-|     Mitsubishi      |                      D211i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|     Mitsubishi      |                     D503is                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      i80s                       |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.23             |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      i90c                       |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.23             |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                  Talkabout 191                  |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 4.1               |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                  Timeport 270c                  |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.21b             |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                  Timeport T260                  |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.8              |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      V200                       |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 4.1               |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                       V50                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.16s             |  DU 1.0  |
-|         NEC         |                   FOMA N2001                    |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|         NEC         |                      N211i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|         NEC         |                      N503i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|         NEC         |                     N503iS                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      3285                       |             Openwave              |           UP.Browser 3.1.11A.1            |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      6310                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (4.10)                 |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      8310                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (3.07)                 |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      9110i                      |               Nokia               |                1.1 (HTML)                 |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      9210                       |              Symbian              |            Crystal 6.0 (HTML)             |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        | Mobile Internet Toolkit 3.0 with 3330/3395 Skin |               Nokia               |            Mobile Browser 3.05            |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |  Mobile Internet Toolkit 3.0 with Default Skin  |               Nokia               |            Mobile Browser 3.0             |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Openwave       |                  5.0 emulator                   |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 5.0               |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                      m505                       |              Blazer               |                    2.0                    |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                      VIIx                       |              AvantGo              |                    4.0                    |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                       Vx                        |             GoAmerica             |                Go.Web 6.0                 |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      GD95                       | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                  Version                  |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      P503i                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                  Version                  |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                     P503is                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                  Version                  |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      P821i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SGH-A300                     |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.19k             |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SGH-A400                     |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.19k             |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SPH-i300                     |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.22c1            |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SPH-N200                     |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.22b             |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                     C1001SA                     |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.2               |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                    SCP-4700                     |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.24f             |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                    SCP-6000                     |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.23a             |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     J-SH07                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 3.0                |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     SH821i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                  Zaurus MI-E21                  | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 6.2                |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                       M35                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.16m             |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                      ME45                       |             Openwave              |       UP.Browser 5.0.1.1.102 (GUI)        |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                       S40                       |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.16             |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                     C1002S                      |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.2               |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                    PEG T600C                    |               ilinx               |              Xiino 1.0.6a4SJ              |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                     SO210i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                     SO503iS                     |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 1.0  |
-|      Sprint LG      |                     TP5200                      |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.22b             |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                   Genio e550x                   |             Microsoft             |          Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) ja          |  DU 1.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                      J-T06                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 3.0                |  DU 1.0  |
-|        Casio        |                     A3012CA                     |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 6.0               |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Casio        |                Cassiopeia E-2000                |             Microsoft             |    Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1)    |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   iPAQ H3650                    |              Jataayu              |               Jbrowser 3.0                |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   iPAQ H3870                    |               EZOS                |            EzWap 2.5 (beta 2)             |  DU 2.0  |
-|       DoCoMo        |                  Sigmarion II                   |             Microsoft             |           Internet Explorer 4.0           |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                       T39                       |             Ericsson              |                 T39/R201                  |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                       T68                       |             Ericsson              |                 T68/R101                  |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                      T68i                       |           SonyEricsson            |                T68/R201 A                 |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                 WAP Toolkit 3.2                 |             Ericsson              |               WAP IDE 3.2.1               |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Fujitsu       |                      F504i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 2.0  |
-|     Handspring      |                    Treo 270                     |            Handspring             |                Blazer 2.1                 |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Hitachi       |                    NPD-10JWL                    |             Microsoft             | Internet Explorer 5.5 for Windows CE .NET |  DU 2.0  |
-|         HP          |                   Jornada 568                   |             Microsoft             |    Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1)    |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Jataayu       |         WAP2 Toolkit with Default skin          |              Jataayu              |             J-Browser (beta)              |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Legend        |                   TianJi X100                   |             Microsoft             |    Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1)    |  DU 2.0  |
-|         LG          |                     LP9000                      |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.21c             |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Microsoft      |       Smartphone Emulator for Windows CE        |             Microsoft             |    Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1)    |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                Accompli 008/6288                |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.23i             |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                  Talkabout 192                  |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.23c             |  DU 2.0  |
-|         NEC         |                   FOMA N2002                    |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 2.0  |
-|         NEC         |                      N504i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      6510                       |               Nokia               |                 1.0 (4.0)                 |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Nokia        |  Mobile Internet Toolkit 3.1 with Default skin  |               Nokia               |           Mobile Browser 3.0.1            |  DU 2.0  |
-|        OKWap        |                      i108                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.23c             |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Openwave       |     Universal Edition 1.1 with default skin     |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 6.0               |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      P211i                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 2.0                |  DU 2.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      P504i                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 2.0                |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Psion        |                    Series 7                     |              Symbian              |               EPOC Web 2.0                |  DU 2.0  |
-|         RIM         |                 Blackberry 957                  |             GoAmerica             |          Go.Web 6.2.023. (HTML)           |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                   Nexio S150                    |             Microsoft             |   Internet Explorer 4.0 (for WinCE 3.0)   |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                     A3011SA                     |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 6.0               |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     J-SH08                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 3.0                |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     J-SH51                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 4.0                |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     SH251i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact Netfront 2.0            |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                 Zaurus MI-E25DC                 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 6.2                |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                 Zaurus SL 5500                  |               Opera               |                  Ver 5.0                  |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                       S45                       |             Openwave              |       UP.Browser 5.0.1.1.102 (GUI).       |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sony         |                 CLIE PEG-NR70V                  |               Ilinx               |                Xiino 2.0SJ                |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Sony         |                 CLIE PEG-T650C                  |               Ilinx               |                Xiino 2.0SJ                |  DU 2.0  |
-|       T-Mobil       |                 Pocket PC Phone                 |             Microsoft             |       Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1)        |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                     C5001T                      |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 6.0               |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                   Genio e550G                   |             Microsoft             |       Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1)        |  DU 2.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                      J-T51                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 4.0                |  DU 2.0  |
-|        Casio        |                  Casio A5302CA                  |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 6.0               |  DU 3.0  |
-|      Cyberbank      |                       POZ                       |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Docomo        |                      Musea                      |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 3.0  |
-|        DOPOD        |                       686                       |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Fujitsu       |                      F212i                      |              Access               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Hitachi       |                     SH-P300                     |             Openwave              |           UP.Browser 6.1.0.135            |  DU 3.0  |
-|        JTEL         |                   Cellvic XG                    |           NATE Browser            |                   v2.2                    |  DU 3.0  |
-|       LEGEND        |                      G808                       |            AU-Systems             |                   V4.2                    |  DU 3.0  |
-|         LG          |                     LX5350                      |             Openwave              |           UP.Browser 6.1.B.292            |  DU 3.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      E360                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 5.0.1.7             |  DU 3.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      V-730                      |            AU-Systems             |                   V2.5                    |  DU 3.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      V60G                       |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser4.1.23c             |  DU 3.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                       V70                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.25i             |  DU 3.0  |
-|         NEC         |                      N251i                      |              Access               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 3.0  |
-|         NEC         |                     N504iS                      |              Access               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 3.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      6590                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (30.34)                |  DU 3.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      7650                       |               Nokia               |                   1.2.1                   |  DU 3.0  |
-|      OpenWave       |                  6.1 Emulator                   |             OpenWave              |              UP.Browser 6.1               |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Orange        |                 SmartPhone 2002                 |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 3.0  |
-|        Palm         |                   Tungsten T                    |               Palm                |               WebPro v 1.0                |  DU 3.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                     P504iS                      |       Panasonic Proprietary       |                    2.0                    |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Philips       |                    Fisio 820                    |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 5.0.1.11            |  DU 3.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                     J-SA51                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 4.1                |  DU 3.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     J-SH52                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 4.1                |  DU 3.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     SL-B500                     |              Access               |               NetFront 3.0                |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                       S46                       |             Openwave              |          UP.Browser 5.0.2.1.103           |  DU 3.0  |
-|    SonyEricsson     |               SonyEricsson A1101S               |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 6.0               |  DU 3.0  |
-|    SonyEricsson     |                SonyEricsson P800                |           SonyEricsson            |                 P800/R101                 |  DU 3.0  |
-|    SonyEricsson     |                SonyEricsson T300                |           SonyEricsson            |                 T300/R101                 |  DU 3.0  |
-|    SonyEricsson     |                      T68i                       |           SonyEricsson            |                 T68/R301A                 |  DU 3.0  |
-|      T-Mobile       |                    SideKick                     |              AvantGo              |                    3.2                    |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                  Genio e550GX                   |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            |  DU 3.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                      J-T08                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 3.0                |  DU 3.0  |
-|        BenQ         |                      S830c                      |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 6.1.0.5             |  DU 4.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                    Ipaq3650                     |             Microsoft             |           PIE 2003 (MSIE 4.01)            |  DU 4.0  |
-|     Mitsubishi      |                      D505i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 4.0  |
-|         NEC         |                      J-N51                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 4.2                |  DU 4.0  |
-|         NEC         |                     N251iS                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      3590                       |               Nokia               |                 1.0(7.03)                 |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      3595                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (7.01)                 |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      3650                       |               Nokia               |                  1.2.12X                  |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      5100                       |               Nokia               |                   1.2.1                   |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      6200                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (3.05)                 |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      6800                       |               Nokia               |                    2.0                    |  DU 4.0  |
-|     NTT DoCoMo      |              i-mode HTML Simulator              |            NTT DoCoMo             |     i-mode HTML Simulator Version 6.0     |  DU 4.0  |
-|     NTT DoCoMo      |                  Sigmarion III                  |             Microsoft             |            IE 5.5 (for CE.NET)            |  DU 4.0  |
-|      Openwave       |                       6.2                       |             Openwave              |                    6.2                    |  DU 4.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      GD87                       |                OEM                |            Panasonic-GAD87/A39            |  DU 4.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      GU87                       |             Panasonic             |                 GAD87/A38                 |  DU 4.0  |
-| Pantech&amp;Curitel |                     PS-E200                     |             Infraware             |                    1.0                    |  DU 4.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SCH-E150                     |             Infraware             |                    1.0                    |  DU 4.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SPH-i330                     |              Blazer               |             V2.1.1s2 Build 31             |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                      GX10                       |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser v6.1              |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     J-SH53                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 4.2                |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     SH251iS                     |  Original Equipment Manufacturer  |                    NA                     |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     SL 5600                     |               Opera               |                    6.0                    |  DU 4.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                       S55                       |             Openwave              |          UP.Browser 6.1.0.5.121           |  DU 4.0  |
-|        Sony         |                  CLIE PEG-TG50                  |              ACCESS               |               NetFront 3.0                |  DU 4.0  |
-|    Sony Ericsson    |               Sony Ericsson T610                |           Sony Ericsson           |                 T610/R101                 |  DU 4.0  |
-|    SonyEricsson     |                     SO505i                      |  Original Equipment Manufacturer  |                    NA                     |  DU 4.0  |
-|    SonyEricsson     |                SonyEricsson T310                |           SonyEricsson            |                 T310/R201                 |  DU 4.0  |
-|         TCL         |                      L668                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 5.0.3.2             |  DU 4.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                     A5304T                      |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 6.0               |  DU 4.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                   Genio e550C                   |             Microsoft             |          Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) ja          |  DU 4.0  |
-|       Alcatel       |                  One Touch 701                  |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.19             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Audiovox       |                     CDM-135                     |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.2              | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Audiovox       |                    CDM-9000                     |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 3.1.11             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Audiovox       |                    CDM-9100                     |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.21c             | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Benefon       |                        Q                        |             Microsoft             |           Mobile Explorer 2.01            | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Casio        |                Cassiopeia E-125                 |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2000 (4.01)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   iPaq H3630                    |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2000 (4.01)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   iPaq H3650                    |             GoAmerica             |               Go.Web 5.0.1                | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   iPaq H3650                    |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2000 (4.01)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   iPaq H3650                    |              Omnisky              |                    2.0                    | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Compaq        |                   iPaq H3670                    |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2002 (4.1)            | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                     R280LX                      |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.03              | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                      R320                       |             Ericsson              |                 R320/R1A                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                      R380                       |             Ericsson              |                 R380 2.0                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                  R380 Emulator                  |             Ericsson              |                 R380 2.0                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                      R520                       |             Ericsson              |                 R520/R201                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Ericsson       |                      T20s                       |             Ericsson              |                  T20/R2A                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Fujitsu       |                      F503i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            | MIT 1.0  |
-|     Handspring      |                 Visor Platinum                  |              Blazer               |                    1.0                    | MIT 1.0  |
-|     Handspring      |                 Visor Platinum                  |             Qualcomm              |         Euora Internet Suite 2.1          | MIT 1.0  |
-|     Handspring      |                   Visor Prism                   |              Omnisky              |                 2.1.0.15                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Hitachi       |                      C407H                      |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|         HP          |                   Jornada 720                   |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2000 (4.01)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|         IBM         |                  WorkPad C505                   |               ilinx               |                Xiino 1.01J                | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Jungle        |                 DoCoMo 502 Em.                  |           i-page master           |                1.0 (502i)                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Kyocera       |                    QCP 2035A                    |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 3.1.17             | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Kyocera       |                    QCP 3035                     |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 3.1.17             | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Kyocera       |                    QCP 6035                     |             Qualcomm              |                Eudora 2.0                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|         LG          |                      V111                       |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Microsoft      |                    Emulator                     |             Microsoft             |           Mobile Explorer 2.01            | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Microsoft      |                    Emulator                     |             Microsoft             |        Mobile Explorer 3.0 (HTML)         | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Microsoft      |                    Emulator                     |             Microsoft             |           Pocket IE 2000 (4.01)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|     Mitsubishi      |                      D502i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            | MIT 1.0  |
-|     Mitsubishi      |                      D503i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            | MIT 1.0  |
-|     Mitsubishi      |                      T250                       |             Openwave              |           UP.Browser 3.1.11A.1            | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                   i1000 plus                    |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.17             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                   i2000 plus                    |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.17             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      i50sx                      |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.21b             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      i85s                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.21b             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                  StarTAC 7868W                  |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 3.1.02             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      T2288                      |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.8              | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                 TimePort P7382i                 |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.19i             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                 TimePort P7389                  |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.16g             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                 TimePort P8767                  |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 3.1.10             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      V100                       |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.22             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      V120c                      |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.21b             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      V2288                      |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.16f             | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Motorola       |                      V60c                       |             Openwave              |            UP.Browser 4.1.21b             | MIT 1.0  |
-|         NEC         |                      N210i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            | MIT 1.0  |
-|         NEC         |                      N502i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            | MIT 1.0  |
-|       NetFarm       |                   JPhone Em.                    |           J-Sky Viewer            |                    1.2                    | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      3330                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (3.12)                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      6210                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (4.27)                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      7110                       |               Nokia               |                1.0 (5.01)                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      9110i                      |               Nokia               |                    1.1                    | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Nokia        |                      9210                       |              Symbian              |                Crystal 6.0                | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Openwave       |            Emulator for KDDI phones             |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 3.3.1              | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Openwave       |    UP 3.2 Emulator with Mitsubishi T250 Skin    |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.2               | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Openwave       |        UP 4.1 Emulator with Default skin        |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 4.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                      m505                       |               Palm                |                MyPalm 1.1                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                      VIIx                       |               Palm                |                MyPalm 1.0                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                       Vx                        |            AU-Systems             |                 2.12181.1                 | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                       Vx                        |             GoAmerica             |               Go.Web 3.0.6                | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Palm         |                       Vx                        |              Omnisky              |                  2.0.0.4                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                      P210i                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                  Version                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Panasonic      |                   P502i Phone                   | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                  Version                  | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Personal       |                    Computer                     |             Microsoft             |           Internet Explorer 5.5           | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Personal       |                    Computer                     |             Microsoft             |           Internet Explorer 6.0           | MIT 1.0  |
-|         RIM         |                 Blackberry 857                  |             GoAmerica             |           Go.Web 1.8.004 (HTML)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|         RIM         |                 Blackberry 857                  |             GoAmerica             |           Go.Web 6.0.010 (HTML)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|         RIM         |                 Blackberry 950                  |             GoAmerica             |           Go.Web 1.000.6 (HTML)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|         RIM         |                 Blackberry 950                  |             GoAmerica             |           Go.Web 6.010.0 (HTML)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|         RIM         |                 Blackberry 957                  |             GoAmerica             |           Go.Web 1.6.000 (HTML)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|         RIM         |                 Blackberry 957                  |             GoAmerica             |          Go.Web 6.0.10.0 (HTML)           | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SCH-6100                     |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                     SCH-850                     |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                    SCH-8500                     |             Openwave              |          UP.Browser 3.1.140.TC14          | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Samsung       |                   UpRoar M100                   |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                     C401SA                      |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.2               | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                    SCP-4500                     |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 3.1.04             | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sanyo        |                    SCP-5000                     |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.2               | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                     J-SH04                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 3.0                | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sharp        |                  Zaurus MI-E1                   | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 6.1                | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                      C35i                       |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.8c             | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                      S35i                       |             Openwave              |             UP.Browser 4.1.16             | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Siemens       |                      SL45                       |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 4.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                 CLIE PEG-N700C                  |               ilinx               |              Palmscape 4.0SJ              | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                     CMD-J5                      |             Microsoft             |         Mobile Explorer 2.0 r54ue         | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                     CMD-z5                      |             Microsoft             |         Mobile Explorer 2.0 r54ue         | MIT 1.0  |
-|        Sony         |                     SO503i                      |              ACCESS               |           Compact NetFront 2.0            | MIT 1.0  |
-|    Sprint Denso     |                 Touchpoint 120                  |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|    Sprint Denso     |                 Touchpoint 2200                 |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|      Sprint LG      |                     TP3000                      |             Openwave              |              UP.Browser 3.1               | MIT 1.0  |
-|       Toshiba       |                      J-T05                      | Original Equipment Manufacturer's |                Version 3.0                | MIT 1.0  |
+| Manufacturer | Model | Browser Manufacturer | Browser Model | Released |
+| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
+| @Migo | PD-600C | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 1.0 |
+| Alcatel | One Touch 311 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23a | DU 1.0 |
+| Alcatel | One Touch 501 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.19e | DU 1.0 |
+| Alcatel | One Touch 511 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23a | DU 1.0 |
+| Audiovox | Maestro HandHeld Pocket PC | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 1.0 |
+| Casio | BE-500 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 1.00.62(J) (HTML) | DU 1.0 |
+| Compaq | Ipaq H3870 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | T20e/ec | Ericsson | T20/R2A | DU 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | T29s/sc | Ericsson | T20/R2A | DU 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | T39m/mc | Ericsson | T39/R202 | DU 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | T65 | Ericsson | T65/R101 | DU 1.0 |
+| Fujitsu | F211i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Fujitsu | F671i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Handspring | Treo 180 | Blazer | 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Handspring | Visor Platinum | Blazer | 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| HP | Jornada 567 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 1.0 |
+| Mitsubishi | D211i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Mitsubishi | D503is | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Motorola | i80s | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23 | DU 1.0 |
+| Motorola | i90c | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23 | DU 1.0 |
+| Motorola | Talkabout 191 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1 | DU 1.0 |
+| Motorola | Timeport 270c | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.21b | DU 1.0 |
+| Motorola | Timeport T260 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.8 | DU 1.0 |
+| Motorola | V200 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1 | DU 1.0 |
+| Motorola | V50 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.16s | DU 1.0 |
+| NEC | FOMA N2001 | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| NEC | N211i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| NEC | N503i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| NEC | N503iS | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 3285 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.11A.1 | DU 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 6310 | Nokia | 1.0 (4.10) | DU 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 8310 | Nokia | 1.0 (3.07) | DU 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 9110i | Nokia | 1.1 (HTML) | DU 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 9210 | Symbian | Crystal 6.0 (HTML) | DU 1.0 |
+| Nokia | Mobile Internet Toolkit 3.0 with 3330/3395 Skin | Nokia | Mobile Browser 3.05 | DU 1.0 |
+| Nokia | Mobile Internet Toolkit 3.0 with Default Skin | Nokia | Mobile Browser 3.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Openwave | 5.0 emulator | Openwave | UP.Browser 5.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Palm | m505 | Blazer | 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Palm | VIIx | AvantGo | 4.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Palm | Vx | GoAmerica | Go.Web 6.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Panasonic | GD95 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version | DU 1.0 |
+| Panasonic | P503i | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version | DU 1.0 |
+| Panasonic | P503is | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version | DU 1.0 |
+| Panasonic | P821i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Samsung | SGH-A300 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.19k | DU 1.0 |
+| Samsung | SGH-A400 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.19k | DU 1.0 |
+| Samsung | SPH-i300 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.22c1 | DU 1.0 |
+| Samsung | SPH-N200 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.22b | DU 1.0 |
+| Sanyo | C1001SA | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.2 | DU 1.0 |
+| Sanyo | SCP-4700 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.24f | DU 1.0 |
+| Sanyo | SCP-6000 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23a | DU 1.0 |
+| Sharp | J-SH07 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 3.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Sharp | SH821i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Sharp | Zaurus MI-E21 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 6.2 | DU 1.0 |
+| Siemens | M35 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.16m | DU 1.0 |
+| Siemens | ME45 | Openwave | UP.Browser 5.0.1.1.102 (GUI) | DU 1.0 |
+| Siemens | S40 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.16 | DU 1.0 |
+| Sony | C1002S | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.2 | DU 1.0 |
+| Sony | PEG T600C | ilinx | Xiino 1.0.6a4SJ | DU 1.0 |
+| Sony | SO210i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Sony | SO503iS | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Sprint LG | TP5200 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.22b | DU 1.0 |
+| Toshiba | Genio e550x | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) ja | DU 1.0 |
+| Toshiba | J-T06 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 3.0 | DU 1.0 |
+| Casio | A3012CA | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Casio | Cassiopeia E-2000 | Microsoft | Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1) | DU 2.0 |
+| Compaq | iPAQ H3650 | Jataayu | Jbrowser 3.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Compaq | iPAQ H3870 | EZOS | EzWap 2.5 (beta 2) | DU 2.0 |
+| DoCoMo | Sigmarion II | Microsoft | Internet Explorer 4.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Ericsson | T39 | Ericsson | T39/R201 | DU 2.0 |
+| Ericsson | T68 | Ericsson | T68/R101 | DU 2.0 |
+| Ericsson | T68i | SonyEricsson | T68/R201 A | DU 2.0 |
+| Ericsson | WAP Toolkit 3.2 | Ericsson | WAP IDE 3.2.1 | DU 2.0 |
+| Fujitsu | F504i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Handspring | Treo 270 | Handspring | Blazer 2.1 | DU 2.0 |
+| Hitachi | NPD-10JWL | Microsoft | Internet Explorer 5.5 for Windows CE .NET | DU 2.0 |
+| HP | Jornada 568 | Microsoft | Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1) | DU 2.0 |
+| Jataayu | WAP2 Toolkit with Default skin | Jataayu | J-Browser (beta) | DU 2.0 |
+| Legend | TianJi X100 | Microsoft | Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1) | DU 2.0 |
+| LG | LP9000 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.21c | DU 2.0 |
+| Microsoft | Smartphone Emulator for Windows CE | Microsoft | Pocket Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1) | DU 2.0 |
+| Motorola | Accompli 008/6288 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23i | DU 2.0 |
+| Motorola | Talkabout 192 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23c | DU 2.0 |
+| NEC | FOMA N2002 | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| NEC | N504i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Nokia | 6510 | Nokia | 1.0 (4.0) | DU 2.0 |
+| Nokia | Mobile Internet Toolkit 3.1 with Default skin | Nokia | Mobile Browser 3.0.1 | DU 2.0 |
+| OKWap | i108 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.23c | DU 2.0 |
+| Openwave | Universal Edition 1.1 with default skin | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Panasonic | P211i | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 2.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Panasonic | P504i | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 2.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Psion | Series 7 | Symbian | EPOC Web 2.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| RIM | Blackberry 957 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 6.2.023. (HTML) | DU 2.0 |
+| Samsung | Nexio S150 | Microsoft | Internet Explorer 4.0 (for WinCE 3.0) | DU 2.0 |
+| Sanyo | A3011SA | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Sharp | J-SH08 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 3.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Sharp | J-SH51 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 4.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Sharp | SH251i | ACCESS | Compact Netfront 2.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Sharp | Zaurus MI-E25DC | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 6.2 | DU 2.0 |
+| Sharp | Zaurus SL 5500 | Opera | Ver 5.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Siemens | S45 | Openwave | UP.Browser 5.0.1.1.102 (GUI). | DU 2.0 |
+| Sony | CLIE PEG-NR70V | Ilinx | Xiino 2.0SJ | DU 2.0 |
+| Sony | CLIE PEG-T650C | Ilinx | Xiino 2.0SJ | DU 2.0 |
+| T-Mobil | Pocket PC Phone | Microsoft | Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1) | DU 2.0 |
+| Toshiba | C5001T | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Toshiba | Genio e550G | Microsoft | Internet Explorer 2002 (4.1) | DU 2.0 |
+| Toshiba | J-T51 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 4.0 | DU 2.0 |
+| Casio | Casio A5302CA | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| Cyberbank | POZ | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 3.0 |
+| Docomo | Musea | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 3.0 |
+| DOPOD | 686 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 3.0 |
+| Fujitsu | F212i | Access | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| Hitachi | SH-P300 | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.1.0.135 | DU 3.0 |
+| JTEL | Cellvic XG | NATE Browser | v2.2 | DU 3.0 |
+| LEGEND | G808 | AU-Systems | V4.2 | DU 3.0 |
+| LG | LX5350 | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.1.B.292 | DU 3.0 |
+| Motorola | E360 | Openwave | UP.Browser 5.0.1.7 | DU 3.0 |
+| Motorola | V-730 | AU-Systems | V2.5 | DU 3.0 |
+| Motorola | V60G | Openwave | UP.Browser4.1.23c | DU 3.0 |
+| Motorola | V70 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.25i | DU 3.0 |
+| NEC | N251i | Access | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| NEC | N504iS | Access | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| Nokia | 6590 | Nokia | 1.0 (30.34) | DU 3.0 |
+| Nokia | 7650 | Nokia | 1.2.1 | DU 3.0 |
+| OpenWave | 6.1 Emulator | OpenWave | UP.Browser 6.1 | DU 3.0 |
+| Orange | SmartPhone 2002 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 3.0 |
+| Palm | Tungsten T | Palm | WebPro v 1.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| Panasonic | P504iS | Panasonic Proprietary | 2.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| Philips | Fisio 820 | Openwave | UP.Browser 5.0.1.11 | DU 3.0 |
+| Sanyo | J-SA51 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 4.1 | DU 3.0 |
+| Sharp | J-SH52 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 4.1 | DU 3.0 |
+| Sharp | SL-B500 | Access | NetFront 3.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| Siemens | S46 | Openwave | UP.Browser 5.0.2.1.103 | DU 3.0 |
+| SonyEricsson | SonyEricsson A1101S | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| SonyEricsson | SonyEricsson P800 | SonyEricsson | P800/R101 | DU 3.0 |
+| SonyEricsson | SonyEricsson T300 | SonyEricsson | T300/R101 | DU 3.0 |
+| SonyEricsson | T68i | SonyEricsson | T68/R301A | DU 3.0 |
+| T-Mobile | SideKick | AvantGo | 3.2 | DU 3.0 |
+| Toshiba | Genio e550GX | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | DU 3.0 |
+| Toshiba | J-T08 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 3.0 | DU 3.0 |
+| BenQ | S830c | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.1.0.5 | DU 4.0 |
+| Compaq | Ipaq3650 | Microsoft | PIE 2003 (MSIE 4.01) | DU 4.0 |
+| Mitsubishi | D505i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| NEC | J-N51 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 4.2 | DU 4.0 |
+| NEC | N251iS | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| Nokia | 3590 | Nokia | 1.0(7.03) | DU 4.0 |
+| Nokia | 3595 | Nokia | 1.0 (7.01) | DU 4.0 |
+| Nokia | 3650 | Nokia | 1.2.12X | DU 4.0 |
+| Nokia | 5100 | Nokia | 1.2.1 | DU 4.0 |
+| Nokia | 6200 | Nokia | 1.0 (3.05) | DU 4.0 |
+| Nokia | 6800 | Nokia | 2.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| NTT DoCoMo | i-mode HTML Simulator | NTT DoCoMo | i-mode HTML Simulator Version 6.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| NTT DoCoMo | Sigmarion III | Microsoft | IE 5.5 (for CE.NET) | DU 4.0 |
+| Openwave | 6.2 | Openwave | 6.2 | DU 4.0 |
+| Panasonic | GD87 | OEM | Panasonic-GAD87/A39 | DU 4.0 |
+| Panasonic | GU87 | Panasonic | GAD87/A38 | DU 4.0 |
+| Pantech&amp;Curitel | PS-E200 | Infraware | 1.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| Samsung | SCH-E150 | Infraware | 1.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| Samsung | SPH-i330 | Blazer | V2.1.1s2 Build 31 | DU 4.0 |
+| Sharp | GX10 | Openwave | UP.Browser v6.1 | DU 4.0 |
+| Sharp | J-SH53 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 4.2 | DU 4.0 |
+| Sharp | SH251iS | Original Equipment Manufacturer | NA | DU 4.0 |
+| Sharp | SL 5600 | Opera | 6.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| Siemens | S55 | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.1.0.5.121 | DU 4.0 |
+| Sony | CLIE PEG-TG50 | ACCESS | NetFront 3.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| Sony Ericsson | Sony Ericsson T610 | Sony Ericsson | T610/R101 | DU 4.0 |
+| SonyEricsson | SO505i | Original Equipment Manufacturer | NA | DU 4.0 |
+| SonyEricsson | SonyEricsson T310 | SonyEricsson | T310/R201 | DU 4.0 |
+| TCL | L668 | Openwave | UP.Browser 5.0.3.2 | DU 4.0 |
+| Toshiba | A5304T | Openwave | UP.Browser 6.0 | DU 4.0 |
+| Toshiba | Genio e550C | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) ja | DU 4.0 |
+| Alcatel | One Touch 701 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.19 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Audiovox | CDM-135 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.2 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Audiovox | CDM-9000 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.11 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Audiovox | CDM-9100 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.21c | MIT 1.0 |
+| Benefon | Q | Microsoft | Mobile Explorer 2.01 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Casio | Cassiopeia E-125 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2000 (4.01) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Compaq | iPaq H3630 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2000 (4.01) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Compaq | iPaq H3650 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 5.0.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Compaq | iPaq H3650 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2000 (4.01) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Compaq | iPaq H3650 | Omnisky | 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Compaq | iPaq H3670 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2002 (4.1) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | R280LX | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.03 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | R320 | Ericsson | R320/R1A | MIT 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | R380 | Ericsson | R380 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | R380 Emulator | Ericsson | R380 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | R520 | Ericsson | R520/R201 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Ericsson | T20s | Ericsson | T20/R2A | MIT 1.0 |
+| Fujitsu | F503i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Handspring | Visor Platinum | Blazer | 1.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Handspring | Visor Platinum | Qualcomm | Euora Internet Suite 2.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Handspring | Visor Prism | Omnisky | 2.1.0.15 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Hitachi | C407H | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| HP | Jornada 720 | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2000 (4.01) | MIT 1.0 |
+| IBM | WorkPad C505 | ilinx | Xiino 1.01J | MIT 1.0 |
+| Jungle | DoCoMo 502 Em. | i-page master | 1.0 (502i) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Kyocera | QCP 2035A | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.17 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Kyocera | QCP 3035 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.17 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Kyocera | QCP 6035 | Qualcomm | Eudora 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| LG | V111 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Microsoft | Emulator | Microsoft | Mobile Explorer 2.01 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Microsoft | Emulator | Microsoft | Mobile Explorer 3.0 (HTML) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Microsoft | Emulator | Microsoft | Pocket IE 2000 (4.01) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Mitsubishi | D502i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Mitsubishi | D503i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Mitsubishi | T250 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.11A.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | i1000 plus | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.17 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | i2000 plus | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.17 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | i50sx | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.21b | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | i85s | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.21b | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | StarTAC 7868W | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.02 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | T2288 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.8 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | TimePort P7382i | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.19i | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | TimePort P7389 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.16g | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | TimePort P8767 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.10 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | V100 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.22 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | V120c | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.21b | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | V2288 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.16f | MIT 1.0 |
+| Motorola | V60c | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.21b | MIT 1.0 |
+| NEC | N210i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| NEC | N502i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| NetFarm | JPhone Em. | J-Sky Viewer | 1.2 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 3330 | Nokia | 1.0 (3.12) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 6210 | Nokia | 1.0 (4.27) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 7110 | Nokia | 1.0 (5.01) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 9110i | Nokia | 1.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Nokia | 9210 | Symbian | Crystal 6.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Openwave | Emulator for KDDI phones | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Openwave | UP 3.2 Emulator with Mitsubishi T250 Skin | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.2 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Openwave | UP 4.1 Emulator with Default skin | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Palm | m505 | Palm | MyPalm 1.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Palm | VIIx | Palm | MyPalm 1.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Palm | Vx | AU-Systems | 2.12181.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Palm | Vx | GoAmerica | Go.Web 3.0.6 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Palm | Vx | Omnisky | 2.0.0.4 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Panasonic | P210i | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version | MIT 1.0 |
+| Panasonic | P502i Phone | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version | MIT 1.0 |
+| Personal | Computer | Microsoft | Internet Explorer 5.5 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Personal | Computer | Microsoft | Internet Explorer 6.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| RIM | Blackberry 857 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 1.8.004 (HTML) | MIT 1.0 |
+| RIM | Blackberry 857 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 6.0.010 (HTML) | MIT 1.0 |
+| RIM | Blackberry 950 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 1.000.6 (HTML) | MIT 1.0 |
+| RIM | Blackberry 950 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 6.010.0 (HTML) | MIT 1.0 |
+| RIM | Blackberry 957 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 1.6.000 (HTML) | MIT 1.0 |
+| RIM | Blackberry 957 | GoAmerica | Go.Web 6.0.10.0 (HTML) | MIT 1.0 |
+| Samsung | SCH-6100 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Samsung | SCH-850 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Samsung | SCH-8500 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.140.TC14 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Samsung | UpRoar M100 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sanyo | C401SA | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.2 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sanyo | SCP-4500 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1.04 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sanyo | SCP-5000 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.2 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sharp | J-SH04 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 3.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sharp | Zaurus MI-E1 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 6.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Siemens | C35i | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.8c | MIT 1.0 |
+| Siemens | S35i | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1.16 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Siemens | SL45 | Openwave | UP.Browser 4.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sony | CLIE PEG-N700C | ilinx | Palmscape 4.0SJ | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sony | CMD-J5 | Microsoft | Mobile Explorer 2.0 r54ue | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sony | CMD-z5 | Microsoft | Mobile Explorer 2.0 r54ue | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sony | SO503i | ACCESS | Compact NetFront 2.0 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sprint Denso | Touchpoint 120 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sprint Denso | Touchpoint 2200 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Sprint LG | TP3000 | Openwave | UP.Browser 3.1 | MIT 1.0 |
+| Toshiba | J-T05 | Original Equipment Manufacturer's | Version 3.0 | MIT 1.0 |
 
 Device Count: 265
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/changing-the-database.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/changing-the-database.md
index 6ac8b3ec375a..43db6a4c85dc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/changing-the-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/changing-the-database.md
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ The views now contain the MiddleName property.
 
 In the next section, you will add code to customize the view for showing details about a student record.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](generating-views.md)
-> [Next](customizing-a-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](generating-views.md)
+[Next](customizing-a-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/creating-the-web-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/creating-the-web-application.md
index d9ea46fe473b..7b1f0a75d57e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/creating-the-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/creating-the-web-application.md
@@ -96,6 +96,6 @@ The **ContosoModel.Context.cs** file contains a class that derives from the **Db
 
 Before proceeding with this tutorial, build the project. In the next section, you will generate code based on the data models, but that section will not work if the project has not been built.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](setting-up-database.md)
-> [Next](generating-views.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](setting-up-database.md)
+[Next](generating-views.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/customizing-a-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/customizing-a-view.md
index 6477dc492d27..529cc568f822 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/customizing-a-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/customizing-a-view.md
@@ -36,6 +36,6 @@ Browse to the Students/Index view again and select **Details** for one of the st
 
 ![student with enrollment](customizing-a-view/_static/image1.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](changing-the-database.md)
-> [Next](enhancing-data-validation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](changing-the-database.md)
+[Next](enhancing-data-validation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/enhancing-data-validation.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/enhancing-data-validation.md
index af8ad0c29f7f..14dcf669c340 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/enhancing-data-validation.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/enhancing-data-validation.md
@@ -82,6 +82,6 @@ Save the ContosoModel.edmx file to apply the changes.
 
 Open the Student.cs file or the Enrollment.cs file, and notice that the data validation attributes you applied earlier are no longer in the file. However, run the application, and notice that the validation rules are still applied when you enter data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](customizing-a-view.md)
-> [Next](publish-to-azure.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](customizing-a-view.md)
+[Next](publish-to-azure.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/generating-views.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/generating-views.md
index 107511fb4540..9cbafe5acc5a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/generating-views.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/generating-views.md
@@ -104,6 +104,6 @@ Furthermore, validation of the provided values is automatically applied based on
 
 You have verified that the automatically-generated views enable users to work with the data in the database. In the next tutorial in this series, you will update the database and make the corresponding changes in the web application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-the-web-application.md)
-> [Next](changing-the-database.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-the-web-application.md)
+[Next](changing-the-database.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/publish-to-azure.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/publish-to-azure.md
index e8d35c707894..5f1e3fb855b0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/publish-to-azure.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/publish-to-azure.md
@@ -161,5 +161,5 @@ For an introductory example of Code First development, see [Getting Started with
 
 For a more advanced example, see [Creating an Entity Framework Data Model for an ASP.NET MVC 4 App](../getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md). Note that the DbContext API that you use for working with data in Database First is the same as the API you use for working with data in Code First. Even if you intend to use Database First, you can learn how to handle more complex scenarios such as reading and updating related data, handling concurrency conflicts, and so forth from a Code First tutorial. The only difference is in how the database, context class, and entity classes are created.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](enhancing-data-validation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](enhancing-data-validation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/setting-up-database.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/setting-up-database.md
index aa34010a8c48..c1ed7cee79db 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/setting-up-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/database-first-development/setting-up-database.md
@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ An editable view of the table data is displayed.
 
 Your database is now set up and populated with data. In the next tutorial, you will create a web application for the database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-the-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-the-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md
index e692b59f6900..2779972f85d0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md
@@ -339,5 +339,5 @@ Solution
 
 Check the connection string. If you have manually deleted the database, change the name of the database in the construction string.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index f2e70af710e8..9def7c149b3f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -112,16 +112,16 @@ Some developers and DBAs prefer to use stored procedures for database access. In
     Open *Migrations\&lt;timestamp&gt;\_DepartmentSP.cs* to see the code in the `Up` method that creates Insert, Update, and Delete stored procedures:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample8.cs?highlight=3-4,26-27,42-43)]
-3. In Package Manage Console, enter the following command:
+- In Package Manage Console, enter the following command:
 
-     `update-database`
-4. Run the application in debug mode, click the **Departments** tab, and then click **Create New**.
-5. Enter data for a new department, and then click **Create**.
+    `update-database`
+- Run the application in debug mode, click the **Departments** tab, and then click **Create New**.
+- Enter data for a new department, and then click **Create**.
 
-     ![Create Department](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image5.png)
-6. In Visual Studio, look at the logs in the **Output** window to see that a stored procedure was used to insert the new Department row.
+    ![Create Department](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image5.png)
+- In Visual Studio, look at the logs in the **Output** window to see that a stored procedure was used to insert the new Department row.
 
-     ![Department Insert SP](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image6.png)
+    ![Department Insert SP](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image6.png)
 
 Code First creates default stored procedure names. If you are using an existing database, you might need to customize the stored procedure names in order to use stored procedures already defined in the database. For information about how to do that, see [Entity Framework Code First Insert/Update/Delete Stored Procedures](https://msdn.microsoft.com/data/dn468673).
 
@@ -147,6 +147,6 @@ In this tutorial you saw how to improve server efficiency by writing code that e
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 355dfb66fd6e..b5499185b3e5 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -174,6 +174,6 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 05c45e6d50b2..4e006a820442 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ The foreign key and navigation properties reflect the following relationships:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample23.cs)]
 
-  > [!NOTE]
-  > By convention, the Entity Framework enables cascade delete for non-nullable foreign keys and for many-to-many relationships. This can result in circular cascade delete rules, which will cause an exception when you try to add a migration. For example, if you didn't define the `Department.InstructorID` property as nullable, you'd get the following exception message: "The referential relationship will result in a cyclical reference that's not allowed." If your business rules required `InstructorID` property to be non-nullable, you would have to use the following fluent API statement to disable cascade delete on the relationship: 
+ > [!NOTE]
+ > By convention, the Entity Framework enables cascade delete for non-nullable foreign keys and for many-to-many relationships. This can result in circular cascade delete rules, which will cause an exception when you try to add a migration. For example, if you didn't define the `Department.InstructorID` property as nullable, you'd get the following exception message: "The referential relationship will result in a cyclical reference that's not allowed." If your business rules required `InstructorID` property to be non-nullable, you would have to use the following fluent API statement to disable cascade delete on the relationship: 
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample24.cs)]
 
@@ -408,6 +408,6 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 77b94dd43699..a6f5cc795bfe 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -269,37 +269,37 @@ Now you'll create a web page to display data, and the process of requesting the
 the creation of the database. You'll begin by creating a new controller. But before you do that, build the project to make the model and context classes available to MVC controller scaffolding.
 
 1. Right-click the **Controllers** folder in **Solution Explorer**, select **Add**, and then click **New Scaffolded Item**.
-2. In the **Add Scaffold** dialog box, select **MVC 5 Controller with views, using Entity Framework**.
+- In the **Add Scaffold** dialog box, select **MVC 5 Controller with views, using Entity Framework**.
 
-     ![Add Scaffold](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image12.png)
-3. In the Add Controller dialog box, make the following selections and then click **Add**:
+    ![Add Scaffold](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image12.png)
+- In the Add Controller dialog box, make the following selections and then click **Add**:
 
-   - Model class: **Student (ContosoUniversity.Models)**. (If you don't see this option in the drop-down list, build the project and try again.)
-   - Data context class: **SchoolContext (ContosoUniversity.DAL)**.
-   - Controller name: **StudentController** (not StudentsController).
-   - Leave the default values for the other fields.
+    - Model class: **Student (ContosoUniversity.Models)**. (If you don't see this option in the drop-down list, build the project and try again.)
+    - Data context class: **SchoolContext (ContosoUniversity.DAL)**.
+    - Controller name: **StudentController** (not StudentsController).
+    - Leave the default values for the other fields.
 
-     ![Add_Controller_dialog_box_for_Student_controller](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image13.png)
+    ![Add_Controller_dialog_box_for_Student_controller](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image13.png)
 
-     When you click **Add**, the scaffolder creates a StudentController.cs file and a set of views (.cshtml files) that work with the controller. In the future when you create projects that use Entity Framework you can also take advantage of some additional functionality of the scaffolder: just create your first model class, don't create a connection string, and then in the **Add Controller** box specify new context class. The scaffolder will create your `DbContext` class and your connection string as well as the controller and views.
-4. Visual Studio opens the *Controllers\StudentController.cs* file. You see a class variable has been created that instantiates a database context object:
+    When you click **Add**, the scaffolder creates a StudentController.cs file and a set of views (.cshtml files) that work with the controller. In the future when you create projects that use Entity Framework you can also take advantage of some additional functionality of the scaffolder: just create your first model class, don't create a connection string, and then in the **Add Controller** box specify new context class. The scaffolder will create your `DbContext` class and your connection string as well as the controller and views.
+- Visual Studio opens the *Controllers\StudentController.cs* file. You see a class variable has been created that instantiates a database context object:
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample11.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample11.cs)]
 
-     The `Index` action method gets a list of students from the *Students* entity set by reading the `Students` property of the database context instance:
+    The `Index` action method gets a list of students from the *Students* entity set by reading the `Students` property of the database context instance:
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample12.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample12.cs)]
 
-     The *Student\Index.cshtml* view displays this list in a table:
+    The *Student\Index.cshtml* view displays this list in a table:
 
-     [!code-cshtml[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample13.cshtml)]
-5. Press CTRL+F5 to run the project. (If you get a "Cannot create Shadow Copy" error, close the browser and try again.)
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample13.cshtml)]
+- Press CTRL+F5 to run the project. (If you get a "Cannot create Shadow Copy" error, close the browser and try again.)
 
-     Click the **Students** tab to see the test data that the `Seed` method inserted. Depending on how narrow your browser window is, you'll see the Student tab link in the top address bar or you'll have to click the upper right corner to see the link.
+    Click the **Students** tab to see the test data that the `Seed` method inserted. Depending on how narrow your browser window is, you'll see the Student tab link in the top address bar or you'll have to click the upper right corner to see the link.
 
-     ![Menu button](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image14.png)
+    ![Menu button](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image14.png)
 
-     ![Student Index page](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image15.png)
+    ![Student Index page](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image15.png)
 
 ## View the Database
 
@@ -339,5 +339,5 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index a033655b54a3..ad7edf3ff92b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -231,6 +231,6 @@ This completes the introduction to handling concurrency conflicts. For informati
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 7b9707ebc535..c481c813e001 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ In the following code, `courseID` doesn't match a parameter in the default route
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample8.cs?highlight=7)]
 
-    Even if you don't have a `Secret` field on the web page, a hacker could use a tool such as [fiddler](http://fiddler2.com/home), or write some JavaScript, to post a `Secret` form value. Without the [Bind](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.mvc.bindattribute(v=vs.108).aspx) attribute limiting the fields that the model binder uses when it creates a `Student` instance<em>,</em> the model binder would pick up that `Secret` form value and use it to create the `Student` entity instance. Then whatever value the hacker specified for the `Secret` form field would be updated in your database. The following image shows the fiddler tool adding the `Secret` field (with the value "OverPost") to the posted form values.
+    Even if you don't have a `Secret` field on the web page, a hacker could use a tool such as [fiddler](http://fiddler2.com/home), or write some JavaScript, to post a `Secret` form value. Without the [Bind](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.mvc.bindattribute(v=vs.108).aspx) attribute limiting the fields that the model binder uses when it creates a `Student` instance*,* the model binder would pick up that `Secret` form value and use it to create the `Student` entity instance. Then whatever value the hacker specified for the `Secret` form field would be updated in your database. The following image shows the fiddler tool adding the `Secret` field (with the value "OverPost") to the posted form values.
 
     ![](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image5.png)  
 
@@ -196,27 +196,27 @@ You'll add a `try-catch` block to the `HttpPost` `Delete` method to handle any e
     [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample12.cs?highlight=1,7-10)]
 
     This code accepts an [optional parameter](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd264739.aspx) that indicates whether the method was called after a failure to save changes. This parameter is `false` when the `HttpGet` `Delete` method is called without a previous failure. When it is called by the `HttpPost` `Delete` method in response to a database update error, the parameter is `true` and an error message is passed to the view.
-2. Replace the `HttpPost` `Delete` action method (named `DeleteConfirmed`) with the following code, which performs the actual delete operation and catches any database update errors.
+- Replace the `HttpPost` `Delete` action method (named `DeleteConfirmed`) with the following code, which performs the actual delete operation and catches any database update errors.
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample13.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample13.cs)]
 
-     This code retrieves the selected entity, then calls the [Remove](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.dbset.remove(v=vs.103).aspx) method to set the entity's status to `Deleted`. When `SaveChanges` is called, a SQL `DELETE` command is generated. You have also changed the action method name from `DeleteConfirmed` to `Delete`. The scaffolded code named the `HttpPost` `Delete` method `DeleteConfirmed` to give the `HttpPost` method a unique signature. ( The CLR requires overloaded methods to have different method parameters.) Now that the signatures are unique, you can stick with the MVC convention and use the same name for the `HttpPost` and `HttpGet` delete methods.
+    This code retrieves the selected entity, then calls the [Remove](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.dbset.remove(v=vs.103).aspx) method to set the entity's status to `Deleted`. When `SaveChanges` is called, a SQL `DELETE` command is generated. You have also changed the action method name from `DeleteConfirmed` to `Delete`. The scaffolded code named the `HttpPost` `Delete` method `DeleteConfirmed` to give the `HttpPost` method a unique signature. ( The CLR requires overloaded methods to have different method parameters.) Now that the signatures are unique, you can stick with the MVC convention and use the same name for the `HttpPost` and `HttpGet` delete methods.
 
-     If improving performance in a high-volume application is a priority, you could avoid an unnecessary SQL query to retrieve the row by replacing the lines of code that call the `Find` and `Remove` methods with the following code:
+    If improving performance in a high-volume application is a priority, you could avoid an unnecessary SQL query to retrieve the row by replacing the lines of code that call the `Find` and `Remove` methods with the following code:
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample14.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample14.cs)]
 
-     This code instantiates a `Student` entity using only the primary key value and then sets the entity state to `Deleted`. That's all that the Entity Framework needs in order to delete the entity.
+    This code instantiates a `Student` entity using only the primary key value and then sets the entity state to `Deleted`. That's all that the Entity Framework needs in order to delete the entity.
 
-     As noted, the `HttpGet` `Delete` method doesn't delete the data. Performing a delete operation in response to a GET request (or for that matter, performing any edit operation, create operation, or any other operation that changes data) creates a security risk. For more information, see [ASP.NET MVC Tip #46 — Don't use Delete Links because they create Security Holes](http://stephenwalther.com/blog/archive/2009/01/21/asp.net-mvc-tip-46-ndash-donrsquot-use-delete-links-because.aspx) on Stephen Walther's blog.
-3. In *Views\Student\Delete.cshtml*, add an error message between the `h2` heading and the `h3` heading, as shown in the following example:
+    As noted, the `HttpGet` `Delete` method doesn't delete the data. Performing a delete operation in response to a GET request (or for that matter, performing any edit operation, create operation, or any other operation that changes data) creates a security risk. For more information, see [ASP.NET MVC Tip #46 — Don't use Delete Links because they create Security Holes](http://stephenwalther.com/blog/archive/2009/01/21/asp.net-mvc-tip-46-ndash-donrsquot-use-delete-links-because.aspx) on Stephen Walther's blog.
+- In *Views\Student\Delete.cshtml*, add an error message between the `h2` heading and the `h3` heading, as shown in the following example:
 
-     [!code-cshtml[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample15.cshtml?highlight=2)]
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample15.cshtml?highlight=2)]
 
-     Run the page by selecting the **Students** tab and clicking a **Delete** hyperlink:
+    Run the page by selecting the **Students** tab and clicking a **Delete** hyperlink:
 
-     ![Student_Delete_page](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image10.png)
-4. Click **Delete**. The Index page is displayed without the deleted student. (You'll see an example of the error handling code in action in the [concurrency tutorial](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md).)
+    ![Student_Delete_page](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image10.png)
+- Click **Delete**. The Index page is displayed without the deleted student. (You'll see an example of the error handling code in action in the [concurrency tutorial](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md).)
 
 ## Closing Database Connections
 
@@ -241,6 +241,6 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 1735fcbda5e9..ab6758ee792f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ This section requires you to have completed the optional **Deploying the app to
   
     ![publish](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image9.png)  
   
-   The Web app will open in your default browser.
+ The Web app will open in your default browser.
 3. Test the application to verify it's working.
 
     The first time you run a page that accesses the database, the Entity Framework runs all of the migrations `Up` methods required to bring the database up to date with the current data model.
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ You've implemented table-per-hierarchy inheritance for the `Person`, `Student`,
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 2cccf04a00f0..b72c3f90965c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ If you created the initial migration when the database already exists, the datab
     ![](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image3.png)
 
     The `update-database` command runs the `Up` method to create the database and then it runs the `Seed` method to populate the database. The same process will run automatically in production after you deploy the application, as you'll see in the following section.
-2. Use **Server Explorer** to inspect the database as you did in the first tutorial, and run the application to verify that everything still works the same as before.
+- Use **Server Explorer** to inspect the database as you did in the first tutorial, and run the application to verify that everything still works the same as before.
 
 ## Deploy to Azure
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ You'll deploy the database to Azure SQL Database. SQL Database is a cloud-based
 
     ![New button in Management Portal](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/CreateWeb-Sql.png)
 
-   The **New Web App & SQL - Create** wizard opens.
+ The **New Web App & SQL - Create** wizard opens.
 
 2. In the blade, enter a string in the **App name** box to use as the unique URL for your application. The complete URL will consist of what you enter here plus the default domain of Azure App Services (.azurewebsites.net). If the **App name** is already taken, the Wizard will notify you of this with a red *The app name is not available* message. If the **App name** is available, you will get a green checkmark.
 
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ You'll deploy the database to Azure SQL Database. SQL Database is a cloud-based
 10. Modify [collation](https://docs.microsoft.com/sql/relational-databases/collations/collation-and-unicode-support) as needed.
 11. Enter an administrator **SQL Admin Username** and **SQL Admin Password**. If you selected **New SQL Database server**, you aren't entering an existing name and password here, you're entering a new name and password that you're defining now to use later when you access the database. If you selected a server that you created previously, you'll enter credentials for that server.
 12. Telemetry collection can be enabled for App Service using Application Insights. Application Insights with little configuration collects valuable event, exception, dependency, request, and trace information. To learn more about Application Insights, get started in [Azure Docs](https://azure.microsoft.com/services/application-insights/).
-13. Click **Create** at the bottom of the blade to indicate that you're finished.
+12. Click **Create** at the bottom of the blade to indicate that you're finished.
   
-    The Management Portal returns to the Dashboards page, and the **Notifications** blade at the top of the page shows that the site is being created. After a while (typically less than a minute), there will be a notification that the Deployment succeeded. In the navigation bar at the left, the new **App Service** appears in the *App Services* section and the new **SQL Database** appears in the *SQL Databases* section.
+ The Management Portal returns to the Dashboards page, and the **Notifications** blade at the top of the page shows that the site is being created. After a while (typically less than a minute), there will be a notification that the Deployment succeeded. In the navigation bar at the left, the new **App Service** appears in the *App Services* section and the new **SQL Database** appears in the *SQL Databases* section.
 
 ### Deploy the application to Azure
 
@@ -190,30 +190,30 @@ You'll deploy the database to Azure SQL Database. SQL Database is a cloud-based
 5. After the Profile has been configured, the **Connection** tab will be shown. Click **Validate Connection** to make sure that the settings are correct
 
     ![Validate connection](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/Publish-Connection.png)
-6. When the connection has been validated, a green check mark is shown next to the **Validate Connection** button. Click **Next**.
+7. When the connection has been validated, a green check mark is shown next to the **Validate Connection** button. Click **Next**.
   
     ![Successfully validated connection](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/Publish-SettingsValidated.png)
-7. Open the **Remote connection string** drop-down list under **SchoolContext** and select the connection string for the database you created.
-8. Select **Update database**.
+8. Open the **Remote connection string** drop-down list under **SchoolContext** and select the connection string for the database you created.
+9. Select **Update database**.
 
     ![Settings tab](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/Publish-Settings.png)
 
     This setting causes the deployment process to automatically configure the application *Web.config* file on the destination server so that Code First uses the `MigrateDatabaseToLatestVersion` initializer class.
-9. Click **Next**.
-10. In the **Preview** tab, click **Start Preview**.
+10. Click **Next**.
+11. In the **Preview** tab, click **Start Preview**.
   
     ![StartPreview button in the Preview tab](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/Publish-Preview.png)
   
-    The tab displays a list of the files that will be copied to the server. Displaying the preview isn't required to publish the application but is a useful function to be aware of. In this case, you don't need to do anything with the list of files that is displayed. The next time you deploy this application, only the files that have changed will be in this list.
+ The tab displays a list of the files that will be copied to the server. Displaying the preview isn't required to publish the application but is a useful function to be aware of. In this case, you don't need to do anything with the list of files that is displayed. The next time you deploy this application, only the files that have changed will be in this list.
     ![StartPreview file output](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/Publish-PreviewLoaded.png)
 
-11. Click **Publish**.
-    Visual Studio begins the process of copying the files to the Azure server.
-12. The **Output** window shows what deployment actions were taken and reports successful completion of the deployment.
+12. Click **Publish**.
+ Visual Studio begins the process of copying the files to the Azure server.
+13. The **Output** window shows what deployment actions were taken and reports successful completion of the deployment.
   
     ![Output window reporting successful deployment](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/Publish-BuildOutput.png)
-13. Upon successful deployment, the default browser automatically opens to the URL of the deployed web site.
-    The application you created is now running in the cloud. 
+14. Upon successful deployment, the default browser automatically opens to the URL of the deployed web site.
+ The application you created is now running in the cloud. 
   
     ![Students_index_page_with_paging](migrations-and-deployment-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/Publish-Site.png)
 
@@ -253,6 +253,6 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](xref:whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](xref:mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application)
-> [Next](xref:mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](xref:mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application)
+[Next](xref:mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index c0baad13655a..63c2c0fd7c7c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -245,6 +245,6 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 63146681eab7..6d0ef0f56124 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -253,6 +253,6 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](connection-resiliency-and-command-interception-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index b92bc9b288cd..e4cd322e0526 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -271,6 +271,6 @@ Please leave feedback on how you liked this tutorial and what we could improve.
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in [ASP.NET Data Access - Recommended Resources](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](async-and-stored-procedures-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
index 8521707e2517..860103fa3c2c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Accessing Your Model's Data from a Controller
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 In this section, you'll create a new `MoviesController` class and write code that retrieves the movie data and displays it in the browser using a view template.
 
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ In the **Add Scaffold** dialog box, click **MVC 5 Controller with views, using E
 - Select **MovieDBContext (MvcMovie.Models)** for the Data context class.
 - For the Controller name enter **MoviesController**.
 
-  The image below shows the completed dialog.  
+ The image below shows the completed dialog.  
   
 ![](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image3.png)   
 
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ When you're finished, close the connection by right clicking *MovieDBContext* an
 
 You now have a database and pages to display, edit, update and delete data. In the next tutorial, we'll examine the rest of the scaffolded code and add a `SearchIndex` method and a `SearchIndex` view that lets you search for movies in this database. For more information on using Entity Framework with MVC, see [Creating an Entity Framework Data Model for an ASP.NET MVC Application](../getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-connection-string.md)
-> [Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-connection-string.md)
+[Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-controller.md
index f284688a6620..dfc99a7488fc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-controller.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Adding a Controller
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 MVC stands for *model-view-controller*. MVC is a pattern for developing applications that are well architected, testable and easy to maintain. MVC-based applications contain:
 
@@ -110,6 +110,6 @@ For many MVC applications, the default route works fine. You'll learn later in t
 
 In these examples the controller has been doing the &quot;VC&quot; portion of MVC — that is, the view and controller work. The controller is returning HTML directly. Ordinarily you don't want controllers returning HTML directly, since that becomes very cumbersome to code. Instead we'll typically use a separate view template file to help generate the HTML response. Let's look next at how we can do this.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started.md)
+[Next](adding-a-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-model.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-model.md
index c4f5cbf22820..5bb241af38ae 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-model.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Adding a Model
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 In this section you'll add some classes for managing movies in a database. These classes will be the &quot;model&quot; part of the ASP.NET MVC app.
 
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ Note: Several unused `using` statements have been removed. Visual Studio will sh
 
 We've finally added a model (the M in MVC). In the next section you'll work with the database connection string.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-view.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-connection-string.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-view.md)
+[Next](creating-a-connection-string.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-new-field.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-new-field.md
index f9d49c9fe8bb..abe9b5d510e4 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-new-field.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-new-field.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Adding a New Field
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 In this section you'll use Entity Framework Code First Migrations to migrate some changes to the model classes so the change is applied to the database.
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Doing so adds the following using statement:
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](adding-a-new-field/samples/sample2.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
+> [!NOTE] 
 > 
 > Code First Migrations calls the `Seed` method after every migration (that is, calling **update-database** in the Package Manager Console), and this method updates rows that have already been inserted, or inserts them if they don't exist yet.
 > 
@@ -66,15 +66,15 @@ Doing so adds the following using statement:
 > [!code-csharp[Main](adding-a-new-field/samples/sample3.cs)]
 > 
 > Because the [Seed](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hh829453(v=vs.103).aspx) method runs with every migration, you can't just insert data, because the rows you are trying to add will already be there after the first migration that creates the database. The "[upsert](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Upsert)" operation prevents errors that would happen if you try to insert a row that already exists, but it overrides any changes to data that you may have made while testing the application. With test data in some tables you might not want that to happen: in some cases when you change data while testing you want your changes to remain after database updates. In that case you want to do a conditional insert operation: insert a row only if it doesn't already exist.   
-> 
+>   
 > The first parameter passed to the [AddOrUpdate](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.migrations.idbsetextensions.addorupdate(v=vs.103).aspx) method specifies the property to use to check if a row already exists. For the test movie data that you are providing, the `Title` property can be used for this purpose since each title in the list is unique:
 > 
 > [!code-csharp[Main](adding-a-new-field/samples/sample4.cs)]
 > 
 > This code assumes that titles are unique. If you manually add a duplicate title, you'll get the following exception the next time you perform a migration.   
-> 
+>   
 >  *Sequence contains more than one element*  
-> 
+>   
 > For more information about the [AddOrUpdate](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.migrations.idbsetextensions.addorupdate(v=vs.103).aspx) method, see [Take care with EF 4.3 AddOrUpdate Method](http://thedatafarm.com/blog/data-access/take-care-with-ef-4-3-addorupdate-method/)..
 
 
@@ -186,6 +186,6 @@ You could enter the "update-database" command in the **Package Manager Console**
 
 In this section you saw how you can modify model objects and keep the database in sync with the changes. You also learned a way to populate a newly created database with sample data so you can try out scenarios. This was just a quick introduction to Code First, see [Creating an Entity Framework Data Model for an ASP.NET MVC Application](../getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md) for a more complete tutorial on the subject. Next, let's look at how you can add richer validation logic to the model classes and enable some business rules to be enforced.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-search.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-search.md)
+[Next](adding-validation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-view.md
index 6abad9e48d5a..1dc4f3fd7682 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-a-view.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Adding a View
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 In this section you're going to modify the `HelloWorldController` class to use view template files to cleanly encapsulate the process of generating HTML responses to a client. 
 
@@ -146,6 +146,6 @@ In the sample above, we used a `ViewBag` object to pass data from the controller
 
 Well, that was a kind of an &quot;M&quot; for model, but not the database kind. Let's take what we've learned and create a database of movies.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-a-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-search.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-search.md
index f8a3a71a9b99..905e39492c22 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-search.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-search.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Search
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 ## Adding a Search Method and Search View
 
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ Run the application and browse to */Movies/Index*. Try a search by genre, by mov
 
 In this section you created a search action method and view that let users search by movie title and genre. In the next section, you'll look at how to add a property to the `Movie` model and how to add an initializer that will automatically create a test database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-new-field.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+[Next](adding-a-new-field.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-validation.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-validation.md
index 9a11e47e89e2..6c76293160ca 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-validation.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/adding-validation.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Adding Validation
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 In this section you'll add validation logic to the `Movie` model, and you'll ensure that the validation rules are enforced any time a user attempts to create or edit a movie using the application.
 
@@ -161,6 +161,6 @@ The following code shows combining attributes on one line:
 
 In the next part of the series, we'll review the application and make some improvements to the automatically generated `Details` and `Delete` methods.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-new-field.md)
-> [Next](examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-new-field.md)
+[Next](examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/creating-a-connection-string.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/creating-a-connection-string.md
index 182db2dab79d..0a0e0ea67865 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/creating-a-connection-string.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/creating-a-connection-string.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Creating a Connection String and Working with SQL Server LocalDB
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 ## Creating a Connection String and Working with SQL Server LocalDB
 
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ You don't actually need to add the `MovieDBContext` connection string. If you do
 
 Next, you'll build a new `MoviesController` class that you can use to display the movie data and allow users to create new movie listings.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-model.md)
-> [Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-model.md)
+[Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
index c210b3bbd0de..7947f5c8fa7e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Examining the Details and Delete Methods
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 In this part of the tutorial, you'll examine the automatically generated `Details` and `Delete` methods.
 
@@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ Feedback is welcome.
 — [Rick Anderson](https://blogs.msdn.com/rickAndy) twitter: [@RickAndMSFT](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)  
 — [Scott Hanselman](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/) twitter: [@shanselman](https://twitter.com/shanselman)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
index 097f01f46795..09c305616990 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Examining the Edit Methods and Edit View
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Tutorial Note](sample/code-location.md)]
 
 In this section, you'll examine the generated `Edit` action methods and views for the movie controller. But first will take a short diversion to make the release date look better. Open the *Models\Movie.cs* file and add the highlighted lines shown below:
 
@@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ If you are using a US-English computer, you can skip this section and go to the
 1. From the **Tools** menu click **NuGetLibrary Package Manager**, and then click **Manage NuGet Packages for Solution**.  
   
     ![](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view/_static/image5.png)
-2. On the left pane, select <strong>Browse*.</strong>*(See the image below.)
+2. On the left pane, select **Browse*.***(See the image below.)
 3. In the input box, enter *Globalize**.  
   
     ![](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view/_static/image6.png) Choose `jQuery.Validation.Globalize`, choose `MvcMovie` and click **Install**. The *Scripts\jquery.globalize\globalize.js* file will be added to your project. The *Scripts\jquery.globalize\cultures\* folder will contain many culture JavaScript files. Note, it may take five minutes to install this package.
 
-   The following code shows the modifications to the Views\Movies\Edit.cshtml file: 
+ The following code shows the modifications to the Views\Movies\Edit.cshtml file: 
 
 [!code-cshtml[Main](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view/samples/sample10.cshtml)]
 
@@ -120,6 +120,6 @@ As a temporary fix, if you can't get validation working in your locale, you can
 
 <a id="gettingstarted"></a><a id="jQueryAjaxJSON"></a> In the next tutorial, we'll implement search functionality.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-search.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-search.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/getting-started.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/getting-started.md
index e5788d5281d4..bbfc7236e572 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/getting-started.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/getting-started.md
@@ -17,15 +17,16 @@ Getting Started with ASP.NET MVC 5
 ====================
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../../../includes/razor.md)]
 
+ 
  This tutorial will teach you the basics of building an ASP.NET MVC 5 web app using [Visual Studio 2017](https://www.visualstudio.com/). Final Source for tutorial located on [GitHub](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/sample/MvcMovie/MvcMovie)
-
-
+ 
+ 
  This tutorial was written by [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/) (twitter[@scottgu](https://twitter.com/scottgu) ), [Scott Hanselman](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/) (twitter: [@shanselman](https://twitter.com/shanselman) ), and [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT) ( [@RickAndMSFT](https://twitter.com/#!/RickAndMSFT) )
-
+ 
  You need an Azure account to deploy this app to Azure:
-
+ 
  - You can [open an Azure account for free](https://azure.microsoft.com/pricing/free-trial/?WT.mc_id=A443DD604) - You get credits you can use to try out paid Azure services, and even after they're used up you can keep the account and use free Azure services.
  - You can [activate MSDN subscriber benefits](https://azure.microsoft.com/pricing/member-offers/msdn-benefits-details/?WT.mc_id=A443DD604) - Your MSDN subscription gives you credits every month that you can use for paid Azure services.
 
@@ -36,9 +37,9 @@ Start by installing and running [Visual Studio 2017](https://www.visualstudio.co
 
 Visual Studio is an IDE, or integrated development environment. Just like you use Microsoft Word to write documents, you'll use an IDE to create applications. In Visual Studio there's a list along the bottom showing various options available to you. There's also a menu that provides another way to perform tasks in the IDE. (For example, instead of selecting **New Project** from the **Start** page, you can use the menu and select **File** &gt; **New Project**.)
 
-
+   
 ![](getting-started/_static/image1.png)  
-
+ 
 
 ## Creating Your First Application
 
@@ -77,5 +78,5 @@ You need an Azure account to deploy this solution to Azure. If you do not alread
 - [Open an Azure account for free](https://azure.microsoft.com/pricing/free-trial/?WT.mc_id=A443DD604) - You get credits you can use to try out paid Azure services, and even after they're used up you can keep the account and use free Azure services.
 - [Activate MSDN subscriber benefits](https://azure.microsoft.com/pricing/member-offers/msdn-benefits-details/?WT.mc_id=A443DD604) - Your MSDN subscription gives you credits every month that you can use for paid Azure services.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/index.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/index.md
index fae83808880d..9a559aaa6a1a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/index.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/index.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Getting Started with ASP.NET MVC 5
 ====================
 > Introduction to ASP.NET MVC 5
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../../../includes/razor.md)]
 
 This following tutorial series covers ASP.NET MVC: Source located on [GitHub](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/introduction/sample/MvcMovie/MvcMovie)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/recommended-resources-for-mvc.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/recommended-resources-for-mvc.md
index 91b6d4f3c54d..7d8497113359 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/recommended-resources-for-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/getting-started/recommended-resources-for-mvc.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 > This topic provides links to documentation resources about ASP.NET MVC 5. If you know a great blog post, [stackoverflow](http://stackoverflow.com/) thread or any other link that would be useful, send [me](mailto:aspnetue@microsoft.com?subject=Great ASP.NET MVC link) an email with the link. The links provided here are updated periodically. You can find older (but in many cases still relevant) ASP.NET MVC links on the [MSDN content map](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/gg416514(v=vs.108).aspx).
 > 
 > A good place to get your questions answered or to find solutions to problems is in the [ASP.NET MVC forum](https://forums.asp.net/1146.aspx/1?MVC) or on [stackoverflow](http://stackoverflow.com/questions/tagged/mvc+asp.net-mvc).
-> <a id="gettingstarted"></a>
+<a id="gettingstarted"></a>
 
 ## Getting Started with ASP.NET MVC
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-cs.md
index 77cbef66a242..3fca2c2cda64 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-cs.md
@@ -485,5 +485,5 @@ Second, we have not implemented any form validation. For example, there is nothi
 
 Finally, and most importantly, the current iteration of the Contact Manager application cannot be easily modified or maintained. For example, the database access logic is baked right into the controller actions. This means that we cannot modify our data access code without modifying our controllers. In later iterations, we explore software design patterns that we can implement to make the Contact Manager more resilient to change.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md
index 3e46de8a1bb9..bf4d46ea0066 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md
@@ -485,6 +485,6 @@ Second, we have not implemented any form validation. For example, there is nothi
 
 Finally, and most importantly, the current iteration of the Contact Manager application cannot be easily modified or maintained. For example, the database access logic is baked right into the controller actions. This means that we cannot modify our data access code without modifying our controllers. In later iterations, we explore software design patterns that we can implement to make the Contact Manager more resilient to change.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md)
-> [Next](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md)
+[Next](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md
index 32daa8ea73c9..deb8ac2918db 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ Next, we discussed how you can create a custom design by modifying the default c
 
 In the next iteration, we tackle the very important subject of validation. We add validation code to our application so that a user cannot create a new contact without supplying required values such as a person s first and last name.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-1-create-the-application-cs.md)
-> [Next](iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-1-create-the-application-cs.md)
+[Next](iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md
index 00ff9e85b3a4..b195b001d6b8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ Next, we discussed how you can create a custom design by modifying the default c
 
 In the next iteration, we tackle the very important subject of validation. We add validation code to our application so that a user cannot create a new contact without supplying required values such as a person s first and last name.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md)
-> [Next](iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md)
+[Next](iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md
index 27dee07ac3a5..dd4bb45c20f8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md
@@ -134,6 +134,6 @@ In this iteration, we added the validation logic to our Contact Manager applicat
 
 In the next iteration, we will refactor our validation logic and database access logic out of our controllers. We'll take advantage of several software design principles to enable us to create a more loosely coupled, and more maintainable, application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md)
-> [Next](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-cs.md)
+[Next](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md
index 8ffae773ded1..c11623d78a8a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md
@@ -124,6 +124,6 @@ In this iteration, we added the validation logic to our Contact Manager applicat
 
 In the next iteration, we will refactor our validation logic and database access logic out of our controllers. We'll take advantage of several software design principles to enable us to create a more loosely coupled, and more maintainable, application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md)
-> [Next](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-2-make-the-application-look-nice-vb.md)
+[Next](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md
index fc64afd2e938..d8b4bd80ff6a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md
@@ -191,6 +191,6 @@ When we created the service layer, we took advantage of the Decorator pattern to
 
 Finally, we took advantage of a software design pattern named the Dependency Injection pattern. This pattern enables us to program against interfaces (abstractions) instead of concrete classes. Implementing the Dependency Injection design pattern also makes our code more testable. In the next iteration, we add unit tests to our project.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md)
-> [Next](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-3-add-form-validation-cs.md)
+[Next](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md
index 16f3c3175be4..95bdba7bc646 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md
@@ -191,6 +191,6 @@ When we created the service layer, we took advantage of the Decorator pattern to
 
 Finally, we took advantage of a software design pattern named the Dependency Injection pattern. This pattern enables us to program against interfaces (abstractions) instead of concrete classes. Implementing the Dependency Injection design pattern also makes our code more testable. In the next iteration, we add unit tests to our project.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md)
-> [Next](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-3-add-form-validation-vb.md)
+[Next](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md
index 203c59d07105..6f75459b0f38 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md
@@ -234,6 +234,6 @@ We created two sets of unit tests. First, we tested our validation logic by crea
 
 In the next iteration, we modify the Contact Manager application so that it supports Contact Groups. We'll add this new functionality to our application using a software design process called test-driven development.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md)
-> [Next](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-cs.md)
+[Next](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md
index 0d1addf1e022..bd80950cfd5e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md
@@ -233,6 +233,6 @@ We created two sets of unit tests. First, we tested our validation logic by crea
 
 In the next iteration, we modify the Contact Manager application so that it supports Contact Groups. We'll add this new functionality to our application using a software design process called test-driven development.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md)
-> [Next](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-4-make-the-application-loosely-coupled-vb.md)
+[Next](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md
index b306cd0c5fc2..163a4b2553ca 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md
@@ -354,6 +354,6 @@ After we finished writing enough code to satisfy the requirements expressed by t
 
 In the next iteration -- the final iteration -- we rewrite our application to take advantage of Ajax. By taking advantage of Ajax, we'll improve the responsiveness and performance of the Contact Manager application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md)
-> [Next](iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-cs.md)
+[Next](iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md
index 2e4c108bdc71..2a35b7c6e837 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md
@@ -355,6 +355,6 @@ After we finished writing enough code to satisfy the requirements expressed by t
 
 In the next iteration -- the final iteration -- we rewrite our application to take advantage of Ajax. By taking advantage of Ajax, we'll improve the responsiveness and performance of the Contact Manager application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md)
-> [Next](iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-5-create-unit-tests-vb.md)
+[Next](iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md
index affcb7624480..88bd19744285 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-cs.md
@@ -237,6 +237,6 @@ We also added browser history support to our Ajax application. We enabled users
 
 Finally, we created a delete link that supports HTTP DELETE operations. By performing Ajax deletes, we enable users to delete database records without requiring the user to request an additional delete confirmation page.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md)
-> [Next](iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-cs.md)
+[Next](iteration-1-create-the-application-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-vb.md
index abc25f51d8c8..fce3c87060fa 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/contact-manager/iteration-7-add-ajax-functionality-vb.md
@@ -238,5 +238,5 @@ We also added browser history support to our Ajax application. We enabled users
 
 Finally, we created a delete link that supports HTTP DELETE operations. By performing Ajax deletes, we enable users to delete database records without requiring the user to request an additional delete confirmation page.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](iteration-6-use-test-driven-development-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md
index 5302598aada8..fc82d110d6c3 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md
@@ -96,6 +96,6 @@ Take advantage of caching whenever possible – it can have a dramatic impact on
 
 ## 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-controller-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-controller-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md
index 0df84e49e087..81b14ff34932 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md
@@ -92,6 +92,6 @@ This tutorial explained how you can dynamically update content in a cached page.
 
 Take advantage of caching whenever possible – it can have a dramatic impact on the performance of your web applications. As explained in this tutorial, you can take advantage of caching even when you need to display dynamic content in your pages.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-controller-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-a-controller-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md
index fa9affb1394c..1ba796a57ec1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ The ContentResult action result is special. You can use the ContentResult action
 **Listing 4 - Controllers\StatusController.vb**
 
 > StatusController
-> 
-> 
+
+
 > System.Web.Mvc.Controller
 
 
@@ -119,6 +119,6 @@ The Index() action in Listing 5 returns a DateTime object. The ASP.NET MVC frame
 
 The purpose of this tutorial was to introduce you to the concepts of ASP.NET MVC controllers, controller actions, and controller action results. In the first section, you learned how to add new controllers to an ASP.NET MVC project. Next, you learned how public methods of a controller are exposed to the universe as controller actions. Finally, we discussed the different types of action results that can be returned from a controller action. In particular, we discussed how to return a ViewResult, RedirectToActionResult, and ContentResult from a controller action.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-custom-routes-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-custom-routes-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-cs.md
index 59684b6e50b2..a7f04273d4ad 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-cs.md
@@ -104,5 +104,5 @@ The URL /Home/Index/3, on the other hand, works just fine with the Index control
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to provide you with a brief introduction to ASP.NET Routing. We examined the default route table that you get with a new ASP.NET MVC application. You learned how the default route maps URLs to controller actions.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](understanding-action-filters-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](understanding-action-filters-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md
index e06dcf437a70..4910237c5cdb 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md
@@ -104,6 +104,6 @@ The URL /Home/Index/3, on the other hand, works just fine with the Index control
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to provide you with a brief introduction to ASP.NET Routing. We examined the default route table that you get with a new ASP.NET MVC application. You learned how the default route maps URLs to controller actions.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-an-action-cs.md)
-> [Next](understanding-action-filters-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-an-action-cs.md)
+[Next](understanding-action-filters-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md
index 7190a70eddb6..8135e1e61f50 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md
@@ -113,6 +113,6 @@ The Index() action in Listing 5 returns a DateTime object. The ASP.NET MVC frame
 
 The purpose of this tutorial was to introduce you to the concepts of ASP.NET MVC controllers, controller actions, and controller action results. In the first section, you learned how to add new controllers to an ASP.NET MVC project. Next, you learned how public methods of a controller are exposed to the universe as controller actions. Finally, we discussed the different types of action results that can be returned from a controller action. In particular, we discussed how to return a ViewResult, RedirectToActionResult, and ContentResult from a controller action.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-an-action-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-custom-routes-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-an-action-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-custom-routes-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-cs.md
index ce159dfe319d..a2e9f7bc6357 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-cs.md
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ The controller in Listing 3 exposes one action named Index() that returns the st
 
 `http://localhost:40071/Person`
 
-> [!NOTE]
+> [!NOTE] 
 > 
 > The ASP.NET Development Server uses a random port number (for example, 40071). When entering a URL to invoke a controller, you'll need to supply the right port number. You can determine the port number by hovering your mouse over the icon for the ASP.NET Development Server in the Windows Notification Area (bottom-right of your screen).
-> 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-an-action-cs.md)
+
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-an-action-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-vb.md
index a9562b96cb0e..c685bd70888b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-controller-vb.md
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ The controller in Listing 3 exposes one action named Index() that returns the st
 
 `http://localhost:40071/Person`
 
-> [!NOTE]
+> [!NOTE] 
 > 
 > The ASP.NET Development Server uses a random port number (for example, 40071). When entering a URL to invoke a controller, you'll need to supply the right port number. You can determine the port number by hovering your mouse over the icon for the ASP.NET Development Server in the Windows Notification Area (bottom-right of your screen).
-> 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-an-action-vb.md)
+
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-an-action-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md
index 84051d868164..092d2a49b699 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md
@@ -48,6 +48,6 @@ The Localhost constraint is used in the definition of the Admin route. This rout
 
 Notice that the Default route has been commented out from the Global.asax file in Listing 2. If you include the Default route, then the Default route would match requests for the Admin controller. In that case, remote users could still invoke actions of the Admin controller even though their requests wouldn't match the Admin route.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md)
-> [Next](asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md)
+[Next](asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-vb.md
index d80eedca6168..3aac0c9c95c7 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-custom-route-constraint-vb.md
@@ -48,5 +48,5 @@ The Localhost constraint is used in the definition of the Admin route. This rout
 
 Notice that the Default route has been commented out from the Global.asax file in Listing 2. If you include the Default route, then the Default route would match requests for the Admin controller. In that case, remote users could still invoke actions of the Admin controller even though their requests wouldn't match the Admin route.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md
index 37a85e5d351a..58d6699c73a9 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ But not the following URLs:
 
 - These browser requests will be handled by another route or, if there are no matching routes, a *The resource could not be found* error will be returned.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-custom-routes-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-custom-routes-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-custom-route-constraint-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md
index 1a4db9aff274..f75a1b8b14dc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ But not the following URLs:
 
 These browser requests will be handled by another route or, if there are no matching routes, a *The resource could not be found* error will be returned.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-custom-routes-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-custom-route-constraint-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-custom-routes-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-a-custom-route-constraint-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-cs.md
index 48d8542d3173..923561cced7c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-cs.md
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ If you attempt to invoke the CompanySecrets() controller action by typing /Work/
 
 **Figure 01**: Invoking a NonAction method([Click to view full-size image](creating-an-action-cs/_static/image2.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-controller-cs.md)
-> [Next](asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-controller-cs.md)
+[Next](asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-vb.md
index d9bba383e203..6f8d2a4d285f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-an-action-vb.md
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ If you attempt to invoke the CompanySecrets() controller action by typing /Work/
 
 **Figure 01**: Invoking a NonAction method([Click to view full-size image](creating-an-action-vb/_static/image2.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-controller-vb.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-controller-vb.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-cs.md
index eaae341400d8..8331b8b4345a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-cs.md
@@ -68,6 +68,6 @@ Notice that the Entry() method in Listing 2 accepts a parameter of type DateTime
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to demonstrate how you can create a custom route. You learned how to add a custom route to the route table in the Global.asax file that represents blog entries. We discussed how to map requests for blog entries to a controller named ArchiveController and a controller action named Entry().
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-controllers-overview-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-route-constraint-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-vb.md
index a74bc5880ec5..796174a02213 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/creating-custom-routes-vb.md
@@ -68,6 +68,6 @@ Notice that the Entry() method in Listing 2 accepts a parameter of type DateTime
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to demonstrate how you can create a custom route. You learned how to add a custom route to the route table in the Global.asax file that represents blog entries. We discussed how to map requests for blog entries to a controller named ArchiveController and a controller action named Entry().
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-net-mvc-controller-overview-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-a-route-constraint-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md
index d834ce169ff6..550801e6d8ce 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md
@@ -160,6 +160,6 @@ If you invoke the Index() action exposed by the controller in Listing 7 then the
 
 Output caching provides you with a very easy method of dramatically improving the performance of your ASP.NET MVC applications. In this tutorial, you learned how to use the [OutputCache] attribute to cache the output of controller actions. You also learned how to modify properties of the [OutputCache] attribute such as the Duration and VaryByParam properties to modify how content gets cached. Finally, you learned how to define cache profiles in the web configuration file.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-action-filters-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-action-filters-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md
index d25b9ac2ec9e..d8c4fde1994f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md
@@ -162,6 +162,6 @@ If you invoke the Index() action exposed by the controller in Listing 7 then the
 
 Output caching provides you with a very easy method of dramatically improving the performance of your ASP.NET MVC applications. In this tutorial, you learned how to use the &lt;OutputCache&gt; attribute to cache the output of controller actions. You also learned how to modify properties of the &lt;OutputCache&gt; attribute such as the Duration and VaryByParam properties to modify how content gets cached. Finally, you learned how to define cache profiles in the web configuration file.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-action-filters-vb.md)
-> [Next](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-action-filters-vb.md)
+[Next](adding-dynamic-content-to-a-cached-page-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-cs.md
index 5e7cc1df5eb4..928a99128083 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-cs.md
@@ -122,6 +122,6 @@ In this tutorial, you were introduced to ASP.NET MVC action filters. You learned
 
 Finally, you learned how to implement a simple action filter. We created a Log action filter that logs the stages of processing a controller action to the Visual Studio Output window.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-cs.md)
-> [Next](improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-cs.md)
+[Next](improving-performance-with-output-caching-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-vb.md
index 5ce012ff8d28..6eb4edd02edb 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/controllers-and-routing/understanding-action-filters-vb.md
@@ -122,6 +122,6 @@ In this tutorial, you were introduced to ASP.NET MVC action filters. You learned
 
 Finally, you learned how to implement a simple action filter. We created a Log action filter that logs the stages of processing a controller action to the Visual Studio Output window.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md)
-> [Next](improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-net-mvc-routing-overview-vb.md)
+[Next](improving-performance-with-output-caching-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-cs.md
index 64bfb0fd5692..4ae186a1cb1d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-cs.md
@@ -207,5 +207,5 @@ The first option requires you to modify the URLs used in your ASP.NET MVC applic
 
 The second option is to create a wildcard script map. The advantage of this second option is that you do not need to modify your URLs. The disadvantage of this second option is that it can impact the performance of your ASP.NET MVC application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-vb.md
index b5a2ad21185d..b263fb61066c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/deployment/using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-vb.md
@@ -223,5 +223,5 @@ The first option requires you to modify the URLs used in your ASP.NET MVC applic
 
 The second option is to create a wildcard script map. The advantage of this second option is that you do not need to modify your URLs. The disadvantage of this second option is that it can impact the performance of your ASP.NET MVC application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-asp-net-mvc-with-different-versions-of-iis-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part1.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part1.md
index 92c5d1d788d2..5162f2fe7cda 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part1.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part1.md
@@ -79,5 +79,5 @@ This will cause Visual Web Developer to start a development web-server and run o
 
 Out of the box this default template gives you two pages to visit and a basic login page. Let's change how this application works and learn a little bit about ASP.NET MVC in the process. Close your browser and lets change some code.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md
index 57c35516d107..4a85db9adb05 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ Run your application and visit `http://localhost:xx/HelloWorld/Welcome?name=Scot
 
 In both these examples the controller has been doing all the work, and has been returning HTML directly. Ordinarily we don't want our Controllers returning HTML directly - since that ends up being very cumbersome to code. Instead we'll typically use a separate View template file to help generate the HTML response. Let's look at how we can do this. Close your browser and return to the IDE.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part1.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part1.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md
index 1e28a5aa984b..2935f379a62a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md
@@ -115,6 +115,6 @@ Run your application and visit `http://localhost:xx/HelloWorld/Welcome?name=Scot
 
 Well, that was a kind of an "M" for Model, but not the database kind. Let's take what we've learned and create a database of Movies.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part2.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md
index 136c8d9568a9..45117d2fd83c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md
@@ -82,6 +82,6 @@ If you don't like the default naming and mapping conventions used by the Entity
 
 Now, let's work with some real data!
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part3.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md
index 315a2b865a37..55e44d12e3b1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ It's creating links that we won't need, so we'll delete them for this example. W
 
 We now have a simple listing of our movie data. However, if we click the "Create New" link, we'll get an error as it's not hooked up! Let's implement a Create Action method and enable a user to enter new movies in our database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part4.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md
index 40683957bd9a..55678044de69 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ This Movie object was then passed to the [HttpPost] version of our Create action
 
 We aren't checking if our movies are correct, though, and the database won't allow us to save a movie with no Title. It'd be nice if we could tell the user that before the database threw an error. We'll do this next by adding validation support to our application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part5.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md
index 50c086609b0c..a9e59a5255d2 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md
@@ -67,6 +67,6 @@ Run your application and visit /Movies/Create again, and click Create without en
 
 This is looking good! Let's now add one additional column to the database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part8.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part6.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-mvc-part8.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part8.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part8.md
index 77f44806f0d6..ff708629d81f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part8.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/getting-started-with-mvc/getting-started-with-mvc-part8.md
@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ Enjoy!
 
 - Scott Hanselman - [http://hanselman.com](http://hanselman.com) and [@shanselman](http://twitter.com/shanselman) on Twitter.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-mvc-part7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md
index 790746894753..256675bb443f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md
@@ -192,6 +192,6 @@ The goal of this tutorial was to demonstrate how you can create MVC model classe
 
 Next, we explored a slightly more difficult, but definitely more virtuous, path for displaying database data. We took advantage of the Repository pattern and placed all of our database access logic in a separate repository class. In our controller, we wrote all of our code against an interface instead of a concrete class. The advantage of the Repository pattern is that it enables us to easily change database access technologies in the future and it enables us to easily test our controller classes.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-cs.md)
-> [Next](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-cs.md)
+[Next](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md
index da9b0e62a3e4..0108b0be1b81 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md
@@ -48,10 +48,9 @@ In this tutorial -- in order to illustrate how you can build model classes -- we
 
 After you create the new database, you can open the database by double-clicking the MoviesDB.mdf file in the App\_Data folder. Double-clicking the MoviesDB.mdf file opens the Server Explorer window (see Figure 2).
 
+|  | The Server Explorer window is called the Database Explorer window when using Visual Web Developer. |
+| --- | --- |
 
-|   | The Server Explorer window is called the Database Explorer window when using Visual Web Developer. |
-|---|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|   |                                                                                                    |
 
 [![Using the Server Explorer window](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb/_static/image5.png)](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb/_static/image4.png)
 
@@ -196,6 +195,6 @@ The goal of this tutorial was to demonstrate how you can create MVC model classe
 
 Next, we explored a slightly more difficult, but definitely more virtuous, path for displaying database data. We took advantage of the Repository pattern and placed all of our database access logic in a separate repository class. In our controller, we wrote all of our code against an interface instead of a concrete class. The advantage of the Repository pattern is that it enables us to easily change database access technologies in the future and it enables us to easily test our controller classes.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md)
-> [Next](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md)
+[Next](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-cs.md
index 168692ac191e..188454c36bfa 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-cs.md
@@ -216,5 +216,5 @@ The purpose of this tutorial was to demonstrate how you can build database-drive
 
 First, we discussed how you can use the Entity Data Model Wizard to generate an Entity Data Model from within Visual Studio. Next, you learn how to use LINQ to Entities to retrieve a set of database records from a database table. Finally, we used the Entity Framework to insert, update, and delete database records.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md
index 91a8b57682e3..b29dd7d8f08e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md
@@ -212,6 +212,6 @@ The purpose of this tutorial was to demonstrate how you can build database-drive
 
 First, we discussed how you can use the Entity Data Model Wizard to generate an Entity Data Model from within Visual Studio. Next, you learn how to use LINQ to Entities to retrieve a set of database records from a database table. Finally, we used the Entity Framework to insert, update, and delete database records.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md
index 788894eae26f..171aaeed6f55 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md
@@ -184,6 +184,6 @@ The RenderPartial() method is different than most of the other helper methods be
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to explain how you can display a set of database records in an HTML table. First, you learned how to return a set of database records from a controller action by taking advantage of the Microsoft Entity Framework. Next, you learned how to use Visual Studio scaffolding to generate a view that displays a collection of items automatically. Finally, you learned how to simplify the view by taking advantage of a partial. You learned how to use a partial as a template so that you can format each database record.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md)
-> [Next](performing-simple-validation-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-cs.md)
+[Next](performing-simple-validation-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md
index 6913e76b5bf1..a235384ba81a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md
@@ -180,6 +180,6 @@ The RenderPartial() method is different than most of the other helper methods be
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to explain how you can display a set of database records in an HTML table. First, you learned how to return a set of database records from a controller action by taking advantage of the Microsoft Entity Framework. Next, you learned how to use Visual Studio scaffolding to generate a view that displays a collection of items automatically. Finally, you learned how to simplify the view by taking advantage of a partial. You learned how to use a partial as a template so that you can format each database record.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md)
-> [Next](performing-simple-validation-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql-vb.md)
+[Next](performing-simple-validation-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-cs.md
index fe168d5ff69d..c227c3280e1d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-cs.md
@@ -125,6 +125,6 @@ If you want to customize the appearance of these prebinding error messages then
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to describe the basic mechanics of validation in the ASP.NET MVC framework. You learned how to use model state and the validation HTML helpers. We also discussed the distinction between prebinding and postbinding validation. In other tutorials, we'll discuss various strategies for moving your validation code out of your controllers and into your model classes.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-cs.md)
+[Next](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-vb.md
index 63ec0aaf1cb2..25dd979b538a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/performing-simple-validation-vb.md
@@ -125,6 +125,6 @@ If you want to customize the appearance of these prebinding error messages then
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to describe the basic mechanics of validation in the ASP.NET MVC framework. You learned how to use model state and the validation HTML helpers. We also discussed the distinction between prebinding and postbinding validation. In other tutorials, we'll discuss various strategies for moving your validation code out of your controllers and into your model classes.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md)
-> [Next](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-a-table-of-database-data-vb.md)
+[Next](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md
index 60db3643743f..373ddedb31b9 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md
@@ -94,6 +94,6 @@ Using the IValidationDictionary interface and the ModelStateWrapper class enable
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to discuss one approach to performing validation in an ASP.NET MVC application. In this tutorial, you learned how to move all of your validation logic out of your controllers and into a separate service layer. You also learned how to isolate your service layer from your controller layer by creating a ModelStateWrapper class.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md)
-> [Next](validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md)
+[Next](validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md
index 4f54334ca651..0c05b1f20163 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md
@@ -94,6 +94,6 @@ Using the IValidationDictionary interface and the ModelStateWrapper class enable
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to discuss one approach to performing validation in an ASP.NET MVC application. In this tutorial, you learned how to move all of your validation logic out of your controllers and into a separate service layer. You also learned how to isolate your service layer from your controller layer by creating a ModelStateWrapper class.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md)
-> [Next](validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md)
+[Next](validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md
index 675fefffbf8c..14f3593cd141 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-cs.md
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@ Notice that the DateReleased value is validated automatically. Because the DateR
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use the IDataErrorInfo interface to generate validation error messages. First, we created a partial Movie class that extends the functionality of the partial Movie class generated by the Entity Framework. Next, we added validation logic to the Movie class OnTitleChanging() and OnDirectorChanging() partial methods. Finally, we implemented the IDataErrorInfo interface in order to expose these validation messages to the ASP.NET MVC framework.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](performing-simple-validation-cs.md)
-> [Next](validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](performing-simple-validation-cs.md)
+[Next](validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md
index ba70349ff394..65bf0a3b2cc0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validating-with-the-idataerrorinfo-interface-vb.md
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@ Notice that the DateReleased value is validated automatically. Because the DateR
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use the IDataErrorInfo interface to generate validation error messages. First, we created a partial Movie class that extends the functionality of the partial Movie class generated by the Entity Framework. Next, we added validation logic to the Movie class OnTitleChanging() and OnDirectorChanging() partial methods. Finally, we implemented the IDataErrorInfo interface in order to expose these validation messages to the ASP.NET MVC framework.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](performing-simple-validation-vb.md)
-> [Next](validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](performing-simple-validation-vb.md)
+[Next](validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md
index 485c54c4652d..404d0a6105bc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-cs.md
@@ -148,6 +148,6 @@ The page in **Figure 6** illustrates the error messages returned when you enter
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to take advantage of the Data Annotation Model Binder to perform validation within an ASP.NET MVC application. You learned how to use the different types of validator attributes such as the Required and StringLength attributes. You also learned how to use these attributes when working with the Microsoft Entity Framework.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-with-a-service-layer-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-model-classes-with-the-entity-framework-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-vb.md
index 8a464c37b738..e958c44285c4 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/models-data/validation-with-the-data-annotation-validators-vb.md
@@ -148,5 +148,5 @@ The page in **Figure 6** illustrates the error messages returned when you enter
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to take advantage of the Data Annotation Model Binder to perform validation within an ASP.NET MVC application. You learned how to use the different types of validator attributes such as the Required and StringLength attributes. You also learned how to use these attributes when working with the Microsoft Entity Framework.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-with-a-service-layer-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-cs.md
index e4dcac43557a..bf4ad9990fb0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-cs.md
@@ -363,5 +363,5 @@ The purpose of this tutorial was to give you a sense of the experience of buildi
 
 In this tutorial, we examined only the most basic features of the ASP.NET MVC framework. In future tutorials, we dive deeper into topics such as controllers, controller actions, views, view data, and HTML helpers.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-vb.md
index 8856199c5fb5..207890422375 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/movie-database/create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-vb.md
@@ -361,5 +361,5 @@ The purpose of this tutorial was to give you a sense of the experience of buildi
 
 In this tutorial, we examined only the most basic features of the ASP.NET MVC framework. In future tutorials, we dive deeper into topics such as controllers, controller actions, views, view data, and HTML helpers.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](create-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-asp-net-mvc-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md
index f4824aa48460..1115dcd0d7f7 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md
@@ -223,6 +223,6 @@ We've now got a model that we can use to both query and update our database.
 
 Let's now add some controllers and views to the project that we can use to build an HTML UI experience around it.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](create-a-database.md)
-> [Next](use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](create-a-database.md)
+[Next](use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-database.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-database.md
index ddfb39d1379a..84a783595f78 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-database.md
@@ -126,6 +126,6 @@ We'll add a few rows of Dinner data that we can use later as we start implementi
 
 We've finished creating our database. Let's now create model classes that we can use to query and update it.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md)
-> [Next](build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md)
+[Next](build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md
index f596a40192f4..e746950a4c9a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md
@@ -131,6 +131,6 @@ Later in this tutorial we'll talk more about automated testing and add additiona
 
 We've now got a basic application structure in place. Let's now [create a database to store our application data](create-a-database.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introducing-the-nerddinner-tutorial.md)
-> [Next](create-a-database.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introducing-the-nerddinner-tutorial.md)
+[Next](create-a-database.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/enable-automated-unit-testing.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/enable-automated-unit-testing.md
index 3f99ffe66cfd..5b48be52d3aa 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/enable-automated-unit-testing.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/enable-automated-unit-testing.md
@@ -280,6 +280,6 @@ A later chapter in the book will discuss Test Driven Development (TDD), and how
 
 Some final wrap up comments.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md)
-> [Next](nerddinner-wrap-up.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md)
+[Next](nerddinner-wrap-up.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/implement-efficient-data-paging.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/implement-efficient-data-paging.md
index 78f8c0408b6a..4de8f88f5230 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/implement-efficient-data-paging.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/implement-efficient-data-paging.md
@@ -134,6 +134,6 @@ We also have &lt;&lt;&lt; and &gt;&gt;&gt; navigation UI at the bottom of the pa
 
 Let's now look at how we can add authentication and authorization support to our application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md)
-> [Next](secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md)
+[Next](secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/introducing-the-nerddinner-tutorial.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/introducing-the-nerddinner-tutorial.md
index 80528a7c7533..54f94b62f7be 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/introducing-the-nerddinner-tutorial.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/introducing-the-nerddinner-tutorial.md
@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@ Now that we've covered what NerdDinner is, let's roll up our sleeves and write s
 
 We'll begin by using File-&gt;New Project within Visual Studio to create the NerdDinner application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](create-a-new-aspnet-mvc-project.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/nerddinner-wrap-up.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/nerddinner-wrap-up.md
index 88de3497f105..67a94a573ba5 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/nerddinner-wrap-up.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/nerddinner-wrap-up.md
@@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ Hope this helps,
 
 Scott
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](enable-automated-unit-testing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](enable-automated-unit-testing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md
index 76f560e84b0e..d54cd4ce33a8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ We previously added action methods to DinnersController that implemented support
 | */Dinners/* | GET | Display an HTML list of upcoming dinners. |
 | */Dinners/Details/[id]* | GET | Display details about a specific dinner. |
 
-We will now add action methods to implement three additional URLs: <em>/Dinners/Edit/[id], /Dinners/Create,</em>and<em>/Dinners/Delete/[id]</em>. These URLs will enable support for editing existing Dinners, creating new Dinners, and deleting Dinners.
+We will now add action methods to implement three additional URLs: */Dinners/Edit/[id], /Dinners/Create,*and*/Dinners/Delete/[id]*. These URLs will enable support for editing existing Dinners, creating new Dinners, and deleting Dinners.
 
 We will support both HTTP GET and HTTP POST verb interactions with these new URLs. HTTP GET requests to these URLs will display the initial HTML view of the data (a form populated with the Dinner data in the case of "edit", a blank form in the case of "create", and a delete confirmation screen in the case of "delete"). HTTP POST requests to these URLs will save/update/delete the Dinner data in our DinnerRepository (and from there to the database).
 
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ We'll begin by adding an overloaded "Edit" action method to our DinnersControlle
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support/samples/sample9.cs)]
 
-When the [AcceptVerbs] attribute is applied to overloaded action methods, ASP.NET MVC automatically handles dispatching requests to the appropriate action method depending on the incoming HTTP verb. HTTP POST requests to <em>/Dinners/Edit/[id]</em> URLs will go to the above Edit method, while all other HTTP verb requests to <em>/Dinners/Edit/[id]</em>URLs will go to the first Edit method we implemented (which did not have an [AcceptVerbs] attribute).
+When the [AcceptVerbs] attribute is applied to overloaded action methods, ASP.NET MVC automatically handles dispatching requests to the appropriate action method depending on the incoming HTTP verb. HTTP POST requests to */Dinners/Edit/[id]* URLs will go to the above Edit method, while all other HTTP verb requests to */Dinners/Edit/[id]*URLs will go to the first Edit method we implemented (which did not have an [AcceptVerbs] attribute).
 
 | **Side Topic: Why differentiate via HTTP verbs?** |
 | --- |
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ The Html.ValidationMessage() helper method also supports a second parameter that
 
 [!code-aspx[Main](provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support/samples/sample18.aspx)]
 
-The above code outputs: <em>&lt;span class="field-validation-error"&gt;\*&lt;/span&gt;</em>instead of the default error text when an error is present for the EventDate property.
+The above code outputs: *&lt;span class="field-validation-error"&gt;\*&lt;/span&gt;*instead of the default error text when an error is present for the EventDate property.
 
 ##### Html.ValidationSummary() Helper Method
 
@@ -422,6 +422,6 @@ We now have basic CRUD (Create, Read, Update and Delete) support implement withi
 
 Let's now look at how we can use ViewData and ViewModel classes to enable even richer UI on our forms.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md)
-> [Next](use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md)
+[Next](use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md
index 2a12e9d616df..b86d581cc29f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md
@@ -132,6 +132,6 @@ Partials and master pages provide very flexible options that enable you to clean
 
 Let's now revisit the listing scenario we built earlier and enable scalable paging support.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md)
-> [Next](implement-efficient-data-paging.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md)
+[Next](implement-efficient-data-paging.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md
index b9181e3b45cb..7d177bf14212 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md
@@ -150,6 +150,6 @@ We can update our view template to conditionally show/hide the Edit and Delete l
 
 Let's now look at how we can enable authenticated users to RSVP for dinners using AJAX.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implement-efficient-data-paging.md)
-> [Next](use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implement-efficient-data-paging.md)
+[Next](use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md
index 5c2ad8409345..3d840c0368d8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ To use jQuery we'll first add a script reference to it. Because we are going to
 
 *Tip: make sure you have installed the JavaScript intellisense hotfix for VS 2008 SP1 that enables richer intellisense support for JavaScript files (including jQuery). You can download it from: http://tinyurl.com/vs2008javascripthotfix*
 
-Code written using JQuery often uses a global "$()" JavaScript method that retrieves one or more HTML elements using a CSS selector. For example, <em>$("#rsvpmsg")</em> selects any HTML element with the id of rsvpmsg, while <em>$(".something")</em> would select all elements with the "something" CSS class name. You can also write more advanced queries like "return all of the checked radio buttons" using a selector query like: <em>$("input[@type=radio][@checked]")</em>.
+Code written using JQuery often uses a global "$()" JavaScript method that retrieves one or more HTML elements using a CSS selector. For example, *$("#rsvpmsg")* selects any HTML element with the id of rsvpmsg, while *$(".something")* would select all elements with the "something" CSS class name. You can also write more advanced queries like "return all of the checked radio buttons" using a selector query like: *$("input[@type=radio][@checked]")*.
 
 Once you've selected elements, you can call methods on them to take action, like hiding them: *$("#rsvpmsg").hide();*
 
@@ -148,6 +148,6 @@ This makes the code cleaner to read and maintain.
 
 Let's now look at how we can use AJAX even further and add interactive mapping support to our application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md)
-> [Next](use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](secure-applications-using-authentication-and-authorization.md)
+[Next](use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md
index cf8d27b155c0..10adaa99010e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-ajax-to-implement-mapping-scenarios.md
@@ -188,6 +188,6 @@ Clicking the Dinner title either in the bubble or on the right-hand side in the
 
 We've now implemented all the application functionality of our NerdDinner application. Let's now look at how we can enable automated unit testing of it.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md)
-> [Next](enable-automated-unit-testing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](use-ajax-to-deliver-dynamic-updates.md)
+[Next](enable-automated-unit-testing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md
index a12ed5ac113e..0adc30eaf4ce 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-controllers-and-views-to-implement-a-listingdetails-ui.md
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ The default ASP.NET MVC routing rules are registered within the "RegisterRoutes"
 
 The "routes.MapRoute()" method call above registers a default routing rule that maps incoming URLs to controller classes using the URL format: "/{controller}/{action}/{id}" – where "controller" is the name of the controller class to instantiate, "action" is the name of a public method to invoke on it, and "id" is an optional parameter embedded within the URL that can be passed as an argument to the method. The third parameter passed to the "MapRoute()" method call is a set of default values to use for the controller/action/id values in the event that they are not present in the URL (Controller = "Home", Action="Index", Id="").
 
-Below is a table that demonstrates how a variety of URLs are mapped using the default "<em>/{controllers}/{action}/{id}"</em>route rule:
+Below is a table that demonstrates how a variety of URLs are mapped using the default "*/{controllers}/{action}/{id}"*route rule:
 
 | **URL** | **Controller Class** | **Action Method** | **Parameters Passed** |
 | --- | --- | --- | --- |
@@ -296,6 +296,6 @@ We now have a nice Dinner browsing experience built.
 
 Let's now enable CRUD (Create, Read, Update, Delete) data form editing support.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md)
-> [Next](provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](build-a-model-with-business-rule-validations.md)
+[Next](provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md
index bd61e53e5846..0f5ddd4673bb 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/nerddinner/use-viewdata-and-implement-viewmodel-classes.md
@@ -122,6 +122,6 @@ Custom-shaped ViewModel classes can provide a great deal of flexibility, and are
 
 Let's now look at how we can use partials and master-pages to re-use and share UI across our application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md)
-> [Next](re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](provide-crud-create-read-update-delete-data-form-entry-support.md)
+[Next](re-use-ui-using-master-pages-and-partials.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-cs.md
index 0a5a45b57fac..765922b8b13d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-cs.md
@@ -147,5 +147,5 @@ After you create the required login, you need to map the login to a database use
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use Forms authentication when building an ASP.NET MVC application. First, you learned how to create new users and roles by taking advantage of the Web Site Administration Tool. Next, you learned how to use the [Authorize] attribute to prevent unauthorized users from invoking controller actions. Finally, you learned how to configure your MVC application to store user and role information in a production database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md
index f9cf0f03113c..867401fbff98 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ The ASP.NET SQL Server Setup Wizard enables you to select a SQL Server database
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you don't want to use the ASP.NET SQL Server Setup Wizard, then you can find SQL scripts for adding the application services database objects in the following folder:
-> 
-> 
+
+
 > C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v2.0.50727
 
 
@@ -147,6 +147,6 @@ After you create the required login, you need to map the login to a database use
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use Forms authentication when building an ASP.NET MVC application. First, you learned how to create new users and roles by taking advantage of the Web Site Administration Tool. Next, you learned how to use the [Authorize] attribute to prevent unauthorized users from invoking controller actions. Finally, you learned how to configure your MVC application to store user and role information in a production database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md)
-> [Next](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md)
+[Next](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md
index 11f8a2ecbad9..fad3855ec0c9 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md
@@ -88,6 +88,6 @@ If, on the other hand, you are using IIS with Anonymous authentication disabled
 
 This tutorial explained how you can use Windows authentication in the context of an ASP.NET MVC application. You learned how to enable Windows authentication within your application's web configuration file and how to configure authentication with IIS. Finally, you learned how to use the [Authorize] attribute to restrict access to controller actions to particular Windows users or groups.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-cs.md)
-> [Next](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-cs.md)
+[Next](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md
index 926aaa7da999..9179aa7f8e53 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md
@@ -87,6 +87,6 @@ If, on the other hand, you are using IIS with Anonymous authentication disabled
 
 This tutorial explained how you can use Windows authentication in the context of an ASP.NET MVC application. You learned how to enable Windows authentication within your application's web configuration file and how to configure authentication with IIS. Finally, you learned how to use the &lt;Authorize&gt; attribute to restrict access to controller actions to particular Windows users or groups.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md)
-> [Next](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md)
+[Next](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md
index 8a9a22db98c9..5d45fdab90e3 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs.md
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Imagine that you enter the following text into the customer feedback form:
 
 [!code-html[Main](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs/samples/sample3.html)]
 
-This text represents a JavaScript script that displays an alert message box. After someone submits this script into the feedback form, the message <em>Boo!</em>will appear whenever anyone visits the customer feedback website in the future (see Figure 2).
+This text represents a JavaScript script that displays an alert message box. After someone submits this script into the feedback form, the message *Boo!*will appear whenever anyone visits the customer feedback website in the future (see Figure 2).
 
 
 [![JavaScript Injection](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs/_static/image5.png)](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-cs/_static/image4.png)
@@ -116,6 +116,6 @@ Why is this bad? If you ever need to display the database data in something othe
 
 The purpose of this tutorial was to scare you about the prospect of a JavaScript injection attack. This tutorial discussed two approaches for defending your ASP.NET MVC applications against JavaScript injection attacks: you can either HTML encode user submitted data in the view or you can HTML encode user submitted data in the controller.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md)
-> [Next](authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-cs.md)
+[Next](authenticating-users-with-forms-authentication-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb.md
index 03d1a125f692..87b1e08c770d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/security/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb.md
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Imagine that you enter the following text into the customer feedback form:
 
 [!code-html[Main](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb/samples/sample3.html)]
 
-This text represents a JavaScript script that displays an alert message box. After someone submits this script into the feedback form, the message <em>Boo!</em>will appear whenever anyone visits the customer feedback website in the future (see Figure 2).
+This text represents a JavaScript script that displays an alert message box. After someone submits this script into the feedback form, the message *Boo!*will appear whenever anyone visits the customer feedback website in the future (see Figure 2).
 
 
 [![JavaScript Injection](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb/_static/image5.png)](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks-vb/_static/image4.png)
@@ -116,5 +116,5 @@ Why is this bad? If you ever need to display the database data in something othe
 
 The purpose of this tutorial was to scare you about the prospect of a JavaScript injection attack. This tutorial discussed two approaches for defending your ASP.NET MVC applications against JavaScript injection attacks: you can either HTML encode user submitted data in the view or you can HTML encode user submitted data in the controller.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](authenticating-users-with-windows-authentication-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-cs.md
index b925bf9c497f..e1b6d9d58c94 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-cs.md
@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ Next, we examined how you can test the contents of `View Data`. You learned how
 
 Finally, we discussed how you can test whether different types of action results are returned from a controller action. You learned how to test whether a controller returns a `ViewResult` or a `RedirectToRouteResult`.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-vb.md
index b4935355093d..feb5fb44e684 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/unit-testing/creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-vb.md
@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ Next, we examined how you can test the contents of `View Data`. You learned how
 
 Finally, we discussed how you can test whether different types of action results are returned from a controller action. You learned how to test whether a controller returns a `ViewResult` or a `RedirectToRouteResult`.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-unit-tests-for-asp-net-mvc-applications-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-cs.md
index cf8ac7a8eb79..5e9bb0a39e4d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-cs.md
@@ -147,5 +147,5 @@ You also have the option of passing strongly typed view data from a controller t
 
 This tutorial provided a brief introduction to ASP.NET MVC views, view data, and HTML Helpers. In the first section, you learned how to add new views to your project. You learned that you must add a view to the right folder in order to call it from a particular controller. Next, we discussed the topic of HTML Helpers. You learned how HTML Helpers enable you to easily generate standard HTML content. Finally, you learned how to take advantage of view data to pass data from a controller to a view.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md
index 7add70de1cef..f5104b4cfa94 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md
@@ -147,6 +147,6 @@ You also have the option of passing strongly typed view data from a controller t
 
 This tutorial provided a brief introduction to ASP.NET MVC views, view data, and HTML Helpers. In the first section, you learned how to add new views to your project. You learned that you must add a view to the right folder in order to call it from a particular controller. Next, we discussed the topic of HTML Helpers. You learned how HTML Helpers enable you to easily generate standard HTML content. Finally, you learned how to take advantage of view data to pass data from a controller to a view.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md
index 8ed749bde3a1..d7b4d345ad39 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md
@@ -120,6 +120,6 @@ In this tutorial, you learned two methods of creating custom HTML Helpers. First
 
 In this tutorial, I focused on building an extremely simple HTML Helper method. Realize that an HTML Helper can be as complicated as you want. You can build HTML Helpers that render rich content such as tree views, menus, or tables of database data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-net-mvc-views-overview-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-net-mvc-views-overview-cs.md)
+[Next](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md
index 03fa18fed464..04144a936b1c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md
@@ -119,6 +119,6 @@ In this tutorial, you learned two methods of creating custom HTML Helpers. First
 
 In this tutorial, I focused on building an extremely simple HTML Helper method. Realize that an HTML Helper can be as complicated as you want. You can build HTML Helpers that render rich content such as tree views, menus, or tables of database data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md)
-> [Next](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md)
+[Next](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md
index 250d53265ca4..671419a5487b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md
@@ -138,6 +138,6 @@ The content view page in Listing 5 overrides the `<asp:ContentPlaceHolder>` tag
 
 This tutorial provided you with a basic introduction to view master pages and view content pages. You learned how to create new view master pages and create view content pages based on them. We also examined how you can modify the content of a view master page from a particular view content page.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md)
-> [Next](passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md)
+[Next](passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md
index 40dce76127e5..c8ac8c6cfd37 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md
@@ -138,6 +138,6 @@ The content view page in Listing 5 overrides the `<asp:ContentPlaceHolder>` tag
 
 This tutorial provided you with a basic introduction to view master pages and view content pages. You learned how to create new view master pages and create view content pages based on them. We also examined how you can modify the content of a view master page from a particular view content page.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md)
-> [Next](passing-data-to-view-master-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md)
+[Next](passing-data-to-view-master-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md
index 25e860c4bcea..3b54e3ba3b2c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-cs.md
@@ -110,6 +110,6 @@ In this tutorial, we discussed two approaches to passing view data from a contro
 
 Next, we examined a much better strategy for adding data required by a view master page to view data. Instead of adding the view data in each and every controller action, we added the view data only once within an Application controller. That way, you can avoid duplicate code when passing data to a view master page in an ASP.NET MVC application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md)
-> [Next](asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md)
+[Next](asp-net-mvc-views-overview-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-vb.md
index 0a41026dbe68..6c3885202f79 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/passing-data-to-view-master-pages-vb.md
@@ -112,5 +112,5 @@ In this tutorial, we discussed two approaches to passing view data from a contro
 
 Next, we examined a much better strategy for adding data required by a view master page to view data. Instead of adding the view data in each and every controller action, we added the view data only once within an Application controller. That way, you can avoid duplicate code when passing data to a view master page in an ASP.NET MVC application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md
index fca84eef7209..4e9db06b4d23 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs.md
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ Notice that you must import the namespace associated with the Image helper at th
 
 [!code-aspx[Main](using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-cs/samples/sample3.aspx)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-custom-html-helpers-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md
index 641de23e5ea6..8d09df70c314 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions-1/views/using-the-tagbuilder-class-to-build-html-helpers-vb.md
@@ -74,6 +74,6 @@ Notice that you must import the namespace associated with the Image helper at th
 
 In a Visual Basic application, the default namespace is the same as the name of the application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-custom-html-helpers-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-page-layouts-with-view-master-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features.md
index a3316b32b07a..acaf73398911 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features.md
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ The jQuery.Mobile.MVC NuGet package installs the following:
 - jQuery Mobile JavaScript files.
 - A jQuery Mobile-styled layout file (*Views\Shared\\_Layout.Mobile.cshtml*).
 - A view-switcher partial view *(MvcMobile\Views\Shared\\_ViewSwitcher.cshtml*) that provides a link at the top of each page to switch from desktop view to mobile view and vice versa.
-- Several<em>.png</em> and <em>.gif</em> image files in the <em>Content\images</em> folder.
+- Several*.png* and *.gif* image files in the *Content\images* folder.
 
 Open the *Global.asax* file and add the following code as the last line of the `Application_Start` method.
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ You can globally disable a default (non-mobile) view from rendering inside a mob
 
 [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features/samples/sample17.cshtml)]
 
-When `RequireConsistentDisplayMode` is set to `true`, the mobile layout (<em>\_Layout.Mobile.cshtml</em>) is used only for mobile views. (That is, the view file is of the form <em>**ViewName</em><em>.Mobile.cshtml</em>.) You might want to set `RequireConsistentDisplayMode` to `true` if your mobile layout doesn't work well with your non-mobile views. The screenshot below shows how the <em>Speakers</em> page renders when `RequireConsistentDisplayMode` is set to `true`.
+When `RequireConsistentDisplayMode` is set to `true`, the mobile layout (*\_Layout.Mobile.cshtml*) is used only for mobile views. (That is, the view file is of the form ***ViewName**.Mobile.cshtml*.) You might want to set `RequireConsistentDisplayMode` to `true` if your mobile layout doesn't work well with your non-mobile views. The screenshot below shows how the *Speakers* page renders when `RequireConsistentDisplayMode` is set to `true`.
 
 [![p3_speakersConsistent](aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features/_static/image33.png)](aspnet-mvc-4-mobile-features/_static/image32.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript.md
index 1372c72df05f..b8b76ecfae61 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript.md
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ In this tutorial you will not be using the ASP.NET membership provider, so you c
 
 ![Soln Exp](creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript/_static/image5.png)
 
-Edit the <em>\_Layout.cshtml</em> file and replace the markup inside the `<div>` element named `logindisplay` with the message <em>&quot;</em>Login Disabled&quot;. The following example shows the new markup:
+Edit the *\_Layout.cshtml* file and replace the markup inside the `<div>` element named `logindisplay` with the message *&quot;*Login Disabled&quot;. The following example shows the new markup:
 
 [!code-cshtml[Main](creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript/samples/sample1.cshtml)]
 
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Add the following `Details` method to the home controller:
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript/samples/sample8.cs)]
 
-Right-click inside the `Details` method and then select <strong>Add View</strong>. Verify that the <strong>View data class</strong> box contains <strong>Mvc3Razor.Models.UserModel</strong><em>.</em> Set <strong>View content</strong> to <strong>Details</strong> and then click <strong>Add</strong>.
+Right-click inside the `Details` method and then select **Add View**. Verify that the **View data class** box contains **Mvc3Razor.Models.UserModel***.* Set **View content** to **Details** and then click **Add**.
 
 ![Add details view](creating-a-mvc-3-application-with-razor-and-unobtrusive-javascript/_static/image11.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
index 5848d92e5df9..600b9cabe7dd 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
@@ -1,142 +1,142 @@
----
-uid: mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller
-title: "Accessing your Model's Data from a Controller (C#) | Microsoft Docs"
-author: Rick-Anderson
-description: "This tutorial will teach you the basics of building an ASP.NET MVC Web application using Microsoft Visual Web Developer 2010 Express Service Pack 1, which is..."
-ms.author: aspnetcontent
-manager: wpickett
-ms.date: 01/12/2011
-ms.topic: article
-ms.assetid: 002ada5c-f114-47ab-a441-57dbdb728ea0
-ms.technology: dotnet-mvc
-ms.prod: .net-framework
-msc.legacyurl: /mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller
-msc.type: authoredcontent
----
-Accessing your Model's Data from a Controller (C#)
-====================
-by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
-
-> > [!NOTE]
-> > An updated version of this tutorial is available [here](../../../getting-started/introduction/getting-started.md) that uses ASP.NET MVC 5 and Visual Studio 2013. It's more secure, much simpler to follow and demonstrates more features.
-> 
-> 
-> This tutorial will teach you the basics of building an ASP.NET MVC Web application using Microsoft Visual Web Developer 2010 Express Service Pack 1, which is a free version of Microsoft Visual Studio. Before you start, make sure you've installed the prerequisites listed below. You can install all of them by clicking the following link: [Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=VWD2010SP1Pack). Alternatively, you can individually install the prerequisites using the following links:
-> 
-> - [Visual Studio Web Developer Express SP1 prerequisites](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=VWD2010SP1Pack)
-> - [ASP.NET MVC 3 Tools Update](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appsxml=&amp;appid=MVC3)
-> - [SQL Server Compact 4.0](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=SQLCE;SQLCEVSTools_4_0)(runtime + tools support)
-> 
-> If you're using Visual Studio 2010 instead of Visual Web Developer 2010, install the prerequisites by clicking the following link: [Visual Studio 2010 prerequisites](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appsxml=&amp;appid=VS2010SP1Pack).
-> 
-> A Visual Web Developer project with C# source code is available to accompany this topic. [Download the C# version](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Introduction-to-MVC-3-10d1b098). If you prefer Visual Basic, switch to the [Visual Basic version](../vb/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md) of this tutorial.
-
-In this section, you'll create a new `MoviesController` class and write code that retrieves the movie data and displays it in the browser using a view template. Be sure to build your application before proceeding.
-
-Right-click the *Controllers* folder and create a new `MoviesController` controller. Select the following options:
-
-- Controller name: **MoviesController**. (This is the default. )
-- Template: **Controller with read/write actions and views, using Entity Framework**.
-- Model class: **Movie (MvcMovie.Models)**.
-- Data context class: **MovieDBContext (MvcMovie.Models)**.
-- Views: **Razor (CSHTML)**. (The default.)
-
-[![AddScaffoldedMovieController](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image2.png "AddScaffoldedMovieController")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image1.png)
-
-Click **Add**. Visual Web Developer creates the following files and folders:
-
-- *A MoviesController.cs* file in the project's *Controllers* folder.
-- A *Movies* folder in the project's *Views* folder.
-- *Create.cshtml, Delete.cshtml, Details.cshtml, Edit.cshtml*, and *Index.cshtml* in the new *Views\Movies* folder.
-
-[![NewMovieControllerScreenShot](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image4.png "NewMovieControllerScreenShot")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image3.png)
-
-The ASP.NET MVC 3 scaffolding mechanism automatically created the CRUD (create, read, update, and delete) action methods and views for you. You now have a fully functional web application that lets you create, list, edit, and delete movie entries.
-
-Run the application and browse to the `Movies` controller by appending */Movies* to the URL in the address bar of your browser. Because the application is relying on the default routing (defined in the *Global.asax* file), the browser request `http://localhost:xxxxx/Movies` is routed to the default `Index` action method of the `Movies` controller. In other words, the browser request `http://localhost:xxxxx/Movies` is effectively the same as the browser request `http://localhost:xxxxx/Movies/Index`. The result is an empty list of movies, because you haven't added any yet.
-
-![](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image5.png)
-
-### Creating a Movie
-
-Select the **Create New** link. Enter some details about a movie and then click the **Create** button.
-
-![](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image6.png)
-
-Clicking the **Create** button causes the form to be posted to the server, where the movie information is saved in the database. You're then redirected to the */Movies* URL, where you can see the newly created movie in the listing.
-
-[![IndexWhenHarryMet](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image8.png "IndexWhenHarryMet")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image7.png)
-
-Create a couple more movie entries. Try the **Edit**, **Details**, and **Delete** links, which are all functional.
-
-## Examining the Generated Code
-
-Open the *Controllers\MoviesController.cs* file and examine the generated `Index` method. A portion of the movie controller with the `Index` method is shown below.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample1.cs)]
-
-The following line from the `MoviesController` class instantiates a movie database context, as described previously. You can use the movie database context to query, edit, and delete movies.
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample2.cs)]
-
-A request to the `Movies` controller returns all the entries in the `Movies` table of the movie database and then passes the results to the `Index` view.
-
-## Strongly Typed Models and the @model Keyword
-
-Earlier in this tutorial, you saw how a controller can pass data or objects to a view template using the `ViewBag` object. The `ViewBag` is a dynamic object that provides a convenient late-bound way to pass information to a view.
-
-ASP.NET MVC also provides the ability to pass strongly typed data or objects to a view template. This strongly typed approach enables better compile-time checking of your code and richer IntelliSense in the Visual Web Developer editor. We're using this approach with the `MoviesController` class and *Index.cshtml* view template.
-
-Notice how the code creates a [`List`](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/6sh2ey19.aspx) object when it calls the `View` helper method in the `Index` action method. The code then passes this `Movies` list from the controller to the view:
-
-[!code-csharp[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample3.cs)]
-
-By including a `@model` statement at the top of the view template file, you can specify the type of object that the view expects. When you created the movie controller, Visual Web Developer automatically included the following `@model` statement at the top of the *Index.cshtml* file:
-
-[!code-cshtml[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample4.cshtml)]
-
-This `@model` directive allows you to access the list of movies that the controller passed to the view by using a `Model` object that's strongly typed. For example, in the *Index.cshtml* template, the code loops through the movies by doing a `foreach` statement over the strongly typed `Model` object:
-
-[!code-cshtml[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample5.cshtml)]
-
-Because the `Model` object is strongly typed (as an `IEnumerable<Movie>` object), each `item` object in the loop is typed as `Movie`. Among other benefits, this means that you get compile-time checking of the code and full IntelliSense support in the code editor:
-
-[![ModelIntellisene](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image10.png "ModelIntellisene")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image9.png)
-
-## Working with SQL Server Compact
-
-Entity Framework Code First detected that the database connection string that was provided pointed to a `Movies` database that didn't exist yet, so Code First created the database automatically. You can verify that it's been created by looking in the *App\_Data* folder. If you don't see the *Movies.sdf* file, click the **Show All Files** button in the **Solution Explorer** toolbar, click the **Refresh** button, and then expand the *App\_Data* folder.
-
-[![SDF_in_SolnExp](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image12.png "SDF_in_SolnExp")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image11.png)
-
-Double-click *Movies.sdf* to open **Server Explorer**. Then expand the **Tables** folder to see the tables that have been created in the database.
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you get an error when you double-click *Movies.sdf*, make sure you've installed [SQL Server Compact 4.0](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=SQLCE;SQLCEVSTools_4_0)(runtime + tools support). (For links to the software, see the list of prerequisites in part 1 of this tutorial series.) If you install the release now, you'll have to close and re-open Visual Web Developer.
-
-
-[![DB_explorer](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image14.png "DB_explorer")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image13.png)
-
-There are two tables, one for the `Movie` entity set and then the `EdmMetadata` table. The `EdmMetadata` table is used by the Entity Framework to determine when the model and the database are out of sync.
-
-Right-click the `Movies` table and select **Show Table Data** to see the data you created.
-
-[![MoviesTable](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image16.png "MoviesTable")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image15.png)
-
-Right-click the `Movies` table and select **Edit Table Schema**.
-
-[![EditTableSchema](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image18.png "EditTableSchema")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image17.png)
-
-[![TableSchemaSM](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image20.png "TableSchemaSM")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image19.png)
-
-Notice how the schema of the `Movies` table maps to the `Movie` class you created earlier. Entity Framework Code First automatically created this schema for you based on your `Movie` class.
-
-When you're finished, close the connection. (If you don't close the connection, you might get an error the next time you run the project).
-
-[![CloseConnection](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image22.png "CloseConnection")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image21.png)
-
-You now have the database and a simple listing page to display content from it. In the next tutorial, we'll examine the rest of the scaffolded code and add a `SearchIndex` method and a `SearchIndex` view that lets you search for movies in this database.
-
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-model.md)
-> [Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+---
+uid: mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller
+title: "Accessing your Model's Data from a Controller (C#) | Microsoft Docs"
+author: Rick-Anderson
+description: "This tutorial will teach you the basics of building an ASP.NET MVC Web application using Microsoft Visual Web Developer 2010 Express Service Pack 1, which is..."
+ms.author: aspnetcontent
+manager: wpickett
+ms.date: 01/12/2011
+ms.topic: article
+ms.assetid: 002ada5c-f114-47ab-a441-57dbdb728ea0
+ms.technology: dotnet-mvc
+ms.prod: .net-framework
+msc.legacyurl: /mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller
+msc.type: authoredcontent
+---
+Accessing your Model's Data from a Controller (C#)
+====================
+by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
+
+> > [!NOTE]
+> > An updated version of this tutorial is available [here](../../../getting-started/introduction/getting-started.md) that uses ASP.NET MVC 5 and Visual Studio 2013. It's more secure, much simpler to follow and demonstrates more features.
+> 
+> 
+> This tutorial will teach you the basics of building an ASP.NET MVC Web application using Microsoft Visual Web Developer 2010 Express Service Pack 1, which is a free version of Microsoft Visual Studio. Before you start, make sure you've installed the prerequisites listed below. You can install all of them by clicking the following link: [Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=VWD2010SP1Pack). Alternatively, you can individually install the prerequisites using the following links:
+> 
+> - [Visual Studio Web Developer Express SP1 prerequisites](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=VWD2010SP1Pack)
+> - [ASP.NET MVC 3 Tools Update](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appsxml=&amp;appid=MVC3)
+> - [SQL Server Compact 4.0](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=SQLCE;SQLCEVSTools_4_0)(runtime + tools support)
+> 
+> If you're using Visual Studio 2010 instead of Visual Web Developer 2010, install the prerequisites by clicking the following link: [Visual Studio 2010 prerequisites](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appsxml=&amp;appid=VS2010SP1Pack).
+> 
+> A Visual Web Developer project with C# source code is available to accompany this topic. [Download the C# version](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Introduction-to-MVC-3-10d1b098). If you prefer Visual Basic, switch to the [Visual Basic version](../vb/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md) of this tutorial.
+
+In this section, you'll create a new `MoviesController` class and write code that retrieves the movie data and displays it in the browser using a view template. Be sure to build your application before proceeding.
+
+Right-click the *Controllers* folder and create a new `MoviesController` controller. Select the following options:
+
+- Controller name: **MoviesController**. (This is the default. )
+- Template: **Controller with read/write actions and views, using Entity Framework**.
+- Model class: **Movie (MvcMovie.Models)**.
+- Data context class: **MovieDBContext (MvcMovie.Models)**.
+- Views: **Razor (CSHTML)**. (The default.)
+
+[![AddScaffoldedMovieController](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image2.png "AddScaffoldedMovieController")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image1.png)
+
+Click **Add**. Visual Web Developer creates the following files and folders:
+
+- *A MoviesController.cs* file in the project's *Controllers* folder.
+- A *Movies* folder in the project's *Views* folder.
+- *Create.cshtml, Delete.cshtml, Details.cshtml, Edit.cshtml*, and *Index.cshtml* in the new *Views\Movies* folder.
+
+[![NewMovieControllerScreenShot](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image4.png "NewMovieControllerScreenShot")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image3.png)
+
+The ASP.NET MVC 3 scaffolding mechanism automatically created the CRUD (create, read, update, and delete) action methods and views for you. You now have a fully functional web application that lets you create, list, edit, and delete movie entries.
+
+Run the application and browse to the `Movies` controller by appending */Movies* to the URL in the address bar of your browser. Because the application is relying on the default routing (defined in the *Global.asax* file), the browser request `http://localhost:xxxxx/Movies` is routed to the default `Index` action method of the `Movies` controller. In other words, the browser request `http://localhost:xxxxx/Movies` is effectively the same as the browser request `http://localhost:xxxxx/Movies/Index`. The result is an empty list of movies, because you haven't added any yet.
+
+![](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image5.png)
+
+### Creating a Movie
+
+Select the **Create New** link. Enter some details about a movie and then click the **Create** button.
+
+![](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image6.png)
+
+Clicking the **Create** button causes the form to be posted to the server, where the movie information is saved in the database. You're then redirected to the */Movies* URL, where you can see the newly created movie in the listing.
+
+[![IndexWhenHarryMet](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image8.png "IndexWhenHarryMet")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image7.png)
+
+Create a couple more movie entries. Try the **Edit**, **Details**, and **Delete** links, which are all functional.
+
+## Examining the Generated Code
+
+Open the *Controllers\MoviesController.cs* file and examine the generated `Index` method. A portion of the movie controller with the `Index` method is shown below.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample1.cs)]
+
+The following line from the `MoviesController` class instantiates a movie database context, as described previously. You can use the movie database context to query, edit, and delete movies.
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample2.cs)]
+
+A request to the `Movies` controller returns all the entries in the `Movies` table of the movie database and then passes the results to the `Index` view.
+
+## Strongly Typed Models and the @model Keyword
+
+Earlier in this tutorial, you saw how a controller can pass data or objects to a view template using the `ViewBag` object. The `ViewBag` is a dynamic object that provides a convenient late-bound way to pass information to a view.
+
+ASP.NET MVC also provides the ability to pass strongly typed data or objects to a view template. This strongly typed approach enables better compile-time checking of your code and richer IntelliSense in the Visual Web Developer editor. We're using this approach with the `MoviesController` class and *Index.cshtml* view template.
+
+Notice how the code creates a [`List`](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/6sh2ey19.aspx) object when it calls the `View` helper method in the `Index` action method. The code then passes this `Movies` list from the controller to the view:
+
+[!code-csharp[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample3.cs)]
+
+By including a `@model` statement at the top of the view template file, you can specify the type of object that the view expects. When you created the movie controller, Visual Web Developer automatically included the following `@model` statement at the top of the *Index.cshtml* file:
+
+[!code-cshtml[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample4.cshtml)]
+
+This `@model` directive allows you to access the list of movies that the controller passed to the view by using a `Model` object that's strongly typed. For example, in the *Index.cshtml* template, the code loops through the movies by doing a `foreach` statement over the strongly typed `Model` object:
+
+[!code-cshtml[Main](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/samples/sample5.cshtml)]
+
+Because the `Model` object is strongly typed (as an `IEnumerable<Movie>` object), each `item` object in the loop is typed as `Movie`. Among other benefits, this means that you get compile-time checking of the code and full IntelliSense support in the code editor:
+
+[![ModelIntellisene](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image10.png "ModelIntellisene")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image9.png)
+
+## Working with SQL Server Compact
+
+Entity Framework Code First detected that the database connection string that was provided pointed to a `Movies` database that didn't exist yet, so Code First created the database automatically. You can verify that it's been created by looking in the *App\_Data* folder. If you don't see the *Movies.sdf* file, click the **Show All Files** button in the **Solution Explorer** toolbar, click the **Refresh** button, and then expand the *App\_Data* folder.
+
+[![SDF_in_SolnExp](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image12.png "SDF_in_SolnExp")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image11.png)
+
+Double-click *Movies.sdf* to open **Server Explorer**. Then expand the **Tables** folder to see the tables that have been created in the database.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> If you get an error when you double-click *Movies.sdf*, make sure you've installed [SQL Server Compact 4.0](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appid=SQLCE;SQLCEVSTools_4_0)(runtime + tools support). (For links to the software, see the list of prerequisites in part 1 of this tutorial series.) If you install the release now, you'll have to close and re-open Visual Web Developer.
+
+
+[![DB_explorer](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image14.png "DB_explorer")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image13.png)
+
+There are two tables, one for the `Movie` entity set and then the `EdmMetadata` table. The `EdmMetadata` table is used by the Entity Framework to determine when the model and the database are out of sync.
+
+Right-click the `Movies` table and select **Show Table Data** to see the data you created.
+
+[![MoviesTable](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image16.png "MoviesTable")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image15.png)
+
+Right-click the `Movies` table and select **Edit Table Schema**.
+
+[![EditTableSchema](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image18.png "EditTableSchema")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image17.png)
+
+[![TableSchemaSM](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image20.png "TableSchemaSM")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image19.png)
+
+Notice how the schema of the `Movies` table maps to the `Movie` class you created earlier. Entity Framework Code First automatically created this schema for you based on your `Movie` class.
+
+When you're finished, close the connection. (If you don't close the connection, you might get an error the next time you run the project).
+
+[![CloseConnection](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image22.png "CloseConnection")](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller/_static/image21.png)
+
+You now have the database and a simple listing page to display content from it. In the next tutorial, we'll examine the rest of the scaffolded code and add a `SearchIndex` method and a `SearchIndex` view that lets you search for movies in this database.
+
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-model.md)
+[Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-controller.md
index 5915005ef189..804931adf976 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-controller.md
@@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ Run your application and browse to the example URL (`http://localhost:xxxx/Hello
 
 In both these examples the controller has been doing the "VC" portion of MVC — that is, the view and controller work. The controller is returning HTML directly. Ordinarily you don't want controllers returning HTML directly, since that becomes very cumbersome to code. Instead we'll typically use a separate view template file to help generate the HTML response. Let's look next at how we can do this.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md)
+[Next](adding-a-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-model.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-model.md
index 6cd5d6ac4fa1..ad56de60b041 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-model.md
@@ -86,6 +86,6 @@ This small amount of code and XML is everything you need to write in order to re
 
 Next, you'll build a new `MoviesController` class that you can use to display the movie data and allow users to create new movie listings.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-view.md)
-> [Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-view.md)
+[Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-new-field.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-new-field.md
index c35d7269ab56..1fdd6f059e13 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-new-field.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-new-field.md
@@ -128,6 +128,6 @@ Click **Create**. The new movie, including the rating, now shows up in the movie
 
 In this section you saw how you can modify model objects and keep the database in sync with the changes. You also learned a way to populate a newly created database with sample data so you can try out scenarios. Next, let's look at how you can add richer validation logic to the model classes and enable some business rules to be enforced.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+[Next](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-view.md
index dcc1e9b82598..edc01017e7f5 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-a-view.md
@@ -136,6 +136,6 @@ Now data is taken from the URL and passed to the controller automatically. The c
 
 Well, that was a kind of an "M" for model, but not the database kind. Let's take what we've learned and create a database of movies.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-a-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-validation-to-the-model.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
index 20d30ddee008..465c5f4ef97a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
@@ -122,6 +122,6 @@ Run the application and browse to the `Movies` controller.
 
 In the next part of the series, we'll review the application and make some improvements to the automatically generated `Details` and `Delete` methods.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-new-field.md)
-> [Next](improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-new-field.md)
+[Next](improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
index 11a81fa2ece7..a976bc59dba1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
@@ -215,6 +215,6 @@ Run the application and browse to */Movies/SearchIndex*. Try a search by genre,
 
 In this section you examined the CRUD action methods and views generated by the framework. You created a search action method and view that let users search by movie title and genre. In the next section, you'll look at how to add a property to the `Movie` model and how to add an initializer that will automatically create a test database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-new-field.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-a-new-field.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
index a3ff55c9d906..ecb5c1039335 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The `HttpPost` method that deletes the data is named `DeleteConfirmed` to give t
 
 The common language runtime (CLR) requires overloaded methods to have a unique signature (same name, different list of parameters). However, here you need two Delete methods -- one for GET and one for POST -- that both require the same signature. (They both need to accept a single integer as a parameter.)
 
-To sort this out, you can do a couple of things. One is to give the methods different names. That's what we did in he preceding example. However, this introduces a small problem: ASP.NET maps segments of a URL to action methods by name, and if you rename a method, routing normally wouldn't be able to find that method. The solution is what you see in the example, which is to add the `ActionName("Delete")` attribute to the `DeleteConfirmed` method. This effectively performs mapping for the routing system so that a URL that includes <em>/Delete/</em>for a POST request will find the `DeleteConfirmed` method.
+To sort this out, you can do a couple of things. One is to give the methods different names. That's what we did in he preceding example. However, this introduces a small problem: ASP.NET maps segments of a URL to action methods by name, and if you rename a method, routing normally wouldn't be able to find that method. The solution is what you see in the example, which is to add the `ActionName("Delete")` attribute to the `DeleteConfirmed` method. This effectively performs mapping for the routing system so that a URL that includes */Delete/*for a POST request will find the `DeleteConfirmed` method.
 
 Another way to avoid a problem with methods that have identical names and signatures is to artificially change the signature of the POST method to include an unused parameter. For example, some developers add a parameter type `FormCollection` that is passed to the POST method, and then simply don't use the parameter:
 
@@ -82,5 +82,5 @@ Enjoy!
 
 — Scott Hanselman ([http://hanselman.com](http://hanselman.com) and [@shanselman](http://twitter.com/shanselman) on Twitter) and Rick Anderson [blogs.msdn.com/rickAndy](https://blogs.msdn.com/rickAndy)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md
index f338962182c8..e1a60f0ccfcc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/cs/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md
@@ -86,5 +86,5 @@ F5 causes Visual Web Developer to start a development web server and run your we
 
 Right out of the box this default template gives you two pages to visit and a basic login page. The next step is to change how this application works and learn a little bit about ASP.NET MVC in the process. Close your browser and let's change some code.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
index 1c7b9b09e634..5f1b3dd52da7 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
@@ -134,6 +134,6 @@ When you're finished, close the connection. (If you don't close the connection,
 
 You now have the database and a simple listing page to display content from it. In the next tutorial, we'll examine the rest of the scaffolded code and add a `SearchIndex` method and a `SearchIndex` view that lets you search for movies in this database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-model.md)
-> [Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-model.md)
+[Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-controller.md
index 61ff5d1d48fa..bf3967ecc5c5 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-controller.md
@@ -74,6 +74,6 @@ Run your application and browse to `http://localhost:xxxx/HelloWorld/Welcome?nam
 
 In both these examples the controller has been doing the VC portion of MVC — that is the view and controller work. The controller is returning HTML directly. Ordinarily we don't want controllers returning HTML directly, since that becomes very cumbersome to code. Instead we'll typically use a separate view template file to help generate the HTML response. Let's look at how we can do this.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md)
+[Next](adding-a-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-model.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-model.md
index 28f7ae2a2501..8692f7f9d0cd 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-model.md
@@ -84,6 +84,6 @@ This small amount of code and XML is everything you need to write in order to re
 
 Next, you'll build a new `MoviesController` class that you can use to display the movie data and allow users to create new movie listings.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-view.md)
-> [Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-view.md)
+[Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-new-field.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-new-field.md
index 1387750aeba2..8dcc7fa9a0a1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-new-field.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-new-field.md
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Recompile the application using the **Debug** &gt;**Build Movie** menu command.
 
 Now that you've updated the `Model` class, you also need to update the *\Views\Movies\Index.vbhtml* and *\Views\Movies\Create.vbhtml* view templates in order to support the new `Rating` property.
 
-Open the<em>\Views\Movies\Index.vbhtml</em> file and add a `<th>Rating</th>` column heading just after the <strong>Price</strong> column. Then add a `<td>` column near the end of the template to render the `@item.Rating` value. Below is what the updated <em>Index.vbhtml</em> view template looks like:
+Open the*\Views\Movies\Index.vbhtml* file and add a `<th>Rating</th>` column heading just after the **Price** column. Then add a `<td>` column near the end of the template to render the `@item.Rating` value. Below is what the updated *Index.vbhtml* view template looks like:
 
 [!code-vbhtml[Main](adding-a-new-field/samples/sample3.vbhtml)]
 
@@ -118,6 +118,6 @@ Click **Create**. The new movie, including the rating, now shows up in the movie
 
 In this section you saw how you can modify model objects and keep the database in sync with the changes. You also learned a way to populate a newly created database with sample data so you can try out scenarios. Next, let's look at how you can add richer validation logic to the model classes and enable some business rules to be enforced.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+[Next](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-view.md
index 01a74bbfddc4..29590aec9e72 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-a-view.md
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Here's what your **Add View** dialog box looks like.
 
 [![3AddWelcomeView](adding-a-view/_static/image12.png "3AddWelcomeView")](adding-a-view/_static/image11.png)
 
-Add the following code under the `<h2>` element in the new <em>Welcome.</em>vbhtml file. We'll make a loop and say &quot;Hello&quot; as many times as the user says we should!
+Add the following code under the `<h2>` element in the new *Welcome.*vbhtml file. We'll make a loop and say &quot;Hello&quot; as many times as the user says we should!
 
 [!code-vbhtml[Main](adding-a-view/samples/sample8.vbhtml)]
 
@@ -118,6 +118,6 @@ Now data is taken from the URL and passed to the controller automatically. The c
 
 Well, that was a kind of an &quot;M&quot; for model, but not the database kind. Let's take what we've learned and create a database of movies.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-a-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-validation-to-the-model.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
index 93f57f160776..ebf57406c648 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
@@ -118,6 +118,6 @@ Run the application and browse to the `Movies` controller.
 
 In the next part of the series, we'll review the application and make some improvements to the automatically generated `Details` and `Delete` methods..
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-new-field.md)
-> [Next](improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-new-field.md)
+[Next](improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
index 3cc8cb4c229e..114bac570656 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
@@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ Run the application and browse to */Movies/SearchIndex*. Try a search by genre,
 
 In this section you examined the CRUD action methods and views generated by the framework. You created a search action method and view that let users search by movie title and genre. In the next section, you'll look at how to add a property to the `Movie` model and how to add an initializer that will automatically create a test database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-new-field.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-a-new-field.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
index ca7241cf21fa..7f97a716612b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/improving-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ The `HttpPost` method that deletes the data is named `DeleteConfirmed` to give t
 
 The common language runtime (CLR) requires overloaded methods to have a unique signature (same name, different list of parameters). However, here you need two Delete methods -- one for GET and one for POST -- that both require the same signature. (They both need to accept a single integer as a parameter.)
 
-To sort this out, you can do a couple of things. One is to give the methods different names. That's what we did in he preceding example. However, this introduces a small problem: ASP.NET maps segments of a URL to action methods by name, and if you rename a method, routing normally wouldn't be able to find that method. The solution is what you see in the example, which is to add the `ActionName("Delete")` attribute to the `DeleteConfirmed` method. This effectively performs mapping for the routing system so that a URL that includes <em>/Delete/</em>for a POST request will find the `DeleteConfirmed` method.
+To sort this out, you can do a couple of things. One is to give the methods different names. That's what we did in he preceding example. However, this introduces a small problem: ASP.NET maps segments of a URL to action methods by name, and if you rename a method, routing normally wouldn't be able to find that method. The solution is what you see in the example, which is to add the `ActionName("Delete")` attribute to the `DeleteConfirmed` method. This effectively performs mapping for the routing system so that a URL that includes */Delete/*for a POST request will find the `DeleteConfirmed` method.
 
 Another way to avoid a problem with methods that have identical names and signatures is to artificially change the signature of the POST method to include an unused parameter. For example, some developers add a parameter type `FormCollection` that is passed to the POST method, and then simply don't use the parameter:
 
@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ Enjoy!
 
 — Scott Hanselman ([http://hanselman.com](http://hanselman.com) and [@shanselman](http://twitter.com/shanselman) on Twitter) and Rick Anderson [blogs.msdn.com/rickAndy](https://blogs.msdn.com/rickAndy)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md
index d9ad31725b2d..93988674b08a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc3/vb/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-3.md
@@ -92,5 +92,5 @@ F5 causes Visual Web Developer to start a development web server and run your we
 
 Out of the box this default template gives you two pages to visit and a basic login page. Let's change how this application works and learn a little bit about ASP.NET MVC in the process. Close your browser and let's change some code.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
index e1a24da0018a..318bfaee3c0e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md
@@ -146,6 +146,6 @@ When you're finished, close the connection by right clicking *MovieDBContext* an
 
 You now have the database and a simple listing page to display content from it. In the next tutorial, we'll examine the rest of the scaffolded code and add a `SearchIndex` method and a `SearchIndex` view that lets you search for movies in this database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-model.md)
-> [Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-model.md)
+[Next](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-controller.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-controller.md
index 52bb6723e009..e6ed72fca0d2 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-controller.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-controller.md
@@ -69,6 +69,6 @@ Run your application and browse to the example URL (`http://localhost:xxxx/Hello
 
 In both these examples the controller has been doing the &quot;VC&quot; portion of MVC — that is, the view and controller work. The controller is returning HTML directly. Ordinarily you don't want controllers returning HTML directly, since that becomes very cumbersome to code. Instead we'll typically use a separate view template file to help generate the HTML response. Let's look next at how we can do this.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-mvc-4.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-mvc-4.md)
+[Next](adding-a-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-model.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-model.md
index 93d476aabb59..13c79c68b301 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-model.md
@@ -73,6 +73,6 @@ This small amount of code and XML is everything you need to write in order to re
 
 Next, you'll build a new `MoviesController` class that you can use to display the movie data and allow users to create new movie listings.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-view.md)
-> [Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-view.md)
+[Next](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md
index d0b53dfbb9e2..bc7ba8ba7ffc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Build the application using the **Build** &gt;**Build Movie** menu command or by
 
 Now that you've updated the `Model` class, you also need to update the *\Views\Movies\Index.cshtml* and *\Views\Movies\Create.cshtml* view templates in order to display the new `Rating` property in the browser view.
 
-Open the<em>\Views\Movies\Index.cshtml</em> file and add a `<th>Rating</th>` column heading just after the <strong>Price</strong> column. Then add a `<td>` column near the end of the template to render the `@item.Rating` value. Below is what the updated <em>Index.cshtml</em> view template looks like:
+Open the*\Views\Movies\Index.cshtml* file and add a `<th>Rating</th>` column heading just after the **Price** column. Then add a `<td>` column near the end of the template to render the `@item.Rating` value. Below is what the updated *Index.cshtml* view template looks like:
 
 [!code-cshtml[Main](adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table/samples/sample5.cshtml?highlight=26-28,46-48)]
 
@@ -168,6 +168,6 @@ You could enter the "update-database" command in the **Package Manager Console**
 
 In this section you saw how you can modify model objects and keep the database in sync with the changes. You also learned a way to populate a newly created database with sample data so you can try out scenarios. Next, let's look at how you can add richer validation logic to the model classes and enable some business rules to be enforced.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md)
+[Next](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-view.md
index 61516c4b0f12..050c48c57551 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-a-view.md
@@ -143,6 +143,6 @@ In the sample above, we used a `ViewBag` object to pass data from the controller
 
 Well, that was a kind of an &quot;M&quot; for model, but not the database kind. Let's take what we've learned and create a database of movies.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-a-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-validation-to-the-model.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
index 44b72959af39..e1d98517652d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/adding-validation-to-the-model.md
@@ -160,6 +160,6 @@ The image below shows the same data displayed with the default culture (English
 
 In the next part of the series, we'll review the application and make some improvements to the automatically generated `Details` and `Delete` methods.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md)
-> [Next](examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md)
+[Next](examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
index 2844f63cc143..2d842b6b89d2 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-details-and-delete-methods.md
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The `HttpPost` method that deletes the data is named `DeleteConfirmed` to give t
 
 The common language runtime (CLR) requires overloaded methods to have a unique parameter signature (same method name but different list of parameters). However, here you need two Delete methods -- one for GET and one for POST -- that both have the same parameter signature. (They both need to accept a single integer as a parameter.)
 
-To sort this out, you can do a couple of things. One is to give the methods different names. That's what the scaffolding mechanism did in the preceding example. However, this introduces a small problem: ASP.NET maps segments of a URL to action methods by name, and if you rename a method, routing normally wouldn't be able to find that method. The solution is what you see in the example, which is to add the `ActionName("Delete")` attribute to the `DeleteConfirmed` method. This effectively performs mapping for the routing system so that a URL that includes <em>/Delete/</em>for a POST request will find the `DeleteConfirmed` method.
+To sort this out, you can do a couple of things. One is to give the methods different names. That's what the scaffolding mechanism did in the preceding example. However, this introduces a small problem: ASP.NET maps segments of a URL to action methods by name, and if you rename a method, routing normally wouldn't be able to find that method. The solution is what you see in the example, which is to add the `ActionName("Delete")` attribute to the `DeleteConfirmed` method. This effectively performs mapping for the routing system so that a URL that includes */Delete/*for a POST request will find the `DeleteConfirmed` method.
 
 Another common way to avoid a problem with methods that have identical names and signatures is to artificially change the signature of the POST method to include an unused parameter. For example, some developers add a parameter type `FormCollection` that is passed to the POST method, and then simply don't use the parameter:
 
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ Feedback is welcome.
 — [Rick Anderson](https://blogs.msdn.com/rickAndy) twitter: [@RickAndMSFT](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)  
 — [Scott Hanselman](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/) twitter: [@shanselman](https://twitter.com/shanselman)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation-to-the-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
index 0e15d7c960f8..20419c45b1b7 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/examining-the-edit-methods-and-edit-view.md
@@ -207,6 +207,6 @@ Run the application and browse to */Movies/SearchIndex*. Try a search by genre,
 
 In this section you examined the CRUD action methods and views generated by the framework. You created a search action method and view that let users search by movie title and genre. In the next section, you'll look at how to add a property to the `Movie` model and how to add an initializer that will automatically create a test database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](accessing-your-models-data-from-a-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-a-new-field-to-the-movie-model-and-table.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-4.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-4.md
index 71eef4a65df0..625463ebe4ac 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-aspnet-mvc4/intro-to-aspnet-mvc-4.md
@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@ F5 causes Visual Studio to start IIS Express and run your web application. Visua
 
 Right out of the box this default template gives you Home, Contact and About pages. It also provides support to register and log in, and links to Facebook and Twitter. The next step is to change how this application works and learn a little bit about ASP.NET MVC. Close your browser and let's change some code.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-a-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-a-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md
index 8268f94753df..95ce259f0d97 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md
@@ -331,6 +331,6 @@ Solution:
 
 Check connection string. If you have manually deleted the database, change the name of the database in the construction string.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads.md
index 32266a1f25b4..be927625668b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads.md
@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@ by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
     ![](building-the-ef5-mvc4-chapter-downloads/_static/image5.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index af04ad6fc754..d82a6c625440 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ The foreign key and navigation properties reflect the following relationships:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample23.cs)]
 
-  > [!NOTE]
-  > By convention, the Entity Framework enables cascade delete for non-nullable foreign keys and for many-to-many relationships. This can result in circular cascade delete rules, which will cause an exception when your initializer code runs. For example, if you didn't define the `Department.InstructorID` property as nullable, you'd get the following exception message when the initializer runs: "The referential relationship will result in a cyclical reference that's not allowed." If your business rules required `InstructorID` property as non-nullable, you would have to use the following fluent API to disable cascade delete on the relationship: 
+ > [!NOTE]
+ > By convention, the Entity Framework enables cascade delete for non-nullable foreign keys and for many-to-many relationships. This can result in circular cascade delete rules, which will cause an exception when your initializer code runs. For example, if you didn't define the `Department.InstructorID` property as nullable, you'd get the following exception message when the initializer runs: "The referential relationship will result in a cyclical reference that's not allowed." If your business rules required `InstructorID` property as non-nullable, you would have to use the following fluent API to disable cascade delete on the relationship: 
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample24.cs)]
 
@@ -394,6 +394,6 @@ You now have a more complex data model and corresponding database. In the follow
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 89033272d0dd..af14b6b541b1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -306,29 +306,29 @@ The next step is to create an ASP.NET MVC controller and views in your applicati
 
 1. To create a `Student` controller, right-click the **Controllers** folder in **Solution Explorer**, select **Add**, and then click **Controller**. In the **Add Controller** dialog box, make the following selections and then click **Add**: 
 
-   - Controller name: **StudentController**.
-   - Template: **MVC controller with read/write actions and views, using Entity Framework**.
-   - Model class: **Student (ContosoUniversity.Models)**. (If you don't see this option in the drop-down list, build the project and try again.)
-   - Data context class: **SchoolContext (ContosoUniversity.Models)**.
-   - Views: **Razor (CSHTML)**. (The default.)
+    - Controller name: **StudentController**.
+    - Template: **MVC controller with read/write actions and views, using Entity Framework**.
+    - Model class: **Student (ContosoUniversity.Models)**. (If you don't see this option in the drop-down list, build the project and try again.)
+    - Data context class: **SchoolContext (ContosoUniversity.Models)**.
+    - Views: **Razor (CSHTML)**. (The default.)
 
-     ![Add_Controller_dialog_box_for_Student_controller](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image20.png)
-2. Visual Studio opens the *Controllers\StudentController.cs* file. You see a class variable has been created that instantiates a database context object:
+    ![Add_Controller_dialog_box_for_Student_controller](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image20.png)
+- Visual Studio opens the *Controllers\StudentController.cs* file. You see a class variable has been created that instantiates a database context object:
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample16.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample16.cs)]
 
-     The `Index` action method gets a list of students from the *Students* entity set by reading the `Students` property of the database context instance:
+    The `Index` action method gets a list of students from the *Students* entity set by reading the `Students` property of the database context instance:
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample17.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample17.cs)]
 
-     The *Student\Index.cshtml* view displays this list in a table:
+    The *Student\Index.cshtml* view displays this list in a table:
 
-     [!code-cshtml[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample18.cshtml)]
-3. Press CTRL+F5 to run the project.
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample18.cshtml)]
+- Press CTRL+F5 to run the project.
 
-     Click the **Students** tab to see the test data that the `Seed` method inserted.
+    Click the **Students** tab to see the test data that the `Seed` method inserted.
 
-     ![Student Index page](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image21.png)
+    ![Student Index page](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image21.png)
 
 ## Conventions
 
@@ -346,5 +346,5 @@ You've now created a simple application that uses the Entity Framework and SQL S
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 0d9fd46d47a9..f3c3eab49fcc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -229,6 +229,6 @@ This completes the introduction to handling concurrency conflicts. For informati
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 6d10d6d7b474..9b031cc3d86e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -167,27 +167,27 @@ You'll add a `try-catch` block to the `HttpPost` `Delete` method to handle any e
     [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample9.cs)]
 
     This code accepts an [optional](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd264739.aspx) Boolean parameter that indicates whether it was called after a failure to save changes. This parameter is `false` when the `HttpGet` `Delete` method is called without a previous failure. When it is called by the `HttpPost` `Delete` method in response to a database update error, the parameter is `true` and an error message is passed to the view.
-2. Replace the `HttpPost` `Delete` action method (named `DeleteConfirmed`) with the following code, which performs the actual delete operation and catches any database update errors.
+- Replace the `HttpPost` `Delete` action method (named `DeleteConfirmed`) with the following code, which performs the actual delete operation and catches any database update errors.
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample10.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample10.cs)]
 
-     This code retrieves the selected entity, then calls the [Remove](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.dbset.remove(v=vs.103).aspx) method to set the entity's status to `Deleted`. When `SaveChanges` is called, a SQL `DELETE` command is generated. You have also changed the action method name from `DeleteConfirmed` to `Delete`. The scaffolded code named the `HttpPost` `Delete` method `DeleteConfirmed` to give the `HttpPost` method a unique signature. ( The CLR requires overloaded methods to have different method parameters.) Now that the signatures are unique, you can stick with the MVC convention and use the same name for the `HttpPost` and `HttpGet` delete methods.
+    This code retrieves the selected entity, then calls the [Remove](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.dbset.remove(v=vs.103).aspx) method to set the entity's status to `Deleted`. When `SaveChanges` is called, a SQL `DELETE` command is generated. You have also changed the action method name from `DeleteConfirmed` to `Delete`. The scaffolded code named the `HttpPost` `Delete` method `DeleteConfirmed` to give the `HttpPost` method a unique signature. ( The CLR requires overloaded methods to have different method parameters.) Now that the signatures are unique, you can stick with the MVC convention and use the same name for the `HttpPost` and `HttpGet` delete methods.
 
-     If improving performance in a high-volume application is a priority, you could avoid an unnecessary SQL query to retrieve the row by replacing the lines of code that call the `Find` and `Remove` methods with the following code as shown in yellow highlight:
+    If improving performance in a high-volume application is a priority, you could avoid an unnecessary SQL query to retrieve the row by replacing the lines of code that call the `Find` and `Remove` methods with the following code as shown in yellow highlight:
 
-     [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample11.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample11.cs)]
 
-     This code instantiates a `Student` entity using only the primary key value and then sets the entity state to `Deleted`. That's all that the Entity Framework needs in order to delete the entity.
+    This code instantiates a `Student` entity using only the primary key value and then sets the entity state to `Deleted`. That's all that the Entity Framework needs in order to delete the entity.
 
-     As noted, the `HttpGet` `Delete` method doesn't delete the data. Performing a delete operation in response to a GET request (or for that matter, performing any edit operation, create operation, or any other operation that changes data) creates a security risk. For more information, see [ASP.NET MVC Tip #46 — Don't use Delete Links because they create Security Holes](http://stephenwalther.com/blog/archive/2009/01/21/asp.net-mvc-tip-46-ndash-donrsquot-use-delete-links-because.aspx) on Stephen Walther's blog.
-3. In *Views\Student\Delete.cshtml*, add an error message between the `h2` heading and the `h3` heading, as shown in the following example:
+    As noted, the `HttpGet` `Delete` method doesn't delete the data. Performing a delete operation in response to a GET request (or for that matter, performing any edit operation, create operation, or any other operation that changes data) creates a security risk. For more information, see [ASP.NET MVC Tip #46 — Don't use Delete Links because they create Security Holes](http://stephenwalther.com/blog/archive/2009/01/21/asp.net-mvc-tip-46-ndash-donrsquot-use-delete-links-because.aspx) on Stephen Walther's blog.
+- In *Views\Student\Delete.cshtml*, add an error message between the `h2` heading and the `h3` heading, as shown in the following example:
 
-     [!code-cshtml[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample12.cshtml?highlight=2)]
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/samples/sample12.cshtml?highlight=2)]
 
-     Run the page by selecting the **Students** tab and clicking a **Delete** hyperlink:
+    Run the page by selecting the **Students** tab and clicking a **Delete** hyperlink:
 
-     ![Student_Delete_page](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image12.png)
-4. Click **Delete**. The Index page is displayed without the deleted student. (You'll see an example of the error handling code in action in the [Handling Concurrency](../../getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md) tutorial later in this series.)
+    ![Student_Delete_page](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image12.png)
+- Click **Delete**. The Index page is displayed without the deleted student. (You'll see an example of the error handling code in action in the [Handling Concurrency](../../getting-started/getting-started-with-ef-using-mvc/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md) tutorial later in this series.)
 
 ## Ensuring that Database Connections Are Not Left Open
 
@@ -205,6 +205,6 @@ In the next tutorial you'll expand the functionality of the Index page by adding
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-an-entity-framework-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 7ddd93c38625..794baa250884 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ This change isn't required; it just changes the name of the InstructorID column
 Next you need to change `InstructorID` to `PersonID` and `StudentID` to `PersonID` throughout the project ***except*** in the time-stamped migrations files in the *Migrations* folder. To do that you'll find and open only the files that need to be changed, then perform a global change on the opened files. The only file in the *Migrations* folder you should change is *Migrations\Configuration.cs.*
 
 1. > [!IMPORTANT]
-   > Begin by closing all the open files in Visual Studio.
+ > Begin by closing all the open files in Visual Studio.
 2. Click **Find and Replace -- Find all Files** in the **Edit** menu, and then search for all files in the project that contain `InstructorID`.  
   
     ![](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image1.png)
@@ -164,6 +164,6 @@ Table-per-hierarchy inheritance has now been implemented for the `Person`, `Stud
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 0e673a32f4b8..1d781ede4e86 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/implementing-the-repository-and-unit-of-work-patterns-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Only the highlighted code has changed.
 
 In the original version of the code, `students` is typed as an `IQueryable` object. The query isn't sent to the database until it's converted into a collection using a method such as `ToList`, which doesn't occur until the Index view accesses the student model. The `Where` method in the original code above becomes a `WHERE` clause in the SQL query that is sent to the database. That in turn means that only the selected entities are returned by the database. However, as a result of changing `context.Students` to `studentRepository.GetStudents()`, the `students` variable after this statement is an `IEnumerable` collection that includes all students in the database. The end result of applying the `Where` method is the same, but now the work is done in memory on the web server and not by the database. For queries that return large volumes of data, this can be inefficient.
 
-> [!TIP]
+> [!TIP] 
 > 
 > **IQueryable vs. IEnumerable**
 > 
@@ -244,6 +244,6 @@ You have now implemented both the repository and unit of work patterns. You have
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-inheritance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 1bd5b89f35c2..ddda56e8a645 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Replace the `Index` method with the following code to load additional related da
 
 The method accepts optional route data (`id`) and a query string parameter (`courseID`) that provide the ID values of the selected instructor and selected course, and passes all of the required data to the view. The parameters are provided by the **Select** hyperlinks on the page.
 
-> [!TIP]
+> [!TIP] 
 > 
 > **Route data**
 > 
@@ -277,6 +277,6 @@ You've now used all three ways (lazy, eager, and explicit) to load related data
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index 45dfb9684170..cdf47796c4b2 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Windows Azure SQL Database is a cloud-based relational database service that is
 
     ![Create with Database link in Management Portal](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image12.png)
 
-   The **New Web Site - Custom Create** wizard opens.
+ The **New Web Site - Custom Create** wizard opens.
 3. In the **New Web Site** step of the wizard, enter a string in the **URL** box to use as the unique URL for your application. The complete URL will consist of what you enter here plus the suffix that you see next to the text box. The illustration shows "ConU", but that URL is probably taken so you will have to choose a different one.
 
     ![Create with Database link in Management Portal](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image13.png)
@@ -292,11 +292,11 @@ Windows Azure SQL Database is a cloud-based relational database service that is
   
     ![Database Settings step of New Web Site - Create with Database wizard](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image16.png)  
 
-    The following image shows using an existing SQL Server and Login.   
+ The following image shows using an existing SQL Server and Login.   
   
     ![Database Settings step of New Web Site - Create with Database wizard](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image17.png)  
   
-    The Management Portal returns to the Web Sites page, and the **Status** column shows that the site is being created. After a while (typically less than a minute), the **Status** column shows that the site was successfully created. In the navigation bar at the left, the number of sites you have in your account appears next to the **Web Sites** icon, and the number of databases appears next to the **SQL Databases** icon.
+ The Management Portal returns to the Web Sites page, and the **Status** column shows that the site is being created. After a while (typically less than a minute), the **Status** column shows that the site was successfully created. In the navigation bar at the left, the number of sites you have in your account appears next to the **Web Sites** icon, and the number of databases appears next to the **SQL Databases** icon.
 
 ## Deploy the application to Windows Azure
 
@@ -349,16 +349,16 @@ Windows Azure SQL Database is a cloud-based relational database service that is
   
     ![StartPreview button in the Preview tab](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image29.png)  
   
-    The tab displays a list of the files that will be copied to the server. Displaying the preview isn't required to publish the application but is a useful function to be aware of. In this case, you don't need to do anything with the list of files that is displayed. The next time you deploy this application, only the files that have changed will be in this list.  
+ The tab displays a list of the files that will be copied to the server. Displaying the preview isn't required to publish the application but is a useful function to be aware of. In this case, you don't need to do anything with the list of files that is displayed. The next time you deploy this application, only the files that have changed will be in this list.  
   
     ![StartPreview file output](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image30.png)
 12. Click **Publish**.  
-    Visual Studio begins the process of copying the files to the Windows Azure server.
+ Visual Studio begins the process of copying the files to the Windows Azure server.
 13. The **Output** window shows what deployment actions were taken and reports successful completion of the deployment.  
   
     ![Output window reporting successful deployment](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image31.png)
 14. Upon successful deployment, the default browser automatically opens to the URL of the deployed web site.  
-    The application you created is now running in the cloud. Click the Students tab.  
+ The application you created is now running in the cloud. Click the Students tab.  
   
     ![Students_index_page_with_paging](sorting-filtering-and-paging-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application/_static/image32.png)
 
@@ -390,6 +390,6 @@ In this tutorial you've seen how to create a data model and implement basic CRUD
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources can be found in the [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-basic-crud-functionality-with-the-entity-framework-in-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](creating-a-more-complex-data-model-for-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
index e27ac175177e..65ed4b7fbeec 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/getting-started-with-ef-5-using-mvc-4/updating-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md
@@ -209,6 +209,6 @@ You have now completed this introduction to working with related data. So far in
 
 Links to other Entity Framework resources, can be found at the end of [the last tutorial in this series](advanced-entity-framework-scenarios-for-an-mvc-web-application.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](reading-related-data-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters.md
index ed3a98f132da..402b84aad40b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters.md
@@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ In this task you will create a custom filter attribute class that will contain t
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **\Source\Ex01-LoggingActions\Begin** folder.
 
-   1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before you continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
-
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
-      > 
-      > For more information, see this article: [http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages).
+    1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before you continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > 
+    > For more information, see this article: [http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages).
 2. Add a new C# class into the **Filters** folder and name it *CustomActionFilter.cs*. This folder will store all the custom filters.
 3. Open **CustomActionFilter.cs** and add a reference to **System.Web.Mvc** and **MvcMusicStore.Models** namespaces:
 
@@ -180,10 +180,10 @@ It is also possible to intercept a specific controller method.
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/samples/sample5.cs)]
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > When a filter is injected into a controller class, all its actions are also injected. If you would like to apply the filter only for a set of actions, you would have to inject **[CustomActionFilter]** to each one of them:
-   > 
-   > [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/samples/sample6.cs)]
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > When a filter is injected into a controller class, all its actions are also injected. If you would like to apply the filter only for a set of actions, you would have to inject **[CustomActionFilter]** to each one of them:
+    > 
+    > [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/samples/sample6.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex1Task3"></a>
 
@@ -199,14 +199,14 @@ In this task, you will test that the logging filter is working. You will start t
 
     *Log tracker status before page activity*
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > By default, it will always show one item that is generated when retrieving the existing genres for the menu.
-   > 
-   > For simplicity purposes we're cleaning up the **ActionLog** table each time the application runs so it will only show the logs of each particular task's verification.
-   > 
-   > You might need to remove the following code from the **Session\_Start** method (in the **Global.asax** class), in order to save an historical log for all the actions executed within the Store Controller.
-   > 
-   > [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/samples/sample7.cs)]
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > By default, it will always show one item that is generated when retrieving the existing genres for the menu.
+    > 
+    > For simplicity purposes we're cleaning up the **ActionLog** table each time the application runs so it will only show the logs of each particular task's verification.
+    > 
+    > You might need to remove the following code from the **Session\_Start** method (in the **Global.asax** class), in order to save an historical log for all the actions executed within the Store Controller.
+    > 
+    > [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/samples/sample7.cs)]
 3. Click one of the **Genres** from the menu and perform some actions there, like browsing an available album.
 4. Browse to **/ActionLog** and if the log is empty press **F5** to refresh the page. Check that your visits were tracked:
 
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ By completing this Hands-On Lab you have learned how to extend an action filter
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/? linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/? linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -517,14 +517,14 @@ If your application makes use of SQL Server databases you will need to create a
     *Web deploy configuration*
 5. Configure the database connection as follows:
 
-   - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
-   - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
-   - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
-   - Type a new database name.
+    - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
+    - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
+    - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
+    - Type a new database name.
 
-     ![Configuring destination connection string](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/_static/image33.png "Configuring destination connection string")
+    ![Configuring destination connection string](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/_static/image33.png "Configuring destination connection string")
 
-     *Configuring destination connection string*
+    *Configuring destination connection string*
 6. Then click **OK**. When prompted to create the database click **Yes**.
 
     ![Creating the database](aspnet-mvc-4-custom-action-filters/_static/image34.png "Creating the database string")
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection.md
index cc464fc3d3f1..f35a4427af3a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection.md
@@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ When running the application, you will receive an exception, as the controller s
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located in **Source\Ex01-Injecting Controller\Begin**.
 
-   1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Press **Ctrl + F5** to run the application without debugging. You will get the error message &quot;**No parameterless constructor defined for this object**&quot;:
 
     ![Error while running ASP.NET MVC Begin Application](aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection/_static/image3.png "Error while running ASP.NET MVC Begin Application")
@@ -260,14 +260,14 @@ In this task, you will create a view that performs a service call to generate a
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located in the **Source\Ex02-Injecting View\Begin** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
-      > 
-      > For more information, see this article: [http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages).
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > 
+    > For more information, see this article: [http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages).
 2. Include the **MessageService.cs** and the **IMessageService.cs** classes located in the **Source \Assets** folder in **/Services**. To do this, right-click **Services** folder and select **Add Existing Item**. Browse to the files' location and include them.
 
     ![Adding Message Service and Service Interface](aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection/_static/image8.png "Adding Message Service and Service Interface")
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ In this task, you will create a view that performs a service call to generate a
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection/samples/sample8.cshtml)]
 5. In the **Browse** view, add a call to **MessageService** to display an image and a message retrieved by the service.
-   (C#)
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection/samples/sample9.cshtml)]
 
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ In the previous task, you injected a new dependency inside a view to perform a s
 > Since ASP.NET MVC 3, the implementation for Dependency Injection had simplified the interfaces to register services. **IDependencyResolver** and **IViewPageActivator** are part of ASP.NET MVC 3 features for Dependency Injection.
 > 
 > **- IDependencyResolver** interface replaces the previous IMvcServiceLocator. Implementers of IDependencyResolver must return an instance of the service or a service collection.
-> 
+>
 > 
 > [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection/samples/sample10.cs)]
 > 
@@ -399,14 +399,14 @@ In this task, you will include in the Music Store a custom action filter to trac
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located in the **Source\Ex03 - Injecting Action Filter\Begin** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
-      > 
-      > For more information, see this article: [http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages).
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > 
+    > For more information, see this article: [http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/workflows/using-nuget-without-committing-packages).
 2. Include **TraceActionFilter.cs** file from **/Sources/Assets** to **/Filters** folder.
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-dependency-injection/samples/sample18.cs)]
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ The following concepts were covered:
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/? linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/? linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations.md
index 5516e0129ba1..b27944e2b344 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations.md
@@ -104,9 +104,7 @@ In this exercise, you will learn how to use ASP.NET MVC 4 scaffolding with code
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 and Entity Framework Migrations - Ex1 Person Properties*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/samples/sample1.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/samples/sample1.cs)]
 6. Click **Build | Build Solution** to save the changes and build the project.
 
     ![Building the application](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image3.png "Building the application")
@@ -115,14 +113,14 @@ In this exercise, you will learn how to use ASP.NET MVC 4 scaffolding with code
 7. In the Solution Explorer, right-click the controllers folder and select **Add | Controller**.
 8. Name the controller *PersonController* and complete the **Scaffolding options** with the following values.
 
-   1. In the **Template** drop-down list, select the **MVC controller with read/write actions and views, using Entity Framework** option.
-   2. In the **Model class** drop-down list, select the **Person** class.
-   3. In the **Data Context class** list, select **&lt;New data context...&gt;**. Choose any name and click **OK**.
-   4. In the **Views** drop-down list, make sure that **Razor** is selected.
+    1. In the **Template** drop-down list, select the **MVC controller with read/write actions and views, using Entity Framework** option.
+    2. In the **Model class** drop-down list, select the **Person** class.
+    3. In the **Data Context class** list, select **&lt;New data context...&gt;**. Choose any name and click **OK**.
+    4. In the **Views** drop-down list, make sure that **Razor** is selected.
 
-      ![Adding the Person controller with scaffolding](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image4.png "Adding the Person controller with scaffolding")
+    ![Adding the Person controller with scaffolding](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image4.png "Adding the Person controller with scaffolding")
 
-      *Adding the Person controller with scaffolding*
+    *Adding the Person controller with scaffolding*
 9. Click **Add** to create the new controller for Person with scaffolding. You have now generated the controller actions as well as the views.
 
     ![After creating the Person controller with scaffolding](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image5.png "After creating the Person controller with scaffolding")
@@ -130,9 +128,9 @@ In this exercise, you will learn how to use ASP.NET MVC 4 scaffolding with code
     *After creating the Person controller with scaffolding*
 10. Open **PersonController** class. Notice that the full CRUD action methods have been generated automatically.
 
-   ![Inside the Person controller](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image6.png "Inside the Person controller")
+    ![Inside the Person controller](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image6.png "Inside the Person controller")
 
-   *Inside the Person controller*
+    *Inside the Person controller*
 
 <a id="Ex1Task2"></a>
 
@@ -192,15 +190,11 @@ In this task you will update the database using Entity Framework Migrations. You
 3. Open the **Configuration.cs** file in the Migrations folder. Locate the class constructor and change the **AutomaticMigrationsEnabled** value to *true*.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/samples/sample3.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/samples/sample3.cs)]
 4. Open the Person class and add an attribute for the person's middle name. With this new attribute, you are changing the model.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/samples/sample4.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/samples/sample4.cs)]
 5. Select **Build | Build Solution** on the menu to build the application.
 
     ![Building the application](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image13.png "Building the application")
@@ -248,9 +242,9 @@ In this task you will update the database using Entity Framework Migrations. You
     *Updating the controller*
 10. Click **Add**. Then, select the values **Overwrite PersonController.cs** and the **Overwrite associated views** and click **OK**.
 
-   ![Adding a controller overwrite](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image19.png)
+    ![Adding a controller overwrite](aspnet-mvc-4-entity-framework-scaffolding-and-migrations/_static/image19.png)
 
-   *Updating the controller*
+    *Updating the controller*
 
 <a id="Ex1Task4"></a>
 
@@ -283,7 +277,7 @@ In this Hands-On lab, you have learned simple steps to create CRUD operations wi
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/? linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/? linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals.md
index 324c3db1daca..6ef8dfa9802d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals.md
@@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ In this task, you will examine the solution structure to understand the elements
 
     *ASP.NET MVC Folder structure in Solution Explorer*
 
-   1. **Controllers**. This folder will contain the controller classes. In an MVC based application, controllers are responsible for handling end user interaction, manipulating the model, and ultimately choosing a view to render the UI.
+    1. **Controllers**. This folder will contain the controller classes. In an MVC based application, controllers are responsible for handling end user interaction, manipulating the model, and ultimately choosing a view to render the UI.
 
-       > [!NOTE]
-       > The MVC framework requires the names of all controllers to end with &quot;Controller&quot;-for example, HomeController, LoginController, or ProductController.
-   2. **Models**. This folder is provided for classes that represent the application model for the MVC Web application. This usually includes code that defines objects and the logic for interacting with the data store. Typically, the actual model objects will be in separate class libraries. However, when you create a new application, you might include classes and then move them into separate class libraries at a later point in the development cycle.
-   3. **Views**. This folder is the recommended location for views, the components responsible for displaying the application's user interface. Views use .aspx, .ascx, .cshtml and .master files, in addition to any other files that are related to rendering views. Views folder contains a folder for each controller; the folder is named with the controller-name prefix. For example, if you have a controller named **HomeController**, the Views folder will contain a folder named Home. By default, when the ASP.NET MVC framework loads a view, it looks for an .aspx file with the requested view name in the Views\controllerName folder (**Views[ControllerName][Action].aspx**) or (**Views[ControllerName][Action].cshtml**) for Razor Views.
+        > [!NOTE]
+        > The MVC framework requires the names of all controllers to end with &quot;Controller&quot;-for example, HomeController, LoginController, or ProductController.
+    2. **Models**. This folder is provided for classes that represent the application model for the MVC Web application. This usually includes code that defines objects and the logic for interacting with the data store. Typically, the actual model objects will be in separate class libraries. However, when you create a new application, you might include classes and then move them into separate class libraries at a later point in the development cycle.
+    3. **Views**. This folder is the recommended location for views, the components responsible for displaying the application's user interface. Views use .aspx, .ascx, .cshtml and .master files, in addition to any other files that are related to rendering views. Views folder contains a folder for each controller; the folder is named with the controller-name prefix. For example, if you have a controller named **HomeController**, the Views folder will contain a folder named Home. By default, when the ASP.NET MVC framework loads a view, it looks for an .aspx file with the requested view name in the Views\controllerName folder (**Views[ControllerName][Action].aspx**) or (**Views[ControllerName][Action].cshtml**) for Razor Views.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > In addition to the folders listed previously, an MVC Web application uses the **Global.asax** file to set global URL routing defaults, and it uses the **Web.config** file to configure the application.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > In addition to the folders listed previously, an MVC Web application uses the **Global.asax** file to set global URL routing defaults, and it uses the **Web.config** file to configure the application.
 
 <a id="Ex1Task3"></a>
 
@@ -187,9 +187,7 @@ In this task, you will add a Controller class that will handle URLs to the Home
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex1 HomeController Index*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample1.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample1.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex1Task4"></a>
 
@@ -231,12 +229,12 @@ In this task, you will add a new Controller.
 1. If not already open, start **VS Express for Web 2012**.
 2. In the **File** menu, choose **Open Project**. In the Open Project dialog, browse to **Source\Ex02-CreatingAController\Begin**, select **Begin.sln** and click **Open**. Alternatively, you may continue with the solution that you obtained after completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 3. Add the new controller. To do this, right-click the **Controllers** folder within the Solution Explorer, select **Add** and then the **Controller** command. Change the **Controller Name** to *StoreController*, and click **Add**.
 
     ![Add Controller Dialog](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image8.png "Add Controller Dialog")
@@ -255,17 +253,13 @@ In this task, you will modify the Controller methods that are called **actions**
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex2 StoreController Index*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample2.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample2.cs)]
 2. Add **Browse** and **Details** methods. To do this, add the following code to the **StoreController**:
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex2 StoreController BrowseAndDetails*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample3.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample3.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex2Task3"></a>
 
@@ -303,26 +297,24 @@ In this task, you will use the **querystring** to send parameters to the **Brows
 1. If not already open, start **VS Express for Web**.
 2. In the **File** menu, choose **Open Project**. In the Open Project dialog, browse to **Source\Ex03-PassingParametersToAController\Begin**, select **Begin.sln** and click **Open**. Alternatively, you may continue with the solution that you obtained after completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 3. Open **StoreController** class. To do this, in the **Solution Explorer**, expand the **Controllers** folder and double-click **StoreController.cs**.
 4. Change the **Browse** method, adding a string parameter to request for a specific genre. ASP.NET MVC will automatically pass any querystring or form post parameters named **genre** to this action method when invoked. To do this, replace the **Browse** method with the following code:
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex3 StoreController BrowseMethod*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample4.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample4.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> You are using the **HttpUtility.HtmlEncode** utility method to prevents users from injecting Javascript into the View with a link like **/Store/Browse?Genre=&lt;script&gt;window.location='[http://hackersite.com](http://hackersite.com)'&lt;/script&gt;**.
-> 
-> For further explanation, please visit [this msdn article](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/a2a4yykt(v=VS.80).aspx).
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > You are using the **HttpUtility.HtmlEncode** utility method to prevents users from injecting Javascript into the View with a link like **/Store/Browse?Genre=&lt;script&gt;window.location='[http://hackersite.com](http://hackersite.com)'&lt;/script&gt;**.
+    > 
+    > For further explanation, please visit [this msdn article](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/a2a4yykt(v=VS.80).aspx).
 
 <a id="Ex3Task2"></a>
 
@@ -351,9 +343,7 @@ In this task, you will use the **URL** to pass an **Id** parameter to the **Deta
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex3 StoreController DetailsMethod*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample5.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample5.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex3Task4"></a>
 
@@ -388,22 +378,22 @@ The file **~/Views/Shared/\_layout.cshtml** allows you to setup a template for c
 1. If not already open, start **VS Express for Web**.
 2. In the **File** menu, choose **Open Project**. In the Open Project dialog, browse to **Source\Ex04-CreatingAView\Begin**, select **Begin.sln** and click **Open**. Alternatively, you may continue with the solution that you obtained after completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
-3. The file <strong>\_layout.cshtml</strong> contains the HTML container layout for all pages on the site. It includes the <strong>&lt;html&gt;</strong> element for the HTML response, as well as the <strong>&lt;head&gt;</strong> and <strong>&lt;body&gt;</strong> elements. <strong>@RenderBody()</strong> within the HTML body identify regions that view templates will be able to fill in with dynamic content.
-   (C#)
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+3. The file **\_layout.cshtml** contains the HTML container layout for all pages on the site. It includes the **&lt;html&gt;** element for the HTML response, as well as the **&lt;head&gt;** and **&lt;body&gt;** elements. **@RenderBody()** within the HTML body identify regions that view templates will be able to fill in with dynamic content.
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample6.cshtml)]
 4. Add a common header with links to the Home page and Store area on all pages in the site. In order to do that, add the following code below &lt;body&gt; statement.
-   (C#)
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample7.cshtml)]
-5. Include a div to render the body section of each page. Replace <strong>@RenderBody()</strong> with the following higlighted code:
-   (C#)
+5. Include a div to render the body section of each page. Replace **@RenderBody()** with the following higlighted code:
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample8.cshtml)]
 
@@ -438,9 +428,7 @@ In this task, you will add a View template to generate the HTML response that wi
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex4 HomeController Index*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample9.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample9.cs)]
 2. Now, you need to add an appropriate View template. To do this, **right-click** inside the **Index** action method and select **Add View**. This will bring up the **Add View** dialog.
 
     ![Adding a View from within the Index method](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image13.png "Adding a View from within the Index method")
@@ -466,9 +454,7 @@ In this task, you will add a View template to generate the HTML response that wi
 5. The generated View template is based on the **\_layout.cshtml** template earlier defined. Update the ViewBag.Title property to **Home**, and change the main content to **This is the Home Page**, as shown in the code below:
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample10.cshtml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample10.cshtml)]
 6. Select **MvcMusicStore** project in the Solution Explorer and Press **F5** to run the Application.
 
 <a id="Ex4Task4"></a>
@@ -507,12 +493,12 @@ In this task, you will create a ViewModel class that will implement the Store ge
 1. If not already open, start **VS Express for Web**.
 2. In the **File** menu, choose **Open Project**. In the Open Project dialog, browse to **Source\Ex05-CreatingAViewModel\Begin**, select **Begin.sln** and click **Open**. Alternatively, you may continue with the solution that you obtained after completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 3. Create a **ViewModels** folder to hold the ViewModel. To do this, right-click the top-level **MvcMusicStore** project, select **Add** and then **New Folder**.
 
     ![Adding a new folder](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image17.png "Adding a new folder")
@@ -547,12 +533,10 @@ In this task, you will add those 2 properties to the **StoreIndexViewModel** cla
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex5 StoreIndexViewModel properties*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample11.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample11.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> The **{ get; set; }** notation makes use of C#'s auto-implemented properties feature. It provides the benefits of a property without requiring us to declare a backing field.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > The **{ get; set; }** notation makes use of C#'s auto-implemented properties feature. It provides the benefits of a property without requiring us to declare a backing field.
 
 <a id="Ex5Task3"></a>
 
@@ -573,9 +557,7 @@ In this task, you will update the **StoreController** to use the **StoreIndexVie
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex5 StoreIndexViewModel using ViewModels*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample12.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample12.cs)]
 3. Change the **StoreController**'s **Index** action method so that it creates and populates a **StoreIndexViewModel** object and then passes it off to a View template to generate an HTML response with it.
 
     > [!NOTE]
@@ -587,12 +569,10 @@ In this task, you will update the **StoreController** to use the **StoreIndexVie
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex5 StoreController Index method*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample13.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample13.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> If you're unfamiliar with C#, you may assume that using **var** means that the **viewModel** variable is late-bound. That's not correct - the C# compiler is using type-inference based on what you assign to the variable to determine that **viewModel** is of type **StoreIndexViewModel**. Also, by compiling the local **viewModel** variable as a **StoreIndexViewModel** type you get compile-time checking and Visual Studio code-editor support.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > If you're unfamiliar with C#, you may assume that using **var** means that the **viewModel** variable is late-bound. That's not correct - the C# compiler is using type-inference based on what you assign to the variable to determine that **viewModel** is of type **StoreIndexViewModel**. Also, by compiling the local **viewModel** variable as a **StoreIndexViewModel** type you get compile-time checking and Visual Studio code-editor support.
 
 <a id="Ex5Task4"></a>
 
@@ -633,22 +613,20 @@ In this task, you will update the View template created in the last task to retr
 1. In the **Index.cshtml** file, within the **Store** folder, replace its code with the following:
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample14.cshtml)]
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample14.cshtml)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> As soon as you finish typing the period after the word **Model**, Visual Studio's Intellisense will show a list of possible properties and methods to choose from.
-> 
-> ![](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image25.png)
-> 
-> *Getting Model properties and methods with Visual Studio's IntelliSense*
-> 
-> The **Model** property references the **StoreIndexViewModel** object that the Controller passed to the View template. This means that you can access all of the data passed from the Controller to the View template via the **Model** property, and format it into an appropriate HTML response within the View template.
-> 
-> You can just select the **NumberOfGenres** property from the Intellisense list rather than typing it in and then it will auto-complete it by pressing the **tab key**.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > As soon as you finish typing the period after the word **Model**, Visual Studio's Intellisense will show a list of possible properties and methods to choose from.
+    > 
+    > ![](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image25.png)
+    > 
+    > *Getting Model properties and methods with Visual Studio's IntelliSense*
+    > 
+    > The **Model** property references the **StoreIndexViewModel** object that the Controller passed to the View template. This means that you can access all of the data passed from the Controller to the View template via the **Model** property, and format it into an appropriate HTML response within the View template.
+    > 
+    > You can just select the **NumberOfGenres** property from the Intellisense list rather than typing it in and then it will auto-complete it by pressing the **tab key**.
 2. Loop over the genre list in **StoreIndexViewModel** and create an HTML **&lt;ul&gt;** list using a **foreach** loop.
-   (C#)
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample15.cshtml)]
 3. Press **F5** to run the Application and browse **/Store**. You will see the list of genres passed in the **StoreIndexViewModel** object from the **StoreController** to the View template.
@@ -675,12 +653,12 @@ Unlike ViewModels, which are created just to pass information from the Controlle
 1. If not already open, start **VS Express for Web**
 2. In the **File** menu, choose **Open Project**. In the Open Project dialog, browse to **Source\Ex06-UsingParametersInView\Begin**, select **Begin.sln** and click **Open**. Alternatively, you may continue with the solution that you obtained after completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 3. Add a **Genre** Model class. To do this, right-click the **Models** folder in the **Solution Explorer**, select **Add** and then the **New Item** option. Under **Code**, choose the **Class** item and name the file *Genre.cs*, then click **Add**.
 
     ![Adding a class](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image27.png "Adding a class")
@@ -695,18 +673,14 @@ Unlike ViewModels, which are created just to pass information from the Controlle
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex6 Genre*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample16.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample16.cs)]
 5. Following the same procedure as before, add an **Album** class. To do this, right-click the **Models** folder in the **Solution Explorer**, select **Add** and then the **New Item** option. Under **Code**, choose the **Class** item and name the file *Album.cs*, then click **Add**.
 6. Add two properties to the Album class: **Genre** and **Title**. To do this, add the following code:
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex6 Album*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample17.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample17.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex6Task2"></a>
 
@@ -721,24 +695,20 @@ A **StoreBrowseViewModel** will be used in this task to show the Albums that mat
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex6 UsingModel*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample18.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample18.cs)]
 3. Add two properties to **StoreBrowseViewModel** class: **Genre** and **Albums**. To do this, add the following code:
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex6 ModelProperties*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample19.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample19.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> What is **List&lt;Album&gt;** ?: This definition is using the **List&lt;T&gt;** type, where **T** constrains the type to which elements of this **List** belong to, in this case **Album** (or any of its descendants).
-> 
-> This ability to design classes and methods that defer the specification of one or more types until the class or method is declared and instantiated by client code is a feature of the C# language called **Generics**.
-> 
-> **List&lt;T&gt;** is the generic equivalent of the **ArrayList** type and is available in the **System.Collections.Generic** namespace. One of the benefits of using **generics** is that since the type is specified, you do not need to take care of type checking operations such as casting the elements into **Album** as you would do with an **ArrayList**.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > What is **List&lt;Album&gt;** ?: This definition is using the **List&lt;T&gt;** type, where **T** constrains the type to which elements of this **List** belong to, in this case **Album** (or any of its descendants).
+    > 
+    > This ability to design classes and methods that defer the specification of one or more types until the class or method is declared and instantiated by client code is a feature of the C# language called **Generics**.
+    > 
+    > **List&lt;T&gt;** is the generic equivalent of the **ArrayList** type and is available in the **System.Collections.Generic** namespace. One of the benefits of using **generics** is that since the type is specified, you do not need to take care of type checking operations such as casting the elements into **Album** as you would do with an **ArrayList**.
 
 <a id="Ex6Task3"></a>
 
@@ -752,25 +722,19 @@ In this task, you will modify the **StoreController**'s **Browse** and **Details
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex6 UsingModelInController*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample20.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample20.cs)]
 2. Replace the **Browse** action method to use the **StoreViewBrowseController** class. You will create a Genre and two new Albums objects with dummy data (in the next Hands-on Lab you will consume real data from a database). To do this, replace the **Browse** method with the following code:
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex6 BrowseMethod*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample21.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample21.cs)]
 3. Replace the **Details** action method to use the **StoreViewBrowseController** class. You will create a new **Album** object to be returned to the **View**. To do this, replace the **Details** method with the following code:
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Fundamentals - Ex6 DetailsMethod*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample22.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample22.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex6Task4"></a>
 
@@ -787,7 +751,7 @@ In this task, you will add a **Browse** View to show the Albums found for a spec
 
     *Adding a Browse View*
 4. Modify the **Browse.cshtml** to display the Genre's information, accessing the **StoreBrowseViewModel** object that is passed to the view template. To do this, replace the content with the following:
-   (C#)
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample23.cshtml)]
 
@@ -819,7 +783,7 @@ In this task, you will implement the **Store/Details** view to display informati
 
     *Adding a Details View*
 3. Modify the **Details.cshtml** file to display the Album's information, accessing the **Album** object that is passed to the view template. To do this, replace the content with the following:
-   (C#)
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample24.cshtml)]
 
@@ -846,22 +810,22 @@ In this task, you will add a link in the Store View to have a link in every Genr
 
 1. Close the browser if needed, to return to the Visual Studio window. Update the **Index** page to add a link to the **Browse** page. To do this, in the **Solution Explorer** expand the **Views** folder, then the **Store** folder and double-click the **Index.cshtml** page.
 2. Add a link to the Browse view indicating the genre selected. To do this, replace the following highlighted code within the **&lt;li&gt;** tags:
-   (C#)
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample25.cshtml)]
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > another approach would be linking directly to the page, with a code like the following:
-   > 
-   > &lt;a href=&quot;/Store/Browse?genre=@genreName&quot;&gt;@genreName&lt;/a&gt;
-   > 
-   > Although this approach works, it depends on a hardcoded string. If you later rename the Controller, you will have to change this instruction manually. A better alternative is to use an **HTML Helper** method. ASP.NET MVC includes an HTML Helper method which is available for such tasks. The **Html.ActionLink()** helper method makes it easy to build HTML **&lt;a&gt;** links, making sure URL paths are properly URL encoded.
-   > 
-   > Htlm.ActionLink has several overloads. In this exercise you will use one that takes three parameters:
-   > 
-   > 1. Link text, which will display the Genre name
-   > 2. Controller action name (**Browse**)
-   > 3. Route parameter values, specifying both the name (**Genre**) and the value (**Genre name**)
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > another approach would be linking directly to the page, with a code like the following:
+    > 
+    > &lt;a href=&quot;/Store/Browse?genre=@genreName&quot;&gt;@genreName&lt;/a&gt;
+    > 
+    > Although this approach works, it depends on a hardcoded string. If you later rename the Controller, you will have to change this instruction manually. A better alternative is to use an **HTML Helper** method. ASP.NET MVC includes an HTML Helper method which is available for such tasks. The **Html.ActionLink()** helper method makes it easy to build HTML **&lt;a&gt;** links, making sure URL paths are properly URL encoded.
+    > 
+    > Htlm.ActionLink has several overloads. In this exercise you will use one that takes three parameters:
+    > 
+    > 1. Link text, which will display the Genre name
+    > 2. Controller action name (**Browse**)
+    > 3. Route parameter values, specifying both the name (**Genre**) and the value (**Genre name**)
 
 <a id="Ex6Task9"></a>
 
@@ -889,19 +853,17 @@ You will now use the ViewBag dynamic collection to pass a list of &quot;**Starre
 1. Close the browser if needed, to return to the Visual Studio window. Open **StoreController.cs** and modify **Index** method to create a list of starred genres into ViewModel collection :
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample26.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample26.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> You could also use the syntax **ViewBag[&quot;Starred&quot;]** to access the properties.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > You could also use the syntax **ViewBag[&quot;Starred&quot;]** to access the properties.
 2. The star icon **&quot;starred.png&quot;** is included in the **Source\Assets\Images** folder of this lab. In order to add it to the application, drag their content from a **Windows Explorer** window into the **Solution Explorer** in Visual Web Developer Express, as shown below:
 
     ![Adding star image to the solution](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image34.png "Adding star image to the solution")
 
     *Adding star image to the solution*
 3. Open the view **Store/Index.cshtml** and modify the content. You will read the &quot;starred&quot; property in the **ViewBag** collection, and ask if the current genre name is in the list. In that case you will show a star icon right to the genre link.
-   (C#)
+(C#)
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/samples/sample27.cshtml)]
 
@@ -968,40 +930,40 @@ In this exercise, you will explore the enhancements in the ASP.NET MVC 4 project
 
     *The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet Application Project Template*
 
-   1. **HTML5 markup**
+    1. **HTML5 markup**
 
-       Browse template views to find out the new theme markup, for example open **About.cshtml** view within **Home** folder.
+        Browse template views to find out the new theme markup, for example open **About.cshtml** view within **Home** folder.
 
-       ![New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image41.png "New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup")
+        ![New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image41.png "New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup")
 
-       *New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup*
-   2. **JavaScript libraries included**
+        *New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup*
+    2. **JavaScript libraries included**
 
-      1. **jQuery**: jQuery simplifies HTML document traversing, event handling, animating, and Ajax interactions.
-      2. **jQuery UI**: This library provides abstractions for low-level interaction and animation, advanced effects and themeable widgets, built on top of the jQuery JavaScript Library.
+        1. **jQuery**: jQuery simplifies HTML document traversing, event handling, animating, and Ajax interactions.
+        2. **jQuery UI**: This library provides abstractions for low-level interaction and animation, advanced effects and themeable widgets, built on top of the jQuery JavaScript Library.
 
-         > [!NOTE]
-         > You can learn about jQuery and jQuery UI in [[http://docs.jquery.com/](http://docs.jquery.com/)](http://docs.jquery.com/).
-      3. **KnockoutJS**: The ASP.NET MVC 4 default template now includes **KnockoutJS**, a JavaScript MVVM framework that lets you create rich and highly responsive web applications using JavaScript and HTML. Like in ASP.NET MVC 3, jQuery and jQuery UI libraries are also included in ASP.NET MVC 4.
+            > [!NOTE]
+            > You can learn about jQuery and jQuery UI in [[http://docs.jquery.com/](http://docs.jquery.com/)](http://docs.jquery.com/).
+        3. **KnockoutJS**: The ASP.NET MVC 4 default template now includes **KnockoutJS**, a JavaScript MVVM framework that lets you create rich and highly responsive web applications using JavaScript and HTML. Like in ASP.NET MVC 3, jQuery and jQuery UI libraries are also included in ASP.NET MVC 4.
 
-          > [!NOTE]
-          > You can get more information about KnockOutJS library in this link: [http://learn.knockoutjs.com/](http://learn.knockoutjs.com/).
-      4. **Modernizr**: This library runs automatically, making your site compatible with older browsers when using HTML5 and CSS3 technologies.
+            > [!NOTE]
+            > You can get more information about KnockOutJS library in this link: [http://learn.knockoutjs.com/](http://learn.knockoutjs.com/).
+        4. **Modernizr**: This library runs automatically, making your site compatible with older browsers when using HTML5 and CSS3 technologies.
 
-          > [!NOTE]
-          > You can get more information about Modernizr library in this link: [http://www.modernizr.com/](http://www.modernizr.com/).
-   3. **SimpleMembership included in the solution**
+            > [!NOTE]
+            > You can get more information about Modernizr library in this link: [http://www.modernizr.com/](http://www.modernizr.com/).
+    3. **SimpleMembership included in the solution**
 
-       SimpleMembership has been designed as a replacement for the previous ASP.NET Role and Membership provider system. It has many new features that make it easier for the developer to secure web pages in a more flexible way.
+        SimpleMembership has been designed as a replacement for the previous ASP.NET Role and Membership provider system. It has many new features that make it easier for the developer to secure web pages in a more flexible way.
 
-       The Internet template already has set up a few things to integrate SimpleMembership, for example, the AccountController is prepared to use OAuthWebSecurity (for OAuth account registration, login, management, etc.) and Web Security.
+        The Internet template already has set up a few things to integrate SimpleMembership, for example, the AccountController is prepared to use OAuthWebSecurity (for OAuth account registration, login, management, etc.) and Web Security.
 
-       ![SimpleMembership Included in the solution](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image42.png "SimpleMembership Included in the solution")
+        ![SimpleMembership Included in the solution](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image42.png "SimpleMembership Included in the solution")
 
-       *SimpleMembership Included in the solution*
+        *SimpleMembership Included in the solution*
 
-       > [!NOTE]
-       > Find more information about [OAuthWebSecurity](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/jj158393(v=vs.111).aspx) in MSDN.
+        > [!NOTE]
+        > Find more information about [OAuthWebSecurity](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/jj158393(v=vs.111).aspx) in MSDN.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Additionally, you can deploy this application to Windows Azure Web Sites following [Appendix B: Publishing an ASP.NET MVC 4 Application using Web Deploy](#AppendixB).
@@ -1033,7 +995,7 @@ By completing this Hands-On Lab you have learned the fundamentals of ASP.NET MVC
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -1177,14 +1139,14 @@ If your application makes use of SQL Server databases you will need to create a
     *Web deploy configuration*
 5. Configure the database connection as follows:
 
-   - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
-   - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
-   - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
-   - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
+    - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
+    - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
+    - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
+    - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
 
-     ![Configuring destination connection string](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image64.png "Configuring destination connection string")
+    ![Configuring destination connection string](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image64.png "Configuring destination connection string")
 
-     *Configuring destination connection string*
+    *Configuring destination connection string*
 6. Then click **OK**. When prompted to create the database click **Yes**.
 
     ![Creating the database](aspnet-mvc-4-fundamentals/_static/image65.png "Creating the database string")
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation.md
index ce07e1a527a1..800bc54144d4 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation.md
@@ -107,12 +107,12 @@ In this task, you will create a new controller called **StoreManagerController**
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex1-CreatingTheStoreManagerController/Begin/** folder.
 
-   1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Add a new controller. To do this, right-click the **Controllers** folder within the Solution Explorer, select **Add** and then the **Controller** command. Change the **Controller** **Name** to **StoreManagerController** and make sure the option **MVC controller with empty read/write actions** is selected. Click **Add**.
 
     ![Add controller dialog](aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation/_static/image1.png "Add controller dialog")
@@ -226,14 +226,14 @@ In this task, you will add a new method **Truncate** to the **HTML** object expo
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex2-AddingAnHTMLHelper/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open StoreManager's Index View. To do this, in the Solution Explorer expand the **Views** folder, then the **StoreManager** and open the **Index.cshtml** file.
-3. Add the following code below the <strong>@model</strong> directive to define the <strong>Truncate</strong> helper method.
+3. Add the following code below the **@model** directive to define the **Truncate** helper method.
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation/samples/sample7.cshtml)]
 
@@ -283,12 +283,12 @@ In this task, you will implement the HTTP-GET version of the Edit action method
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex3-CreatingTheEditView/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open the **StoreManagerController** class. To do this, expand the **Controllers** folder and double-click **StoreManagerController.cs**.
 3. Replace the **HTTP-GET Edit** action method with the following code to retrieve the appropriate **Album** as well as the **Genres** and **Artists** lists.
 
@@ -420,12 +420,12 @@ In this task, you will implement the HTTP-GET version of the Create action metho
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex4-AddingACreateView/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open **StoreManagerController** class. To do this, expand the **Controllers** folder and double-click **StoreManagerController.cs**.
 3. Replace the **Create** action method code with the following:
 
@@ -519,12 +519,12 @@ In this task, you will implement the HTTP-GET version of the Delete action metho
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex5-HandlingDeletion/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open **StoreManagerController** class. To do this, expand the **Controllers** folder and double-click **StoreManagerController.cs**.
 3. The Delete controller action is exactly the same as the previous Store Details controller action: it queries the **album** object from the database using the **id** provided in the URL and returns the appropriate **View**. To do this, replace the HTTP-GET **Delete** action method code with the following:
 
@@ -608,12 +608,12 @@ This is a little more complex in cases like this application where the Entity Da
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex6-AddingValidation/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open the **Album.cs** from the **Models** folder.
 3. Replace **Album.cs** content with the highlighted code, so that it looks like the following:
 
@@ -674,12 +674,12 @@ In this task, you will run the application before including jQuery in order to c
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex7-UnobtrusivejQueryValidation/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Press **F5** to run the application.
 3. The project starts in the Home page. Browse **/StoreManager/Create** and click **Create** without filling the form to verify that you get validation messages:
 
@@ -734,24 +734,24 @@ In this task, you will test that the **StoreManager** create view template perfo
 
     [!code-html[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation/samples/sample23.html)]
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > For each client validation rule, Unobtrusive jQuery adds an attribute with data-val-*rulename*=&quot;*message*&quot;. Below is a list of tags that Unobtrusive jQuery inserts into the html input field to perform client validation:
-   > 
-   > - Data-val
-   > - Data-val-number
-   > - Data-val-range
-   > - Data-val-range-min / Data-val-range-max
-   > - Data-val-required
-   > - Data-val-length
-   > - Data-val-length-max / Data-val-length-min
-   > 
-   > All the data values are filled with model **Data Annotation**. Then, all the logic that works at server side can be run at client side. For example, Price attribute has the following data annotation in the model:
-   > 
-   > [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation/samples/sample24.cs)]
-   > 
-   > After using Unobtrusive jQuery, the generated code is:
-   > 
-   > [!code-html[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation/samples/sample25.html)]
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > For each client validation rule, Unobtrusive jQuery adds an attribute with data-val-*rulename*=&quot;*message*&quot;. Below is a list of tags that Unobtrusive jQuery inserts into the html input field to perform client validation:
+    > 
+    > - Data-val
+    > - Data-val-number
+    > - Data-val-range
+    > - Data-val-range-min / Data-val-range-max
+    > - Data-val-required
+    > - Data-val-length
+    > - Data-val-length-max / Data-val-length-min
+    > 
+    > All the data values are filled with model **Data Annotation**. Then, all the logic that works at server side can be run at client side. For example, Price attribute has the following data annotation in the model:
+    > 
+    > [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation/samples/sample24.cs)]
+    > 
+    > After using Unobtrusive jQuery, the generated code is:
+    >  
+    > [!code-html[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-helpers-forms-and-validation/samples/sample25.html)]
 
 * * *
 
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ By completing this Hands-On Lab you have learned how to enable users to change t
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access.md
index f3e2521b1f18..52b17448aed2 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access.md
@@ -107,12 +107,13 @@ In this task, you will add an already created database with the main tables of t
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex1-AddingADatabaseDBFirst/Begin/** folder.
 
-   1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    
 2. Add **MvcMusicStore** database file. In this Hands-on Lab, you will use an already created database called **MvcMusicStore.mdf**. To do that, right-click **App\_Data** folder, point to **Add** and then click **Existing Item**. Browse to **\Source\Assets** and select the **MvcMusicStore.mdf** file.
 
     ![Adding an Existing Item](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/_static/image2.png "Adding an Existing Item")
@@ -220,38 +221,30 @@ In this task, you will update the StoreController class so that, instead of usin
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex1 storeDB*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample1.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample1.cs)]
 2. The **MusicStoreEntities** class exposes a collection property for each table in the database. Update **Browse** action method to retrieve a Genre with all of the **Albums**.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex1 Store Browse*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample2.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample2.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> You are using a capability of .NET called **LINQ** (language-integrated query) to write strongly-typed query expressions against these collections - which will execute code against the database and return objects that you can program against.
-> 
-> For more information about LINQ, please visit the [msdn site](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb397926&amp;#040;v=vs.110&amp;#041;.aspx).
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > You are using a capability of .NET called **LINQ** (language-integrated query) to write strongly-typed query expressions against these collections - which will execute code against the database and return objects that you can program against.
+    > 
+    > For more information about LINQ, please visit the [msdn site](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb397926&amp;#040;v=vs.110&amp;#041;.aspx).
 3. Update **Index** action method to retrieve all the genres.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex1 Store Index*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample3.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample3.cs)]
 4. Update **Index** action method to retrieve all the genres and transform the collection to a list.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex1 Store GenreMenu*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample4.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample4.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex1Task5"></a>
 
@@ -294,12 +287,12 @@ In this task, you will populate the database with sample data when it is intiall
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex2-CreatingADatabaseCodeFirst/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Add the **SampleData.cs** file to the **Models** folder. To do that, right-click **Models** folder, point to **Add** and then click **Existing Item**. Browse to **\Source\Assets** and select the **SampleData.cs** file.
 
     ![Sample data populate code](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/_static/image18.png "Sample data populate code")
@@ -310,17 +303,13 @@ In this task, you will populate the database with sample data when it is intiall
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Global Asax Usings*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample5.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample5.cs)]
 4. In the **Application\_Start()** method add the following line to set the database initializer.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Global Asax SetInitializer*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample6.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample6.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex2Task2"></a>
 
@@ -336,9 +325,7 @@ Now that you have already added a database to our project, you will write in the
     *Web.config file location*
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-xml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample7.xml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-xml[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample7.xml)]
 
 <a id="Ex2Task3"></a>
 
@@ -356,30 +343,24 @@ Now that you have already configured the connection to the database, you will li
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Code First Genre*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample8.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample8.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> To work with Code First conventions, the class Genre must have a primary key property that will be automatically detected.
-> 
-> You can read more about Code First Conventions in this [msdn article](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hh161541&amp;#040;v=vs.103&amp;#041;.aspx).
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > To work with Code First conventions, the class Genre must have a primary key property that will be automatically detected.
+    > 
+    > You can read more about Code First Conventions in this [msdn article](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hh161541&amp;#040;v=vs.103&amp;#041;.aspx).
 2. Now, open the POCO model class **Album** from **Models** project folder and include the foreign keys, create properties with the names **GenreId** and **ArtistId**. This class already have the **GenreId** for the primary key.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Code First Album*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample9.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample9.cs)]
 3. Open the POCO model class **Artist** and include the **ArtistId** property.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Code First Artist*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample10.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample10.cs)]
 4. Right-click the **Models** project folder and select **Add | Class**. Name the file **MusicStoreEntities.cs**. Then, click **Add.**
 
     ![Adding a class](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/_static/image20.png "Adding a class")
@@ -392,20 +373,16 @@ Now that you have already configured the connection to the database, you will li
 5. Open the class you have just created, **MusicStoreEntities.cs**, and include the namespaces **System.Data.Entity** and **System.Data.Entity.Infrastructure**.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample11.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample11.cs)]
 6. Replace the class declaration to extend the **DbContext** class: declare a public **DBSet** and override **OnModelCreating** method. After this step you will get a domain class that will link your model with the Entity Framework. In order to do that, replace the class code with the following:
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Code First MusicStoreEntities*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample12.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample12.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> With Entity Framework **DbContext** and **DBSet** you will be able to query the POCO class Genre. By extending **OnModelCreating** method, you are specifying in the **code** how Genre will be mapped to a database table. You can find more information about DBContext and DBSet in this msdn article: [link](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.dbcontext(v=vs.103).aspx)
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > With Entity Framework **DbContext** and **DBSet** you will be able to query the POCO class Genre. By extending **OnModelCreating** method, you are specifying in the **code** how Genre will be mapped to a database table. You can find more information about DBContext and DBSet in this msdn article: [link](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.data.entity.dbcontext(v=vs.103).aspx)
 
 <a id="Ex2Task4"></a>
 
@@ -425,38 +402,30 @@ In this task, you will update the StoreController class so that, instead of usin
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex1 storeDB*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample13.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample13.cs)]
 2. The **MusicStoreEntities** class exposes a collection property for each table in the database. Update **Browse** action method to retrieve a Genre with all of the **Albums**.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Store Browse*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample14.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample14.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> You are using a capability of .NET called **LINQ** (language-integrated query) to write strongly-typed query expressions against these collections - which will execute code against the database and return objects that you can program against.
-> 
-> For more information about LINQ, please visit the [msdn site](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb397926(v=vs.110).aspx).
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > You are using a capability of .NET called **LINQ** (language-integrated query) to write strongly-typed query expressions against these collections - which will execute code against the database and return objects that you can program against.
+    > 
+    > For more information about LINQ, please visit the [msdn site](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb397926(v=vs.110).aspx).
 3. Update **Index** action method to retrieve all the genres.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Store Index*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample15.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample15.cs)]
 4. Update **Index** action method to retrieve all the genres and transform the collection to a list.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex2 Store GenreMenu*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample16.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample16.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex2Task5"></a>
 
@@ -497,28 +466,26 @@ In this task, you will change the **StoreController** class to access the databa
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at the **Source\Ex3-QueryingTheDatabaseWithParametersCodeFirst\Begin** folder if you want to use Code-First approach or **Source\Ex3-QueryingTheDatabaseWithParametersDBFirst\Begin** folder if you want to use Database-First approach. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open the **StoreController** class to change the **Browse** action method. To do this, in the **Solution Explorer**, expand the **Controllers** folder and double-click **StoreController.cs**.
 3. Change the **Browse** action method to retrieve albums for a specific genre. To do this, replace the following code:
 
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex3 StoreController BrowseMethod*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample17.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample17.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> To populate a collection of the entity, you need to use the **Include** method to specify you want to retrieve the albums too. You can use the .**Single()** extension in LINQ because in this case only one genre is expected for an album. The **Single()** method takes a Lambda expression as a parameter, which in this case specifies a single Genre object such that its name matches the value defined.
-> 
-> You will take advantage of a feature that allows you to indicate other related entities you want loaded as well when the Genre object is retrieved. This feature is called **Query Result Shaping**, and enables you to reduce the number of times needed to access the database to retrieve information. In this scenario, you will want to pre-fetch the Albums for the Genre you retrieve.
-> 
-> The query includes **Genres.Include(&quot;Albums&quot;)** to indicate that you want related albums as well. This will result in a more efficient application, since it will retrieve both Genre and Album data in a single database request.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > To populate a collection of the entity, you need to use the **Include** method to specify you want to retrieve the albums too. You can use the .**Single()** extension in LINQ because in this case only one genre is expected for an album. The **Single()** method takes a Lambda expression as a parameter, which in this case specifies a single Genre object such that its name matches the value defined.
+    > 
+    > You will take advantage of a feature that allows you to indicate other related entities you want loaded as well when the Genre object is retrieved. This feature is called **Query Result Shaping**, and enables you to reduce the number of times needed to access the database to retrieve information. In this scenario, you will want to pre-fetch the Albums for the Genre you retrieve.
+    > 
+    > The query includes **Genres.Include(&quot;Albums&quot;)** to indicate that you want related albums as well. This will result in a more efficient application, since it will retrieve both Genre and Album data in a single database request.
 
 <a id="Ex3Task2"></a>
 
@@ -547,9 +514,7 @@ In this task, you will repeat the previous procedure to get albums by their Id.
     (Code Snippet - *Models And Data Access - Ex3 StoreController DetailsMethod*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample18.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/samples/sample18.cs)]
 
 <a id="Ex3Task4"></a>
 
@@ -591,7 +556,7 @@ By completing this Hands-on Lab you have learned the fundamentals of ASP.NET MVC
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -735,14 +700,14 @@ If your application makes use of SQL Server databases you will need to create a
     *Web deploy configuration*
 5. Configure the database connection as follows:
 
-   - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
-   - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
-   - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
-   - Type a new database name.
+    - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
+    - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
+    - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
+    - Type a new database name.
 
-     ![Configuring destination connection string](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/_static/image47.png "Configuring destination connection string")
+    ![Configuring destination connection string](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/_static/image47.png "Configuring destination connection string")
 
-     *Configuring destination connection string*
+    *Configuring destination connection string*
 6. Then click **OK**. When prompted to create the database click **Yes**.
 
     ![Creating the database](aspnet-mvc-4-models-and-data-access/_static/image48.png "Creating the database string")
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md
index cfc8877ee186..15f07607f862 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md
@@ -148,12 +148,10 @@ In this exercise, you will explore the enhancements in the ASP.NET MVC 4 Project
 7. Remove the comment from the last line to register Google client for *OAuth* authentication.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample1.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample1.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> Notice you can easily enable authentication using any OpenID or OAuth service like Facebook, Twitter, Microsoft, etc.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > Notice you can easily enable authentication using any OpenID or OAuth service like Facebook, Twitter, Microsoft, etc.
 8. Press **F5** to run the solution and navigate to the login page.
 9. Select **Google** service to log in.
 
@@ -164,29 +162,29 @@ In this exercise, you will explore the enhancements in the ASP.NET MVC 4 Project
 11. Allow the site (localhost) to retrieve information from Google account.
 12. Finally, you will have to register in the site to associate the Google account.
 
-   ![Associate your Google account](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image8.png)
+    ![Associate your Google account](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image8.png)
 
-   *Associating your Google account*
+    *Associating your Google account*
 13. Close the browser to stop the debugger and return to Visual Studio.
 14. Now explore the solution to check out some other new features introduced by ASP.NET MVC 4 in the project template.
 
-   ![The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet Application Project Template](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image9.png "The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet Application Project Template")
+    ![The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet Application Project Template](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image9.png "The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet Application Project Template")
 
-   *The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet Application Project Template*
+    *The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet Application Project Template*
 
-   - **HTML 5 Markup**
+    - **HTML 5 Markup**
 
-       Browse template views to find out the new theme markup.
+        Browse template views to find out the new theme markup.
 
-       ![New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup About.cshtml.](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image10.png "New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup About.cshtml.")
+        ![New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup About.cshtml.](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image10.png "New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup About.cshtml.")
 
-       *New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup (About.cshtml).*
-   - **Updated JavaScript libraries**
+        *New template, using Razor and HTML5 markup (About.cshtml).*
+    - **Updated JavaScript libraries**
 
-       The ASP.NET MVC 4 default template now includes KnockoutJS, a JavaScript MVVM framework that lets you create rich and highly responsive web applications using JavaScript and HTML. Like in MVC3, jQuery and jQuery UI libraries are also included in ASP.NET MVC 4.
+        The ASP.NET MVC 4 default template now includes KnockoutJS, a JavaScript MVVM framework that lets you create rich and highly responsive web applications using JavaScript and HTML. Like in MVC3, jQuery and jQuery UI libraries are also included in ASP.NET MVC 4.
 
-     > [!NOTE]
-     > You can get more information about KnockOutJS library in this link: [[http://learn.knockoutjs.com/](http://learn.knockoutjs.com/)](http://learn.knockoutjs.com/). Additionally, you can learn about jQuery and jQuery UI in [[http://docs.jquery.com/](http://docs.jquery.com/)](http://docs.jquery.com/).
+        > [!NOTE]
+        > You can get more information about KnockOutJS library in this link: [[http://learn.knockoutjs.com/](http://learn.knockoutjs.com/)](http://learn.knockoutjs.com/). Additionally, you can learn about jQuery and jQuery UI in [[http://docs.jquery.com/](http://docs.jquery.com/)](http://docs.jquery.com/).
 
 <a id="Task_2_-_Exploring_the_Mobile_Application_Template"></a>
 #### Task 2 - Exploring the Mobile Application Template
@@ -225,20 +223,16 @@ ASP.NET MVC 4 facilitates the development of websites for mobile and tablet brow
 9. Open **\_Layout.cshtml**, located in the **Views | Shared** folder, and comment the Viewport meta tag. Run the application, if not already opened, and check out the differences.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample2.cshtml)]
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample2.cshtml)]
 
-![The site after commenting the viewport meta tag](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image15.png "The site after commenting the viewport meta tag")
+    ![The site after commenting the viewport meta tag](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image15.png "The site after commenting the viewport meta tag")
 
-*The site after commenting the viewport meta tag*
-~~~
+    *The site after commenting the viewport meta tag*
 10. In Visual Studio, press **SHIFT** + **F5** to stop debugging the application.
 11. Uncomment the viewport meta tag.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample3.cshtml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample3.cshtml)]
 
 <a id="Task_3_-_Using_Adaptive_Rendering"></a>
 #### Task 3 - Using Adaptive Rendering
@@ -255,11 +249,11 @@ By using the adaptive rendering technique, your site will be **displayed properl
 > The basic format of a media query is: @media \[Scope: all | handheld | print | projection | screen\] ([property:value] and ... [property:value])
 
 
-Examples of media queries: &gt;<strong>@media all and (max-width: 1000px) and (min-width: 700px) {}:</strong> For all the resolutions between 700px and 1000px.
+Examples of media queries: &gt;**@media all and (max-width: 1000px) and (min-width: 700px) {}:** For all the resolutions between 700px and 1000px.
 
-> <strong>@media screen and (min-width: 400px) and (max-width: 700px) { ... }:</strong> Only for screens. The resolution must be between 400 and 700px.
+> **@media screen and (min-width: 400px) and (max-width: 700px) { ... }:** Only for screens. The resolution must be between 400 and 700px.
 > 
-> <strong>@media handheld and (min-width: 20em), screen and (min-width: 20em) { ... }:</strong> For handhelds(mobile and devices) and screens. The minimum width must be greater than 20em.
+> **@media handheld and (min-width: 20em), screen and (min-width: 20em) { ... }:** For handhelds(mobile and devices) and screens. The minimum width must be greater than 20em.
 > 
 > You can find more information about this on the [W3C site](http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-mediaqueries/).
 
@@ -268,7 +262,7 @@ You will now explore how the adaptive rendering works, improving the readability
 
 1. Open the **PhotoGallery.sln** solution you have created at Task 1 and select the **PhotoGallery** project. Press **F5** to run the solution.
 2. Resize the browser's width, setting the windows to half or to less than a quarter of its original size. Notice what happens with the items in the header: Some elements will not appear in the visible area of the header.
-3. Open <strong>Site.css</strong> file from the Visual Studio Solution explorer, located in <strong>Content</strong> project folder. Press <strong>CTRL + F</strong> to open Visual Studio integrated search, and write <strong>@media</strong> to locate the <strong>CSS media query</strong>.
+3. Open **Site.css** file from the Visual Studio Solution explorer, located in **Content** project folder. Press **CTRL + F** to open Visual Studio integrated search, and write **@media** to locate the **CSS media query**.
 
     The media query condition defined in this template works in this way: When the browser's window size is below **850 px**, the CSS rules applied are the ones defined inside this media block.
 
@@ -279,13 +273,13 @@ You will now explore how the adaptive rendering works, improving the readability
 
     ![In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image17.png "In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted")
 
-    <em>In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted</em>
+    *In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted*
 
     Now, let's check out what happens on mobile devices:
 
     ![In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image18.png "In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted")
 
-    <em>In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted</em>
+    *In the left, the page is applying the @media style, in the right, the style is omitted*
 
     Although you will notice that the changes when the page is rendered in a Web browser are not very significant, when using a mobile device the differences become more obvious. On the left side of the image, we can see that the custom style improved the readability.
 
@@ -322,9 +316,7 @@ In this task, you will create a mock of the photo service to retrieve the conten
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex02 - Gallery Action*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample4.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample4.cs)]
 7. Press **F5** to run the solution, and then browse to the following URL in order to test the mocked photo service: `http://localhost:[port]/photo/gallery` (the [port] value depends on the current port where the application was launched). The request to this URL should retrieve the content of the **Photos.json** file.
 
     ![Testing the mocked photo service](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image20.png "Testing the mocked photo service")
@@ -345,26 +337,20 @@ In this task, you will update the Home page to show the photo gallery by using t
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex02 - Photo model*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample5.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample5.cs)]
 4. Open the **HomeController.cs** file from the **Controllers** folder.
 5. Add the following using statements.
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex02 - HomeController Usings*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample6.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample6.cs)]
 6. Update the **Index** action to use **HttpClient** to retrieve the gallery data, and then use the **JavaScriptSerializer** to deserialize it to the view model.
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex02 - Index Action*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample7.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample7.cs)]
 7. Open the **Index.cshtml** file located under the **Views\Home** folder and replace all the content with the following code.
 
     This code loops through all the photos retrieved from the service and displays them into an unordered list.
@@ -372,9 +358,7 @@ In this task, you will update the Home page to show the photo gallery by using t
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex02 - Photo List*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample8.cshtml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample8.cshtml)]
 8. In the **Solution Explorer**, right-click the **Content** folder of your project, and select **Add | Existing Item**. Browse to the **Source\Assets\Content** folder of this lab and add the **Site.css** file. You will have to confirm its replacement. If you have the **Site.css** file open, you will have to confirm to reload the file also.
 9. Open File Explorer and copy the entire **Photos** folder located under the **Source\Assets** folder of this lab to the root folder of your project in Solution Explorer.
 10. Run the application. You should now see the home page displaying the photos in the gallery.
@@ -396,12 +380,12 @@ One of the key updates in ASP.NET MVC 4 is the support for mobile development. I
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex3-MobileSupport/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open the **Package Manager Console** by clicking the **Tools** &gt; **Library Package Manager** &gt; **Package Manager Console** menu option.
 
     ![Opening the NuGet Package Manager Console](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image22.png "Opening the NuGet Package Manager Console")
@@ -430,9 +414,7 @@ One of the key updates in ASP.NET MVC 4 is the support for mobile development. I
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex03 - Register Mobile Bundles*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample10.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample10.cs)]
 5. Run the application using a desktop web browser.
 6. Open the **Windows Phone 7 Emulator,** located in **Start Menu | All Programs | Windows Phone SDK 7.1 | Windows Phone Emulator.**
 7. In the phone start screen, open Internet Explorer. Check out the URL where the application started and browse to that URL with the phone browser (e.g. `http://localhost:[PortNumber]/`).
@@ -458,21 +440,19 @@ In this task, you will create a mobile version of the index view with content ad
 2. Open the new created **Index.Mobile.cshtml** view and replace the existing &lt;ul&gt; tag with this code. By doing this, you will be updating the &lt;ul&gt; tag with jQuery Mobile data annotations to use the mobile themes from jQuery.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-html[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample11.html)]
+    [!code-html[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample11.html)]
 
-> [!NOTE] 
-> 
-> Notice that:
-> 
-> - The **data-role** attribute set to **listview** will render the list using the listview styles.
-> 
-> - The **data-inset** attribute set to true will show the list with rounded border and margin.
-> 
-> - The **data-filter** attribute set to **true** will generate a search box.
-> 
-> You can learn more about jQuery Mobile conventions in the project documentation: [[http://jquerymobile.com/demos/1.1.1/](http://jquerymobile.com/demos/1.1.1/)](http://jquerymobile.com/demos/1.1.1/)
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE] 
+    > 
+    > Notice that:
+    > 
+    > - The **data-role** attribute set to **listview** will render the list using the listview styles.
+    > 
+    > - The **data-inset** attribute set to true will show the list with rounded border and margin.
+    > 
+    > - The **data-filter** attribute set to **true** will generate a search box.
+    > 
+    > You can learn more about jQuery Mobile conventions in the project documentation: [[http://jquerymobile.com/demos/1.1.1/](http://jquerymobile.com/demos/1.1.1/)](http://jquerymobile.com/demos/1.1.1/)
 3. Press **CTRL + S** to save the changes.
 4. Switch to the **Windows Phone Emulator** and refresh the site. Notice the new look and feel of the gallery list, as well as the new search box located on the top. Then, type a word in the search box (for instance, **Tulips**) to start a search in the photo gallery.
 
@@ -508,9 +488,7 @@ In this task, you will update the mobile layout to use a different theme than th
 3. Find the div element with the data-role set to &quot;page&quot; and update the **data-theme** to &quot;**e**&quot;.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-html[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample13.html)]
-~~~
+    [!code-html[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample13.html)]
 4. Press **CTRL + S** to save the changes.
 5. Refresh the site in the **Windows Phone Emulator** and notice the new colors scheme.
 
@@ -566,16 +544,14 @@ In this task, you will update the desktop layout to include the view-switcher. T
 4. Find the login section and insert a call to render the **\_ViewSwitcher** partial view below the **\_LogOnPartial** partial view. Then, press **CTRL + S** to save the changes.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample14.cshtml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample14.cshtml)]
 5. Press **CTRL + S** to save the changes.
 6. Refresh the page in the Windows Phone Emulator and double-click the screen to zoom in. Notice that the home page now shows the **Mobile view** link that switches from mobile to desktop view.
 
     ![View Switcher rendered in desktop view](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image32.png "View Switcher rendered in desktop view")
 
     *View Switcher rendered in desktop view*
-7. Switch to the Mobile view again and browse to <strong>About</strong> page (http://localhost[port]/Home/About). Notice that, even if you haven't created an About.Mobile.cshtml view, the About page is displayed using the mobile layout (\_Layout.Mobile.cshtml).
+7. Switch to the Mobile view again and browse to **About** page (http://localhost[port]/Home/About). Notice that, even if you haven't created an About.Mobile.cshtml view, the About page is displayed using the mobile layout (\_Layout.Mobile.cshtml).
 
     ![About page](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image33.png "About page")
 
@@ -599,38 +575,32 @@ In this task, you will create a customized layout for iPhone devices, and you wi
 2. Open **Global.asax.cs** and add the following using statement.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample15.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample15.cs)]
 3. Add the following highlighted code into the Application\_Start method.
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex03 - iPhone DisplayMode*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample16.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample16.cs)]
 
-You have registered a new **DefaultDisplayMode named &quot;iPhone&quot;**, within the static **DisplayModeProvider.Instance.Modes** static list, that will be matched against each incoming request. If the incoming request contains the string &quot;iPhone&quot;, ASP.NET MVC will find the views whose name contain the &quot;iPhone&quot; suffix. The 0 parameter indicates how specific is the new mode; for instance, this view is more specific than the general &quot;.mobile&quot; rule that matches requests from mobile devices.
+    You have registered a new **DefaultDisplayMode named &quot;iPhone&quot;**, within the static **DisplayModeProvider.Instance.Modes** static list, that will be matched against each incoming request. If the incoming request contains the string &quot;iPhone&quot;, ASP.NET MVC will find the views whose name contain the &quot;iPhone&quot; suffix. The 0 parameter indicates how specific is the new mode; for instance, this view is more specific than the general &quot;.mobile&quot; rule that matches requests from mobile devices.
 
-After this code runs, when an iPhone browser generates a request, your application will use the **Views\Shared\\_Layout.iPhone.cshtml** layout you will create in the next steps.
+    After this code runs, when an iPhone browser generates a request, your application will use the **Views\Shared\\_Layout.iPhone.cshtml** layout you will create in the next steps.
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> This way of testing the request for iPhone has been simplified for demo purposes and might not work as expected for every iPhone user agent string (for example test is case sensitive).
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > This way of testing the request for iPhone has been simplified for demo purposes and might not work as expected for every iPhone user agent string (for example test is case sensitive).
 4. Create a copy of the **\_Layout.Mobile.cshtml** file in the **Views\Shared** folder and rename the copy to &quot;**\_Layout.iPhone.csthml**&quot;.
 5. Open **\_Layout.iPhone.csthml** you created in the previous step.
 6. Find the div element with the data-role attribute set to **page** and change the **data-theme** attribute to &quot;**a**&quot;.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample17.cshtml)]
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample17.cshtml)]
 
-Now you have 3 layouts in your ASP.NET MVC 4 application:
+    Now you have 3 layouts in your ASP.NET MVC 4 application:
 
-1. **\_Layout.cshtml**: default layout used for desktop browsers.
-2. **\_Layout.mobile.cshtml**: default layout used for mobile devices.
-3. **\_Layout.iPhone.cshtml**: specific layout for iPhone devices, using a different color scheme to differentiate from \_Layout.mobile.cshtml.
-~~~
+    1. **\_Layout.cshtml**: default layout used for desktop browsers.
+    2. **\_Layout.mobile.cshtml**: default layout used for mobile devices.
+    3. **\_Layout.iPhone.cshtml**: specific layout for iPhone devices, using a different color scheme to differentiate from \_Layout.mobile.cshtml.
 7. Press **F5** to run the application and browse the site in the **Windows Phone Emulator**.
 8. Open an **iPhone simulator** (see [Appendix C](#AppendixC) for instructions on how to install and configure an iPhone simulator), and browse to the site too. Notice that each phone is using the specific template.
 
@@ -652,55 +622,45 @@ This exercise explains the basics of asynchronous operation in ASP.NET MVC 4. If
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex4-Async/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open the **HomeController.cs** class from the **Controllers** folder.
 3. Add the following using statement.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample18.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample18.cs)]
 4. Update the **HomeController** class to inherit from **AsyncController**. Controllers that derive from AsyncController enable ASP.NET to process asynchronous requests, and they can still service synchronous action methods.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample19.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample19.cs)]
 5. Add the **async** keyword to the **Index** method and make it return the type **Task&lt;ActionResult&gt;**.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample20.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample20.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> The **async** keyword is one of the new keywords the .NET Framework 4.5 provides; it tells the compiler that this method contains asynchronous code. A **Task** object represents an asynchronous operation that may complete at some point in the future.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > The **async** keyword is one of the new keywords the .NET Framework 4.5 provides; it tells the compiler that this method contains asynchronous code. A **Task** object represents an asynchronous operation that may complete at some point in the future.
 6. Replace the **client.GetAsync()** call with the full async version using await keyword as shown below.
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex04 - GetAsync*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample21.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample21.cs)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> In the previous version, you were using the **Result** property from the **Task** object to block the thread until the result is returned (sync version).
-> 
-> Adding the **await** keyword tells the compiler to asynchronously wait for the task returned from the method call. This means that the rest of the code will be executed as a callback only after the awaited method completes. Another thing to notice is that you do not need to change your try-catch block in order to make this work: the exceptions that happen in background or in foreground will still be caught without any extra work using a handler provided by the framework.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > In the previous version, you were using the **Result** property from the **Task** object to block the thread until the result is returned (sync version).
+    > 
+    > Adding the **await** keyword tells the compiler to asynchronously wait for the task returned from the method call. This means that the rest of the code will be executed as a callback only after the awaited method completes. Another thing to notice is that you do not need to change your try-catch block in order to make this work: the exceptions that happen in background or in foreground will still be caught without any extra work using a handler provided by the framework.
 7. Change the code to continue with the asynchronous implementation by replacing the lines with the new code as shown below
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex04 - ReadAsStringAsync*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample22.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample22.cs)]
 8. Run the application. You will notice no major changes, but your code will not block a thread from the thread pool making a better usage of the server resources and improving performance.
 
     > [!NOTE]
@@ -715,43 +675,31 @@ Asynchronous action methods that return Task instances can also support time-out
 2. Add the following using statement to the **HomeController.cs** file.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample23.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample23.cs)]
 3. Update the Index action to receive a **CancellationToken** argument.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample24.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample24.cs)]
 4. Update the **GetAsync** call to pass the cancellation token.
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex04 - SendAsync with CancellationToken*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample25.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample25.cs)]
 5. Decorate the *Index* method with an **AsyncTimeout** attribute set to 500 milliseconds and a **HandleError** attribute configured to handle **TaskCanceledException** by redirecting to a **TimedOut** view.
 
     (Code Snippet - *ASP.NET MVC 4 Lab - Ex04 - Attributes*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample26.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample26.cs)]
 6. Open the **PhotoController** class and update the **Gallery** method to delay the execution 1000 miliseconds (1 second) to simulate a long running task.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample27.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample27.cs)]
 7. Open the **Web.config** file and enable custom errors by adding the following element.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-xml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample28.xml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-xml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample28.xml)]
 8. Create a new view in **Views\Shared** named **TimedOut** and use the default layout. In the Solution Explorer, right-click the **Views\Shared** folder and select **Add | View**.
 
     ![Using different views for each mobile device](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image36.png "Using different views for each mobile device")
@@ -760,9 +708,7 @@ Asynchronous action methods that return Task instances can also support time-out
 9. Update the **TimedOut** view content as shown below.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample29.cshtml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/samples/sample29.cshtml)]
 10. Run the application and navigate to the root URL. As you have added a **Thread.Sleep** of 1000 milliseconds, you will get a time-out error, generated by the **AsyncTimeout** attribute and catch by the **HandleError** attribute.
 
     ![Time-out exception handled](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image37.png "Time-out exception handled")
@@ -839,7 +785,7 @@ With code snippets, you have all the code you need at your fingertips. The lab d
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -880,7 +826,7 @@ To run your site in a simulated iPhone device you can use the WebMatrix extensio
 <a id="Task_1_-_Installing_WebMatrix_2"></a>
 #### Task 1 - Installing WebMatrix 2
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9809776](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9809776)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>WebMatrix 2</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9809776](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9809776)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*WebMatrix 2*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -950,13 +896,13 @@ To run your site in a simulated iPhone device you can use the WebMatrix extensio
 3. In the &quot;Browse With&quot; dialog, click **Add**.
 4. In the &quot;Add Program&quot; dialog, use the following values:
 
-   - <strong>Program</strong>: C:\Users\*{CurrentUser}<em>\AppData\Local\Microsoft\WebMatrix\Extensions\20\iPhoneSimulator\ElectricMobileSim\ElectricMobileSim.exe *(update the path accordingly)</em>
-   - **Arguments**: &quot;1&quot;
-   - **Friendly name**: iPhone Simulator
+    - **Program**: C:\Users\*{CurrentUser}*\AppData\Local\Microsoft\WebMatrix\Extensions\20\iPhoneSimulator\ElectricMobileSim\ElectricMobileSim.exe *(update the path accordingly)*
+    - **Arguments**: &quot;1&quot;
+    - **Friendly name**: iPhone Simulator
 
-     ![Add program](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image59.png "Add program")
+    ![Add program](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image59.png "Add program")
 
-     *Add program to browse with*
+    *Add program to browse with*
 5. Click **OK** and close the dialogs.
 6. Now you are able to run your Web applications in the iPhone simulator from Visual Studio 2012.
 
@@ -1079,14 +1025,14 @@ If your application makes use of SQL Server databases you will need to create a
     *Web deploy configuration*
 5. Configure the database connection as follows:
 
-   - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
-   - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
-   - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
-   - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
+    - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
+    - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
+    - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
+    - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
 
-     ![Configuring destination connection string](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image77.png "Configuring destination connection string")
+    ![Configuring destination connection string](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image77.png "Configuring destination connection string")
 
-     *Configuring destination connection string*
+    *Configuring destination connection string*
 6. Then click **OK**. When prompted to create the database click **Yes**.
 
     ![Creating the database](whats-new-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image78.png "Creating the database string")
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1.md
index fbca2e215592..13fc5812033f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1.md
@@ -120,5 +120,5 @@ ASP.NET MVC makes use of some basic naming conventions for folder names:
 
 These folders are included even in an Empty ASP.NET MVC application because the ASP.NET MVC framework by default uses a "convention over configuration" approach and makes some default assumptions based on folder naming conventions. For instance, controllers look for views in the Views folder by default without you having to explicitly specify this in your code. Sticking with the default conventions reduces the amount of code you need to write, and can also make it easier for other developers to understand your project. We'll explain these conventions more as we build our application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-10.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-10.md
index 2df7fe7063e1..bd567adab618 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-10.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-10.md
@@ -133,5 +133,5 @@ Now when we run the application, we'll see our updated home page with top sellin
 We've seen that ASP.NET MVC makes it easy to create a sophisticated website with database access, membership, AJAX, etc. pretty quickly. Hopefully this tutorial has given you the tools you need to get started building your own ASP.NET MVC applications!
 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-9.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-9.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2.md
index ebc702a17093..211b51f92be7 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2.md
@@ -136,6 +136,6 @@ Let's recap what we've done so far:
 - We've added Action Methods to our controllers which respond to URL requests and return text to the browser
 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-1.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-1.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3.md
index d47623dadd75..6c3cbfdbb87b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3.md
@@ -257,6 +257,6 @@ The HTML for the genre list looks like this:
 [!code-html[Main](mvc-music-store-part-3/samples/sample22.html)]
 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-2.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-2.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-4.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-4.md
index 9b55385c027f..a9c7b1520ecc 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-4.md
@@ -150,6 +150,6 @@ We're now able to browse from our Store page to a Genre page, which lists the av
 
 ![](mvc-music-store-part-4/_static/image6.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-3.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-5.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-3.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-5.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-5.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-5.md
index a684a7a85d07..0b445adf5cda 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-5.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-5.md
@@ -260,6 +260,6 @@ Now when we browse the /StoreManager/ URL, the albums and titles are kept below
 Note: This shows the simple case of creating and using a helper in one view. To learn more about creating helpers that you can use throughout your site, see my blog post: [http://bit.ly/mvc3-helper-options](http://bit.ly/mvc3-helper-options)
 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-4.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-6.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-4.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-6.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-6.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-6.md
index fcd61d059fdd..7b1d57be3631 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-6.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-6.md
@@ -76,6 +76,6 @@ Typing a single letter in the Title field satisfies the validation requirements,
 ![](mvc-music-store-part-6/_static/image3.png)
 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-5.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-5.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-7.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-7.md
index 6d0c95ccf836..78710c6842ce 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-7.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-7.md
@@ -105,6 +105,6 @@ Now browsing to /StoreManager brings up a Log On dialog:
 
 After logging on with our new Administrator account, we're able to go to the Album Edit screen as before.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-6.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-8.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-6.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-8.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-8.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-8.md
index db2525f66d7b..947027348427 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-8.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-8.md
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@ After loading up your shopping cart, you can click on the Remove from cart link
 We've built out a working shopping cart which allows unregistered users to add items to their cart. In the following section, we'll allow them to register and complete the checkout process.
 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-7.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-9.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-7.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-9.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-9.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-9.md
index ccb8a4946c93..b0baae971bae 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-9.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/mvc-music-store/mvc-music-store-part-9.md
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ Since this is a generic error page, the content is very simple. We'll include a
 [!code-cshtml[Main](mvc-music-store-part-9/samples/sample13.cshtml)]
 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-8.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-10.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-8.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-10.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-1.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-1.md
index d7116ab58ac5..a7d0e5cc309d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-1.md
@@ -82,5 +82,5 @@ Run the application. Now the release date and the price properties are formatted
 
 In the next section you'll see how to make custom templates to display date fields.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md
index 86877abcff9d..cf1fd84942d2 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md
@@ -142,6 +142,6 @@ Verify that the movie index page is using the *Views\Shared\DisplayTemplates\Dat
 
 In the next section, you'll create a template for a complex type.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-1.md)
-> [Next](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-1.md)
+[Next](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md
index 87c98e1a281e..0752f8602dbe 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md
@@ -94,6 +94,6 @@ The approach you use depends on what you need to do in your application. It's no
 
 In the next section, you'll switch gears a bit and move from customizing how data is displayed to customizing how it's entered. You'll hook up the jQuery datepicker to the edit views in the application in order to provide a slick way to specify dates.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md)
-> [Next](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-2.md)
+[Next](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-4.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-4.md
index b1489b7a49f7..8c55d5b2cc11 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc/using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-4.md
@@ -173,5 +173,5 @@ This tutorial has covered the basics of ASP.NET templated helpers and shows you
 - For information about how to localize the datepicker control, see [UI/Datepicker/Localization](http://docs.jquery.com/UI/Datepicker/Localization).
 - For more information about the ASP.NET MVC templates, see Brad Wilson's blog series on [ASP.NET MVC 2 Templates](http://bradwilson.typepad.com/blog/2009/10/aspnet-mvc-2-templates-part-1-introduction.html). Although the series was written for ASP.NET MVC 2, the material still applies for the current version of ASP.NET MVC.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-html5-and-jquery-ui-datepicker-popup-calendar-with-aspnet-mvc-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui.md
index 9c5adc36febf..138d74972292 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui.md
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ When a new genre name is entered and the **Save** button is pushed, the followin
 2. JavaScript adds the new genre data to the select list.
 3. JavaScript makes the new genre the selected item.
 
-   In the image below, **Opera** was added to the database and selected in the **Genre** drop down list. 
+ In the image below, **Opera** was added to the database and selected in the **Genre** drop down list. 
 
 ![](adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui/_static/image3.png)
 
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ The jQuery `$.post` line makes an AJAX call to the action attribute (`/StoreMana
 3. In the search box, enter GenreID.
 4. Using the next icon,   
     ![](adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui/_static/image9.png)  
-   navigate to the following select tag:
+ navigate to the following select tag:
 
     [!code-html[Main](adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui/samples/sample9.html)]
 5. Expand the last option value.
@@ -136,5 +136,5 @@ Rick.Anderson[at]Microsoft.com
 - Mike Pope
 - Tom Dykstra
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md
index 51d074923bed..42ea6c65f9d0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md
@@ -201,6 +201,6 @@ Some developers prefer the ViewModel approach. Others consider the more verbose
 
 In this section we have learned three approaches to using the **DropDownList** with category data. In the next section, we'll show how to add a new category.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-dropdownlist-helper-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-dropdownlist-helper-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
+[Next](adding-a-new-category-to-the-dropdownlist-using-jquery-ui.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/using-the-dropdownlist-helper-with-aspnet-mvc.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/using-the-dropdownlist-helper-with-aspnet-mvc.md
index d6567e10a6c3..7d4dc691b987 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/using-the-dropdownlist-helper-with-aspnet-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/older-versions/working-with-the-dropdownlist-box-and-jquery/using-the-dropdownlist-helper-with-aspnet-mvc.md
@@ -212,5 +212,5 @@ Run the application and navigate to the `MultiSelectCountry` view. Try adding an
 
 In the next section you'll see how the ASP.NET MVC scaffolding mechanism works with the **DropDownList** helper.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](examining-how-aspnet-mvc-scaffolds-the-dropdownlist-helper.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/bundling-and-minification.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/bundling-and-minification.md
index adb910204900..e7dcd883f84e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/bundling-and-minification.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/bundling-and-minification.md
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Explicitly adding each file to a bundle is generally the preferred over wildcard
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](bundling-and-minification/samples/sample12.cs)]
 
-  The wild card selector "\*.css" brings in each CSS file in the folder, including the *Content\themes\base\jquery.ui.all.css* file. The *jquery.ui.all.css* file imports other CSS files.
+ The wild card selector "\*.css" brings in each CSS file in the folder, including the *Content\themes\base\jquery.ui.all.css* file. The *jquery.ui.all.css* file imports other CSS files.
 
 ## Bundle Caching
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/profile-and-debug-your-aspnet-mvc-app-with-glimpse.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/profile-and-debug-your-aspnet-mvc-app-with-glimpse.md
index ae7987bdc2b0..b24fdb831a0e 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/profile-and-debug-your-aspnet-mvc-app-with-glimpse.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/profile-and-debug-your-aspnet-mvc-app-with-glimpse.md
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The following commands install Glimpse MVC5 and EF6 modules from the package man
 <a id="eg"></a>
 ## Enable Glimpse for localhost
 
-Navigate to http://localhost:&lt;port #&gt;/glimpse.axd and click the <strong>Turn Glimpse On</strong> button.
+Navigate to http://localhost:&lt;port #&gt;/glimpse.axd and click the **Turn Glimpse On** button.
 
 ![Glimpse axd page](profile-and-debug-your-aspnet-mvc-app-with-glimpse/_static/image4.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md
index e9aaa29ecfac..c1ac6a1bfff0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/performance/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-mvc-4.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Using Asynchronous Methods in ASP.NET MVC 4
 by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
 > This tutorial will teach you the basics of building an asynchronous ASP.NET MVC Web application using [Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/11), which is a free version of Microsoft Visual Studio. You can also use [Visual Studio 2012](https://www.microsoft.com/visualstudio/11).
-> 
+
 > A complete sample is provided for this tutorial on github
 >  [https://github.com/RickAndMSFT/Async-ASP.NET/](https://github.com/RickAndMSFT/Async-ASP.NET/)
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ In general, use synchronous methods for the following conditions:
 - Simplicity is more important than efficiency.
 - The operations are primarily CPU operations instead of operations that involve extensive disk or network overhead. Using asynchronous action methods on CPU-bound operations provides no benefits and results in more overhead.
 
-  In general, use asynchronous methods for the following conditions:
+ In general, use asynchronous methods for the following conditions:
 
 - You're calling services that can be consumed through asynchronous methods, and you're using .NET 4.5 or higher.
 - The operations are network-bound or I/O-bound instead of CPU-bound.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ In general, use synchronous methods for the following conditions:
 - When the benefit of switching threads out weights the cost of the context switch. In general, you should make a method asynchronous if the synchronous method waits on the ASP.NET request thread while doing no work. By making the call asynchronous, the ASP.NET request thread is not stalled doing no work while it waits for the web service request to complete.
 - Testing shows that the blocking operations are a bottleneck in site performance and that IIS can service more requests by using asynchronous methods for these blocking calls.
 
-  The downloadable sample shows how to use asynchronous action methods effectively. The sample provided was designed to provide a simple demonstration of asynchronous programming in ASP.NET MVC 4 using .NET 4.5. The sample is not intended to be a reference architecture for asynchronous programming in ASP.NET MVC. The sample program calls [ASP.NET Web API](../../../web-api/index.md) methods which in turn call [Task.Delay](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hh139096(VS.110).aspx) to simulate long-running web service calls. Most production applications will not show such obvious benefits to using asynchronous action methods.   
+ The downloadable sample shows how to use asynchronous action methods effectively. The sample provided was designed to provide a simple demonstration of asynchronous programming in ASP.NET MVC 4 using .NET 4.5. The sample is not intended to be a reference architecture for asynchronous programming in ASP.NET MVC. The sample program calls [ASP.NET Web API](../../../web-api/index.md) methods which in turn call [Task.Delay](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hh139096(VS.110).aspx) to simulate long-running web service calls. Most production applications will not show such obvious benefits to using asynchronous action methods.   
   
 Few applications require all action methods to be asynchronous. Often, converting a few synchronous action methods to asynchronous methods provides the best efficiency increase for the amount of work required.
 
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ To realize the benefits of an asynchronous web application, you might need to ma
 
 - Windows 7, Windows Vista and all Windows client operating systems have a maximum of 10 concurrent requests. You'll need a Windows Server operating system to see the benefits of asynchronous methods under high load.
 - Register .NET 4.5 with IIS from an elevated command prompt:  
-  %windir%\Microsoft.NET\Framework64\v4.0.30319\aspnet\_regiis -i  
-  See    [ASP.NET IIS Registration Tool (Aspnet\_regiis.exe)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/k6h9cz8h.aspx)
+ %windir%\Microsoft.NET\Framework64\v4.0.30319\aspnet\_regiis -i  
+ See    [ASP.NET IIS Registration Tool (Aspnet\_regiis.exe)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/k6h9cz8h.aspx)
 - You might need to increase the [HTTP.sys](https://www.iis.net/learn/get-started/introduction-to-iis/introduction-to-iis-architecture) queue limit from the default value of 1,000 to 5,000. If the setting is too low, you may see [HTTP.sys](https://www.iis.net/learn/get-started/introduction-to-iis/introduction-to-iis-architecture) reject requests with a HTTP 503 status. To change the HTTP.sys queue limit:
 
     - Open IIS manager and navigate to the Application Pools pane.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ To realize the benefits of an asynchronous web application, you might need to ma
     - In the **Advanced Settings** dialog box, change *Queue Length* from 1,000 to 5,000.  
         ![Queue length](using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-mvc-4/_static/image5.png)  
   
-  Note in the images above, the .NET framework is listed as v4.0, even though the application pool is using .NET 4.5. To understand this discrepancy, see the following:
+ Note in the images above, the .NET framework is listed as v4.0, even though the application pool is using .NET 4.5. To understand this discrepancy, see the following:
 
     - [.NET Versioning and Multi-Targeting - .NET 4.5 is an in-place upgrade to .NET 4.0](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/NETVersioningAndMultiTargetingNET45IsAnInplaceUpgradeToNET40.aspx)
     - [How to set an IIS Application or AppPool to use ASP.NET 3.5 rather than 2.0](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/HowToSetAnIISApplicationOrAppPoolToUseASPNET35RatherThan20.aspx)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/releases/how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/releases/how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2.md
index abff20ee24ca..784d37a06c58 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/releases/how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/releases/how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2.md
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2/samples/sample1.cs)]
 
-   to
+ to
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2/samples/sample2.cs)]
 3. Make sure all the packages that your projects use are compatible with MVC 5 and Web API 2. The following table shows the MVC 4 and Web API related packages than need to be changed. If you have a package that is dependent on one of the packages listed below, please contact the publishers to get the newer versions that are compatible with MVC 5 and Web API 2. If you have the source code for those packages, you should recompile them with the new assemblies of MVC 5 and Web API 2.   
@@ -73,17 +73,17 @@ by [Rick Anderson](https://github.com/Rick-Anderson)
 5. Remove any of the following ASP.NET NuGet packages that are installed. You will remove these using the Package Manager Console (PMC). To open the PMC, select the **Tools** menu and then select **Library Package Manager,** then select **Package Manager Console**. Your project might not include all of these.
 
     1. `Microsoft.AspNet.WebPages.Administration`  
-   This package is typically added when upgrading from MVC 3 to MVC 4. To remove it, run the following command in the PMC:  
+ This package is typically added when upgrading from MVC 3 to MVC 4. To remove it, run the following command in the PMC:  
         `Uninstall-Package -Id Microsoft.AspNet.WebPages.Administration`
     2. `Microsoft-Web-Helpers`   
-   This package has been rebranded as `Microsoft.AspNet.WebHelpers`. To remove it, run the following command in the PMC:  
+ This package has been rebranded as `Microsoft.AspNet.WebHelpers`. To remove it, run the following command in the PMC:  
         `Uninstall-Package -Id Microsoft-Web-Helpers`
     3. `Microsoft.AspNet.Mvc.FixedDisplayMode`  
-   This package contains a work around for a bug in MVC 4 that has been fixed in MVC 5. To remove it, run the following command in the PMC:  
+ This package contains a work around for a bug in MVC 4 that has been fixed in MVC 5. To remove it, run the following command in the PMC:  
         `Uninstall-Package -Id Microsoft.AspNet.Mvc.FixedDisplayModes`
 6. Upgrade all the ASP.NET NuGet packages using the PMC. In the PMC, run the following command:  
     `Update-Package`  
-   The `Update-Package` command without any parameters will update every package. You can update packages individually by using the ID argument. For more information about the update command, run     `get-help update-package` .
+ The `Update-Package` command without any parameters will update every package. You can update packages individually by using the ID argument. For more information about the update command, run     `get-help update-package` .
 
 ## Update the Application *web.config* File
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication.md
index fdb20bba9cee..152eff2b9c16 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication.md
@@ -48,44 +48,44 @@ This tutorial provides instructions for using either Twilio or ASPSMS but you ca
 
 1. **Creating a User Account with an SMS provider**  
   
-   Create a [Twilio](https://www.twilio.com/try-twilio) or an [ASPSMS](https://www.aspsms.com/asp.net/identity/testcredits/) account.
+ Create a [Twilio](https://www.twilio.com/try-twilio) or an [ASPSMS](https://www.aspsms.com/asp.net/identity/testcredits/) account.
 2. **Installing additional packages or adding service references**  
   
-   Twilio:  
-   In the Package Manager Console, enter the following command:  
+ Twilio:  
+ In the Package Manager Console, enter the following command:  
     `Install-Package Twilio`  
   
-   ASPSMS:  
-   The following service reference needs to be added:  
+ ASPSMS:  
+ The following service reference needs to be added:  
   
     ![](aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication/_static/image2.png)  
   
-   Address:  
+ Address:  
     `https://webservice.aspsms.com/aspsmsx2.asmx?WSDL`  
   
-   Namespace:  
+ Namespace:  
     `ASPSMSX2`
 3. **Figuring out SMS Provider User credentials**  
   
-   Twilio:  
-   From the **Dashboard** tab of your Twilio account, copy the **Account SID** and **Auth token**.  
+ Twilio:  
+ From the **Dashboard** tab of your Twilio account, copy the **Account SID** and **Auth token**.  
   
-   ASPSMS:  
-   From your account settings, navigate to **Userkey** and copy it together with your self-defined **Password**.  
+ ASPSMS:  
+ From your account settings, navigate to **Userkey** and copy it together with your self-defined **Password**.  
   
-   We will later store these values in the *web.config* file within the keys `"SMSAccountIdentification"` and `"SMSAccountPassword"` .
+ We will later store these values in the *web.config* file within the keys `"SMSAccountIdentification"` and `"SMSAccountPassword"` .
 4. **Specifying SenderID / Originator**  
   
-   Twilio:  
-   From the **Numbers** tab, copy your Twilio phone number.  
+ Twilio:  
+ From the **Numbers** tab, copy your Twilio phone number.  
   
-   ASPSMS:  
-   Within the **Unlock Originators** Menu, unlock one or more Originators or choose an alphanumeric Originator (Not supported by all networks).  
+ ASPSMS:  
+ Within the **Unlock Originators** Menu, unlock one or more Originators or choose an alphanumeric Originator (Not supported by all networks).  
   
-   We will later store this value in the *web.config* file within the key `"SMSAccountFrom"` .
+ We will later store this value in the *web.config* file within the key `"SMSAccountFrom"` .
 5. **Transferring SMS provider credentials into app**  
   
-   Make the credentials and sender phone number available to the app. To keep things simple we will store these values in the *web.config* file. When we deploy to Azure, we can store the values securely in the **app settings** section on the web site configure tab. 
+ Make the credentials and sender phone number available to the app. To keep things simple we will store these values in the *web.config* file. When we deploy to Azure, we can store the values securely in the **app settings** section on the web site configure tab. 
 
     [!code-xml[Main](aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication/samples/sample1.xml?highlight=8-10)]
 
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ This tutorial provides instructions for using either Twilio or ASPSMS but you ca
     > Security - Never store sensitive data in your source code. The account and credentials are added to the code above to keep the sample simple. See [Best practices for deploying passwords and other sensitive data to ASP.NET and Azure](../../../identity/overview/features-api/best-practices-for-deploying-passwords-and-other-sensitive-data-to-aspnet-and-azure.md).
 6. **Implementation of data transfer to SMS provider**  
   
-   Configure the `SmsService`  class in the *App\_Start\IdentityConfig.cs* file.  
+ Configure the `SmsService`  class in the *App\_Start\IdentityConfig.cs* file.  
   
-   Depending on the used SMS provider activate either the **Twilio** or the **ASPSMS** section: 
+ Depending on the used SMS provider activate either the **Twilio** or the **ASPSMS** section: 
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-sms-and-email-two-factor-authentication/samples/sample2.cs)]
 7. Update the *Views\Manage\Index.cshtml* Razor view: (note: don't just remove the comments in the exiting code, use the code below.)  
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on.md
index c90112264157..1363ab4a995b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on.md
@@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ To connect to authentication providers like Google and Facebook, you will need t
 > For current Google OAuth instructions, see [Configuring Google authentication in ASP.NET Core](/aspnet/core/security/authentication/social/google-logins).
 
 1. Navigate to the [Google Developers Console](https://console.developers.google.com/).
-2. If you haven't created a project before, select **Credentials** in the left tab, and then select **Create**.
-3. In the left tab, click **Credentials**.
-4. Click **Create credentials** then **OAuth client ID**. 
+1. If you haven't created a project before, select **Credentials** in the left tab, and then select **Create**.
+1. In the left tab, click **Credentials**.
+1. Click **Create credentials** then **OAuth client ID**. 
 
     1. In the **Create Client ID** dialog, keep the default **Web application** for the application type.
     2. Set the **Authorized JavaScript** origins to the SSL URL you used above (`https://localhost:44300/` unless you've created other SSL projects)
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ To connect to authentication providers like Google and Facebook, you will need t
   
     ![](create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on/_static/image15.png)  
   
-   The image below shows the enabled APIs.  
+ The image below shows the enabled APIs.  
   
     ![](create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on/_static/image16.png)
 7. From the Google APIs API Manager, visit the **Credentials** tab to obtain the **Client ID**. Download to save a JSON file with application secrets. Copy and paste the **ClientId** and **ClientSecret** into the `UseGoogleAuthentication` method found in the *Startup.Auth.cs* file in the *App_Start* folder. The **ClientId** and **ClientSecret** values shown below are samples and don't work.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ For Facebook OAuth2 authentication, you need to copy to your project some settin
     ![Create new app](create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on/_static/image22.png)
 4. Enter an **App Name** and **Category**, then click **Create App**.
 
-    This must be unique across Facebook. The <strong>App Namespace</strong> is the part of the URL that your App will use to access the Facebook application for authentication (for example, https://apps.facebook.com/{App Namespace}). If you don't specify an <strong>App Namespace</strong>, the <strong>App ID</strong> will be used for the URL. The <strong>App ID</strong> is a long system-generated number that you will see in the next step.
+    This must be unique across Facebook. The **App Namespace** is the part of the URL that your App will use to access the Facebook application for authentication (for example, https://apps.facebook.com/{App Namespace}). If you don't specify an **App Namespace**, the **App ID** will be used for the URL. The **App ID** is a long system-generated number that you will see in the next step.
 
     ![Create New App dialog](create-an-aspnet-mvc-5-app-with-facebook-and-google-oauth2-and-openid-sign-on/_static/image23.png)
 5. Submit the standard security check.
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/preventing-open-redirection-attacks.md b/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/preventing-open-redirection-attacks.md
index 8d96cd06fc0d..ca38c9e564ed 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/preventing-open-redirection-attacks.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/overview/security/preventing-open-redirection-attacks.md
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ In the screenshot below, we can see that an attempt to access the /Account/Chang
 
 **Figure 01**: Login page with an open redirection
 
-Since the ReturnUrl querystring parameter is not validated, an attacker can modify it to inject any URL address into the parameter to conduct an open redirection attack. To demonstrate this, we can modify the ReturnUrl parameter to [http://bing.com](http://bing.com), so the resulting login URL will be /Account/LogOn?ReturnUrl=<http://www.bing.com/>. Upon successfully logging in to the site, we are redirected to [http://bing.com](http://bing.com). Since this redirection is not validated, it could instead point to a malicious site that attempts to trick the user.
+Since the ReturnUrl querystring parameter is not validated, an attacker can modify it to inject any URL address into the parameter to conduct an open redirection attack. To demonstrate this, we can modify the ReturnUrl parameter to [http://bing.com](http://bing.com), so the resulting login URL will be /Account/LogOn?ReturnUrl=http://www.bing.com/. Upon successfully logging in to the site, we are redirected to [http://bing.com](http://bing.com). Since this redirection is not validated, it could instead point to a malicious site that attempts to trick the user.
 
 ### A more complex Open Redirection Attack
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Now that the IsLocalUrl() method is in place, we can call it from our LogOn acti
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](preventing-open-redirection-attacks/samples/sample6.cs)]
 
-Now we can test an open redirection attack by attempting to log in using an external return URL. Let's use /Account/LogOn?ReturnUrl=<http://www.bing.com/> again.
+Now we can test an open redirection attack by attempting to log in using an external return URL. Let's use /Account/LogOn?ReturnUrl=http://www.bing.com/ again.
 
 [![](preventing-open-redirection-attacks/_static/image8.png)](preventing-open-redirection-attacks/_static/image7.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-1-architectural-discussion-and-overview.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-1-architectural-discussion-and-overview.md
index d47c03487fd0..157bba30015f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-1-architectural-discussion-and-overview.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-1-architectural-discussion-and-overview.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Rob Conery covers the initial architecture here, in part 1, where he discusses t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-1-architectural-discussion-and-overview)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md
index 69e3724618f0..0095234bd639 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob refactors the initial go at the Shopping Cart, and implements the core of a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (25 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md
index 1db80a2b7d71..8024dd408266 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I hook the site up to the shopping cart and run some tests on my
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (31 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md
index 5d3c94034629..5333f6d6a82d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I implement mocking so I can test my Authentication action for m
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (18 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-11-hooking-up-the-shopping-cart-and-using-components.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md
index 78308b88c605..dea6875d236b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This is a joint development session with Jeremy Miller of CodeBetter/StructureMa
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (58 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-12-mocking.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md
index 8ddea3b674ad..b7daa85962d9 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rich Client interaction specifically focused on AJAX. Rob Conery has documented
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (33 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-13-dependency-injection.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md
index 8533bb0b5bf3..21fb2d46236d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode Rob Conery does a public code review of the Storefront Applicati
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (37 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-14-rich-client-interaction.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md
index 0ff4d5ae093f..df8a64e86e09 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob changes the Membership system and splits it out into three separate services
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (40 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-15-public-code-review.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md
index 233676b2c7c0..ce2b5088519d 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I ready up the checkout process and talk with Mr. CodingHorror h
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (34 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-16-membership-redo-with-openid.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md
index fbe13677396a..60fb38649e02 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I work on pulling all of the technical pieces together to form a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (21 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-17-checkout-with-jeff-atwood.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md
index cfa9ad9cd57d..688bef1f2376 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I introduce Windows Workflow and spike it to see how well it wil
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (43 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-18-creating-an-experience.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md
index a1cfffc3e0b3..c608ef042e11 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I followup with more information about using Windows Workflow, a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19-processing-orders-with-windows-workflow.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md
index bd761f841306..1f338add9b20 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob Conery walks through Repository implementation and writes out the first main
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-1-architectural-discussion-and-overview.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-1-architectural-discussion-and-overview.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md
index ae7f8cbedd89..bc3653fcb8f7 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I plug in logging - something that probably should have been imp
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (21 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-19a-windows-workflow-followup.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md
index 50dcc4d728d1..67837eae0623 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I create the Order Manager page and talk about various issues re
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (43 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-20-logging.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md
index 55171a4a7d00..696fb9692e73 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this episode I restructure a bit in order to clean things up some. I also cha
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (45 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-21-order-manager-and-personalization.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md
index cd6b80986fe4..5659eaa88669 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ I don't like the complexity that's crept into my application. Not sure how else
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (46 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-22-restructuring-rerouting-and-paypal.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis.md
index 5b998bbef079..e035554c7339 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ This is the last episode in the MVC Storefront series and this might seem a bit
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (27 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-24-finis)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-23-getting-started-with-domain-driven-design.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md
index 3cd519b7f1f7..c83754ca21c8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob Conery discusses the feedback from Parts 1 and 2, and then dive into the Pip
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (16 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-2-the-repository-pattern.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md
index e8f40ed8d335..9c73f3091a12 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob creates a "spike" - a bit of functionality to test a thought or inspiration
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-3-pipes-and-filters.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md
index e194ab37d20b..9c45dd655379 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob Conery works with Damien Guard to refactor the database to deal with test da
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-4-linq-to-sql-spike.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md
index 00888c812d37..de529844c0a5 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob talks with Jon Galloway about CSS strategies and begin working in the Front
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-5-globalization.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md
index f2a6b47e2048..1187c44509d1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob talks with Scott Hanselman about how to setup Routing, and then he implement
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (25 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-6-finishing-the-repository-and-initial-ui-work.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md
index e2cec0ca58a6..85b2932c7344 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob finishes up the initial iteration of the site and work on Controller Tests a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (30 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-7-routing-and-ui-work.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md
index 1b97722594a0..805294d5bf4f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-1/aspnet-mvc-storefront/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Rob Conery cooks up a simple cart system so he can spike.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (28 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-9-the-shopping-cart)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-8-testing-controllers-iteration-1-complete.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-storefront-part-10-shopping-cart-refactor-and-authorization.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1.md
index 9f57338517bc..7462ba68959f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this Video Microsoft's Joe Stagner builds a "Contact Us" feature for an ASP.N
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (36 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md
index 7ce7a193ef68..b52de514cf23 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this Video Microsoft's Joe Stagner builds a "Contact Us" feature for an ASP.N
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (31 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-1.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md
index c9a1bb07d8de..c2616b4bbe32 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this Video Microsoft's Joe Stagner rebuilds the "Contact Us" feature for an A
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (16 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-2.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4.md
index 8d366a29c41f..923e7c5e8ce5 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video Microsoft's Joe Stagner adds a controller to an ASP.NET MVC applic
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-4)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-for-the-rest-of-us-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md
index ab66f63d953c..eb627b37e200 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Scott Hanselman presents a 5 minute introduction to ASP.NET MVC.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md)
-> [Next](how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md)
+[Next](how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/an-introduction-to-url-routing.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/an-introduction-to-url-routing.md
index 5fdb6135dc84..577106cdcb1a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/an-introduction-to-url-routing.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/an-introduction-to-url-routing.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this tutorial, Stephen Walther demonstrates how browser requests get mapped t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/an-introduction-to-url-routing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md)
-> [Next](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md)
+[Next](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md
index 2b6fb0b53f08..53b27a32fed9 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the Areas feature to make it easier to o
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-2-areas)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc2-template-customization.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc2-template-customization.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md
index cd4a6d54bc91..26df9dac08de 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-2-render-action.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you'll learn how to use Html.RenderAction to write the results of
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-2-render-action)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md)
-> [Next](5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md)
+[Next](5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md
index 6d4be2726ea8..36a8a7a689f0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Stephen Walther introduces you to ASP.NET MVC controllers and con
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-controller-overview)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md)
-> [Next](understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md)
+[Next](understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md
index f6971e89ea0c..2a7c28471d02 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ A short overview of what it's like to work with ASP.NET MVC.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md
index eb9a6881c391..78f2a0a51cc0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Stephen Walther builds an entire ASP.NET MVC application from start to finish. T
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
-> [Next](understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
+[Next](understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc.md
index 26171ef46afa..238e3103ae4c 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Stephen Walther builds an entire ASP.NET MVC application from start to finish. T
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (38 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-a-tasklist-application-with-aspnet-mvc)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-custom-html-helpers.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-custom-html-helpers.md
index 3a14fc2944e1..5e599a9e64e1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-custom-html-helpers.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-custom-html-helpers.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Create new HTML Helpers to make it easier to generate view content. Stephen Walt
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-custom-html-helpers)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md)
-> [Next](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md)
+[Next](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md
index f2fa2b4d786f..a0aee525155f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to create data access classes by taking advantage of Microsoft LINQ to
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (24 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-custom-html-helpers.md)
-> [Next](displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-custom-html-helpers.md)
+[Next](displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md
index b8617d3c1d84..038bd60b1ef8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to create unit tests for controller actions. In this tutorial, Stephen
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md)
-> [Next](creating-custom-html-helpers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md)
+[Next](creating-custom-html-helpers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md
index 3d6d042efa11..e43d40a69632 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Need to display a set of database records in an ASP.NET MVC view? Learn two meth
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/displaying-a-table-of-database-data)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md)
-> [Next](what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-model-classes-with-linq-to-sql.md)
+[Next](what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md
index 6844c37aa728..d11705fe0d89 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to create a custom HtmlHelper that is not ava
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (18 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md
index a8d76b51e390..5ad9e99fe326 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to use the concept of a "View Model" for mana
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (21 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md
index ac0890015cb4..deb841d8f8af 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to use the JsonResult and Json classes to ret
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md
index fb60236411ff..026b9c857842 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to use the HttpVerbs attributes to control ac
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (16 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](mvc2-html-encoding.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](mvc2-html-encoding.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md
index a61bafe3b768..734ab0e835c8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to organize and pass data to partial views in
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-work-with-data-in-aspnet-mvc-partial-views)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-return-json-formatted-data-for-an-ajax-call-in-an-aspnet-mvc-web-application.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-view-models-to-manage-data-for-aspnet-mvc-views.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md
index bd41051486f1..71208613f106 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to use model binders to bind form data to com
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (17 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-work-with-model-binders-in-an-mvc-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-create-a-custom-html-helper-for-an-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc.md
index d552fe43da0b..368929fd1fe0 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Microsoft's Scott Hanselman shows you what you need to learn how to use ASP.NET
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-best-learn-asp-net-mvc)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](5-minute-introduction-to-aspnet-mvc.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-html-encoding.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-html-encoding.md
index 942e7c770ace..e941de66b805 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-html-encoding.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-html-encoding.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the new HTML Encoding shortcut syntax in
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/mvc2-html-encoding)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md)
-> [Next](mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-httpverbs-attributes-in-an-mvc-application.md)
+[Next](mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-model-validation.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-model-validation.md
index 0500ca9b92dc..038f74b7de51 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-model-validation.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-model-validation.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about how to use Data Annotation Attributes to defi
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/mvc2-model-validation)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md)
-> [Next](mvc2-template-customization.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md)
+[Next](mvc2-template-customization.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md
index 191fd1ba97b9..af6efd18111b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about how you can use strongly typed HTML Helpers t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/mvc2-stronglytyped-helpers)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc2-html-encoding.md)
-> [Next](mvc2-model-validation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc2-html-encoding.md)
+[Next](mvc2-model-validation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-template-customization.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-template-customization.md
index b61bb275436e..656ae4f38308 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-template-customization.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/mvc2-template-customization.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about the template customization features in ASP.NE
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/mvc2-template-customization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc2-model-validation.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc2-model-validation.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-2-areas.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md
index f1427ed96366..f4e8d787f78b 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Prevent JavaScript Injection Attacks and Cross-Site Scripting Attacks from happe
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/preventing-javascript-injection-attacks)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](an-introduction-to-url-routing.md)
-> [Next](creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](an-introduction-to-url-routing.md)
+[Next](creating-unit-tests-for-aspnet-mvc-applications.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md
index d50f2b816a40..569796e1a72a 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this tutorial, Stephen Walther introduces you to ASP.NET MVC controllers. You
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md)
-> [Next](understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md)
+[Next](understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md
index 50e81c9ec756..33f67493976f 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-models-views-and-controllers.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Confused about Models, Views, and Controllers? In this tutorial, Stephen Walther
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/understanding-models-views-and-controllers)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-movie-database-application-in-15-minutes-with-aspnet-mvc.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-controller-overview.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md
index 9e5ce9aad3df..b4e80d0b3ac1 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ What is an ASP.NET MVC View and how does it differ from a HTML page? In this tut
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/understanding-views-view-data-and-html-helpers)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md)
-> [Next](an-introduction-to-url-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-controllers-controller-actions-and-action-results.md)
+[Next](an-introduction-to-url-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md
index 612cccd46020..f7c0fb23fca8 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ An in-depth tutorial on building an application with ASP.NET MVC. In this video
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (80 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md)
-> [Next](why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-a-table-of-database-data.md)
+[Next](why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md
index 00a27dc906e2..70fd3e910262 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/how-do-i/why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ A high-level overview of ASP.NET MVC for decision-makers who would like to know
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/why-aspnet-mvc-3-minute-overview-video-for-decision-makers)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](what-is-aspnet-mvc-80-minute-technical-video-for-developers-building-nerddinner.md)
+[Next](aspnet-mvc-how-10-minute-technical-video-for-developers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure.md
index 668208c7c008..d3ad30892354 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Jon Galloway begins the MVC Music Store tutorial with an introduction, overview
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/mvc-music-store-part-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md
index ca8081eda137..45f595f338bb 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Jon continues the MVC Music Store tutorial by creating some basic controller act
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure.md)
-> [Next](mvc-music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-1-intro-tools-and-project-structure.md)
+[Next](mvc-music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels.md b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels.md
index 4867ae52f7c9..5eb5f1a50bfb 100644
--- a/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels.md
+++ b/aspnet/mvc/videos/mvc-2/music-store/mvc-music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Jon continues the MVC Music Store tutorial with an introduction to Views, ViewMo
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/mvc-music-store-part-3-views-and-viewmodels)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](mvc-music-store-part-2-controllers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-signalr.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-signalr.md
index 96ef2bdbb31b..2f4d086d9442 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-signalr.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/introduction-to-signalr.md
@@ -80,11 +80,11 @@ The following list shows the steps that SignalR uses to decide which transport t
 2. If JSONP is configured (that is, the `jsonp` parameter is set to `true` when the connection is started), Long Polling is used.
 3. If a cross-domain connection is being made (that is, if the SignalR endpoint is not in the same domain as the hosting page), then WebSocket will be used if the following criteria are met:
 
-   - The client supports CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing). For details on which clients support CORS, see [CORS at caniuse.com](http://www.caniuse.com/CORS).
-   - The client supports WebSocket
-   - The server supports WebSocket
+    - The client supports CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing). For details on which clients support CORS, see [CORS at caniuse.com](http://www.caniuse.com/CORS).
+    - The client supports WebSocket
+    - The server supports WebSocket
 
-     If any of these criteria are not met, Long Polling will be used. For more information on cross-domain connections, see [How to establish a cross-domain connection](../guide-to-the-api/hubs-api-guide-javascript-client.md#crossdomain).
+    If any of these criteria are not met, Long Polling will be used. For more information on cross-domain connections, see [How to establish a cross-domain connection](../guide-to-the-api/hubs-api-guide-javascript-client.md#crossdomain).
 4. If JSONP is not configured and the connection is not cross-domain, WebSocket will be used if both the client and server support it.
 5. If either the client or server do not support WebSocket, Server Sent Events is used if it is available.
 6. If Server Sent Events is not available, Forever Frame is attempted.
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/real-time-web-applications-with-signalr.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/real-time-web-applications-with-signalr.md
index 35cca1e60ec1..85227744dfd4 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/real-time-web-applications-with-signalr.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/real-time-web-applications-with-signalr.md
@@ -155,12 +155,12 @@ In this task, you will add SignalR to the solution and send updates to the clien
 
     *SignalR package installation*
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > When installing **SignalR** NuGet packages version 2.0.2 from a brand new MVC 5 application, you will need to manually update **OWIN** packages to version 2.0.1 (or higher) before installing SignalR. To do this, you can execute the following script in the **Package Manager Console**:
-   > 
-   > [!code-powershell[Main](real-time-web-applications-with-signalr/samples/sample2.ps1)]
-   > 
-   > In a future release of SignalR, OWIN dependencies will be automatically updated.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > When installing **SignalR** NuGet packages version 2.0.2 from a brand new MVC 5 application, you will need to manually update **OWIN** packages to version 2.0.1 (or higher) before installing SignalR. To do this, you can execute the following script in the **Package Manager Console**:
+    > 
+    > [!code-powershell[Main](real-time-web-applications-with-signalr/samples/sample2.ps1)]
+    > 
+    > In a future release of SignalR, OWIN dependencies will be automatically updated.
 3. In **Solution Explorer**, expand the **Scripts** folder and notice that the SignalR *js* files were added to the solution.
 
     ![SignalR JavaScript references](real-time-web-applications-with-signalr/_static/image10.png "SignalR JavaScript references")
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-signalr.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-signalr.md
index 882795897c82..17a4621da91e 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-signalr.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/getting-started/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-signalr.md
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ You have now completed setting up the server code. In the next section you'll se
 
     The script tags specify the jQuery script file, the SignalR core script file, the SignalR proxies script file, and a StockTicker script file that you'll create later. The SignalR proxies script file, which specifies the "/signalr/hubs" URL, is dynamically generated and defines proxy methods for the methods on the Hub class, in this case for StockTickerHub.GetAllStocks. If you prefer, you can generate this JavaScript file manually by using [SignalR Utilities](http://nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNet.SignalR.Utils/) and disable dynamic file creation in the MapHubs method call.
 3. > [!IMPORTANT]
-   > Make sure that the JavaScript file references in *StockTicker.html* are correct. That is, make sure that the jQuery version in your script tag (1.10.2 in the example) is the same as the jQuery version in your project's *Scripts* folder, and make sure that the SignalR version in your script tag is the same as the SignalR version in your project's *Scripts* folder. Change the file names in the script tags if necessary.
+ > Make sure that the JavaScript file references in *StockTicker.html* are correct. That is, make sure that the jQuery version in your script tag (1.10.2 in the example) is the same as the jQuery version in your project's *Scripts* folder, and make sure that the SignalR version in your script tag is the same as the SignalR version in your project's *Scripts* folder. Change the file names in the script tags if necessary.
 4. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click *StockTicker.html*, and then click **Set as Start Page**.
 5. Create a new JavaScript file in the project folder and name it *StockTicker.js*..
 6. Replace the template code with the following code:
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/introduction-to-security.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/introduction-to-security.md
index c8ab4a1c5bd9..1349d15a591d 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/introduction-to-security.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/introduction-to-security.md
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Here is an example of a CSRF attack:
 
     [!code-html[Main](introduction-to-security/samples/sample1.html)]
 
-   Notice that the form action posts to the vulnerable site, not to the malicious site. This is the "cross-site" part of CSRF.
+ Notice that the form action posts to the vulnerable site, not to the malicious site. This is the "cross-site" part of CSRF.
 4. The user clicks the submit button. The browser includes the authentication cookie with the request.
 5. The request runs on the example.com server with the user's authentication context, and can do anything that an authenticated user is allowed to do.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4.md
index 3aa50f6b4b82..d8b0e699c3af 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4.md
@@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ This section shows how to create an ASP.NET MVC 4 application, add the SignalR l
         > In VS 2010, select **.NET Framework 4** in the Framework version dropdown control. SignalR code runs on .NET Framework versions 4 and 4.5.
 
         ![Create mvc web](tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4/_static/image3.png)
-      2. Select the Internet Application template, clear the option to **Create a unit test project**, and click OK.
+    2. Select the Internet Application template, clear the option to **Create a unit test project**, and click OK.
 
-         ![Create mvc internet site](tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4/_static/image4.png)
-      3. Open the **Tools | Library Package Manager | Package Manager Console** and run the following command. This step adds to the project a set of script files and assembly references that enable SignalR functionality.
+        ![Create mvc internet site](tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4/_static/image4.png)
+    3. Open the **Tools | Library Package Manager | Package Manager Console** and run the following command. This step adds to the project a set of script files and assembly references that enable SignalR functionality.
 
-         `install-package Microsoft.AspNet.SignalR -Version 1.1.3`
-      4. In **Solution Explorer** expand the Scripts folder. Note that script libraries for SignalR have been added to the project.
+        `install-package Microsoft.AspNet.SignalR -Version 1.1.3`
+    4. In **Solution Explorer** expand the Scripts folder. Note that script libraries for SignalR have been added to the project.
 
-         ![Library references](tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4/_static/image6.png)
-      5. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the project, select **Add | New Folder**, and add a new folder named **Hubs**.
-      6. Right-click the **Hubs** folder, click **Add | Class**, and create a new C# class named **ChatHub.cs**. You will use this class as a SignalR server hub that sends messages to all clients.
+        ![Library references](tutorial-getting-started-with-signalr-and-mvc-4/_static/image6.png)
+    5. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the project, select **Add | New Folder**, and add a new folder named **Hubs**.
+    6. Right-click the **Hubs** folder, click **Add | Class**, and create a new C# class named **ChatHub.cs**. You will use this class as a SignalR server hub that sends messages to all clients.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you use Visual Studio 2012 and have installed the [ASP.NET and Web Tools 2012.2 update](../../../visual-studio/overview/2012/aspnet-and-web-tools-20122-release-notes-rtw.md#_Installation), you can use the new SignalR item template to create the hub class. To do that, right-click the **Hubs** folder, click **Add | New Item**, select **SignalR Hub Class (v1)**, and name the class **ChatHub.cs**.
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-aspnet-signalr.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-aspnet-signalr.md
index ce6b4863ed21..6fea809904a6 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-aspnet-signalr.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/older-versions/tutorial-server-broadcast-with-aspnet-signalr.md
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ You have now completed setting up the server code. In the next section you'll se
 
     The script tags specify the jQuery script file, the SignalR core script file, the SignalR proxies script file, and a StockTicker script file that you'll create later. The SignalR proxies script file, which specifies the "/signalr/hubs" URL, is dynamically generated and defines proxy methods for the methods on the Hub class, in this case for StockTickerHub.GetAllStocks. If you prefer, you can generate this JavaScript file manually by using [SignalR Utilities](http://nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNet.SignalR.Utils/) and disable dynamic file creation in the MapHubs method call.
 3. > [!IMPORTANT]
-   > Make sure that the JavaScript file references in *StockTicker.html* are correct. That is, make sure that the jQuery version in your script tag (1.8.2 in the example) is the same as the jQuery version in your project's *Scripts* folder, and make sure that the SignalR version in your script tag is the same as the SignalR version in your project's *Scripts* folder. Change the file names in the script tags if necessary.
+ > Make sure that the JavaScript file references in *StockTicker.html* are correct. That is, make sure that the jQuery version in your script tag (1.8.2 in the example) is the same as the jQuery version in your project's *Scripts* folder, and make sure that the SignalR version in your script tag is the same as the SignalR version in your project's *Scripts* folder. Change the file names in the script tags if necessary.
 4. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click *StockTicker.html*, and then click **Set as Start Page**.
 5. Create a new JavaScript file in the project folder and name it *StockTicker.js*..
 6. Replace the template code with the following code:
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/performance/scaleout-with-sql-server.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/performance/scaleout-with-sql-server.md
index c9b13d42dde3..0d74246b1f63 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/performance/scaleout-with-sql-server.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/performance/scaleout-with-sql-server.md
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Before we get to the detailed tutorial, here is a quick overview of what you wil
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](scaleout-with-sql-server/samples/sample1.cs)]
 
-   This code configures the backplane with the default values for [TableCount](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/microsoft.aspnet.signalr.sqlscaleoutconfiguration.tablecount(v=vs.118).aspx) and [MaxQueueLength](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/microsoft.aspnet.signalr.messaging.scaleoutconfiguration.maxqueuelength(v=vs.118).aspx). For information on changing these values, see [SignalR Performance: Scaleout Metrics](signalr-performance.md#scaleout_metrics). 
+ This code configures the backplane with the default values for [TableCount](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/microsoft.aspnet.signalr.sqlscaleoutconfiguration.tablecount(v=vs.118).aspx) and [MaxQueueLength](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/microsoft.aspnet.signalr.messaging.scaleoutconfiguration.maxqueuelength(v=vs.118).aspx). For information on changing these values, see [SignalR Performance: Scaleout Metrics](signalr-performance.md#scaleout_metrics). 
 
 ## Configure the Database
 
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/hub-authorization.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/hub-authorization.md
index 8cf4d907cf14..6950d99420a0 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/hub-authorization.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/hub-authorization.md
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ When your .NET client interacts with a hub that uses ASP.NET Forms Authenticatio
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](hub-authorization/samples/sample7.cs)]
 
-The console app posts the credentials to <strong>www.contoso.com/RemoteLogin</strong> which could refer to an empty page that contains the following code-behind file.
+The console app posts the credentials to **www.contoso.com/RemoteLogin** which could refer to an empty page that contains the following code-behind file.
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](hub-authorization/samples/sample8.cs)]
 
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/introduction-to-security.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/introduction-to-security.md
index b4f59d086ad1..9b6abadc8f72 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/introduction-to-security.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/security/introduction-to-security.md
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Here is an example of a CSRF attack:
 
     [!code-html[Main](introduction-to-security/samples/sample1.html)]
 
-   Notice that the form action posts to the vulnerable site, not to the malicious site. This is the "cross-site" part of CSRF.
+ Notice that the form action posts to the vulnerable site, not to the malicious site. This is the "cross-site" part of CSRF.
 4. The user clicks the submit button. The browser includes the authentication cookie with the request.
 5. The request runs on the example.com server with the user's authentication context, and can do anything that an authenticated user is allowed to do.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/signalr/overview/testing-and-debugging/unit-testing-signalr-applications.md b/aspnet/signalr/overview/testing-and-debugging/unit-testing-signalr-applications.md
index 9c5de243dc5b..249211fb054d 100644
--- a/aspnet/signalr/overview/testing-and-debugging/unit-testing-signalr-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/signalr/overview/testing-and-debugging/unit-testing-signalr-applications.md
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ In this section, you'll add a unit test for the application created in the [Gett
     ![Add Project Reference](unit-testing-signalr-applications/_static/image3.png)
 6. Add the SignalR, Moq, and XUnit packages to the **TestLibrary** project. In the **Package Manager Console**, set the **Default Project** dropdown to **TestLibrary**. Run the following commands in the console window:
 
-   - `Install-Package Microsoft.AspNet.SignalR`
-   - `Install-Package Moq`
-   - `Install-Package XUnit`
+    - `Install-Package Microsoft.AspNet.SignalR`
+    - `Install-Package Moq`
+    - `Install-Package XUnit`
 
-     ![Install Packages](unit-testing-signalr-applications/_static/image4.png)
+    ![Install Packages](unit-testing-signalr-applications/_static/image4.png)
 7. Create the test file. Right-click the **TestLibrary** project and click **Add...**, **Class**. Name the new class **Tests.cs**.
 8. Replace the contents of Tests.cs with the following code.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/introduction/other-libraries.md b/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/introduction/other-libraries.md
index 29c2c3a72776..485d66a613ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/introduction/other-libraries.md
+++ b/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/introduction/other-libraries.md
@@ -52,17 +52,15 @@ Compared with the other templates listed here, the Hot Towel teample provides a
 
 Here are the features provided by each SPA template:
 
-
-|                        | ASP.NET SPA | Backbone | Breeze/Angular | Breeze/KO |  Ember   | Hot Towel |
-|------------------------|-------------|----------|----------------|-----------|----------|-----------|
-|      ToDo sample       |  &#10003;   |          |    &#10003;    | &#10003;  | &#10003; |           |
-|     Bare template      |             | &#10003; |                |           |          | &#10003;  |
-| Navigation and history |             | &#10003; |    &#10003;    |           | &#10003; | &#10003;  |
-|        Libaries        |             |          |                |           |          |           |
-|        Angular         |             |          |    &#10003;    |           |          |           |
-|    &#8195;Backbone     |             | &#10003; |                |           |          |           |
-|         Breeze         |             |          |    &#10003;    | &#10003;  |          | &#10003;  |
-|        Durandal        |             |          |                |           |          | &#10003;  |
-|         Ember          |             |          |                |           | &#10003; |           |
-|        Knockout        |  &#10003;   |          |                | &#10003;  |          | &#10003;  |
-
+|  | ASP.NET SPA | Backbone | Breeze/Angular | Breeze/KO | Ember | Hot Towel |
+| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
+| ToDo sample | &#10003; |  | &#10003; | &#10003; | &#10003; |  |
+| Bare template |  | &#10003; |  |  |  | &#10003; |
+| Navigation and history |  | &#10003; | &#10003; |  | &#10003; | &#10003; |
+| Libaries |  |  |  |  |  |  |
+| Angular |  |  | &#10003; |  |  |  |
+| &#8195;Backbone |  | &#10003; |  |  |  |  |
+| Breeze |  |  | &#10003; | &#10003; |  | &#10003; |
+| Durandal |  |  |  |  |  | &#10003; |
+| Ember |  |  |  |  | &#10003; |  |
+| Knockout | &#10003; |  |  | &#10003; |  | &#10003; |
diff --git a/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/templates/hottowel-template.md b/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/templates/hottowel-template.md
index ebf3162cb488..88e22959720e 100644
--- a/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/templates/hottowel-template.md
+++ b/aspnet/single-page-application/overview/templates/hottowel-template.md
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ by [Mads Kristensen](https://github.com/madskristensen)
 > [Hot Towel MVC Template for Visual Studio 2012](https://visualstudiogallery.msdn.microsoft.com/1f68fbe8-b4e9-4968-9fd3-ddc7cbc52dca)
 > 
 > [Hot Towel MVC Template for Visual Studio 2013](https://visualstudiogallery.msdn.microsoft.com/1eb8780d-d522-4dcf-bf56-56f0eab305c2)
-> 
-> 
+
+
 > Hot Towel: Because you don't want to go to the SPA without one!
 
 
diff --git a/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2012/windows-azure-authentication.md b/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2012/windows-azure-authentication.md
index 1eacf18b35e0..82e32c1bc0ad 100644
--- a/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2012/windows-azure-authentication.md
+++ b/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2012/windows-azure-authentication.md
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ If you do not have an existing Windows Azure Active Directory tenant (For exampl
 
 1. From the Project menu select **Enable Windows Azure Authentication**:  
   
-   ![](windows-azure-authentication/_static/image2.png)
+ ![](windows-azure-authentication/_static/image2.png)
 
 2. Enter the domain for your Windows Azure Active Directory tenant (for example, contoso.onmicrosoft.com) and click **Enable**:
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ If you do not have an existing Windows Azure Active Directory tenant (For exampl
 
 3. In the Web Authentication dialog sign in as an administrator for your Windows Azure Active Directory tenant:  
   
-   ![](windows-azure-authentication/_static/image4.png)
+ ![](windows-azure-authentication/_static/image4.png)
 
 ![](windows-azure-authentication/_static/image5.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2013/release-notes.md b/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2013/release-notes.md
index 1e67230cc8ba..19c486828192 100644
--- a/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2013/release-notes.md
+++ b/aspnet/visual-studio/overview/2013/release-notes.md
@@ -575,8 +575,8 @@ ASP.NET Razor 3 includes the following new features:
 - Support for Tab editing. Preivously, the **Format Document** command, auto indenting, and auto formatting in Visual Studio did not work correctly when using the **Keep Tabs** option. This change corrects Visual Studio formatting for Razor code for tab formatting.
 - Support for URL Rewrite rules when generating links.
 - Removal of security transparent attribute.
-  > [!NOTE]
-  > This is a breaking change, and makes Razor 3 incompatible with MVC4 and earlier, while Razor 2 is incompatible with MVC5 or assemblies compiled against MVC5.
+ > [!NOTE]
+ > This is a breaking change, and makes Razor 3 incompatible with MVC4 and earlier, while Razor 2 is incompatible with MVC5 or assemblies compiled against MVC5.
 
 Razor 3 issues fixed in Visual Studio 2013 from pre-release versions can be found [here](https://aspnetwebstack.codeplex.com/workitem/list/advanced?keyword=&status=Resolved%7cClosed&type=All&priority=All&release=All%7cv5.0%2bPreview%7cv5.0%2bRC%7cv5.0%2bRTM&assignedTo=All&component=Web%2bPages%252fRazor&reasonClosed=Fixed&sortField=LastUpdatedDate&sortDirection=Descending&page=0).
 
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ This section describes known issues and breaking changes in the ASP.NET and Web
 
     *Server Error in '/' Application.*
 
-    <em>A claim of type '<http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/05/identity/claims/nameidentifier>' or '<http://schemas.microsoft.com/accesscontrolservice/2010/07/claims/identityprovider>' was not present on the provided ClaimsIdentity. To enable anti-forgery token support with claims-based authentication, please verify that the configured claims provider is providing both of these claims on the ClaimsIdentity instances it generates. If the configured claims provider instead uses a different claim type as a unique identifier, it can be configured by setting the static property AntiForgeryConfig.UniqueClaimTypeIdentifier.</em>
+    *A claim of type 'http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/ws/2005/05/identity/claims/nameidentifier' or 'http://schemas.microsoft.com/accesscontrolservice/2010/07/claims/identityprovider' was not present on the provided ClaimsIdentity. To enable anti-forgery token support with claims-based authentication, please verify that the configured claims provider is providing both of these claims on the ClaimsIdentity instances it generates. If the configured claims provider instead uses a different claim type as a unique identifier, it can be configured by setting the static property AntiForgeryConfig.UniqueClaimTypeIdentifier.*
 
     **Workaround**:
 
@@ -642,14 +642,14 @@ This section describes known issues and breaking changes in the ASP.NET and Web
 
     To fix the above error, open *all* the Web.config files (including the ones in the Views folder) in your project and do the following:
 
-   1. Update all occurrences of version "4.0.0.0" of "System.Web.Mvc" to "5.0.0.0".
-   2. Update all occurrences of version "2.0.0.0" of "System.Web.Helpers", &quot;System.Web.WebPages&quot; and &quot;System.Web.WebPages.Razor&quot; to "3.0.0.0"
+    1. Update all occurrences of version "4.0.0.0" of "System.Web.Mvc" to "5.0.0.0".
+    2. Update all occurrences of version "2.0.0.0" of "System.Web.Helpers", &quot;System.Web.WebPages&quot; and &quot;System.Web.WebPages.Razor&quot; to "3.0.0.0"
 
-      For example, after you make the above changes, the assembly bindings should look like this:
+    For example, after you make the above changes, the assembly bindings should look like this:
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](release-notes/samples/sample24.xml)]
+    [!code-xml[Main](release-notes/samples/sample24.xml)]
 
-      For information on upgrading MVC 4 projects to MVC 5, see [How to Upgrade an ASP.NET MVC 4 and Web API Project to ASP.NET MVC 5 and Web API 2](../../../mvc/overview/releases/how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2.md).
+    For information on upgrading MVC 4 projects to MVC 5, see [How to Upgrade an ASP.NET MVC 4 and Web API Project to ASP.NET MVC 5 and Web API 2](../../../mvc/overview/releases/how-to-upgrade-an-aspnet-mvc-4-and-web-api-project-to-aspnet-mvc-5-and-web-api-2.md).
 3. When using client-side validation with jQuery Unobtrusive Validation, the validation message is sometimes incorrect for an HTML input element with type='number'. The validation error for a required value ("The Age field is required") is shown when an invalid number is entered instead of the correct message that a valid number is required.
 
     This issue is commonly found with scaffolded code for a model with an integer property on the Create and Edit views.
@@ -692,13 +692,13 @@ Workaround:
 - To fix this error for MVC, add a new scaffolded item and select MVC 5 Dependencies (either Minimal or Full). This process will add all of the required changes to your project.
 - To fix this error for Web API:
 
-  1. Add the WebApiConfig class to your project.
+    1. Add the WebApiConfig class to your project.
 
-      [!code-csharp[Main](release-notes/samples/sample25.cs)]
+        [!code-csharp[Main](release-notes/samples/sample25.cs)]
 
-      [!code-vb[Main](release-notes/samples/sample26.vb)]
-  2. Configure WebApiConfig.Register in the Application\_Start method in Global.asax as follows:
+        [!code-vb[Main](release-notes/samples/sample26.vb)]
+    2. Configure WebApiConfig.Register in the Application\_Start method in Global.asax as follows:
 
-      [!code-csharp[Main](release-notes/samples/sample27.cs)]
+        [!code-csharp[Main](release-notes/samples/sample27.cs)]
 
-      [!code-vb[Main](release-notes/samples/sample28.vb)]
+        [!code-vb[Main](release-notes/samples/sample28.vb)]
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/calling-a-web-api-from-a-net-client.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/calling-a-web-api-from-a-net-client.md
index e841d8985418..bd3f9270b66d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/calling-a-web-api-from-a-net-client.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/calling-a-web-api-from-a-net-client.md
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@ To test the client app:
 
 3. Run the client app. The following output is produced:
 
-   ```console
-   Created at http://localhost:64195/api/products/4
-   Name: Gizmo     Price: 100.0    Category: Widgets
-   Updating price...
-   Name: Gizmo     Price: 80.0     Category: Widgets
-   Deleted (HTTP Status = 204)
-   ```
+ ```console
+ Created at http://localhost:64195/api/products/4
+Name: Gizmo     Price: 100.0    Category: Widgets
+Updating price...
+Name: Gizmo     Price: 80.0     Category: Widgets
+Deleted (HTTP Status = 204)
+```
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/configuring-aspnet-web-api.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/configuring-aspnet-web-api.md
index e8f7bbdbd1b4..8f1e86430b39 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/configuring-aspnet-web-api.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/advanced/configuring-aspnet-web-api.md
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@ Single-Instance Services
 Multiple-Instance Services
 
 
-|                 Service                 |                                                                                                              Description                                                                                                               |
-|-----------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|    <strong>IFilterProvider</strong>     |                                                                                           Returns a list of filters for a controller action.                                                                                           |
-|  <strong>ModelBinderProvider</strong>   |                                                                                                Returns a model binder for a given type.                                                                                                |
-| <strong>ModelMetadataProvider</strong>  |                                                                                                     Provides metadata for a model.                                                                                                     |
-| <strong>ModelValidatorProvider</strong> |                                                                                                   Provides a validator for a model.                                                                                                    |
-|  <strong>ValueProviderFactory</strong>  | Creates a value provider. For more information, see Mike Stall's blog post [How to create a custom value provider in WebAPI](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/jmstall/archive/2012/04/23/how-to-create-a-custom-value-provider-in-webapi.aspx) |
+| Service | Description |
+| --- | --- |
+| **IFilterProvider** | Returns a list of filters for a controller action. |
+| **ModelBinderProvider** | Returns a model binder for a given type. |
+| **ModelMetadataProvider** | Provides metadata for a model. |
+| **ModelValidatorProvider** | Provides a validator for a model. |
+| **ValueProviderFactory** | Creates a value provider. For more information, see Mike Stall's blog post [How to create a custom value provider in WebAPI](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/jmstall/archive/2012/04/23/how-to-create-a-custom-value-provider-in-webapi.aspx) |.
 
 To add a custom implementation to a multi-instance service, call **Add** or **Insert** on the **Services** collection:
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-1.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-1.md
index 4ca248d984a8..54c3ba551b62 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-1.md
@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@ After you sign in to Azure, Visual Studio prompts you to configure the web app.
 
 [![](part-1/_static/image10.png)](part-1/_static/image9.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-10.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-10.md
index 15d48a83c28c..21e8298d89e0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-10.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-10.md
@@ -52,5 +52,5 @@ Enter a site name. Select your Azure subscription and the region. Under **Databa
 
 Click the **Settings** tab and check &quot;Execute Code First Migrations&quot;. Then click **Publish**.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-9.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-9.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-2.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-2.md
index ab082b5d43f4..e0f720af45c5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-2.md
@@ -88,6 +88,6 @@ At this point, build the project again. Now go through the same steps to add an
 
 ![](part-2/_static/image8.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-1.md)
-> [Next](part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-1.md)
+[Next](part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-3.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-3.md
index cbd83ac062dd..139eb8e46d96 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-3.md
@@ -97,6 +97,6 @@ The following screenshot shows the results for the Books table. Notice that EF p
 
 ![](part-3/_static/image9.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-2.md)
-> [Next](part-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-2.md)
+[Next](part-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-4.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-4.md
index 70e5b87760a7..c50b744a0c5e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-4.md
@@ -107,6 +107,6 @@ One solution is to use DTOs, which I describe in the next section. Alternatively
 
 For this tutorial, you don't need the `Author.Book` navigation property, so you can leave it out.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-3.md)
-> [Next](part-5.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-3.md)
+[Next](part-5.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-5.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-5.md
index 40b758299600..e7c91ccefdfd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-5.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-5.md
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Finally, modify the `PostBook` method to return a DTO.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > In this tutorial, we're converting to DTOs manually in code. Another option is to use a library like [AutoMapper](http://automapper.org/) that handles the conversion automatically.
-> 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-4.md)
-> [Next](part-6.md)
+
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-4.md)
+[Next](part-6.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-6.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-6.md
index e6ce075fff94..1ef24c111a23 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-6.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-6.md
@@ -68,6 +68,6 @@ Open the file App\_Start/BundleConfig.cs. Add the following code to the Register
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](part-6/samples/sample3.cs)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-5.md)
-> [Next](part-7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-5.md)
+[Next](part-7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-7.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-7.md
index 36d384e2742e..2c5e178b4073 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-7.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-7.md
@@ -49,6 +49,6 @@ If you run the application now, it should look like this:
 
 The list of books loads asynchronously, after the page loads. Right now, the &quot;Details&quot; links are not functional. We'll add this functionality in the next section.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-6.md)
-> [Next](part-8.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-6.md)
+[Next](part-8.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-8.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-8.md
index 52fbdc107e3c..8820753c6cac 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-8.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-8.md
@@ -47,6 +47,6 @@ Now if you run the app and click one of the &quot;Detail&quot; links, the app wi
 
 [![](part-8/_static/image2.png)](part-8/_static/image1.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-7.md)
-> [Next](part-9.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-7.md)
+[Next](part-9.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-9.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-9.md
index e1955a729dec..7bfc1d150d65 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-9.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/data/using-web-api-with-entity-framework/part-9.md
@@ -39,6 +39,6 @@ The submit handler on the form is bound to the `addBook` function:
 
 The `addBook` function reads the current values of the data-bound form inputs to create a JSON object. Then it POSTs the JSON object to `/api/books`.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](part-8.md)
-> [Next](part-10.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](part-8.md)
+[Next](part-10.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/hosting-aspnet-web-api/host-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/hosting-aspnet-web-api/host-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role.md
index 183833dfe407..dd86e41aca6f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/hosting-aspnet-web-api/host-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/hosting-aspnet-web-api/host-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role.md
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ The compute emulator assigns a local IP address to the endpoint. You can find th
 
 [![](host-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role/_static/image11.png)](host-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role/_static/image10.png)
 
-Find the IP address under Service Deployments, deployment [id], Service Details. Open a web browser and navigate to http://<em>address</em>/test/1, where <em>address</em> is the IP address assigned by the compute emulator; for example, `http://127.0.0.1:80/test/1`. You should see the response from the Web API controller:
+Find the IP address under Service Deployments, deployment [id], Service Details. Open a web browser and navigate to http://*address*/test/1, where *address* is the IP address assigned by the compute emulator; for example, `http://127.0.0.1:80/test/1`. You should see the response from the Web API controller:
 
 ![](host-aspnet-web-api-in-an-azure-worker-role/_static/image12.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/mobile-clients/calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/mobile-clients/calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application.md
index 09af8d3f4ed4..f12bb6c696d0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/mobile-clients/calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/mobile-clients/calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application.md
@@ -47,21 +47,15 @@ The first step of this end-to-end tutorial is to create a Web API project that s
 2. Click **File**, then **New**, and then **Project**.
 3. When the **New Project** dialog box is displayed, expand **Installed**, then **Templates**, then **Visual C#**, and then **Web**.
 
-
-   | [![](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image2.png)](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image1.png) |
-   |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-   |                                                                Click image to expand                                                                |
-
-
+    | [![](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image2.png)](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image1.png) |
+    | --- |
+    | Click image to expand |
 4. Highlight **ASP.NET Web Application**, enter **BookStore** for the project name, and then click **OK**.
 5. When the **New ASP.NET Project** dialog box is displayed, select the **Web API** template, and then click **OK**.
 
-
-   | [![](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image4.png)](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image3.png) |
-   |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-   |                                                                Click image to expand                                                                |
-
-
+    | [![](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image4.png)](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image3.png) |
+    | --- |
+    | Click image to expand |
 6. When the Web API project opens, remove the sample controller from the project:
 
     1. Expand the **Controllers** folder in the solution explorer.
@@ -69,33 +63,30 @@ The first step of this end-to-end tutorial is to create a Web API project that s
     3. Click **OK** when prompted to confirm the deletion.
 7. Add an XML data file to the Web API project; this file contains the contents of the bookstore catalog:
 
-   1. Right-click the **App\_Data** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **New Item**.
-   2. When the **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed, highlight the **XML File** template.
-   3. Name the file **Books.xml**, and then click **Add**.
-   4. When the **Books.xml** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the XML from the sample **books.xml** file on MSDN: 
-
-       [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample1.xml)]
-   5. Save and close the XML file.
+    1. Right-click the **App\_Data** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **New Item**.
+    2. When the **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed, highlight the **XML File** template.
+    3. Name the file **Books.xml**, and then click **Add**.
+    4. When the **Books.xml** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the XML from the sample **books.xml** file on MSDN: 
 
+        [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample1.xml)]
+    5. Save and close the XML file.
 8. Add the bookstore model to the Web API project; this model contains the Create, Read, Update, and Delete (CRUD) logic for the bookstore application:
 
-   1. Right-click the **Models** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **Class**.
-   2. When the **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed, name the class file **BookDetails.cs**, and then click **Add**.
-   3. When the **BookDetails.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following: 
-
-       [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample2.cs)]
-   4. Save and close the **BookDetails.cs** file.
+    1. Right-click the **Models** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **Class**.
+    2. When the **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed, name the class file **BookDetails.cs**, and then click **Add**.
+    3. When the **BookDetails.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following: 
 
+        [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample2.cs)]
+    4. Save and close the **BookDetails.cs** file.
 9. Add the bookstore controller to the Web API project:
 
-   1. Right-click the **Controllers** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **Controller**.
-   2. When the **Add Scaffold** dialog box is displayed, highlight **Web API 2 Controller - Empty**, and then click **Add**.
-   3. When the **Add Controller** dialog box is displayed, name the controller **BooksController**, and then click **Add**.
-   4. When the **BooksController.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following: 
-
-       [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample3.cs)]
-   5. Save and close the **BooksController.cs** file.
+    1. Right-click the **Controllers** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **Controller**.
+    2. When the **Add Scaffold** dialog box is displayed, highlight **Web API 2 Controller - Empty**, and then click **Add**.
+    3. When the **Add Controller** dialog box is displayed, name the controller **BooksController**, and then click **Add**.
+    4. When the **BooksController.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following: 
 
+        [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample3.cs)]
+    5. Save and close the **BooksController.cs** file.
 10. Build the Web API application to check for errors.
 
 <a id="STEP2"></a>
@@ -115,45 +106,41 @@ The next step of this end-to-end scenario is to create the catalog application f
     5. When the installation has completed, click **Close**.
 5. Add the **BookDetails** model to the **BookCatalog** project; this contains a generic model of the bookstore class:
 
-   1. Right-click the **BookCatalog** project in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **New Folder**.
-   2. Name the new folder **Models**.
-   3. Right-click the **Models** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **Class**.
-   4. When the **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed, name the class file **BookDetails.cs**, and then click **Add**.
-   5. When the **BookDetails.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following: 
-
-       [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample4.cs)]
-   6. Save and close the **BookDetails.cs** file.
+    1. Right-click the **BookCatalog** project in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **New Folder**.
+    2. Name the new folder **Models**.
+    3. Right-click the **Models** folder in the solution explorer, then click **Add**, and then click **Class**.
+    4. When the **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed, name the class file **BookDetails.cs**, and then click **Add**.
+    5. When the **BookDetails.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following: 
 
+        [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample4.cs)]
+    6. Save and close the **BookDetails.cs** file.
 6. Update the **MainViewModel.cs** class to include the functionality to communicate with the BookStore Web API application:
 
-   1. Expand the **ViewModels** folder in the solution explorer, and then double-click the **MainViewModel.cs** file.
-   2. When the **MainViewModel.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following; note that you will need to update the value of the `apiUrl` constant with the actual URL of your Web API: 
-
-       [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample5.cs)]
-   3. Save and close the **MainViewModel.cs** file.
+    1. Expand the **ViewModels** folder in the solution explorer, and then double-click the **MainViewModel.cs** file.
+    2. When the **MainViewModel.cs** file is opened, replace the code in the file with the following; note that you will need to update the value of the `apiUrl` constant with the actual URL of your Web API: 
 
+        [!code-csharp[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample5.cs)]
+    3. Save and close the **MainViewModel.cs** file.
 7. Update the **MainPage.xaml** file to customize the application name:
 
-   1. Double-click the **MainPage.xaml** file in the solution explorer.
-   2. When the **MainPage.xaml** file is opened, locate the following lines of code: 
+    1. Double-click the **MainPage.xaml** file in the solution explorer.
+    2. When the **MainPage.xaml** file is opened, locate the following lines of code: 
 
-       [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample6.xml)]
-   3. Replace those lines with the following: 
-
-       [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample7.xml)]
-   4. Save and close the **MainPage.xaml** file.
+        [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample6.xml)]
+    3. Replace those lines with the following: 
 
+        [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample7.xml)]
+    4. Save and close the **MainPage.xaml** file.
 8. Update the **DetailsPage.xaml** file to customize the displayed items:
 
-   1. Double-click the **DetailsPage.xaml** file in the solution explorer.
-   2. When the **DetailsPage.xaml** file is opened, locate the following lines of code: 
-
-       [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample8.xml)]
-   3. Replace those lines with the following: 
+    1. Double-click the **DetailsPage.xaml** file in the solution explorer.
+    2. When the **DetailsPage.xaml** file is opened, locate the following lines of code: 
 
-       [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample9.xml)]
-   4. Save and close the **DetailsPage.xaml** file.
+        [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample8.xml)]
+    3. Replace those lines with the following: 
 
+        [!code-xml[Main](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/samples/sample9.xml)]
+    4. Save and close the **DetailsPage.xaml** file.
 9. Build the Windows Phone application to check for errors.
 
 ### Step 3: Testing the End-to-End Solution
@@ -192,8 +179,6 @@ If the application cannot communicate with your Web API, an error message will b
 
 If you tap on the error message, any additional details about the error will be displayed:
 
-
 | [![](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image16.png)](calling-web-api-from-a-windows-phone-8-application/_static/image15.png) |
-|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|                                                                 Click image to expand                                                                 |
-
+| --- |
+| Click image to expand |
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-security-guidance.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-security-guidance.md
index cb9d860bcc9c..ac6ad383ec1d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-security-guidance.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-security-guidance.md
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ If you know that all clients are trusted (for example, in an enterprise environm
     [!code-csharp[Main](odata-security-guidance/samples/sample9.cs)]
 - Consider restricting $filter queries by writing a validator that is customized for your database. For example, consider these two queries: 
 
-  - All movies with actors whose last name starts with ‘A'.
-  - All movies released in 1994.
+    - All movies with actors whose last name starts with ‘A'.
+    - All movies released in 1994.
 
     Unless movies are indexed by actors, the first query might require the DB engine to scan the entire list of movies. Whereas the second query might be acceptable, assuming movies are indexed by release year.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-v3/creating-an-odata-endpoint.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-v3/creating-an-odata-endpoint.md
index cfb8f85dea7d..78b9efc03ea6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-v3/creating-an-odata-endpoint.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/odata-support-in-aspnet-web-api/odata-v3/creating-an-odata-endpoint.md
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ The **MapODataRoute** method adds a route for the OData endpoint.
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](creating-an-odata-endpoint/samples/sample4.cs)]
 
-The first parameter is a friendly name for the route. Clients of your service do not see this name. The second parameter is the URI prefix for the endpoint. Given this code, the URI for the Products entity set is http://<em>hostname</em>/odata/Products. Your application can have more than one OData endpoint. For each endpoint, call <strong>MapODataRoute</strong> and provide a unique route name and a unique URI prefix.
+The first parameter is a friendly name for the route. Clients of your service do not see this name. The second parameter is the URI prefix for the endpoint. Given this code, the URI for the Products entity set is http://*hostname*/odata/Products. Your application can have more than one OData endpoint. For each endpoint, call **MapODataRoute** and provide a unique route name and a unique URI prefix.
 
 <a id="seed-db"></a>
 ## Seed the Database (Optional)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api.md
index 49d35286f2a6..f03d525ba934 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api.md
@@ -167,9 +167,7 @@ In this task, you will create the controller classes in which API methods will r
     (Code Snippet - *Web API Lab - Ex01 - Contact Class*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample2.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample2.cs)]
 4. In the **ContactController** class, select the word **string** in method definition of the **Get** method, and type the word *Contact*. Once the word is typed in, an indicator will appear at the beginning of the word **Contact**. Either hold down the **Ctrl** key and press the period (.) key or click the icon using your mouse to open up the assistance dialog in the code editor, to automatically fill in the **using** directive for the Models namespace.
 
     ![Using Intellisense assistance for namespace declarations](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image12.png)
@@ -182,16 +180,16 @@ In this task, you will create the controller classes in which API methods will r
     [!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample3.cs)]
 6. Press **F5** to debug the web application in the browser. To view the changes made to the response output of the API, perform the following steps.
 
-   1. Once the browser opens, press **F12** if the developer tools are not open yet.
-   2. Click the **Network** tab.
-   3. Press the **Start Capturing** button.
-   4. Add the URL suffix **/api/contact** to the URL in the address bar and press the **Enter** key.
-   5. Press the **Go to detailed view** button.
-   6. Select the **Response body** tab. You should see a JSON string representing the serialized form of an array of Contact instances.
+    1. Once the browser opens, press **F12** if the developer tools are not open yet.
+    2. Click the **Network** tab.
+    3. Press the **Start Capturing** button.
+    4. Add the URL suffix **/api/contact** to the URL in the address bar and press the **Enter** key.
+    5. Press the **Go to detailed view** button.
+    6. Select the **Response body** tab. You should see a JSON string representing the serialized form of an array of Contact instances.
 
-      ![JSON serialized output of a complex Web API method call](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image13.png "JSON serialized output of a complex Web API method call")
+    ![JSON serialized output of a complex Web API method call](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image13.png "JSON serialized output of a complex Web API method call")
 
-      *JSON serialized output of a complex Web API method call*
+    *JSON serialized output of a complex Web API method call*
 
 <a id="Ex1Task4"></a>
 
@@ -218,9 +216,7 @@ This task will demonstrate how to extract functionality into a Service layer to
 4. Add a using directive to the **ContactRepository.cs** file to include the models namespace.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample4.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample4.cs)]
 5. Add the following highlighted code to the **ContactRepository.cs** file to implement GetAllContacts method.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Web API Lab - Ex01 - Contact Repository*)
@@ -230,9 +226,7 @@ This task will demonstrate how to extract functionality into a Service layer to
 7. Add the following using statement to the namespace declaration section of the file.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample6.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample6.cs)]
 8. Add the following highlighted code to the **ContactController.cs** class to add a private field to represent the instance of the repository, so that the rest of the class members can make use of the service implementation.
 
     (Code Snippet - *Web API Lab - Ex01 - Contact Controller*)
@@ -245,9 +239,9 @@ This task will demonstrate how to extract functionality into a Service layer to
     [!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample8.cs)]
 10. Put a breakpoint on the **ContactController**'s **Get** method definition.
 
-   ![Adding breakpoints to the contact controller](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image17.png "Adding breakpoints to the contact controller")
+    ![Adding breakpoints to the contact controller](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image17.png "Adding breakpoints to the contact controller")
 
-   *Adding breakpoints to the contact controller*
+    *Adding breakpoints to the contact controller*
 11. Press **F5** to run the application.
 12. When the browser opens, press **F12** to open the developer tools.
 13. Click the **Network** tab.
@@ -255,9 +249,9 @@ This task will demonstrate how to extract functionality into a Service layer to
 15. Append the URL in the address bar with the suffix **/api/contact** and press **Enter** to load the API controller.
 16. Visual Studio 2012 should break once **Get** method begins execution.
 
-   ![Breaking within the Get method](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image18.png "Breaking within the Get method")
+    ![Breaking within the Get method](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image18.png "Breaking within the Get method")
 
-   *Breaking within the Get method*
+    *Breaking within the Get method*
 17. Press **F5** to continue.
 18. Go back to Internet Explorer if it is not already in focus. Note the network capture window.
 
@@ -288,12 +282,12 @@ In this task, you will prepare to enhance the Web API project created in Exercis
 1. Run **Visual Studio 2012 Express for Web**, to do this go to **Start** and type **VS Express for Web** then press **Enter**.
 2. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex02-ReadWriteWebAPI/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 3. Open the **Services/ContactRepository.cs** file.
 
 <a id="Ex2Task2"></a>
@@ -342,25 +336,21 @@ In this task, you will modify the default Index view of the web application to s
 1. Open **Visual Studio 2012 Express for Web** if it is not already open.
 2. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex03-ConsumingWebAPI/Begin/** folder. Otherwise, you might continue using the **End** solution obtained by completing the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 3. Open the **Index.cshtml** file located at **Views/Home** folder.
 4. Replace the HTML code within the div element with id **body** so that it looks like the following code.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-html[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample13.html)]
-~~~
+    [!code-html[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample13.html)]
 5. Add the following Javascript code at the bottom of the file to perform the HTTP request to the Web API.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-cshtml[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample14.cshtml)]
-~~~
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample14.cshtml)]
 6. Open the **ContactController.cs** file if it is not already open.
 7. Place a breakpoint on the **Get** method of the **ContactController** class.
 
@@ -396,16 +386,12 @@ In this task, you will continue to modify the Index view of the MVC application.
     (Code Snippet - *Web API Lab - Ex03 - Post Method*)
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample15.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample15.cs)]
 3. Open the **Index.cshtml** file in Visual Studio if it is not already open.
 4. Add the HTML code below to the file just after the unordered list you added in the previous task.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-html[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample16.html)]
-~~~
+    [!code-html[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample16.html)]
 5. Within the script element at the bottom of the document, add the following highlighted code to handle button-click events, which will post the data to the Web API using an HTTP POST call.
 
     [!code-html[Main](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/samples/sample17.html)]
@@ -423,14 +409,14 @@ In this task, you will continue to modify the Index view of the MVC application.
     *The Contact object being sent to the Web API from the client*
 10. Step through the method in the debugger until the **response** variable has been created. Upon inspection in the **Locals** window in the debugger, you'll see that all the properties have been set.
 
-   ![The response following creation in the debugger](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image26.png "The response following creation in the debugger")
+    ![The response following creation in the debugger](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image26.png "The response following creation in the debugger")
 
-   *The response following creation in the debugger*
+    *The response following creation in the debugger*
 11. If you press **F5** or click **Continue** in the debugger the request will complete. Once you switch back to the browser, the new contact has been added to the list of contacts stored by the **ContactRepository** implementation.
 
-   ![The browser reflects successful creation of the new contact instance](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image27.png "The browser reflects successful creation of the new contact instance")
+    ![The browser reflects successful creation of the new contact instance](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image27.png "The browser reflects successful creation of the new contact instance")
 
-   *The browser reflects successful creation of the new contact instance*
+    *The browser reflects successful creation of the new contact instance*
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Additionally, you can deploy this application to Azure following [Appendix C: Publishing an ASP.NET MVC 4 Application using Web Deploy](#AppendixC).
@@ -503,7 +489,7 @@ With code snippets, you have all the code you need at your fingertips. The lab d
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -647,14 +633,14 @@ If your application makes use of SQL Server databases you will need to create a
     *Web deploy configuration*
 5. Configure the database connection as follows:
 
-   - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
-   - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
-   - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
-   - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
+    - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
+    - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
+    - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
+    - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
 
-     ![Configuring destination connection string](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image55.png "Configuring destination connection string")
+    ![Configuring destination connection string](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image55.png "Configuring destination connection string")
 
-     *Configuring destination connection string*
+    *Configuring destination connection string*
 6. Then click **OK**. When prompted to create the database click **Yes**.
 
     ![Creating the database](build-restful-apis-with-aspnet-web-api/_static/image56.png "Creating the database string")
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1.md
index f2d6343b0c9e..35d451830a5b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1.md
@@ -89,5 +89,5 @@ In Solution Explorer, expand the Content folder and open the file named Site.css
 
 [!code-css[Main](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1/samples/sample1.css)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md
index ab182b9d46ec..55aa2e751c6f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md
@@ -79,6 +79,6 @@ In Solution Explorer, expand the App\_Start folder and open the file named WebAp
 
 This code sets the JSON formatter to preserve object references, and removes the XML formatter from the pipeline entirely. (You can configure the XML formatter to preserve object references, but it's a little more work, and we only need JSON for this application. For more information, see [Handling Circular Object References](../../formats-and-model-binding/json-and-xml-serialization.md#handling_circular_object_references).)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1.md)
-> [Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-1.md)
+[Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md
index 2274c8f51992..ac6195cf783c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md
@@ -97,6 +97,6 @@ Send an HTTP request to "`http://localhost:*portnum*/api/admin`. The first reque
 
 [!code-console[Main](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3/samples/sample6.cmd)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md)
-> [Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-2.md)
+[Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md
index d366ae652a64..652329a9e6b9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md
@@ -81,6 +81,6 @@ Open the AdminController.cs file and add the **Authorize** attribute to the enti
 
 Now only administrators can view the Admin page. Also, if you send an HTTP request to the Admin controller, the request must contain an authentication cookie. If not, the server sends an HTTP 401 (Unauthorized) response. You can see this in Fiddler by sending a GET request to `http://localhost:*port*/api/admin`.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md)
-> [Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-3.md)
+[Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md
index 9b93bb6dc802..485bea953a00 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md
@@ -91,6 +91,6 @@ Here is the complete code for the Admin view:
 
 Run the application, log in with the Administrator account, and click the "Admin" link. You should see the list of products, and be able to create, update, or delete products.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md)
-> [Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-4.md)
+[Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md
index 18757e88ff39..20c0d4f9c2a6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md
@@ -112,6 +112,6 @@ Finally, add the **Authorize** attribute to the controller:
 
 Now only registered users can create or view orders.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md)
-> [Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-5.md)
+[Next](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-7.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-7.md
index d458579039df..bdfe49df6d49 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-7.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/older-versions/using-web-api-1-with-entity-framework-5/using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-7.md
@@ -114,5 +114,5 @@ Additional resources:
 - [ASP.NET Data Access Content Map](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/6759sth4.aspx)
 - [Entity Framework Developer Center](https://msdn.microsoft.com/data/ef)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-web-api-with-entity-framework-part-6.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-api/overview/security/external-authentication-services.md b/aspnet/web-api/overview/security/external-authentication-services.md
index 9dc63022b0b2..978c97de7d0b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-api/overview/security/external-authentication-services.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-api/overview/security/external-authentication-services.md
@@ -255,21 +255,19 @@ Some external authentication providers do not support testing your application b
 
 - Add a static FQDN mapping your HOSTS file:
 
-  1. Open an elevated command prompt in Windows.
-  2. Type the following command:
-
-      <kbd>notepad %WinDir%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts</kbd>
-  3. Add an entry like the following to the HOSTS file:
+    1. Open an elevated command prompt in Windows.
+    2. Type the following command:
 
-      <kbd>127.0.0.1 www.wingtiptoys.com</kbd>
-  4. Save and close your HOSTS file.
+        <kbd>notepad %WinDir%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts</kbd>
+    3. Add an entry like the following to the HOSTS file:
 
+        <kbd>127.0.0.1 www.wingtiptoys.com</kbd>
+    4. Save and close your HOSTS file.
 - Configure your Visual Studio project to use the FQDN:
 
-  1. When your project is open in Visual Studio 2013, click the **Project** menu, and then select your project's properties. For example, you might select **WebApplication1 Properties**.
-  2. Select the **Web** tab.
-  3. Enter your FQDN for the <strong>Project Url</strong>. For example, you would enter <kbd><http://www.wingtiptoys.com></kbd> if that was the FQDN mapping that you added to your HOSTS file.
-
+    1. When your project is open in Visual Studio 2013, click the **Project** menu, and then select your project's properties. For example, you might select **WebApplication1 Properties**.
+    2. Select the **Web** tab.
+    3. Enter your FQDN for the **Project Url**. For example, you would enter <kbd>http://www.wingtiptoys.com</kbd> if that was the FQDN mapping that you added to your HOSTS file.
 - Configure IIS Express to use the FQDN for your application:
 
     1. Open an elevated command prompt in Windows.
@@ -280,7 +278,7 @@ Some external authentication providers do not support testing your application b
 
         <kbd>appcmd.exe set config -section:system.applicationHost/sites /+&quot;[name='WebApplication1'].bindings.[protocol='http',bindingInformation='*:80:www.wingtiptoys.com']&quot; /commit:apphost</kbd>
 
-  Where **WebApplication1** is the name of your project and **bindingInformation** contains the port number and FQDN that you want to use for your testing.
+ Where **WebApplication1** is the name of your project and **bindingInformation** contains the port number and FQDN that you want to use for your testing.
 
 <a id="OBTAIN"></a>
 ### How to Obtain your Application Settings for Microsoft Authentication
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/advanced/aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/advanced/aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception.md
index 2d13872c425b..c1883849a619 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/advanced/aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/advanced/aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception.md
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ Based on the above procedure, you have downloaded and opened the **WingtipToys**
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception/samples/sample4.cs)]
 
-   The interface provides three tracing levels to indicate the relative importance of logs, and one designed to provide latency information for external service calls such as database queries. The logging methods have overloads that let you pass in an exception. This is so that exception information including stack trace and inner exceptions is reliably logged by the class that implements the interface, instead of relying on that being done in each logging method call throughout the application.  
+ The interface provides three tracing levels to indicate the relative importance of logs, and one designed to provide latency information for external service calls such as database queries. The logging methods have overloads that let you pass in an exception. This is so that exception information including stack trace and inner exceptions is reliably logged by the class that implements the interface, instead of relying on that being done in each logging method call throughout the application.  
   
-   The `TraceApi` methods enable you to track the latency of each call to an external service such as SQL Database.
+ The `TraceApi` methods enable you to track the latency of each call to an external service such as SQL Database.
 3. In the *Logging* folder, create a class file named *Logger.cs* and replace the default code with the following code:  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception/samples/sample5.cs)]
@@ -116,20 +116,20 @@ Next, you'll create the classes that the Entity Framework will call into every t
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception/samples/sample6.cs)]
 
-   For successful queries or commands, this code writes an Information log with latency information. For exceptions, it creates an Error log.
+ For successful queries or commands, this code writes an Information log with latency information. For exceptions, it creates an Error log.
 2. To create the interceptor class that will generate dummy transient errors when you enter &quot;Throw&quot; in the **Name** textbox on the page named *AdminPage.aspx*, create a class file named *InterceptorTransientErrors.cs* in the *Logic* folder and replace the default code with the following code:  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception/samples/sample7.cs)]
 
     This code only overrides the `ReaderExecuting` method, which is called for queries that can return multiple rows of data. If you wanted to check connection resiliency for other types of queries, you could also override the `NonQueryExecuting` and `ScalarExecuting` methods, as the logging interceptor does.  
   
-   Later, you will log in as the "Admin" and select the **Admin** link on the top navigation bar. Then, on the *AdminPage.aspx* page you will add a product named &quot;Throw&quot;. The code creates a dummy SQL Database exception for error number 20, a type known to be typically transient. Other error numbers currently recognized as transient are 64, 233, 10053, 10054, 10060, 10928, 10929, 40197, 40501, and 40613, but these are subject to change in new versions of SQL Database. The product will be renamed to "TransientErrorExample", which you can follow in the code of the *InterceptorTransientErrors.cs* file.  
+ Later, you will log in as the "Admin" and select the **Admin** link on the top navigation bar. Then, on the *AdminPage.aspx* page you will add a product named &quot;Throw&quot;. The code creates a dummy SQL Database exception for error number 20, a type known to be typically transient. Other error numbers currently recognized as transient are 64, 233, 10053, 10054, 10060, 10928, 10929, 40197, 40501, and 40613, but these are subject to change in new versions of SQL Database. The product will be renamed to "TransientErrorExample", which you can follow in the code of the *InterceptorTransientErrors.cs* file.  
   
-   The code returns the exception to Entity Framework instead of running the query and passing back results. The transient exception is returned *four* times, and then the code reverts to the normal procedure of passing the query to the database.
+ The code returns the exception to Entity Framework instead of running the query and passing back results. The transient exception is returned *four* times, and then the code reverts to the normal procedure of passing the query to the database.
 
     Because everything is logged, you'll be able to see that Entity Framework tries to execute the query four times before finally succeeding, and the only difference in the application is that it takes longer to render a page with query results.  
   
-   The number of times the Entity Framework will retry is configurable; the code specifies four times because that's the default value for the SQL Database execution policy. If you change the execution policy, you'd also change the code here that specifies how many times transient errors are generated. You could also change the code to generate more exceptions so that Entity Framework will throw the `RetryLimitExceededException` exception.
+ The number of times the Entity Framework will retry is configurable; the code specifies four times because that's the default value for the SQL Database execution policy. If you change the execution policy, you'd also change the code here that specifies how many times transient errors are generated. You could also change the code to generate more exceptions so that Entity Framework will throw the `RetryLimitExceededException` exception.
 3. In *Global.asax*, add the following using statements:  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception/samples/sample8.cs)]
@@ -153,16 +153,16 @@ You've written the transient error simulation code in a way that lets you cause
 2. Select **Admin** from the navigation bar at the top.
 3. Enter a new product named "Throw" with appropriate description, price and image file.
 4. Press the **Add Product** button.  
-   You'll notice that the browser seems to hang for several seconds while Entity Framework is retrying the query several times. The first retry happens very quickly, then the wait increases before each additional retry. This process of waiting longer before each retry is called *exponential backoff* .
+ You'll notice that the browser seems to hang for several seconds while Entity Framework is retrying the query several times. The first retry happens very quickly, then the wait increases before each additional retry. This process of waiting longer before each retry is called *exponential backoff* .
 5. Wait until the page is no longer atttempting to load.
 6. Stop the project and look at the Visual Studio **Output** window to see the tracing output. You can find the **Output** window by selecting **Debug** -&gt; **Windows** -&gt; **Output**. You might have to scroll past several other logs written by your logger.  
   
-   Notice that you can see the actual SQL queries sent to the database. You see some initial queries and commands that Entity Framework does to get started, checking the database version and migration history table.   
+ Notice that you can see the actual SQL queries sent to the database. You see some initial queries and commands that Entity Framework does to get started, checking the database version and migration history table.   
     ![Output Window](aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception/_static/image1.png)   
-   Note that you can't repeat this test unless you stop the application and restart it. If you wanted to be able to test connection resiliency multiple times in a single run of the application, you could write code to reset the error counter in `InterceptorTransientErrors` .
+ Note that you can't repeat this test unless you stop the application and restart it. If you wanted to be able to test connection resiliency multiple times in a single run of the application, you could write code to reset the error counter in `InterceptorTransientErrors` .
 7. To see the difference the execution strategy (retry policy) makes, comment out the `SetExecutionStrategy` line in *WingtipToysConfiguration.cs* file in the *Logic* folder, run the **Admin** page in debug mode again, and add the product named &quot;Throw&quot; again.  
   
-   This time the debugger stops on the first generated exception immediately when it tries to execute the query the first time.  
+ This time the debugger stops on the first generated exception immediately when it tries to execute the query the first time.  
     ![Debugging - View Detail](aspnet-web-forms-connection-resiliency-and-command-interception/_static/image2.png)
 8. Uncomment the `SetExecutionStrategy` line in the *WingtipToysConfiguration.cs* file.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-cs.md
index f4a78b550307..977f54d28dfe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-cs.md
@@ -61,5 +61,5 @@ To conclude this sample, you need to define the two CSS classes that are referen
 
 The data in the accordion comes directly from the data source ([Click to view full-size image](databinding-to-an-accordion-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md
index ce2a0a7291f0..60d893b49b18 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ To conclude this sample, you need to define the two CSS classes that are referen
 
 The data in the accordion comes directly from the data source ([Click to view full-size image](databinding-to-an-accordion-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md)
-> [Next](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md)
+[Next](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md
index f735376fd8c7..fa3d01856cfb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ To finish the example, the two CSS classes referenced in the Accordion control p
 
 The data in the accordion was dynamically added by server-side code ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](databinding-to-an-accordion-cs.md)
-> [Next](databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](databinding-to-an-accordion-cs.md)
+[Next](databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb.md
index eacf7e091988..fab0f840ec25 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/accordion/dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb.md
@@ -57,5 +57,5 @@ To finish the example, the two CSS classes referenced in the Accordion control p
 
 The data in the accordion was dynamically added by server-side code ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-adding-an-accordion-pane-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](databinding-to-an-accordion-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-cs.md
index 8f6713b92ed4..8cd82cf33055 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-cs.md
@@ -74,5 +74,5 @@ When you run this script, the panel is displayed and fades out in one and a half
 
 The panel is fading out ([Click to view full-size image](adding-animation-to-a-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md
index db4d45c6ff6e..c536f8eb83ae 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md
@@ -74,6 +74,6 @@ When you run this script, the panel is displayed and fades out in one and a half
 
 The panel is fading out ([Click to view full-size image](adding-animation-to-a-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md)
-> [Next](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md)
+[Next](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md
index 06174a19d9ac..f68acb20a6df 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md
@@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ Now whenever a postback occurs within the UpdatePanel, the new contents of the p
 
 The next wizard step is fading in ([Click to view full-size image](animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
-> [Next](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
+[Next](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md
index 254aa608505f..59dbab0fbbec 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md
@@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ Now whenever a postback occurs within the UpdatePanel, the new contents of the p
 
 The next wizard step is fading in ([Click to view full-size image](animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
-> [Next](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
+[Next](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md
index 995cde7d7e89..6ec4bf84931b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ In this scenario, `<OnClick>` is used. When the user clicks on the panel, it is
 
 A mouse click starts the animation ([Click to view full-size image](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md)
-> [Next](disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md)
+[Next](disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md
index 08f48122b99d..3f2e9893c819 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ In this scenario, `<OnClick>` is used. When the user clicks on the panel, it is
 
 A mouse click starts the animation ([Click to view full-size image](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md)
-> [Next](disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md)
+[Next](disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md
index e8d43cef5683..9bad697ea9a2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md
@@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ Note that the less than sign (`<`) in the `ConditionScript` attribute must be es
 
 The panel is fading out without resizing, so the second animation runs, the first one didn't ([Click to view full-size image](animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md)
-> [Next](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md)
+[Next](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md
index c1b3831dcaab..f90a192a0e05 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md
@@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ Note that the less than sign (`<`) in the `ConditionScript` attribute must be es
 
 The panel is fading out without resizing, so the second animation runs, the first one didn't ([Click to view full-size image](animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md)
-> [Next](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md)
+[Next](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md
index 5615d297474d..350dcb88d6c1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md
@@ -73,6 +73,6 @@ The following JavaScript code assigns this JSON descripting to the `OnClick` ani
 
 The animation runs immediately, without a mouse click (and with very little markup) ([Click to view full-size image](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
-> [Next](animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
+[Next](animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md
index 292abce70461..5b90eee0b530 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md
@@ -73,6 +73,6 @@ The following JavaScript code assigns this JSON descripting to the `OnClick` ani
 
 The animation runs immediately, without a mouse click (and with very little markup) ([Click to view full-size image](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
-> [Next](animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
+[Next](animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md
index eb3ff35fe1c1..4f672958510c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ However in the given scenario this would be useless since the button fades out a
 
 The button is disabled as soon as the animation runs ([Click to view full-size image](disabling-actions-during-animation-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md)
-> [Next](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md)
+[Next](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md
index 241de9a05b5e..e1a90a940687 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ However in the given scenario this would be useless since the button fades out a
 
 The button is disabled as soon as the animation runs ([Click to view full-size image](disabling-actions-during-animation-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md)
-> [Next](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md)
+[Next](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md
index 877c1197f812..8d118f75b746 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs.md
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ Run the file in the browser. Whenever you click on the button, the current time
 
 The current time is fading in ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](animating-an-updatepanel-control-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb.md
index 065a2d10f938..732f6f87409e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb.md
@@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ Run the file in the browser. Whenever you click on the button, the current time
 
 The current time is fading in ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-controlling-updatepanel-animations-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](animating-an-updatepanel-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md
index 8e00bc8b5933..78ed8ecf6171 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md
@@ -65,6 +65,6 @@ Here is the complete client-side JavaScript code that emulates the click on the
 
 The animation runs immediately, without a mouse click ([Click to view full-size image](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md)
-> [Next](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md)
+[Next](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md
index 88e289b108d0..e59b40b421fe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md
@@ -65,6 +65,6 @@ Here is the complete client-side JavaScript code that emulates the click on the
 
 The animation runs immediately, without a mouse click ([Click to view full-size image](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md)
-> [Next](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md)
+[Next](changing-an-animation-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md
index e6652259279d..9d87a0f3125c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ First the width is increased ([Click to view full-size image](executing-several-
 
 Then the height is decreased ([Click to view full-size image](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md)
-> [Next](animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md)
+[Next](animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md
index 1b2244db3210..c3e2ae1b4ef9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md
@@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ First the width is increased ([Click to view full-size image](executing-several-
 
 Then the height is decreased ([Click to view full-size image](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md)
-> [Next](animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md)
+[Next](animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md
index 14fb17998ad8..dce02fee5400 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ And indeed: when you run this script, the panel is displayed, then resizes (more
 
 The panel is fading out and resizing (including its content, thanks to the browser's rendering engine) ([Click to view full-size image](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-animation-to-a-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-animation-to-a-control-cs.md)
+[Next](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md
index dccbad9e8741..40cc3807674a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ And indeed: when you run this script, the panel is displayed, then resizes (more
 
 The panel is fading out and resizing (including its content, thanks to the browser's rendering engine) ([Click to view full-size image](executing-several-animations-at-the-same-time-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md)
-> [Next](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-animation-to-a-control-vb.md)
+[Next](executing-several-animations-after-each-other-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md
index 777e3109c9a3..478e77776818 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Finally, add the `AnimationExtender` control to the current page, within the `<f
 
 The animation is created using server-side C#/VB code ([Click to view full-size image](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md)
+[Next](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md
index 045e17eceb7e..0ebd59d52f14 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Finally, add the `AnimationExtender` control to the current page, within the `<f
 
 The animation is created using server-side C#/VB code ([Click to view full-size image](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md)
-> [Next](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md)
+[Next](executing-animations-using-client-side-code-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md
index 0077940767e4..7ab7bff5787d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs.md
@@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ The following markup defines three subanimations: Resizing the width, resizing t
 
 One of the possible three animations: The panel gets wider ([Click to view full-size image](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md)
-> [Next](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](animation-depending-on-a-condition-cs.md)
+[Next](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md
index ac705785e348..a87422f58114 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb.md
@@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ The following markup defines three subanimations: Resizing the width, resizing t
 
 One of the possible three animations: The panel gets wider ([Click to view full-size image](picking-one-animation-out-of-a-list-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md)
-> [Next](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](animation-depending-on-a-condition-vb.md)
+[Next](animating-in-response-to-user-interaction-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md
index 3ef2d6869211..1319e8581f29 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs.md
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ Note the special order in which the individual animations appear. First of all,
 
 A mouse click on the button starts the panel animation ([Click to view full-size image](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md)
-> [Next](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](disabling-actions-during-animation-cs.md)
+[Next](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md
index 4d2cdbcb1251..aa407ad18469 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/animation/triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb.md
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ Note the special order in which the individual animations appear. First of all,
 
 A mouse click on the button starts the panel animation ([Click to view full-size image](triggering-an-animation-in-another-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md)
-> [Next](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](disabling-actions-during-animation-vb.md)
+[Next](modifying-animations-from-the-server-side-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
index 50c748ecd9fa..78ae3d26d469 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
@@ -63,5 +63,5 @@ Loading the page in the browser will trigger the list to be filled with three ve
 
 The list is filled automatically ([Click to view full-size image](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
index d9a726b94400..d735c31f5b50 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
@@ -63,6 +63,6 @@ Loading the page in the browser will trigger the list to be filled with three ve
 
 The list is filled automatically ([Click to view full-size image](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
+[Next](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
index fe59b42d5a63..69167ec3c463 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
@@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ Loading the page in the browser will fill the dropdown list with three vendors,
 
 The list is filled and preselected automatically ([Click to view full-size image](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md)
+[Next](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
index 6514fdddae35..0bbe422e1e19 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
@@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ Loading the page in the browser will fill the dropdown list with three vendors,
 
 The list is filled and preselected automatically ([Click to view full-size image](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md)
-> [Next](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md)
+[Next](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
index a9bf9e861ee2..767944c911d7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ This way, a postback is only executed when there are actually elements in the li
 
 Selecting a list element causes a postback ([Click to view full-size image](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
-> [Next](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
+[Next](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
index d55c3dbb06fe..4d05a342e49b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md
@@ -59,5 +59,5 @@ This way, a postback is only executed when there are actually elements in the li
 
 Selecting a list element causes a postback ([Click to view full-size image](using-auto-postback-with-cascadingdropdown-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md
index f8d97ace9c60..1a425c9c48f6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs.md
@@ -93,6 +93,6 @@ The first list is filled automatically ([Click to view full-size image](using-ca
 
 The second list is filled according to the selection in the first list ([Click to view full-size image](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-cs/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
-> [Next](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
+[Next](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md
index 4a5d811766c4..f5fe7bcbe807 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/cascadingdropdown/using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb.md
@@ -93,6 +93,6 @@ The first list is filled automatically ([Click to view full-size image](using-ca
 
 The second list is filled according to the selection in the first list ([Click to view full-size image](using-cascadingdropdown-with-a-database-vb/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
-> [Next](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](filling-a-list-using-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
+[Next](presetting-list-entries-with-cascadingdropdown-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs.md
index 4e04ddb1cc29..ca8ecac861e2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs.md
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ The third button toggles the state of the panel: from collapsed to expanded, and
 
 The third button changes the state of the panel: from collapsed to expanded and back ([Click to view full-size image](collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb.md
index 60f8259de9ab..094070d3f621 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/collapsiblepanel/collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb.md
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ The third button toggles the state of the panel: from collapsed to expanded, and
 
 The third button changes the state of the panel: from collapsed to expanded and back ([Click to view full-size image](collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](collapsing-and-expanding-a-panel-from-javascript-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-cs.md
index 7e5073086932..1ef3037da269 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-cs.md
@@ -109,5 +109,5 @@ The SampleControlID property is used to associate a control that displays the se
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use the ColorPicker control extender to display a popup color picker dialog. First, we examined how you can display the dialog when focus is moved to a TextBox control. Next, you learned how to create a button that displays the color picker dialog when the button is clicked.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-vb.md
index 684300667121..fbe600499ccf 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/colorpicker/using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-vb.md
@@ -109,5 +109,5 @@ The SampleControlID property is used to associate a control that displays the se
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use the ColorPicker control extender to display a popup color picker dialog. First, we examined how you can display the dialog when focus is moved to a TextBox control. Next, you learned how to create a button that displays the color picker dialog when the button is clicked.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-colorpicker-control-extender-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-cs.md
index 4d881d4fa18f..75cfac6f8918 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-cs.md
@@ -167,5 +167,5 @@ You use the ComboBox AutoCompleteMode property to specify what happens when some
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use the ComboBox control to display a fixed set of items. We bound the ComboBox control both to a static set of items and to a database table. Finally, you learned how to modify the behavior of the ComboBox by setting its DropDownStyle and AutoCompleteMode properties.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-vb.md
index 0f8f980d9e32..8c6368bab8bc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/combobox/how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-vb.md
@@ -167,5 +167,5 @@ You use the ComboBox AutoCompleteMode property to specify what happens when some
 
 In this tutorial, you learned how to use the ComboBox control to display a fixed set of items. We bound the ComboBox control both to a static set of items and to a database table. Finally, you learned how to modify the behavior of the ComboBox by setting its DropDownStyle and AutoCompleteMode properties.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-combobox-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs.md
index fddab1e6398d..a95466d152f3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs.md
@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ This data source can then be used within a repeater. As usual, the `DataBinder.E
 
 The confirm button appears next to each entry from the data source ([Click to view full-size image](using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb.md
index 7deefc5f1a78..20ef76e3845c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/confirmbutton/using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb.md
@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ This data source can then be used within a repeater. As usual, the `DataBinder.E
 
 The confirm button appears next to each entry from the data source ([Click to view full-size image](using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-a-confirmbutton-in-a-repeater-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs.md
index 7f277fa02f34..2dc6984e595b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs.md
@@ -63,5 +63,5 @@ Before: The menu entry is not visible ([Click to view full-size image](adjusting
 
 After: The menu entry appears ([Click to view full-size image](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md
index b674ca3edf2d..f9c808b2b50f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md
@@ -63,6 +63,6 @@ Before: The menu entry is not visible ([Click to view full-size image](adjusting
 
 After: The menu entry appears ([Click to view full-size image](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md)
-> [Next](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md)
+[Next](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md
index b7c86d5bfa50..5c985b307e3b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ The JavaScript function `changeOpacity()` must then first find the `DropShadowEx
 
 The opacity is changed on the client side ([Click to view full-size image](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs.md)
-> [Next](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-cs.md)
+[Next](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb.md
index 9e282c4c6edf..25e918baffd7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dropshadow/manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb.md
@@ -57,5 +57,5 @@ The JavaScript function `changeOpacity()` must then first find the `DropShadowEx
 
 The opacity is changed on the client side ([Click to view full-size image](manipulating-dropshadow-properties-from-client-code-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adjusting-the-z-index-of-a-dropshadow-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-cs.md
index 7ab63ca50b55..8278d0071997 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-cs.md
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ Run the ASP.NET page in the browser and click on the button; you will receive th
 
 A click on the button retrieves the date from the server ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-populating-a-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md
index def2a73b9e2b..81c1c1b2cdf5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Note that within the context of a radio button, the JavaScript expression `this.
 
 A click on the button retrieves the date from the server, in the format specified ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-cs.md)
+[Next](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md
index b8683b8fce0c..cb6cc656e21c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Note that within the context of a radio button, the JavaScript expression `this.
 
 A click on the button retrieves the date from the server, in the format specified ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md)
-> [Next](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md)
+[Next](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md
index 9fd4ef29d971..5ff51b15d45c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md
@@ -68,6 +68,6 @@ Run the ASP.NET page in the browser and click on the button; you will receive th
 
 A click on the button retrieves the date from the server ([Click to view full-size image](dynamically-populating-a-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md)
-> [Next](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md)
+[Next](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md
index 1b04ae1416ea..eeb20c3f1369 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs.md
@@ -69,6 +69,6 @@ And that's it! The page behaves as expected: A user clicks on one of the radio b
 
 The radio buttons reside in a user control ([Click to view full-size image](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md)
-> [Next](dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-cs.md)
+[Next](dynamically-populating-a-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb.md
index 52fbb441da63..bd53d065cf1f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/dynamicpopulate/using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb.md
@@ -69,5 +69,5 @@ And that's it! The page behaves as expected: A user clicks on one of the radio b
 
 The radio buttons reside in a user control ([Click to view full-size image](using-dynamicpopulate-with-a-user-control-and-javascript-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](dynamically-populating-a-control-using-javascript-code-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs.md
index 7ac5e16f96f3..514ecf0c69fd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs.md
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Run the page and try to enter a letter if JavaScript is enabled, it will not wor
 
 Only digits may be entered ([Click to view full-size image](allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb.md
index cbc3d49c4589..aa745c0bc54b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/filteredtextbox/allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb.md
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Run the page and try to enter a letter if JavaScript is enabled, it will not wor
 
 Only digits may be entered ([Click to view full-size image](allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](allowing-only-certain-characters-in-a-text-box-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md
index d79510a02086..909f76ceb7e0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Next, we need to create a new ASP.NET page. Follow these steps:
 2. Drag a ScriptManager onto the page.
 3. Drag a TextBox control onto the page.
 4. Drag a Button control onto the page.
-5. In the Properties window, change the Button ID property to the value <em>btnSave</em> and the Text property to the value *Save\**.
+5. In the Properties window, change the Button ID property to the value *btnSave* and the Text property to the value *Save\**.
   
 
 We created a page with a standard ASP.NET TextBox and Button control.
@@ -233,6 +233,6 @@ When you run the page (by hitting F5), the Button control is initially disabled.
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to explain how you can extend the AJAX Control Toolkit with custom extender controls. In this tutorial, we created a simple DisabledButton control extender. We implemented this extender by creating a DisabledButtonExtender class, a DisabledButtonBehavior JavaScript behavior, and a DisabledButtonDesigner class. You follow a similar set of steps whenever you create a custom control extender.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md)
-> [Next](get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md)
+[Next](get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-vb.md
index a8cec1cfe5e2..6e6632187d3f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-vb.md
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Next, we need to create a new ASP.NET page. Follow these steps:
 2. Drag a ScriptManager onto the page.
 3. Drag a TextBox control onto the page.
 4. Drag a Button control onto the page.
-5. In the Properties window, change the Button ID property to the value <em>btnSave</em> and the Text property to the value *Save\**.
+5. In the Properties window, change the Button ID property to the value *btnSave* and the Text property to the value *Save\**.
   
 
 We created a page with a standard ASP.NET TextBox and Button control.
@@ -233,5 +233,5 @@ When you run the page (by hitting F5), the Button control is initially disabled.
 
 The goal of this tutorial was to explain how you can extend the AJAX Control Toolkit with custom extender controls. In this tutorial, we created a simple DisabledButton control extender. We implemented this extender by creating a DisabledButtonExtender class, a DisabledButtonBehavior JavaScript behavior, and a DisabledButtonDesigner class. You follow a similar set of steps whenever you create a custom control extender.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-cs.md
index 34fad94d65ad..a3c8974e61da 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-cs.md
@@ -84,5 +84,5 @@ If you were using an older release of the Toolkit and now need to move to a late
 - Binaries - Delete the old version of the AjaxControlToolkit.dll assembly from your website Bin folder.
 - Toolbox Items - Delete the AJAX Control Toolkit tab and follow the steps above to re-create the tab with the new version of the AjaxControlToolkit.dll assembly.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md
index 1d53bc946775..8c1027fbe878 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md
@@ -84,6 +84,6 @@ If you were using an older release of the Toolkit and now need to move to a late
 - Binaries - Delete the old version of the AjaxControlToolkit.dll assembly from your website Bin folder.
 - Toolbox Items - Delete the AJAX Control Toolkit tab and follow the steps above to re-create the tab with the new version of the AjaxControlToolkit.dll assembly.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md)
+[Next](using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md
index e7d37e2e963c..47fd1cb8c95a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-cs.md
@@ -101,6 +101,6 @@ Notice that you normally do not drag a control extender onto a page. Instead, yo
 
 A single ASP.NET control can be extended by multiple control extenders. The property sheet for the control being extended will list all of the control extenders associated with the control.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md
index d1dc5582352b..7f59461a7e53 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/getting-started/using-ajax-control-toolkit-controls-and-control-extenders-vb.md
@@ -101,6 +101,6 @@ Notice that you normally do not drag a control extender onto a page. Instead, yo
 
 A single ASP.NET control can be extended by multiple control extenders. The property sheet for the control being extended will list all of the control extenders associated with the control.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](get-started-with-the-ajax-control-toolkit-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-a-custom-ajax-control-toolkit-control-extender-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md
index 75540111aeb7..a93e6ea972da 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md
@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ Now every item in the data source displays a popup to the right (`PopupPosition`
 
 The hover menu appears next to each item in the repeater ([Click to view full-size image](using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md
index 04a0ef1e868b..6cd8b8e259bf 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/hovermenu/using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md
@@ -55,5 +55,5 @@ Now every item in the data source displays a popup to the right (`PopupPosition`
 
 The hover menu appears next to each item in the repeater ([Click to view full-size image](using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-hovermenu-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-cs.md
index af3d1a9a8f66..b2f514ccc501 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-cs.md
@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ Imagine, for example, that you are creating a blog application. In this situatio
 
 In this tutorial, you were provided with a brief overview of the HTML Editor control included in the AJAX Control Toolkit. You learned how to use the HTML Editor to accept rich content from a user and submit the content to the server. We also discussed how you can customize the toolbar buttons that are displayed by the HTML Editor. Finally, you learned how to avoid Cross-Site Scripting Attacks when using the HTML Editor to accept potentially malicious input.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-vb.md
index ad9ec838c956..a929630e36ed 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/htmleditor/how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-vb.md
@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ Imagine, for example, that you are creating a blog application. In this situatio
 
 In this tutorial, you were provided with a brief overview of the HTML Editor control included in the AJAX Control Toolkit. You learned how to use the HTML Editor to accept rich content from a user and submit the content to the server. We also discussed how you can customize the toolbar buttons that are displayed by the HTML Editor. Finally, you learned how to avoid Cross-Site Scripting Attacks when using the HTML Editor to accept potentially malicious input.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-html-editor-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md
index bac4f77dde62..a56161f8ac6d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Also, the textbox controls within the modal popup should be filled with the curr
 
 The modal popup causes a postback ([Click to view full-size image](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md)
+[Next](positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md
index f0962dda4f0e..517df2cda0f2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ Also, the textbox controls within the modal popup should be filled with the curr
 
 The modal popup causes a postback ([Click to view full-size image](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md)
-> [Next](positioning-a-modalpopup-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md)
+[Next](positioning-a-modalpopup-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs.md
index d34847135ab7..30218f9d2cd4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs.md
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ The `$find()` function is looking for a named element on the page and expects th
 
 The modal popup appears when either of the buttons is clicked ([Click to view full-size image](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md
index 9276ff736a23..5cc3a8ffeab7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md
@@ -67,6 +67,6 @@ The `$find()` function is looking for a named element on the page and expects th
 
 The modal popup appears when either of the buttons is clicked ([Click to view full-size image](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
+[Next](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md
index 2dd66eb986ff..e945887dce4a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-cs.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ And the `stopMoving()` function comes into play when the popup is closed this ca
 
 The modal popup appears at the designated position ([Click to view full-size image](positioning-a-modalpopup-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
-> [Next](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
+[Next](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-vb.md
index 988249c590f0..386e767bda88 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/positioning-a-modalpopup-vb.md
@@ -57,5 +57,5 @@ And the `stopMoving()` function comes into play when the popup is closed this ca
 
 The modal popup appears at the designated position ([Click to view full-size image](positioning-a-modalpopup-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md
index 789824197427..6054ecce4590 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs.md
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Then, every item in the data source is displayed with a button next to it that t
 
 The modal popup can be triggered for every data source entry ([Click to view full-size image](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs.md)
-> [Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-cs.md)
+[Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md
index 862f201a2d9e..dcbd43b04403 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/modalpopup/using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb.md
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Then, every item in the data source is displayed with a button next to it that t
 
 The modal popup can be triggered for every data source entry ([Click to view full-size image](using-modalpopup-with-a-repeater-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md)
-> [Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](launching-a-modal-popup-window-from-server-code-vb.md)
+[Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-modalpopup-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs.md
index e83676a223e9..83429c2e30c2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs.md
@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ Save and run the page: You can check and uncheck both check boxes, however at no
 
 Only one checkbox can be checked at a time ([Click to view full-size image](creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb.md
index c034adaeaba2..193be4a3258d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/mutuallyexclusivecheckbox/creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb.md
@@ -49,5 +49,5 @@ Save and run the page: You can check and uncheck both check boxes, however at no
 
 Only one checkbox can be checked at a time ([Click to view full-size image](creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-mutually-exclusive-checkboxes-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-cs.md
index 03ea9b9faedc..b5caa93244e9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-cs.md
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ When you run this script and deactivate JavaScript or submit the form within the
 
 This error message could have been caused by a bot ([Click to view full-size image](fighting-bots-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](fighting-bots-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](fighting-bots-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-vb.md
index c30021c7efbc..befb031037ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/nobot/fighting-bots-vb.md
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ When you run this script and deactivate JavaScript or submit the form within the
 
 This error message could have been caused by a bot ([Click to view full-size image](fighting-bots-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](fighting-bots-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](fighting-bots-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs.md
index fbd0f5162e98..aa51d361430c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs.md
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ If you run the page, notice how the value in the text box always doubles when yo
 
 Only numbers that are a power of 2 appear ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb.md
index d3f398dba7ea..102cab31c8df 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/numericupdown/creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb.md
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ If you run the page, notice how the value in the text box always doubles when yo
 
 Only numbers that are a power of 2 appear ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-numeric-up-down-control-with-a-web-service-backend-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs.md
index c394c7e9040a..f497023345eb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs.md
@@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ Run the page and type away: Only after you have entered lowercase letters, upper
 
 Now the password is (quite) good ([Click to view full-size image](testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb.md
index 939102069c06..450bc5489aaa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/passwordstrength/testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb.md
@@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ Run the page and type away: Only after you have entered lowercase letters, upper
 
 Now the password is (quite) good ([Click to view full-size image](testing-the-strength-of-a-password-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](testing-the-strength-of-a-password-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md
index 87fe942b5ea9..c3b1f8790c9c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md
@@ -56,6 +56,6 @@ The Calendar appears when the user clicks into the textbox ([Click to view full-
 
 Clicking on a date puts it in the textbox ([Click to view full-size image](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-multiple-popup-controls-cs.md)
-> [Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-multiple-popup-controls-cs.md)
+[Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md
index 1f7b67698e15..afac66873b70 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md
@@ -56,6 +56,6 @@ The Calendar appears when the user clicks into the textbox ([Click to view full-
 
 Clicking on a date puts it in the textbox ([Click to view full-size image](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md)
-> [Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md)
+[Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md
index 08436b1a8f11..4b11de9d9b9b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md
@@ -56,6 +56,6 @@ The Calendar appears when the user clicks into the textbox ([Click to view full-
 
 Clicking on a date puts it in the textbox ([Click to view full-size image](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
+[Next](using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb.md
index f257840c3752..66c7895fb829 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb.md
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ The Calendar appears when the user clicks into the textbox ([Click to view full-
 
 Clicking on a date puts it in the textbox ([Click to view full-size image](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-vb/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-cs.md
index 78ea6a372c73..9e7c08310202 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-cs.md
@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@ Now whenever you click within a text field, a calendar appears below the field,
 
 The Calendar appears when the user clicks into the textbox ([Click to view full-size image](using-multiple-popup-controls-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md
index b5cca7ced6d3..a7de6dfffc94 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/popup/using-multiple-popup-controls-vb.md
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Now whenever you click within a text field, a calendar appears below the field,
 
 The Calendar appears when the user clicks into the textbox ([Click to view full-size image](using-multiple-popup-controls-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
-> [Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-without-an-updatepanel-cs.md)
+[Next](handling-postbacks-from-a-popup-control-with-an-updatepanel-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-cs.md
index 2ba1c1672934..e839f37f3eb8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-cs.md
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ Save the page and load it into your browser. When you hover over the (initially
 
 Creating a rating system with minimal code ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-rating-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-a-rating-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-a-rating-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-vb.md
index d31907393c02..890ca297de34 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/rating/creating-a-rating-control-vb.md
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ Save the page and load it into your browser. When you hover over the (initially
 
 Creating a rating system with minimal code ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-rating-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-rating-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-rating-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md
index 06d0d7296508..f5be2a08c935 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md
@@ -85,6 +85,6 @@ Run this example in the browser and rearrange the list items a bit. Then, reload
 
 The data in the database changes according to the new list item order ([Click to view full-size image](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs/_static/image9.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs.md)
+[Next](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb.md
index 575fae592e1f..93b4b7d94b23 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb.md
@@ -85,5 +85,5 @@ Run this example in the browser and rearrange the list items a bit. Then, reload
 
 The data in the database changes according to the new list item order ([Click to view full-size image](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb/_static/image9.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs.md
index 1ba0e9ca8fe7..418242549929 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs.md
@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ Finally, in order to activate the functionality of ASP.NET AJAX and the Control
 
 Each reordering triggers a postback ([Click to view full-size image](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md
index c3262516b582..8d81416a3ae7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/reorderlist/using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb.md
@@ -64,6 +64,6 @@ Finally, in order to activate the functionality of ASP.NET AJAX and the Control
 
 Each reordering triggers a postback ([Click to view full-size image](using-postbacks-with-reorderlist-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md)
-> [Next](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-cs.md)
+[Next](drag-and-drop-via-reorderlist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md
index e442004f4fbd..4064977a41a4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md
@@ -47,6 +47,6 @@ As you can see in the browser, the data binding works in both directions: enteri
 
 Slider and text box are in sync ([Click to view full-size image](databinding-the-slider-control-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs.md)
+[Next](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-vb.md
index c24de01e8b46..07e8edbecf07 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/databinding-the-slider-control-vb.md
@@ -47,5 +47,5 @@ As you can see in the browser, the data binding works in both directions: enteri
 
 Slider and text box are in sync ([Click to view full-size image](databinding-the-slider-control-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs.md
index 5e68ac1e5550..f3689f94692c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs.md
@@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Moving the slider triggers a postback ([Click to view full-size image](using-the
 
 Afterwards, the date of this change is written in the label ([Click to view full-size image](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-cs/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md
index e7541dbc7c34..4a0baaf602db 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/slider/using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb.md
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ Moving the slider triggers a postback ([Click to view full-size image](using-the
 
 Afterwards, the date of this change is written in the label ([Click to view full-size image](using-the-slider-control-with-auto-postback-vb/_static/image6.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](databinding-the-slider-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](databinding-the-slider-control-cs.md)
+[Next](databinding-the-slider-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs.md
index 8015cf0c0974..dd0ad563d38c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs.md
@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@ Now when the user changes into the insert mode of the `FormView` control, the te
 
 The watermark in the field comes from the extender ([Click to view full-size image](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md
index 2d61bb2b026e..3536649743b7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Now when the user changes into the insert mode of the `FormView` control, the te
 
 The watermark in the field comes from the extender ([Click to view full-size image](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md)
+[Next](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md
index 5c64657817f3..7ecd4baf19bd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs.md
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Finally, add some server-side code to output the text in the field if no validat
 
 The validator complains that there is no text in the field ([Click to view full-size image](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-cs.md)
+[Next](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb.md
index 0a4f93c24691..43a5883f6da6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/ajax-control-toolkit/textboxwatermark/using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb.md
@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@ Finally, add some server-side code to output the text in the field if no validat
 
 The validator complains that there is no text in the field ([Click to view full-size image](using-textboxwatermark-with-validation-controls-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-textboxwatermark-in-a-formview-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
index 4e2c337dff0b..a73d97908166 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
@@ -228,6 +228,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
-> [Next](querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
+[Next](querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
index b24dcd44041f..5f57dad6a943 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
@@ -228,5 +228,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
index eb5cb8d55db9..9595b33d8c1a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
@@ -210,6 +210,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
-> [Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
+[Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
index 90dd14763f1d..f2585cb3a22b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
@@ -210,6 +210,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
-> [Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
+[Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-cs.md
index 6c5d4045c90b..933ece894282 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-cs.md
@@ -257,5 +257,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Susan Connery, Bernadette Leigh, and David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md
index 81a21f60f01e..ef5f53152e4f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md
@@ -257,6 +257,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Susan Connery, Bernadette Leigh, and David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
+[Next](using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
index 376a6a9d861c..b64682306369 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md
@@ -307,6 +307,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Scott Clyde, Randell Schmidt, and Ken Pespisa. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-cs.md)
+[Next](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
index df4bf1566911..ac3da3680654 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/accessing-the-database-directly-from-an-aspnet-page/using-parameterized-queries-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md
@@ -307,6 +307,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Scott Clyde, Randell Schmidt, and Ken Pespisa. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md)
-> [Next](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](querying-data-with-the-sqldatasource-control-vb.md)
+[Next](inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-with-the-sqldatasource-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md
index 8efbdeb803d6..5ba8e55780aa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md
@@ -210,6 +210,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Randy Schmidt, Jacky Goor, Bernadette Leigh, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md)
-> [Next](working-with-computed-columns-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md)
+[Next](working-with-computed-columns-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md
index b81b0a5cbab9..70d82c889828 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md
@@ -210,6 +210,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Randy Schmidt, Jacky Goor, Bernadette Leigh, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md)
-> [Next](working-with-computed-columns-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md)
+[Next](working-with-computed-columns-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md
index a6d52ef04a94..d2e1a6a006ba 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md
@@ -170,6 +170,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Burnadette Leigh, S ren Jacob Lauritsen, Teresa Murphy, and Hilton Geisenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-computed-columns-cs.md)
-> [Next](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-computed-columns-cs.md)
+[Next](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md
index 03a7a9d161ab..880b376ddaed 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md
@@ -170,6 +170,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Burnadette Leigh, S ren Jacob Lauritsen, Teresa Murphy, and Hilton Geisenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-computed-columns-vb.md)
-> [Next](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-computed-columns-vb.md)
+[Next](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md
index d0e5fa5cbe58..1885de34c8a7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md
@@ -393,5 +393,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Geisenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md
index d38b0e00e2bb..c0f0299ee4ce 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md
@@ -393,6 +393,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Geisenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md)
+[Next](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md
index 792de70b492a..e64c641cb42d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md
@@ -570,6 +570,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was S ren Jacob Lauritsen. In addition to reviewing this article, S ren also created the Visual C# Express Edition project included in this article s download for manually compiling the managed database objects. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-vb.md
index de59ac327bab..04a2454b9e92 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-vb.md
@@ -570,5 +570,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was S ren Jacob Lauritsen. In addition to reviewing this article, S ren also created the Visual C# Express Edition project included in this article s download for manually compiling the managed database objects. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md
index cd8a93140bb0..6451d568d996 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md
@@ -187,6 +187,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md
index f6678543d6c1..dccdbd9135a7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md
@@ -187,6 +187,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-stored-procedures-and-user-defined-functions-with-managed-code-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md
index c38462ba65d5..1142057aeeeb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-cs.md
@@ -229,6 +229,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md)
-> [Next](debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md)
+[Next](debugging-stored-procedures-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md
index 9ed4cca38346..3f3797e41699 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/protecting-connection-strings-and-other-configuration-information-vb.md
@@ -229,6 +229,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md)
-> [Next](debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md)
+[Next](debugging-stored-procedures-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md
index a2970a27ca96..a528ee99829f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md
@@ -261,6 +261,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Geisenow, David Suru, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md
index 66505fa42659..43ad37d00e50 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md
@@ -261,6 +261,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Geisenow, David Suru, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
-> [Next](adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
+[Next](adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md
index c8b5a6e0301a..acaef72622c1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md
@@ -274,6 +274,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Geisenow, S ren Jacob Lauritsen, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md)
-> [Next](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-cs.md)
+[Next](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md
index 58d010232728..01f5df8116c3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/using-existing-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md
@@ -274,6 +274,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Geisenow, S ren Jacob Lauritsen, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
-> [Next](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-new-stored-procedures-for-the-typed-dataset-s-tableadapters-vb.md)
+[Next](updating-the-tableadapter-to-use-joins-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-cs.md
index dd3257d2015b..3a7bd5b530ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-cs.md
@@ -262,6 +262,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Geisenow and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md)
-> [Next](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-additional-datatable-columns-cs.md)
+[Next](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-vb.md
index 7e7fff152fe7..8503d3ac49a9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/advanced-data-access-scenarios/working-with-computed-columns-vb.md
@@ -262,6 +262,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Geisenow and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md)
-> [Next](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-additional-datatable-columns-vb.md)
+[Next](configuring-the-data-access-layer-s-connection-and-command-level-settings-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-cs.md
index a160ebe4dca4..79c76d0cf696 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-cs.md
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md)
-> [Next](programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md)
+[Next](programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-vb.md
index ad81576820a7..bd7bdf795e73 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/declarative-parameters-vb.md
@@ -158,6 +158,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
-> [Next](programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
+[Next](programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md
index 0837bccd25b8..8bf569171282 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md
@@ -266,5 +266,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](declarative-parameters-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](declarative-parameters-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md
index 4efb06c04158..4b4d3d429e23 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md
@@ -266,6 +266,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md)
-> [Next](declarative-parameters-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md)
+[Next](declarative-parameters-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md
index a650c97a3dab..912d748ef939 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-cs.md
@@ -148,6 +148,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](declarative-parameters-cs.md)
-> [Next](displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](declarative-parameters-cs.md)
+[Next](displaying-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-vb.md
index 22e4842dc60a..8447b952387e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/basic-reporting/programmatically-setting-the-objectdatasource-s-parameter-values-vb.md
@@ -148,5 +148,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](declarative-parameters-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](declarative-parameters-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md
index c4b79b70a7d0..e2ba56a21cbd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md
@@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md)
+[Next](using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md
index a24a0a84b022..c11db26ec1ce 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md
@@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md)
-> [Next](using-sql-cache-dependencies-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md)
+[Next](using-sql-cache-dependencies-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md
index d6573f711804..c46efc2561fc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md
@@ -199,6 +199,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murph. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md)
-> [Next](caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md)
+[Next](caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md
index e3f52a22830f..5f2cd17f7337 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md
@@ -199,6 +199,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
-> [Next](caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
+[Next](caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md
index e1dd9bdd586e..887dc8f5d5a5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-cs.md
@@ -237,5 +237,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](caching-data-in-the-architecture-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md
index 2307bd2874ce..82feadc09520 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md
@@ -237,6 +237,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md)
-> [Next](caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md)
+[Next](caching-data-in-the-architecture-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md
index 51012fc8c407..363d95ae65ff 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-cs.md
@@ -314,6 +314,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Marko Rangel, Teresa Murphy, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md)
-> [Next](caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](caching-data-at-application-startup-cs.md)
+[Next](caching-data-with-the-objectdatasource-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-vb.md
index 0c9c856777ac..75307e5e5782 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/caching-data/using-sql-cache-dependencies-vb.md
@@ -314,5 +314,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Marko Rangel, Teresa Murphy, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](caching-data-at-application-startup-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-cs.md
index 2437290268ab..7bb4e503ad84 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-cs.md
@@ -163,5 +163,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Dennis Patterson. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-vb.md
index 9621b1ba0e8b..320ba370964d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-vb.md
@@ -163,5 +163,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Dennis Patterson. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](custom-buttons-in-the-datalist-and-repeater-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-cs.md
index ecb75852404a..85ec854fbecc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-cs.md
@@ -301,5 +301,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-vb.md
index 506707a0b2a2..529568257c69 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-button-actions/adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-vb.md
@@ -309,5 +309,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-and-responding-to-buttons-to-a-gridview-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-cs.md
index 928fd73bc8ca..0f9dc53b6df4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-cs.md
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ For the GridView, then, data binding is more accurately described by the followi
 1. The GridView's `DataBinding` event fires.
 2. The data is bound to the GridView.   
   
-   For each record in the data source 
+ For each record in the data source 
 
     1. Create a `GridViewRow` object
     2. Fire the `RowCreated` event
@@ -320,5 +320,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were E.R. Gilmore, Dennis Patterson, and Dan Jagers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md
index 1017af8daf56..71b95aa66303 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ For the GridView, then, data binding is more accurately described by the followi
 1. The GridView's `DataBinding` event fires.
 2. The data is bound to the GridView.   
   
-   For each record in the data source 
+ For each record in the data source 
 
     1. Create a `GridViewRow` object
     2. Fire the `RowCreated` event
@@ -324,6 +324,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were E.R. Gilmore, Dennis Patterson, and Dan Jagers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
+[Next](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md
index 55550dac880b..2f052db82d37 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md
@@ -218,6 +218,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md)
-> [Next](custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md)
+[Next](custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md
index fbb4a13e9229..231ff6498a47 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md
@@ -218,5 +218,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md
index 280f75ff4015..53d2d0654b30 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md
@@ -200,6 +200,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Dan Jagers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md)
+[Next](using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md
index c952935630c0..459a8f25326a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md
@@ -200,6 +200,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Dan Jagers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md)
-> [Next](using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md)
+[Next](using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md
index 0698dc0fd93f..e4a18eae9628 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-cs.md
@@ -277,6 +277,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Dan Jagers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](custom-formatting-based-upon-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](custom-formatting-based-upon-data-cs.md)
+[Next](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md
index 8e21b63d5366..42d79f394c16 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-templatefields-in-the-gridview-control-vb.md
@@ -277,6 +277,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Dan Jagers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md)
-> [Next](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](custom-formatting-based-upon-data-vb.md)
+[Next](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md
index b0067d059b49..8529f5cdda7d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-cs.md
@@ -112,6 +112,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was E.R. Gilmore. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-cs.md)
+[Next](displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md
index cec1527a3c7a..b0dcaca7f35d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/custom-formatting/using-the-formview-s-templates-vb.md
@@ -112,6 +112,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was E.R. Gilmore. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md)
-> [Next](displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-templatefields-in-the-detailsview-control-vb.md)
+[Next](displaying-summary-information-in-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-cs.md
index e5e1cde7ab4f..7767bfc47c20 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-cs.md
@@ -363,5 +363,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dave Gardner, Zack Jones, Teresa Murphy, and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-vb.md
index b22ca4218d02..1de1445789f9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/database-driven-site-maps/building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-vb.md
@@ -363,5 +363,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dave Gardner, Zack Jones, Teresa Murphy, and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](building-a-custom-database-driven-site-map-provider-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-cs.md
index f9c9d4ef1aac..0a16ca325833 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-cs.md
@@ -313,5 +313,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Yaakov Ellis, Liz Shulok, Randy Schmidt, and Stacy Park. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md
index e8250d74d9b2..9b477284f052 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md
@@ -313,6 +313,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Yaakov Ellis, Liz Shulok, Randy Schmidt, and Stacy Park. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](nested-data-web-controls-cs.md)
-> [Next](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](nested-data-web-controls-cs.md)
+[Next](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md
index 42fcda484073..a7ad0e9ebc2d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The following steps outline the data binding process for the DataList control.
 1. The DataList s [`DataBinding` event](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.control.databinding.aspx) fires
 2. The data is bound to the DataList  
   
-   For each record in the data source 
+ For each record in the data source 
 
     1. Create a `DataListItem` object
     2. Fire the [`ItemCreated` event](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.webcontrols.datalist.itemcreated.aspx)
@@ -201,6 +201,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Yaakov Ellis, Randy Schmidt, and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-cs.md)
-> [Next](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-cs.md)
+[Next](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md
index 873dc3fe1ba0..4b48821f39ec 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The following steps outline the data binding process for the DataList control.
 1. The DataList s [`DataBinding` event](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.control.databinding.aspx) fires
 2. The data is bound to the DataList  
   
-   For each record in the data source 
+ For each record in the data source 
 
     1. Create a `DataListItem` object
     2. Fire the [`ItemCreated` event](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.webcontrols.datalist.itemcreated.aspx)
@@ -201,6 +201,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Yaakov Ellis, Randy Schmidt, and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md)
-> [Next](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md)
+[Next](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-cs.md
index 0f1b225fc937..91f46a671507 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-cs.md
@@ -180,6 +180,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md)
+[Next](displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater-controls-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-vb.md
index 498d57d075de..b65292a5c3b4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/nested-data-web-controls-vb.md
@@ -180,5 +180,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md
index e239b9471f46..68ed3d9d23e6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-cs.md
@@ -114,6 +114,6 @@ The DataList, by default, lists its items in a single-column, multi-row table, w
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was John Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](nested-data-web-controls-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-cs.md)
+[Next](nested-data-web-controls-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md
index 23f31d1bfa35..d5b0b4a046f2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/displaying-data-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/showing-multiple-records-per-row-with-the-datalist-control-vb.md
@@ -114,6 +114,6 @@ The DataList, by default, lists its items in a single-column, multi-row table, w
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was John Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md)
-> [Next](nested-data-web-controls-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](formatting-the-datalist-and-repeater-based-upon-data-vb.md)
+[Next](nested-data-web-controls-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md
index 044140bdd640..5acf9dc04a61 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md
@@ -190,6 +190,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dennis Patterson, Ken Pespisa, and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md)
-> [Next](customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md)
+[Next](customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md
index 8f1ad946fd6d..85a147b11c4f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md
@@ -190,6 +190,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dennis Patterson, Ken Pespisa, and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md)
-> [Next](customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md)
+[Next](customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-cs.md
index 4e065952186d..28390170cf7e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-cs.md
@@ -340,5 +340,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones, Ken Pespisa, and Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](performing-batch-updates-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](performing-batch-updates-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md
index 7ffe9a7adb1d..84787bb93f22 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md
@@ -340,6 +340,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones, Ken Pespisa, and Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
-> [Next](performing-batch-updates-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
+[Next](performing-batch-updates-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md
index 9900e32544c4..aa4e03f1a0a9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md
@@ -193,6 +193,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dennis Patterson, David Suru, and Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
-> [Next](an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
+[Next](an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md
index e14b3a2e995f..aa33b836c2b7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/customizing-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md
@@ -193,5 +193,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dennis Patterson, David Suru, and Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md
index 0be72e2b2366..6b467f5e3a18 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md
@@ -149,6 +149,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Ken Pespisa. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](performing-batch-updates-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](performing-batch-updates-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md
index 43a5aedd6e4c..c6d0f7d4465d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md
@@ -149,6 +149,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Ken Pespisa. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](performing-batch-updates-vb.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](performing-batch-updates-vb.md)
+[Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-datalist-s-editing-interface-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-cs.md
index 973e44127f8e..1b5f2997a236 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-cs.md
@@ -164,6 +164,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Ken Pespisa. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-cs.md)
-> [Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-cs.md)
+[Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-vb.md
index ff48cd17935f..998f14eb414d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-and-deleting-data-through-the-datalist/performing-batch-updates-vb.md
@@ -164,6 +164,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Ken Pespisa. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md)
-> [Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](an-overview-of-editing-and-deleting-data-in-the-datalist-vb.md)
+[Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md
index e647152294be..5f73575ae79c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md
@@ -153,6 +153,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md)
-> [Next](limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md)
+[Next](limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md
index 54b721a300be..026c722cd159 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md
@@ -153,6 +153,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md)
-> [Next](limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md)
+[Next](limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md
index 7a4b37f87289..78704b7fa877 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md
@@ -270,6 +270,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok and Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md)
-> [Next](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md)
+[Next](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md
index d958420c2666..5b377d40fdf1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md
@@ -270,6 +270,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok and Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md)
-> [Next](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md)
+[Next](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-cs.md
index ed2c3d1afcb2..9a9283ab6662 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-cs.md
@@ -437,5 +437,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md
index cbe3cb2d5b50..00d8e518e4e7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md
@@ -438,6 +438,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md)
-> [Next](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md)
+[Next](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md
index c2d34fe78d2c..95a5eb63bee7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md
@@ -273,6 +273,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md)
-> [Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md)
+[Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md
index e490c84feb1c..5b948c9be246 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md
@@ -273,6 +273,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md)
-> [Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md)
+[Next](implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md
index 330c30824056..b8106d3f6026 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md
@@ -330,6 +330,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Jackie Goor and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-cs.md)
+[Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md
index f32bdb50539e..5e1bfd854fdb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md
@@ -330,6 +330,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Jackie Goor and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md)
-> [Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md)
+[Next](handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md
index 161ec0117cc4..1fb7fb01eebe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-cs.md
@@ -225,6 +225,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md
index 845fbb2538dd..0d61c88a8cac 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/handling-bll-and-dal-level-exceptions-in-an-asp-net-page-vb.md
@@ -225,6 +225,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md)
-> [Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](examining-the-events-associated-with-inserting-updating-and-deleting-vb.md)
+[Next](adding-validation-controls-to-the-editing-and-inserting-interfaces-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md
index a44b46e2e74e..66649e5b0ab2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-cs.md
@@ -426,6 +426,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md
index 6919a9df42a1..a703804479b4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/implementing-optimistic-concurrency-vb.md
@@ -426,6 +426,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md)
-> [Next](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](customizing-the-data-modification-interface-vb.md)
+[Next](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md
index 6dba099877cd..0b9bb65328d7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-cs.md
@@ -243,6 +243,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md)
-> [Next](an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-cs.md)
+[Next](an-overview-of-inserting-updating-and-deleting-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-vb.md
index 6835081839f7..22edcdba9db2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/editing-inserting-and-deleting-data/limiting-data-modification-functionality-based-on-the-user-vb.md
@@ -243,5 +243,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-client-side-confirmation-when-deleting-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md
index 0376148392c0..6c5988cb35d5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md
@@ -155,6 +155,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-cs.md)
-> [Next](inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-cs.md)
+[Next](inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md
index bd7021fa1874..d30cf7c5221f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md
@@ -155,6 +155,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md)
-> [Next](inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md)
+[Next](inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-cs.md
index a0e172e85d15..8aec98c0b91a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-cs.md
@@ -336,5 +336,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md
index a0ad1c68b024..f9fdbe7eaed0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md
@@ -336,6 +336,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md
index c4ded249ef07..d0b3bd6bd6a0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-cs.md
@@ -263,6 +263,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md)
-> [Next](adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-cs.md)
+[Next](adding-a-gridview-column-of-radio-buttons-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md
index cde39ff927c1..3afc0b65b3a9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/enhancing-the-gridview/inserting-a-new-record-from-the-gridview-s-footer-vb.md
@@ -263,5 +263,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-a-gridview-column-of-checkboxes-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md
index 68bbd32262d4..ea473450a35d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md
@@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-cs.md)
+[Next](master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md
index ca92d99fd324..c9f713be5b9f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md
@@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Liz Shulok. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md)
+[Next](master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-cs.md
index 0d108abbacd8..6d034afbdf8a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-cs.md
@@ -177,5 +177,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md
index 1c26138b74e0..9ded8b14985a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md
@@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Randy Schmidt. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md)
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md
index a41102908af7..d3c079b65bcb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-cs.md
@@ -297,6 +297,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-cs.md)
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-datalist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-vb.md
index 8691954b33b9..a79cb5faf969 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/filtering-scenarios-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/master-detail-using-a-bulleted-list-of-master-records-with-a-details-datalist-vb.md
@@ -297,5 +297,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-acess-two-pages-datalist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md
index f4f501e736ad..8ae9669c8ac3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md
@@ -206,6 +206,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok, Dennis Patterson, Carlos Santos, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs.md)
+[Next](master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md
index 0d5a41202404..7daf16ee45fb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md
@@ -208,6 +208,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok, Dennis Patterson, Carlos Santos, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md)
-> [Next](master-pages-and-site-navigation-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md)
+[Next](master-pages-and-site-navigation-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-cs.md
index 6a9bc63951c8..2fea14beae68 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-cs.md
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ All code that is specific to the underlying data source such as creating a conne
 
 These methods, when invoked, will connect to the database, issue the appropriate query, and return the results. How we return these results is important. These methods could simply return a DataSet or DataReader populated by the database query, but ideally these results should be returned using *strongly-typed objects*. A strongly-typed object is one whose schema is rigidly defined at compile time, whereas the opposite, a loosely-typed object, is one whose schema is not known until runtime.
 
-For example, the DataReader and the DataSet (by default) are loosely-typed objects since their schema is defined by the columns returned by the database query used to populate them. To access a particular column from a loosely-typed DataTable we need to use syntax like: <strong><em>DataTable</em>.Rows[<em>index</em>]["<em>columnName</em>"]</strong>. The DataTable's loose typing in this example is exhibited by the fact that we need to access the column name using a string or ordinal index. A strongly-typed DataTable, on the other hand, will have each of its columns implemented as properties, resulting in code that looks like: <strong><em>DataTable</em>.Rows[<em>index</em>].*columnName</strong>*.
+For example, the DataReader and the DataSet (by default) are loosely-typed objects since their schema is defined by the columns returned by the database query used to populate them. To access a particular column from a loosely-typed DataTable we need to use syntax like: ***DataTable*.Rows[*index*]["*columnName*"]**. The DataTable's loose typing in this example is exhibited by the fact that we need to access the column name using a string or ordinal index. A strongly-typed DataTable, on the other hand, will have each of its columns implemented as properties, resulting in code that looks like: ***DataTable*.Rows[*index*].*columnName***.
 
 To return strongly-typed objects, developers can either create their own custom business objects or use Typed DataSets. A business object is implemented by the developer as a class whose properties typically reflect the columns of the underlying database table the business object represents. A Typed DataSet is a class generated for you by Visual Studio based on a database schema and whose members are strongly-typed according to this schema. The Typed DataSet itself consists of classes that extend the ADO.NET DataSet, DataTable, and DataRow classes. In addition to strongly-typed DataTables, Typed DataSets now also include TableAdapters, which are classes with methods for populating the DataSet's DataTables and propagating modifications within the DataTables back to the database.
 
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ We are first prompted about whether we want to access the database using an ad-h
 **Figure 15**: Choose to Create a **SELECT** Statement Which Returns Rows ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image41.png))
 
 
-The next step is to define the SQL query used to access the data. Since we want to return only those products that belong to a particular category, I use the same <strong>SELECT</strong> statement from <strong>GetProducts()</strong>, but add the following <strong>WHERE</strong> clause: <strong>WHERE CategoryID = @CategoryID</strong>. The <strong>@CategoryID</strong> parameter indicates to the TableAdapter wizard that the method we're creating will require an input parameter of the corresponding type (namely, a nullable integer).
+The next step is to define the SQL query used to access the data. Since we want to return only those products that belong to a particular category, I use the same **SELECT** statement from **GetProducts()**, but add the following **WHERE** clause: **WHERE CategoryID = @CategoryID**. The **@CategoryID** parameter indicates to the TableAdapter wizard that the method we're creating will require an input parameter of the corresponding type (namely, a nullable integer).
 
 
 [![Enter a Query to Only Return Products in a Specified Category](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image43.png)](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image42.png)
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ The next step is to define the SQL query used to access the data. Since we want
 **Figure 16**: Enter a Query to Only Return Products in a Specified Category ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image44.png))
 
 
-In the final step we can choose which data access patterns to use, as well as customize the names of the methods generated. For the Fill pattern, let's change the name to <strong>FillByCategoryID</strong> and for the return a DataTable return pattern (the <strong>Get*X</strong>* methods), let's use <strong>GetProductsByCategoryID</strong>.
+In the final step we can choose which data access patterns to use, as well as customize the names of the methods generated. For the Fill pattern, let's change the name to **FillByCategoryID** and for the return a DataTable return pattern (the **Get*X*** methods), let's use **GetProductsByCategoryID**.
 
 
 [![Choose the Names for the TableAdapter Methods](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image46.png)](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image45.png)
@@ -398,48 +398,48 @@ Take a few minutes to create the following TableAdapters and methods using the f
 
 - **ProductsTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetProducts**: 
+    - **GetProducts**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample10.sql)]
-  - **GetProductsByCategoryID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample10.sql)]
+    - **GetProductsByCategoryID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample11.sql)]
-  - **GetProductsBySupplierID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample11.sql)]
+    - **GetProductsBySupplierID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample12.sql)]
-  - **GetProductByProductID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample12.sql)]
+    - **GetProductByProductID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample13.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample13.sql)]
 - **CategoriesTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetCategories**: 
+    - **GetCategories**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample14.sql)]
-  - **GetCategoryByCategoryID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample14.sql)]
+    - **GetCategoryByCategoryID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample15.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample15.sql)]
 - **SuppliersTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetSuppliers**: 
+    - **GetSuppliers**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample16.sql)]
-  - **GetSuppliersByCountry**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample16.sql)]
+    - **GetSuppliersByCountry**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample17.sql)]
-  - **GetSupplierBySupplierID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample17.sql)]
+    - **GetSupplierBySupplierID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample18.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample18.sql)]
 - **EmployeesTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetEmployees**: 
+    - **GetEmployees**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample19.sql)]
-  - **GetEmployeesByManager**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample19.sql)]
+    - **GetEmployeesByManager**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample20.sql)]
-  - **GetEmployeeByEmployeeID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample20.sql)]
+    - **GetEmployeeByEmployeeID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample21.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/samples/sample21.sql)]
 
 
 [![The DataSet Designer After the Four TableAdapters Have Been Added](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image84.png)](creating-a-data-access-layer-cs/_static/image83.png)
@@ -538,5 +538,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Ron Green, Hilton Giesenow, Dennis Patterson, Liz Shulok, Abel Gomez, and Carlos Santos. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md
index 17e2b48d07b1..e0671a979e6e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md
@@ -398,48 +398,48 @@ Take a few minutes to create the following TableAdapters and methods using the f
 
 - **ProductsTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetProducts**: 
+    - **GetProducts**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample10.sql)]
-  - **GetProductsByCategoryID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample10.sql)]
+    - **GetProductsByCategoryID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample11.sql)]
-  - **GetProductsBySupplierID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample11.sql)]
+    - **GetProductsBySupplierID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample12.sql)]
-  - **GetProductByProductID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample12.sql)]
+    - **GetProductByProductID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample13.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample13.sql)]
 - **CategoriesTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetCategories**: 
+    - **GetCategories**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample14.sql)]
-  - **GetCategoryByCategoryID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample14.sql)]
+    - **GetCategoryByCategoryID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample15.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample15.sql)]
 - **SuppliersTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetSuppliers**: 
+    - **GetSuppliers**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample16.sql)]
-  - **GetSuppliersByCountry**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample16.sql)]
+    - **GetSuppliersByCountry**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample17.sql)]
-  - **GetSupplierBySupplierID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample17.sql)]
+    - **GetSupplierBySupplierID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample18.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample18.sql)]
 - **EmployeesTableAdapter**
 
-  - **GetEmployees**: 
+    - **GetEmployees**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample19.sql)]
-  - **GetEmployeesByManager**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample19.sql)]
+    - **GetEmployeesByManager**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample20.sql)]
-  - **GetEmployeeByEmployeeID**: 
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample20.sql)]
+    - **GetEmployeeByEmployeeID**: 
 
-      [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample21.sql)]
+        [!code-sql[Main](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/samples/sample21.sql)]
 
 
 [![The DataSet Designer After the Four TableAdapters Have Been Added](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/_static/image84.png)](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb/_static/image83.png)
@@ -538,6 +538,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Ron Green, Hilton Giesenow, Dennis Patterson, Liz Shulok, Abel Gomez, and Carlos Santos. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md
index 7d5cb7e73a1a..6905adee199b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-cs.md
@@ -310,6 +310,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok, Dennis Patterson, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-business-logic-layer-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-data-access-layer-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-vb.md
index 82a8d380a577..451c22b0edb2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/introduction/master-pages-and-site-navigation-vb.md
@@ -310,5 +310,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok, Dennis Patterson, and Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-business-logic-layer-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md
index 25e6a90cfd4b..446cbe592baa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md
@@ -221,6 +221,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md)
+[Next](master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md
index bc706ec347cc..06f0b402e98d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md
@@ -221,6 +221,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md)
+[Next](master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-cs.md
index dc5a5c2c8c1a..dc61da120b95 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-cs.md
@@ -166,5 +166,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md
index 26f16cc10a89..a30470489c49 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md
@@ -168,6 +168,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md)
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md
index 8f3b825b0c0f..a630b89ded80 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-cs.md
@@ -216,6 +216,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-cs.md)
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md
index 7cecbd1ca164..455dc8b78128 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-filtering-with-two-dropdownlists-vb.md
@@ -216,6 +216,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md)
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md
index c49f2c8363aa..c4eef5193422 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-cs.md
@@ -163,6 +163,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-cs.md)
+[Next](master-detail-filtering-with-a-dropdownlist-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-vb.md
index dbd643c62568..73597073b1a4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/masterdetail/master-detail-using-a-selectable-master-gridview-with-a-details-detailview-vb.md
@@ -163,5 +163,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Hilton Giesenow. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-detail-filtering-across-two-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md
index ea02d90a419b..8f236a566f7e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md
@@ -276,5 +276,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok, Ken Pespisa, and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md
index 9ac54ec880f5..5f69a37c4cf1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md
@@ -276,6 +276,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Liz Shulok, Ken Pespisa, and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md)
+[Next](sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md
index 91fadd285784..d35e4b80efb5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md
@@ -391,6 +391,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md)
-> [Next](paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-cs.md)
+[Next](paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md
index 30e38e4b3a26..38f7a29081dc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting-with-the-datalist-and-repeater/sorting-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md
@@ -391,5 +391,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](paging-report-data-in-a-datalist-or-repeater-control-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md
index f45a0f1210e0..0465b66e4d76 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md
@@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md)
+[Next](paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-vb.md
index c9db8ed6dd63..a32133666f9a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-vb.md
@@ -195,5 +195,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md
index 07443f05cf0a..ed853ab618b8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ There are two general techniques used to efficiently associate a row index with
 - **Using SQL Server 2005 s `ROW_NUMBER()` Keyword** new to SQL Server 2005, the `ROW_NUMBER()` keyword associates a ranking with each returned record based on some ordering. This ranking can be used as a row index for each row.
 - **Using a Table Variable and `SET ROWCOUNT`** SQL Server s [`SET ROWCOUNT` statement](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms188774.aspx) can be used to specify how many total records a query should process before terminating; [table variables](http://www.sqlteam.com/item.asp?ItemID=9454) are local T-SQL variables that can hold tabular data, akin to [temporary tables](http://www.sqlteam.com/item.asp?ItemID=2029). This approach works equally well with both Microsoft SQL Server 2005 and SQL Server 2000 (whereas the `ROW_NUMBER()` approach only works with SQL Server 2005).  
   
-  The idea here is to create a table variable that has an `IDENTITY` column and columns for the primary keys of the table whose data is being paged through. Next, the contents of the table whose data is being paged through is dumped into the table variable, thereby associating a sequential row index (via the `IDENTITY` column) for each record in the table. Once the table variable has been populated, a `SELECT` statement on the table variable, joined with the underlying table, can be executed to pull out the particular records. The `SET ROWCOUNT` statement is used to intelligently limit the number of records that need to be dumped into the table variable.  
+ The idea here is to create a table variable that has an `IDENTITY` column and columns for the primary keys of the table whose data is being paged through. Next, the contents of the table whose data is being paged through is dumped into the table variable, thereby associating a sequential row index (via the `IDENTITY` column) for each record in the table. Once the table variable has been populated, a `SELECT` statement on the table variable, joined with the underlying table, can be executed to pull out the particular records. The `SET ROWCOUNT` statement is used to intelligently limit the number of records that need to be dumped into the table variable.  
   
-  This approach s efficiency is based on the page number being requested, as the `SET ROWCOUNT` value is assigned the value of Start Row Index plus the Maximum Rows. When paging through low-numbered pages such as the first few pages of data this approach is very efficient. However, it exhibits default paging-like performance when retrieving a page near the end.
+ This approach s efficiency is based on the page number being requested, as the `SET ROWCOUNT` value is assigned the value of Start Row Index plus the Maximum Rows. When paging through low-numbered pages such as the first few pages of data this approach is very efficient. However, it exhibits default paging-like performance when retrieving a page near the end.
 
 This tutorial implements custom paging using the `ROW_NUMBER()` keyword. For more information on using the table variable and `SET ROWCOUNT` technique, see [A More Efficient Method for Paging Through Large Result Sets](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/webtech/042606-1.shtml).
 
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ After creating the stored procedure, take a moment to test it out. Right-click o
 
 ![Enter a Value for the @startRowIndex and @maximumRows Parameters](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs/_static/image7.png)
 
-<strong>Figure 7</strong>: Enter a Value for the @startRowIndex and @maximumRows Parameters
+**Figure 7**: Enter a Value for the @startRowIndex and @maximumRows Parameters
 
 
 After choosing these input parameters values, the Output window will show the results. Figure 8 shows the results when passing in 10 for both the `@startRowIndex` and `@maximumRows` parameters.
@@ -374,6 +374,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](paging-and-sorting-report-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](paging-and-sorting-report-data-cs.md)
+[Next](sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md
index 4835753ad405..c05fb35ec01b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ There are two general techniques used to efficiently associate a row index with
 - **Using SQL Server 2005 s `ROW_NUMBER()` Keyword** new to SQL Server 2005, the `ROW_NUMBER()` keyword associates a ranking with each returned record based on some ordering. This ranking can be used as a row index for each row.
 - **Using a Table Variable and `SET ROWCOUNT`** SQL Server s [`SET ROWCOUNT` statement](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms188774.aspx) can be used to specify how many total records a query should process before terminating; [table variables](http://www.sqlteam.com/item.asp?ItemID=9454) are local T-SQL variables that can hold tabular data, akin to [temporary tables](http://www.sqlteam.com/item.asp?ItemID=2029). This approach works equally well with both Microsoft SQL Server 2005 and SQL Server 2000 (whereas the `ROW_NUMBER()` approach only works with SQL Server 2005).  
   
-  The idea here is to create a table variable that has an `IDENTITY` column and columns for the primary keys of the table whose data is being paged through. Next, the contents of the table whose data is being paged through is dumped into the table variable, thereby associating a sequential row index (via the `IDENTITY` column) for each record in the table. Once the table variable has been populated, a `SELECT` statement on the table variable, joined with the underlying table, can be executed to pull out the particular records. The `SET ROWCOUNT` statement is used to intelligently limit the number of records that need to be dumped into the table variable.  
+ The idea here is to create a table variable that has an `IDENTITY` column and columns for the primary keys of the table whose data is being paged through. Next, the contents of the table whose data is being paged through is dumped into the table variable, thereby associating a sequential row index (via the `IDENTITY` column) for each record in the table. Once the table variable has been populated, a `SELECT` statement on the table variable, joined with the underlying table, can be executed to pull out the particular records. The `SET ROWCOUNT` statement is used to intelligently limit the number of records that need to be dumped into the table variable.  
   
-  This approach s efficiency is based on the page number being requested, as the `SET ROWCOUNT` value is assigned the value of Start Row Index plus the Maximum Rows. When paging through low-numbered pages such as the first few pages of data this approach is very efficient. However, it exhibits default paging-like performance when retrieving a page near the end.
+ This approach s efficiency is based on the page number being requested, as the `SET ROWCOUNT` value is assigned the value of Start Row Index plus the Maximum Rows. When paging through low-numbered pages such as the first few pages of data this approach is very efficient. However, it exhibits default paging-like performance when retrieving a page near the end.
 
 This tutorial implements custom paging using the `ROW_NUMBER()` keyword. For more information on using the table variable and `SET ROWCOUNT` technique, see [A More Efficient Method for Paging Through Large Result Sets](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/webtech/042606-1.shtml).
 
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ After creating the stored procedure, take a moment to test it out. Right-click o
 
 ![Enter a Value for the @startRowIndex and @maximumRows Parameters](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb/_static/image7.png)
 
-<strong>Figure 7</strong>: Enter a Value for the @startRowIndex and @maximumRows Parameters
+**Figure 7**: Enter a Value for the @startRowIndex and @maximumRows Parameters
 
 
 After choosing these input parameters values, the Output window will show the results. Figure 8 shows the results when passing in 10 for both the `@startRowIndex` and `@maximumRows` parameters.
@@ -374,6 +374,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md)
-> [Next](sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md)
+[Next](sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-cs.md
index 36837964dc87..3bdac42f7cc4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-cs.md
@@ -303,5 +303,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md
index 921ca29d1f55..ddd7beea700b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/paging-and-sorting-report-data-vb.md
@@ -303,6 +303,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 [Scott Mitchell](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/ScottMitchell.shtml), author of seven ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of [4GuysFromRolla.com](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com), has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1998. Scott works as an independent consultant, trainer, and writer. His latest book is [*Sams Teach Yourself ASP.NET 2.0 in 24 Hours*](https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0672327384/4guysfromrollaco). He can be reached at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com) or via his blog, which can be found at [http://ScottOnWriting.NET](http://ScottOnWriting.NET).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md)
-> [Next](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md)
+[Next](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md
index ddbb9c2472b2..5ec562619186 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-cs.md
@@ -185,6 +185,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Carlos Santos. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md
index 66db0e5167e7..a7f401bf5a39 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/paging-and-sorting/sorting-custom-paged-data-vb.md
@@ -185,6 +185,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Carlos Santos. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](efficiently-paging-through-large-amounts-of-data-vb.md)
+[Next](creating-a-customized-sorting-user-interface-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-cs.md
index e469e4007416..ff50e5e56d4f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-cs.md
@@ -110,6 +110,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Giesenow and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](batch-updating-cs.md)
-> [Next](batch-inserting-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](batch-updating-cs.md)
+[Next](batch-inserting-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-vb.md
index bf4f1c766921..3b03e4e219db 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-deleting-vb.md
@@ -110,6 +110,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Giesenow and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](batch-updating-vb.md)
-> [Next](batch-inserting-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](batch-updating-vb.md)
+[Next](batch-inserting-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-cs.md
index 04312c844e59..946c33dbcd74 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-cs.md
@@ -270,6 +270,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Giesenow and S ren Jacob Lauritsen. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](batch-deleting-cs.md)
-> [Next](wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](batch-deleting-cs.md)
+[Next](wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-vb.md
index 2c60e9386ce4..d7018d0a589a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-inserting-vb.md
@@ -270,5 +270,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Hilton Giesenow and S ren Jacob Lauritsen. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](batch-deleting-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](batch-deleting-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-cs.md
index 31197346fc24..d150f8774cbd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-cs.md
@@ -290,6 +290,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-cs.md)
-> [Next](batch-deleting-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-cs.md)
+[Next](batch-deleting-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-vb.md
index 8fd0bdf08c82..d7d4b604e311 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/batch-updating-vb.md
@@ -290,6 +290,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and David Suru. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md)
-> [Next](batch-deleting-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md)
+[Next](batch-deleting-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-cs.md
index e03d2ba93a69..19d467483ee0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-cs.md
@@ -254,5 +254,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dave Gardner, Hilton Giesenow, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](batch-updating-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](batch-updating-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md
index c9d911bb3bf6..0786bf55f6c9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-batched-data/wrapping-database-modifications-within-a-transaction-vb.md
@@ -254,6 +254,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dave Gardner, Hilton Giesenow, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](batch-inserting-cs.md)
-> [Next](batch-updating-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](batch-inserting-cs.md)
+[Next](batch-updating-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md
index a994743711c5..64277a065c0f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md
@@ -227,6 +227,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Dave Gardner. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](uploading-files-cs.md)
-> [Next](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](uploading-files-cs.md)
+[Next](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md
index 046599901dc4..5f366b90d55a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md
@@ -227,6 +227,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Dave Gardner. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](uploading-files-vb.md)
-> [Next](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](uploading-files-vb.md)
+[Next](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md
index b914efa19a0d..6be651b738fc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md
@@ -281,6 +281,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dave Gardner, Teresa Murphy, and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md)
-> [Next](updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md)
+[Next](updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md
index c7bb49ae7cee..00d78791e78b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md
@@ -281,6 +281,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Dave Gardner, Teresa Murphy, and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md)
-> [Next](updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md)
+[Next](updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md
index 530d61ca3373..57d0a0cece33 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md
@@ -363,6 +363,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md)
-> [Next](uploading-files-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-cs.md)
+[Next](uploading-files-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-vb.md
index 0f37a4f94a08..59838a809140 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-vb.md
@@ -363,5 +363,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](including-a-file-upload-option-when-adding-a-new-record-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-cs.md
index 72487bcda72d..c4c347d9a6ea 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-cs.md
@@ -288,5 +288,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-vb.md
index 75ba3f59de82..b566e5f67be0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/data-access/working-with-binary-files/uploading-files-vb.md
@@ -288,6 +288,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Bernadette Leigh. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md)
-> [Next](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](updating-and-deleting-existing-binary-data-cs.md)
+[Next](displaying-binary-data-in-the-data-web-controls-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md
index 2911b2deedb1..ec82badef6fa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md
@@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ This forms part of a series of five tutorials on enterprise-scale web deployment
 - [Configuring Server Environments for Web Deployment](../configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to configure Windows servers to support various deployment scenarios, including remote web package deployment using the Web Deployment Agent Service (the remote agent) or the Web Deploy Handler and remote database deployment. It provides guidance on choosing the appropriate deployment method for your own environment, and it describes how to use the Web Farm Framework (WFF) to replicate deployed web applications across all the web servers in a server farm.
 - [Configuring Team Foundation Server for Web Deployment](../configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to configure TFS to support various deployment scenarios, including automated deployment as part of a CI process and manually triggered deployments of specific builds.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](performing-a-what-if-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](performing-a-what-if-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md
index 0cef68ad95e5..f5cc2affd4b2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md
@@ -141,6 +141,6 @@ These articles on MSDN provide more general guidance on database deployment:
 - [Build and Deploy Databases to an Isolated Development Environment](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd193409.aspx)
 - [Build and Deploy Databases to a Staging or Production Environment](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd193413.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](performing-a-what-if-deployment.md)
-> [Next](deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](performing-a-what-if-deployment.md)
+[Next](deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md
index c3dda4d16e9b..9ced611f82fc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md
@@ -127,6 +127,6 @@ This topic described one way in which you can add database users and role member
 
 For more information on using VSDBCMD to deploy database projects, see [Deploying Database Projects](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-database-projects.md). For guidance on customizing database deployments for different target environments, see [Customizing Database Deployments for Multiple Environments](customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md). For more information on using custom MSBuild project files to control the deployment process, see [Understanding the Project File](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md) and [Understanding the Build Process](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md). For more information on sqlcmd command-line options, see [sqlcmd Utility](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms162773.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md)
-> [Next](deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md)
+[Next](deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md
index d934266bea64..c5cc233f2005 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md
@@ -63,6 +63,6 @@ This topic described some of the challenges you may face when you need to provis
 
 For more guidance and examples of how to use VSDBCMD, see [Command-Line Reference for VSDBCMD.EXE (Deployment and Schema Import)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd193283.aspx) and [How to: Import a Schema from a Command Prompt](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd172135.aspx). For more information on using aspnet\_regsql.exe to create membership databases, see [ASP.NET SQL Server Registration Tool (aspnet\_regsql.exe)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms229862(v=vs.100).aspx). For more general guidance on deploying membership databases, see [How to: Deploy the ASP.NET Membership Database Without Including User Accounts](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ff361972(v=vs.100).aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md)
-> [Next](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md)
+[Next](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md
index 41b3b3c7b2cf..27cda58fb90a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md
@@ -101,16 +101,16 @@ The next procedure shows you how to add a *.wpp.targets* file to a web applicati
     [!code-xml[Main](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment/samples/sample2.xml)]
 6. If you want to exclude folders from the web package, add an **ExcludeFromPackageFolders** element to the **ItemGroup** element:
 
-   1. In the **Include** attribute, provide a semicolon-separated list of the folders you want to exclude.
-   2. In the **FromTarget** metadata element, provide a meaningful value to indicate why the folders are being excluded, like the name of the *.wpp.targets* file.
+    1. In the **Include** attribute, provide a semicolon-separated list of the folders you want to exclude.
+    2. In the **FromTarget** metadata element, provide a meaningful value to indicate why the folders are being excluded, like the name of the *.wpp.targets* file.
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment/samples/sample3.xml)]
+    [!code-xml[Main](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment/samples/sample3.xml)]
 7. If you want to exclude files from the web package, add an **ExcludeFromPackageFiles** element to the **ItemGroup** element:
 
-   1. In the **Include** attribute, provide a semicolon-separated list of the files you want to exclude.
-   2. In the **FromTarget** metadata element, provide a meaningful value to indicate why the files are being excluded, like the name of the *.wpp.targets* file.
+    1. In the **Include** attribute, provide a semicolon-separated list of the files you want to exclude.
+    2. In the **FromTarget** metadata element, provide a meaningful value to indicate why the files are being excluded, like the name of the *.wpp.targets* file.
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment/samples/sample4.xml)]
+    [!code-xml[Main](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment/samples/sample4.xml)]
 8. The *[project name].wpp.targets* file should now resemble this:
 
     [!code-xml[Main](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment/samples/sample5.xml)]
@@ -126,6 +126,6 @@ This topic described how to exclude specific files and folders when you build a
 
 For more information on using custom Microsoft Build Engine (MSBuild) project files to control the deployment process, see [Understanding the Project File](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md) and [Understanding the Build Process](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md). For more information on the packaging and deployment process, see [Building and Packaging Web Application Projects](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md), [Configuring Parameters for Web Package Deployment](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md), and [Deploying Web Packages](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-web-packages.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md)
-> [Next](taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md)
+[Next](taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/performing-a-what-if-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/performing-a-what-if-deployment.md
index da4f6ced6039..097946331205 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/performing-a-what-if-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/performing-a-what-if-deployment.md
@@ -139,6 +139,6 @@ This topic described how to run "what if" deployments using Web Deploy, VSDBCMD,
 
 For more information on Web Deploy command-line syntax, see [Web Deploy Operation Settings](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/dd569089(WS.10).aspx). For guidance on command-line options when you use the *.deploy.cmd* file, see [How to: Install a Deployment Package Using the deploy.cmd File](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ff356104.aspx). For guidance on VSDBCMD command-line syntax, see [Command-Line Reference for VSDBCMD.EXE (Deployment and Schema Import)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd193283.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](customizing-database-deployments-for-multiple-environments.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md
index b6bafee0f868..f515ac81913a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md
@@ -178,6 +178,6 @@ For guidance on signing Windows PowerShell scripts and managing execution polici
 
 For more information on using custom MSBuild project files to control the deployment process, see [Understanding the Project File](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md) and [Understanding the Build Process](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md)
-> [Next](troubleshooting-the-packaging-process.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md)
+[Next](troubleshooting-the-packaging-process.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md
index 69e2d76da79a..8df539f37bf5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/taking-web-applications-offline-with-web-deploy.md
@@ -170,6 +170,6 @@ For more information on the packaging and deployment process, see [Building and
 
 If you publish your web applications directly from Visual Studio, rather than using the custom MSBuild project file approach described in these tutorials, you'll need to use a slightly different approach to take your application offline during the publishing process. For more information, see [How to take your web app offline during publishing](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9805135) (blog post).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md)
-> [Next](running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md)
+[Next](running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/troubleshooting-the-packaging-process.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/troubleshooting-the-packaging-process.md
index ba435879ad74..030ec2568193 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/troubleshooting-the-packaging-process.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/troubleshooting-the-packaging-process.md
@@ -110,5 +110,5 @@ This topic described how you can use the **EnablePackageProcessLoggingAndAssert*
 
 For more information on using custom MSBuild project files to control the deployment process, see [Understanding the Project File](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md) and [Understanding the Build Process](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md). For more information on the WPP and how it manages the packaging process, see [Building and Packaging Web Application Projects](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md). For guidance on how to exclude specific files and folders from web deployment packages, see [Excluding Files and Folders from Deployment](excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](running-windows-powershell-scripts-from-msbuild-project-files.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md
index 41f849ddc10f..5915ea2a0d62 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md
@@ -145,6 +145,6 @@ For more information on Web Deploy command-line operations and syntax, see [Web
 
 For more general guidance on the different ways in which you can deploy web packages from a remote computer, see [Using Web Deploy Remotely](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/ee461175(WS.10).aspx). For more information on using Web Deploy On Demand, see [Web Deploy On Demand](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/ee517345(WS.10).aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md
index c22c2e30f6bb..75d86ca65a3e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ To enable SQL Server to communicate over TCP/IP, use SQL Server Configuration Ma
 1. On the **Start** menu, point to **All Programs**, click **Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2**, click **Configuration Tools**, and then click **SQL Server Configuration Manager**.
 2. In the tree view pane, expand **SQL Server Network Configuration**, and then click **Protocols for MSSQLSERVER**.
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > If you have installed multiple instances of SQL Server, you'll see a <strong>Protocols for</strong><em>[instance name]</em> item for each instance. You need to configure network settings on an instance-by-instance basis.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > If you have installed multiple instances of SQL Server, you'll see a **Protocols for***[instance name]* item for each instance. You need to configure network settings on an instance-by-instance basis.
 3. In the details pane, right-click the **TCP/IP** row, and then click **Enable**.
 
     ![](configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing/_static/image1.png)
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ For more information on configuring Windows Firewall for SQL Server, particularl
 
 ## Configure Logins and Database Permissions
 
-When you deploy a web application to Internet Information Services (IIS), the application runs using the identity of the application pool. In a domain environment, application pool identities use the machine account of the server on which they run to access network resources. Machine accounts take the form <em>[domain name]</em><strong>\</strong><em>[machine name]</em><strong>$</strong>&#x2014;for example, <strong>FABRIKAM\TESTWEB1$</strong>. To allow your web application to access a database across the network, you need to:
+When you deploy a web application to Internet Information Services (IIS), the application runs using the identity of the application pool. In a domain environment, application pool identities use the machine account of the server on which they run to access network resources. Machine accounts take the form *[domain name]***\***[machine name]***$**&#x2014;for example, **FABRIKAM\TESTWEB1$**. To allow your web application to access a database across the network, you need to:
 
 - Add a login for the web server machine account to the SQL Server instance.
 - Map the machine account login to any required database roles (typically **db\_datareader** and **db\_datawriter**).
@@ -226,6 +226,6 @@ Your database server should now be ready to accept remote database deployments a
 
 For guidance on deploying database projects, see [Deploying Database Projects](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-database-projects.md). For guidance on creating database role memberships by running a post-deployment script, see [Deploying Database Role Memberships to Test Environments](../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-database-role-memberships-to-test-environments.md). For guidance on how to meet the unique deployment challenges that membership databases pose, see [Deploying Membership Databases to Enterprise Environments](../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/deploying-membership-databases-to-enterprise-environments.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md)
+[Next](creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md
index d5612f0319b4..a7f97759b462 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ In order for your website to serve content, the application pool identity must h
 
 To grant permissions to an application pool identity on a file or folder, you have two options:
 
-- Assign permissions to the application pool identity directly, using the format <strong>IIS AppPool\</strong><em>[application pool name]</em>(for example, <strong>IIS AppPool\DemoSite</strong>).
+- Assign permissions to the application pool identity directly, using the format **IIS AppPool\***[application pool name]*(for example, **IIS AppPool\DemoSite**).
 - Assign permissions to the **IIS\_IUSRS** group.
 
 The most common approach is to assign permissions to the local **IIS\_IUSRS** group, because this approach lets you change application pools without reconfiguring file system permissions. The next procedure uses this group-based approach.
@@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ The most common approach is to assign permissions to the local **IIS\_IUSRS** gr
 
     ![](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment/_static/image8.png)
 5. In the **Select Users or Groups** dialog box, type **IIS\_IUSRS**, click **Check Names**, and then click **OK**.
-6. In the <strong>Permissions for</strong><em>[folder name]</em> dialog box, notice that the new group has been assigned the <strong>Read &amp; execute</strong>, <strong>List folder contents</strong>, and <strong>Read</strong> permissions by default. Leave this unchanged and click <strong>OK</strong>.
-7. Click <strong>OK</strong> to close the <em>[folder name]</em><strong>Properties</strong> dialog box.
+6. In the **Permissions for***[folder name]* dialog box, notice that the new group has been assigned the **Read &amp; execute**, **List folder contents**, and **Read** permissions by default. Leave this unchanged and click **OK**.
+7. Click **OK** to close the *[folder name]***Properties** dialog box.
 
 ## Disable the Remote Agent Service
 
@@ -221,6 +221,6 @@ At this point, your web server is ready for offline web package deployment. Befo
 - Does the application pool identity have read access to the source folder for your website?
 - Have you stopped the Web Deployment Agent Service?
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md)
-> [Next](configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md)
+[Next](configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md
index afeba413ea6f..772601088a94 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ In order for your website to serve content, the application pool identity must h
 
 To grant permissions to an application pool identity on a file or folder, you have two options:
 
-- Assign permissions to the application pool identity directly, using the format <strong>IIS AppPool\</strong><em>[application pool name]</em>(for example, <strong>IIS AppPool\DemoSite</strong>).
+- Assign permissions to the application pool identity directly, using the format **IIS AppPool\***[application pool name]*(for example, **IIS AppPool\DemoSite**).
 - Assign permissions to the **IIS\_IUSRS** group.
 
 The most common approach is to assign permissions to the local **IIS\_IUSRS** group because this approach lets you change application pools without reconfiguring file system permissions. The next procedure uses this group-based approach.
@@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ The most common approach is to assign permissions to the local **IIS\_IUSRS** gr
 
     ![](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent/_static/image8.png)
 5. In the **Select Users or Groups** dialog box, type **IIS\_IUSRS**, click **Check Names**, and then click **OK**.
-6. In the <strong>Permissions for</strong><em>[folder name]</em>dialog box, notice that the new group has been assigned the <strong>Read &amp; execute</strong>, <strong>List folder contents</strong>, and <strong>Read</strong> permissions by default. Leave this unchanged and click <strong>OK</strong>.
-7. Click <strong>OK</strong> to close the <em>[folder name]</em><strong>Properties</strong> dialog box.
+6. In the **Permissions for***[folder name]*dialog box, notice that the new group has been assigned the **Read &amp; execute**, **List folder contents**, and **Read** permissions by default. Leave this unchanged and click **OK**.
+7. Click **OK** to close the *[folder name]***Properties** dialog box.
 
 As a final task before you attempt to deploy any web packages to your server, you should ensure that the Web Deployment Agent Service is running. When you deploy a package from a remote computer, the Web Deployment Agent Service is responsible for extracting and installing the contents of the package. The service is started by default when you install the Web Deployment Tool and runs under the Network Service identity.
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ You can check whether a service is running in multiple different ways, using var
 
 By default, the Remote Agent Service listens on TCP port 80, at this URL:
 
-http://[<em>server name</em>]/MSDEPLOYAGENTSERVICE
+http://[*server name*]/MSDEPLOYAGENTSERVICE
 
 In most cases, you won't need to configure any additional firewall rules for the Remote Agent Service because web servers typically listen for HTTP requests on port 80. If you customized your installation to listen on a nonstandard port, you'll need to configure firewall exceptions as required.
 
@@ -228,6 +228,6 @@ At this point, your web server is ready to accept and install web packages from
 
 For guidance on how to configure custom Microsoft Build Engine (MSBuild) project files to deploy web packages to the Remote Agent Service, see [Configuring Deployment Properties for a Target Environment](configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md
index 09f111585fd0..957a1c3d48e4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler.md
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ In order for your website to serve content, the application pool identity must h
 
 To grant permissions to an application pool identity on a file or folder, you have two options:
 
-- Assign permissions to the application pool identity directly, using the format <strong>IIS AppPool\</strong><em>[application pool name]</em>(for example, <strong>IIS AppPool\DemoSite</strong>).
+- Assign permissions to the application pool identity directly, using the format **IIS AppPool\***[application pool name]*(for example, **IIS AppPool\DemoSite**).
 - Assign permissions to the **IIS\_IUSRS** group.
 
 The most common approach is to assign permissions to the local **IIS\_IUSRS** group, because this approach lets you change application pools without reconfiguring file system permissions. The next procedure uses this group-based approach.
@@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ The most common approach is to assign permissions to the local **IIS\_IUSRS** gr
 
     ![](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-web-deploy-handler/_static/image15.png)
 5. In the **Select Users or Groups** dialog box, type **IIS\_IUSRS**, click **Check Names**, and then click **OK**.
-6. In the <strong>Permissions for</strong><em>[folder name]</em> dialog box, notice that the new group has been assigned the <strong>Read &amp; execute</strong>, <strong>List folder contents</strong>, and <strong>Read</strong> permissions by default. Leave this unchanged and click <strong>OK</strong>.
-7. Click <strong>OK</strong> to close the <em>[folder name]</em><strong>Properties</strong> dialog box.
+6. In the **Permissions for***[folder name]* dialog box, notice that the new group has been assigned the **Read &amp; execute**, **List folder contents**, and **Read** permissions by default. Leave this unchanged and click **OK**.
+7. Click **OK** to close the *[folder name]***Properties** dialog box.
 
 As a final task, you must grant the appropriate permissions to the non-administrator user whose credentials you'll use to deploy content. This user requires the permissions to deploy content remotely to your website.
 
@@ -301,6 +301,6 @@ Your web server should now be ready to accept remote deployments to the Web Depl
 
 For guidance on how to configure custom Microsoft Build Engine (MSBuild) project files to deploy web packages to the Web Deploy Handler, see [Configuring Deployment Properties for a Target Environment](configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md)
-> [Next](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md)
+[Next](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md
index 629c7841fc5c..7eaa03ea4156 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md
@@ -62,18 +62,18 @@ To deploy the Contact Manager solution to your own target environment, you can e
 
 This table describes the purpose of each property in the sample environment-specific project file, *Env-Dev.proj*, and provides some guidance on the values you should provide.
 
-
-|                                                        Property Name                                                         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Details                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|              <strong>MSDeployComputerName</strong> The name of the destination web server or service endpoint.               |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              If you're deploying to the remote agent service on the destination web server, you can specify the target computer name (for example, <strong>TESTWEB1</strong> or <strong>TESTWEB1.fabrikam.net</strong>), or you can specify the remote agent endpoint (for example, `http://TESTWEB1/MSDEPLOYAGENTSERVICE`). The deployment works the same way in each case. If you're deploying to the Web Deploy Handler on the destination web server, you should specify the service endpoint and include the name of the IIS website as a query string parameter (for example, `https://STAGEWEB1:8172/MSDeploy.axd?site=DemoSite`).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-|         <strong>MSDeployAuth</strong> The method that Web Deploy should use to authenticate to the remote computer.          |                                                                                                                                                                                                                          This should be set to <strong>NTLM</strong> or <strong>Basic</strong>. Typically, you'll use <strong>NTLM</strong> if you're deploying to the remote agent service and <strong>Basic</strong> if you're deploying to the Web Deploy Handler. If you use basic authentication, you also need to specify the user name and password that the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) should impersonate in order to perform the deployment. In this example, these values are provided through the <strong>MSDeployUsername</strong> and <strong>MSDeployPassword</strong> properties. If you use NTLM authentication, you can omit these properties or leave them blank.                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-| <strong>MSDeployUsername</strong> If you use basic authentication, Web Deploy will use this account on the remote computer.  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       This should take the form <em>DOMAIN</em>\*username* (for example, <strong>FABRIKAM\matt</strong>). This value is only used if you specify basic authentication. If you use NTLM authentication, the property can be omitted. If a value is supplied, it will be ignored.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
-| <strong>MSDeployPassword</strong> If you use basic authentication, Web Deploy will use this password on the remote computer. |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    This is the password for the user account you specified in the <strong>MSDeployUsername</strong> property. This value is only used if you specify basic authentication. If you use NTLM authentication, the property can be omitted. If a value is supplied, it will be ignored.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
-|     <strong>ContactManagerIisPath</strong> The IIS path on which you want to deploy the Contact Manager MVC application.     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        This should be the path as it appears in IIS Manager, in the form [<em>IIS website name</em>]/[<em>web</em><em>application name</em>]. Remember that the IIS website needs to exist before you deploy your application. For example, if you've created an IIS website named DemoSite, you could specify the IIS path for the MVC application as DemoSite/ContactManager.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
-|   <strong>ContactManagerServiceIisPath</strong> The IIS path on which you want to deploy the Contact Manager WCF service.    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          For example, if you've created an IIS website named DemoSite, you could specify the IIS path for the WCF service as <strong>DemoSite/ContactManagerService</strong>.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-|                  <strong>ContactManagerTargetUrl</strong> The URL at which the WCF service can be reached.                   |                                                                                                                                                     This will take the form [<em>IIS website root URL</em>]/[<em>service application name</em>]/[<em>service endpoint</em>]. For example, if you've created an IIS website on port 85, the URL would take the form `http://localhost:85/ContactManagerService/ContactService.svc`. Remember that the MVC application and the WCF service are deployed to the same server. As a result, this URL is only ever accessed from the machine on which it's installed. Because of this, it's better to use localhost or the IP address, rather than the machine name or a host header, in the URL. If you use the machine name or a host header, the [loopback check](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9805131) security feature in IIS may block the URL and return an <strong>HTTP 401.1 - Unauthorized</strong> error.                                                                                                                                                     |
-|                  <strong>CmDatabaseConnectionString</strong> The connection string for the database server.                  | The connection string determines both the credentials that VSDBCMD will use to contact the database server and create the database and the credentials that the web server application pool will use to contact the database server and interact with the database. Essentially you have two choices here. You can specify <strong>Integrated Security=true</strong>, in which case integrated Windows authentication is used: <strong>Data Source=TESTDB1;Integrated Security=true</strong> In this case, the database will be created using the credentials of the user who runs the VSDBCMD executable, and the application will access the database using the identity of the web server machine account. Alternatively, you can specify the user name and password of a SQL Server account. In this case, the SQL Server credentials are used both by VSDBCMD to create the database and by the application pool to interact with the database: <strong>Data Source=TESTDB1;User Id=ASqlUser; Password=Pa$$w0rd</strong> The walkthroughs in this topic assume that you'll use integrated Windows authentication. |
-|        <strong>CmTargetDatabase</strong> The name you want to give the database you'll create on the database server.        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     The value you provide here is added to the VSDBCMD command as a parameter. It's also used to build a full connection string that the application pool on the web server can use to interact with the database.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| Property Name | Details |
+| --- | --- |
+| **MSDeployComputerName** The name of the destination web server or service endpoint. | If you're deploying to the remote agent service on the destination web server, you can specify the target computer name (for example, **TESTWEB1** or **TESTWEB1.fabrikam.net**), or you can specify the remote agent endpoint (for example, `http://TESTWEB1/MSDEPLOYAGENTSERVICE`). The deployment works the same way in each case. If you're deploying to the Web Deploy Handler on the destination web server, you should specify the service endpoint and include the name of the IIS website as a query string parameter (for example, `https://STAGEWEB1:8172/MSDeploy.axd?site=DemoSite`). |
+| **MSDeployAuth** The method that Web Deploy should use to authenticate to the remote computer. | This should be set to **NTLM** or **Basic**. Typically, you'll use **NTLM** if you're deploying to the remote agent service and **Basic** if you're deploying to the Web Deploy Handler. If you use basic authentication, you also need to specify the user name and password that the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) should impersonate in order to perform the deployment. In this example, these values are provided through the **MSDeployUsername** and **MSDeployPassword** properties. If you use NTLM authentication, you can omit these properties or leave them blank. |
+| **MSDeployUsername** If you use basic authentication, Web Deploy will use this account on the remote computer. | This should take the form *DOMAIN*\*username* (for example, **FABRIKAM\matt**). This value is only used if you specify basic authentication. If you use NTLM authentication, the property can be omitted. If a value is supplied, it will be ignored. |
+| **MSDeployPassword** If you use basic authentication, Web Deploy will use this password on the remote computer. | This is the password for the user account you specified in the **MSDeployUsername** property. This value is only used if you specify basic authentication. If you use NTLM authentication, the property can be omitted. If a value is supplied, it will be ignored. |
+| **ContactManagerIisPath** The IIS path on which you want to deploy the Contact Manager MVC application. | This should be the path as it appears in IIS Manager, in the form [*IIS website name*]/[*web**application name*]. Remember that the IIS website needs to exist before you deploy your application. For example, if you've created an IIS website named DemoSite, you could specify the IIS path for the MVC application as DemoSite/ContactManager. |
+| **ContactManagerServiceIisPath** The IIS path on which you want to deploy the Contact Manager WCF service. | For example, if you've created an IIS website named DemoSite, you could specify the IIS path for the WCF service as **DemoSite/ContactManagerService**. |
+| **ContactManagerTargetUrl** The URL at which the WCF service can be reached. | This will take the form [*IIS website root URL*]/[*service application name*]/[*service endpoint*]. For example, if you've created an IIS website on port 85, the URL would take the form `http://localhost:85/ContactManagerService/ContactService.svc`. Remember that the MVC application and the WCF service are deployed to the same server. As a result, this URL is only ever accessed from the machine on which it's installed. Because of this, it's better to use localhost or the IP address, rather than the machine name or a host header, in the URL. If you use the machine name or a host header, the [loopback check](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9805131) security feature in IIS may block the URL and return an **HTTP 401.1 - Unauthorized** error. |
+| **CmDatabaseConnectionString** The connection string for the database server. | The connection string determines both the credentials that VSDBCMD will use to contact the database server and create the database and the credentials that the web server application pool will use to contact the database server and interact with the database. Essentially you have two choices here. You can specify **Integrated Security=true**, in which case integrated Windows authentication is used: **Data Source=TESTDB1;Integrated Security=true** In this case, the database will be created using the credentials of the user who runs the VSDBCMD executable, and the application will access the database using the identity of the web server machine account. Alternatively, you can specify the user name and password of a SQL Server account. In this case, the SQL Server credentials are used both by VSDBCMD to create the database and by the application pool to interact with the database: **Data Source=TESTDB1;User Id=ASqlUser; Password=Pa$$w0rd** The walkthroughs in this topic assume that you'll use integrated Windows authentication. |
+| **CmTargetDatabase** The name you want to give the database you'll create on the database server. | The value you provide here is added to the VSDBCMD command as a parameter. It's also used to build a full connection string that the application pool on the web server can use to interact with the database. |
+  
 
 These examples show how you might configure these properties for specific deployment scenarios.
 
@@ -113,5 +113,5 @@ To use these project files as part of a single-step, repeatable deployment proce
 - For information on how to incorporate your MSBuild commands into a command file for single-step, repeatable deployments, see [Creating and Running a Deployment Command File](../web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md).
 - For information on how to execute your custom project files from Team Build, see [Creating a Build Definition that Supports Deployment](../configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md
index 43879a529c2a..2ff57670a234 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md
@@ -63,5 +63,5 @@ This forms part of a series of five tutorials on enterprise-scale web deployment
 - [Configuring Team Foundation Server for Web Deployment](../configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to configure Team Foundation Server (TFS) to support various deployment scenarios, including automated deployment as part of a continuous integration (CI) process and manually triggered deployments of specific builds.
 - [Advanced Enterprise Web Deployment](../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to accomplish various more advanced deployment tasks, like customizing database deployments for multiple environments, excluding files and folders from deployment, and taking web applications offline during the deployment process.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md
index 6ee353775e63..5fc8a010d949 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework.md
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ To create a WFF controller server, you'll need to install both IIS 7 or later an
 2. At the top of the **Web Platform Installer 3.0** window, click **Products**.
 3. On the left side of the window, in the navigation pane, click **Server**.
 4. In the **IIS 7 Recommended Configuration** row, click **Add**.
-5. In the <strong>Web Farm Framework 2.</strong><em>x</em> row, click <strong>Add</strong>.
+5. In the **Web Farm Framework 2.***x* row, click **Add**.
 
     ![](creating-a-server-farm-with-the-web-farm-framework/_static/image2.png)
 6. Click **Install**. Notice that the Web Platform Installer has added the Web Deployment Tool, along with various other dependencies, to the installation list.
@@ -226,6 +226,6 @@ Your WFF server farm should now be up and running. You can configure the primary
 
 For more guidance on all aspects of configuring and using the WFF, see the [Microsoft Web Farm Framework 2.0 for IIS 7](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9805129) website.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md)
-> [Next](configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-a-database-server-for-web-deploy-publishing.md)
+[Next](configuring-deployment-properties-for-a-target-environment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md
index ea8a9a772cac..37f01e6bfa1a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md
@@ -54,6 +54,6 @@ These topics provide all the information you need in order to complete these tas
 
 For guidance on configuring a typical developer test environment, see [Scenario: Configuring a Test Environment for Web Deployment](scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md). For guidance on configuring a typical staging environment, see [Scenario: Configuring a Staging Environment for Web Deployment](scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-remote-agent.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md
index 1149b0227a2c..be072fdfc494 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ These topics provide all the information you need in order to complete these tas
 
 For guidance on configuring a typical developer test environment, see [Scenario: Configuring a Test Environment for Web Deployment](scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md). For guidance on configuring a typical production environment, see [Scenario: Configuring a Production Environment for Web Deployment](scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md
index a1ec15b03d7a..247a044b9f68 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/scenario-configuring-a-test-environment-for-web-deployment.md
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ These topics provide all the information you need in order to complete these tas
 
 For guidance on configuring a typical staging environment, see [Scenario: Configuring a Staging Environment for Web Deployment](scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md). For guidance on configuring a typical production environment, see [Scenario: Configuring a Production Environment for Web Deployment](scenario-configuring-a-production-environment-for-web-deployment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](choosing-the-right-approach-to-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](scenario-configuring-a-staging-environment-for-web-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/adding-content-to-source-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/adding-content-to-source-control.md
index 98fc26a2d4fb..06522bbc76f3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/adding-content-to-source-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/adding-content-to-source-control.md
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ The next topic, [Configuring a TFS Build Server for Web Deployment](configuring-
 
 For more comprehensive information on working with source control in TFS, see [Using Version Control](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181368.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md)
-> [Next](configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md)
+[Next](configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md
index b3d46b9fdcb4..feee4fd8d04c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md
@@ -111,6 +111,6 @@ At this point, your build server is ready to start building and deploying your w
 
 For more general guidance on working with Team Build, see [Administering Team Foundation Build](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms252495.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-content-to-source-control.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-content-to-source-control.md)
+[Next](creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-permissions-for-team-build-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-permissions-for-team-build-deployment.md
index 7b1fbf6b5bf8..3a92cfcf1631 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-permissions-for-team-build-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-permissions-for-team-build-deployment.md
@@ -88,5 +88,5 @@ At this point, you should understand the permissions required, together with the
 
 For more information on configuring Windows server environments to support remote deployment, see [Configuring Server Environments for Web Deployment](../configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-a-specific-build.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-a-specific-build.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md
index 0893efd3bf9f..531d12f4bf75 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md
@@ -72,5 +72,5 @@ This forms part of a series of five tutorials on enterprise-scale web deployment
 - [Configuring Server Environments for Web Deployment](../configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to configure Windows servers to support various deployment scenarios, including remote web package deployment using the Web Deployment Agent Service (the remote agent) or the Web Deploy Handler and remote database deployment. It provides guidance on choosing the appropriate deployment method for your own environment, and it describes how to use the Web Farm Framework (WFF) to replicate deployed web applications across all the web servers in a server farm.
 - [Advanced Enterprise Web Deployment](../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to accomplish various more advanced deployment tasks, like customizing database deployments for multiple environments, excluding files and folders from deployment, and taking web applications offline during the deployment process.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md
index 95522d990e5e..ca4c7ef4d2cc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@ In order for an automated deployment to succeed as part of a build process, you'
 
 For more information on creating build definitions, see [Create a Basic Build Definition](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181716.aspx) and [Define Your Build Process](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181715.aspx). For more guidance on queuing builds, see [Queue a Build](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181722.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](deploying-a-specific-build.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-a-tfs-build-server-for-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](deploying-a-specific-build.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md
index c27c0edf585a..8e5b8d36b1f0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/creating-a-team-project-in-tfs.md
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ Next, you need to give the user permission to create new team sites in the Share
 
     ![](creating-a-team-project-in-tfs/_static/image9.png)
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > You may receive an <strong>HTTP 404 Not Found</strong> error due to a double HTTP encoding bug. If this occurs, replace the URL with this:   
-   > [<em>site collection URL</em>]/\_layouts/permsetup.aspx  
-   > For example:  
-   > http://tfs/sites/Fabrikam%20Web%20Projects/\_layouts/permsetup.aspx
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > You may receive an **HTTP 404 Not Found** error due to a double HTTP encoding bug. If this occurs, replace the URL with this:   
+    > [*site collection URL*]/\_layouts/permsetup.aspx  
+    > For example:  
+    > http://tfs/sites/Fabrikam%20Web%20Projects/\_layouts/permsetup.aspx
 8. On the **Set Up Groups for this Site** page, add the user who will create team projects to the **Owners** group, and then click **OK**.
 
     ![](creating-a-team-project-in-tfs/_static/image10.png)
@@ -197,6 +197,6 @@ The next topic, [Adding Content to Source Control](adding-content-to-source-cont
 
 For broader guidance on creating team projects in TFS, see [Create a Team Project](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181477(v=VS.100).aspx). For more information on enabling users to create new team projects within a team project collection, see [Set Administrator Permissions for Team Project Collections](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd547204.aspx). For more information on adding users to team projects, see [Add Users to Team Projects](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb558971.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md)
-> [Next](adding-content-to-source-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md)
+[Next](adding-content-to-source-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/deploying-a-specific-build.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/deploying-a-specific-build.md
index 3088800af84f..38b005bb7554 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/deploying-a-specific-build.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/deploying-a-specific-build.md
@@ -128,6 +128,6 @@ This topic described how to publish deployment resources, like web packages and
 
 For more information on creating build definitions, see [Create a Basic Build Definition](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181716.aspx) and [Define Your Build Process](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181715.aspx). For more guidance on queuing builds, see [Queue a Build](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms181722.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md)
-> [Next](configuring-permissions-for-team-build-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-build-definition-that-supports-deployment.md)
+[Next](configuring-permissions-for-team-build-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/application-lifecycle-management-from-development-to-production.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/application-lifecycle-management-from-development-to-production.md
index 7c27ccdc2ee3..e9573f341c08 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/application-lifecycle-management-from-development-to-production.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/application-lifecycle-management-from-development-to-production.md
@@ -222,5 +222,5 @@ This topic forms part of a series of tutorials that provide guidance on various
 - [Configuring Team Foundation Server for Automated Web Deployment](../configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md). This tutorial provides guidance on how to integrate deployment logic into TFS build processes.
 - [Advanced Enterprise Web Deployment](../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md). This tutorial provides guidance on how to meet some of the more complex deployment challenges that organizations face.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios.md
index 03e5f66c7699..9dcf0a465297 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios.md
@@ -75,5 +75,5 @@ The series includes four tutorial sets. Each focuses on different aspects of web
 
 This set of tutorials uses a sample solution with a realistic level of complexity, together with a fictional enterprise deployment scenario, to provide a reference implementation and to give the tasks and walkthroughs a common context. The next topic, [Enterprise Web Deployment: Scenario Overview](enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md), introduces the scenario and the sample solution. From there you can work through the tutorials and topics that most closely match your needs.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md
index cd32eb537973..d8c7efb61926 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios/enterprise-web-deployment-scenario-overview.md
@@ -117,6 +117,6 @@ In addition, managing deployment when updates are frequent and incremental throw
 - You want to log deployment activities. The deployment process should send email notifications of successful or failed deployments to designated recipients.
 - If an automated deployment fails, the deployment process should retry the current deployment or deploy the previous web package instead.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios.md)
-> [Next](application-lifecycle-management-from-development-to-production.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-web-applications-in-enterprise-scenarios.md)
+[Next](application-lifecycle-management-from-development-to-production.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/command-line-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/command-line-deployment.md
index 27595906ac90..4abb9d539661 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/command-line-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/command-line-deployment.md
@@ -139,6 +139,6 @@ You have now deployed an application update by using the command line.
 
 In the next tutorial, you will see an example of how to extend the web publish pipeline. The example will show you how to deploy files that are not included in the project.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-a-database-update.md)
-> [Next](deploying-extra-files.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-a-database-update.md)
+[Next](deploying-extra-files.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-code-update.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-code-update.md
index 4c593729c6bd..693842cb5c07 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-code-update.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-code-update.md
@@ -202,6 +202,6 @@ You've now seen several ways to deploy an application update that does not invol
 
 The next tutorial shows you how to deploy a database change: you'll add a birthdate field to the database and to the Instructors page.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-to-production.md)
-> [Next](deploying-a-database-update.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-to-production.md)
+[Next](deploying-a-database-update.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-database-update.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-database-update.md
index bbc915cfa6a2..26beaa2b39dc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-database-update.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-a-database-update.md
@@ -165,6 +165,6 @@ You've now deployed an application update that included a database change using
 
 The next tutorial shows you how to execute deployments by using the command line.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-a-code-update.md)
-> [Next](command-line-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-a-code-update.md)
+[Next](command-line-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-extra-files.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-extra-files.md
index 1c7ebecca2bc..48900c2be428 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-extra-files.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-extra-files.md
@@ -99,6 +99,6 @@ I would like to thank the following people who made significant contributions to
 - [Srđan Božović, Serbia](http://msforge.net/blogs/zmajcek/)
 - [Vishal Joshi, Microsoft](http://vishaljoshi.blogspot.com/) (twitter: [@vishalrjoshi](http://twitter.com/vishalrjoshi))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](command-line-deployment.md)
-> [Next](troubleshooting.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](command-line-deployment.md)
+[Next](troubleshooting.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-iis.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-iis.md
index 7b9ca19f3558..47766df13226 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-iis.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-iis.md
@@ -47,15 +47,15 @@ To deploy to IIS on your development computer, you must have IIS and Web Deploy
 
     To run Web Platform Installer to install IIS and Web Deploy, use the following link. If you already have installed IIS, Web Deploy or any of their required components, the Web Platform Installer installs only what is missing.
 
-   - [Install IIS and Web Deploy using WebPI](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appsxml=&amp;appid=IIS7;ASPNET;NETFramework4;WDeploy)
+    - [Install IIS and Web Deploy using WebPI](https://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx?appsxml=&amp;appid=IIS7;ASPNET;NETFramework4;WDeploy)
 
-     You'll see messages indicating that IIS 7 will be installed. The link works for IIS 8 in Windows 8, but for Windows 8 make sure that ASP.NET 4.5 is installed by performing the following steps:
+    You'll see messages indicating that IIS 7 will be installed. The link works for IIS 8 in Windows 8, but for Windows 8 make sure that ASP.NET 4.5 is installed by performing the following steps:
 
-   - Open **Control Panel**, **Programs and Features**, **Turn Windows features on or off**.
-   - Expand **Internet Information Services**, **World Wide Web Services**, and **Application Development Features**.
-   - Make sure that **ASP.NET 4.5** is selected.
+    1. Open **Control Panel**, **Programs and Features**, **Turn Windows features on or off**.
+    2. Expand **Internet Information Services**, **World Wide Web Services**, and **Application Development Features**.
+    3. Make sure that **ASP.NET 4.5** is selected.
 
-      ![Select ASP.NET 4.5](deploying-to-iis/_static/image1.png)
+        ![Select ASP.NET 4.5](deploying-to-iis/_static/image1.png)
 
 After installing IIS, run **IIS Manager** to make sure that the .NET Framework version 4 is assigned to the default application pool.
 
@@ -332,6 +332,6 @@ For information about running IIS or IIS Express in Visual Studio, see the follo
 
 For information about what issues might arise when your application runs in medium trust, see [Hosting ASP.NET Applications in Medium Trust](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/articles/100307-1.aspx) on the 4 Guys from Rolla site.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](project-properties.md)
-> [Next](setting-folder-permissions.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](project-properties.md)
+[Next](setting-folder-permissions.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-production.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-production.md
index c3ed7894e1d9..9c628a64b1d8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-production.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/deploying-to-production.md
@@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ Now that you have created a web app and database for the staging environment, yo
 9. 1. Select **Update database**.
 
         The **Remote connection string** box directly below **DefaultConnection** is filled in with the connection string from the .publishsettings file.The connection string includes SQL Server credentials, which are stored in plain text in the *.pubxml* file. If you prefer not to store them permanently there, you can remove them from the publish profile after the database is deployed and store them in Azure instead. For more information, see [How to keep your ASP.NET database connection strings secure when deploying to Azure from Source](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/HowToKeepYourASPNETDatabaseConnectionStringsSecureWhenDeployingToAzureFromSource.aspx) on Scott Hanselman's blog.
-      2. Click **Configure database updates**.
-      3. In the **Configure Database Updates** dialog box, click **Add SQL Script**.
-      4. In the **Add SQL Script** box, navigate to the *aspnet-data-prod.sql* script that you saved earlier in the solution folder, and then click **Open**.
-      5. Close the **Configure Database Updates** dialog box.
+    2. Click **Configure database updates**.
+    3. In the **Configure Database Updates** dialog box, click **Add SQL Script**.
+    4. In the **Add SQL Script** box, navigate to the *aspnet-data-prod.sql* script that you saved earlier in the solution folder, and then click **Open**.
+    5. Close the **Configure Database Updates** dialog box.
 10. Under **SchoolContext** in the **Databases** section, select **Execute Code First Migrations (runs on application start)**.
 
     Visual Studio displays **Execute Code First Migrations** instead of **Update Database** for `DbContext` classes. If you want to use the dbDacFx provider instead of Migrations to deploy a database that you access by using a `DbContext` class, see [How do I deploy a Code First database without Migrations?](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ee942158.aspx#deploy_code_first_without_migrations) in the Web Deployment FAQ for Visual Studio and ASP.NET on MSDN.
@@ -291,11 +291,11 @@ In the next tutorial, you'll update application code and deploy the change to th
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > While your application is in use in the production environment you should be implementing a recovery plan. That is, you should be periodically backing up your databases from the production app to a secure storage location, and you should be keeping several generations of such backups. When you update the database, you should make a backup copy from immediately before the change. Then, if you make a mistake and don't discover it until after you have deployed it to production, you will still be able to recover the database to the state it was in before it became corrupted. For more information, see [Azure SQL Database Backup and Restore](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windowsazure/jj650016.aspx).
-> 
-> 
+
+
 > [!NOTE]
 > In this tutorial the SQL Server edition that you are deploying to is Azure SQL Database. While the deployment process is similar to other editions of SQL Server, a real production application might require special code for Azure SQL Database in some scenarios. For more information, see [Working with Azure SQL Database](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md#ssdb) and [Choosing between SQL Server and Azure SQL Database](../../../../whitepapers/aspnet-data-access-content-map.md#ssdbchoosing).
-> 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](setting-folder-permissions.md)
-> [Next](deploying-a-code-update.md)
+
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](setting-folder-permissions.md)
+[Next](deploying-a-code-update.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/introduction.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/introduction.md
index 6818df5485d9..01d52cb26b47 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/introduction.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/introduction.md
@@ -197,5 +197,5 @@ The following features of the application affect how you deploy it or what you h
 
 In this first tutorial in the series, you have downloaded the sample Visual Studio project and reviewed site features that affect how you deploy the application. In the following tutorials, you prepare for deployment by setting up some of these things to be handled automatically. Others you take care of manually.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](preparing-databases.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](preparing-databases.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/preparing-databases.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/preparing-databases.md
index 0598b401036e..fd864be7003e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/preparing-databases.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/preparing-databases.md
@@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ Since you haven't run the project with the production database, it isn't attache
 1. In the SSMS **Object Explorer**, right-click **Databases** and click **Attach**.
 
     ![SSMS Attach](preparing-databases/_static/image15.png)
-2. In the **Attach Databases** dialog box, click **Add** and then navigate to the *aspnet-ContosoUniversity-Prod.mdf* file in the *App\_Data* folder.
+- In the **Attach Databases** dialog box, click **Add** and then navigate to the *aspnet-ContosoUniversity-Prod.mdf* file in the *App\_Data* folder.
 
-     ![SSMS Add .mdf file to attach](preparing-databases/_static/image16.png)
-3. Click **OK**.
-4. Follow the same procedure you used earlier to create a script for the production file. Name the script file *aspnet-data-prod.sql*.
+    ![SSMS Add .mdf file to attach](preparing-databases/_static/image16.png)
+- Click **OK**.
+- Follow the same procedure you used earlier to create a script for the production file. Name the script file *aspnet-data-prod.sql*.
 
 ## Summary
 
@@ -228,6 +228,6 @@ In the following tutorial you configure project settings that affect deployment,
 
 For more information on NuGet, see [Manage Project Libraries with NuGet](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/hh547106.aspx) and [NuGet Documentation](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/start-here/overview). If you don't want to use NuGet, you'll need to learn how to analyze a NuGet package to determine what it does when it is installed. (For example, it might configure *Web.config* transformations, configure PowerShell scripts to run at build time, etc.) To learn more about how NuGet works, see [Creating and Publishing a Package](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/creating-packages/creating-and-publishing-a-package) and [Configuration File and Source Code Transformations](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/creating-packages/configuration-file-and-source-code-transformations).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction.md)
-> [Next](web-config-transformations.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction.md)
+[Next](web-config-transformations.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/project-properties.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/project-properties.md
index 9046d67eb305..a9dddf5f89fd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/project-properties.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/project-properties.md
@@ -63,6 +63,6 @@ In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the *Elmah* folder, select **Add New Item*
 
 You have now completed all of the deployment set-up tasks. In the next tutorial, you'll deploy the Contoso University site to the test environment and test it there.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](web-config-transformations.md)
-> [Next](deploying-to-iis.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](web-config-transformations.md)
+[Next](deploying-to-iis.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/setting-folder-permissions.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/setting-folder-permissions.md
index dac90287f56e..d7c4cd09674e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/setting-folder-permissions.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/setting-folder-permissions.md
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ In this example, the reason why Elmah was unable to save log files was fairly ob
 
 For more information about how to grant permissions to application pool identities, see [Application Pool Identities](https://www.iis.net/learn/manage/configuring-security/application-pool-identities) and [Secure Content in IIS Through File System ACLs](https://www.iis.net/learn/get-started/planning-for-security/secure-content-in-iis-through-file-system-acls) on the IIS.net site.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-to-iis.md)
-> [Next](deploying-to-production.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-to-iis.md)
+[Next](deploying-to-production.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/troubleshooting.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/troubleshooting.md
index 49f269a407cd..07bbbe053ebe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/troubleshooting.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/troubleshooting.md
@@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ Code First is attempting to create the database but the App\_Data folder does no
 
 You have been successfully using one-click publish to deploy your application and then you start getting this error:
 
-Web deployment task failed. (Could not complete the request to remote agent URL '<https://serverurl.com/msdeploy.axd?site=sitename>'.)  
- Could not complete the request to remote agent URL '<https://url/msdeploy.axd?site=sitename>'.  
+Web deployment task failed. (Could not complete the request to remote agent URL 'https://serverurl.com/msdeploy.axd?site=sitename'.)  
+ Could not complete the request to remote agent URL 'https://url/msdeploy.axd?site=sitename'.  
 The request was aborted: The request was canceled.  
 COM object that has been separated from its underlying RCW cannot be used.
 
@@ -372,5 +372,5 @@ The requested content appears to be script and will not be served by the static
 
 ASP.NET 4.5 might not be installed on your computer. See the steps in the Deploying to IIS as a Test Environment tutorial in this series that explain how to install ASP.NET 4.5.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-extra-files.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-extra-files.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/web-config-transformations.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/web-config-transformations.md
index 7132e3d55531..c2890489eab4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/web-config-transformations.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/visual-studio-web-deployment/web-config-transformations.md
@@ -147,6 +147,6 @@ In the following tutorial, you'll take care of deployment set-up tasks that requ
 
 For more information about topics covered by this tutorial, see [Using Web.config transformations to change settings in the destination Web.config file or app.config file during deployment](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=282413#transforms) in the Web Deployment Content Map for Visual Studio and ASP.NET.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](preparing-databases.md)
-> [Next](project-properties.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](preparing-databases.md)
+[Next](project-properties.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md
index 794f68182e0b..a0e7c92d0a4a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ This target uses the **MSBuild** task to build various projects. Notice the **De
 The **Package** target is defined in the *Microsoft.Web.Publishing.targets* file. Essentially, this target takes the build output of your web application project and turns it into a web deployment package that can be published to an IIS web server.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> To view a project file (for example, <em>ContactManager.Mvc.csproj</em>) in Visual Studio 2010, you first need to unload the project from your solution. In the <strong>Solution Explorer</strong> window, right-click the project node, and then click <strong>Unload Project</strong>. Right-click the project node again, and then click <strong>Edit</strong><em>[project file]</em>). The project file will open in its raw XML form. Remember to reload the project when you're done.  
-> For more information on MSBuild targets, tasks, and <strong>Import</strong> statements, see [Understanding the Project File](understanding-the-project-file.md). For a more in-depth introduction to project files and the WPP, see [Inside the Microsoft Build Engine: Using MSBuild and Team Foundation Build](http://amzn.com/0735645248) by Sayed Ibrahim Hashimi and William Bartholomew, ISBN: 978-0-7356-4524-0.
+> To view a project file (for example, *ContactManager.Mvc.csproj*) in Visual Studio 2010, you first need to unload the project from your solution. In the **Solution Explorer** window, right-click the project node, and then click **Unload Project**. Right-click the project node again, and then click **Edit***[project file]*). The project file will open in its raw XML form. Remember to reload the project when you're done.  
+> For more information on MSBuild targets, tasks, and **Import** statements, see [Understanding the Project File](understanding-the-project-file.md). For a more in-depth introduction to project files and the WPP, see [Inside the Microsoft Build Engine: Using MSBuild and Team Foundation Build](http://amzn.com/0735645248) by Sayed Ibrahim Hashimi and William Bartholomew, ISBN: 978-0-7356-4524-0.
 
 
 ## What Is a Web Deployment Package?
@@ -99,6 +99,6 @@ The next topics in this tutorial, [Configuring Parameters for Web Package Deploy
 
 For a more in-depth introduction to project files and the WPP, see [Inside the Microsoft Build Engine: Using MSBuild and Team Foundation Build](http://amzn.com/0735645248) by Sayed Ibrahim Hashimi and William Bartholomew, ISBN: 978-0-7356-4524-0.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-the-build-process.md)
-> [Next](configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-the-build-process.md)
+[Next](configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md
index becebb53b380..dae6004b3e87 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md
@@ -143,6 +143,6 @@ For information on how to create web packages, see [Building and Packaging Web A
 
 For more general information on parameterization in Web Deploy, see [Web Deploy Parameterization in Action](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9805119) (blog post).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md)
-> [Next](deploying-web-packages.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md)
+[Next](deploying-web-packages.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md
index 65541c723917..16f71f07e5c5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md
@@ -113,6 +113,6 @@ A command file to publish to a staging environment might contain this MSBuild co
 
 You can also customize the build process for each environment by overriding properties or setting various other switches in your MSBuild command. For more information, see [MSBuild Command Line Reference](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms164311.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-database-projects.md)
-> [Next](manually-installing-web-packages.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-database-projects.md)
+[Next](manually-installing-web-packages.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-database-projects.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-database-projects.md
index 13fdb085c93f..21447d7d2ac9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-database-projects.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-database-projects.md
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ In this case:
 - The **/a** (or **/Action**) switch specifies what you want VSDBCMD to do. You can set this to **Import** or **Deploy**. The **Import** option is used to generate a .dbschema file from an existing database, and the **Deploy** option is used to deploy a .dbschema file to a target database.
 - The **/manifest** (or **/ManifestFile**) switch identifies the .deploymanifest file you want to deploy. If you wanted to use the .dbschema file instead, you'd use the **/model** (or **/ModelFile**) switch.
 - The **/cs** (or **/ConnectionString**) switch provides the connection string for the target database server. Note that this doesn't include the name of the database&#x2014;VSDBCMD needs to connect to the server to create the database; it doesn't need to connect to an individual database. If your .deploymanifest file includes a connection string, you can omit this switch. If you use the switch anyway, the switch value will override the .deploymanifest value.
-- The <strong>/p:TargetDatabase</strong> property provides the name you want to assign to the target database on creation. This overrides the value of the <strong>TargetDatabase</strong> property in the .deploymanifest file. You can use the <strong>/p:</strong> <em>[property name]</em>syntax to set a wide variety of deployment properties and to override any SQLCMD variables declared in your .sqlcmdvars file.
+- The **/p:TargetDatabase** property provides the name you want to assign to the target database on creation. This overrides the value of the **TargetDatabase** property in the .deploymanifest file. You can use the **/p:** *[property name]*syntax to set a wide variety of deployment properties and to override any SQLCMD variables declared in your .sqlcmdvars file.
 - The **/dd+** (or **/DeployToDatabase+**) switch indicates that you want to create a deployment and deploy it to the target environment. If you specify **/dd-**, or omit the switch, VSDBCMD will generate a deployment script but will not deploy it to the target environment. This switch is often the source of confusion and is explained in more detail in the next section.
 - The **/script** (or **/DeploymentScriptFile**) switch specifies where you want to generate the deployment script. This value does not affect the deployment process.
 
@@ -145,6 +145,6 @@ These topics on MSDN provide broader guidance and background information on Visu
 - [How to: Prepare a Database for Deployment From a Command Prompt by Using VSDBCMD.EXE](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd193258.aspx)
 - [An Overview of Database Build and Deployment](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/aa833165.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-web-packages.md)
-> [Next](creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-web-packages.md)
+[Next](creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-web-packages.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-web-packages.md
index 97e1a73019a3..9d7621701df8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-web-packages.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/deploying-web-packages.md
@@ -208,6 +208,6 @@ This topic described how you can deploy a web package either by running the *.de
 
 For guidance on how to create and parameterize a web deployment package, see [Building and Packaging Web Application Projects](building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md) and [Configuring Parameters for Web Package Deployment](configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md). For guidance on how to build and deploy web packages from a Team Foundation Server (TFS) instance, see [Configuring Team Foundation Server for Automated Web Deployment](../configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md). For information on how to customize and troubleshoot the deployment process, see [Excluding Files and Folders from Deployment](../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/excluding-files-and-folders-from-deployment.md).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md)
-> [Next](deploying-database-projects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-parameters-for-web-package-deployment.md)
+[Next](deploying-database-projects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/manually-installing-web-packages.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/manually-installing-web-packages.md
index 1f3e11d55140..7817fe660616 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/manually-installing-web-packages.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/manually-installing-web-packages.md
@@ -128,5 +128,5 @@ This topic described how to import a web deployment package into an IIS website
 
 For guidance on how to configure an IIS web server to support manually importing a web package, see [Configure a Web Server for Web Deploy Publishing (Offline Deployment)](../configuring-server-environments-for-web-deployment/configuring-a-web-server-for-web-deploy-publishing-offline-deployment.md). For more general guidance on deploying web packages, see [Walkthrough: Deploying a Web Application Project Using a Web Deployment Package (Part 1 of 4)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd483479.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-and-running-a-deployment-command-file.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md
index 04e943535777..9736d48a3c1d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md
@@ -120,6 +120,6 @@ At this point, the Contact Manager solution should be fully configured to run on
 
 The next topic, [Understanding the Project File](understanding-the-project-file.md), explains how you can use the custom Microsoft Build Engine (MSBuild) project files within the Contact Manager solution to control the deployment process.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-contact-manager-solution.md)
-> [Next](understanding-the-project-file.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-contact-manager-solution.md)
+[Next](understanding-the-project-file.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/the-contact-manager-solution.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/the-contact-manager-solution.md
index 2b761a2b5f79..2f21b87c7185 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/the-contact-manager-solution.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/the-contact-manager-solution.md
@@ -62,6 +62,6 @@ This topic provided a high-level overview of the Contact Manager solution and id
 
 The next topic, [Setting Up the Contact Manager Solution](setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md), describes how to download and run the solution on your developer workstation.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](web-deployment-in-the-enterprise.md)
-> [Next](setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](web-deployment-in-the-enterprise.md)
+[Next](setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md
index 7bcb16f3eafa..a84883fd3c7b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-build-process.md
@@ -246,6 +246,6 @@ This topic provided a walkthrough of how split project files are used to control
 
 For a more in-depth introduction to project files and the WPP, see [Inside the Microsoft Build Engine: Using MSBuild and Team Foundation Build](http://amzn.com/0735645248) by Sayed Ibrahim Hashimi and William Bartholomew, ISBN: 978-0-7356-4524-0.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-the-project-file.md)
-> [Next](building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-the-project-file.md)
+[Next](building-and-packaging-web-application-projects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md
index 1e0569434676..fbb3f35e45cd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/understanding-the-project-file.md
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ A project file typically needs to provide lots of different pieces of informatio
 [!code-xml[Main](understanding-the-project-file/samples/sample2.xml)]
 
 
-To retrieve a property value, you use the format <strong>$(</strong><em>PropertyName</em><strong>)</strong><em>.</em>For example, to retrieve the value of the <strong>ServerName</strong> property, you would type:
+To retrieve a property value, you use the format **$(***PropertyName***)***.*For example, to retrieve the value of the **ServerName** property, you would type:
 
 
 [!code-powershell[Main](understanding-the-project-file/samples/sample3.ps1)]
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ Both targets and tasks can include **Condition** attributes. As such, you can ch
 
 Generally speaking, when you create useful tasks and targets, you'll need to refer to the properties and items that you've defined elsewhere in the project file:
 
-- To use a property value, type <strong>$(</strong><em>PropertyName</em><strong>)</strong>, where <em>PropertyName</em> is the name of the <strong>Property</strong> element or the name of the parameter.
-- To use an item, type <strong>@(</strong><em>ItemName</em><strong>)</strong>, where <em>ItemName</em> is the name of the <strong>Item</strong> element.
+- To use a property value, type **$(***PropertyName***)**, where *PropertyName* is the name of the **Property** element or the name of the parameter.
+- To use an item, type **@(***ItemName***)**, where *ItemName* is the name of the **Item** element.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Remember that if you create multiple items with the same name, you're building a list. In contrast, if you create multiple properties with the same name, the last property value you provide will overwrite any previous properties with the same name&#x2014;a property can only contain a single value.
@@ -261,6 +261,6 @@ The next topic, [Understanding the Build Process](understanding-the-build-proces
 
 For a more in-depth introduction to project files and the WPP, see [Inside the Microsoft Build Engine: Using MSBuild and Team Foundation Build](http://amzn.com/0735645248) by Sayed Ibrahim Hashimi and William Bartholomew, ISBN: 978-0-7356-4524-0.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md)
-> [Next](understanding-the-build-process.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](setting-up-the-contact-manager-solution.md)
+[Next](understanding-the-build-process.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise.md
index 749c84ff8360..c071e87b8fa0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/deployment/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise/web-deployment-in-the-enterprise.md
@@ -99,5 +99,5 @@ This forms part of a series of five tutorials on enterprise-scale web deployment
 - [Configuring Team Foundation Server for Web Deployment](../configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment/configuring-team-foundation-server-for-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to configure TFS to support various deployment scenarios, including automated deployment as part of a CI process and manually triggered deployments of specific builds.
 - [Advanced Enterprise Web Deployment](../advanced-enterprise-web-deployment/advanced-enterprise-web-deployment.md). This tutorial describes how to accomplish various more advanced deployment tasks, like customizing database deployments for multiple environments, excluding files and folders from deployment, and taking web applications offline during the deployment process.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](the-contact-manager-solution.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](the-contact-manager-solution.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/code-editing-in-web-forms-pages.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/code-editing-in-web-forms-pages.md
index 5022a5e3c1f5..0828dc98d3fa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/code-editing-in-web-forms-pages.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/code-editing-in-web-forms-pages.md
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ In order to complete this walkthrough, you will need:
     >   
     > If you are using Visual Studio, this walkthrough assumes that you selected the **Web Development** collection of settings the first time that you started Visual Studio. For more information, see [How to: Select Web Development Environment Settings](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ff521558.aspx).
 
-  For an introduction to Visual Studio and ASP.NET, see [Creating a basic ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms page in Visual Studio 2013](creating-a-basic-web-forms-page.md).   
+ For an introduction to Visual Studio and ASP.NET, see [Creating a basic ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms page in Visual Studio 2013](creating-a-basic-web-forms-page.md).   
  
 
 ## Creating a Web application project and a Page
@@ -93,19 +93,19 @@ The code editor in Visual Studio helps you to avoid errors as you write code, an
 
 
 1. In **Design** view, double-click the blank page to create a handler for the **Load** event for the page.   
-   You are using the event handler only as a place to write some code.
+You are using the event handler only as a place to write some code.
 2. Inside the handler, type the following line that contains an error and press **ENTER**:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](code-editing-in-web-forms-pages/samples/sample1.cs)]
 
-   When you press **ENTER**, the code editor places green and red underlines (commonly call &quot;squiggly&quot; lines) under areas of the code that have issues. A green underline indicates a warning. A red underline indicates an error that you must fix. 
+ When you press **ENTER**, the code editor places green and red underlines (commonly call &quot;squiggly&quot; lines) under areas of the code that have issues. A green underline indicates a warning. A red underline indicates an error that you must fix. 
 
     Hold the mouse pointer over `myStr` to see a tooltip that tells you about the warning. Also, hold your mouse pointer over the red underline to see the error message.
 
     The following image shows the code with the underlines.
 
     ![Welcome text in Design view](code-editing-in-web-forms-pages/_static/image5.png "Welcome text in Design view")  
-   The error must be fixed by adding a semicolon `;` to the end of the line. The warning simply notifies you that you haven't used the `myStr` variable yet.  
+ The error must be fixed by adding a semicolon `;` to the end of the line. The warning simply notifies you that you haven't used the `myStr` variable yet.  
 
     > [!NOTE] 
     > 
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ In this part of the walkthrough, you will write some simple code, and then extra
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](code-editing-in-web-forms-pages/samples/sample2.cs?highlight=3-16)]
 
-   The code creates an **ArrayList** object, uses a loop to load it with values, and then uses another loop to display the contents of the **ArrayList** object.
+ The code creates an **ArrayList** object, uses a loop to load it with values, and then uses another loop to display the contents of the **ArrayList** object.
 4. Press **CTRL+F5** to run the page, and then click the **button** to make sure that you see the following output:   
 
     [!code-html[Main](code-editing-in-web-forms-pages/samples/sample3.html)]
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/creating-a-basic-web-forms-page.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/creating-a-basic-web-forms-page.md
index 015e74c337ca..6ffa7d73a13d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/creating-a-basic-web-forms-page.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/creating-a-basic-web-forms-page.md
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ For this walkthrough, you will write code that reads the name that the user ente
 2. Double-click the [Button](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.webcontrols.button.aspx) control.
 
     By default, Visual Studio switches to a code-behind file and creates a skeleton event handler for the [Button](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.webcontrols.button.aspx) control's default event, the [Click](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.webcontrols.button.click.aspx) event. The code-behind file separates your UI markup (such as HTML) from your server code (such as C#).   
-   The cursor is positioned to added code for this event handler.
+The cursor is positioned to added code for this event handler.
 
     > [!NOTE] 
     > 
@@ -311,12 +311,10 @@ In this section, you will program the [Calendar](https://msdn.microsoft.com/libr
 2. Finish the [SelectionChanged](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/system.web.ui.webcontrols.calendar.selectionchanged.aspx) event handler with the following code.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](creating-a-basic-web-forms-page/samples/sample3.cs?highlight=3)]
+    [!code-csharp[Main](creating-a-basic-web-forms-page/samples/sample3.cs?highlight=3)]
 
 
-[!code-vb[Main](creating-a-basic-web-forms-page/samples/sample4.vb?highlight=2)]
-~~~
+    [!code-vb[Main](creating-a-basic-web-forms-page/samples/sample4.vb?highlight=2)]
 
  The above code sets the text of the label control to the selected date of the calendar control.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/aspnet-error-handling.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/aspnet-error-handling.md
index d850629a94b8..2da3d62dc618 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/aspnet-error-handling.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/aspnet-error-handling.md
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ In the above code, the try block contains the code that needs to be guarded agai
 Before adding error handling to the Wingtip Toys sample application, you will add error logging support by adding an `ExceptionUtility` class to the *Logic* folder. By doing this, each time the application handles an error, the error details will be added to the error log file.
 
 1. Right-click the *Logic* folder and then select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.   
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Select the **Visual C#** -&gt; **Code** templates group on the left. Then, select **Class**from the middle list and name it **ExceptionUtility.cs**.
 3. Choose **Add**. The new class file is displayed.
 4. Replace the existing code with the following:  
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ When an exception occurs, the exception can be written to an exception log file
 In the Wingtip Toys sample application, one page will be used to display errors. The error page is designed to show a secure error message to users of the site. However, if the user is a developer making an HTTP request that is being served locally on the machine where the code lives, additional error details will be displayed on the error page.
 
 1. Right-click the project name (**Wingtip Toys**) in **Solution Explorer** and select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.   
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Select the **Visual C#** -&gt; **Web** templates group on the left. From the middle list, select **Web Form with Master Page**,and name it **ErrorPage.aspx**.
 3. Click **Add**.
 4. Select the *Site.Master* file as the master page, and then choose **OK**.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ When you request the *NoPage.aspx* page, which does not exist, the error page wi
 To verify how your application will function when an error occurs, you can deliberately create error conditions in ASP.NET. In the Wingtip Toys sample application, you will throw a test exception when the default page loads to see what happens.
 
 1. Open the code-behind of the *Default.aspx* page in Visual Studio.   
-   The *Default.aspx.cs* code-behind page will be displayed.
+ The *Default.aspx.cs* code-behind page will be displayed.
 2. In the `Page_Load` handler, add code so that the handler appears as follows:   
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-error-handling/samples/sample9.cs?highlight=3-4)]
@@ -351,11 +351,11 @@ I would like to thank the following people who made significant contributions to
 ## Community Contributions
 
 - Graham Mendick ([@grahammendick](http://twitter.com/grahammendick))  
-  Visual Studio 2012 related code sample on MSDN: [Navigation Wingtip Toys](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Navigation-Wingtip-Toys-5f0daba2)
+ Visual Studio 2012 related code sample on MSDN: [Navigation Wingtip Toys](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/Navigation-Wingtip-Toys-5f0daba2)
 - James Chaney ([jchaney@agvance.net](mailto:jchaney@agvance.net))  
-  Visual Studio 2012 related code sample on MSDN: [ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms Tutorial Series in Visual Basic](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/ASPNET-45-Web-Forms-f37f0f63)
+ Visual Studio 2012 related code sample on MSDN: [ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms Tutorial Series in Visual Basic](https://code.msdn.microsoft.com/ASPNET-45-Web-Forms-f37f0f63)
 - Andrielle Azevedo - Microsoft Technical Audience Contributor (twitter: @driazevedo)  
-  Visual Studio 2012 translation: [Iniciando com ASP.NET Web Forms 4.5 - Parte 1 - Introdução e Visão Geral](https://andrielleazevedo.wordpress.com/2013/01/24/iniciando-com-asp-net-web-forms-4-5-introducao-e-visao-geral/)
+ Visual Studio 2012 translation: [Iniciando com ASP.NET Web Forms 4.5 - Parte 1 - Introdução e Visão Geral](https://andrielleazevedo.wordpress.com/2013/01/24/iniciando-com-asp-net-web-forms-4-5-introducao-e-visao-geral/)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](url-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](url-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md
index 6db66e6d8624..7cbeba517c5a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ In this tutorial, you'll create two new classes to track data from the order a u
 Earlier in this tutorial series, you defined the schema for categories, products, and shopping cart items by creating the `Category`, `Product`, and `CartItem` classes in the *Models* folder. Now you will add two new classes to define the schema for the product order and the details of the order.
 
 1. In the **Models** folder, add a new class named *Order.cs*.   
-   The new class file is displayed in the editor.
+ The new class file is displayed in the editor.
 2. Replace the default code with the following:   
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/samples/sample1.cs)]
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ You will now create the *Checkout* folder and the pages in it that the customer
 By adding a new *Web.config* file to the *Checkout* folder, you will be able to restrict access to all the pages contained in the folder.
 
 1. Right-click the *Checkout* folder and select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.  
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Select the **Visual C#** -&gt; **Web** templates group on the left. Then, from the middle pane, select **Web Configuration File**, accept the default name of *Web.config*, and then select **Add**.
 3. Replace the existing XML content in the *Web.config* file with the following:  
 
@@ -157,32 +157,32 @@ The following steps will allow you to add a Google authentication provider.
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/samples/sample5.cs)]
 3. Navigate to the [Google Developers Console](https://console.developers.google.com/). You will also need to sign-in with your Google developer email account (gmail.com). If you do not have a Google account, select the **Create an account** link.   
-   Next, you'll see the **Google Developers Console**.   
+ Next, you'll see the **Google Developers Console**.   
     ![Google Developers Console](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/_static/image8.png)
 4. Click the **Create Project** button and enter a project name and ID (you can use the default values). Then, click the **agreement checkbox** and the **Create** button.  
 
     ![Google - New Project](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/_static/image9.png)
 
-   In a few seconds the new project will be created and your browser will display the new projects page.
+ In a few seconds the new project will be created and your browser will display the new projects page.
 5. In the left tab, click **APIs &amp; auth**, and then click **Credentials**.
 6. Click the **Create New Client ID** under **OAuth**.   
-   The **Create Client ID** dialog will be displayed.   
+ The **Create Client ID** dialog will be displayed.   
     ![Google - Create Client ID](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/_static/image10.png)
 7. In the **Create Client ID** dialog, keep the default **Web application** for the application type.
 8. Set the **Authorized JavaScript Origins** to the SSL URL you used earlier in this tutorial (`https://localhost:44300/` unless you've created other SSL projects).   
-   This URL is the origin for your application. For this sample, you will only enter the localhost test URL. However, you can enter multiple URLs to account for localhost and production.
+ This URL is the origin for your application. For this sample, you will only enter the localhost test URL. However, you can enter multiple URLs to account for localhost and production.
 9. Set the **Authorized Redirect URI** to the following: 
 
     [!code-html[Main](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/samples/sample6.html)]
 
-   This value is the URI that ASP.NET OAuth users to communicate with the google OAuth server. Remember the SSL URL you used above (    `https://localhost:44300/` unless you've created other SSL projects).
+ This value is the URI that ASP.NET OAuth users to communicate with the google OAuth server. Remember the SSL URL you used above (    `https://localhost:44300/` unless you've created other SSL projects).
 10. Click the **Create Client ID** button.
 11. On the left menu of the Google Developers Console, click the **Consent screen** menu item, then set your email address and product name. When you have completed the form, click **Save**.
 12. Click the **APIs** menu item, scroll down and click the **off** button next to **Google+ API**.   
-    Accepting this option will enable the Google+ API.
+ Accepting this option will enable the Google+ API.
 13. You must also update the **Microsoft.Owin** NuGet package to version 3.0.0.   
-    From the **Tools** menu, select **NuGet Package Manager** and then select **Manage NuGet Packages for Solution**.  
-    From the **Manage NuGet Packages** window, find and update the **Microsoft.Owin** package to version 3.0.0.
+ From the **Tools** menu, select **NuGet Package Manager** and then select **Manage NuGet Packages for Solution**.  
+ From the **Manage NuGet Packages** window, find and update the **Microsoft.Owin** package to version 3.0.0.
 14. In Visual Studio, update the `UseGoogleAuthentication` method of the *Startup.Auth.cs* page by copying and pasting the **Client ID** and **Client Secret** into the method. The **Client ID** and **Client Secret** values shown below are samples and will not work. 
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/samples/sample7.cs?highlight=64-65)]
@@ -288,11 +288,11 @@ You will need your displayed Classic TEST API credentials (Username, Password, a
 You will place the majority of the PayPal code into a single class. This class contains the methods used to communicate with PayPal. Also, you will add your PayPal credentials to this class.
 
 1. In the Wingtip Toys sample application within Visual Studio, right-click the **Logic** folder and then select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.   
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Under **Visual C#** from the **Installed** pane on the left, select **Code**.
 3. From the middle pane, select **Class**. Name this new class **PayPalFunctions.cs**.
 4. Click **Add**.  
-   The new class file is displayed in the editor.
+ The new class file is displayed in the editor.
 5. Replace the default code with the following code:  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/samples/sample12.cs)]
@@ -354,14 +354,14 @@ Now that the primary PayPal functions have been added to the sample application,
     [!code-csharp[Main](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/samples/sample18.cs?highlight=18)]
 6. Save your changes to both the *ShoppingCart.aspx* file and the *ShoppingCart.aspx.cs* file.
 7. From the menu, select **Debug**-&gt;**Build WingtipToys**.  
-   The project will be rebuilt with the newly added **ImageButton** control.
+ The project will be rebuilt with the newly added **ImageButton** control.
 
 ### Send Purchase Details to PayPal
 
 When the user clicks the **Checkout** button on the shopping cart page (*ShoppingCart.aspx*), they'll begin the purchase process. The following code calls the first PayPal function needed to purchase products.
 
 1. From the *Checkout* folder, open the code-behind file named *CheckoutStart.aspx.cs*.   
-   Be sure to open the code-behind file.
+ Be sure to open the code-behind file.
 2. Replace the existing code with the following:   
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/samples/sample19.cs)]
@@ -436,18 +436,18 @@ Run the application to see how to purchase products. Note that you will be runni
 1. Make sure all your files are saved in Visual Studio.
 2. Open a Web browser and navigate to [https://developer.paypal.com](https://developer.paypal.com/).
 3. Login with your PayPal developer account that you created earlier in this tutorial.  
-   For PayPal's developer sandbox, you need to be logged in at [https://developer.paypal.com](https://developer.paypal.com/) to test express checkout. This only applies to PayPal's sandbox testing, not to PayPal's live environment.
+ For PayPal's developer sandbox, you need to be logged in at [https://developer.paypal.com](https://developer.paypal.com/) to test express checkout. This only applies to PayPal's sandbox testing, not to PayPal's live environment.
 4. In Visual Studio, press **F5** to run the Wingtip Toys sample application.  
-   After the database rebuilds, the browser will open and show the *Default.aspx* page.
+ After the database rebuilds, the browser will open and show the *Default.aspx* page.
 5. Add three different products to the shopping cart by selecting the product category, such as "Cars" and then clicking **Add to Cart** next to each product.  
-   The shopping cart will display the product you have selected.
+ The shopping cart will display the product you have selected.
 6. Click the **PayPal** button to checkout. 
 
     ![Checkout and Payment with PayPal - Cart](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/_static/image20.png)
 
-   Checking out will require that you have a user account for the Wingtip Toys sample application.
+ Checking out will require that you have a user account for the Wingtip Toys sample application.
 7. Click the **Google** link on the right of the page to log in with an existing gmail.com email account.  
-   If you do not have a gmail.com account, you can create one for testing purposes at [www.gmail.com](https://www.gmail.com/). You can also use a standard local account by clicking "Register". 
+ If you do not have a gmail.com account, you can create one for testing purposes at [www.gmail.com](https://www.gmail.com/). You can also use a standard local account by clicking "Register". 
 
     ![Checkout and Payment with PayPal - Log in](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/_static/image21.png)
 8. Sign in with your gmail account and password. 
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Run the application to see how to purchase products. Note that you will be runni
 
     ![Checkout and Payment with PayPal - PayPal Sign In](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/_static/image24.png)
 11. Agree to the PayPal policy and click the **Agree and Continue** button.  
-    Note that this page is only displayed the first time you use this PayPal account. Again note that this is a test account, no real money is exchanged. 
+ Note that this page is only displayed the first time you use this PayPal account. Again note that this is a test account, no real money is exchanged. 
 
     ![Checkout and Payment with PayPal - PayPal Policy](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal/_static/image25.png)
 12. Review the order information on the PayPal testing environment review page and click **Continue**. 
@@ -513,6 +513,6 @@ In this tutorial you added order and order detail schemas to track the purchase
 
 This tutorial contains sample code. Such sample code is provided "as is" without warranty of any kind. Accordingly, Microsoft does not guarantee the accuracy, integrity, or quality of the sample code. You agree to use the sample code at your own risk. Under no circumstances will Microsoft be liable to you in any way for any sample code, content, including but not limited to, any errors or omissions in any sample code, content, or any loss or damage of any kind incurred as a result of the use of any sample code. You are hereby notified and do hereby agree to indemnify, save and hold Microsoft harmless from and against any and all loss, claims of loss, injury or damage of any kind including, without limitation, those occasioned by or arising from material that you post, transmit, use or rely on including, but not limited to, the views expressed therein.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](shopping-cart.md)
-> [Next](membership-and-administration.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](shopping-cart.md)
+[Next](membership-and-administration.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create-the-project.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create-the-project.md
index 2a7b0f1795a0..bf0345b0fa8e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create-the-project.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create-the-project.md
@@ -190,6 +190,6 @@ In this tutorial you have created, reviewed and run the default Web Forms applic
 [Web Application Projects versus Web Site Projects](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd547590.aspx)   
 [ASP.NET Web Forms Pages Overview](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/428509ah.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-and-overview.md)
-> [Next](create_the_data_access_layer.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-and-overview.md)
+[Next](create_the_data_access_layer.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create_the_data_access_layer.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create_the_data_access_layer.md
index 495e00e497bc..b605c43187d0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create_the_data_access_layer.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/create_the_data_access_layer.md
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ In this tutorial, you'll start out by adding simple entity classes representing
 
     ![Create the Data Access Layer - New Item Menu](create_the_data_access_layer/_static/image1.png)
 
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Under **Visual C#** from the **Installed** pane on the left, select **Code**. 
 
     ![Create the Data Access Layer - New Item Menu](create_the_data_access_layer/_static/image2.png)
 3. Select **Class** from the middle pane and name this new class *Product.cs*.
 4. Click **Add**.  
-   The new class file is displayed in the editor.
+ The new class file is displayed in the editor.
 5. Replace the default code with the following code:   
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](create_the_data_access_layer/samples/sample1.cs)]
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ To start using the classes for data access, you must define a context class. As
 This procedure adds a new C# context class to the *Models* folder.
 
 1. Right-click the *Models* folder and then select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.   
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Select **Class** from the middle pane, name it *ProductContext.cs* and click **Add**.
 3. Replace the default code contained in the class with the following code:   
 
@@ -183,6 +183,6 @@ In the next tutorial, you'll update the UI, add navigation, and retrieve data fr
 [Code First Data Annotations](https://msdn.microsoft.com/data/gg193958)  
 [Productivity Improvements for the Entity Framework](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/efdesign/archive/2010/06/21/productivity-improvements-for-the-entity-framework.aspx?wa=wsignin1.0)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](create-the-project.md)
-> [Next](ui_and_navigation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](create-the-project.md)
+[Next](ui_and_navigation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/display_data_items_and_details.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/display_data_items_and_details.md
index 4e71ab47b32f..5e742c4a7125 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/display_data_items_and_details.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/display_data_items_and_details.md
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ This code uses a **FormView** control to display details about an individual pro
 To connect the above markup to the database, you must add additional code to the *ProductDetails.aspx* code.
 
 1. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click *ProductDetails.aspx* and then click **View Code**.  
-   The *ProductDetails.aspx.cs* file will be displayed.
+ The *ProductDetails.aspx.cs* file will be displayed.
 2. Replace the existing code with the following code:   
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](display_data_items_and_details/samples/sample6.cs)]
@@ -155,6 +155,6 @@ In this tutorial of the series you have add markup and code to display a product
 
 [Retrieving and displaying data with model binding and web forms](../../presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/retrieving-data.md)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](ui_and_navigation.md)
-> [Next](shopping-cart.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](ui_and_navigation.md)
+[Next](shopping-cart.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/introduction-and-overview.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/introduction-and-overview.md
index dffcc5818ecd..dcc07f0cf253 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/introduction-and-overview.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/introduction-and-overview.md
@@ -172,9 +172,9 @@ After installing the prerequisites, you are ready to begin creating the new Web
 
 [Getting Started with ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms and Visual Studio 2013 - Wingtip Toys](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=389434&clcid=0x409) (C#) 
 
-The download is a <em>.zip</em> file. To see the completed project that this tutorial series creates, find and select the <em>C#</em>folder in the <em>.zip</em> file. Save the <em>C#</em> folderto the folder you use to work with Visual Studio 2013 projects. By default, the Visual Studio 2013 projects folder is the following:
+The download is a *.zip* file. To see the completed project that this tutorial series creates, find and select the *C#*folder in the *.zip* file. Save the *C#* folderto the folder you use to work with Visual Studio 2013 projects. By default, the Visual Studio 2013 projects folder is the following:
 
-<strong>C:\Users\</strong><strong><em>&lt;username&gt;</em></strong><strong>\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\Projects</strong>
+**C:\Users\*****&lt;username&gt;*****\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\Projects**
 
 Rename the ***C#*** folder to ***WingtipToys***.
 
@@ -192,5 +192,5 @@ Comments on this tutorial series are welcome, and when this tutorial series is u
 
 When an error happens during development, or if the Web site does not run correctly, the error messages may give complex clues to the source of the problem or might not explain how to fix it. To help you with some common problem scenarios, you can also use the [ASP.NET forums](https://forums.asp.net/) or the Q AND A section included with the [Getting Started with ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms and Visual Studio 2013 - Wingtip Toys](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=389434&clcid=0x409) (C#) sample. If you get an error message or something doesn't work as you go through the tutorials, be sure to check the above locations.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](create-the-project.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](create-the-project.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/membership-and-administration.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/membership-and-administration.md
index b3de7e987394..991a6d271add 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/membership-and-administration.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/membership-and-administration.md
@@ -61,14 +61,14 @@ Using ASP.NET Identity, you can add a custom role and assign a user to that role
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](membership-and-administration/samples/sample2.cs?highlight=11,26-28)]
 6. Notice that `AddUserAndRole` is underlined in red. Double-click the AddUserAndRole code.  
-   The letter "A" at the beginning of the highlighted method will be underlined.
+ The letter "A" at the beginning of the highlighted method will be underlined.
 7. Hover over the letter "A" and click the UI that allows you to generate a method stub for the `AddUserAndRole` method. 
 
     ![Membership and Advministration - Generate Method Stub](membership-and-administration/_static/image1.png)
 8. Click the option titled:  
     `Generate method stub for "AddUserAndRole" in "WingtipToys.Logic.RoleActions"`
 9. Open the *RoleActions.cs* file from the *Logic* folder.  
-   The `AddUserAndRole` method has been added to the class file.
+ The `AddUserAndRole` method has been added to the class file.
 10. Modify the *RoleActions.cs* file by removing the `NotImplementedeException` and adding the code highlighted in yellow, so that it appears as follows:  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](membership-and-administration/samples/sample3.cs?highlight=5-7,15-51)]
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ Next, you will create a folder named *Admin* for the "canEditUser" user belongin
 1. Right-click the project name (**Wingtip Toys**) in **Solution Explorer** and select **Add** -&gt; **New Folder**.
 2. Name the new folder *Admin*.
 3. Right-click the *Admin* folder and then select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.   
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
-4. Select the <strong>Visual C#</strong>-&gt; <strong>Web</strong> templates group on the left. From the middle list, select <strong>Web Form with Master Page</strong>,name it <em>AdminPage.aspx</em><strong>,</strong> and then select <strong>Add</strong>.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+4. Select the **Visual C#**-&gt; **Web** templates group on the left. From the middle list, select **Web Form with Master Page**,name it *AdminPage.aspx***,** and then select **Add**.
 5. Select the *Site.Master* file as the master page, and then choose **OK**.
 
 #### Add a Web.config File
@@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ Next, you will create a folder named *Admin* for the "canEditUser" user belongin
 By adding a *Web.config* file to the *Admin* folder, you can restrict access to the page contained in the folder.
 
 1. Right-click the *Admin* folder and select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.  
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
-2. From the list of Visual C# web templates, select <strong>Web Configuration File</strong>from the middle list, accept the default name of <em>Web.config</em><strong>,</strong> and then select <strong>Add</strong>.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+2. From the list of Visual C# web templates, select **Web Configuration File**from the middle list, accept the default name of *Web.config***,** and then select **Add**.
 3. Replace the existing XML content in the *Web.config* file with the following:  
 
     [!code-xml[Main](membership-and-administration/samples/sample4.xml)]
@@ -162,9 +162,9 @@ So far, you have created the "canEdit" role and added an "canEditUser" user, an
 In the code that you entered for the *AdminPage.aspx.cs* code-behind file, a class called `AddProducts` does the actual work of adding products to the database. This class doesn't exist yet, so you will create it now.
 
 1. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the *Logic* folder and then select **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.   
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Select the **Visual C#** -&gt; **Code** templates group on the left. Then, select **Class**from the middle list and name it *AddProducts.cs*.   
-   The new class file is displayed.
+ The new class file is displayed.
 3. Replace the existing code with the following:  
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](membership-and-administration/samples/sample9.cs)]
@@ -230,15 +230,15 @@ The `Page_Load` event handler checks the query string value and determines wheth
 You can run the application now to see how you can add, delete, and update items in the shopping cart. The shopping cart total will reflect the total cost of all items in the shopping cart.
 
 1. In Solution Explorer, press **F5** to run the Wingtip Toys sample application.  
-   The browser opens and shows the *Default.aspx* page.
+ The browser opens and shows the *Default.aspx* page.
 2. Click the **Log in** link at the top of the page. 
 
     ![Membership and Administration - Log In Link](membership-and-administration/_static/image2.png)
 
-   The *Login.aspx* page is displayed.
+ The *Login.aspx* page is displayed.
 3. Use the following user name and password:  
-   User name: canEditUser@wingtiptoys.com  
-   Password: Pa$$word1 
+ User name: canEditUser@wingtiptoys.com  
+ Password: Pa$$word1 
 
     ![Membership and Administration - Log In Page](membership-and-administration/_static/image3.png)
 4. Click the **Log in** button near the bottom of the page.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ You can run the application now to see how you can add, delete, and update items
 
     ![Membership and Administration - Admin Page](membership-and-administration/_static/image5.png)
 
-   Notice that the required field messages are displayed.
+ Notice that the required field messages are displayed.
 7. Add the details for a new product, and then click the **Add Product** button. 
 
     ![Membership and Administration - Add Product](membership-and-administration/_static/image6.png)
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ You can run the application now to see how you can add, delete, and update items
     ![Membership and Administration - Remove Product](membership-and-administration/_static/image8.png)
 12. Select **Products** from the top navigation menu to confirm that the product has been removed.
 13. Click **Log off** to exist administration mode.   
-    Notice that the top navigation pane no longer shows the **Admin** menu item.
+ Notice that the top navigation pane no longer shows the **Admin** menu item.
 
 ## Summary
 
@@ -276,6 +276,6 @@ In this tutorial, you added a custom role and a user belonging to the custom rol
 [Deploy a Secure ASP.NET Web Forms App with Membership, OAuth, and SQL Database to an Azure Web Site](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/web-sites-dotnet-deploy-aspnet-webforms-app-membership-oauth-sql-database/)  
 [Microsoft Azure - Free Trial](https://azure.microsoft.com/pricing/free-trial/)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md)
-> [Next](url-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md)
+[Next](url-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/shopping-cart.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/shopping-cart.md
index c6c023dd993e..89263aa059c9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/shopping-cart.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/shopping-cart.md
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Earlier in this tutorial series, you defined the schema for the category and pro
     ![Shopping Cart - Add New Item Dialog](shopping-cart/_static/image2.png)
 3. Name this new class *CartItem.cs*.
 4. Click **Add**.  
-   The new class file is displayed in the editor.
+ The new class file is displayed in the editor.
 5. Replace the default code with the following code:   
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](shopping-cart/samples/sample1.cs)]
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ As mentioned earlier, you will create a processing page named *AddToCart.aspx* t
 #### To create the Add-To-Cart functionality:
 
 1. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the **WingtipToys**project, click **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.  
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Add a standard new page (Web Form) to the application named *AddToCart.aspx*. 
 
     ![Shopping Cart - Add Web Form](shopping-cart/_static/image4.png)
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ As previously mentioned, a user `ID` is used to identify the products that are a
 The *ShoppingCart.aspx* page will display the products that the user has added to their shopping cart. It will also provide the ability to add, remove and update items in the shopping cart.
 
 1. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click **WingtipToys**, click **Add** -&gt; **New Item**.  
-   The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
+ The **Add New Item** dialog box is displayed.
 2. Add a new page (Web Form) that includes a master page by selecting **Web Form using Master Page**. Name the new page *ShoppingCart.aspx*.
 3. Select **Site.Master** to attach the master page to the newly created *.aspx* page.
 4. In the *ShoppingCart.aspx* page, replace the existing markup with the following markup:   
@@ -318,6 +318,6 @@ The shopping cart supports adding, deleting, and updating items that the user ha
 
 [ASP.NET Session State Overview](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms178581.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](display_data_items_and_details.md)
-> [Next](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](display_data_items_and_details.md)
+[Next](checkout-and-payment-with-paypal.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/ui_and_navigation.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/ui_and_navigation.md
index 01e2b6022070..268ea84936ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/ui_and_navigation.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/ui_and_navigation.md
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ You'll continue this tutorial series by modifying the *Default.aspx* page. You w
     [!code-aspx[Main](ui_and_navigation/samples/sample2.aspx)]
 5. Save the *Default.aspx* page by selecting **Save Default.aspx** from the **File** menu.
 
-   The resulting *Default.aspx* page will appear as follows: 
+ The resulting *Default.aspx* page will appear as follows: 
 
 [!code-aspx[Main](ui_and_navigation/samples/sample3.aspx)]
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ In this tutorial, you will change look and feel of the Wingtip Toys application
 2. Right-click the *bootstrap.css* file and rename it to *bootstrap-original.css*.
 3. Rename the *bootstrap.min.css* to *bootstrap-original.min.css*.
 4. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the *Content* folder and select **Open Folder in File Explorer**.  
-   The File Explorer will be displayed. You will save a downloaded bootstrap CSS files to this location.
+ The File Explorer will be displayed. You will save a downloaded bootstrap CSS files to this location.
 5. In your browser, go to [http://Bootswatch.com](http://bootswatch.com/).
 6. Scroll the browser window until you see the Cerulean theme. 
 
@@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ In this tutorial, you will change look and feel of the Wingtip Toys application
 
     ![UI and Navigation - Solution Explorer](ui_and_navigation/_static/image6.png)
 
-   You will see the two new CSS files in the **Content** folder, but notice that the icon next to each file name is grayed out. This means that the file has not yet been added to the project.
+ You will see the two new CSS files in the **Content** folder, but notice that the icon next to each file name is grayed out. This means that the file has not yet been added to the project.
 9. Right-click the *bootstrap.css* and the *bootstrap.min.css* files and select **Include In Project**.   
-   When you run the Wingtip Toys application later in this tutorial, the new UI will be displayed.
+ When you run the Wingtip Toys application later in this tutorial, the new UI will be displayed.
 
 > [!NOTE] 
 > 
@@ -287,6 +287,6 @@ In this tutorial of the series you have added some basic UI, graphics, pages, an
 [ASP.NET Web Server Controls Overview](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/zsyt68f1.aspx)   
 [CSS Tutorial](http://www.w3schools.com/css/default.asp)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](create_the_data_access_layer.md)
-> [Next](display_data_items_and_details.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](create_the_data_access_layer.md)
+[Next](display_data_items_and_details.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/url-routing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/url-routing.md
index 0c47bc29e5fe..a09d2c39d456 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/url-routing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/getting-started-with-aspnet-45-web-forms/url-routing.md
@@ -148,6 +148,6 @@ In this tutorial, you have added routes for categories and products. You have le
 [Deploy a Secure ASP.NET Web Forms App with Membership, OAuth, and SQL Database to Azure App Service](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/web-sites-dotnet-deploy-aspnet-webforms-app-membership-oauth-sql-database/)  
 [Microsoft Azure - Free Trial](https://azure.microsoft.com/pricing/free-trial/)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](membership-and-administration.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-error-handling.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](membership-and-administration.md)
+[Next](aspnet-error-handling.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/using-page-inspector-in-visual-studio-2012.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/using-page-inspector-in-visual-studio-2012.md
index b405c49bc5c6..592b65fccbd3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/using-page-inspector-in-visual-studio-2012.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/using-page-inspector-in-visual-studio-2012.md
@@ -91,12 +91,12 @@ In this task, you will learn how to use the Page Inspector in the context of an
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex1-MVC4/Begin/** folder.
 
-   1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. In the Solution Explorer, locate **Index.cshtml** view under the **/Views/Home** project folder, right-click it and select **View in Page Inspector**.
 
     ![Selecting a file to preview in Page Inspector](using-page-inspector-in-visual-studio-2012/_static/image1.png "Selecting a file to preview in Page Inspector")
@@ -282,12 +282,12 @@ In this task, you will learn how to use the Page Inspector features in the conte
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex2-WebForms/Begin/** folder.
 
-   1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. In the Solution Explorer, locate **Default.aspx** page, right-click it and select **View in Page Inspector**.
 
     ![Opening Default.aspx with Page Inspector](using-page-inspector-in-visual-studio-2012/_static/image24.png "Opening Default.aspx with Page Inspector")
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ By completing this Hands-On Lab, you have learnt how to use Page Inspector to pr
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012.md
index de7a7d6e7406..97d23a24b9a9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012.md
@@ -255,9 +255,7 @@ Visual Studio now updates the HTML opening or closing tags of the element that y
 1. On the **Default.aspx** page, add an **H3** element with a title (for example, Visual Studio 2012 Rocks!).
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample5.aspx)]
-~~~
+    [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample5.aspx)]
 2. Change the **H3** tag and type **H2** or **H1.**
 
     Notice that the end tag automatically updates. You can also modify the end tag to see that the start tag updates accordingly too.
@@ -284,12 +282,10 @@ Visual Studio now includes several HTML5 code snippets. In this task, you will u
 3. Update the audio source to point to an existing audio file.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample6.aspx)]
+    [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample6.aspx)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> You will need to add the audio file to the solution.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > You will need to add the audio file to the solution.
 4. Press **F5** to run the site and play the audio.
 
     ![Running the audio control](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/_static/image29.png "Running the audio control")
@@ -545,36 +541,28 @@ In this task, you will learn how to enable and reference the bundled and minifie
     Notice that the new **Microsoft.Web.Optimization** namespace is commented out at the beginning of the file. Uncomment the using directive to include the bundling and minification features.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample10.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample10.cs)]
 4. Locate the **Application\_Start** method.
 
     In this method, uncomment the EnableDefaultBundles call as shown in the snippet below. This enables us to reference a bundled collection of CSS files in a folder by using the path to that folder, plus the &quot;CSS&quot; or the &quot;JS&quot; suffix.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample11.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample11.cs)]
 5. Open the **Optimization.aspx** file and locate the content control for **HeadContent**.
 
     Notice the CSS files and the JS files have a single referenced tag.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample12.aspx)]
+    [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample12.aspx)]
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> This code is for demo purposes. Ideally, you will reference the bundles in the Site.Master file. In this sample code, you will find that some of the bundled files are also being referenced by the Site.Master file, making this last reference redundant.
-~~~
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > This code is for demo purposes. Ideally, you will reference the bundles in the Site.Master file. In this sample code, you will find that some of the bundled files are also being referenced by the Site.Master file, making this last reference redundant.
 6. Notice that the links are using the bundling conventions in the **href** attribute to get all the CSS or JS files from the Styles and Scripts\custom folder respectively.
 
     You can use the path **Scripts/custom/JS** as shown below to bundle and minify all the JS files inside a **Scripts/custom** folder. This is the default behavior with the default bundles.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample13.aspx)]
-~~~
+    [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample13.aspx)]
 7. Open the **Styles\Site.css** file.
 
     Notice that the original CSS file contains indented code, blank spaces and comments that enlarge the file. (Also the JavaScript file contains blank spaces and comments).
@@ -616,17 +604,13 @@ In this task, you will configure a static bundle to define a specific set of fil
     Notice that the files are not located in the same place; this is another advantage over the default bundling.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample14.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample14.cs)]
 4. Open the **Optimization.aspx** file.
 
     Notice that the link to **Static JS Bundle** is using the path you have declared when you configured the static bundle in the Global.asax.cs file: **/StaticBundle**.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample15.aspx)]
-~~~
+    [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample15.aspx)]
 5. Press **F5** to run the application, and then navigate to the **Optimization** page.
 6. Click on the **Static JS Bundle** link to open the file.
 
@@ -652,9 +636,7 @@ In this example, you will learn how to use the **DynamicFolderBundle** class to
     You are defining a dynamic folder bundle that will use the **CoffeeMinify** custom minification processor that will only apply to the files with the &quot;**.coffee**&quot; extension (CoffeeScript files). Notice that you can use a search pattern to select the files to bundle within a folder, like '\*.coffee'.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample16.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample16.cs)]
 3. Open the NuGet Package Manager Console. To do this, use the menu **View** | **Other Windows** | **Package Manager Console**.
 4. In the **Package Manager Console,** type **Install-Package CoffeeSharp** and press **ENTER**.
 5. Click the **Show All Files** button in the **Solution Explorer** window
@@ -672,9 +654,7 @@ In this example, you will learn how to use the **DynamicFolderBundle** class to
     This class inherits from JsMinify to minify the JavaScript output resulting from the CoffeeScript code compilation. It calls the CoffeeScript compiler to generate the JavaScript code first, and then it sends it to the JsMinify.Process method to minify the resulting code.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample17.cs)]
-~~~
+    [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample17.cs)]
 8. Open the **Script1.coffee** and **Script2.coffee** files from the **Scripts/bundle** folder.
 
     These files will include the CoffeScript code to be compiled while performing the bundling with the CoffeeMinify class.
@@ -692,9 +672,7 @@ In this example, you will learn how to use the **DynamicFolderBundle** class to
     Notice that the link to **Dynamic JS Bundle** is referencing the **Scripts/bundle** folder by using the **/Coffee** suffix you configured for the dynamic folder bundle.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample18.aspx)]
-~~~
+    [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/samples/sample18.aspx)]
 10. Press **F5** to run the application, and then navigate to the **Optimization** page.
 11. Click on the **Dynamic JS Bundle** link to open the generated file.
 
@@ -722,7 +700,7 @@ By completing this Hands-On Lab, you have learnt how to use the new features and
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Windows Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -868,14 +846,14 @@ If your application makes use of SQL Server databases you will need to create a
     *Web deploy configuration*
 5. Configure the database connection as follows:
 
-   - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
-   - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
-   - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
-   - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
+    - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
+    - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
+    - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
+    - Type a new database name, for example: *MVC4SampleDB*.
 
-     ![Configuring destination connection string](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/_static/image80.png "Configuring destination connection string")
+    ![Configuring destination connection string](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/_static/image80.png "Configuring destination connection string")
 
-     *Configuring destination connection string*
+    *Configuring destination connection string*
 6. Then click **OK**. When prompted to create the database click **Yes**.
 
     ![Creating the database](whats-new-in-aspnet-and-web-development-in-visual-studio-2012/_static/image81.png "Creating the database string")
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45.md
index 5a91d405305c..a04e2276ac42 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/getting-started/hands-on-labs/whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45.md
@@ -98,12 +98,12 @@ In this task, you will discover the new strongly-typed bindings available in ASP
 
 1. Open the **Begin** solution located at **Source/Ex1-ModelBinding/Begin/** folder.
 
-   1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. You will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, click the **Project** menu and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open the **Customers.aspx** page. Place an unnumbered list in the main control and include a repeater control inside for listing each customer. Set the repeater name to **customersRepeater** as shown in the following code.
 
     In previous versions of Web Forms, when using data-binding to emit the value of a member on an object you're data-binding to, you would use a data-binding expression, along with a call to the Eval method, passing in the name of the member as a string.
@@ -336,12 +336,12 @@ In this section, you will enable unobtrusive validation in ASP.NET to compare th
 
 1. Open **Visual Studio 2012** and open the **Begin** solution located in the **Source\Ex2-Validation\Begin** folder of this lab. Alternatively, you can continue working on your existing solution from the previous exercise.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, in the Solution Explorer, click the **WebFormsLab** project **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, in the Solution Explorer, click the **WebFormsLab** project **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Press **F5** to start the web application. Go to the Customers page and click the **Add a New Customer** link.
 3. Right-click on the browser page, and select **View Source** option to open the HTML code generated by the application.
 
@@ -530,12 +530,12 @@ In this task, you will update the product details page to allow the user to spec
 
 1. Open **Visual Studio 2012** and load the **Begin** solution located in **Source\Ex3-Async\Begin** from this lab's folder. Alternatively, you can continue working on your existing solution from the previous exercises.
 
-   1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, in the Solution Explorer, click the **WebFormsLab** project and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
-   2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
-   3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
+    1. If you opened the provided **Begin** solution, you will need to download some missing NuGet packages before continue. To do this, in the Solution Explorer, click the **WebFormsLab** project and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
+    2. In the **Manage NuGet Packages** dialog, click **Restore** in order to download missing packages.
+    3. Finally, build the solution by clicking **Build** | **Build Solution**.
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > One of the advantages of using NuGet is that you don't have to ship all the libraries in your project, reducing the project size. With NuGet Power Tools, by specifying the package versions in the Packages.config file, you will be able to download all the required libraries the first time you run the project. This is why you will have to run these steps after you open an existing solution from this lab.
 2. Open the **ProductDetails.aspx** page source and add a field in the FormView's ItemTemplate to show the product image.
 
     [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/samples/sample30.aspx)]
@@ -575,9 +575,7 @@ Time-consuming operations on your web site are great candidates for asynchronous
 1. Open the **ProductDetails.aspx** page. Add the **Async** attribute in the **Page** element and set it to **true**. This attribute tells ASP.NET to implement the IHttpAsyncHandler interface.
 
 
-~~~
-[!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/samples/sample35.aspx)]
-~~~
+    [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/samples/sample35.aspx)]
 2. Add a Label at the bottom of the page to show the details of the threads running the page.
 
     [!code-aspx[Main](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/samples/sample36.aspx)]
@@ -593,7 +591,7 @@ Time-consuming operations on your web site are great candidates for asynchronous
     [!code-csharp[Main](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/samples/sample38.cs)]
 
     The RegisterAsyncTask registers a new page asynchronous task to be executed in a different thread. It receives a lambda expression with the Task (t) to be executed. The **await** keyword in the **DownloadFileTaskAsync** method converts the remainder of the method into a callback that is invoked asynchronously after the **DownloadFileTaskAsync** method has completed. ASP.NET will resume the execution of the method by automatically maintaining all the HTTP request original values. The new asynchronous programming model in .NET 4.5 enables you to write asynchronous code that looks very much like synchronous code, and let the compiler handle the complications of callback functions or continuation code.
-    > [!NOTE]
+	> [!NOTE]
     > RegisterAsyncTask and PageAsyncTask were already available since .NET 2.0. The await keyword is new from the .NET 4.5 asynchronous programming model and can be used together with the new TaskAsync methods from the .NET WebClient object.
 5. Add code to display the threads on which the code started and finished executing. To do this, update the **UpdateProductImage** method with the following code.
 
@@ -635,7 +633,7 @@ In this hands-on lab, the following concepts have been addressed and demonstrate
 
 You can install **Microsoft Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web** or another &quot;Express&quot; version using the **[Microsoft Web Platform Installer](https://www.microsoft.com/web/downloads/platform.aspx)**. The following instructions guide you through the steps required to install *Visual studio Express 2012 for Web* using *Microsoft Web Platform Installer*.
 
-1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;<em>Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Azure SDK</em>&quot;.
+1. Go to [[https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169)](https://go.microsoft.com/?linkid=9810169). Alternatively, if you already have installed Web Platform Installer, you can open it and search for the product &quot;*Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web with Azure SDK*&quot;.
 2. Click on **Install Now**. If you do not have **Web Platform Installer** you will be redirected to download and install it first.
 3. Once **Web Platform Installer** is open, click **Install** to start the setup.
 
@@ -779,14 +777,14 @@ If your application makes use of SQL Server databases you will need to create a
     *Web deploy configuration*
 5. Configure the database connection as follows:
 
-   - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
-   - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
-   - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
-   - Type a new database name.
+    - In the **Server name** type your SQL Database server URL using the *tcp:* prefix.
+    - In **User name** type your server administrator login name.
+    - In **Password** type your server administrator login password.
+    - Type a new database name.
 
-     ![Configuring destination connection string](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/_static/image46.png "Configuring destination connection string")
+    ![Configuring destination connection string](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/_static/image46.png "Configuring destination connection string")
 
-     *Configuring destination connection string*
+    *Configuring destination connection string*
 6. Then click **OK**. When prompted to create the database click **Yes**.
 
     ![Creating the database](whats-new-in-web-forms-in-aspnet-45/_static/image47.png "Creating the database string")
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/caching.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/caching.md
index cf012edbffc7..3941a929d8ba 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/caching.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/caching.md
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ To invalidate the item that was inserted above, simply remove the item that was
 
 Note that the key of the item that acts as the cache key must be the same as the value added to the array of cache keys.
 
-## Polling-Based SQL Cache Dependencies<em>(Also called Table-Based Dependencies)</em>
+## Polling-Based SQL Cache Dependencies*(Also called Table-Based Dependencies)*
 
 SQL Server 7 and 2000 use the polling-based model for SQL cache dependencies. The polling-based model uses a trigger on a database table that is triggered when data in the table change. That trigger updates a **changeId** field in the notification table that ASP.NET checks periodically. If the **changeId** field has been updated, ASP.NET knows that the data have changed and it invalidates the cached data.
 
@@ -232,13 +232,12 @@ The following attributes are available in the &lt;cache&gt; element:
 
 The following attributes are available for the &lt;outputCache&gt; element.
 
-
-|       <strong>Attribute</strong>        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       <strong>Description</strong>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
-|-----------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|   <strong>enableOutputCache</strong>    |                                                                                                                                                          Optional <strong>Boolean</strong> attribute. Enables/disables the page output cache. If disabled, no pages are cached regardless of the programmatic or declarative settings. Default value is <strong>true</strong>.                                                                                                                                                           |
-|  <strong>enableFragmentCache</strong>   |                                                Optional <strong>Boolean</strong> attribute. Enables/disables the application fragment cache. If disabled, no pages are cached regardless of the [@ OutputCache](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hdxfb6cy.aspx) directive or caching profile used. Includes a cache-control header indicating that upstream proxy servers as well as browser clients should not attempt to cache page output. Default value is <strong>false</strong>.                                                 |
-| <strong>sendCacheControlHeader</strong> |                                                                                                                                                      Optional <strong>Boolean</strong> attribute. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the <strong>cache-control:private</strong> header is sent by the output cache module by default. Default value is <strong>false</strong>.                                                                                                                                                      |
-|      <strong>omitVaryStar</strong>      | Optional <strong>Boolean</strong> attribute. Enables/disables sending an Http "<strong>Vary: \</strong><em>" header in the response. With the default setting of false, a "</em>*Vary: \*<strong>" header is sent for output cached pages. When the Vary header is sent, it allows for different versions to be cached based upon what is specified in the Vary header. For example, <em>Vary:User-Agents</em> will store different versions of a page based upon the user agent issuing the request. Default value is **false</strong>. |
+| **Attribute** | **Description** |
+| --- | --- |
+| **enableOutputCache** | Optional **Boolean** attribute. Enables/disables the page output cache. If disabled, no pages are cached regardless of the programmatic or declarative settings. Default value is **true**. |
+| **enableFragmentCache** | Optional **Boolean** attribute. Enables/disables the application fragment cache. If disabled, no pages are cached regardless of the [@ OutputCache](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hdxfb6cy.aspx) directive or caching profile used. Includes a cache-control header indicating that upstream proxy servers as well as browser clients should not attempt to cache page output. Default value is **false**. |
+| **sendCacheControlHeader** | Optional **Boolean** attribute. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the **cache-control:private** header is sent by the output cache module by default. Default value is **false**. |
+| **omitVaryStar** | Optional **Boolean** attribute. Enables/disables sending an Http "**Vary: \***" header in the response. With the default setting of false, a "**Vary: \***" header is sent for output cached pages. When the Vary header is sent, it allows for different versions to be cached based upon what is specified in the Vary header. For example, *Vary:User-Agents* will store different versions of a page based upon the user agent issuing the request. Default value is **false**. |
 
 ### The &lt;outputCacheSettings&gt; Element
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/data-bound-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/data-bound-controls.md
index 7434ae65d785..8870abde5114 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/data-bound-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/data-bound-controls.md
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ This exercise assumes that you have SQL Server running locally and that the Nort
 22. Change the ID of the SqlDataSource control to **Details**.
 23. From the SqlDataSource Tasks menu, choose **Configure Data Source**.
 24. Choose **Northwind** from the dropdown and click **Next**.
-25. Select <strong>Products</strong> from the <strong>Name</strong> dropdown and check the <strong>\</strong>* checkbox in the <strong>Columns</strong> listbox.
+25. Select **Products** from the **Name** dropdown and check the **\*** checkbox in the **Columns** listbox.
 26. Click the **WHERE** button.
 27. Select **ProductID** from the **Column** dropdown.
 28. Select **=** in the Operator dropdown.
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/master-pages.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/master-pages.md
index fd14be83e709..ce22d21788da 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/master-pages.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/master-pages.md
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ To create a new master page:
 **Figure 2**: Creating a New Master Page
 
 
-Notice that the file extension for a master page is <em>.master</em>. This is one of the ways that a master page differs from an ordinary page. The other primary difference is that in lieu of a @Page directive, the master page contains a @Master directive. Switch to Source View for the master page youve just created and review the code.
+Notice that the file extension for a master page is *.master*. This is one of the ways that a master page differs from an ordinary page. The other primary difference is that in lieu of a @Page directive, the master page contains a @Master directive. Switch to Source View for the master page youve just created and review the code.
 
 A new master page will have one ContentPlaceHolder control by default. In most cases, it makes more sense to create the common page elements first and then insert ContentPlaceHolder controls where custom content is desired. In those cases, developers will want to delete the default ContentPlaceHolder control and insert new ones as the page is developed. ContentPlaceHolder controls are not resizable despite the fact that they do display sizing handles. The ContentPlaceHolder control sizes automatically based upon the content that it contains with one exception; if you place a ContentPlaceHolder control inside of a block element such as a table cell, it will size according to the size of the element.
 
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ The new content page appears in Visual Studio with one Content control for each
 
 The association between a master page and a content page can be configured in one of four different ways:
 
-- The <strong>MasterPageFile</strong> attribute of the @Page directive
+- The **MasterPageFile** attribute of the @Page directive
 - Setting the **Page.MasterPageFile** property in code.
 - The **&lt;pages&gt;** element in the applications configuration file (web.config in the root folder of the application)
 - The **&lt;pages&gt;** element in a subfolders configuration file (web.config in a subfolder)
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ By setting the MasterPageFile property in code, you can apply a particular maste
 
 ## Using the &lt;pages&gt; Element
 
-You can configure a master page for your pages by setting the masterPageFile attribute in the &lt;pages&gt; element of the web.config file. When using this method, keep in mind that web.config files lower in the application structure can override this setting. Any MasterPageFile attribute set in a @Page directive will also override this setting. Using the &lt;pages&gt; element makes it simple to create a <em>master</em> master page that can be overridden if necessary in particular folders or files.
+You can configure a master page for your pages by setting the masterPageFile attribute in the &lt;pages&gt; element of the web.config file. When using this method, keep in mind that web.config files lower in the application structure can override this setting. Any MasterPageFile attribute set in a @Page directive will also override this setting. Using the &lt;pages&gt; element makes it simple to create a *master* master page that can be overridden if necessary in particular folders or files.
 
 ## Properties in Master Pages
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/profiles-themes-and-web-parts.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/profiles-themes-and-web-parts.md
index f8778315ff3e..14ec81a02e17 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/profiles-themes-and-web-parts.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/profiles-themes-and-web-parts.md
@@ -336,19 +336,19 @@ In this part of the walkthrough, you create a page that uses Web Parts controls
 4. Place the insertion point before the `<div>` tags on the design surface, and press ENTER to add a new line. Position the insertion point before the new line character, click the **Block Format** drop-down list control on the menu, and select the **Heading 1** option. In the heading, add the text **Web Parts Demonstration Page**.
 5. From the **WebParts** tab of the Toolbox, drag a **WebPartManager** control onto the page, positioning it just after the new line character and before the `<div>`tags.   
   
-   The **WebPartManager** control does not render any output, so it appears as a grey box on the designer surface.
+ The **WebPartManager** control does not render any output, so it appears as a grey box on the designer surface.
 6. Position the insertion point within the `<div>` tags.
 7. In the **Layout** menu, click **Insert Table**, and create a new table that has one row and three columns. Click the **Cell Properties** button, select **top** from the **Vertical align** drop-down list, click **OK**, and click **OK** again to create the table.
 8. Drag a WebPartZone control into the left table column. Right-click the **WebPartZone** control, choose **Properties**, and set the following properties:   
   
-   ID: SidebarZone   
+ ID: SidebarZone   
   
-   HeaderText: Sidebar
+ HeaderText: Sidebar
 9. Drag a second **WebPartZone** control into the middle table column and set the following properties:   
   
-   ID: MainZone   
+ ID: MainZone   
   
-   HeaderText: Main
+ HeaderText: Main
 10. Save the file.
 
 Your page now has two distinct zones that you can control separately. However, neither zone has any content, so creating content is the next step. For this walkthrough, you work with Web Parts controls that display only static content.
@@ -457,10 +457,10 @@ You can now test the capability to edit pages and change layout.
 2. To demonstrate that personalization is working, close the browser, and then load the page again. The changes you made are saved for future browser sessions.
 3. From the **Display Mode** menu, select **Edit**.   
   
-   Each control on the page is now displayed with a downward arrow in its title bar, which contains the verbs drop-down menu.
+ Each control on the page is now displayed with a downward arrow in its title bar, which contains the verbs drop-down menu.
 4. Click the arrow to display the verbs menu on the **My Links** control. Click the **Edit** verb.   
   
-   The **EditorZone** control appears, displaying the EditorPart controls you added.
+ The **EditorZone** control appears, displaying the EditorPart controls you added.
 5. In the **Appearance** section of the edit control, change the **Title** to My Favorites, use the **Chrome Type** drop-down list to select **Title Only**, and then click **Apply**. The following screen shot shows the page in edit mode.
 
 ### Web Parts Demo page in Edit mode
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ You can also allow users to add Web Parts controls to their page at run time. To
 1. Open the WebPartsDemo.aspx page, and switch to **Design** view.
 2. From the **WebParts** tab of the Toolbox, drag a CatalogZone control into the right column of the table, beneath the **EditorZone** control.   
   
-   Both controls can be in the same table cell because they will not be displayed at the same time.
+ Both controls can be in the same table cell because they will not be displayed at the same time.
 3. In the Properties pane, assign the string **Add Web Parts** to the HeaderText property of the **CatalogZone** control.
 4. From the **WebParts** section of the Toolbox, drag a DeclarativeCatalogPart control into the content area of the **CatalogZone** control.
 5. Click the arrow in the upper right corner of the **DeclarativeCatalogPart** control to expose its Tasks menu, and then select **Edit Templates**.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ You can also allow users to add Web Parts controls to their page at run time. To
 7. Switch to **Source** view. Inspect the source code of the &lt;asp:catalogzone&gt; element. Notice that the **DeclarativeCatalogPart** control contains a &lt;webpartstemplate&gt; element with the two enclosed server controls that you will be able to add to your page from the catalog.
 8. Add a **Title** property to each of the controls you added to the catalog, using the string value shown for each title in the code example below. Even though the title is not a property you can normally set on these two server controls at design time, when a user adds these controls to a **WebPartZone** zone from the catalog at run time, they are each wrapped with a **GenericWebPart** control. This enables them to act as Web Parts controls, so they will be able to display titles.   
   
-   The code for the two controls contained in the **DeclarativeCatalogPart** control should look as follows. 
+ The code for the two controls contained in the **DeclarativeCatalogPart** control should look as follows. 
 
     [!code-aspx[Main](profiles-themes-and-web-parts/samples/sample26.aspx)]
 9. Save the page.
@@ -511,12 +511,12 @@ You can now test the catalog.
 1. Load the page in a browser.
 2. Click the **Display Mode** drop-down menu, and select **Catalog**.   
   
-   The catalog titled **Add Web Parts** is displayed.
+ The catalog titled **Add Web Parts** is displayed.
 3. Drag the **My Favorites** control from the Main zone back to the top of the Sidebar zone, and drop it there.
 4. In the **Add Web Parts** catalog, select both check boxes, and then select **Main** from the drop-down list that contains the available zones.
 5. Click **Add** in the catalog. The controls are added to the Main zone. If you want, you can add multiple instances of controls from the catalog to your page.   
   
-   The following screen shot shows the page with the file upload control and the calendar in the Main zone. 
+ The following screen shot shows the page with the file upload control and the calendar in the Main zone. 
 
 ![Controls added to Main zone from the catalog](profiles-themes-and-web-parts/_static/image7.gif)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/the-asp-net-2-0-page-model.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/the-asp-net-2-0-page-model.md
index 3a1545f0d00d..d2bf12163c58 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/the-asp-net-2-0-page-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/moving-to-aspnet-20/the-asp-net-2-0-page-model.md
@@ -595,13 +595,11 @@ Use the IsStartupScriptRegistered method to determine if a script has already be
 
 Here are some of the other useful methods of the ClientScriptManager class.
 
-
-|  <strong>GetCallbackEventReference</strong>   |                                                 See script callbacks earlier in this module.                                                 |
-|-----------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|  <strong>GetPostBackClientHyperlink</strong>  |                Gets a JavaScript reference (javascript:&lt;call&gt;) that can be used to post back from a client-side event.                 |
-|  <strong>GetPostBackEventReference</strong>   |                                   Gets a string that can be used to initiate a post back from the client.                                    |
-|      <strong>GetWebResourceUrl</strong>       | Returns a URL to a resource that is embedded in an assembly. Must be used in conjunction with <strong>RegisterClientScriptResource</strong>. |
-| <strong>RegisterClientScriptResource</strong> |     Registers a Web resource with the page. These are resources embedded in an assembly and handled by the new WebResource.axd handler.      |
-|     <strong>RegisterHiddenField</strong>      |                                                 Registers a hidden form field with the page.                                                 |
-|  <strong>RegisterOnSubmitStatement</strong>   |                                  Registers client-side code that executes when the HTML form is submitted.                                   |
-
+| **GetCallbackEventReference** | See script callbacks earlier in this module. |
+| --- | --- |
+| **GetPostBackClientHyperlink** | Gets a JavaScript reference (javascript:&lt;call&gt;) that can be used to post back from a client-side event. |
+| **GetPostBackEventReference** | Gets a string that can be used to initiate a post back from the client. |
+| **GetWebResourceUrl** | Returns a URL to a resource that is embedded in an assembly. Must be used in conjunction with **RegisterClientScriptResource**. |
+| **RegisterClientScriptResource** | Registers a Web resource with the page. These are resources embedded in an assembly and handled by the new WebResource.axd handler. |
+| **RegisterHiddenField** | Registers a hidden form field with the page. |
+| **RegisterOnSubmitStatement** | Registers client-side code that executes when the HTML form is submitted. |
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md
index adb132625d85..2bdecb85dd4c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md
@@ -340,6 +340,6 @@ Furthermore, by creating simplified web service implementations with equivalent
 
 Scott Cate has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1997 and is the President of myKB.com ([www.myKB.com](http://www.myKB.com)) where he specializes in writing ASP.NET based applications focused on Knowledge Base Software solutions. Scott can be contacted via email at [scott.cate@myKB.com](mailto:scott.cate@myKB.com) or his blog at [ScottCate.com](http://ScottCate.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md)
-> [Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md)
+[Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-debugging-capabilities.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-debugging-capabilities.md
index 508b40e42a4d..bd1b74c730ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-debugging-capabilities.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-debugging-capabilities.md
@@ -352,5 +352,5 @@ Dan Wahlin (Microsoft Most Valuable Professional for ASP.NET and XML Web Service
 
 Scott Cate has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1997 and is the President of myKB.com ([www.myKB.com](http://www.myKB.com)) where he specializes in writing ASP.NET based applications focused on Knowledge Base Software solutions. Scott can be contacted via email at [scott.cate@myKB.com](mailto:scott.cate@myKB.com) or his blog at [ScottCate.com](http://ScottCate.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md
index e858dc8a348d..737e3dd98e55 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md
@@ -148,6 +148,6 @@ The .NET Framework intrinsically supports a rich localization framework, utilizi
 
 Scott Cate has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1997 and is the President of myKB.com ([www.myKB.com](http://www.myKB.com)) where he specializes in writing ASP.NET based applications focused on Knowledge Base Software solutions. Scott can be contacted via email at [scott.cate@myKB.com](mailto:scott.cate@myKB.com) or his blog at [ScottCate.com](http://ScottCate.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md)
-> [Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md)
+[Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md
index 7abcd0c61009..02816376a6c1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md
@@ -150,6 +150,6 @@ Rob Paveza is a senior .NET application developer at Terralever ([www.terralever
 
 Scott Cate has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1997 and is the President of myKB.com ([www.myKB.com](http://www.myKB.com)) where he specializes in writing ASP.NET based applications focused on Knowledge Base Software solutions. Scott can be contacted via email at [scott.cate@myKB.com](mailto:scott.cate@myKB.com) or his blog at [ScottCate.com](http://ScottCate.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax.md)
-> [Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax.md)
+[Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-authentication-and-profile-application-services.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md
index ee3cf59217e8..6b9b4d9317d1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-asp-net-ajax-web-services.md
@@ -306,6 +306,6 @@ Dan Wahlin (Microsoft Most Valuable Professional for ASP.NET and XML Web Service
 
 Scott Cate has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1997 and is the President of myKB.com ([www.myKB.com](http://www.myKB.com)) where he specializes in writing ASP.NET based applications focused on Knowledge Base Software solutions. Scott can be contacted via email at [scott.cate@myKB.com](mailto:scott.cate@myKB.com) or his blog at [ScottCate.com](http://ScottCate.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md)
-> [Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-debugging-capabilities.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-asp-net-ajax-localization.md)
+[Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-debugging-capabilities.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax.md
index bd3eeb20fb95..585ce77164fb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/aspnet-ajax/understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax.md
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The ability to integrate partial page rendering is integrated into ASP.NET with
 ## Walkthrough: Integrating Partial Rendering into an Existing Project
 
 
-1. In Microsoft Visual Studio 2008, create a new ASP.NET Web Site project by going to <em>File</em><em>-&gt; New</em><em>-&gt; Web Site</em> and selecting ASP.NET Web Site from the dialog. You can name it whatever you like, and you may install it either to the file system or into Internet Information Services (IIS).
+1. In Microsoft Visual Studio 2008, create a new ASP.NET Web Site project by going to *File**-&gt; New**-&gt; Web Site* and selecting ASP.NET Web Site from the dialog. You can name it whatever you like, and you may install it either to the file system or into Internet Information Services (IIS).
 2. You will be presented with the blank default page with basic ASP.NET markup (a server-side form and an `@Page` directive). Drop a Label called `Label1` and a Button called `Button1` onto the page within the form element. You may set their text properties to whatever you like.
 3. In Design view, double-click `Button1` to generate a code-behind event handler. Within this event handler, set `Label1.Text` to You clicked the button! .
 
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ The ability to integrate partial page rendering is integrated into ASP.NET with
 ([Click to view full-size image](understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax/_static/image3.png))
 
 
-1. <em>Known Issue:</em>If you install Visual Studio 2008 onto a computer that already has Visual Studio 2005 installed with the ASP.NET 2.0 AJAX Extensions, Visual Studio 2008 will import the AJAX Extensions toolbox items. You can determine whether this is the case by examining the tooltip of the components; they should say Version 3.5.0.0. If they say Version 2.0.0.0, then you have imported your old toolbox items, and will need to manually import them by using the Choose Toolbox Items dialog in Visual Studio. You will be unable to add Version 2 controls via the designer.
+1. *Known Issue:*If you install Visual Studio 2008 onto a computer that already has Visual Studio 2005 installed with the ASP.NET 2.0 AJAX Extensions, Visual Studio 2008 will import the AJAX Extensions toolbox items. You can determine whether this is the case by examining the tooltip of the components; they should say Version 3.5.0.0. If they say Version 2.0.0.0, then you have imported your old toolbox items, and will need to manually import them by using the Choose Toolbox Items dialog in Visual Studio. You will be unable to add Version 2 controls via the designer.
 
-2. Before the `<asp:Label>` tag begins, create a line of whitespace, and double-click on the UpdatePanel control in the toolbox. Note that a new `@Register` directive is included at the top of the page, indicating that controls within the System.Web.UI namespace should be imported using the `asp:` prefix.
-3. Drag the closing `</asp:UpdatePanel>` tag past the end of the Button element, so that the element is well-formed with the Label and Button controls wrapped.
-4. After the opening `<asp:UpdatePanel>` tag, begin opening a new tag. Note that IntelliSense prompts you with two options. In this case, create a `<ContentTemplate>` tag. Be sure to wrap this tag around your Label and Button so that the markup is well-formed.
+1. Before the `<asp:Label>` tag begins, create a line of whitespace, and double-click on the UpdatePanel control in the toolbox. Note that a new `@Register` directive is included at the top of the page, indicating that controls within the System.Web.UI namespace should be imported using the `asp:` prefix.
+2. Drag the closing `</asp:UpdatePanel>` tag past the end of the Button element, so that the element is well-formed with the Label and Button controls wrapped.
+3. After the opening `<asp:UpdatePanel>` tag, begin opening a new tag. Note that IntelliSense prompts you with two options. In this case, create a `<ContentTemplate>` tag. Be sure to wrap this tag around your Label and Button so that the markup is well-formed.
 
 
 [![](understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax/_static/image5.png)](understanding-partial-page-updates-with-asp-net-ajax/_static/image4.png)
@@ -312,5 +312,5 @@ Together, these tools assist creating a rich and seamless user experience by mak
 
 Scott Cate has been working with Microsoft Web technologies since 1997 and is the President of myKB.com ([www.myKB.com](http://www.myKB.com)) where he specializes in writing ASP.NET based applications focused on Knowledge Base Software solutions. Scott can be contacted via email at [scott.cate@myKB.com](mailto:scott.cate@myKB.com) or his blog at [ScottCate.com](http://ScottCate.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](understanding-asp-net-ajax-updatepanel-triggers.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md
index a2033a423024..ec7df2b0dded 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md
@@ -299,6 +299,6 @@ Run the page and create a concurrency conflict again. This time you see an error
 
 This completes the introduction to handling concurrency conflicts. The next tutorial will provide guidance on how to improve performance in a web application that uses the Entity Framework.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md)
-> [Next](maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md)
+[Next](maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md
index c4209472f6cc..0bfeb6d5a93e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md
@@ -261,6 +261,6 @@ This completes the introduction to improving performance in an ASP.NET web appli
 
 The next tutorial reviews some of the important enhancements to the Entity Framework that are new in version 4.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
-> [Next](what-s-new-in-the-entity-framework-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
+[Next](what-s-new-in-the-entity-framework-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-1-getting-started.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-1-getting-started.md
index 0091cb3e832b..cba5bf096e04 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-1-getting-started.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-1-getting-started.md
@@ -319,5 +319,5 @@ Change a field value or select a different administrator and click **Update**. T
 
 This completes the introduction to using the `ObjectDataSource` control for basic CRUD (create, read, update, delete) operations with the Entity Framework. You've built a simple n-tier application, but the business-logic layer is still tightly coupled to the data-access layer, which complicates automated unit testing. In the following tutorial you'll see how to implement the repository pattern to facilitate unit testing.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md
index cdbd65a57cf0..330ffc2b5b5b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md
@@ -220,6 +220,6 @@ This completes the introduction to implementing the repository pattern for using
 
 In the following tutorial you'll see how to add sorting and filtering functionality to the application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-1-getting-started.md)
-> [Next](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-1-getting-started.md)
+[Next](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md
index 22b76af1a6d5..c4e70adf0a63 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-3-sorting-and-filtering.md
@@ -149,6 +149,6 @@ Run the page. In addition to the sorting and filtering capability that you added
 
 This completes the introduction to sorting, filtering, and master-detail scenarios. In the next tutorial, you'll see how to handle concurrency.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md)
-> [Next](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-entity-framework-and-the-objectdatasource-control-part-2-adding-a-business-logic-layer-and-unit-tests.md)
+[Next](handling-concurrency-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/what-s-new-in-the-entity-framework-4.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/what-s-new-in-the-entity-framework-4.md
index 05ed2637264b..d29ef99a25ed 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/what-s-new-in-the-entity-framework-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/continuing-with-ef/what-s-new-in-the-entity-framework-4.md
@@ -207,5 +207,5 @@ This completes the overview to what's new in the Entity Framework and this Conti
 - [What's New in ADO.NET](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ex6y04yf.aspx) MSDN topic on new features in version 4 of the Entity Framework.
 - [Announcing the release of Entity Framework 4](https://blogs.msdn.com/b/efdesign/archive/2010/04/12/announcing-the-release-of-entity-framework-4.aspx) The Entity Framework development team's blog post about new features in version 4.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](maximizing-performance-with-the-entity-framework-in-an-asp-net-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-cs.md
index 57468109ba10..38dd8841b1e5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-cs.md
@@ -90,5 +90,5 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md
index c2fb212d3a9a..6211764582f1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The configuration information for a web application is typically located in the
 In addition to web application configuration changes, Step 1 also may entail configuration for the web server and database. For example, if an ASP.NET page creates or deletes files from a directory on the web server then the web server needs to be configured to permit these file system modifications. Similarly, there may be permission or authentication settings that need to be made to the database.
 
 
-Step 2 involves synchronizing the set of essential ASP.NET pages and support files between the development and production environments. The particular set of ASP.NET-related files that need to be synchronized between the two environments depends on the type of project you created in Visual Studio, and is the discussion in the next tutorial, <em>[Determining What Files Need to Be Deployed](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md)</em>. The third and fourth tutorials - <em>[Deploying Your Site Using FTP](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md)</em>and <em>[Deploying Your Site Using Visual Studio](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md)</em> - examine different tools and techniques for syncing these files.
+Step 2 involves synchronizing the set of essential ASP.NET pages and support files between the development and production environments. The particular set of ASP.NET-related files that need to be synchronized between the two environments depends on the type of project you created in Visual Studio, and is the discussion in the next tutorial, *[Determining What Files Need to Be Deployed](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md)*. The third and fourth tutorials - *[Deploying Your Site Using FTP](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md)*and *[Deploying Your Site Using Visual Studio](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md)* - examine different tools and techniques for syncing these files.
 
 When building data-driven applications there are typically two databases being used: one for development and one on production. During development, the development database's schema may be modified to include new tables, columns, stored procedures, and triggers, or may be modified to remove or rename existing database objects. Between the time that these changes are made and the time the application is deployed to production, the development and production databases are out of sync. This asynchrony needs to be fixed during the deployment process. These challenges will be examined in future tutorials.
 
@@ -90,6 +90,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md)
-> [Next](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md)
+[Next](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md
index 639c64bc9753..df7a4a11fc5d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md
@@ -131,6 +131,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [VS 2008 Web Deployment Projects](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/11/06/429723.aspx) | [VS 2008 Web Deployment Project Support Released](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2008/01/28/vs-2008-web-deployment-project-support-released.aspx)
 - [Web Deployment Projects](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/cc163448.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md)
-> [Next](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md)
+[Next](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md
index f9ca0548930f..c8dd8e6f11d3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md
@@ -131,6 +131,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [VS 2008 Web Deployment Projects](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/11/06/429723.aspx) | [VS 2008 Web Deployment Project Support Released](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2008/01/28/vs-2008-web-deployment-project-support-released.aspx)
 - [Web Deployment Projects](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/cc163448.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md)
-> [Next](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md)
+[Next](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md
index 7ac718ffe6dc..23fefca2ac36 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md
@@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [*Website Security Tutorials*](../../older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
 - [*Web Site Administration Tool Overview*](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/yy40ytx0.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md)
-> [Next](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md)
+[Next](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md
index f5b825deac0d..1dd68f11b56c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md
@@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [*Website Security Tutorials*](../../older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
 - [*Web Site Administration Tool Overview*](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/yy40ytx0.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md)
-> [Next](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md)
+[Next](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md
index fe7ee2f4026e..da17f63fc0ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Next, specify the various database connection information (see Figure 2). When y
 
 The production environment database should now be listed in the Server Explorer. Select the database from the Server Explorer and go to the Properties window. There you will find a property named Connection String with the database s connection string. Assuming you are using a Microsoft SQL Server database on production and the SqlClient provider your connection string should look similar to the following:
 
-<strong>Data Source=<em>serverName</em>; Initial Catalog=<em>databaseName</em>; Persist Security Info=True; User ID=<em>username</em>; Password=*password</strong>*
+**Data Source=*serverName*; Initial Catalog=*databaseName*; Persist Security Info=True; User ID=*username*; Password=*password***
 
 Where *serverName*, *databaseName*, *username*, and *password* are with the values for the database server name, the database name, and the username and password supplied to you by your web host company.
 
@@ -147,6 +147,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Move Settings Out of the Web.config File](http://www.asp101.com/tips/index.asp?id=154)
 - [Technical Documentation for the &lt;connectionStrings&gt; Element](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bf7sd233.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-a-database-cs.md)
-> [Next](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-a-database-cs.md)
+[Next](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md
index cc2bd92bb62d..9a69d4a10cbd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Next, specify the various database connection information (see Figure 2). When y
 
 The production environment database should now be listed in the Server Explorer. Select the database from the Server Explorer and go to the Properties window. There you will find a property named Connection String with the database s connection string. Assuming you are using a Microsoft SQL Server database on production and the SqlClient provider your connection string should look similar to the following:
 
-<strong>Data Source=<em>serverName</em>; Initial Catalog=<em>databaseName</em>; Persist Security Info=True; User ID=<em>username</em>; Password=*password</strong>*
+**Data Source=*serverName*; Initial Catalog=*databaseName*; Persist Security Info=True; User ID=*username*; Password=*password***
 
 Where *serverName*, *databaseName*, *username*, and *password* are with the values for the database server name, the database name, and the username and password supplied to you by your web host company.
 
@@ -147,6 +147,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Move Settings Out of the Web.config File](http://www.asp101.com/tips/index.asp?id=154)
 - [Technical Documentation for the &lt;connectionStrings&gt; Element](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bf7sd233.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-a-database-vb.md)
-> [Next](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-a-database-vb.md)
+[Next](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md
index 0dc6863fc309..3f27052622b8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md
@@ -135,6 +135,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Using ASP.NET Forums Authentication With All Types of Content on IIS 7](https://blogs.iis.net/bills/archive/2007/05/19/using-asp-net-forms-authentication-with-all-types-of-content-with-iis7-video.aspx) (Video)
 - [Web Servers in Visual Web Developer](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/58wxa9w5.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md)
-> [Next](deploying-a-database-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md)
+[Next](deploying-a-database-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md
index 5e52416a42a6..c642bb2ac33a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md
@@ -135,6 +135,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Using ASP.NET Forums Authentication With All Types of Content on IIS 7](https://blogs.iis.net/bills/archive/2007/05/19/using-asp-net-forms-authentication-with-all-types-of-content-with-iis7-video.aspx) (Video)
 - [Web Servers in Visual Web Developer](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/58wxa9w5.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md)
-> [Next](deploying-a-database-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md)
+[Next](deploying-a-database-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-cs.md
index fa4a851f95ae..0b152a61984e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-cs.md
@@ -190,6 +190,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Download the Microsoft SQL Server Database Publishing Wizard 1.1](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=56E5B1C5-BF17-42E0-A410-371A838E570A&amp;displaylang=en)
 - [Download the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio Express Edition](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=C243A5AE-4BD1-4E3D-94B8-5A0F62BF7796&amp;displaylang=en)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md)
-> [Next](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-cs.md)
+[Next](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-vb.md
index ac6c8d21af8c..d7730a052f04 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-a-database-vb.md
@@ -190,6 +190,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Download the Microsoft SQL Server Database Publishing Wizard 1.1](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=56E5B1C5-BF17-42E0-A410-371A838E570A&amp;displaylang=en)
 - [Download the Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio Express Edition](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyId=C243A5AE-4BD1-4E3D-94B8-5A0F62BF7796&amp;displaylang=en)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md)
-> [Next](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](core-differences-between-iis-and-the-asp-net-development-server-vb.md)
+[Next](configuring-the-production-web-application-to-use-the-production-database-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md
index 7860fadeb83e..811ec1a32da2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [App\_Offline.htm and Working Around the "IE Friendly Errors" Feature](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/App_5F00_Offline.htm-and-working-around-the-_2200_IE-Friendly-Errors_2200_-feature)
 - [Session-State Modes](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms178586.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md)
-> [Next](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md)
+[Next](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md
index 638c301ee59f..d2911d818137 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [App\_Offline.htm and Working Around the "IE Friendly Errors" Feature](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/App_5F00_Offline.htm-and-working-around-the-_2200_IE-Friendly-Errors_2200_-feature)
 - [Session-State Modes](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms178586.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md)
-> [Next](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md)
+[Next](deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md
index c228951eed90..ee6a6baff48a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-cs.md
@@ -150,6 +150,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [How To: Publish Web Sites](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/20yh9f1b.aspx)
 - [Setup and Deployment Projects in Visual Studio](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/wx3b589t.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md)
-> [Next](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md)
+[Next](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md
index db8fb3654157..fde795cf20da 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/deploying-your-site-using-visual-studio-vb.md
@@ -151,6 +151,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [How To: Publish Web Sites](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/20yh9f1b.aspx)
 - [Setup and Deployment Projects in Visual Studio](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/wx3b589t.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md)
-> [Next](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md)
+[Next](common-configuration-differences-between-development-and-production-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md
index 6ba79d013eb1..bda0f0eee1f5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-cs.md
@@ -180,6 +180,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Visual Studio 2005's Web Site Project System: What Is It and Why Did We Do It?](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/21/423201.aspx)
 - [Walkthrough: Converting a Web Site Project to a Web Application Project in Visual Studio](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/aa983476.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-net-hosting-options-cs.md)
-> [Next](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-net-hosting-options-cs.md)
+[Next](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md
index 0e66360fc7e6..9c3fbcdc2a80 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/determining-what-files-need-to-be-deployed-vb.md
@@ -184,6 +184,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Visual Studio 2005's Web Site Project System: What Is It and Why Did We Do It?](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/21/423201.aspx)
 - [Walkthrough: Converting a Web Site Project to a Web Application Project in Visual Studio](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/aa983476.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md)
-> [Next](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md)
+[Next](deploying-your-site-using-an-ftp-client-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md
index 9cf018c6997d..fddd7f2d0277 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md
@@ -168,6 +168,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Handling and Throwing Exceptions](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/5b2yeyab.aspx)
 - [Properly Using Custom Error Pages in ASP.NET](http://professionalaspnet.com/archive/2007/09/30/Properly-Using-Custom-Error-Pages-in-ASP.NET.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md)
-> [Next](processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md)
+[Next](processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md
index 02517c32dfec..a257a928263e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md
@@ -167,6 +167,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Handling and Throwing Exceptions](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/5b2yeyab.aspx)
 - [Properly Using Custom Error Pages in ASP.NET](http://professionalaspnet.com/archive/2007/09/30/Properly-Using-Custom-Error-Pages-in-ASP.NET.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md)
-> [Next](processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md)
+[Next](processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md
index 53742179d15d..402124c1ce3c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md
@@ -149,6 +149,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [How To: Use Health Monitoring in ASP.NET](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms998306.aspx)
 - [Health Monitoring in ASP.NET](http://aspnet.4guysfromrolla.com/articles/031407-1.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md)
-> [Next](logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md)
+[Next](logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md
index 342d889837ea..46ec09db0bd0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md
@@ -149,6 +149,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [How To: Use Health Monitoring in ASP.NET](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms998306.aspx)
 - [Health Monitoring in ASP.NET](http://aspnet.4guysfromrolla.com/articles/031407-1.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md)
-> [Next](logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md)
+[Next](logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md
index c064e4ac4b73..50d4c5a8f196 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md
@@ -252,6 +252,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Using HTTP Modules and Handlers to Create Pluggable ASP.NET Components](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/aa479332.aspx)
 - [Website Security Tutorials](../../older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md)
-> [Next](precompiling-your-website-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md)
+[Next](precompiling-your-website-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md
index bd14e3025ba6..9c5a3f181ea3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md
@@ -252,6 +252,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Using HTTP Modules and Handlers to Create Pluggable ASP.NET Components](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/aa479332.aspx)
 - [Website Security Tutorials](../../older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md)
-> [Next](precompiling-your-website-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md)
+[Next](precompiling-your-website-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-cs.md
index b9be63e64127..ff55310248a2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-cs.md
@@ -185,6 +185,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Precompilation in ASP.NET](http://www.odetocode.com/Articles/417.aspx)
 - [Precompiled Site Options in ASP.NET](http://www.dotnetperls.com/precompiled)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md)
-> [Next](users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](logging-error-details-with-elmah-cs.md)
+[Next](users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-vb.md
index f6c9b7e63b07..995c4652d7e5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/precompiling-your-website-vb.md
@@ -185,6 +185,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Precompilation in ASP.NET](http://www.odetocode.com/Articles/417.aspx)
 - [Precompiled Site Options in ASP.NET](http://www.dotnetperls.com/precompiled)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md)
-> [Next](users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](logging-error-details-with-elmah-vb.md)
+[Next](users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md
index f5ad34e22763..0d9014a85612 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-cs.md
@@ -162,6 +162,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Working with the ASP.NET `Global.asax` File](http://articles.techrepublic.com.com/5100-10878_11-5771721.html)
 - [Working with `HttpApplication` Instances](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/a0xez8f2.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md)
-> [Next](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md)
+[Next](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md
index 72e6a74a2fe1..afb898b5a719 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/processing-unhandled-exceptions-vb.md
@@ -162,6 +162,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Working with the ASP.NET `Global.asax` File](http://articles.techrepublic.com.com/5100-10878_11-5771721.html)
 - [Working with `HttpApplication` Instances](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/a0xez8f2.aspx)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md)
-> [Next](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md)
+[Next](logging-error-details-with-asp-net-health-monitoring-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md
index c8a483d7fa70..c08ef2d7989b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-cs.md
@@ -155,6 +155,6 @@ This tutorial concludes our focus on deploying a data-driven application. The ne
 
 Happy Programming!
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md)
-> [Next](displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-cs.md)
+[Next](displaying-a-custom-error-page-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md
index 273d1c93055a..077e50a5d71a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/strategies-for-database-development-and-deployment-vb.md
@@ -155,6 +155,6 @@ This tutorial concludes our focus on deploying a data-driven application. The ne
 
 Happy Programming!
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md)
-> [Next](displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-a-website-that-uses-application-services-vb.md)
+[Next](displaying-a-custom-error-page-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md
index d02e686d721e..0f1ef65b89f5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-cs.md
@@ -114,6 +114,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Web Site Administration Tool Overview](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/yy40ytx0.aspx)
 - [Website Security Tutorials](../../older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](precompiling-your-website-cs.md)
-> [Next](asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](precompiling-your-website-cs.md)
+[Next](asp-net-hosting-options-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-vb.md
index 1769e249133b..01a294d0cfb3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deploying-web-site-projects/users-and-roles-on-the-production-website-vb.md
@@ -114,5 +114,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 - [Web Site Administration Tool Overview](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/yy40ytx0.aspx)
 - [Website Security Tutorials](../../older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](precompiling-your-website-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](precompiling-your-website-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md
index a4d45ef17c8f..762d4a502414 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md
@@ -65,6 +65,6 @@ In **Solution Explorer**, right-click the *Elmah* folder, select **Add New Item*
 
 You have now completed all of the deployment set-up tasks. In the next tutorial, you'll deploy the Contoso University site to the test environment and test it there.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-creating-and-installing-deployment-packages-12-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-creating-and-installing-deployment-packages-12-of-12.md
index 003992bf20da..c4d4632425aa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-creating-and-installing-deployment-packages-12-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-creating-and-installing-deployment-packages-12-of-12.md
@@ -315,5 +315,5 @@ The server does not support ASP.NET 4.5. Contact the hosting provider to determi
 
 The project **Properties** windows includes a Target framework drop-down list, but you can't resolve this problem by just changing that from **.NET Framework 4.5** to **.NET Framework 4**. If you change the target framework to an earlier framework version, the project will still have references to the later framework version's assemblies and will not run. You have to manually change those references or create a new project that targets .NET Framework 4 or earlier. For more information, see [.NET Framework Targeting for Web Sites](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb398791(v=vs.100).aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md
index 4b2262fc6d1d..ba1048d3f345 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md
@@ -132,6 +132,6 @@ In the browser, open the Instructors page in the public site, and select an inst
 
 You've now deployed an application update that did not involve a database change. The next tutorial shows you how to deploy a database change.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md
index a9c08971e7ab..15e1fb0bc710 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md
@@ -94,6 +94,6 @@ When Visual Studio opens the home page URL in the browser, the *app\_offline.htm
 
 You've now deployed an application update that included a database change to both test and production. The next tutorial shows you how to migrate your database from SQL Server Compact to SQL Server Express and SQL Server.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md
index 57ea3856c8d0..591161d9f5c7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md
@@ -168,6 +168,6 @@ I would like to thank the following people who made significant contributions to
 - [Srđan Božović, Serbia](http://msforge.net/blogs/zmajcek/)
 - [Vishal Joshi, Microsoft](http://vishaljoshi.blogspot.com/) (twitter: [@vishalrjoshi](http://twitter.com/vishalrjoshi))
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-creating-and-installing-deployment-packages-12-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-creating-and-installing-deployment-packages-12-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md
index a480a75bd638..b44699e2f25d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md
@@ -240,6 +240,6 @@ The SQL Server Compact database engine and both databases are now ready to be de
 
 For more information on NuGet, see [Manage Project Libraries with NuGet](https://msdn.microsoft.com/magazine/hh547106.aspx) and [NuGet Documentation](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/start-here/overview). If you don't want to use NuGet, you'll need to learn how to analyze a NuGet package to determine what it does when it is installed. (For example, it might configure *Web.config* transformations, configure PowerShell scripts to run at build time, etc.) To learn more about how NuGet works, see especially [Creating and Publishing a Package](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/creating-packages/creating-and-publishing-a-package) and [Configuration File and Source Code Transformations](http://docs.nuget.org/docs/creating-packages/configuration-file-and-source-code-transformations).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-introduction-1-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-introduction-1-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md
index 3890e14c0802..7c5090f7abdd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md
@@ -245,6 +245,6 @@ For information about running IIS or IIS Express in Visual Studio, see the follo
 
 For information about what issues might arise when your application runs in medium trust, see [Hosting ASP.NET Applications in Medium Trust](http://www.4guysfromrolla.com/articles/100307-1.aspx) on the 4 Guys from Rolla site.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md
index d47e5995a229..caa9341e41ab 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md
@@ -247,6 +247,6 @@ Creating a second hosting account is an approach to working with a test environm
 
 In the next tutorial, you'll update application code and deploy your change to the test and production environments.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-code-only-update-8-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-introduction-1-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-introduction-1-of-12.md
index fc14a2bb8588..4017719beaca 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-introduction-1-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-introduction-1-of-12.md
@@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ The following features of the application affect how you deploy it or what you h
 
 In this first tutorial in the series, you have downloaded the sample Visual Studio project and reviewed site features that affect how you deploy the application. In the following tutorials, you prepare for deployment by setting up some of these things to be handled automatically. Others you take care of manually.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md
index 1c7992007bc4..d6be19587ed7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-migrating-to-sql-server-10-of-12.md
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ In a real application in which the database was being updated in production, you
 
 In the **Web One Click Publish** toolbar, make sure that the **Production** profile is selected, and then click **Publish**.
 
-If you uploaded <em>app\_offline.htm</em> before publishing, you have to use the <strong>File Manager</strong> utility in the Cytanium control panel to delete <em>app\_offline.</em>htm before you test. You can also at the same time delete the <em>.sdf</em> files from the <em>App\_Data</em> folder.
+If you uploaded *app\_offline.htm* before publishing, you have to use the **File Manager** utility in the Cytanium control panel to delete *app\_offline.*htm before you test. You can also at the same time delete the *.sdf* files from the *App\_Data* folder.
 
 You can now open a browser and go to the URL of your public site to test the application the same way you did after deploying to the test environment.
 
@@ -445,6 +445,6 @@ Follow the same procedure to uninstall the **SqlServerCompact** package. (The pa
 
 You have now successfully migrated to SQL Server Express and full SQL Server. In the next tutorial you'll make another database change, and you'll see how to deploy database changes when your test and production databases use SQL Server Express and full SQL Server.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-database-update-9-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-a-sql-server-database-update-11-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md
index 3098935d1b09..7276e83de74f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-setting-folder-permissions-6-of-12.md
@@ -78,6 +78,6 @@ In this example, the reason why Elmah was unable to save log files was fairly ob
 
 For more information about how to grant permissions to application pool identities, see [Application Pool Identities](https://www.iis.net/learn/manage/configuring-security/application-pool-identities) and [Secure Content in IIS Through File System ACLs](https://www.iis.net/learn/get-started/planning-for-security/secure-content-in-iis-through-file-system-acls) on the IIS.net site.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-iis-as-a-test-environment-5-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-to-the-production-environment-7-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md
index bddfd46b32f9..03b62698e5c9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider/deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-web-config-file-transformations-3-of-12.md
@@ -143,6 +143,6 @@ You have now specified all of the *Web.config* transformations that you need for
 
 For more information about topics covered by this tutorial, see the Web.config transformation scenario in [ASP.NET Deployment Content Map](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/bb386521.aspx).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md)
-> [Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-deploying-sql-server-compact-databases-2-of-12.md)
+[Next](deployment-to-a-hosting-provider-configuring-project-properties-4-of-12.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-1.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-1.md
index 1ccd38c17302..38c788603687 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-1.md
@@ -209,5 +209,5 @@ The Entity Framework uses XML to store information about the database, the data
 
 You've now created a website, a database, and a data model. In the next walkthrough you'll begin working with data using the data model and the ASP.NET `EntityDataSource` control.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md
index 960218b4c040..ec38e1d21176 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md
@@ -244,6 +244,6 @@ Run the page and you can select a department from the drop-down list.
 
 This completes the introduction to using the `EntityDataSource` control. Working with this control is generally no different from working with other ASP.NET data source controls, except that you reference entities and properties instead of tables and columns. The only exception is when you want to access navigation properties. In the next tutorial you'll see that the syntax you use with `EntityDataSource` control might also differ from other data source controls when you filter, group, and order data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-1.md)
-> [Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-1.md)
+[Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md
index 48d83b69533b..ced75a61f9ff 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md
@@ -179,6 +179,6 @@ Enter the letter "g" in the text box and click **Search**. You see a list of stu
 
 You've now displayed, updated, filtered, ordered, and grouped data from individual tables. In the next tutorial you'll begin to work with related data (master-detail scenarios).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md)
-> [Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-2.md)
+[Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md
index 445d3a0ac403..f7a7df97b361 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md
@@ -160,6 +160,6 @@ Select an instructor that has a course assigned, and then select the course.
 
 You have now seen a few ways to work with related data. In the following tutorial, you'll learn how to add relationships between existing entities, how to remove relationships, and how to add a new entity that has a relationship to an existing entity.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md)
-> [Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-3.md)
+[Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md
index e637341600bf..1c46cd902706 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ Run the page.
 
 [![Image01](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5/_static/image10.png)](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5/_static/image9.png)
 
-Select an instructor. The <strong>Assign a Course</strong> drop-down list displays the courses that the instructor doesn't teach, and the <strong>Remove a Course</strong> drop-down list displays the courses that the instructor is already assigned to. In the <strong>Assign a Course</strong> section, select a course and then click <strong>Assign</strong>. The course moves to the <strong>Remove a Course</strong> drop-down list. Select a course in the <strong>Remove a Course</strong> section and click <strong>Remove</strong><em>.</em> The course moves to the <strong>Assign a Course</strong> drop-down list.
+Select an instructor. The **Assign a Course** drop-down list displays the courses that the instructor doesn't teach, and the **Remove a Course** drop-down list displays the courses that the instructor is already assigned to. In the **Assign a Course** section, select a course and then click **Assign**. The course moves to the **Remove a Course** drop-down list. Select a course in the **Remove a Course** section and click **Remove***.* The course moves to the **Assign a Course** drop-down list.
 
 You have now seen some more ways to work with related data. In the following tutorial, you'll learn how to use inheritance in the data model to improve the maintainability of your application.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md)
-> [Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-4.md)
+[Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md
index 29d42d7ed259..baa7f06620d6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ TPH inheritance patterns generally deliver better performance in the Entity Fram
 
 ## Adding Instructor and Student Entities
 
-Open the <em>SchoolModel.edmx</em> file, right-click an unoccupied area in the designer, select <strong>Add</strong>, then select <strong>Entity</strong><em>.</em>
+Open the *SchoolModel.edmx* file, right-click an unoccupied area in the designer, select **Add**, then select **Entity***.*
 
 [![image01](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6/_static/image6.png)](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6/_static/image5.png)
 
@@ -156,6 +156,6 @@ As a result of these changes, you've improved the Contoso University application
 
 You've now seen one way to implement an inheritance pattern in the Entity Framework. In the following tutorial, you'll learn how to use stored procedures in order to have more control over how the Entity Framework accesses the database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md)
-> [Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-5.md)
+[Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md
index 355adae61f62..e4a36987dee2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md
@@ -134,6 +134,6 @@ The page now uses the `GetCourses` stored procedure to retrieve the list of all
 
 In the next tutorial, you'll learn how to use Dynamic Data functionality to make it easier to program and test data formatting and validation rules. Instead of specifying on each web page rules such as data format strings and whether or not a field is required, you can specify such rules in data model metadata and they're automatically applied on every page.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md)
-> [Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-8.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-6.md)
+[Next](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-8.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-8.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-8.md
index 2ee816b079a7..952f4f4fc9d4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-8.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/getting-started-with-ef/the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-8.md
@@ -127,5 +127,5 @@ This concludes this series of tutorials on Getting Started with the Entity Frame
 - [Entity Framework Forums on MSDN](https://social.msdn.microsoft.com/forums/adodotnetentityframework/)
 - [Julie Lerman's blog](http://thedatafarm.com/blog/)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-entity-framework-and-aspnet-getting-started-part-7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md
index f7e96c83dc81..96e15f57b9be 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md
@@ -266,6 +266,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Suchi Barnerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](urls-in-master-pages-cs.md)
-> [Next](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](urls-in-master-pages-cs.md)
+[Next](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md
index 0aa49ffe201d..b795f5d65a48 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md
@@ -266,6 +266,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Suchi Barnerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](urls-in-master-pages-vb.md)
-> [Next](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](urls-in-master-pages-vb.md)
+[Next](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs.md
index 52e35c9f080d..716afad17600 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs.md
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ One attribute of a well-designed website is a consistent site-wide page layout.
 
 [![The www.asp.net Website Employs a Consistent Look and Feel Across All Pages](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs/_static/image2.png)](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs/_static/image1.png)
 
-<strong>Figure 01</strong>: The www.asp.net Website Employs a Consistent Look and Feel Across All Pages ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs/_static/image3.png))
+**Figure 01**: The www.asp.net Website Employs a Consistent Look and Feel Across All Pages ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs/_static/image3.png))
 
 
 Another attribute of a well-designed site is the ease with which the site's appearance can be changed. Figure 1 shows the www.asp.net homepage as of March 2008, but between now and this tutorial's publication, the look and feel may have changed. Perhaps the menu items along the top will expand to include a new section for the MVC framework. Or maybe a radically new design with different colors, fonts, and layout will be unveiled. Applying such changes to the entire site should be a fast and simple process that does not require modifying the thousands of web pages that make up the site.
@@ -282,5 +282,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md
index d674869c5816..1bca96e97912 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ One attribute of a well-designed website is a consistent site-wide page layout.
 
 [![The www.asp.net Website Employs a Consistent Look and Feel Across All Pages](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb/_static/image2.png)](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb/_static/image1.png)
 
-<strong>Figure 01</strong>: The www.asp.net Website Employs a Consistent Look and Feel Across All Pages  ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb/_static/image3.png))
+**Figure 01**: The www.asp.net Website Employs a Consistent Look and Feel Across All Pages  ([Click to view full-size image](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb/_static/image3.png))
 
 
 Another attribute of a well-designed site is the ease with which the site's appearance can be changed. Figure 1 shows the www.asp.net homepage as of March 2008, but between now and this tutorial's publication, the look and feel may have changed. Perhaps the menu items along the top will expand to include a new section for the MVC framework. Or maybe a radically new design with different colors, fonts, and layout will be unveiled. Applying such changes to the entire site should be a fast and simple process that does not require modifying the thousands of web pages that make up the site.
@@ -282,6 +282,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](nested-master-pages-cs.md)
-> [Next](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](nested-master-pages-cs.md)
+[Next](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md
index 36980e1b5357..f836d14e71a8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md
@@ -258,6 +258,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md)
-> [Next](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md)
+[Next](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md
index bdd281229459..082aea2164e6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md
@@ -258,6 +258,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md)
-> [Next](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md)
+[Next](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md
index 2c65016d033d..755d10f59e9c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-cs.md
@@ -268,6 +268,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md)
-> [Next](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md)
+[Next](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md
index 29db0e195403..eb1307aa81b4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/interacting-with-the-master-page-from-the-content-page-vb.md
@@ -268,6 +268,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Zack Jones. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md)
-> [Next](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md)
+[Next](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md
index 89ce31613be7..3275d8289600 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md
@@ -265,6 +265,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md)
-> [Next](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-cs.md)
+[Next](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md
index 9c76f077bcee..9a5ff7909279 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md
@@ -265,6 +265,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md)
-> [Next](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](interacting-with-the-content-page-from-the-master-page-vb.md)
+[Next](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md
index 0f83115300fe..442934132998 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md
@@ -180,6 +180,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs.md)
-> [Next](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-cs.md)
+[Next](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md
index 091c1019618d..d06e7baf2675 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md
@@ -180,6 +180,6 @@ Happy Programming!
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md)
-> [Next](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md)
+[Next](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-cs.md
index b3db3f5c0fb8..309b8494cf00 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-cs.md
@@ -359,6 +359,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-a-site-wide-layout-using-master-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-vb.md
index 4cda9a876275..c5634c65e2fc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/nested-master-pages-vb.md
@@ -359,5 +359,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md
index 0c17d617873e..69fbfcf6409e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-cs.md
@@ -283,6 +283,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md)
-> [Next](nested-master-pages-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-cs.md)
+[Next](nested-master-pages-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md
index 1930ed65994a..68b482defed3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-master-page-programmatically-vb.md
@@ -283,6 +283,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md)
-> [Next](nested-master-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](master-pages-and-asp-net-ajax-vb.md)
+[Next](nested-master-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md
index 989dc15e7fce..46407ae0b225 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md
@@ -346,6 +346,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md)
-> [Next](urls-in-master-pages-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-cs.md)
+[Next](urls-in-master-pages-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md
index f1dc0cc3e0c0..a144425d4697 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md
@@ -346,6 +346,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Zack Jones and Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md)
-> [Next](urls-in-master-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](multiple-contentplaceholders-and-default-content-vb.md)
+[Next](urls-in-master-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-cs.md
index 3154fe5f6569..38091878cead 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-cs.md
@@ -183,6 +183,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md)
-> [Next](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-cs.md)
+[Next](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-vb.md
index 616d2d9f1673..7a77c2169276 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/master-pages/urls-in-master-pages-vb.md
@@ -183,6 +183,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md)
-> [Next](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](specifying-the-title-meta-tags-and-other-html-headers-in-the-master-page-vb.md)
+[Next](control-id-naming-in-content-pages-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-1.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-1.md
index 3bf9918c9019..31230f96fb99 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-1.md
@@ -100,5 +100,5 @@ We're also going to relocate the Master Page to the Styles directory. Though thi
 
 After doing this we'll need to change the master page references in all the .aspx files generated by the default ASP.NET WebForms pages.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md
index 32ac01fa96d9..f65200e904e4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md
@@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ Save and build.
 
 Now we are ready to add our first feature – a product category menu.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-1.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-1.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md
index 0268e170177b..ce8ba5a246d4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ Lets run the application now.
 
 Note that our product category menu is now displayed and when we hover over one of the category menu items we can see the menu item link points to a page we have yet to implement named ProductsList.aspx and that we have built a dynamic query string argument that contains the category id.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-2.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md
index e11b5a45607d..d82f1cae5b4f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md
@@ -95,6 +95,6 @@ Our database contains a table named "ShoppingCart". When we generated an Entity
 
 It's also worth noting that we will be creating a simple shopping cart and embedding the shopping cart logic with the shopping cart display. We might also choose to implement our shopping cart in a completely separate Business Layer.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-3.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md
index 5db364dfe527..9b37f3b51d45 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md
@@ -182,6 +182,6 @@ At this stage in your project's development we are getting ready to implement th
 
 Before doing so let's use Visual Studio to generate the membership database and add a user to the membership repository.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-4.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md
index 4ae786ac35ba..3d9ba9274ec5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md
@@ -107,6 +107,6 @@ For the purposes of this sample application we'll calculate a ship date by simpl
 
 Running the application now will permit us to test the shopping process from start to finish.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-5.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md
index 28b31dcee840..60c9ae2e0437 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md
@@ -231,6 +231,6 @@ When we build and run now and browse to a product we see the "Also Purchased" it
 
 ![](tailspin-spyworks-part-7/_static/image7.jpg)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-8.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-6.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-part-8.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-8.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-8.md
index fb98fad2fdb8..7eb9258edeb4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-8.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-getting-started/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-part-8.md
@@ -76,5 +76,5 @@ We've seen that ASP.NET WebForms makes it easy to create a sophisticated website
 
 Hopefully this tutorial has given you the tools you need to get started building your own ASP.NET WebForms applications!
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-part-7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-cs.md
index 54cbead3cd4e..8b93d343f1af 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-cs.md
@@ -259,5 +259,5 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Alicja Maziarz. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md
index 37754f3c994e..a3e855406897 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md
@@ -257,6 +257,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Alicja Maziarz. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md)
-> [Next](recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md)
+[Next](recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md
index 4a5814f07d5e..fb7d50f6b605 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md
@@ -305,6 +305,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Michael Emmings and Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-cs.md)
-> [Next](unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-cs.md)
+[Next](unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md
index dc4ac861873e..7e33f3e689dc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md
@@ -305,6 +305,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Michael Emmings and Suchi Banerjee. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md)
-> [Next](unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md)
+[Next](unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md
index 4e5604d1b163..68a11c1e674d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-cs.md
@@ -209,6 +209,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md)
-> [Next](building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](recovering-and-changing-passwords-cs.md)
+[Next](building-an-interface-to-select-one-user-account-from-many-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-vb.md
index 01ec25e050c8..f8a8b67d6819 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/admin/unlocking-and-approving-user-accounts-vb.md
@@ -209,5 +209,5 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](recovering-and-changing-passwords-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md
index 8357157ca085..1c161d5a4b50 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md
@@ -468,6 +468,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Alicja Maziarz, John Suru, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
-> [Next](forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md)
+[Next](forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md
index 1877bdd2e045..82ee19f5f37d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md
@@ -471,6 +471,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Alicja Maziarz, John Suru, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4guysfromrolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4guysfromrolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md)
-> [Next](forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md)
+[Next](forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md
index 4b596e31063f..8b9ecb4700cd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md
@@ -36,20 +36,19 @@ The forms authentication system in ASP.NET offers a number of configuration sett
 
 Table 1 summarizes the properties that can be customized through the &lt;forms&gt; element. Since Web.config is an XML file, the attribute names in the left column are case-sensitive.
 
-
-| <strong>Attribute</strong> |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     <strong>Description</strong>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-|----------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|         cookieless         |                                                                                                                This attribute specifies under what conditions the authentication ticket is stored in a cookie versus being embedded in the URL. Allowable values are: UseCookies; UseUri; AutoDetect; and UseDeviceProfile (the default). Step 2 examines this setting in more detail.                                                                                                                |
-|         defaultUrl         |                                                                                                                                                         Indicates the URL that users are redirected to after signing in from the login page if there is no RedirectUrl value specified in the querystring. The default value is default.aspx.                                                                                                                                                         |
-|           domain           | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie's domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will <strong>not</strong> be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the domain attribute setting it to yourdomain.com. |
-|  enableCrossAppRedirects   |                                                                                                                                                                   A Boolean value indicating whether authenticated users are remembered when redirected to URLs in other web applications on the same server. The default is false.                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|          loginUrl          |                                                                                                                                                                                                                      The URL of the login page. The default value is login.aspx.                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-|            name            |                                                                                                                                                                                                   When using cookie-based authentication tickets, the name of the cookie. The default is .ASPXAUTH.                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|            path            |                                                                             When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie's path attribute. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is /, which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain.                                                                              |
-|         protection         |                                                                                                                                            Indicates what techniques are used to protect the forms authentication ticket. The allowable values are: All (the default); Encryption; None; and Validation. These settings are discussed in detail in Step 3.                                                                                                                                            |
-|         requireSSL         |                                                                                                                                                                                A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is false.                                                                                                                                                                                |
-|     slidingExpiration      |                                                                                                 A Boolean value that indicates whether the authentication cookie's timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is true. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket's Timeout Value section.                                                                                                 |
-|          timeout           |                                                                                                                               Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is 30. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket's Timeout Value section.                                                                                                                               |
+| **Attribute** | **Description** |
+| --- | --- |
+| cookieless | This attribute specifies under what conditions the authentication ticket is stored in a cookie versus being embedded in the URL. Allowable values are: UseCookies; UseUri; AutoDetect; and UseDeviceProfile (the default). Step 2 examines this setting in more detail. |
+| defaultUrl | Indicates the URL that users are redirected to after signing in from the login page if there is no RedirectUrl value specified in the querystring. The default value is default.aspx. |
+| domain | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie's domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will **not** be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the domain attribute setting it to yourdomain.com. |
+| enableCrossAppRedirects | A Boolean value indicating whether authenticated users are remembered when redirected to URLs in other web applications on the same server. The default is false. |
+| loginUrl | The URL of the login page. The default value is login.aspx. |
+| name | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, the name of the cookie. The default is .ASPXAUTH. |
+| path | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie's path attribute. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is /, which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain. |
+| protection | Indicates what techniques are used to protect the forms authentication ticket. The allowable values are: All (the default); Encryption; None; and Validation. These settings are discussed in detail in Step 3. |
+| requireSSL | A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is false. |
+| slidingExpiration | A Boolean value that indicates whether the authentication cookie's timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is true. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket's Timeout Value section. |
+| timeout | Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is 30. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket's Timeout Value section. |
 
 **Table 1**: A Summary of the &lt;forms&gt; Element's Attributes
 
@@ -434,6 +433,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Alicja Maziarz. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4guysfromrolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md)
-> [Next](security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md)
+[Next](security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md
index 8efe9c5c60c6..9e1b3b43aacb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md
@@ -36,20 +36,19 @@ The forms authentication system in ASP.NET offers a number of configuration sett
 
 Table 1 summarizes the properties that can be customized through the &lt;forms&gt; element. Since Web.config is an XML file, the attribute names in the left column are case-sensitive.
 
-
-| <strong>Attribute</strong> |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     <strong>Description</strong>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-|----------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|         cookieless         |                                                                                                                This attribute specifies under what conditions the authentication ticket is stored in a cookie versus being embedded in the URL. Allowable values are: UseCookies; UseUri; AutoDetect; and UseDeviceProfile (the default). Step 2 examines this setting in more detail.                                                                                                                |
-|         defaultUrl         |                                                                                                                                                         Indicates the URL that users are redirected to after signing in from the login page if there is no RedirectUrl value specified in the querystring. The default value is default.aspx.                                                                                                                                                         |
-|           domain           | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie s domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will <strong>not</strong> be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the domain attribute setting it to yourdomain.com. |
-|  enableCrossAppRedirects   |                                                                                                                                                                   A Boolean value indicating whether authenticated users are remembered when redirected to URLs in other web applications on the same server. The default is false.                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|          loginUrl          |                                                                                                                                                                                                                      The URL of the login page. The default value is login.aspx.                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-|            name            |                                                                                                                                                                                                   When using cookie-based authentication tickets, the name of the cookie. The default is .ASPXAUTH.                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-|            path            |                                                                             When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie s path attribute. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is /, which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain.                                                                              |
-|         protection         |                                                                                                                                            Indicates what techniques are used to protect the forms authentication ticket. The allowable values are: All (the default); Encryption; None; and Validation. These settings are discussed in detail in Step 3.                                                                                                                                            |
-|         requireSSL         |                                                                                                                                                                                A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is false.                                                                                                                                                                                |
-|     slidingExpiration      |                                                                                                 A Boolean value that indicates whether the authentication cookie s timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is true. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket s Timeout Value section.                                                                                                 |
-|          timeout           |                                                                                                                               Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is 30. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket s Timeout Value section.                                                                                                                               |
+| **Attribute** | **Description** |
+| --- | --- |
+| cookieless | This attribute specifies under what conditions the authentication ticket is stored in a cookie versus being embedded in the URL. Allowable values are: UseCookies; UseUri; AutoDetect; and UseDeviceProfile (the default). Step 2 examines this setting in more detail. |
+| defaultUrl | Indicates the URL that users are redirected to after signing in from the login page if there is no RedirectUrl value specified in the querystring. The default value is default.aspx. |
+| domain | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie s domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will **not** be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the domain attribute setting it to yourdomain.com. |
+| enableCrossAppRedirects | A Boolean value indicating whether authenticated users are remembered when redirected to URLs in other web applications on the same server. The default is false. |
+| loginUrl | The URL of the login page. The default value is login.aspx. |
+| name | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, the name of the cookie. The default is .ASPXAUTH. |
+| path | When using cookie-based authentication tickets, this setting specifies the cookie s path attribute. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is /, which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain. |
+| protection | Indicates what techniques are used to protect the forms authentication ticket. The allowable values are: All (the default); Encryption; None; and Validation. These settings are discussed in detail in Step 3. |
+| requireSSL | A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is false. |
+| slidingExpiration | A Boolean value that indicates whether the authentication cookie s timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is true. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket s Timeout Value section. |
+| timeout | Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is 30. The authentication ticket timeout policy is discussed in more detail in the Specifying the Ticket s Timeout Value section. |
 
 **Table 1**: A Summary of the &lt;forms&gt; Element's Attributes
 
@@ -434,5 +433,5 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Alicja Maziarz. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4guysfromrolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md
index 965e40880362..58bd65f3cd6c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-cs.md
@@ -189,5 +189,5 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Alicja Maziarz, John Suru, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md
index 4831c3058373..964e8ff5731e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/introduction/security-basics-and-asp-net-support-vb.md
@@ -188,6 +188,6 @@ For more information on the topics discussed in this tutorial, refer to the foll
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Alicja Maziarz, John Suru, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com.](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md)
-> [Next](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md)
+[Next](an-overview-of-forms-authentication-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md
index cd22f799af94..1219a12a7be4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md
@@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ As you can see, this connection string defines a SQL 2005 Express Edition databa
 
 If we did not specify any Membership provider information in our application's `Web.config` file, the application uses the default registered Membership provider, `AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`. If the `~/App_Data/aspnet.mdf` database does not exist, the ASP.NET runtime will automatically create it and add the application services schema. However, we don't want to use the `aspnet.mdf` database; rather, we want to use the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database we created in Step 2. This modification can be accomplished in one of two ways:
 
-- <strong>Specify a value for the</strong><strong>`LocalSqlServer`</strong><strong>connection string name in</strong><strong>`Web.config`</strong><strong>.</strong> By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Membership provider (`AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. This approach is fine if you are content with the configuration settings specified by `AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
-- <strong>Add a new registered provider of type</strong><strong>`SqlMembershipProvider`</strong><strong>and configure its</strong><strong>`connectionStringName`</strong><strong>setting to point to the</strong><strong>`SecurityTutorials.mdf`</strong><strong>database.</strong> This approach is useful in scenarios where you want to customize other configuration properties in addition to the database connection string. In my own projects I always use this approach because of its flexibility and readability.
+- **Specify a value for the****`LocalSqlServer`****connection string name in****`Web.config`****.** By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Membership provider (`AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. This approach is fine if you are content with the configuration settings specified by `AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
+- **Add a new registered provider of type****`SqlMembershipProvider`****and configure its****`connectionStringName`****setting to point to the****`SecurityTutorials.mdf`****database.** This approach is useful in scenarios where you want to customize other configuration properties in addition to the database connection string. In my own projects I always use this approach because of its flexibility and readability.
 
 Before we can add a new registered provider that references the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database, we first need to add an appropriate connection string value in the `<connectionStrings>` section in `Web.config`. The following markup adds a new connection string named `SecurityTutorialsConnectionString` that references the SQL Server 2005 Express Edition `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database in the `App_Data` folder.
 
@@ -368,5 +368,5 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Alicja Maziarz. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4guysfromrolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](creating-user-accounts-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](creating-user-accounts-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md
index a779aa7a722e..72807be4ca97 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md
@@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ As you can see, this connection string defines a SQL 2005 Express Edition databa
 
 If we did not specify any Membership provider information in our application's `Web.config` file, the application uses the default registered Membership provider, `AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`. If the `~/App_Data/aspnet.mdf` database does not exist, the ASP.NET runtime will automatically create it and add the application services schema. However, we don't want to use the `aspnet.mdf` database; rather, we want to use the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database we created in Step 2. This modification can be accomplished in one of two ways:
 
-- <strong>Specify a value for the</strong><strong>`LocalSqlServer`</strong><strong>connection string name in</strong><strong>`Web.config`</strong><strong>.</strong> By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Membership provider (`AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. This approach is fine if you are content with the configuration settings specified by `AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
-- <strong>Add a new registered provider of type</strong><strong>`SqlMembershipProvider`</strong><strong>and configure its</strong><strong>`connectionStringName`</strong><strong>setting to point to the</strong><strong>`SecurityTutorials.mdf`</strong><strong>database.</strong> This approach is useful in scenarios where you want to customize other configuration properties in addition to the database connection string. In my own projects I always use this approach because of its flexibility and readability.
+- **Specify a value for the****`LocalSqlServer`****connection string name in****`Web.config`****.** By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Membership provider (`AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. This approach is fine if you are content with the configuration settings specified by `AspNetSqlMembershipProvider`. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
+- **Add a new registered provider of type****`SqlMembershipProvider`****and configure its****`connectionStringName`****setting to point to the****`SecurityTutorials.mdf`****database.** This approach is useful in scenarios where you want to customize other configuration properties in addition to the database connection string. In my own projects I always use this approach because of its flexibility and readability.
 
 Before we can add a new registered provider that references the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database, we first need to add an appropriate connection string value in the `<connectionStrings>` section in `Web.config`. The following markup adds a new connection string named `SecurityTutorialsConnectionString` that references the SQL Server 2005 Express Edition `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database in the `App_Data` folder.
 
@@ -359,6 +359,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Alicja Maziarz. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](storing-additional-user-information-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-user-accounts-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](storing-additional-user-information-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-user-accounts-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-cs.md
index 9ef1d12a8ea8..4b3bbd0afe7d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-cs.md
@@ -374,6 +374,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md)
-> [Next](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md)
+[Next](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-vb.md
index b85296c95125..249fd999e356 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/creating-user-accounts-vb.md
@@ -378,6 +378,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4guysfromrolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md)
-> [Next](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md)
+[Next](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-cs.md
index f89c7964a715..5e83d71b8d1b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-cs.md
@@ -102,13 +102,13 @@ The `GuestbookComments` table illustrates how to store information that shares a
 
 We now need to associate three columns with each user account to store the user's home town, homepage, and signature, which will appear in his guestbook comments. There are number of different ways to accomplish this:
 
-- <strong>Add new columns to the</strong><strong>`aspnet_Users`</strong><strong>or</strong><strong>`aspnet_Membership`</strong><strong>tables.</strong> I would not recommend this approach because it modifies the schema used by the `SqlMembershipProvider`. This decision may come back to haunt you down the road. For example, what if a future version of ASP.NET uses a different `SqlMembershipProvider` schema. Microsoft may include a tool to migrate the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` data to the new schema, but if you have modified the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` schema, such a conversion may not be possible.
+- **Add new columns to the****`aspnet_Users`****or****`aspnet_Membership`****tables.** I would not recommend this approach because it modifies the schema used by the `SqlMembershipProvider`. This decision may come back to haunt you down the road. For example, what if a future version of ASP.NET uses a different `SqlMembershipProvider` schema. Microsoft may include a tool to migrate the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` data to the new schema, but if you have modified the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` schema, such a conversion may not be possible.
 
 - **Use ASP.NET's Profile framework, defining a profile property for the home town, homepage, and signature.** ASP.NET includes a Profile framework that is designed to store additional user-specific data. Like the Membership framework, the Profile framework is built atop the provider model. The .NET Framework ships with a `SqlProfileProvider` sthat stores profile data in a SQL Server database. In fact, our database already has the table used by the `SqlProfileProvider` (`aspnet_Profile`), as it was added when we added the application services back in the <a id="_msoanchor_2"></a>[*Creating the Membership Schema in SQL Server*](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md) tutorial.   
-  The main benefit of the Profile framework is that it allows for developers to define the profile properties in `Web.config` – no code needs to be written to serialize the profile data to and from the underlying data store. In short, it is incredibly easy to define a set of profile properties and to work with them in code. However, the Profile system leaves a lot to be desired when it comes to versioning, so if you have an application where you expect new user-specific properties to be added at a later time, or existing ones to be removed or modified, then the Profile framework may not be the best option. Moreover, the `SqlProfileProvider` stores the profile properties in a highly denormalized fashion, making it next to impossible to run queries directly against the profile data (such as, how many users have a home town of New York).   
-  For more information on the Profile framework, consult the "Further Readings" section at the end of this tutorial.
+ The main benefit of the Profile framework is that it allows for developers to define the profile properties in `Web.config` – no code needs to be written to serialize the profile data to and from the underlying data store. In short, it is incredibly easy to define a set of profile properties and to work with them in code. However, the Profile system leaves a lot to be desired when it comes to versioning, so if you have an application where you expect new user-specific properties to be added at a later time, or existing ones to be removed or modified, then the Profile framework may not be the best option. Moreover, the `SqlProfileProvider` stores the profile properties in a highly denormalized fashion, making it next to impossible to run queries directly against the profile data (such as, how many users have a home town of New York).   
+ For more information on the Profile framework, consult the "Further Readings" section at the end of this tutorial.
 
-- <strong>Add these three columns to a new table in the database and establish a one-to-one relationship between this table and</strong><strong>`aspnet_Users`</strong><strong>.</strong> This approach involves a bit more work than with the Profile framework, but offers maximum flexibility in how the additional user properties are modeled in the database. This is the option we will use in this tutorial.
+- **Add these three columns to a new table in the database and establish a one-to-one relationship between this table and****`aspnet_Users`****.** This approach involves a bit more work than with the Profile framework, but offers maximum flexibility in how the additional user properties are modeled in the database. This is the option we will use in this tutorial.
 
 We will create a new table called `UserProfiles` to save the home town, homepage, and signature for each user. Right-click on the Tables folder in the Database Explorer window and choose to create a new table. Name the first column `UserId` and set its type to `uniqueidentifier`. Disallow `NULL` values and mark the column as a primary key. Next, add columns named: `HomeTown` of type `nvarchar(50)`; `HomepageUrl` of type `nvarchar(100)`; and Signature of type `nvarchar(500)`. Each of these three columns can accept a `NULL` value.
 
@@ -423,9 +423,9 @@ The first `WizardStep`, `CreateUserWizardStep`, renders the interface that promp
 
 To customize the CreateUserWizard control's interface to include additional form fields, we can:
 
-- <strong>Create one or more new</strong><strong>`WizardStep`</strong><strong>s to contain the additional user interface elements</strong>. To add a new `WizardStep` to the CreateUserWizard, click the "Add/Remove `WizardSteps`" link from its Smart Tag to launch the `WizardStep` Collection Editor. From there you can add, remove, or reorder the steps in the wizard. This is the approach we will use for this tutorial.
+- **Create one or more new****`WizardStep`****s to contain the additional user interface elements**. To add a new `WizardStep` to the CreateUserWizard, click the "Add/Remove `WizardSteps`" link from its Smart Tag to launch the `WizardStep` Collection Editor. From there you can add, remove, or reorder the steps in the wizard. This is the approach we will use for this tutorial.
 
-- <strong>Convert the</strong><strong>`CreateUserWizardStep`</strong><strong>into an editable</strong><strong>`WizardStep`</strong><strong>.</strong> This replaces the `CreateUserWizardStep` with an equivalent `WizardStep` whose markup defines a user interface that matches the `CreateUserWizardStep`'s. By converting the `CreateUserWizardStep` into a `WizardStep` we can reposition the controls or add additional user interface elements to this step. To convert the `CreateUserWizardStep` or `CompleteWizardStep` into an editable `WizardStep`, click the "Customize Create User Step" or "Customize Complete Step" link from the control's Smart Tag.
+- **Convert the****`CreateUserWizardStep`****into an editable****`WizardStep`****.** This replaces the `CreateUserWizardStep` with an equivalent `WizardStep` whose markup defines a user interface that matches the `CreateUserWizardStep`'s. By converting the `CreateUserWizardStep` into a `WizardStep` we can reposition the controls or add additional user interface elements to this step. To convert the `CreateUserWizardStep` or `CompleteWizardStep` into an editable `WizardStep`, click the "Customize Create User Step" or "Customize Complete Step" link from the control's Smart Tag.
 
 - **Use some combination of the above two options.**
 
@@ -528,6 +528,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](user-based-authorization-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](user-based-authorization-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-vb.md
index f6cee587c40f..e58ae0391f0c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/storing-additional-user-information-vb.md
@@ -102,13 +102,13 @@ The `GuestbookComments` table illustrates how to store information that shares a
 
 We now need to associate three columns with each user account to store the user's home town, homepage, and signature, which will appear in his guestbook comments. There are number of different ways to accomplish this:
 
-- <strong>Add new columns to the</strong><strong>`aspnet_Users`</strong><strong>or</strong><strong>`aspnet_Membership`</strong><strong>tables.</strong> I would not recommend this approach because it modifies the schema used by the `SqlMembershipProvider`. This decision may come back to haunt you down the road. For example, what if a future version of ASP.NET uses a different `SqlMembershipProvider` schema. Microsoft may include a tool to migrate the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` data to the new schema, but if you have modified the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` schema, such a conversion may not be possible.
+- **Add new columns to the****`aspnet_Users`****or****`aspnet_Membership`****tables.** I would not recommend this approach because it modifies the schema used by the `SqlMembershipProvider`. This decision may come back to haunt you down the road. For example, what if a future version of ASP.NET uses a different `SqlMembershipProvider` schema. Microsoft may include a tool to migrate the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` data to the new schema, but if you have modified the ASP.NET 2.0 `SqlMembershipProvider` schema, such a conversion may not be possible.
 
 - **Use ASP.NET's Profile framework, defining a profile property for the home town, homepage, and signature.** ASP.NET includes a Profile framework that is designed to store additional user-specific data. Like the Membership framework, the Profile framework is built atop the provider model. The .NET Framework ships with a `SqlProfileProvider` that stores profile data in a SQL Server database. In fact, our database already has the table used by the `SqlProfileProvider` (`aspnet_Profile`), as it was added when we added the application services back in the [*Creating the Membership Schema in SQL Server*](creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md) tutorial.   
-  The main benefit of the Profile framework is that it allows for developers to define the profile properties in `Web.config` – no code needs to be written to serialize the profile data to and from the underlying data store. In short, it is incredibly easy to define a set of profile properties and to work with them in code. However, the Profile system leaves a lot to be desired when it comes to versioning, so if you have an application where you expect new user-specific properties to be added at a later time, or existing ones to be removed or modified, then the Profile framework may not be the best option. Moreover, the `SqlProfileProvider` stores the profile properties in a highly denormalized fashion, making it next to impossible to run queries directly against the profile data (such as, how many users have a home town of New York).   
-  For more information on the Profile framework, consult the "Further Readings" section at the end of this tutorial.
+ The main benefit of the Profile framework is that it allows for developers to define the profile properties in `Web.config` – no code needs to be written to serialize the profile data to and from the underlying data store. In short, it is incredibly easy to define a set of profile properties and to work with them in code. However, the Profile system leaves a lot to be desired when it comes to versioning, so if you have an application where you expect new user-specific properties to be added at a later time, or existing ones to be removed or modified, then the Profile framework may not be the best option. Moreover, the `SqlProfileProvider` stores the profile properties in a highly denormalized fashion, making it next to impossible to run queries directly against the profile data (such as, how many users have a home town of New York).   
+ For more information on the Profile framework, consult the "Further Readings" section at the end of this tutorial.
 
-- <strong>Add these three columns to a new table in the database and establish a one-to-one relationship between this table and</strong><strong>`aspnet_Users`</strong><strong>.</strong> This approach involves a bit more work than with the Profile framework, but offers maximum flexibility in how the additional user properties are modeled in the database. This is the option we will use in this tutorial.
+- **Add these three columns to a new table in the database and establish a one-to-one relationship between this table and****`aspnet_Users`****.** This approach involves a bit more work than with the Profile framework, but offers maximum flexibility in how the additional user properties are modeled in the database. This is the option we will use in this tutorial.
 
 We will create a new table called `UserProfiles` to save the home town, homepage, and signature for each user. Right-click on the Tables folder in the Database Explorer window and choose to create a new table. Name the first column `UserId` and set its type to `uniqueidentifier`. Disallow `NULL` values and mark the column as a primary key. Next, add columns named: `HomeTown` of type `nvarchar(50)`; `HomepageUrl` of type `nvarchar(100)`; and Signature of type `nvarchar(500)`. Each of these three columns can accept a `NULL` value.
 
@@ -423,9 +423,9 @@ The first `WizardStep`, `CreateUserWizardStep`, renders the interface that promp
 
 To customize the CreateUserWizard control's interface to include additional form fields, we can:
 
-- <strong>Create one or more new</strong><strong>`WizardStep`</strong><strong>s to contain the additional user interface elements</strong>. To add a new `WizardStep` to the CreateUserWizard, click the "Add/Remove `WizardStep` s" link from its Smart Tag to launch the `WizardStep` Collection Editor. From there you can add, remove, or reorder the steps in the wizard. This is the approach we will use for this tutorial.
+- **Create one or more new****`WizardStep`****s to contain the additional user interface elements**. To add a new `WizardStep` to the CreateUserWizard, click the "Add/Remove `WizardStep` s" link from its Smart Tag to launch the `WizardStep` Collection Editor. From there you can add, remove, or reorder the steps in the wizard. This is the approach we will use for this tutorial.
 
-- <strong>Convert the</strong><strong>`CreateUserWizardStep`</strong><strong>into an editable</strong><strong>`WizardStep`</strong><strong>.</strong> This replaces the `CreateUserWizardStep` with an equivalent `WizardStep` whose markup defines a user interface that matches the `CreateUserWizardStep`'s. By converting the `CreateUserWizardStep` into a `WizardStep` we can reposition the controls or add additional user interface elements to this step. To convert the `CreateUserWizardStep` or `CompleteWizardStep` into an editable `WizardStep`, click the "Customize Create User Step" or "Customize Complete Step" link from the control's Smart Tag.
+- **Convert the****`CreateUserWizardStep`****into an editable****`WizardStep`****.** This replaces the `CreateUserWizardStep` with an equivalent `WizardStep` whose markup defines a user interface that matches the `CreateUserWizardStep`'s. By converting the `CreateUserWizardStep` into a `WizardStep` we can reposition the controls or add additional user interface elements to this step. To convert the `CreateUserWizardStep` or `CompleteWizardStep` into an editable `WizardStep`, click the "Customize Create User Step" or "Customize Complete Step" link from the control's Smart Tag.
 
 - **Use some combination of the above two options.**
 
@@ -528,5 +528,5 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](user-based-authorization-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](user-based-authorization-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-cs.md
index a5200a7f5f95..feae74e091b0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-cs.md
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ To test out this authorization change, start by visiting the website as an anony
 
 ### A Look at How the`UrlAuthorizationModule`Uses the Authorization Rules to Grant or Deny Access
 
-The `UrlAuthorizationModule` determines whether to authorize a particular identity for a particular URL by analyzing the URL authorization rules one at a time, starting from the first one and working its way down. As soon as a match is found, the user is granted or denied access, depending on if the match was found in an `<allow>` or `<deny>` element. <strong>If no match is found, the user is granted access.</strong> Consequently, if you want to restrict access, it is imperative that you use a `<deny>` element as the last element in the URL authorization configuration. <strong>If you omit a</strong><strong>`<deny>`</strong><strong>element, all users will be granted access.</strong>
+The `UrlAuthorizationModule` determines whether to authorize a particular identity for a particular URL by analyzing the URL authorization rules one at a time, starting from the first one and working its way down. As soon as a match is found, the user is granted or denied access, depending on if the match was found in an `<allow>` or `<deny>` element. **If no match is found, the user is granted access.** Consequently, if you want to restrict access, it is imperative that you use a `<deny>` element as the last element in the URL authorization configuration. **If you omit a****`<deny>`****element, all users will be granted access.**
 
 To better understand the process used by the `UrlAuthorizationModule` to determine authority, consider the example URL authorization rules we looked at earlier in this step. The first rule is an `<allow>` element that allows access to Tito and Scott. The second rules is a `<deny>` element that denies access to everyone. If an anonymous user visits, the `UrlAuthorizationModule` starts by asking, Is anonymous either Scott or Tito? The answer, obviously, is No, so it proceeds to the second rule. Is anonymous in the set of everybody? Since the answer here is Yes, the `<deny>` rule is put in effect and the visitor is redirected to the login page. Similarly, if Jisun is visiting, the `UrlAuthorizationModule` starts by asking, Is Jisun either Scott or Tito? Since she is not, the `UrlAuthorizationModule` proceeds to the second question, Is Jisun in the set of everybody? She is, so she, too, is denied access. Finally, if Tito visits, the first question posed by the `UrlAuthorizationModule` is an affirmative answer, so Tito is granted access.
 
@@ -409,6 +409,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md)
-> [Next](storing-additional-user-information-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md)
+[Next](storing-additional-user-information-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-vb.md
index 75ca019b2274..a0c17e662973 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/user-based-authorization-vb.md
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ To test out this authorization change, start by visiting the website as an anony
 
 ### A Look at How the`UrlAuthorizationModule`Uses the Authorization Rules to Grant or Deny Access
 
-The `UrlAuthorizationModule` determines whether to authorize a particular identity for a particular URL by analyzing the URL authorization rules one at a time, starting from the first one and working its way down. As soon as a match is found, the user is granted or denied access, depending on if the match was found in an `<allow>` or `<deny>` element. <strong>If no match is found, the user is granted access.</strong> Consequently, if you want to restrict access, it is imperative that you use a `<deny>` element as the last element in the URL authorization configuration. <strong>If you omit a</strong><strong>`<deny>`</strong><strong>element, all users will be granted access.</strong>
+The `UrlAuthorizationModule` determines whether to authorize a particular identity for a particular URL by analyzing the URL authorization rules one at a time, starting from the first one and working its way down. As soon as a match is found, the user is granted or denied access, depending on if the match was found in an `<allow>` or `<deny>` element. **If no match is found, the user is granted access.** Consequently, if you want to restrict access, it is imperative that you use a `<deny>` element as the last element in the URL authorization configuration. **If you omit a****`<deny>`****element, all users will be granted access.**
 
 To better understand the process used by the `UrlAuthorizationModule` to determine authority, consider the example URL authorization rules we looked at earlier in this step. The first rule is an `<allow>` element that allows access to Tito and Scott. The second rules is a `<deny>` element that denies access to everyone. If an anonymous user visits, the `UrlAuthorizationModule` starts by asking, Is anonymous either Scott or Tito? The answer, obviously, is No, so it proceeds to the second rule. Is anonymous in the set of everybody? Since the answer here is Yes, the `<deny>` rule is put in effect and the visitor is redirected to the login page. Similarly, if Jisun is visiting, the `UrlAuthorizationModule` starts by asking, Is Jisun either Scott or Tito? Since she is not, the `UrlAuthorizationModule` proceeds to the second question, Is Jisun in the set of everybody? She is, so she, too, is denied access. Finally, if Tito visits, the first question posed by the `UrlAuthorizationModule` is an affirmative answer, so Tito is granted access.
 
@@ -413,6 +413,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md)
-> [Next](storing-additional-user-information-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md)
+[Next](storing-additional-user-information-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md
index 852b2c11a387..b13783179598 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-cs.md
@@ -311,6 +311,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Michael Olivero. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4guysfromrolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-user-accounts-cs.md)
-> [Next](user-based-authorization-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-user-accounts-cs.md)
+[Next](user-based-authorization-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md
index 55f4933386b8..fc24cac3a4d3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/membership/validating-user-credentials-against-the-membership-user-store-vb.md
@@ -311,6 +311,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial were Teresa Murphy and Michael Olivero. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com).
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-user-accounts-vb.md)
-> [Next](user-based-authorization-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-user-accounts-vb.md)
+[Next](user-based-authorization-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md
index a85afc67cbf6..9c4f266574f9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md
@@ -363,6 +363,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-and-managing-roles-cs.md)
-> [Next](role-based-authorization-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-and-managing-roles-cs.md)
+[Next](role-based-authorization-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md
index ff17cf85ded0..06c509ad6f4e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md
@@ -363,6 +363,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewer for this tutorial was Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md)
-> [Next](role-based-authorization-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md)
+[Next](role-based-authorization-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-cs.md
index 68507ea4e0ee..94cc2bbfcf45 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-cs.md
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ The provider's `connectionStringName` attribute specifies the role store that is
 
 Consequently, if we simply enable the Roles framework without specifying any provider information in our application's `Web.config` file, the application uses the default registered Roles provider, `AspNetSqlRoleProvider`. If the `~/App_Data/aspnet.mdf` database does not exist, the ASP.NET runtime will automatically create it and add the application services schema. However, we don't want to use the `aspnet.mdf` database; rather, we want to use the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database that we have already created and added the application services schema to. This modification can be accomplished in one of two ways:
 
-- <strong>Specify a value for the</strong><strong>`LocalSqlServer`</strong><strong>connection string name in</strong><strong>`Web.config`</strong><strong>.</strong> By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Roles provider (`AspNetSqlRoleProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
-- <strong>Add a new registered provider of type</strong><strong>`SqlRoleProvider`</strong><strong>and configure its</strong><strong>`connectionStringName`</strong><strong>setting to point to the</strong><strong>`SecurityTutorials.mdf`</strong><strong>database.</strong> This is the approach I recommended and used in the <a id="_msoanchor_7"></a>[*Creating the Membership Schema in SQL Server*](../membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md) tutorial, and it is the approach I will use in this tutorial as well.
+- **Specify a value for the****`LocalSqlServer`****connection string name in****`Web.config`****.** By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Roles provider (`AspNetSqlRoleProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
+- **Add a new registered provider of type****`SqlRoleProvider`****and configure its****`connectionStringName`****setting to point to the****`SecurityTutorials.mdf`****database.** This is the approach I recommended and used in the <a id="_msoanchor_7"></a>[*Creating the Membership Schema in SQL Server*](../membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-cs.md) tutorial, and it is the approach I will use in this tutorial as well.
 
 Add the following Roles configuration markup to the `Web.config` file. This markup registers a new provider named `SecurityTutorialsSqlRoleProvider`.
 
@@ -264,5 +264,5 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Alicja Maziarz, Suchi Banerjee, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md
index d3ba6475aa70..79bd7ff412c3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ The provider's `connectionStringName` attribute specifies the role store that is
 
 Consequently, if we simply enable the Roles framework without specifying any provider information in our application's `Web.config` file, the application uses the default registered Roles provider, `AspNetSqlRoleProvider`. If the `~/App_Data/aspnet.mdf` database does not exist, the ASP.NET runtime will automatically create it and add the application services schema. However, we don't want to use the `aspnet.mdf` database; rather, we want to use the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database that we have already created and added the application services schema to. This modification can be accomplished in one of two ways:
 
-- <strong>Specify a value for the</strong><strong>`LocalSqlServer`</strong><strong>connection string name in</strong><strong>`Web.config`</strong><strong>.</strong> By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Roles provider (`AspNetSqlRoleProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
-- <strong>Add a new registered provider of type</strong><strong>`SqlRoleProvider`</strong><strong>and configure its</strong><strong>`connectionStringName`</strong><strong>setting to point to the</strong><strong>`SecurityTutorials.mdf`</strong><strong>database.</strong> This is the approach I recommended and used in the <a id="_msoanchor_7"></a>[*Creating the Membership Schema in SQL Server*](../membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md) tutorial, and it is the approach I will use in this tutorial as well.
+- **Specify a value for the****`LocalSqlServer`****connection string name in****`Web.config`****.** By overwriting the `LocalSqlServer` connection string name value in `Web.config`, we can use the default registered Roles provider (`AspNetSqlRoleProvider`) and have it correctly work with the `SecurityTutorials.mdf` database. For more information on this technique, see [Scott Guthrie](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/)'s blog post, [Configuring ASP.NET 2.0 Application Services to Use SQL Server 2000 or SQL Server 2005](https://weblogs.asp.net/scottgu/archive/2005/08/25/423703.aspx).
+- **Add a new registered provider of type****`SqlRoleProvider`****and configure its****`connectionStringName`****setting to point to the****`SecurityTutorials.mdf`****database.** This is the approach I recommended and used in the <a id="_msoanchor_7"></a>[*Creating the Membership Schema in SQL Server*](../membership/creating-the-membership-schema-in-sql-server-vb.md) tutorial, and it is the approach I will use in this tutorial as well.
 
 Add the following Roles configuration markup to the `Web.config` file. This markup registers a new provider named `SecurityTutorialsSqlRoleProvider.`
 
@@ -264,6 +264,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Alicja Maziarz, Suchi Banerjee, and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](role-based-authorization-cs.md)
-> [Next](assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](role-based-authorization-cs.md)
+[Next](assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-cs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-cs.md
index 539c170ac653..f1134dce8ba5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-cs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-cs.md
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ By default, the role cache cookie mechanism is disabled. It can be enabled throu
 > The configuration settings listed in Table 1 specify the properties of the resulting role cache cookie. For more information on cookies, how they work, and their various properties, read [this Cookies tutorial](http://www.quirksmode.org/js/cookies.html).
 
 
-| <strong>Property</strong> |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         <strong>Description</strong>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-|---------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|   `cacheRolesInCookie`    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              A Boolean value that indicates whether cookie caching is used. Defaults to `false`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-|       `cookieName`        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     The name of the role cache cookie. The default value is ".ASPXROLES".                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
-|       `cookiePath`        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                The path for the roles name cookie. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is "/", which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-|    `cookieProtection`     |                                                                                                                                                               Indicates what techniques are used to protect the role cache cookie. The allowable values are: `All` (the default); `Encryption`; `None`; and `Validation`. Refer back to Step 3 of the <a id="_anchor_5"></a>[*Forms Authentication Configuration and Advanced Topics*](../introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md) tutorial for more information on these protection levels.                                                                                                                                                                |
-|    `cookieRequireSSL`     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is `false`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| `cookieSlidingExpiration` |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A Boolean value that indicates whether the cookie's timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is `false`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-|      `cookieTimeout`      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is `30`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| `createPersistentCookie`  |                                                                                                                                                                   A Boolean value that specifies whether the role cache cookie is a session cookie or persistent cookie. If `false` (the default), a session cookie is used, which is deleted when the browser is closed. If `true`, a persistent cookie is used; it expires `cookieTimeout` number of minutes after it has been created or after the previous visit, depending on the value of `cookieSlidingExpiration`.                                                                                                                                                                    |
-|         `domain`          |                                                                                                                                                 Specifies the cookie's domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will <strong>not</strong> be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the `domain` attribute, setting it to "yourdomain.com".                                                                                                                                                 |
-|    `maxCachedResults`     | Specifies the maximum number of role names that are cached in the cookie. The default is 25. The `RoleManagerModule` does not create a cookie for users that belong to more than `maxCachedResults` roles. Consequently, the `RolePrincipal` object's `IsInRole` method will use the `Roles` class to determine the user's roles. The reason `maxCachedResults` exists is because many user agents do not permit cookies larger than 4,096 bytes. So this cap is meant to reduce the likelihood of exceeding this size limitation. If you have extremely long role names, you may want to consider specifying a smaller `maxCachedResults` value; contrariwise, if you have extremely short role names, you can probably increase this value. |
+| **Property** | **Description** |
+| --- | --- |
+| `cacheRolesInCookie` | A Boolean value that indicates whether cookie caching is used. Defaults to `false`. |
+| `cookieName` | The name of the role cache cookie. The default value is ".ASPXROLES". |
+| `cookiePath` | The path for the roles name cookie. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is "/", which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain. |
+| `cookieProtection` | Indicates what techniques are used to protect the role cache cookie. The allowable values are: `All` (the default); `Encryption`; `None`; and `Validation`. Refer back to Step 3 of the <a id="_anchor_5"></a>[*Forms Authentication Configuration and Advanced Topics*](../introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-cs.md) tutorial for more information on these protection levels. |
+| `cookieRequireSSL` | A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is `false`. |
+| `cookieSlidingExpiration` | A Boolean value that indicates whether the cookie's timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is `false`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`. |
+| `cookieTimeout` | Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is `30`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`. |
+| `createPersistentCookie` | A Boolean value that specifies whether the role cache cookie is a session cookie or persistent cookie. If `false` (the default), a session cookie is used, which is deleted when the browser is closed. If `true`, a persistent cookie is used; it expires `cookieTimeout` number of minutes after it has been created or after the previous visit, depending on the value of `cookieSlidingExpiration`. |
+| `domain` | Specifies the cookie's domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will **not** be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the `domain` attribute, setting it to "yourdomain.com". |
+| `maxCachedResults` | Specifies the maximum number of role names that are cached in the cookie. The default is 25. The `RoleManagerModule` does not create a cookie for users that belong to more than `maxCachedResults` roles. Consequently, the `RolePrincipal` object's `IsInRole` method will use the `Roles` class to determine the user's roles. The reason `maxCachedResults` exists is because many user agents do not permit cookies larger than 4,096 bytes. So this cap is meant to reduce the likelihood of exceeding this size limitation. If you have extremely long role names, you may want to consider specifying a smaller `maxCachedResults` value; contrariwise, if you have extremely short role names, you can probably increase this value. |
 
 **Table 1:** The Role Cache Cookie Configuration Options
 
@@ -388,6 +388,6 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Suchi Banerjee and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md)
-> [Next](creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](assigning-roles-to-users-cs.md)
+[Next](creating-and-managing-roles-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-vb.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-vb.md
index 244487fbbb6a..5de31d208af9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/older-versions-security/roles/role-based-authorization-vb.md
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ By default, the role cache cookie mechanism is disabled. It can be enabled throu
 > The configuration settings listed in Table 1 specify the properties of the resulting role cache cookie. For more information on cookies, how they work, and their various properties, read [this Cookies tutorial](http://www.quirksmode.org/js/cookies.html).
 
 
-| <strong>Property</strong> |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         <strong>Description</strong>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
-|---------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|   `cacheRolesInCookie`    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              A Boolean value that indicates whether cookie caching is used. Defaults to `false`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-|       `cookieName`        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     The name of the role cache cookie. The default value is ".ASPXROLES".                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
-|       `cookiePath`        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                The path for the roles name cookie. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is "/", which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-|    `cookieProtection`     |                                                                                                                                                               Indicates what techniques are used to protect the role cache cookie. The allowable values are: `All` (the default); `Encryption`; `None`; and `Validation`. Refer back to Step 3 of the <a id="_anchor_5"></a>[*Forms Authentication Configuration and Advanced Topics*](../introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md) tutorial for more information on these protection levels.                                                                                                                                                                |
-|    `cookieRequireSSL`     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is `false`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| `cookieSlidingExpiration` |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A Boolean value that indicates whether the cookie's timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is `false`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
-|      `cookieTimeout`      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is `30`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-| `createPersistentCookie`  |                                                                                                                                                                   A Boolean value that specifies whether the role cache cookie is a session cookie or persistent cookie. If `false` (the default), a session cookie is used, which is deleted when the browser is closed. If `true`, a persistent cookie is used; it expires `cookieTimeout` number of minutes after it has been created or after the previous visit, depending on the value of `cookieSlidingExpiration`.                                                                                                                                                                    |
-|         `domain`          |                                                                                                                                                 Specifies the cookie's domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will <strong>not</strong> be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the `domain` attribute, setting it to "yourdomain.com".                                                                                                                                                 |
-|    `maxCachedResults`     | Specifies the maximum number of role names that are cached in the cookie. The default is 25. The `RoleManagerModule` does not create a cookie for users that belong to more than `maxCachedResults` roles. Consequently, the `RolePrincipal` object's `IsInRole` method will use the `Roles` class to determine the user's roles. The reason `maxCachedResults` exists is because many user agents do not permit cookies larger than 4,096 bytes. So this cap is meant to reduce the likelihood of exceeding this size limitation. If you have extremely long role names, you may want to consider specifying a smaller `maxCachedResults` value; contrariwise, if you have extremely short role names, you can probably increase this value. |
+| **Property** | **Description** |
+| --- | --- |
+| `cacheRolesInCookie` | A Boolean value that indicates whether cookie caching is used. Defaults to `false`. |
+| `cookieName` | The name of the role cache cookie. The default value is ".ASPXROLES". |
+| `cookiePath` | The path for the roles name cookie. The path attribute enables a developer to limit the scope of a cookie to a particular directory hierarchy. The default value is "/", which informs the browser to send the authentication ticket cookie to any request made to the domain. |
+| `cookieProtection` | Indicates what techniques are used to protect the role cache cookie. The allowable values are: `All` (the default); `Encryption`; `None`; and `Validation`. Refer back to Step 3 of the <a id="_anchor_5"></a>[*Forms Authentication Configuration and Advanced Topics*](../introduction/forms-authentication-configuration-and-advanced-topics-vb.md) tutorial for more information on these protection levels. |
+| `cookieRequireSSL` | A Boolean value that indicates whether an SSL connection is required to transmit the authentication cookie. The default value is `false`. |
+| `cookieSlidingExpiration` | A Boolean value that indicates whether the cookie's timeout is reset each time the user visits the site during a single session. The default value is `false`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`. |
+| `cookieTimeout` | Specifies the time, in minutes, after which the authentication ticket cookie expires. The default value is `30`. This value is only pertinent when `createPersistentCookie` is set to `true`. |
+| `createPersistentCookie` | A Boolean value that specifies whether the role cache cookie is a session cookie or persistent cookie. If `false` (the default), a session cookie is used, which is deleted when the browser is closed. If `true`, a persistent cookie is used; it expires `cookieTimeout` number of minutes after it has been created or after the previous visit, depending on the value of `cookieSlidingExpiration`. |
+| `domain` | Specifies the cookie's domain value. The default value is an empty string, which causes the browser to use the domain from which it was issued (such as www.yourdomain.com). In this case, the cookie will **not** be sent when making requests to subdomains, such as admin.yourdomain.com. If you want the cookie to be passed to all subdomains you need to customize the `domain` attribute, setting it to "yourdomain.com". |
+| `maxCachedResults` | Specifies the maximum number of role names that are cached in the cookie. The default is 25. The `RoleManagerModule` does not create a cookie for users that belong to more than `maxCachedResults` roles. Consequently, the `RolePrincipal` object's `IsInRole` method will use the `Roles` class to determine the user's roles. The reason `maxCachedResults` exists is because many user agents do not permit cookies larger than 4,096 bytes. So this cap is meant to reduce the likelihood of exceeding this size limitation. If you have extremely long role names, you may want to consider specifying a smaller `maxCachedResults` value; contrariwise, if you have extremely short role names, you can probably increase this value. |
 
 **Table 1**: The Role Cache Cookie Configuration Options
 
@@ -388,5 +388,5 @@ Scott Mitchell, author of multiple ASP/ASP.NET books and founder of 4GuysFromRol
 
 This tutorial series was reviewed by many helpful reviewers. Lead reviewers for this tutorial include Suchi Banerjee and Teresa Murphy. Interested in reviewing my upcoming MSDN articles? If so, drop me a line at [mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com](mailto:mitchell@4GuysFromRolla.com)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](assigning-roles-to-users-vb.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/performance-and-caching/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-45.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/performance-and-caching/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-45.md
index 54e4201c59ee..f375705933f6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/performance-and-caching/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-45.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/performance-and-caching/using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-45.md
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ In general, use synchronous methods for the following conditions:
 - Simplicity is more important than efficiency.
 - The operations are primarily CPU operations instead of operations that involve extensive disk or network overhead. Using asynchronous methods on CPU-bound operations provides no benefits and results in more overhead.
 
-  In general, use asynchronous methods for the following conditions:
+ In general, use asynchronous methods for the following conditions:
 
 - You're calling services that can be consumed through asynchronous methods, and you're using .NET 4.5 or higher.
 - The operations are network-bound or I/O-bound instead of CPU-bound.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ In general, use synchronous methods for the following conditions:
 - When the benefit of switching threads out weights the cost of the context switch. In general, you should make a method asynchronous if the synchronous method blocks the ASP.NET request thread while doing no work. By making the call asynchronous, the ASP.NET request thread is not blocked doing no work while it waits for the web service request to complete.
 - Testing shows that the blocking operations are a bottleneck in site performance and that IIS can service more requests by using asynchronous methods for these blocking calls.
 
-  The downloadable sample shows how to use asynchronous methods effectively. The sample provided was designed to provide a simple demonstration of asynchronous programming in ASP.NET 4.5. The sample is not intended to be a reference architecture for asynchronous programming in ASP.NET. The sample program calls [ASP.NET Web API](../../../web-api/index.md) methods which in turn call [Task.Delay](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hh139096(VS.110).aspx) to simulate long-running web service calls. Most production applications will not show such obvious benefits to using asynchronous Methods.   
+ The downloadable sample shows how to use asynchronous methods effectively. The sample provided was designed to provide a simple demonstration of asynchronous programming in ASP.NET 4.5. The sample is not intended to be a reference architecture for asynchronous programming in ASP.NET. The sample program calls [ASP.NET Web API](../../../web-api/index.md) methods which in turn call [Task.Delay](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/hh139096(VS.110).aspx) to simulate long-running web service calls. Most production applications will not show such obvious benefits to using asynchronous Methods.   
   
 Few applications require all methods to be asynchronous. Often, converting a few synchronous methods to asynchronous methods provides the best efficiency increase for the amount of work required.
 
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ To realize the benefits of an asynchronous web application, you might need to ma
 
 - Windows 7, Windows Vista, Window 8, and all Windows client operating systems have a maximum of 10 concurrent requests. You'll need a Windows Server operating system to see the benefits of asynchronous methods under high load.
 - Register .NET 4.5 with IIS from an elevated command prompt using the following command:  
-  %windir%\Microsoft.NET\Framework64 \v4.0.30319\aspnet\_regiis -i  
-  See    [ASP.NET IIS Registration Tool (Aspnet\_regiis.exe)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/k6h9cz8h.aspx)
+ %windir%\Microsoft.NET\Framework64 \v4.0.30319\aspnet\_regiis -i  
+ See    [ASP.NET IIS Registration Tool (Aspnet\_regiis.exe)](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/k6h9cz8h.aspx)
 - You might need to increase the [HTTP.sys](https://www.iis.net/learn/get-started/introduction-to-iis/introduction-to-iis-architecture) queue limit from the default value of 1,000 to 5,000. If the setting is too low, you may see [HTTP.sys](https://www.iis.net/learn/get-started/introduction-to-iis/introduction-to-iis-architecture) reject requests with a HTTP 503 status. To change the HTTP.sys queue limit:
 
     - Open IIS manager and navigate to the Application Pools pane.
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ To realize the benefits of an asynchronous web application, you might need to ma
     - In the **Advanced Settings** dialog box, change *Queue Length* from 1,000 to 5,000.  
         ![Queue length](using-asynchronous-methods-in-aspnet-45/_static/image5.png)  
   
-  Note in the images above, the .NET framework is listed as v4.0, even though the application pool is using .NET 4.5. To understand this discrepancy, see the following:
+ Note in the images above, the .NET framework is listed as v4.0, even though the application pool is using .NET 4.5. To understand this discrepancy, see the following:
 
         - [.NET Versioning and Multi-Targeting - .NET 4.5 is an in-place upgrade to .NET 4.0](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/NETVersioningAndMultiTargetingNET45IsAnInplaceUpgradeToNET40.aspx)
         - [How to set an IIS Application or AppPool to use ASP.NET 3.5 rather than 2.0](http://www.hanselman.com/blog/HowToSetAnIISApplicationOrAppPoolToUseASPNET35RatherThan20.aspx)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/adding-business-logic-layer.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/adding-business-logic-layer.md
index 4c83b327fe2c..c39d6bf41033 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/adding-business-logic-layer.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/adding-business-logic-layer.md
@@ -93,5 +93,5 @@ Run the application and notice that all of the pages function as they had previo
 
 In this tutorial, you re-structured your application to use a data access layer and business logic layer. You specified that the data controls use an object that is not the current page for data operations.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/integrating-jquery-ui.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/integrating-jquery-ui.md
index ad1b5294d420..1eed6d07c131 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/integrating-jquery-ui.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/integrating-jquery-ui.md
@@ -110,6 +110,6 @@ In this tutorial, you learned how to incorporate a JQuery widget into a web form
 
 In the next [tutorial](using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md), you will use a query string value when selecting data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md)
-> [Next](using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md)
+[Next](using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/retrieving-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/retrieving-data.md
index d324d6fb865b..16ef95bd1aa9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/retrieving-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/retrieving-data.md
@@ -177,5 +177,5 @@ In this tutorial, you created data model classes and generated a database from t
 
 In the next [tutorial](updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md) in this series, you will enable updating, deleting, and creating data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md
index bb1aa6885f63..7230965bb11f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md
@@ -95,6 +95,6 @@ In this tutorial, you enabled sorting and paging of the data. You also enabled f
 
 In the next [tutorial](integrating-jquery-ui.md) you will enhance the UI by integrating a JQuery UI widget into the dynamic data template.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md)
-> [Next](integrating-jquery-ui.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md)
+[Next](integrating-jquery-ui.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md
index fdddeea23db5..75e0b3d0769d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/updating-deleting-and-creating-data.md
@@ -128,6 +128,6 @@ In this tutorial, you enabled updating, deleting, and creating data. You ensured
 
 In the next [tutorial](sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md) in this series, you will enable sorting, paging, and filtering data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](retrieving-data.md)
-> [Next](sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](retrieving-data.md)
+[Next](sorting-paging-and-filtering-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md
index d9c6f4d83558..8489f7610b79 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/presenting-and-managing-data/model-binding/using-query-string-values-to-retrieve-data.md
@@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ In this tutorial, you added a link with a query string value. You used that quer
 
 In the next [tutorial](adding-business-logic-layer.md), you will move the code from the code-behind files into a business logic layer and a data access layer.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](integrating-jquery-ui.md)
-> [Next](adding-business-logic-layer.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](integrating-jquery-ui.md)
+[Next](adding-business-logic-layer.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-a-secure-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-user-registration-email-confirmation-and-password-reset.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-a-secure-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-user-registration-email-confirmation-and-password-reset.md
index 01b802d2cf62..ce3653998da1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-a-secure-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-user-registration-email-confirmation-and-password-reset.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-a-secure-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-user-registration-email-confirmation-and-password-reset.md
@@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ Although this tutorial only shows how to add email notification through [SendGri
 2. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click *Default.aspx* and select **Set As Start Page**.
 3. Run the app by pressing **F5.** After the page is displayed, click the **Register** link to display the Register page.
 4. Enter your email and password, then click the **Register** button to send an email message via SendGrid.  
-   The current state of your project and code will allow the user to log in once they complete the registration form, even though they haven't confirmed their account.
+ The current state of your project and code will allow the user to log in once they complete the registration form, even though they haven't confirmed their account.
 5. Check your email account and click on the link to confirm your email.  
-   Once you submit the registration form, you will be logged in.  
+ Once you submit the registration form, you will be logged in.  
     ![Sample Website - Signed In](create-a-secure-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-user-registration-email-confirmation-and-password-reset/_static/image4.png)
 
 <a id="require"></a>
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ Although you have confirmed the email account, at this point you would not need
 4. Run the app by pressing **F5.** After the page is displayed, click the **Log in** link.
 5. Click the **Forgot your password?** link to display the **Forgot Password** page.
 6. Enter your email address and click the **Submit** button to send an email to your address which will allow you to reset your password.   
-   Check your email account and click on the link to display the **Reset Password** page.
+ Check your email account and click on the link to display the **Reset Password** page.
 7. On the **Reset Password** page, enter your email, password, and confirmed password. Then, press the **Reset** button.  
-   When you successfully reset your password, the **Password Changed** page will be displayed. Now you can log in with your new password.
+ When you successfully reset your password, the **Password Changed** page will be displayed. Now you can log in with your new password.
 
 <a id="rsend"></a>
 ## Resend Email Confirmation Link
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Once a user creates a new local account, they are emailed a confirmation link th
 4. Delete any accounts in the **AspNetUsers** table that contain the email alias you wish to test.
 5. Run the app (**F5**) and register your email address.
 6. Before confirming your new account via the email that was just sent, attempt to log in with the new account.  
-   You'll see that you are unable to log in and that you must have a confirmed email account. In addition, you can now resend a confirmation message to your email account.
+ You'll see that you are unable to log in and that you must have a confirmed email account. In addition, you can now resend a confirmation message to your email account.
 7. Enter your email address and password, then press the **Resend confirmation** button.
 8. Once you confirm your email address based on the newly sent email message, log in to the app.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication.md b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication.md
index 8e38720bc8a4..b47519c6326d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/overview/security/create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication.md
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This tutorial uses Twilio, but you can use any SMS provider.
 2. From the **Dashboard** tab of your Twilio account, copy the **Account SID** and **Auth Token.** You will add them to your app later.
 3. From the **Numbers** tab, copy your Twilio **phone number** as well.
 4. Make the Twilio **Account SID**, **Auth Token** and **phone number** available to the app. To keep things simple you will store these values in the *web.config* file. When you deploy to Azure, you can store the values securely in the **appSettings** section on the web site configure tab. Also, when adding the phone number, only use numbers.   
-   Notice that you can also add SendGrid credentials. SendGrid is an email notification service. For details about how to enable SendGrid, see the 'Hook Up SendGrid' section of the tutorial titled [Create a Secure ASP.NET Web Forms App with user registration, email confirmation and password reset.](create-a-secure-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-user-registration-email-confirmation-and-password-reset.md)
+ Notice that you can also add SendGrid credentials. SendGrid is an email notification service. For details about how to enable SendGrid, see the 'Hook Up SendGrid' section of the tutorial titled [Create a Secure ASP.NET Web Forms App with user registration, email confirmation and password reset.](create-a-secure-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-user-registration-email-confirmation-and-password-reset.md)
 
     [!code-xml[Main](create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication/samples/sample1.xml?highlight=2,6-10)]
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ This tutorial uses Twilio, but you can use any SMS provider.
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication/samples/sample6.cs?highlight=3-4,13)]
 
-   By making the above code change, the "Providers" DropDownList containing the authentication options will not be reset to the first value. This will allow the user to successfully select all options to use when authenticating, not just the first.
+ By making the above code change, the "Providers" DropDownList containing the authentication options will not be reset to the first value. This will allow the user to successfully select all options to use when authenticating, not just the first.
 10. In **Solution Explorer**, right-click *Default.aspx* and select **Set As Start Page**.
 11. By testing your app, first build the app (**Ctrl**+**Shift**+**B**) and then run the app (**F5**) and either select **Register** to create a new user account or select **Log in** if the user account has already been registered.
 12. Once you (as the user) have logged in, click on the User ID (email address) in the navigation bar to display the **Manage Account** page (Manage.aspx).  
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ This tutorial uses Twilio, but you can use any SMS provider.
     ![](create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication/_static/image3.png)
 14. Add the phone number where you (as the user) would like to receive SMS messages (text messages) and click the **Submit** button.   
     ![](create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication/_static/image4.png)  
-    At this point, the app will use the credentials from the *Web.config* to contact Twilio. A SMS message (text message) will be sent to the phone associated with the user account. You can verify that the Twilio message was sent by viewing the Twilio dashboard.
+ At this point, the app will use the credentials from the *Web.config* to contact Twilio. A SMS message (text message) will be sent to the phone associated with the user account. You can verify that the Twilio message was sent by viewing the Twilio dashboard.
 15. In a few seconds, the phone associated with the user account will get a text message containing the verification code. Enter the verification code and press **Submit**.  
      ![](create-an-aspnet-web-forms-app-with-sms-two-factor-authentication/_static/image5.png)
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/color-picker.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/color-picker.md
index 7aad81ab2762..1088174402ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/color-picker.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/color-picker.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video will demonstrate how to use the new Color Picker control from the Mic
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/color-picker)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](control-extenders.md)
-> [Next](combo-box.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](control-extenders.md)
+[Next](combo-box.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/combo-box.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/combo-box.md
index 729c107e49c2..a33c883afe57 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/combo-box.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/combo-box.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video will demonstrate how to use the new Combo Box control from the Micros
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/combo-box)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](color-picker.md)
-> [Next](editor-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](color-picker.md)
+[Next](editor-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/control-extenders.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/control-extenders.md
index 08459eb6edeb..dd15a41a40d4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/control-extenders.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/control-extenders.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Watch this video to understand the difference between Controls and AJAX Control
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/control-extenders)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md)
-> [Next](color-picker.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md)
+[Next](color-picker.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/create-a-new-custom-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/create-a-new-custom-extender.md
index 6f03f25664bf..116c14fcdf7b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/create-a-new-custom-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/create-a-new-custom-extender.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video Joe demonstrates how to use the AJAX Control Toolkit to create a n
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (26 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/create-a-new-custom-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](editor-control-custom.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](editor-control-custom.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control-custom.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control-custom.md
index 496698668fca..1e4e73f8242f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control-custom.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control-custom.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Joe demonstrates how to create a new class, derived from the AJAX
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/editor-control-custom)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](editor-control.md)
-> [Next](create-a-new-custom-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](editor-control.md)
+[Next](create-a-new-custom-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control.md
index 014d835fbbc8..26558d08d9d9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/editor-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video will demonstrate how to use the new Editor WYSIWYG Editor control fro
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/editor-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](combo-box.md)
-> [Next](editor-control-custom.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](combo-box.md)
+[Next](editor-control-custom.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md
index 8cf475f83ce4..94a5bdc730d6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see a demonstration of the variety of options available to conf
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md
index 7ebea206859b..78203bf7ff6b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video introduces the Animation extender control from the ASP.NET AJAX Contr
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit.md
index 9cb9b8d7f5de..696a85caac82 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Learn how to extend your ASP.NET AJAX applications using the ASP.NET AJAX Contro
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md
index aaedc047d636..3dc02c7e3120 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will demonstrate the use of the reorder control that ships with
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (21 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md)
-> [Next](utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md)
+[Next](utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md
index f8cb756e15d5..c6017eb2d5c4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how the ASP.NET AJAX Accordion control makes efficient use of screen real-
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md
index 1505727a8454..56f713938cfa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ See how easy it is to anchor a page element to a position on screen, where it re
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md
index 7bd0365d8511..d6f24d48576d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The AutoComplete extender control from the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit provides
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md
index 345afb5656d6..910d35dcf20f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how ASP.NET's standard DropDownList can become AJAX-enab
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (27 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-control-toolkit.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md
index 38134eb827e9..0056a5bac98f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the ASP.NET AJAX Collapsable Panel Exten
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-accordion-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md
index 05b44aedc2e1..ba79106f6518 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how the ConfirmButton extender in the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit provide
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md
index f6f92fe5ad28..3a5b423b49fe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ With the ASP.NET AJAX Draggable Panel Extender you can provide a content panel w
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-collapsable-panel-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md
index 79089e8fb15b..eb927bfb142d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ With the DropDown control extender from the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit, you ca
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-configure-the-aspnet-ajax-calendar-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md
index f030c8e49b90..0f9a317a9106 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Discover how to improve the presentation of ASP.NET sites by using the AJAX Drop
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md
index 9780e54cbaa7..050009ebd1e4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Watch a demonstration of using the ASP.NET AJAX DynamicPopulate extender to dyna
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-draggable-panel-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md
index c1f4bf5b7042..52aef39c4bb3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how the handy ASP.NET AJAX FilteredTextbox extender allows the developer t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dynamicpopulate-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md
index b0aae28070de..47c430bb7c24 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Discover how to use the HoverMenu extender control to create a context-sensitive
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-filteredtextbox-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md
index 9bf25eed345c..3aa594412ebe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates the use of the ListSearch extender control from the ASP.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md
index c70e51961a77..40b2379d55a2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit provides the MaskedEdit control and the MaskedE
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (17 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropdown-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md
index 5ec89e685635..3d1e4307e8ca 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to use the ASP.NET AJAX ModalPopup extender control that comes with th
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-alwaysvisible-control-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md
index 25078b481045..7eb5af661280 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The MutuallyExclusive control from the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit enables the
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-maskededit-controls.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md
index 8521e30b65f3..8316904f2428 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The NoBot control from the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit helps prevent certain ty
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (21 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-nobot-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-mutuallyexclusive-checkbox-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md
index c27013a4893b..9dc012d99c8a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how the PasswordStrength extender control provides immediate and dynamic f
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-passwordstrength-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-aspnet-ajax-animation-extender-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md
index 0774983f8d96..c49524d602ed 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates the use of the Popup control extender that ships with th
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-modalpopup-extender-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md
index 8c93ef28df4c..7f4ec0cff01e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The ResizableControl extender from the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit allows the d
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (30 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md
index 2832bccce2ea..e476439377ea 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The Slider control from the ASP.NET AJAX Control Toolkit provides a simple and e
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slider-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-confirmbutton-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-autocomplete-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md
index 0b1ba188670c..e6dd3e535828 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how the SlideShow extender from the ASP.NET AJAX Control
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (19 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md
index e5500e18bd98..f5f1876f99a4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates the basics of the Tabs control from the ASP.NET AJAX Con
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-tabs-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md
index 7a1a0351da63..e626e9bde6f5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the TextBoxWatermark control extender fr
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-textboxwatermark-control-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-cascadingdropdown-control-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-popup-control-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md
index 1798cdf0bb3a..c5752383d48b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Demonstrates using the ToggleButton extender control to modify the behavior and
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-togglebutton-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-hovermenu-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-dropshadow-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md
index a7fd5e1618ce..1367926cb2ce 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ By adding animation to a partial-page update we can inform the user when an upda
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanelanimation-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-slideshow-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md
index d3c7c7f1965b..3852c6e037dc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The standard ASP.NET validation controls work on both the server and the client.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-resizablecontrol-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md
index 0c5cd96d30a8..6bdc682ee7d1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we examine the NumericUpDown extender control from the ASP.NET AJA
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (21 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-validatorcallout-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md
index d75d67c737cd..6aa21016305e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates the use of the PagingBulletedList extender control from
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (25 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-pagingbulletedlist-extender-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-listsearch-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-numericupdown-extender-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md
index f2a21b76fce0..189a5a20b58d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/ajax-control-toolkit/utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner demonstrates how to use the Rating Tool that ships with ASP.NET AJAX
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/utilize-the-ajax-rating-control-in-the-aspnet-toolkit)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md)
-> [Next](control-extenders.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-the-ajax-toolkit-reorder-control.md)
+[Next](control-extenders.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md
index db6d5e6fccf0..fc134443afa1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Using AJAX in ASP.NET pages can increase performance and improve the overall use
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md
index 6a6f50cd6da9..36f5c670ebde 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Find out how ADO.NET Data Services can be integrated with ASP.NET AJAX support s
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md
index 83eb602ff3fe..29806b5d2a56 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ See how easy it is to build from scratch a "To Do List" management application u
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md)
-> [Next](adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md)
+[Next](adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 5813df1787e8..ab8099b85f2e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/aspnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ You will get a quick overview of the inclusion of ASP.NET AJAX into Visual Studi
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-ajax-support-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md
index 0e28472b7ebd..9ed61f8bb33e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Studio 2008 lets you create ASP.NET custom Web services that you can acce
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-and-using-an-ajax-enabled-web-service-in-a-web-site)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-ajax-functionality-to-an-existing-aspnet-page.md)
+[Next](aspnet-ajax-a-demonstration-of-aspnet-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md
index 8b7376812030..54a90c0094ca 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how the ASP.NET Extensions Preview allows control over the Browser back bu
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md)
-> [Next](using-script-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adonet-data-services-with-aspnet-ajax-support.md)
+[Next](using-script-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/using-script-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/using-script-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance.md
index cf9b297b72bb..d8dccdad0669 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/using-script-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/aspnet-ajax/using-script-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance.md
@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ Betrand Le Roy outlines how to improve the performance of an Ajax application us
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/using-script-combining-to-improve-ajax-performance)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-aspnet-ajax-history.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-datapager-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-datapager-control.md
index 10ba354c53d2..9acaf6dcb002 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-datapager-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-datapager-control.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Generally the DataPager control is used with the ListView control. The ListView
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/the-datapager-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-listview-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-listview-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-listview-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-listview-control.md
index f2af1530693f..8aad682c166f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-listview-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/data-controls/the-listview-control.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ By creating a new website, I will demonstrate the new ListView control. Because
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/the-listview-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](the-datapager-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](the-datapager-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md
index 7a3e7ee35ef8..30bb0459dc29 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we will build on an existing style sheet and enhance it with eleme
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (16 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md
index 7cd8d2a2b04c..447877dc9145 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we will build upon the basic Cascading Style Sheet from a previous
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 4f21cba65038..a45faa00b2a9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we will review the improved tools for creating external Cascading
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md
index 81768814afdf..77ffad46a826 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Using the new multi-targeting feature of Visual Studio 2008, I will demonstrate
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-advance-cascading-style-sheet-features-and-management.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 03fadcae1dd2..e9b99e30a7ab 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video I will demonstrate how to create a simple Master Page using .NET 3
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-create-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 11d23f33790f..9d249740b596 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Using Visual Studio 2008's improved Designer, I will demonstrate how to create a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-create-nested-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-create-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-create-a-master-page-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md
index 222d1a78d910..0f9c04501d7f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this introductory video, Alex James will show you how to build a simple Entit
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-converting-a-net-20-windows-forms-application-to-net-35.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md
index 406bc71c3e20..07e17329b5cf 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this introductory video Brian Dawson will show you how to serialize a Graph w
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-msbuild-to-automate-the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-msbuild-to-automate-the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-msbuild-to-automate-the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-msbuild-to-automate-the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities.md
index 6b652ebf6d2b..4311bd10aa35 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-msbuild-to-automate-the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-msbuild-to-automate-the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to create an MSBuild project that orchestrate
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (31 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-msbuild-to-automate-the-aspnet-compiler-and-merge-utilities)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md
index 04e329ccd7ff..e951962fcaf5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this introductory video Diego Vega will show you how to use the Entity Data S
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-new-entity-data-source)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-the-entity-framework.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-serialize-a-graph-with-the-entity-framework.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md
index 361397d19883..9ba5d01b3436 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/how-do-i/how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will show you how to use Visual Studio 2008 to work with various
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-working-with-visual-studio-2008-net-framework)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-cascading-style-sheets-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-adding-elements-to-a-css-file-and-create-new-css-on-the-fly.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/creating-and-modifying-a-css-file.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/creating-and-modifying-a-css-file.md
index 6c28ac8236ae..fe0e60b98254 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/creating-and-modifying-a-css-file.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/creating-and-modifying-a-css-file.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ This video introduces the cascading style sheet (CSS) features of Visual Studio
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-and-modifying-a-css-file)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md
index 42cb48ccc895..17ac136035f9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video provides an overview of the new Intellisense features for JavaScript
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 63e991f0ffb3..dc67f8478dfd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Using an existing web application, I will show you how to use Visual Studio 2008
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 388aaad4bb54..d41b5e006149 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will highlight some of JavaScript Intellisense built into Visual
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](new-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](new-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 441343156483..797ffdbd7ae9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ I will illustrate the MultiTarget feature of Visual Studio 2008. In the past, yo
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/multi-targeting-support-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
-> [Next](intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](javascript-debugging-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+[Next](intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/new-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/new-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
index 201b1fc4ff28..52fc81e2987f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/new-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/new-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video I will demonstrate several of the new designer features in Visual
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/new-designer-support-in-visual-studio-2008)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](javascript-intellisense-support-in-visual-studio-2008.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md
index 35d5983ec189..e0f235243626 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-35/visual-studio-editor/quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Take a tour of the new features and changes to the IDE in Visual Studio 2008. Se
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/quick-tour-of-the-visual-studio-2008-integrated-development-environment)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](creating-and-modifying-a-css-file.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intellisense-for-jscript-and-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](creating-and-modifying-a-css-file.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md
index 68290755d4c0..c220c7c0b524 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will demonstrate authentication in your AJAX enable web applicat
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (31 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md
index 3e2e87d6758a..ba761dce244e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how easily you add Microsoft ASP.NET AJAX functionality to an existing ASP
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md
index f6966d0d51ac..1ace47119776 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how simple it is to add Microsoft ASP.NET AJAX functiona
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md
index 4dea0470b11c..2f44a5f37fcc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to create a client behavior based upon Microsoft AJAX that can be asso
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (18 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md
index d5d56bef5ab3..54150b6e4dc4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to create a custom Web server control with ASP.NET AJAX functionality
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md
index 5f80d33ba8a0..17133aa07ce8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Do you have an idea for a custom server control that should be able to work with
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (19 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md
index 23a497a4097c..684d1352e3ad 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Joe Stagner compares the two primary methods of performing AJAX-st
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md
index d8be2c20134b..f9d81ec27800 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to create an ASP.NET AJAX extender for a standard ASP.NET server contr
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-build-custom-server-controls-that-work-with-or-without-aspnet-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
index 14db95a92d54..1ec83cf7cfdf 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ When an error occurs during the processing of a postback triggered by an ASP.NET
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (17 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md
index aef9520f0a68..d1c25fd0e0e6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we learn how to use Visual Studio 2005 to debug ASP.NET AJAX appli
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md
index f7091d222ee4..7391f0f3a566 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The Page\_Load method of an ASP.NET Web form will execute during either a standa
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax.md
index 7bfc134c9e40..26c6c8e0b52e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Note that ASP.NET AJAX is included as part of .NET 3.5, so the installation part
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md
index db74228bc8ed..cc6fecad14a6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to add dynamic partial-page updates to your ASP
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md
index 2cfa95a893f0..5696f0ea3ce3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The ASP.NET AJAX framework allows your server-side code to hook in and respond t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md
index c36bafdf45e1..153945aeb3b0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Traditionally when a Web page is requested, the user must wait while the entire
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md
index f116c3d3f033..ac527bb7d872 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see how to use ASP.NET AJAX to implement the paging pattern, wh
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (27 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md
index a1a10a505623..6f38342e7a4b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video takes another look at the AJAX Incremental Page Display Pattern in wh
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (19 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-incremental-page-display-pattern.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md
index 4848b0ba2fb0..c30e05e9ef4e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In a traditional Web site the browser and the server do not maintain an ongoing
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (16 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md
index 143cd6cffdf5..4c9197aa97bd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In a traditional Web site the browser and the server do not maintain an ongoing
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md
index 1ca2d92ab883..e241ff06ff67 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Demonstrates an implementation of the Predictive Fetch pattern for AJAX, where t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (24 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-paging-pattern.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md
index 3b3e1461d32e..c39023f4a25b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we start with an overview of the localization capabilities of the
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (28 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-localize-an-aspnet-ajax-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md
index 1a73c662c767..352af90907f4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see how Microsoft ASP.NET AJAX helps web developers make networ
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-make-client-side-network-callbacks-with-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-dynamic-partial-page-updates-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-add-aspnet-ajax-features-to-an-existing-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md
index b9e95ebb87f7..07b446d2d101 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will demonstrate how to retrieve values from server side AJAX co
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md)
-> [Next](two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-associate-ajax-client-behavior-with-an-aspnet-server-control.md)
+[Next](two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md
index 2c6e432620ea..1a436db7b4e4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In most of our videos on the ASP.NET AJAX UpdatePanel, we have used a Button con
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-trigger-an-updatepanel-refresh-from-a-dropdownlist-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-using-web-services.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-create-an-aspnet-ajax-extender-from-scratch.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md
index f522874294f6..c75ffdb75ebc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we learn that the ASP.NET AJAX UpdatePanel control provides two pr
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-update-multiple-regions-of-a-page-with-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md
index 45f267cb4afe..49d7831870eb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how a ScriptManagerProxy enables a content page to pass references to the
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates.md
index c958d81e6775..cef68bfee8b4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ There are two key steps involved in building AJAX interactions, calling services
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (33 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-aspnet-ajax-client-templates)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
index c70a77c9d64a..fc695ed2dbfe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we learn two different ways of using JavaScript logic to refresh t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-javascript-to-refresh-an-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-build-a-custom-aspnet-ajax-server-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md
index 86302cbefe6a..27e2a1db6027 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Microsoft is part of the [OpenAjax alliance](http://www.openajax.org/) and the M
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-choose-between-methods-of-ajax-page-updates.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md
index a08013c4546e..66bdb80f9edc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Demonstrates the client-side programming experience using scripts and controls f
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-client-library-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-aspnet-ajax-enable-an-existing-web-service.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md
index 40f64924c20e..2310263699e2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ One problem faced by a typical AJAX application is that a partial page update is
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-the-ajax-after-processing-pattern.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md
index 45bf80f150c3..a95364aa904c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ ASP.NET 2.0 introduced [Profile properties](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-profile-services)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-other-javascript-user-interface-libraries-with-aspnet-ajax.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-debug-aspnet-ajax-applications-using-visual-studio-2005.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md
index bc5b12d03156..01003dd66ecf 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see how the RoundedCorner extender control can give your web pa
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-an-aspnet-ajax-scriptmanagerproxy.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md
index f11a4a253c9f..b6bc78e27f88 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The AJAX Timer control enables a portion of an ASP.NET web page to be dynamicall
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-timer-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-roundedcorners-extender.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-the-predictive-fetch-pattern-for-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md
index b5d1e7deda16..b19fe7fd3036 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In an AJAX application there is often a noticeable pause between the time the br
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-updateprogress-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-the-incremental-page-display-pattern-using-http-get-and-post.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-aspnet-ajax-history-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md
index 856a1db221f8..78177c2505ac 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The ASP.NET AJAX UpdatePanel includes an UpdateMode property that may be set to
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-conditional-updatemode-of-the-updatepanel)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-determine-whether-an-asynchronous-postback-has-occurred.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-the-persistent-communications-pattern-with-the-updatepanel.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md
index 8b42fa849ae1..414f8550962a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will demonstrate a technique to dynamically add an indeterminate
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (31 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
-> [Next](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
+[Next](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
index 7bc316bced06..379c550dc882 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video illustrates how to dynamically modify the style of your page using CS
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-dynamically-change-css-using-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md)
-> [Next](how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md)
+[Next](how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md
index 327cc35bb081..c0cfc5cee657 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will show you how to implement what I refer to as the infinite d
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (18 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md)
-> [Next](basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md)
+[Next](basic-aspnet-authentication-in-an-ajax-enabled-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md
index ab0e48c7d49e..8d05fd68c64e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you'll learn how to set up your Development Environment for develo
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-customize-error-handling-for-the-aspnet-ajax-updatepanel.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md
index c8f7885bf17b..14898ddba084 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you'll learn how to set up your Development Environment for develo
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-35)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md)
-> [Next](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-dynamically-add-controls-to-a-web-page.md)
+[Next](set-up-your-development-environment-for-aspnet-20.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md
index 3ee3d4bf3632..b545af874dfa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I will demonstrate two simple update techniques. First, using the
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md)
-> [Next](use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-retrieve-values-from-server-side-ajax-controls.md)
+[Next](use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md
index aedf11622da0..c3d8e6b9a04e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-ajax/use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how ASP.NET's standard DropDownList can become AJAX-enab
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (32 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/use-aspnet-ajax-cascading-drop-down-control-to-access-a-database)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md)
-> [Next](implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](two-simple-techniques-for-triggering-updates-to-update-panels.md)
+[Next](implement-infinite-data-patterns-in-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/aspnet-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/aspnet-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting.md
index 33a5e7eecdd4..0b9bff27b010 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/aspnet-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/aspnet-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will gain some insight on how you can configure the visual aes
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
index af1b1a759f70..e251260f5422 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video will explore the application structure of your generated ASP.NET Dyna
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md)
-> [Next](begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md)
+[Next](begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md
index 2295093daf1b..cbc0eb733904 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video introduces ASP.NET Dynamic Data URL routing and shows how to configur
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
-> [Next](enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+[Next](enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
index ab0015b3e005..9f73a5a819c9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video will demonstrate using URL Routing to enable In-Line editing in your
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md)
-> [Next](how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](begin-modifying-dynamic-data-applications-with-url-routing.md)
+[Next](how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md
index 73c61d5ed1c6..18c4ab3882e8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we'll build an entire ASP.NET application with ASP.NET Dynamic Dat
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/getting-started-with-dynamic-data)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md)
-> [Next](begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md)
+[Next](begin-editing-the-templates-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md
index 039875429ba0..a684041d1cfe 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you learn how to change the way that data fields are rendered. You
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md
index ff486d764576..d8b88fa8411a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, we show you how to configure Dynamic Data to handle a totally unk
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md
index 0ce2eaa9f425..d8ae6a8065dd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Now that you have created a site with Edit and Details views, how do you enable
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](your-first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](your-first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md
index 8e0c12701d2d..1eb2eb616344 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video shows you how to add validation to the data model. You will be able t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-change-how-my-fields-render.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md
index e0a5c9730c06..258531aa540a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-make-custom-pages.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, you learn how to make a custom page for some tables, while other
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-make-custom-pages)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-handle-business-logic-exceptions.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md
index a1bb919953c8..18489aca2ff3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video compares the same application written twice, once with Dynamic Data a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-a-dynamiccontrol-in-listview-and-detailsview-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-display-unknown-datatypes.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-dynamic-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md
index 8bfe4b1c672c..b60fac477024 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Sometimes we need to deviate from the default UI in our ASP.NET Dynamic Data App
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md)
+[Next](aspnet-dynamic-data-custom-form-formatting.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md
index 3e9edd51e89b..1477b57731ba 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video learn how to add custom workflow logic to your ASP.NET dynamic dat
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
-> [Next](how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](enable-in-line-editing-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+[Next](how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md
index 79e403724114..3d7cfaa9afec 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we will build on the declarative field validation we implemented i
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
-> [Next](how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+[Next](how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md
index f2f5feebb554..2fb9693fabfc 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you'll see how to take advantage of full column scaffolding but st
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-remove-columns-from-your-dynamicdata-data-grids)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md)
-> [Next](how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md)
+[Next](how-to-create-table-specific-custom-forms-in-an-aspnet-dynamic-data-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
index a83ea9c2b7e7..e7de7e3775ef 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video will introduce modifying the Partial Classes in our Dynamic Data Appl
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-use-attribute-validation-in-aspnet-dynamic-data-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md)
-> [Next](how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-enable-table-specific-routing-in-dynamic-data-applications.md)
+[Next](how-to-implement-custom-field-validation-with-imperative-logic-in-vb-or-c.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/your-first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/your-first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data.md
index feb418da723e..9940fa656b16 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/your-first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-dynamic-data/your-first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this short introduction, you create a complete Dynamic Data application in mi
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/your-first-scaffold-and-what-is-dynamic-data)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-enable-inline-gridview-editing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md
index 289212fc5101..e8efe0d554f8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md
@@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ by [Scott Hanselman](https://github.com/shanselman)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md)
+[Next](aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md
index 854bb4ca0284..98644f33a89d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md
@@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ by [Scott Hanselman](https://github.com/shanselman)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md)
+[Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-and-web-tools-20122.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-and-web-tools-20122.md
index 01bec865a346..3186118240e8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-and-web-tools-20122.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-and-web-tools-20122.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Meet the new ASP.NET and Web Tools 2012.2 release! This release includes a pile
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (26 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-and-web-tools-20122)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md
index 014c5ed50ae0..79c9b1a92f3c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Mads Kristensen demonstrates how the ASP.NET vNext can automatically bundle and
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (1 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-45-web-forms-strong-typed-data-controls.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md
index 3dc50f685cb8..a48aec153bd7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Damian Edwards begins a look at model binding by demonstrating da
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (1 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls.md)
+[Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md
index 43e089b77d3a..5436de752f44 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Damian Edwards continues the demonstration of model binding by ex
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (1 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md)
+[Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md
index 8e846a3f0116..c5ad92f77ead 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Damian Edwards completes the review of model binding by demonstra
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (1 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-3-updating)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-2-filtering.md)
+[Next](aspnet-45-web-forms-model-binding.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls.md
index 5e007303c923..a5be966c1dcb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/aspnet-vnext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video, Damian Edwards demonstrates strongly typed data controls in Visua
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (1 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-vnext-videos-strongly-typed-data-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-vnext-videos-model-binding-part-1-selecting-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md
index a1e94842a1eb..19f976668393 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/aspnet-web-forms-vnext/getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Scott Hanselman introduces you to the upcoming features in the next version of A
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/getting-started-with-the-next-version-of-aspnet)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-and-web-tools-20122.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-vnext-videos-bundling-and-minification.md)
+[Next](aspnet-and-web-tools-20122.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md
index 11896c4fac90..b315e7bdc82d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner will continue the exploration of ASP.NET authentication by configuri
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md)
-> [Next](use-custom-principal-objects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md)
+[Next](use-custom-principal-objects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md
index b655edeb84f4..ad35caa6b0e6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Joe Stagner shows you how to add new users to the membership repo
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (47 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/adding-users-to-your-membership-system)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-users-with-the-login-control.md)
-> [Next](logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-users-with-the-login-control.md)
+[Next](logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/asp-forms-login-relocation.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/asp-forms-login-relocation.md
index 80f01e767925..62b696b8a509 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/asp-forms-login-relocation.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/asp-forms-login-relocation.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner uses the previous code example to continue customizing the ASP.NET a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/asp-forms-login-relocation)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md)
-> [Next](forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md)
+[Next](forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md
index 91860309d7e4..53afd6bcdd5e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Joe Stagner looks at how to change the default settings of the mem
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md)
-> [Next](creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md)
+[Next](creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md
index 71e3ecbcd138..13b1c9452e3e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Joe Stagner demonstrates how to configure a SQL instance to work w
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (18 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-aspnet-memberships.md)
-> [Next](changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-aspnet-memberships.md)
+[Next](changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-inactive-users.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-inactive-users.md
index 444f8ac9a967..30cf1a9a9854 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-inactive-users.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-inactive-users.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Joe Stagner walks through creating inactive users in the ASP.NET m
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-inactive-users)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](simple-web-service-authentication.md)
-> [Next](sql-injection-defense.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](simple-web-service-authentication.md)
+[Next](sql-injection-defense.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md
index 9591f4836d6c..319f83d04240 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Joe Stagner demonstrates how to create a custom create user web f
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (19 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-user-accounts-programmatically)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md)
-> [Next](validating-users-manually.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md)
+[Next](validating-users-manually.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md
index 570974c33a48..89c0db02abde 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Joe Stagner shows how to create users with the Create User Wizard
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-user-accounts-with-the-create-user-wizard)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md)
-> [Next](creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](changing-membership-settings-in-the-default-membership-schema.md)
+[Next](creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md
index fa16005a298d..39a7bae77b18 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/forms-login-custom-key-configuration.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner will examine the machine key setting in your ASP.NET application. Fo
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/forms-login-custom-key-configuration)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](asp-forms-login-relocation.md)
-> [Next](add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](asp-forms-login-relocation.md)
+[Next](add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md
index 1ebaba014754..04605ab65da1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner utilizes the previous code example to demonstrate how to change the
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet.md)
-> [Next](how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet.md)
+[Next](how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md
index d7be22fcea71..cbc7b265eaa7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner utilizes the previous code example to demonstrate how to use cookie-
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-setup-and-use-cookie-less-authentication-in-an-aspnet-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md)
-> [Next](asp-forms-login-relocation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md)
+[Next](asp-forms-login-relocation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md
index 84fcf44775de..5020848214a4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Joe Stagner extends the registration process in an ASP.NET applic
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (35 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/implement-the-registration-verification-pattern)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md)
-> [Next](simple-web-service-authentication.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md)
+[Next](simple-web-service-authentication.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md
index 5a21f5404af5..db178faab0bb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/logging-users-into-your-membership-system.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Joe Stagner shows how to log our users into the ASP.NET membershi
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (19 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/logging-users-into-your-membership-system)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md)
-> [Next](implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md)
+[Next](implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/simple-web-service-authentication.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/simple-web-service-authentication.md
index e54b1e9449cc..9ceb16fd449b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/simple-web-service-authentication.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/simple-web-service-authentication.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Joe Stagner demonstrates different mechanisms that can be added t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (54 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/simple-web-service-authentication)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md)
-> [Next](creating-inactive-users.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](implement-the-registration-verification-pattern.md)
+[Next](creating-inactive-users.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/sql-injection-defense.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/sql-injection-defense.md
index dae0b9d7812c..a1f8d81e12d0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/sql-injection-defense.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/sql-injection-defense.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ A SQL Injection vulnerability in your application can ruin your whole day. In th
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (25 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/sql-injection-defense)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-inactive-users.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-inactive-users.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/understanding-aspnet-memberships.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/understanding-aspnet-memberships.md
index 05f6baad7901..3f53fe86a58e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/understanding-aspnet-memberships.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/understanding-aspnet-memberships.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Joe Stagner looks at working with the built-in providers, availabl
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (22 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/understanding-aspnet-memberships)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](use-custom-principal-objects.md)
-> [Next](configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](use-custom-principal-objects.md)
+[Next](configuring-sql-to-work-with-membership-schemas.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/use-custom-principal-objects.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/use-custom-principal-objects.md
index 5dd2ab9a1530..0b0933ccda04 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/use-custom-principal-objects.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/use-custom-principal-objects.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner demonstrates how to implement custom identity in principal objects i
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (22 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/use-custom-principal-objects)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md)
-> [Next](understanding-aspnet-memberships.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](add-custom-data-to-the-authentication-method.md)
+[Next](understanding-aspnet-memberships.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/using-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/using-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet.md
index bf408eaca41e..d3f843b0ad50 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/using-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/using-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Joe Stagner walks through the process to utilize basic forms based authenticatio
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/using-basic-forms-authentication-in-aspnet)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-to-change-the-forms-authentication-properties.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-manually.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-manually.md
index 5141517b52c3..5806c8d73941 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-manually.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-manually.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Joe Stagner shows you how to create your own web form and process
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/validating-users-manually)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md)
-> [Next](validating-users-with-the-login-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-user-accounts-programmatically.md)
+[Next](validating-users-with-the-login-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-with-the-login-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-with-the-login-control.md
index 022098fb8e5c..4a1c0eed003d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-with-the-login-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/authentication/validating-users-with-the-login-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, Joe Stagner explores an alternative method of user authentication
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/validating-users-with-the-login-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validating-users-manually.md)
-> [Next](adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validating-users-manually.md)
+[Next](adding-users-to-your-membership-system.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-1-getting-started-with-visual-web-developer-express.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-1-getting-started-with-visual-web-developer-express.md
index 57692956c251..68e797de2db7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-1-getting-started-with-visual-web-developer-express.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-1-getting-started-with-visual-web-developer-express.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this lesson, you will begin to get familiar with Visual Web Developer Express
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (28 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-1-getting-started-with-visual-web-developer-express)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md
index 8cba73fa0495..70c924e8e597 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this lesson, you will explore the various ASP.NET2.0 server controls availabl
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (49 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-1-getting-started-with-visual-web-developer-express.md)
-> [Next](lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-1-getting-started-with-visual-web-developer-express.md)
+[Next](lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md
index dc852f530071..81b38cc6228b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this lesson, you will learn how events can be used in your code, and how to r
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (17 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md)
-> [Next](lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-2-creating-a-web-forms-user-interface.md)
+[Next](lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md
index a8baf358cf3f..1b65cee9678c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this lesson, you will see how to maintain state in ASP.NET, including the var
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (40 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md)
-> [Next](lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-3-understanding-more-about-events-and-postback.md)
+[Next](lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md
index cf2f2e78eefe..1f53bd4d1876 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this lesson, you will learn how to debug and monitor your ASP.NET 2.0 Web app
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (29 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md)
-> [Next](lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-4-understanding-web-application-state.md)
+[Next](lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md
index 0bb03b9b7fed..2c74a946c623 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this lesson, you will begin to learn how style sheets and MasterPages can be
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (24 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md)
-> [Next](lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-5-debugging-and-tracing-your-website.md)
+[Next](lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md
index 54e3f6b9e346..6e27c632ceb7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this lesson, you will learn how to display data in your ASP.NET2.0 web applic
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (22 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md)
-> [Next](lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-6-working-with-stylesheets-and-master-pages.md)
+[Next](lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md
index a158a13b0715..90f17153cbdb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this lesson, you will learn about the GridView and FormView controls and how
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (30 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md)
-> [Next](watch-aspnet-development-in-action.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-7-databinding-to-user-interface-controls.md)
+[Next](watch-aspnet-development-in-action.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/watch-aspnet-development-in-action.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/watch-aspnet-development-in-action.md
index 245b5700c31b..9144f4ddee54 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/watch-aspnet-development-in-action.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/building-20-applications/watch-aspnet-development-in-action.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Watch how easy it is to build a "to do" task list application from scratch using
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/watch-aspnet-development-in-action)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](lesson-8-working-with-the-gridview-and-formview.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/data-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/data-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications.md
index d4b0b9e8f7fd..505d130591f4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/data-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/data-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video, part 1 of 3, Joe Stagner creates a data access layer using a type
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/data-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md
index 6547fd5d70e8..511aba5580ed 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video, part 2 of 3, Joe Stagner uses the sample ASP application created
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](data-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications.md)
-> [Next](how-to-work-with-datasets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](data-access-layers-in-aspnet-applications.md)
+[Next](how-to-work-with-datasets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-work-with-datasets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-work-with-datasets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application.md
index 11bb5e1b8857..dc8638fd9903 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-work-with-datasets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/adonet-data-services/how-to-work-with-datasets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video, part 3 of 3, Joe Stagner demonstrates how to return a filtered se
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-to-work-with-datasets-and-filters-from-an-asp-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-to-manually-bind-a-dataset-to-a-datagrid.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md
index 02a8d211a714..4bbbc9fa6a6b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The LinqDataSource control can be customized declaritively, as shown in Part 5,
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md
index 2e394e2e175d..cc4e8a135ac5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ LINQ to SQL relies on an object-to-relational model set of classes that map to y
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql.md
index eeefd040ba7d..34866e6b8ade 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ This video shows how to execute any arbitrary SQL through the ExecuteCommand syn
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md
index 9abd2546b60a..9e32ccc9e1a7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The new asp:LinqDataSource control .NET 3.5 makes binding to UI elements easy. I
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview.md
index efefb7f67967..926ea63152f2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ New language features for C# and VB support data access directly from code, with
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-overview)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md
index 2bd9e509f6d6..d9223cc6c4a8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video shows how to query a database with LINQ, the underlying SQL with a qu
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-data-model.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md
index b9ed49bc1d70..34bcbc71ac54 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video I demonstrated how to create, update and delete records through LI
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (17 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-the-database)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-querying-the-database.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-linqdatasource.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md
index 8638c0fee676..f6b2d69bfc5c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Override the generated ORM update/delete/insert logic with your own through stor
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-executing-arbitrary-sql.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md
index 82d1bdce542c..569af1365da7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/how-do-i-with-linq/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Using existing stored procedures and functions is easy with LINQ. We simply drag
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-linq-to-sql-using-stored-procedures)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-custom-linqdatasource.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-linq-to-sql-updating-with-stored-procedures.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml.md
index 85082081a004..4701d4cafc88 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Visual Basic developers will learn how to query their SQL Server database in ord
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-create-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md
index 9d22115abf93..f74c82fcf9c8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Basic developers will learn how to query their SQL Server database in ord
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-create-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-create-excel-spreadsheets-using-linq-to-xml.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md
index c20bcf5e65ea..be88abcb7354 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Basic developers will learn how to enable XML IntelliSense using schemas
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-create-xml-documents-from-sql-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md
index ee0ddf376f30..c0bccfea5574 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Basic developers will learn how to work with XML in Visual Basic using XM
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-enable-xml-intellisense-and-use-xml-namespaces.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq.md
index 3b87beaf5c58..fef9277dbe5a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Visual Basic programmers will learn how to write simple LINQ queries over object
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-get-started-with-linq)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md
index dee6be7eab77..406fd7a8f3b2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Basic programmers will learn how to perform group and aggregate queries o
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (17 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-linq.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-get-started-with-linq.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md
index da23ba5065a8..f7ad2e0c2ffd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/data-access/linq-videos-from-the-vb-team/how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Basic programmers will learn about the new multi-targeting feature and ho
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-upgrade-visual-basic-projects-to-enable-linq)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-perform-group-and-aggregate-queries.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-get-started-with-linq-to-xml.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/bit-rate-throttling.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/bit-rate-throttling.md
index d8ea9ef48e90..47babdfe4b83 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/bit-rate-throttling.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/bit-rate-throttling.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video will teach how to install and configure a great new IIS7 feature –
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/bit-rate-throttling)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](installing-ftp7.md)
-> [Next](iis7-playlists.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](installing-ftp7.md)
+[Next](iis7-playlists.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md
index efe1c5ca3852..bd860e9c3c7d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates the provisioning process for new web sites with IIS7.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md)
-> [Next](installing-ftp7.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md)
+[Next](installing-ftp7.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/developing-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/developing-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting.md
index ff628a182dd4..112d42c8d802 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/developing-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/developing-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ This video introduces developing ASP.NET applications in a shared hosting enviro
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (46 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/developing-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/feature-specific-delegated-management.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/feature-specific-delegated-management.md
index 4660ce431b51..14b03bb9c056 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/feature-specific-delegated-management.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/feature-specific-delegated-management.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how to work with remotely administering SPECFIC web site
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/feature-specific-delegated-management)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md)
-> [Next](troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md)
+[Next](troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/iis7-playlists.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/iis7-playlists.md
index de75039e5f34..32c9bb0a1bf7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/iis7-playlists.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/iis7-playlists.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ If you're hosting media files on your web site, play lists will let you define s
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/iis7-playlists)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](bit-rate-throttling.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](bit-rate-throttling.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/installing-ftp7.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/installing-ftp7.md
index 02ae7a34089b..aff73382f9af 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/installing-ftp7.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/installing-ftp7.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ FTP7 is new and powerful. This video shows you how to get it up and running!
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/installing-ftp7)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md)
-> [Next](bit-rate-throttling.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md)
+[Next](bit-rate-throttling.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md
index 864134a8707e..a0b71bb5ee02 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video provides you with a quick inventory of tools to troubleshoot your pro
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (30 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/troubleshooting-production-aspnet-apps)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](feature-specific-delegated-management.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](feature-specific-delegated-management.md)
+[Next](creating-a-site-with-iis7-manager.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md
index e1659d1ea395..a5b2593f5bda 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/iis/working-with-iis7-deligated-admin.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video introduces the exciting new remote management functionality built for
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (22 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-iis7-deligated-admin)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](developing-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting.md)
-> [Next](feature-specific-delegated-management.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](developing-and-deploying-in-a-shared-hosting.md)
+[Next](feature-specific-delegated-management.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/interop-between-php-and-the-windows-platform.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/interop-between-php-and-the-windows-platform.md
index 84d639d5e585..d49c5408cbdb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/interop-between-php-and-the-windows-platform.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/interop-between-php-and-the-windows-platform.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this webcast, you will learn about building and running PHP applications on t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (64 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/interop-between-php-and-the-windows-platform)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals.md
index 9174009df39f..dc86bf0189ee 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Developers new to ASP.NET will want to attend this webcast designed to familiari
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (70 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/intro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md
index e87ff6e0377b..ae6d1fa99c35 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This webcast looks at the features of ASP.NET 2.0 that simplify the construction
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (63 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals.md)
-> [Next](migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-20-aspnet-20-fundamentals.md)
+[Next](migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md
index 445039d5e8d4..7036ac23c2cf 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This sessions shows a simple yet real world code comparison between ColdFusion a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (49 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md)
-> [Next](introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md)
+[Next](introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md
index 1504e22a28bd..9a3803af5768 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This webcast looks at both the similarities and differences between building a W
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (62 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md)
-> [Next](intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md)
+[Next](intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md
index be5452a1cc54..f7fcb1c04215 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This session focuses on the basic background necessary to understand ASP.NET and
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (61 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md)
-> [Next](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md)
+[Next](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-building-applications.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md
index c68be668e957..32e28fb8cf03 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This webcast shows how to build an ASP.NET application starting from a blank for
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (77 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-building-an-aspnet-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md)
-> [Next](interop-between-php-and-the-windows-platform.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-for-coldfusion-developers-adding-aspnet-to-your-repertoire.md)
+[Next](interop-between-php-and-the-windows-platform.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md
index 3c30ac319fa3..ef791ad299a4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/migrating/migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Are you planning to migrate from classic ASP to Microsoft ASP.NET 2.0? This webc
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (78 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/migrating-from-classic-asp-to-aspnet)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md)
-> [Next](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-aspnet-20-user-interface-elements.md)
+[Next](intro-to-aspnet-for-jsp-developers-welcome-to-aspnet-20.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates.md
index b1dbdac1f030..dce42b982c11 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn how to use client templates to display database rec
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-javascript-syntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-javascript-syntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls.md
index 7abe667235f2..d5a0f76318af 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-javascript-syntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-javascript-syntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn the imperative JavaScript syntax for Microsoft clie
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-javascript-syntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md
index 6bc630781da9..c9ceaea44cf6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about jQuery syntax for Microsoft Ajax.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-ajax-data-templates.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md
index 64577741d6f0..3ab18c2aee64 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/ajax/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video will learn about the ScriptLoader.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-scriptloader)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-javascript-syntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-javascript-syntax-for-microsoft-client-side-controls.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-jquery-syntax-for-microsoft-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-how-do-i-introducing-the-new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-how-do-i-introducing-the-new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010.md
index 1c29376b8820..07bd5ed3d7b1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-how-do-i-introducing-the-new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-how-do-i-introducing-the-new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ There is a lot of excitement around the imminent release of Microsoft Visual Stu
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-how-do-i-introducing-the-new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control.md
index 4b62dff106a5..0e6fae632d50 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/chart/aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the ASP.NET Chart Control to create simp
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-chart-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-4-how-do-i-introducing-the-new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-4-how-do-i-introducing-the-new-chart-control-in-visual-studio-2010.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start.md
index d753a24f7ddf..239a8b4829d3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn about the new auto-start scalability feature which
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md
index bf3970a8f670..97295a794cf8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will see how the major configuration elements have been moved
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-auto-start.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md
index bbfd708f58e0..1b1ab573dab5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about the ClientIDMode property, which lets you spe
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-clean-webconfig-files.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method.md
index 3b0a7323e16b..2382c85c46ec 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/core/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn about the HtmlEncoder utility method.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-the-htmlencoder-utility-method)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-predictable-client-ids.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling.md
index afb6650e8d5f..3e3e07051b17 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the controlRenderingCompatibility settin
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md
index 1c623bef4989..346ec1bc5db5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how div elements around hidden fields are now style
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-disabled-control-styling.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-new-rendering-option-for-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-new-rendering-option-for-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists.md
index 689084609281..4e9a10f21de4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-new-rendering-option-for-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-new-rendering-option-for-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn about the RepeatLayout rendering option for Check B
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-new-rendering-option-for-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md
index d8371ab85e4f..c6bf3c441843 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about the RenderOuterTable property for templated c
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-new-rendering-option-for-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-new-rendering-option-for-check-box-lists-and-radio-button-lists.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md
index 657d366fec8e..cf315672c3e5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/markup-control/aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will see how the ASP.NET Menu control renders HTML using seman
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-tableless-menu-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-table-free-templated-controls.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-hidden-field-divs.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md
index c7d7c1016608..a8389f203183 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the compressionEnabled configuration opt
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-the-viewstatemode-property-for-managing-viewstate.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-the-viewstatemode-property-for-managing-viewstate.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state.md
index 2bf251b102cf..e705d78cb59b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn about the ViewStateMode property that lets you disa
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-selective-view-state)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/how-do-i-use-the-viewstatemode-property-for-managing-viewstate.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/how-do-i-use-the-viewstatemode-property-for-managing-viewstate.md
index 73e0f5ef34e0..0b1d518380e7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/how-do-i-use-the-viewstatemode-property-for-managing-viewstate.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/performance/how-do-i-use-the-viewstatemode-property-for-managing-viewstate.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video [Chris Pels](http://www.idevtech.com) shows how to use the ViewSta
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (16 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-the-viewstatemode-property-for-managing-viewstate)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-easy-state-compression.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md
index 4b568487e5d2..16fa36e61e0e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to do WebForms routing declaratively through ma
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md
index 7b3c45397a71..60f4c90b474e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to use an expression builder to do WebForms rou
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect.md)
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect.md)
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md
index f5092e386bcc..1e9a3f19ba64 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will see how to use the routing mechanism to dynamically creat
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-declarative-webforms-routing.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect.md
index 66450753f43a..3075af12279c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the RedirectPermanent helper method to i
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/aspnet-4-quick-hit-permanent-redirect)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](aspnet-4-quick-hit-imperative-webforms-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md
index f1b3870beabd..6a2044b3095c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to implement routing for Web Forms in ASP.NET
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](aspnet-4-quick-hit-outbound-webforms-routing.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing.md
index a846ddb7879e..cb1e399f7e2f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/net-4/routing/how-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video Chris Pels shows how to specify URLs in a web site that utilizes A
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (20 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-work-with-urls-in-aspnet-routing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-routing-with-aspnet-web-forms.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md
index a61226770126..f281d97e0563 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Building on the previous lesson, we dive into building reports from scratch and
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (44 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-reporting-services.md)
-> [Next](creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-reporting-services.md)
+[Next](creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md
index ca07afeef7d8..3a51fa76e061 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server beginners will walkthrough the entire workflow of creating a database
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (65 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md)
-> [Next](using-sql-server-management-studio.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md)
+[Next](using-sql-server-management-studio.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md
index a90cb83a3f8a..0b5db0c2bbeb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video expands on the topic of Stored Procedures which was introduced severa
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (42 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-and-using-stored-procedures)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md)
-> [Next](enabling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md)
+[Next](enabling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/designing-relational-database-tables.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/designing-relational-database-tables.md
index a71990efab43..cb9b6e2fff8e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/designing-relational-database-tables.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/designing-relational-database-tables.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Why are relational databases the most popular? SQL Server beginners will learn t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (34 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/designing-relational-database-tables)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md)
-> [Next](manipulating-database-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md)
+[Next](manipulating-database-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/enabling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/enabling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data.md
index bbae42f6172e..12f52f146c6f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/enabling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/enabling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Full-Text search allows you to save large portions of text - even Microsoft Word
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (38 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/enabling-full-text-search-in-your-text-data)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-and-using-stored-procedures.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/getting-started-with-reporting-services.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/getting-started-with-reporting-services.md
index 66c523f08145..2e2b8ed0c2d7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/getting-started-with-reporting-services.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/getting-started-with-reporting-services.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server Reporting Services allows you to design and deploy nicely formatted a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (32 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/getting-started-with-reporting-services)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-sql-server-management-studio.md)
-> [Next](building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-sql-server-management-studio.md)
+[Next](building-and-customizing-reports-in-business-intelligence-development-studio.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/manipulating-database-data.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/manipulating-database-data.md
index e81ff9c2ddac..7498c7503d0e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/manipulating-database-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/manipulating-database-data.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server beginners will learn about ADO.NET objects and execution of SQL state
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (40 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/manipulating-database-data)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](designing-relational-database-tables.md)
-> [Next](more-structured-query-language.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](designing-relational-database-tables.md)
+[Next](more-structured-query-language.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md
index 2e818c529794..f003ddcf36b1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server beginners will explore data integrity, learn which data types to use
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (21 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](understanding-database-tables-and-records.md)
-> [Next](designing-relational-database-tables.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](understanding-database-tables-and-records.md)
+[Next](designing-relational-database-tables.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-structured-query-language.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-structured-query-language.md
index 75e729407d2e..b60e22e57e01 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-structured-query-language.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/more-structured-query-language.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server beginners will discover more SQL statements like sub-select and learn
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/more-structured-query-language)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](manipulating-database-data.md)
-> [Next](understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](manipulating-database-data.md)
+[Next](understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-database-tables-and-records.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-database-tables-and-records.md
index 30aca6e29afb..0b44aa440bea 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-database-tables-and-records.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-database-tables-and-records.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server beginners will learn about tables and definitions of data types, prop
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (24 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/understanding-database-tables-and-records)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](what-is-a-database.md)
-> [Next](more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](what-is-a-database.md)
+[Next](more-about-column-data-types-and-other-properties.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md
index caf7e9d6e669..5f26c50e822b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/understanding-security-and-network-connectivity.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server beginners will learn to differentiate between SQL Server database fil
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (40 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/understanding-security-and-network-connectivity)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](more-structured-query-language.md)
-> [Next](connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](more-structured-query-language.md)
+[Next](connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/using-sql-server-management-studio.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/using-sql-server-management-studio.md
index b4e88a0daace..b206afce5fe7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/using-sql-server-management-studio.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/using-sql-server-management-studio.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SQL Server Management Studio Express will typically be your main interface into
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (40 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/using-sql-server-management-studio)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md)
-> [Next](getting-started-with-reporting-services.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](connecting-your-web-application-to-sql-server-2005-express-edition.md)
+[Next](getting-started-with-reporting-services.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/what-is-a-database.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/what-is-a-database.md
index 5e8e4f948d9e..d445f210c292 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/what-is-a-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/sql-2005/what-is-a-database.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ This introduction covers the questions and terminology SQL Server beginners need
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (28 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/what-is-a-database)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](understanding-database-tables-and-records.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](understanding-database-tables-and-records.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md
index 4ac76316e708..1854fb8d9dd4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner builds the Add to Cart function for the Tailspin Spyworks sample Web
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (24 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md
index 6393536d7dfc..2d1c4507ea69 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner adds reviews from customers to product details page in the Tailspin
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (41 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md
index 8eb869e79148..c919379ae15d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner builds the category menu for the Tailspin Spyworks sample Web Forms
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-category-menu)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-creating-and-using-the-popular-products-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-creating-and-using-the-popular-products-control.md
index 38289493f2fb..26164f220e2d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-creating-and-using-the-popular-products-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-creating-and-using-the-popular-products-control.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Joe Stagner creates and uses the Popular Products control in the Tailspin Spywor
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-creating-and-using-the-popular-products-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md
index e4718cef1477..876d8301ec36 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner modifies the default directory structure for the Tailspin Spyworks s
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md
index 02cc54c60783..98c8611fd4cf 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner displays the product details in the Tailspin Spyworks sample Web For
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md
index 208168026ad8..a4fa93ee7e5b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner shows how to display the shopping cart in the Tailspin Spyworks samp
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-adding-items-to-the-shopping-cart.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md
index 334fc0c1b7f3..80279e63d94e 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner shows how to display the product list in the Tailspin Spyworks sampl
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-display-the-product-list)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-category-menu.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-display-per-product-details.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews.md
index 045a3df0e080..aeea9e3ac620 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Joe Stagner displays reviews from customers in the Tailspin Spyworks sample Web
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (13 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-displaying-user-reviews)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md
index b6445d7b293f..f2a6548157b6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner places the customer's order during the final check out process for t
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (37 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-adding-user-product-reviews.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md
index 0bcbeb9db797..9736295a7312 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner implements and uses the Also Purchased control in the Tailspin Spywo
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (30 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-creating-and-using-the-popular-products-control.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-creating-and-using-the-popular-products-control.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md
index 3c0f00bdb15a..69475de34c6d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner kicks off the Tailspin Spyworks sample Web Forms application by impl
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-intro-ui-and-edm)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-implementing-and-using-the-also-purchased-control.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-directory-organization.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md
index 1d7102e10885..59262c19fa71 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner shows how to convert the shopping cart of an anonymous user to an au
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-final-check-out.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md
index 1596a944e36a..ca9954a32017 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/tailspin-spyworks/tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Joe Stagner updates the shopping cart for the Tailspin Spyworks sample Web Forms
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (41 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/tailspin-spyworks-update-the-shopping-cart)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md)
-> [Next](tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](tailspin-spyworks-display-shopping-cart.md)
+[Next](tailspin-spyworks-migrate-the-shopping-cart.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile.md
index ca885c8b63d9..7e803e711e10 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn how to use the &quot;Web Development (Code Optimize
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md
index af824e5230d1..c415d236f17c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about Visual Studio's code search view hierarchy.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile.md)
-> [Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-optimized-profile.md)
+[Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md
index 8a2138329bf0..9bc078912864 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about list filtering in Visual Studio's IntelliSens
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md)
-> [Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-code-search-view-hierarchy.md)
+[Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md
index 8a31a5f148d2..e3e522166285 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about Visual Studio's support of multiple monitor s
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md)
-> [Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-intellisense-smart-lists.md)
+[Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md
index 435da7f98337..c7b00c4730f0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn how to use Visual Studio's enhanced multi-targeting
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md)
-> [Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md)
+[Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md
index ee07c4ff7b90..835f961f7a06 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about Visual Studio's new web project starter templ
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (2 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-web-project-template)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md)
-> [Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-multi-monitor-support.md)
+[Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense.md
index 42fc7bff12c7..d242ae72e604 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video you will learn about Visual Studio's snippet support of HTML, ASP.
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (4 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md
index c9ae871f0703..e7b8270e16a2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/visual-studio-2010/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video you will learn about Visual Studio IDE Start Page changes which af
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-websites-instead-of-web-projects)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md)
-> [Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-new-multi-targeting.md)
+[Next](visual-studio-2010-quick-hit-snippets-intellisense.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md
index 36f6fb43bdb0..19961dbe3ff4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how to use code coverage as a metric for determining how
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/code-coverage-of-automated-tests)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md)
-> [Next](custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md)
+[Next](custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md
index 88cecc693198..6aadc6c9ae3a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Studio Team System makes it easy to test a Web application by recording a
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md)
-> [Next](the-effects-of-caching.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md)
+[Next](the-effects-of-caching.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md
index cf422b47ded1..f0b6b626dc8f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we learn how to use Visual Studio Team System to define the automa
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md
index f3df2b8b0837..4a90c02adada 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how to create your own Bug Work Item definition for use
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (11 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md
index 899c72219a43..fc4b2382131a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video demonstrates how to create a new team build and how to deploy your We
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md
index ad77dabe7c07..4c1c3937aa72 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to use the Source Control Explorer from Visual Studio Team System to d
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md
index 79bb12b01e66..78d2c3153c2d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Learn how to set up instrumentation for both code coverage and profiling in a de
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md)
-> [Next](web-deployment-projects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md)
+[Next](web-deployment-projects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md
index 12bb3fd34a3d..13fa38a85173 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ With Visual Studio Team System you have fine control over the code analysis rule
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md
index de97a830eb06..4f57792a93b6 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ There are a number of continuous integration tools that work on top of Team Foun
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-implement-continuous-integration-with-team-foundation)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-automate-testing-using-team-build.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md
index 06f222537d12..265d59bac9d1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we take a look at the integration points between the Testing Frame
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-effects-of-viewstate.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-effects-of-viewstate.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md
index 556f48f840da..cf2de5be7dc7 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ This video walks you through the process of recording a Web Test and then replay
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md
index 3e768176f483..2fedf962f414 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Studio Team System provides the tools necessary to practice Test-Driven D
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md
index e9eccb63288a..a6dcaf869247 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Studio Team System enables you to chart changes in a project's code quali
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (7 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-discover-application-changes-prior-to-deployment.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md
index 08dc69f23d06..1145b811eadd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ If your ASP.NET application is configured to deploy a database along with the We
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (3 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-run-unit-tests-against-a-deployed-database)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-deploy-a-web-application-during-a-team-build.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md
index 4f1f3d7381e4..4753f300dd91 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Visual Studio Team System allows you to set up distibuted load testing by creati
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md
index 6034ebe1f1fd..dc1c580140eb 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we learn that Visual Studio Team System provides two methods of pr
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-tune-web-application-performance-with-profiling)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-load-test-a-web-application.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-set-up-distributed-load-testing-for-high-volume-tests.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md
index 973717f64f21..7126e5c0ea2d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-use-generic-tests.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ A generic test is an existing program that is wrapped and made available as a te
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-use-generic-tests)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-enforce-coding-standards-with-code-analysis.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-publish-and-analyze-test-results.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md
index 4a8d0c787dda..a6592d66aea8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we learn how Unit Testing can increase your productivity by easing
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/how-do-i-write-code-more-quickly-with-unit-tests)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-create-my-own-bug-work-item.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-practice-test-driven-development.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md
index ac263ce63d52..14d8c30b991d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see how you can load test your web applications using the load
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
-> [Next](introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
+[Next](introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md
index e9dd61d9bd44..fb2d398b9642 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see how you can manage all or your various test cases using the
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md)
-> [Next](measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md)
+[Next](measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md
index 43c5bae01d3f..cd1f78b2b5aa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see how you can create and run your manual test cases for your
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-manual-testing-with-team-system)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
-> [Next](introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
+[Next](introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md
index 1efc4b9d3c4a..1b32e04b8bfa 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we see how you can automate testing of your web applications using
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system.md)
-> [Next](introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system.md)
+[Next](introduction-to-load-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system.md
index 0ef5b8cbc1aa..f4b0bd490c9b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/introduction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ In this video we see how the unit testing features of Visual Studio Team System
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-unit-testing-with-team-system)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](introduction-to-testing-web-applications-with-team-system.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md
index f696580852dc..abe399ccba06 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ ASP.NET AJAX is well known for its ability to improve the user experience of Web
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/measuring-the-business-value-of-ajax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md)
-> [Next](code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-managing-and-running-tests-with-team-system.md)
+[Next](code-coverage-of-automated-tests.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-caching.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-caching.md
index 730b1db48f8e..36a277becc87 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-caching.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-caching.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Nearly every Web application today needs to access data from a database, but thi
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (15 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/the-effects-of-caching)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md)
-> [Next](using-the-load-test-agent.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](custom-extraction-rules-and-coded-web-tests.md)
+[Next](using-the-load-test-agent.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-viewstate.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-viewstate.md
index 7adbba8ecf99..0ebd0ee9733f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-viewstate.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/the-effects-of-viewstate.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ The ASP.NET framework provides the ViewState mechanism to automatically maintain
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/the-effects-of-viewstate)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](using-the-load-test-agent.md)
-> [Next](how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](using-the-load-test-agent.md)
+[Next](how-do-i-integrate-defect-tracking-with-testing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/using-the-load-test-agent.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/using-the-load-test-agent.md
index 9471f1146db2..6d7b1a4ad924 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/using-the-load-test-agent.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/using-the-load-test-agent.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ In this video we examine how to incorporate the Load Test Agent in to the testin
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/using-the-load-test-agent)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](the-effects-of-caching.md)
-> [Next](the-effects-of-viewstate.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](the-effects-of-caching.md)
+[Next](the-effects-of-viewstate.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-application-projects-web-deployment-projects.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-application-projects-web-deployment-projects.md
index d1cc3c659f45..4cae5bb7cfa3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-application-projects-web-deployment-projects.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-application-projects-web-deployment-projects.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Bradley Bartz shows how the Web Application Projects and Web Deployment Projects
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (66 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/web-application-projects-web-deployment-projects)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](web-deployment-projects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](web-deployment-projects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-deployment-projects.md b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-deployment-projects.md
index d032ed0df827..d6b91319e62c 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-deployment-projects.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-forms/videos/vs-2005/web-deployment-projects.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Bradley Bartz and Richard Ersek show how the Web Deployment Projects provide add
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (65 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/web-deployment-projects)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md)
-> [Next](web-application-projects-web-deployment-projects.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](how-do-i-enable-code-coverage-and-profiling-in-production-applications.md)
+[Next](web-application-projects-web-deployment-projects.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/api-reference/asp-net-web-pages-api-reference.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/api-reference/asp-net-web-pages-api-reference.md
index a525094e753a..21dcb2f892d0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/api-reference/asp-net-web-pages-api-reference.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/api-reference/asp-net-web-pages-api-reference.md
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ Sends an email message.
 
 ### `WebMail.SmtpServer`
 
-Sets the SMTP server name. Normally you set this property in the<em>\_AppStart</em> page.
+Sets the SMTP server name. Normally you set this property in the*\_AppStart* page.
 
 [!code-html[Main](asp-net-web-pages-api-reference/samples/sample105.html)]
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/5-working-with-data.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/5-working-with-data.md
index da311a8804e1..5e8da872b204 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/5-working-with-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/5-working-with-data.md
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ This section shows how to let users delete a product from the *Product* database
 6. Click the **Delete** link for one of the products. The *DeleteProduct.cshtml* page is displayed to confirm that you want to delete that record.
 7. Click the **Delete** button. The product record is deleted and the page is refreshed with an updated product listing.
 
-> [!TIP]
+> [!TIP] 
 > 
 > <a id="SB_ConnectingToADatabase"></a>
 > ### Connecting to a Database
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/7-displaying-data-in-a-chart.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/7-displaying-data-in-a-chart.md
index f349eb18f6bc..fc1b5c99bcf1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/7-displaying-data-in-a-chart.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/data/7-displaying-data-in-a-chart.md
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ The third option for charting is to use an XML file as the data for the chart. T
 
     ![](7-displaying-data-in-a-chart/_static/image10.jpg)
 
-> [!TIP]
+> [!TIP] 
 > 
 > <a id="SB_UsingStatements"></a>
 > ### "Using" Statements and Fully Qualified Names
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/11-adding-email-to-your-web-site.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/11-adding-email-to-your-web-site.md
index d5fea7028430..b66ebae2bab2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/11-adding-email-to-your-web-site.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/11-adding-email-to-your-web-site.md
@@ -81,23 +81,23 @@ In this procedure, you create two pages. The first page has a form that lets use
 
     Modify the following email related settings in the code:
 
-   - Set `your-SMTP-host` to the name of the SMTP server that you have access to.
-   - Set `your-user-name-here` to the user name for your SMTP server account.
-   - Set `your-account-password` to the password for your SMTP server account.
-   - Set `your-email-address-here` to your own email address. This is the email address that the message is sent from. (Some email providers don't let you specify a different `From` address and will use your user name as the `From` address.)
-
-     > [!TIP] 
-     > 
-     > <a id="configuring_email_settings"></a>
-     > ### Configuring Email Settings
-     > 
-     > It can be a challenge sometimes to make sure you have the right settings for the SMTP server, port number, and so on. Here are a few tips:
-     > 
-     > - The SMTP server name is often something like `smtp.provider.com` or `smtp.provider.net`. However, if you publish your site to a hosting provider, the SMTP server name at that point might be `localhost`. This is because after you've published and your site is running on the provider's server, the email server might be local from the perspective of your application. This change in server names might mean you have to change the SMTP server name as part of your publishing process.
-     > - The port number is usually 25. However, some providers require you to use port 587 or some other port.
-     > - Make sure that you use the right credentials. If you've published your site to a hosting provider, use the credentials that the provider has specifically indicated are for email. These might be different from the credentials you use to publish.
-     > - Sometimes you don't need credentials at all. If you're sending email using your personal ISP, your email provider might already know your credentials. After you publish, you might need to use different credentials than when you test on your local computer.
-     > - If your email provider uses encryption, you have to set `WebMail.EnableSsl` to `true`.
+    - Set `your-SMTP-host` to the name of the SMTP server that you have access to.
+    - Set `your-user-name-here` to the user name for your SMTP server account.
+    - Set `your-account-password` to the password for your SMTP server account.
+    - Set `your-email-address-here` to your own email address. This is the email address that the message is sent from. (Some email providers don't let you specify a different `From` address and will use your user name as the `From` address.)
+
+    > [!TIP] 
+    > 
+    > <a id="configuring_email_settings"></a>
+    > ### Configuring Email Settings
+    > 
+    > It can be a challenge sometimes to make sure you have the right settings for the SMTP server, port number, and so on. Here are a few tips:
+    > 
+    > - The SMTP server name is often something like `smtp.provider.com` or `smtp.provider.net`. However, if you publish your site to a hosting provider, the SMTP server name at that point might be `localhost`. This is because after you've published and your site is running on the provider's server, the email server might be local from the perspective of your application. This change in server names might mean you have to change the SMTP server name as part of your publishing process.
+    > - The port number is usually 25. However, some providers require you to use port 587 or some other port.
+    > - Make sure that you use the right credentials. If you've published your site to a hosting provider, use the credentials that the provider has specifically indicated are for email. These might be different from the credentials you use to publish.
+    > - Sometimes you don't need credentials at all. If you're sending email using your personal ISP, your email provider might already know your credentials. After you publish, you might need to use different credentials than when you test on your local computer.
+    > - If your email provider uses encryption, you have to set `WebMail.EnableSsl` to `true`.
 4. Run the *EmailRequest.cshtml* page in a browser. (Make sure the page is selected in the **Files** workspace before you run it.)
 5. Enter your name and a problem description, and then click the **Submit** button. You're redirected to the *ProcessRequest.cshtml* page, which confirms your message and which sends you an email message. 
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/13-adding-social-networking-to-your-web-site.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/13-adding-social-networking-to-your-web-site.md
index df09f9a7e504..a12bc5f9c6b4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/13-adding-social-networking-to-your-web-site.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/13-adding-social-networking-to-your-web-site.md
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ To display these glyphs, add the `LinkSharecode` helper to a page. People who vi
     [!code-cshtml[Main](13-adding-social-networking-to-your-web-site/samples/sample1.cshtml)]
 
     In this example, when the `LinkShare` helper runs, the page title is passed as a parameter, which in turn passes the page title to the social networking site. However, you could pass in any string you want. This example also specifies which social networking sites to include in the list. You can specify the social networking sites that are relevant to your site.
-2. Run the *ListLinkShare.cshtml* page in a browser. (Make sure the page is selected in the **Files** workspace before you run it.)
-3. Click a glyph for one of the sites that you're signed up for. The link takes you to the page on the selected social network site where you can share a link. For example, if you click the Reddit link, you're taken to the `submit to reddit` page on the Reddit website.
+- Run the *ListLinkShare.cshtml* page in a browser. (Make sure the page is selected in the **Files** workspace before you run it.)
+- Click a glyph for one of the sites that you're signed up for. The link takes you to the page on the selected social network site where you can share a link. For example, if you click the Reddit link, you're taken to the `submit to reddit` page on the Reddit website.
 
-     ![Picture 2](13-adding-social-networking-to-your-web-site/_static/image2.jpg)
+    ![Picture 2](13-adding-social-networking-to-your-web-site/_static/image2.jpg)
 
 <a id="Adding_a_Twitter_Feed"></a>
 ## Adding a Twitter Feed
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/deleting-data.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/deleting-data.md
index 477cbe310e0f..ad4abd49fcb4 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/deleting-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/deleting-data.md
@@ -167,6 +167,6 @@ The next tutorial shows you how to give all the pages on your site a common look
 - [Introduction to ASP.NET Web Programming by Using the Razor Syntax](../introducing-razor-syntax-c.md)
 - [SQL DELETE Statement](http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_delete.asp) on the W3Schools site
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](updating-data.md)
-> [Next](layouts.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](updating-data.md)
+[Next](layouts.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/displaying-data.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/displaying-data.md
index 4fc336b88958..b5bc58d7639a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/displaying-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/displaying-data.md
@@ -333,6 +333,6 @@ In the next tutorial, you'll learn how to use Razor and C# code to get user inpu
 
 - [Introduction to ASP.NET Web Programming Using the Razor Syntax](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202890)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro-to-web-pages-programming.md)
-> [Next](form-basics.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro-to-web-pages-programming.md)
+[Next](form-basics.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/entering-data.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/entering-data.md
index dd5d2e7d8a46..b5f5d25cce16 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/entering-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/entering-data.md
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ In this case, the database didn't actually raise (or *throw*) an error. You didn
 
 Obviously, you don't want to let users enter half-empty movie information into the database. The solution is to validate the user's input. Initially, the validation will simply make sure that the user has entered a value for all of the fields (that is, that none of them contains an empty string).
 
-> [!TIP]
+> [!TIP] 
 > 
 > **Null and Empty Strings**
 > 
@@ -255,6 +255,6 @@ In the next tutorial, you'll learn how to let users edit data that's already in
 - [SQL INSERT INTO Statement](http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_insert.asp) on the W3Schools site
 - [Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages Sites](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=253002). More information about working with the `Validation` helper.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](form-basics.md)
-> [Next](updating-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](form-basics.md)
+[Next](updating-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/form-basics.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/form-basics.md
index 4939fb781460..81620f73c119 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/form-basics.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/form-basics.md
@@ -358,6 +358,6 @@ In the next tutorial, you'll create a page that uses a form to let users add mov
 - [SQL WHERE Clause](http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_where.asp) on the W3Schools site
 - [Method Definitions](http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec9.html) article on the W3C site
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data.md)
-> [Next](entering-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data.md)
+[Next](entering-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/getting-started.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/getting-started.md
index 303912e13165..3fd57bc6d629 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/getting-started.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/getting-started.md
@@ -284,5 +284,5 @@ In the next tutorial in this series, you explore ASP.NET Web Pages programming a
 
 [Create an ASP.NET website from scratch](https://www.microsoft.com/web/post/create-an-aspnet-website-from-scratch). This is a tutorial that's specifically about using WebMatrix (not ASP.NET Web Pages). It goes into a little more detail about some of the additional features of WebMatrix that we won't cover in this tutorial set.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](intro-to-web-pages-programming.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](intro-to-web-pages-programming.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/intro-to-web-pages-programming.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/intro-to-web-pages-programming.md
index 4641dc60e4a6..ba608b411f78 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/intro-to-web-pages-programming.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/intro-to-web-pages-programming.md
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Here are a few examples of conditions you can test in an if statement:
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](intro-to-web-pages-programming/samples/sample7.cs)]
 
-You can test variables against values or against expressions by using a <em>logical operator</em> or <em>comparison operator</em>: equal to (==), greater than (&gt;), less than (&lt;), greater than or equal to (&gt;=), and less than or equal to (&lt;=). The != operator means not equal to — for example, if(a != 0) means <em>if</em> <em>a</em><em>is not equal to 0</em>.
+You can test variables against values or against expressions by using a *logical operator* or *comparison operator*: equal to (==), greater than (&gt;), less than (&lt;), greater than or equal to (&gt;=), and less than or equal to (&lt;=). The != operator means not equal to — for example, if(a != 0) means *if* *a**is not equal to 0*.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Make sure you notice that the comparison operator for equals to (==) is not the same as =. The = operator is used only to assign values (var a=2). If you mix these operators up, you'll either get an error or you'll get some strange results.
@@ -355,6 +355,6 @@ The next tutorial introduces you to working with a database. In that tutorial, y
 - [Introduction to ASP.NET Web Programming Using the Razor Syntax](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202890)
 - [Twitter helper](../../ui-layouts-and-themes/twitter-helper.md)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started.md)
-> [Next](displaying-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started.md)
+[Next](displaying-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/layouts.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/layouts.md
index 80c11236bfcf..b3dc164db234 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/layouts.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/layouts.md
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Open the *Movies.cshtml* page again. In the code at the top, add the following l
 
 The `Page` object is available on all *.cshtml* pages and is for this purpose, namely to share information between a page and its layout.
 
-Open the<em>\_Layout.cshtml</em> page. Change the `<title>` element so that it looks like this markup:
+Open the*\_Layout.cshtml* page. Change the `<title>` element so that it looks like this markup:
 
 [!code-html[Main](layouts/samples/sample9.html)]
 
@@ -232,6 +232,6 @@ In the next tutorial, you'll learn how to publish your site to the Internet so e
 - [Creating a Consistent Look](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202891) — An article that provides some more detail on working with layouts. It also describes how to pass a value to a layout page that shows or hides some of the content.
 - [Nested Layout Pages with Razor](http://www.mikesdotnetting.com/Article/164/Nested-Layout-Pages-with-Razor) — Mike Brind blogs an example of how to nest layout pages. (Includes a download of the pages.)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](deleting-data.md)
-> [Next](publishing.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](deleting-data.md)
+[Next](publishing.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/publishing.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/publishing.md
index 03a117a11d45..e63f69363ada 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/publishing.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/publishing.md
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ by [Tom FitzMacken](https://github.com/tfitzmac)
 
 ## About Publishing Your Site
 
-Up to now, you've done all your work on a local computer, including testing your pages. To run your<em>.cshtml</em> pages, you've used the web server that's built into WebMatrix, namely IIS Express. But of course no one can see the site you've created except you. To let others work with your site, you have to publish it to the Internet.
+Up to now, you've done all your work on a local computer, including testing your pages. To run your*.cshtml* pages, you've used the web server that's built into WebMatrix, namely IIS Express. But of course no one can see the site you've created except you. To let others work with your site, you have to publish it to the Internet.
 
 Unless you have access to a public web server already, publishing means that you have to have an account with a *cloud platform* or a *hosting provider*. A cloud platform, such as Microsoft Azure, provides on-demand infrastructure for your applications. A hosting provider is a company that owns publicly accessible web servers and that will rent you space for your site. Hosting plans run from a few dollars a month (or even free) for small sites to many hundreds of dollars a month for high-volume commercial websites.
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This tutorial contains four sections:
 <a id="defaultpage"></a>
 ## Setting up the default page
 
-When a user navigates to the base address for your web site, the default page for your site is displayed to the user. For example, when Default.htm is set as the default page for the site at www.contoso.com, then navigating to <strong>www.contoso.com</strong> is the same as navigating to <strong>www.contoso.com/Default.htm</strong>.
+When a user navigates to the base address for your web site, the default page for your site is displayed to the user. For example, when Default.htm is set as the default page for the site at www.contoso.com, then navigating to **www.contoso.com** is the same as navigating to **www.contoso.com/Default.htm**.
 
 Currently, your site uses **Default.cshtml** as the default page. This page is fine for your default page, but in this tutorial you have not added any content to that page so it would display a blank page. Open Default.cshtml and replace the content with the following code.
 
@@ -214,5 +214,5 @@ Go to the live site (you can click the link in the success message if it's still
 
 - [ASP.NET WebMatrix ASP.NET Web Pages forum](https://forums.asp.net/1224.aspx/1?WebMatrix+and+ASP+NET+Web+Pages), a great place to post questions and get answers.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](layouts.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](layouts.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/updating-data.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/updating-data.md
index 0198b6c7e9af..582a959a02bd 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/updating-data.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-aspnet-web-pages-2/updating-data.md
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Once you know about the `format` property, it's easier to understand how the new
 
 The column consists *only* of the markup that renders the link, plus some information (the ID) that's extracted from the database record for the row.
 
-> [!TIP]
+> [!TIP] 
 > 
 > **Named Parameters and Positional Parameters for a Method**
 > 
@@ -306,6 +306,6 @@ In the next tutorial, you'll see how to delete a movie record.
 - [Introduction to ASP.NET Web Programming by Using the Razor Syntax](../../getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-c.md)
 - [SQL UPDATE Statement](http://www.w3schools.com/sql/sql_update.asp) on the W3Schools site
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](entering-data.md)
-> [Next](deleting-data.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](entering-data.md)
+[Next](deleting-data.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-c.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-c.md
index cf426f5664d5..6b01d267342f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-c.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-c.md
@@ -338,35 +338,33 @@ To convert the values to integers, you call the `AsInt` method. If the conversio
 
 The following table lists some common conversion and test methods for variables.
 
-
-|   <strong>Method</strong>    |                                                                              <strong>Description</strong>                                                                              |                         <strong>Example</strong>                         |
-|------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|      `AsInt(), IsInt()`      |                                                      Converts a string that represents a whole number (like "593") to an integer.                                                      |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample28.cs)]   |
-|     `AsBool(), IsBool()`     |                                                    Converts a string like &quot;true&quot; or &quot;false&quot; to a Boolean type.                                                     |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample29.cs)]   |
-|    `AsFloat(), IsFloat()`    |                                    Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a floating-point number.                                    |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample30.cs)]   |
-|  `AsDecimal(), IsDecimal()`  | Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a decimal number. (In ASP.NET, a decimal number is more precise than a floating-point number.) |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample31.cs)]   |
-| `AsDateTime(), IsDateTime()` |                                                Converts a string that represents a date and time value to the ASP.NET `DateTime` type.                                                 |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample32.cs)]   |
-|         `ToString()`         |                                                                       Converts any other data type to a string.                                                                        | [!code-javascript[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample33.js)] |
+| **Method** | **Description** | **Example** |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `AsInt(), IsInt()` | Converts a string that represents a whole number (like "593") to an integer. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample28.cs)] |
+| `AsBool(), IsBool()` | Converts a string like &quot;true&quot; or &quot;false&quot; to a Boolean type. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample29.cs)] |
+| `AsFloat(), IsFloat()` | Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a floating-point number. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample30.cs)] |
+| `AsDecimal(), IsDecimal()` | Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a decimal number. (In ASP.NET, a decimal number is more precise than a floating-point number.) | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample31.cs)] |
+| `AsDateTime(), IsDateTime()` | Converts a string that represents a date and time value to the ASP.NET `DateTime` type. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample32.cs)] |
+| `ToString()` | Converts any other data type to a string. | [!code-javascript[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample33.js)] |
 
 ## Operators
 
 An operator is a keyword or character that tells ASP.NET what kind of command to perform in an expression. The C# language (and the Razor syntax that's based on it) supports many operators, but you only need to recognize a few to get started. The following table summarizes the most common operators.
 
-
-|   <strong>Operator</strong>    |                                                                     <strong>Description</strong>                                                                     |                        <strong>Examples</strong>                         |
-|--------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|        `+` `-` `*` `/`         |                                                            Math operators used in numerical expressions.                                                             |    [!code-css[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample34.css)]    |
-|              `=`               |                                    Assignment. Assigns the value on the right side of a statement to the object on the left side.                                    |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample35.cs)]   |
-|              `==`              |                      Equality. Returns `true` if the values are equal. (Notice the distinction between the `=` operator and the `==` operator.)                      |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample36.cs)]   |
-|              `!=`              |                                                       Inequality. Returns `true` if the values are not equal.                                                        |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample37.cs)]   |
-|          `< > <= >=`           |                                               Less-than, greater-than, less-than-or-equal, and greater-than-or-equal.                                                |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample38.cs)]   |
-|              `+`               | Concatenation, which is used to join strings. ASP.NET knows the difference between this operator and the addition operator based on the data type of the expression. |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample39.cs)]   |
-|           `+=` `-=`            |                                   The increment and decrement operators, which add and subtract 1 (respectively) from a variable.                                    |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample40.cs)]   |
-|              `.`               |                                                  Dot. Used to distinguish objects and their properties and methods.                                                  |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample41.cs)]   |
-|              `()`              |                                              Parentheses. Used to group expressions and to pass parameters to methods.                                               | [!code-javascript[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample42.js)] |
-|              `[]`              |                                                    Brackets. Used for accessing values in arrays or collections.                                                     |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample43.cs)]   |
-|              `!`               |               Not. Reverses a `true` value to `false` and vice versa. Typically used as a shorthand way to test for `false` (that is, for not `true`).               |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample44.cs)]   |
-| `&&` <code>&#124;&#124;</code> |                                                   Logical AND and OR, which are used to link conditions together.                                                    |   [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample45.cs)]   |
+| **Operator** | **Description** | **Examples** |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `+` `-` `*` `/` | Math operators used in numerical expressions. | [!code-css[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample34.css)] |
+| `=` | Assignment. Assigns the value on the right side of a statement to the object on the left side. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample35.cs)] |
+| `==` | Equality. Returns `true` if the values are equal. (Notice the distinction between the `=` operator and the `==` operator.) | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample36.cs)] |
+| `!=` | Inequality. Returns `true` if the values are not equal. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample37.cs)] |
+| `< > <= >=` | Less-than, greater-than, less-than-or-equal, and greater-than-or-equal. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample38.cs)] |
+| `+` | Concatenation, which is used to join strings. ASP.NET knows the difference between this operator and the addition operator based on the data type of the expression. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample39.cs)] |
+| `+=` `-=` | The increment and decrement operators, which add and subtract 1 (respectively) from a variable. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample40.cs)] |
+| `.` | Dot. Used to distinguish objects and their properties and methods. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample41.cs)] |
+| `()` | Parentheses. Used to group expressions and to pass parameters to methods. | [!code-javascript[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample42.js)] |
+| `[]` | Brackets. Used for accessing values in arrays or collections. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample43.cs)] |
+| `!` | Not. Reverses a `true` value to `false` and vice versa. Typically used as a shorthand way to test for `false` (that is, for not `true`). | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample44.cs)] |
+| `&&` <code>&#124;&#124;</code> | Logical AND and OR, which are used to link conditions together. | [!code-csharp[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-c/samples/sample45.cs)] |
 
 <a id="ID_WorkingWithFileAndFolderPaths"></a>
 ## Working with File and Folder Paths in Code
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-vb.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-vb.md
index 68754fea6f27..55cc5c14d2f9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-vb.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/introducing-razor-syntax-vb.md
@@ -270,33 +270,31 @@ To convert the values to integers, you call the `AsInt` method. If the conversio
 
 The following table lists some common conversion and test methods for variables.
 
-
-|   <strong>Method</strong>    |                                                                              <strong>Description</strong>                                                                              |                     <strong>Example</strong>                      |
-|------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|      `AsInt(), IsInt()`      |                                                 Converts a string that represents a whole number (like &quot;593&quot;) to an integer.                                                 | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample23.vb)] |
-|     `AsBool(), IsBool()`     |                                                    Converts a string like &quot;true&quot; or &quot;false&quot; to a Boolean type.                                                     | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample24.vb)] |
-|    `AsFloat(), IsFloat()`    |                                    Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a floating-point number.                                    | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample25.vb)] |
-|  `AsDecimal(), IsDecimal()`  | Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a decimal number. (In ASP.NET, a decimal number is more precise than a floating-point number.) | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample26.vb)] |
-| `AsDateTime(), IsDateTime()` |                                                Converts a string that represents a date and time value to the ASP.NET `DateTime` type.                                                 | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample27.vb)] |
-|         `ToString()`         |                                                                       Converts any other data type to a string.                                                                        | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample28.vb)] |
+| **Method** | **Description** | **Example** |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `AsInt(), IsInt()` | Converts a string that represents a whole number (like &quot;593&quot;) to an integer. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample23.vb)] |
+| `AsBool(), IsBool()` | Converts a string like &quot;true&quot; or &quot;false&quot; to a Boolean type. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample24.vb)] |
+| `AsFloat(), IsFloat()` | Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a floating-point number. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample25.vb)] |
+| `AsDecimal(), IsDecimal()` | Converts a string that has a decimal value like &quot;1.3&quot; or &quot;7.439&quot; to a decimal number. (In ASP.NET, a decimal number is more precise than a floating-point number.) | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample26.vb)] |
+| `AsDateTime(), IsDateTime()` | Converts a string that represents a date and time value to the ASP.NET `DateTime` type. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample27.vb)] |
+| `ToString()` | Converts any other data type to a string. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample28.vb)] |
 
 ## Operators
 
 An operator is a keyword or character that tells ASP.NET what kind of command to perform in an expression. Visual Basic supports many operators, but you only need to recognize a few to get started developing ASP.NET web pages. The following table summarizes the most common operators.
 
-
-| <strong>Operator</strong> |                                                                        <strong>Description</strong>                                                                         |                         <strong>Examples</strong>                         |
-|---------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|         `+ - * /`         |                                                                Math operators used in numerical expressions.                                                                |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample29.vb)]     |
-|            `=`            | Assignment and equality. Depending on context, either assigns the value on the right side of a statement to the object on the left side, or checks the values for equality. |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample30.vb)]     |
-|           `<>`            |                                                           Inequality. Returns `True` if the values are not equal.                                                           |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample31.vb)]     |
-|        `< > <= >=`        |                                                   Less than, greater than, less than or equal, and greater than or equal.                                                   |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample32.vb)]     |
-|            `&`            |                                                                Concatenation, which is used to join strings.                                                                | [!code-vbhtml[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample33.vbhtml)] |
-|          `+= -=`          |                                       The increment and decrement operators, which add and subtract 1 (respectively) from a variable.                                       |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample34.vb)]     |
-|            `.`            |                                                     Dot. Used to distinguish objects and their properties and methods.                                                      |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample35.vb)]     |
-|           `()`            |                           Parentheses. Used to group expressions, to pass parameters to methods, and to access members of arrays and collections.                           | [!code-vbhtml[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample36.vbhtml)] |
-|           `Not`           |                    Not. Reverses a true value to false and vice versa. Typically used as a shorthand way to test for `False` (that is, for not `True`).                     |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample37.vb)]     |
-|     `AndAlso OrElse`      |                                                       Logical AND and OR, which are used to link conditions together.                                                       |     [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample38.vb)]     |
+| **Operator** | **Description** | **Examples** |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `+ - * /` | Math operators used in numerical expressions. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample29.vb)] |
+| `=` | Assignment and equality. Depending on context, either assigns the value on the right side of a statement to the object on the left side, or checks the values for equality. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample30.vb)] |
+| `<>` | Inequality. Returns `True` if the values are not equal. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample31.vb)] |
+| `< > <= >=` | Less than, greater than, less than or equal, and greater than or equal. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample32.vb)] |
+| `&` | Concatenation, which is used to join strings. | [!code-vbhtml[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample33.vbhtml)] |
+| `+= -=` | The increment and decrement operators, which add and subtract 1 (respectively) from a variable. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample34.vb)] |
+| `.` | Dot. Used to distinguish objects and their properties and methods. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample35.vb)] |
+| `()` | Parentheses. Used to group expressions, to pass parameters to methods, and to access members of arrays and collections. | [!code-vbhtml[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample36.vbhtml)] |
+| `Not` | Not. Reverses a true value to false and vice versa. Typically used as a shorthand way to test for `False` (that is, for not `True`). | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample37.vb)] |
+| `AndAlso OrElse` | Logical AND and OR, which are used to link conditions together. | [!code-vb[Main](introducing-razor-syntax-vb/samples/sample38.vb)] |
 
 ## Working with File and Folder Paths in Code
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/program-asp-net-web-pages-in-visual-studio.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/program-asp-net-web-pages-in-visual-studio.md
index 33af76dd7cc7..9fa6d4af6b73 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/program-asp-net-web-pages-in-visual-studio.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/getting-started/program-asp-net-web-pages-in-visual-studio.md
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Now that you've created a site, you can see how IntelliSense works in Visual Stu
 
     ![intellisense](program-asp-net-web-pages-in-visual-studio/_static/image4.png)
 3. Select the `GetHtml` method from the list and then press Enter. IntelliSense automatically fills in the method. (As with any method in C#, you must add `()` characters after the method.)  
-   The completed code for the `GetHtml` method looks like the following example:  
+ The completed code for the `GetHtml` method looks like the following example:  
 
     [!code-cshtml[Main](program-asp-net-web-pages-in-visual-studio/samples/sample1.cshtml)]
 4. Press Ctrl+F5 to run the page. This is what the page looks like when displayed in a browser: 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/mobile/rendering-aspnet-web-pages-sites-for-mobile-devices.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/mobile/rendering-aspnet-web-pages-sites-for-mobile-devices.md
index 1671670348d2..f745a056a670 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/mobile/rendering-aspnet-web-pages-sites-for-mobile-devices.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/mobile/rendering-aspnet-web-pages-sites-for-mobile-devices.md
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ by [Tom FitzMacken](https://github.com/tfitzmac)
 
 ASP.NET Web Pages lets you create custom displays for rendering content on mobile or other devices.
 
-The simplest way to create device-specific page in an ASP.NET Web Pages site is by using a file-naming pattern like this: <em>FileName.</em><em>Mobile</em><em>.cshtml</em>. You can create two versions of a page (for example, one named <em>MyFile.cshtml</em> and one named <em>MyFile.Mobile.cshtml</em>). At run time, when a mobile device requests <em>MyFile.cshtml</em>, ASP.NET renders the content from <em>MyFile.Mobile.cshtml</em>. Otherwise, <em>MyFile.cshtml</em> is rendered.
+The simplest way to create device-specific page in an ASP.NET Web Pages site is by using a file-naming pattern like this: *FileName.**Mobile**.cshtml*. You can create two versions of a page (for example, one named *MyFile.cshtml* and one named *MyFile.Mobile.cshtml*). At run time, when a mobile device requests *MyFile.cshtml*, ASP.NET renders the content from *MyFile.Mobile.cshtml*. Otherwise, *MyFile.cshtml* is rendered.
 
 The following example shows how to enable mobile rendering by adding a content page for mobile devices. *Page1.cshtml* contains content plus a navigation sidebar. *Page1.Mobile.cshtml* contains the same content, but omits the sidebar.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/aspnet-web-pages-2-developer-preview-readme.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/aspnet-web-pages-2-developer-preview-readme.md
index df522d80f303..572e6967acd1 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/aspnet-web-pages-2-developer-preview-readme.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/aspnet-web-pages-2-developer-preview-readme.md
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ ASP.NET Web Pages 2 requires the .NET Framework 4. It also works with the .NET F
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-web-pages-2-developer-preview-readme/samples/sample2.cs)]
 
-  However, we recommend that if you use the new input validation methods, don't use *ModelState.IsValid*. Instead, structure your code like this: 
+ However, we recommend that if you use the new input validation methods, don't use *ModelState.IsValid*. Instead, structure your code like this: 
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](aspnet-web-pages-2-developer-preview-readme/samples/sample3.cs)]
 - **On Internet Explorer 7 and Internet Explorer 8, client-side validation does not work**. Client-side validation does not work due to incompatibilities with jQuery 1.6.2, which is included with the default project template. (Server-side validation works.).
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/running-v1-and-v2-sites-side-by-side.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/running-v1-and-v2-sites-side-by-side.md
index eccd6b208424..dfc994c7f13a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/running-v1-and-v2-sites-side-by-side.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/running-v1-and-v2-sites-side-by-side.md
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Here are some things to remember when you install the Web Pages with WebMatrix:
 - If you want to run a site using a different version of ASP.NET Web Pages, you can configure the site to do that. If your site doesn't already have a *web.config* file in the root of the site, create a new one and copy the following XML into it, overwriting the existing content. If the site already contains a *web.config* file, add an `<appSettings>` element like the following one to the `<configuration>` section.
 
     [!code-xml[Main](running-v1-and-v2-sites-side-by-side/samples/sample1.xml)]
-  `- If you do not specify a version in the *web.config* file, a site is deployed as the latest version. (The assemblies are copied to the *bin* folder in the deployed site.)
+`- If you do not specify a version in the *web.config* file, a site is deployed as the latest version. (The assemblies are copied to the *bin* folder in the deployed site.)
 - New applications that you create using the site templates in Web Matrix include the Web Pages version assemblies in the site's *bin* folder.
 
 In general, you can always control which version of Web Pages to use with your site by using NuGet to install the appropriate assemblies into the site's *bin* folder. To find packages, visit [NuGet.org](http://NuGet.org).
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/top-features-in-web-pages-2.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/top-features-in-web-pages-2.md
index 26d53cf2e29e..ee9277f017d5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/top-features-in-web-pages-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/top-features-in-web-pages-2.md
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ The Beta version released in February 2012 has only a few changes from the Beta
     `<a href="~/Default.cshtml">Home</a>`
 - The `Scripts` helper for assets (resource) management has been replaced with the `Assets` helper, which has slightly different methods, such as the following:
 
-  - For `Scripts.Add`, use `Assets.AddScript`
-  - For `Scripts.GetScriptTags`, use `Assets.GetScripts`
+    - For `Scripts.Add`, use `Assets.AddScript`
+    - For `Scripts.GetScriptTags`, use `Assets.GetScripts`
 
     This is a breaking change; the `Scripts` class is not available in the Beta release. The code examples in this document that use asset management have been updated with this change.
 
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Add the following script file references inside the `<head>` section of a web pa
 
 The easiest way to get a local copy of the *jquery.validate.unobtrusive.min.js* library is to create a new Web Pages site based on one of the site templates (such as Starter Site). The site created by the template includes *jquery.validate.unobtrusive.js* file in its Scripts folder, from which you can copy it to your site.
 
-If your website uses a<em>\_SiteLayout</em> page to control the page layout, you can include these script references in that page so that validation is available to all content pages. If you want to perform validation only on particular pages, you can use the assets manager to register the scripts on only those pages. To do this, call `Assets.AddScript(path)` in the page that you want to validate and reference each of the script files. Then add a call to `Assets.GetScripts` in the <em>\_SiteLayout</em> page in order to render the registered `<script>` tags. For more information, see the section [Registering Scripts with the Assets Manager](#resmanagement).
+If your website uses a*\_SiteLayout* page to control the page layout, you can include these script references in that page so that validation is available to all content pages. If you want to perform validation only on particular pages, you can use the assets manager to register the scripts on only those pages. To do this, call `Assets.AddScript(path)` in the page that you want to validate and reference each of the script files. Then add a call to `Assets.GetScripts` in the *\_SiteLayout* page in order to render the registered `<script>` tags. For more information, see the section [Registering Scripts with the Assets Manager](#resmanagement).
 
 In the markup for an individual element, call the `Validation.For` method. This method emits attributes that jQuery can hook in order to provide client-side validation. For example:
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ The following example shows how the assets manager works. The code contains the
 
 - A custom helper named `MakeNote`. This helper renders a string inside a box by wrapping a `div` element around it that's styled with a border and by adding &quot;Note:&quot; to it. The helper also calls a JavaScript file that adds run-time behavior to the note. Rather than reference the script with a `<script>` tag, the helper registers the script by calling `Assets.AddScript` .
 - A JavaScript file. This is the file that's called by the helper, and it temporarily increases the font size of note items during a `mouseover` event.
-- A content page, which references the<em>\_SiteLayout</em> page, renders some content in the body, and then calls the `MakeNote` helper.
+- A content page, which references the*\_SiteLayout* page, renders some content in the body, and then calls the `MakeNote` helper.
 - A *\_SiteLayout* page. This page provides a common header and a page layout structure. It also includes a call to `Assets.GetScripts`, which is how the assets manager renders script calls in a page.
 
 To run the sample:
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Here are some things to remember when you install the Web Pages 2 Beta with WebM
 - If you want to run a site using Web Pages version 1 (instead of the default, as in the previous point), you can configure the site to do that. If your site doesn't already have a *web.config* file in the root of the site, create a new one and copy the following XML into it, overwriting the existing content. If the site already contains a *web.config* file, add an `<appSettings>` element like the following one to the `<configuration>` section.
 
     [!code-xml[Main](top-features-in-web-pages-2/samples/sample22.xml)]
-  `- If you do not specify a version in the *web.config* file, a site is deployed as a version 2 site. (The version 2 assemblies are copied to the *bin* folder in the deployed site.)
+`- If you do not specify a version in the *web.config* file, a site is deployed as a version 2 site. (The version 2 assemblies are copied to the *bin* folder in the deployed site.)
 - New applications that you create using the site templates in Web Matrix version 2 Beta include the Web Pages version 2 assemblies in the site's *bin* folder.
 
 In general, you can always control which version of Web Pages to use with your site by using NuGet to install the appropriate assemblies into the site's *bin* folder. To find packages, visit [NuGet.org](http://NuGet.org).
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Web Pages 2 lets you create custom displays for rendering content on mobile or o
 
 The `System.Web.WebPages` namespace contains the following classes that let you work with display modes: `DefaultDisplayMode`, `DisplayInfo`, and `DisplayModes`. You can use these classes directly and write code that renders the right output for specific devices.
 
-Alternatively, you can create device-specific pages by using a file-naming pattern like this: <em>FileName.</em><em>Mobile</em><em>.cshtml</em>. For example, you can create two versions of a page, one named <em>MyFile.cshtml</em> and one named <em>MyFile.Mobile.cshtml</em>. At run time, when a mobile device requests <em>MyFile.cshtml</em>, Web Pages renders the content from <em>MyFile.Mobile.cshtml</em>. Otherwise, <em>MyFile.cshtml</em> is rendered.
+Alternatively, you can create device-specific pages by using a file-naming pattern like this: *FileName.**Mobile**.cshtml*. For example, you can create two versions of a page, one named *MyFile.cshtml* and one named *MyFile.Mobile.cshtml*. At run time, when a mobile device requests *MyFile.cshtml*, Web Pages renders the content from *MyFile.Mobile.cshtml*. Otherwise, *MyFile.cshtml* is rendered.
 
 The following example shows how to enable mobile rendering by adding a content page for mobile devices. *Page1.cshtml* contains content plus a navigation sidebar. *Page1.Mobile.cshtml* contains the same content, but omits the sidebar.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/whats-new-in-aspnet-web-pages-32.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/whats-new-in-aspnet-web-pages-32.md
index 288acf41e668..58b011d524d9 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/whats-new-in-aspnet-web-pages-32.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/releases/whats-new-in-aspnet-web-pages-32.md
@@ -60,8 +60,7 @@ Below is a table demonstrating the results of analyzing a [perfview](https://cha
 | CPU / request (samples/req) | 19.73 | 16.47 | -16.50% |
 
 | Color coding: | <font style="background-color: #00ff00">Core Improvement</font> | <font style="background-color: #4bacc6">Positive impact on performance</font> |
-|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|               |                                                                 |                                                                               |
+| --- | --- | --- |
 
 ## ASP.NET Web Pages 3.2.3 beta1
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/security/16-adding-security-and-membership.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/security/16-adding-security-and-membership.md
index d7e1d772215d..dc90bb871b61 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/security/16-adding-security-and-membership.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/security/16-adding-security-and-membership.md
@@ -83,26 +83,26 @@ The following procedure describes how to create the site and configure it.
     If you do not want to set up email confirmation, you can skip this step and the next step. If the SMTP values are not set, the new account is immediately available without a confirmation email.
 6. Modify the following email-related settings in the code:
 
-   - Set `WebMail.SmtpServer` to the name of the SMTP server that you have access to.
-   - Leave `WebMail.EnableSsl` set to `true`. This setting secures the credentials that are sent to the SMTP server by encrypting them.
-   - Set `WebMail.UserName` to the user name for your SMTP server account.
-   - Set `WebMail.Password` to the password for your SMTP server account.
-   - Set `WebMail.From` to your own email address. This is the email address that the message is sent from.
-
-     > [!NOTE] 
-     > 
-     > **Tip** For additional information about the values for these properties, see [Configuring Email Settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202906#configuring_email_settings) in [Customizing Site-Wide Behavior for ASP.NET Web Pages](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202906).
+    - Set `WebMail.SmtpServer` to the name of the SMTP server that you have access to.
+    - Leave `WebMail.EnableSsl` set to `true`. This setting secures the credentials that are sent to the SMTP server by encrypting them.
+    - Set `WebMail.UserName` to the user name for your SMTP server account.
+    - Set `WebMail.Password` to the password for your SMTP server account.
+    - Set `WebMail.From` to your own email address. This is the email address that the message is sent from.
+
+    > [!NOTE] 
+    > 
+    > **Tip** For additional information about the values for these properties, see [Configuring Email Settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202906#configuring_email_settings) in [Customizing Site-Wide Behavior for ASP.NET Web Pages](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202906).
 7. Save and close *\_AppStart.cshtml*.
 8. Run the *Default.cshtml* page in a browser.
 
     ![security-membership-2](16-adding-security-and-membership/_static/image1.png)
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > If you see an error that tells you that a property must be an instance of `ExtendedMembershipProvider`, the site might not be configured to use the ASP.NET Web Pages membership system (SimpleMembership). This can sometimes occur if a hosting provider's server is configured differently than your local server. To fix this, add the following element to the site's *Web.config* file:
-   > 
-   > [!code-xml[Main](16-adding-security-and-membership/samples/sample2.xml)]
-   > 
-   > Add this element as a child of the `<configuration>` element and as a peer of the `<system.web>` element.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > If you see an error that tells you that a property must be an instance of `ExtendedMembershipProvider`, the site might not be configured to use the ASP.NET Web Pages membership system (SimpleMembership). This can sometimes occur if a hosting provider's server is configured differently than your local server. To fix this, add the following element to the site's *Web.config* file:
+    > 
+    > [!code-xml[Main](16-adding-security-and-membership/samples/sample2.xml)]
+    > 
+    > Add this element as a child of the `<configuration>` element and as a peer of the `<system.web>` element.
 9. In the upper-right corner of the page, click the **Register** link. The *Register.cshtml* page is displayed.
 10. Enter a user name and password and then click **Register**.
 
@@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ The following procedure describes how to create the site and configure it.
 12. Click the hyperlink to activate your account. The confirmation hyperlink opens a registration confirmation page.
 
     ![security-membership-5](16-adding-security-and-membership/_static/image4.png)
-13. Click the **Login** link, and then log in using the account that you registered.
+- Click the **Login** link, and then log in using the account that you registered.
 
-      After you log in, the **Login** and **Register** links are replaced by a **Logout** link. Your login name is displayed as a link. (The link lets you go to a page where you can change your password.)
+    After you log in, the **Login** and **Register** links are replaced by a **Logout** link. Your login name is displayed as a link. (The link lets you go to a page where you can change your password.)
 
-      ![security-membership-6](16-adding-security-and-membership/_static/image5.png)
+    ![security-membership-6](16-adding-security-and-membership/_static/image5.png)
 
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > By default, ASP.NET web pages send credentials to the server in clear text (as human-readable text). A production site should use secure HTTP (https://, also known as the *secure sockets layer* or SSL) to encrypt sensitive information that's exchanged with the server. You can required email messages to be sent using SSL by setting `WebMail.EnableSsl=true` as in the previous example. For more information about SSL, see [Securing Web Communications: Certificates, SSL, and https://](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=208660).
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > By default, ASP.NET web pages send credentials to the server in clear text (as human-readable text). A production site should use secure HTTP (https://, also known as the *secure sockets layer* or SSL) to encrypt sensitive information that's exchanged with the server. You can required email messages to be sent using SSL by setting `WebMail.EnableSsl=true` as in the previous example. For more information about SSL, see [Securing Web Communications: Certificates, SSL, and https://](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=208660).
 
 ## Additional Membership Functionality in the Site
 
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ In this procedure, you'll create a folder that will contain pages that are avail
     (The port number (38366) will probably be different in your URL.)
 
     You're redirected to the *Login.cshtml* page, because you aren't logged in.
-7. Log in using the account you created earlier. You're redirected back to the *MembersInformation* page. Because you're logged in, this time you see the page contents.
+- Log in using the account you created earlier. You're redirected back to the *MembersInformation* page. Because you're logged in, this time you see the page contents.
 
 To secure access to multiple pages, you can do this:
 
@@ -222,10 +222,10 @@ The login page will not stop automated programs (sometimes referred to as *web r
 7. Replace `PUBLIC_KEY` with your key.
 8. If you haven't removed it already, remove the `<div>` element that contains text that starts with "To enable CAPTCHA verification ...". (Remove the entire `<div>` element and its contents.)
 
-9. Run *Default.cshtml* in a browser. If you're logged into the site, click the **Logout** link.
-10. Click the **Register** link and test the registration using the CAPTCHA test.
+1. Run *Default.cshtml* in a browser. If you're logged into the site, click the **Logout** link.
+2. Click the **Register** link and test the registration using the CAPTCHA test.
 
-     ![security-membership-10](16-adding-security-and-membership/_static/image9.png)
+    ![security-membership-10](16-adding-security-and-membership/_static/image9.png)
 
 For more information about the `ReCaptcha` helper, see [Using a CATPCHA to Prevent Automated Programs (Bots) from Using Your ASP.NET Web Site](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=251967).
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/aspnet-web-pages-razor-troubleshooting-guide.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/aspnet-web-pages-razor-troubleshooting-guide.md
index f81a4c70af81..d1e5b28cf05d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/aspnet-web-pages-razor-troubleshooting-guide.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/aspnet-web-pages-razor-troubleshooting-guide.md
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Substitute the appropriate values for `your-SMTP-server-name`, and so on. Some o
     *A connection attempt failed because the connected party did not properly respond after a period of time, or established connection failed because connected host has failed to respond*
 
     This error usually means that the application could not connect to the SMTP server. Check the server name and port number.
-- <em>Mailbox unavailable. The server response was: 5.1.0 &lt;someuser@invaliddomain&gt; sender rejected : invalid sender domain</em>
+- *Mailbox unavailable. The server response was: 5.1.0 &lt;someuser@invaliddomain&gt; sender rejected : invalid sender domain*
 
     This message can indicate that the `From` address is not correct or is missing.
 - *The specified string is not in the form required for an email address.*
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/introduction-to-debugging.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/introduction-to-debugging.md
index 74f89890704c..e2bcd488a798 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/introduction-to-debugging.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/testing-and-debugging/introduction-to-debugging.md
@@ -61,12 +61,12 @@ The `ServerInfo` helper is a diagnostic tool that gives you an overview of infor
 
     The `ServerInfo` helper displays four tables of information in the page:
 
-   - Server Configuration. This section provides information about the hosting web server, including computer name, the version of ASP.NET you're running, the domain name, and server time.
-   - ASP.NET Server Variables. This section provides details about the many HTTP protocol details (called HTTP variables) and values that are part of each web page request.
-   - HTTP Runtime Information. This section provides details about that the version of the Microsoft .NET Framework that your web page is running under, the path, details about the cache, and so on. (As you learned in [Introduction to ASP.NET Web Programming Using the Razor Syntax](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=202890), ASP.NET Web Pages using the Razor syntax are built on Microsoft's ASP.NET web server technology, which is itself built on an extensive software development library called the .NET Framework.)
-   - Environment Variables. This section provides a list of all the local environment variables and their values on the web server.
+    - Server Configuration. This section provides information about the hosting web server, including computer name, the version of ASP.NET you're running, the domain name, and server time.
+    - ASP.NET Server Variables. This section provides details about the many HTTP protocol details (called HTTP variables) and values that are part of each web page request.
+    - HTTP Runtime Information. This section provides details about that the version of the Microsoft .NET Framework that your web page is running under, the path, details about the cache, and so on. (As you learned in [Introduction to ASP.NET Web Programming Using the Razor Syntax](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=202890), ASP.NET Web Pages using the Razor syntax are built on Microsoft's ASP.NET web server technology, which is itself built on an extensive software development library called the .NET Framework.)
+    - Environment Variables. This section provides a list of all the local environment variables and their values on the web server.
 
-     A full description of all the server and request information is beyond the scope of this article, but you can see that the `ServerInfo` helper returns a lot of diagnostic information. For more information about the values that `ServerInfo` returns, see [Recognized Environment Variables](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/dd560744(WS.10).aspx) on the Microsoft TechNet website and [IIS Server Variables](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms524602(VS.90).aspx) on the MSDN website.
+    A full description of all the server and request information is beyond the scope of this article, but you can see that the `ServerInfo` helper returns a lot of diagnostic information. For more information about the values that `ServerInfo` returns, see [Recognized Environment Variables](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/dd560744(WS.10).aspx) on the Microsoft TechNet website and [IIS Server Variables](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms524602(VS.90).aspx) on the MSDN website.
 
 ## Embedding Output Expressions to Display Page Values
 
@@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ The `ObjectInfo` helper displays the type and the value of each object you pass
 
     In this example, the `ObjectInfo` helper displays two items:
 
-   - The type. For the first variable, the type is `DayOfWeek`. For the second variable, the type is `String`.
-   - The value. In this case, because you already display the value of the greeting variable in the page, the value is displayed again when you pass the variable to `ObjectInfo`.
+    - The type. For the first variable, the type is `DayOfWeek`. For the second variable, the type is `String`.
+    - The value. In this case, because you already display the value of the greeting variable in the page, the value is displayed again when you pass the variable to `ObjectInfo`.
 
-     For more complex objects, the `ObjectInfo` helper can display more information &#8212; basically, it can display the types and values of all of an object's properties.
+    For more complex objects, the `ObjectInfo` helper can display more information &#8212; basically, it can display the types and values of all of an object's properties.
 
 ## Using Debugging Tools in Visual Studio
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/18-customizing-site-wide-behavior.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/18-customizing-site-wide-behavior.md
index d037a9e720b8..7268a400c4e3 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/18-customizing-site-wide-behavior.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/18-customizing-site-wide-behavior.md
@@ -88,20 +88,20 @@ This procedure shows you how to set `WebMail` settings globally. (For more infor
 
     Modify the following email related settings in the code:
 
-   - Set `your-SMTP-host` to the name of the SMTP server that you have access to.
-   - Set `your-user-name-here` to the user name for your SMTP server account.
-   - Set `your-account-password` to the password for your SMTP server account.
-   - Set `your-email-address-here` to your own email address. This is the email address that the message is sent from. (Some email providers don't let you specify a different `From` address and will use your user name as the `From` address.)
-
-     For more information about SMTP settings, see [Configuring Email Settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202899#configuring_email_settings) in the article [Sending Email from an ASP.NET Web Pages (Razor) Site](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202899) and [Issues with Sending Email](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=253001#email) in the [ASP.NET Web Pages (Razor) Troubleshooting Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=253001).
-4. Save the *\_AppStart.cshtml* file and close it.
-5. In the root folder of a website, create new page named *TestEmail.cshtml*.
-6. Replace the existing content with the following: 
-
-     [!code-cshtml[Main](18-customizing-site-wide-behavior/samples/sample4.cshtml)]
-7. Run the *TestEmail.cshtml* page in a browser.
-8. Fill in the fields to send yourself an email message and then click **Send**.
-9. Check your email to make sure you've gotten the message.
+    - Set `your-SMTP-host` to the name of the SMTP server that you have access to.
+    - Set `your-user-name-here` to the user name for your SMTP server account.
+    - Set `your-account-password` to the password for your SMTP server account.
+    - Set `your-email-address-here` to your own email address. This is the email address that the message is sent from. (Some email providers don't let you specify a different `From` address and will use your user name as the `From` address.)
+
+    For more information about SMTP settings, see [Configuring Email Settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202899#configuring_email_settings) in the article [Sending Email from an ASP.NET Web Pages (Razor) Site](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=202899) and [Issues with Sending Email](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=253001#email) in the [ASP.NET Web Pages (Razor) Troubleshooting Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=253001).
+- Save the *\_AppStart.cshtml* file and close it.
+- In the root folder of a website, create new page named *TestEmail.cshtml*.
+- Replace the existing content with the following: 
+
+    [!code-cshtml[Main](18-customizing-site-wide-behavior/samples/sample4.cshtml)]
+- Run the *TestEmail.cshtml* page in a browser.
+- Fill in the fields to send yourself an email message and then click **Send**.
+- Check your email to make sure you've gotten the message.
 
 The important part of this example is that the settings that you don't usually change — like the name of your SMTP server and your email credentials — are set in the *\_AppStart.cshtml* file. That way you don't need to set them again in each page where you send email. (Although if for some reason you need to change those settings, you can set them individually in a page.) In the page, you only set the values that typically change each time, like the recipient and the body of the email message.
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site.md
index 50ad6c447e94..17e8efbbe62a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site.md
@@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ The following example shows how to create a page that renders a map based on an
         > [!NOTE]
         > If you're using a different version of the jQuery library, just make sure that you're pointing to that version correctly.
     - The call to the `@Maps.GetGoogleHtml` in the body of the page. To map an address, you must pass an address string. The methods for the other map engines work in a similar way (`@Maps.GetYahooHtml`, `@Maps.GetMapQuestHtml`).
-3. Run the page and enter an address. The page displays a map, based on Google Maps, that shows the location that you specified.
+- Run the page and enter an address. The page displays a map, based on Google Maps, that shows the location that you specified.
 
-     ![mapping-1](displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site/_static/image2.png)
+    ![mapping-1](displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site/_static/image2.png)
 
 ## Creating a Map Based on Latitude and Longitude Coordinates (Using Bing)
 
@@ -98,12 +98,12 @@ This example shows how to create a map based on coordinates. This example shows
 2. Replace `your-key-here` with the Bing Maps key that you generated earlier.
 3. Run the *MapCoordinates.cshtml* page, enter latitude and longitude coordinates, and then click the **Map It!** button. (If you don't know any coordinates, try the following. This is a location on the Microsoft Redmond campus.)
 
-   - Latitude: 47.6781005859375
-   - Longitude: -122.158317565918
+    - Latitude: 47.6781005859375
+    - Longitude: -122.158317565918
 
-     The page is displayed using the coordinates that you specified.
+    The page is displayed using the coordinates that you specified.
 
-     ![mapping-3](displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site/_static/image3.png)
+    ![mapping-3](displaying-maps-in-an-aspnet-web-pages-site/_static/image3.png)
 
 <a id="Additional_Resources"></a>
 ## Additional Resources
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/installing-helpers.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/installing-helpers.md
index a5e2ccc0e7d0..b58f199b3d5d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/installing-helpers.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/installing-helpers.md
@@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ ASP.NET Web Pages has a few helpers built in. However, many helpers are availabl
 2. This launches the NuGet package manager and displays available packages. In the search box, enter a keyword for the helper you want to install.
 
     ![NuGet Gallery dialog box in WebMatrix](installing-helpers/_static/image2.png)
-3. Select the package and then click **Install**. Click **Yes** when asked if you want to install the package and indicate that you accept the terms.
+- Select the package and then click **Install**. Click **Yes** when asked if you want to install the package and indicate that you accept the terms.
 
-     If this is the first time you've installed a helper, NuGet creates folders in your website for the code that makes up the helper.
-4. To uninstall a helper, click the **Gallery** button, click the **Installed** tab, and pick the package you want to uninstall.
+    If this is the first time you've installed a helper, NuGet creates folders in your website for the code that makes up the helper.
+- To uninstall a helper, click the **Gallery** button, click the **Installed** tab, and pick the package you want to uninstall.
 
 ## Installing the Twitter helper
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/validating-user-input-in-aspnet-web-pages-sites.md b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/validating-user-input-in-aspnet-web-pages-sites.md
index e06c3f594f2b..c592ed39f4e8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/validating-user-input-in-aspnet-web-pages-sites.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/overview/ui-layouts-and-themes/validating-user-input-in-aspnet-web-pages-sites.md
@@ -78,15 +78,15 @@ In ASP.NET Web Pages 2, you can use the `Validator` helper to test user input. T
     To check for required fields, use `Validation.RequireField(field, [error message])` (for an individual field) or `Validation.RequireFields(field1, field2, ...))` (for a list of fields). For other types of validation, use `Validation.Add(field, ValidationType)`. For `ValidationType`, you can use these options:
 
     `Validator.DateTime ([error message])`  
-   `Validator.Decimal([error message])`  
-   `Validator.EqualsTo(otherField [, error message])`  
-   `Validator.Float([error message])`  
-   `Validator.Integer([error message])`  
-   `Validator.Range(min, max [, error message])`  
-   `Validator.RegEx(pattern [, error message])`  
-   `Validator.Required([error message])`  
-   `Validator.StringLength(length)`  
-   `Validator.Url([error message])`
+`Validator.Decimal([error message])`  
+`Validator.EqualsTo(otherField [, error message])`  
+`Validator.Float([error message])`  
+`Validator.Integer([error message])`  
+`Validator.Range(min, max [, error message])`  
+`Validator.RegEx(pattern [, error message])`  
+`Validator.Required([error message])`  
+`Validator.StringLength(length)`  
+`Validator.Url([error message])`
 3. When the page is submitted, check whether validation has passed by checking `Validation.IsValid`:
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](validating-user-input-in-aspnet-web-pages-sites/samples/sample1.cs)]
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ You can add support to perform validation in client script. In that case, the va
 
     [!code-html[Main](validating-user-input-in-aspnet-web-pages-sites/samples/sample3.html)]
 
-   Two of the libraries are loadable from a content delivery network (CDN), so you don't necessarily have to have them on your computer or server. However, you must have a local copy of *jquery.validate.unobtrusive.js*. If you are not already working with a WebMatrix template (like **Starter Site** ) that includes the library, create a Web Pages site that's based on **Starter Site**. Then copy the *.js* file to your current site.
+ Two of the libraries are loadable from a content delivery network (CDN), so you don't necessarily have to have them on your computer or server. However, you must have a local copy of *jquery.validate.unobtrusive.js*. If you are not already working with a WebMatrix template (like **Starter Site** ) that includes the library, create a Web Pages site that's based on **Starter Site**. Then copy the *.js* file to your current site.
 2. In markup, for each element that you're validating, add a call to `Validation.For(field)`. This method emits attributes that are used by client-side validation. (Rather than emitting actual JavaScript code, the method emits attributes like `data-val-...`. These attributes support unobtrusive client validation that uses jQuery to do the work.)
 
 The following page shows how to add client validation features to the example shown earlier.
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/readme/beta3.md b/aspnet/web-pages/readme/beta3.md
index 87b612915700..518c22b84e7a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/readme/beta3.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/readme/beta3.md
@@ -278,9 +278,9 @@ This section of the document describes new features, changes, and known issues w
 > If you uninstall the .NET Framework version 4 and then reinstall it, ASP.NET Web Pages with Razor syntax is disabled. Pages with the *.cshtml* extension do not run correctly. ASP.NET Web Pages registers an assembly in the machine root *Web.config* file, and removing the .NET Framework removes that file. Reinstalling the .NET Framework installs a new version of the configuration file, but does not add the reference for the ASP.NET Web Pages assembly.
 > 
 > **Workaround** After reinstalling the .NET Framework, reinstall ASP.NET Web Pages with Razor syntax. This adds the following element to the *Web.config* file in the machine root, which is typically in the following location:  
-> 
+>   
 > `C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v4.0.30319\Config (32-bit)`  
-> 
+>   
 > `C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework64\v4.0.30319\Config (64-bit)`
 > 
 > [!code-xml[Main](beta3/samples/sample6.xml)]
@@ -297,9 +297,9 @@ This section of the document describes new features, changes, and known issues w
 #### Issue: Extensionless URLs do not find .cshtml/.vbhtml files on IIS 7 or IIS 7.5
 
 > On IIS 7 or IIS 7.5, requests with a URL like the following are not able to find pages that have the *.cshtml* or *.vbhtml* extension:  
-> 
+>   
 > `http://www.example.com/ExampleSite/ExampleFile`  
-> 
+>   
 > The issue arises because URL rewriting is not enabled by default for IIS 7 or IIS 7.5. The likeliest scenario is that you do not see the problem when testing locally using IIS Express, but you experience it when you deploy your website to a hosting website.
 > 
 > **Workaround**
@@ -361,21 +361,21 @@ This section of the document describes new features, changes, and known issues w
 > 
 > **Workaround**  
 > Use the `Encryption Mode` property of the `SqlCeConnection` class to encrypt SQL Server Compact 4.0 database files. The following example shows how to create an encrypted SQL Server Compact 4.0 database using the `Encryption Mode` property:
-> 
+>  
 > [!code-csharp[Main](beta3/samples/sample11.cs)]
-> 
+>  
 > [!code-vb[Main](beta3/samples/sample12.vb)]
 > 
 > To change the encryption mode of an existing SQL Server Compact 4.0 database, do the following:
-> 
+>  
 > [!code-csharp[Main](beta3/samples/sample13.cs)]
-> 
+>  
 > [!code-vb[Main](beta3/samples/sample14.vb)]
 > 
 > To encrypt an unencrypted SQL Server Compact 4.0 database, do the following:
-> 
+>  
 > [!code-csharp[Main](beta3/samples/sample15.cs)]
-> 
+>  
 > [!code-vb[Main](beta3/samples/sample16.vb)]
 
 
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ This section of the document describes new features, changes, and known issues w
 > Explicitly set the data type for parameters such as `SqlDbType` or `DbType`. This is critical in the case of BLOB data types (`image` and `ntext`). Use code like the following:
 > 
 > [!code-sql[Main](beta3/samples/sample20.sql)]
-> 
+>  
 > [!code-vb[Main](beta3/samples/sample21.vb)]
 
 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/readme/overview.md b/aspnet/web-pages/readme/overview.md
index ec47f69ee330..9bc4562c5bf8 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/readme/overview.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/readme/overview.md
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ This section of the document describes new features, changes, and known issues w
 > If you uninstall the .NET Framework version 4 and then reinstall it, ASP.NET Web Pages with Razor syntax is disabled. Pages with the *.cshtml* extension do not run correctly. ASP.NET Web Pages registers an assembly in the machine root *web.config* file, and removing the .NET Framework removes that file. Reinstalling the .NET Framework installs a new version of the configuration file, but does not add the reference for the ASP.NET Web Pages assembly.
 > 
 > **Workaround** After reinstalling the .NET Framework, reinstall ASP.NET Web Pages with Razor syntax. This adds the following element to the *web.config* file in the machine root, which is typically in the following location:  
-> 
+>   
 > `C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v4.0.30319\Config (32-bit)`  
 > `C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework64\v4.0.30319\Config (64-bit)`
 > 
@@ -231,9 +231,9 @@ This section of the document describes new features, changes, and known issues w
 #### Issue: Extensionless URLs do not find .cshtml/.vbhtml files on IIS 7 or IIS 7.5
 
 > On IIS 7 or IIS 7.5, requests with a URL like the following are not able to find pages that have the *.cshtml* or *.vbhtml* extension:  
-> 
+>   
 > `http://www.example.com/ExampleSite/ExampleFile`  
-> 
+>   
 > The issue arises because URL rewriting is not enabled by default for IIS 7 or IIS 7.5. The likeliest scenario is that you do not see the problem when testing locally using IIS Express, but you experience it when you deploy your website to a hosting website.
 > 
 > **Workaround**
@@ -252,11 +252,10 @@ This section of the document describes new features, changes, and known issues w
 > 
 > 1. Copy the database engine assemblies to the *Bin* folder (and subfolders) of the application on the target computer:  
 > 
->    - Copy *C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server Edition\v4.0\Desktop\System.Data.SqlServerCe.dll*   
->        **to** *\Bin*
->    - Copy <em>C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition\v4.0\Private\x86\\</em><strong><em>to</em></strong>\Bin\x86*
->    - Copy <em>C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition\v4.0\Private\amd64\\</em>* <strong>to</strong><em>\Bin\amd64</em>
-> 
+>     - Copy *C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server Edition\v4.0\Desktop\System.Data.SqlServerCe.dll*   
+>         **to** *\Bin*
+>     - Copy *C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition\v4.0\Private\x86\\****to***\Bin\x86*
+>     - Copy *C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server Compact Edition\v4.0\Private\amd64\\** **to***\Bin\amd64*
 > 2. In the root folder of the website, create or open a *web.config* file. (In WebMatrix 1.0, this file type is available if you click **All** in the **Choose a File Type** dialog box.)
 > 3. Add the following element as a child of the `<configuration>` element (not inside the `<system.web>` element):
 > 
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-email-to-your-web-site.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-email-to-your-web-site.md
index 6fcf4ce2f53c..74abdffd44b2 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-email-to-your-web-site.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-email-to-your-web-site.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Adding Email to Your Web Site (Part 1)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (10 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/adding-email-to-your-web-site)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-video.md)
-> [Next](adding-search-to-your-web-site.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-video.md)
+[Next](adding-search-to-your-web-site.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-search-to-your-web-site.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-search-to-your-web-site.md
index 4078904fdd7e..dc9e99740358 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-search-to-your-web-site.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-search-to-your-web-site.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Adding Search to Your Web Site tutorial
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/adding-search-to-your-web-site)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-email-to-your-web-site.md)
-> [Next](adding-social-networking-to-your-website.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-email-to-your-web-site.md)
+[Next](adding-social-networking-to-your-website.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-social-networking-to-your-website.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-social-networking-to-your-website.md
index 2e41d73c68b6..c1c53bd5acde 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-social-networking-to-your-website.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/adding-social-networking-to-your-website.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Video accompaniment to the Adding Social Networking to Your Website tutorial
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/adding-social-networking-to-your-website)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-search-to-your-web-site.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-search-to-your-web-site.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md
index 555284a548e9..ebcb2da05530 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Creating a Consistent Look tutorial (part 1)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-a-consistent-look-part-1)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md)
+[Next](creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md
index 1b8282ca28e8..e10857d4052a 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Creating a Consistent Look tutorial (Part 2)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (5 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/creating-a-consistent-look-part-2)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md)
-> [Next](working-with-forms-part-1.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md)
+[Next](working-with-forms-part-1.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md
index fb272d524620..39fc0411643b 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Displaying Data in a Chart tutorial (Part 1)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (12 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data-in-a-grid.md)
-> [Next](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data-in-a-grid.md)
+[Next](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md
index 1bcad488bb8a..680d9d9082ed 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Displaying Data in a Chart (Part 2) tutorial
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md)
-> [Next](working-with-files.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md)
+[Next](working-with-files.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-grid.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-grid.md
index a9c4b6277da9..76cbf13adf49 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-grid.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/displaying-data-in-a-grid.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Displaying Data in a Grid tutorial
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (17 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/displaying-data-in-a-grid)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-data-part-2.md)
-> [Next](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-data-part-2.md)
+[Next](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-1.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/getting-started-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/getting-started-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages.md
index 35030a301e63..47839c630842 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/getting-started-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/getting-started-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages.md
@@ -21,5 +21,5 @@ Video accompaniment to the Getting Started with WebMatrix and ASP.NET Web Pages
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (27 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/getting-started-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md
index 96a597f9c54c..6dc41ce03340 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Introduction to ASP.NET Web Programming Using the Raz
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/introduction-to-aspnet-web-programming-using-the-razor-syntax)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](getting-started-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages.md)
-> [Next](creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](getting-started-with-webmatrix-and-aspnet-web-pages.md)
+[Next](creating-a-consistent-look-part-1.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-1.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-1.md
index 9fb593b14aae..8add16541802 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-1.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Working with Data tutorial (Part 1)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (8 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-data-part-1)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-forms-part-2.md)
-> [Next](working-with-data-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-forms-part-2.md)
+[Next](working-with-data-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-2.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-2.md
index f1857f739463..cb9f8375a61d 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-data-part-2.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Working with Data tutorial (Part 2)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (6 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-data-part-2)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-data-part-1.md)
-> [Next](displaying-data-in-a-grid.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-data-part-1.md)
+[Next](displaying-data-in-a-grid.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-files.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-files.md
index 74e1ee6ebda5..bbf66eb8d598 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-files.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-files.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Working with Files tutorial
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (23 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-files)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md)
-> [Next](working-with-images.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](displaying-data-in-a-chart-part-2.md)
+[Next](working-with-images.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-1.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-1.md
index 34103138549e..00ebf5821fb5 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-1.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-1.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Working with Forms tutorial (Part 1)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (14 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-forms-part-1)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md)
-> [Next](working-with-forms-part-2.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](creating-a-consistent-look-part-2.md)
+[Next](working-with-forms-part-2.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-2.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-2.md
index b53f617da759..26505ab35507 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-2.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-forms-part-2.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Working with Forms tutorial (Part 2)
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (16 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-forms-part-2)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-forms-part-1.md)
-> [Next](working-with-data-part-1.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-forms-part-1.md)
+[Next](working-with-data-part-1.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-images.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-images.md
index 15487b8c4248..7747c5142fe0 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-images.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-images.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Working with Images tutorial
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (26 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-images)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-files.md)
-> [Next](working-with-video.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-files.md)
+[Next](working-with-video.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-video.md b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-video.md
index b51285fc201f..0550b000de2f 100644
--- a/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-video.md
+++ b/aspnet/web-pages/videos/aspnet-razor-pages/working-with-video.md
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ Video accompaniment to the Working with Video tutorial
 
 [&#9654; Watch video (9 minutes)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/ASP-NET-Site-Videos/working-with-video)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-images.md)
-> [Next](adding-email-to-your-web-site.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-images.md)
+[Next](adding-email-to-your-web-site.md)
diff --git a/aspnet/webhooks/receiving/receivers.md b/aspnet/webhooks/receiving/receivers.md
index 4a35ea864da2..ab0a23a1c721 100644
--- a/aspnet/webhooks/receiving/receivers.md
+++ b/aspnet/webhooks/receiving/receivers.md
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ https://<host>/api/webhooks/incoming/<receiver>/{id}
 
 For security reasons, many WebHook receivers require that the URI is an *https* URI and in some cases it must also contain an additional query parameter which is used to enforce that only the intended party can send WebHooks to the URI above.
 
-The <em><receiver></em> component is the name of the receiver, for example <em>github</em> or <em>slack</em>.
+The *<receiver>* component is the name of the receiver, for example *github* or *slack*.
 
 The *{id}* is an optional identifier which can be used to identify a particular WebHook receiver configuration. This can be used to register N WebHooks with a particular receiver. For example, the following three URIs can be used to register for three independent WebHooks:
 
diff --git a/aspnet/whitepapers/add-mobile-pages-to-your-aspnet-web-forms-mvc-application.md b/aspnet/whitepapers/add-mobile-pages-to-your-aspnet-web-forms-mvc-application.md
index 3b6f858d9501..271bca8b06d1 100644
--- a/aspnet/whitepapers/add-mobile-pages-to-your-aspnet-web-forms-mvc-application.md
+++ b/aspnet/whitepapers/add-mobile-pages-to-your-aspnet-web-forms-mvc-application.md
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Note that Forms Authentication makes certain assumptions about where it can redi
 
     [!code-csharp[Main](add-mobile-pages-to-your-aspnet-web-forms-mvc-application/samples/sample4.cs)]
   
-  This code assumes your page has a Login server control called LoginUser, as in the default project template.
+ This code assumes your page has a Login server control called LoginUser, as in the default project template.
 
 ### Working with Output Caching
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Next, note that by adding a second HomeController to your application (i.e., the
 
 [!code-csharp[Main](add-mobile-pages-to-your-aspnet-web-forms-mvc-application/samples/sample9.cs)]
 
-Now the error will go away, and the URL http://<em>yoursite</em>/ will reach the desktop homepage, and http://<em>yoursite</em>/mobile/ will reach the mobile homepage.
+Now the error will go away, and the URL http://*yoursite*/ will reach the desktop homepage, and http://*yoursite*/mobile/ will reach the mobile homepage.
 
 ### Redirecting mobile visitors to your mobile area
 
diff --git a/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/breaking-changes.md b/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/breaking-changes.md
index 5f3ffb83bbde..40adf2490687 100644
--- a/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/breaking-changes.md
+++ b/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/breaking-changes.md
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ When you revert to the legacy CAS model, the following old CAS behaviors are ena
 - Multiple different permission sets in a single application domain are allowed.
 - Explicit permission assertions are not required for assemblies in the GAC that are invoked when only ASP.NET or other .NET Framework code is on the stack.
 
-One scenario cannot be reverted in the .NET Framework 4: non-Web partial-trust applications can no longer call certain APIs in System.Web.dll and System.Web.Extensions.dll. In previous versions of the .NET Framework, it was possible for non-Web partial-trust applications to be explicitly granted <strong>AspNetHostingPermission</strong> permissions. These applications could then use <strong>System.Web.HttpUtility</strong>, types in the <strong>System.Web.ClientServices.\</strong>* namespaces, and types related to membership, roles, and profiles. Calling these types from non-Web partial trust applications is no longer supported in the .NET Framework 4.
+One scenario cannot be reverted in the .NET Framework 4: non-Web partial-trust applications can no longer call certain APIs in System.Web.dll and System.Web.Extensions.dll. In previous versions of the .NET Framework, it was possible for non-Web partial-trust applications to be explicitly granted **AspNetHostingPermission** permissions. These applications could then use **System.Web.HttpUtility**, types in the **System.Web.ClientServices.\*** namespaces, and types related to membership, roles, and profiles. Calling these types from non-Web partial trust applications is no longer supported in the .NET Framework 4.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The **HtmlEncode** and **HtmlDecode** functionality of the **System.Web.HttpUtility** class was moved to the new .NET Framework 4 **System.Net.WebUtility** class. If that was the only ASP.NET functionality that was being used, modify the application's code to use the new **WebUtility** class instead.
diff --git a/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/overview.md b/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/overview.md
index 4ee65cc78344..c729bc891bb6 100644
--- a/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/overview.md
+++ b/aspnet/whitepapers/aspnet4/overview.md
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ ASP.NET 4 also enables you to configure the characters that are used by the URL
 
 [!code-xml[Main](overview/samples/sample11.xml)]
 
-By default, the <em>requestPathInvalidChars</em> attribute defines eight characters as invalid. (In the string that is assigned to <em>requestPathInvalidChars</em> by default<em>,</em>the less than (&lt;), greater than (&gt;), and ampersand (&amp;) characters are encoded, because the `Web.config` file is an XML file.) You can customize the set of invalid characters as needed.
+By default, the *requestPathInvalidChars* attribute defines eight characters as invalid. (In the string that is assigned to *requestPathInvalidChars* by default*,*the less than (&lt;), greater than (&gt;), and ampersand (&amp;) characters are encoded, because the `Web.config` file is an XML file.) You can customize the set of invalid characters as needed.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Note ASP.NET 4 always rejects URL paths that contain characters in the ASCII range of 0x00 to 0x1F, because those are invalid URL characters as defined in RFC 2396 of the IETF ([http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt](http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt)). On versions of Windows Server that run IIS 6 or higher, the http.sys protocol device driver automatically rejects URLs with these characters.
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ The *RouteParameter* class lets you specify route data as a parameter value for
 
 [!code-aspx[Main](overview/samples/sample46.aspx)]
 
-In this case, the value of the route parameter searchterm will be used for the @companyname parameter in the <em>Select</em> statement.
+In this case, the value of the route parameter searchterm will be used for the @companyname parameter in the *Select* statement.
 
 <a id="0.2__Toc224729037"></a><a id="0.2__Toc253429261"></a><a id="0.2__Toc243304635"></a>
 
diff --git a/aspnet/whitepapers/ms03-32-issue.md b/aspnet/whitepapers/ms03-32-issue.md
index c0c65032becc..0bf3beb96808 100644
--- a/aspnet/whitepapers/ms03-32-issue.md
+++ b/aspnet/whitepapers/ms03-32-issue.md
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ We are working hard on a permanent solution for this issue. In the meantime, you
 4. Re-registers ASP.NET. This creates a new random password for the account and applies default ASP.NET access control settings for it
 5. Restarts the IIS service
 
-The batch file contains a hardcoded temporary password of "<strong>1pass@word</strong>" which you will be prompted to enter for the runas command when the batch file is run. After the runas command completes, the ASPNET account password is recreated with a strong random value. Note that the batch file may fail if the hardcoded password does not meet the password complexity requirements in your environment. If that's the case, you can change it to another value that is appropriate for your environment.
+The batch file contains a hardcoded temporary password of "**1pass@word**" which you will be prompted to enter for the runas command when the batch file is run. After the runas command completes, the ASPNET account password is recreated with a strong random value. Note that the batch file may fail if the hardcoded password does not meet the password complexity requirements in your environment. If that's the case, you can change it to another value that is appropriate for your environment.
 
 *> [!IMPORTANT]* If you have added custom access control settings or database account permissions for the ASPNET account, they will need to be recreated after this batch file completes. This is because when the account is recreated, it will get a new security identifier (SID).
 
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The batch file is included in the self-extracting archive below. To use it:
 3. Extract the contents to c:\
 4. Select Run... from the start menu, and enter `cmd.exe`
 5. In the open command windows, type `c:\fixup.cmd`.
-6. When prompted, enter <strong>1pass@word</strong> as the password.
+6. When prompted, enter **1pass@word** as the password.
 7. If you have previously custom access control settings or database account permissions for the ASPNET account, you'll need to re-apply these settings now.
 
 Many apologies for the inconvenience that this has caused. We'll post additional information as it becomes available.
diff --git a/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc3-release-notes.md b/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc3-release-notes.md
index c7abda37f3b8..96611986a48b 100644
--- a/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc3-release-notes.md
+++ b/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc3-release-notes.md
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ When the *Html.ValidationMessage* method displays a validation message, it skips
 <a id="_Toc2_10"></a>
 ### Fixed @model Declaration to not Add Whitespace to the Document
 
-In earlier releases, the <em>@model</em> declaration at the top of a view added a blank line to the rendered HTML output. This has been fixed so that the declaration does not introduce whitespace.
+In earlier releases, the *@model* declaration at the top of a view added a blank line to the rendered HTML output. This has been fixed so that the declaration does not introduce whitespace.
 
 <a id="_Toc2_11"></a>
 ### Added "FileExtensions" Property to View Engines to Support Engine-Specific File Names
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ In earlier versions, explicit values that were passed to the *RenderAction* meth
 - In previous versions of ASP.NET MVC, action filters were created per request except in a few cases. This behavior was never a guaranteed behavior but merely an implementation detail and the contract for filters was to consider them stateless. In ASP.NET MVC 3, filters are cached more aggressively. Therefore, any custom action filters which improperly store instance state might be broken.
 - The order of execution for exception filters has changed for exception filters that have the same *Order* value. In ASP.NET MVC 2 and earlier, exception filters on the controller that had the same *Order* value as those on an action method were executed before the exception filters on the action method. This would typically be the case when exception filters were applied without a specified *Order* value. In ASP.NET MVC 3, this order has been reversed so that the most specific exception handler executes first. As in earlier versions, if the *Order* property is explicitly specified, the filters are run in the specified order.
 - A new property named *FileExtensions* was added to the *VirtualPathProviderViewEngine* base class. When ASP.NET looks up a view by path (not by name), only views with a file extension contained in the list specified by this new property are considered. This is a breaking change in applications where a custom build provider is registered in order to enable a custom file extension for Web Form views and where the provider references those views by using a full path rather than a name. The workaround is to modify the value of the *FileExtensions* property to include the custom file extension.
-- Custom controller factory implementations that directly implement the <em>IControllerFactory</em> interface must provide an implementation of the new <em>GetControllerSessionBehavior</em><em>method that was added to the interface in this release</em>. In general, it is recommended that you do not implement this interface directly and instead derive your class from <em>DefaultControllerFactory</em>.
+- Custom controller factory implementations that directly implement the *IControllerFactory* interface must provide an implementation of the new *GetControllerSessionBehavior**method that was added to the interface in this release*. In general, it is recommended that you do not implement this interface directly and instead derive your class from *DefaultControllerFactory*.
 
 <a id="_Toc2_KI"></a>
 ## Known Issues
diff --git a/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-beta-release-notes.md b/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-beta-release-notes.md
index c970ec6bb4b0..3c25e8624f4b 100644
--- a/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-beta-release-notes.md
+++ b/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-beta-release-notes.md
@@ -275,9 +275,9 @@ ASP.NET MVC 4 Beta supports the September 2011 1.5 release of the Windows Azure
     The assembly binding element in the modified web.config should appear as follows:
 
     [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-beta-release-notes/samples/sample12.xml)]
-- <strong>The "Add Controller" item template in Visual Basic projects generates an incorrect namespace when invoked</strong><strong>from inside an area.</strong> When you add a controller to an area in an ASP.NET MVC project that uses Visual Basic, the item template inserts the wrong namespace into the controller. The result is a "file not found" error when you navigate to any action in the controller.  
+- **The "Add Controller" item template in Visual Basic projects generates an incorrect namespace when invoked****from inside an area.** When you add a controller to an area in an ASP.NET MVC project that uses Visual Basic, the item template inserts the wrong namespace into the controller. The result is a "file not found" error when you navigate to any action in the controller.  
   
-  The generated namespace omits everything after the root namespace. For example, the namespace generated is *RootNamespace* but should be *RootNamespace.Areas.AreaName.Controllers* .
+ The generated namespace omits everything after the root namespace. For example, the namespace generated is *RootNamespace* but should be *RootNamespace.Areas.AreaName.Controllers* .
 - **Breaking changes in the Razor View Engine.** As part of a rewrite of the Razor parser, the following types were removed from *System.Web.Mvc.Razor*: 
 
     - *ModelSpan*
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ ASP.NET MVC 4 Beta supports the September 2011 1.5 release of the Windows Azure
     - *MvcCSharpRazorCodeGenerator*
     - *MvcVBRazorCodeParser*
 
-  The following methods were also removed: 
+ The following methods were also removed: 
 
     - *MvcCSharpRazorCodeParser.ParseInheritsStatement(System.Web.Razor.Parser.CodeBlockInfo)*
     - *MvcWebPageRazorHost.DecorateCodeGenerator(System.Web.Razor.Generator.RazorCodeGenerator)*
@@ -300,15 +300,15 @@ ASP.NET MVC 4 Beta supports the September 2011 1.5 release of the Windows Azure
 
     **Required updates**
 
-  1. In the root Web.config file, add a new *&lt;appSettings&gt;* entry with the key *webPages:Version* and the value *1.0.0.0*.
+    1. In the root Web.config file, add a new *&lt;appSettings&gt;* entry with the key *webPages:Version* and the value *1.0.0.0*.
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-beta-release-notes/samples/sample14.xml)]
-  2. In Solution Explorer, right-click the project name and then select Unload Project. Then right-click the name again and select Edit *ProjectName*.csproj.
-  3. Locate the following assembly references: 
+        [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-beta-release-notes/samples/sample14.xml)]
+    2. In Solution Explorer, right-click the project name and then select Unload Project. Then right-click the name again and select Edit *ProjectName*.csproj.
+    3. Locate the following assembly references: 
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-beta-release-notes/samples/sample15.xml)]
+        [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-beta-release-notes/samples/sample15.xml)]
 
-      Replace them with the following:
+        Replace them with the following:
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-beta-release-notes/samples/sample16.xml)]
-  4. Save the changes, close the project (.csproj) file you were editing, and then right-click the project and select Reload.
+        [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-beta-release-notes/samples/sample16.xml)]
+    4. Save the changes, close the project (.csproj) file you were editing, and then right-click the project and select Reload.
diff --git a/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-release-notes.md b/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-release-notes.md
index db3c71afb6eb..44fe824a0628 100644
--- a/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-release-notes.md
+++ b/aspnet/whitepapers/mvc4-release-notes.md
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ The major changes from ASP.NET MVC 4 Release Candidate in this release are summa
     - *MvcCSharpRazorCodeGenerator*
     - *MvcVBRazorCodeParser*
 
-  The following methods were also removed: 
+ The following methods were also removed: 
 
     - *MvcCSharpRazorCodeParser.ParseInheritsStatement(System.Web.Razor.Parser.CodeBlockInfo)*
     - *MvcWebPageRazorHost.DecorateCodeGenerator(System.Web.Razor.Generator.RazorCodeGenerator)*
@@ -270,23 +270,22 @@ The major changes from ASP.NET MVC 4 Release Candidate in this release are summa
 
     **Required updates**
 
-  1. In the root Web.config file, add a new *&lt;appSettings&gt;* entry with the key *webPages:Version* and the value *1.0.0.0*. 
+    1. In the root Web.config file, add a new *&lt;appSettings&gt;* entry with the key *webPages:Version* and the value *1.0.0.0*. 
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-release-notes/samples/sample7.xml)]
-  2. In Solution Explorer, right-click the project name and then select Unload Project. Then right-click the name again and select Edit *ProjectName*.csproj.
-  3. Locate the following assembly references: 
+        [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-release-notes/samples/sample7.xml)]
+    2. In Solution Explorer, right-click the project name and then select Unload Project. Then right-click the name again and select Edit *ProjectName*.csproj.
+    3. Locate the following assembly references: 
 
-      [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-release-notes/samples/sample8.xml)]
+        [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-release-notes/samples/sample8.xml)]
 
-      Replace them with the following:
-
-      [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-release-notes/samples/sample9.xml)]
-  4. Save the changes, close the project (.csproj) file you were editing, and then right-click the project and select Reload.
+        Replace them with the following:
 
+        [!code-xml[Main](mvc4-release-notes/samples/sample9.xml)]
+    4. Save the changes, close the project (.csproj) file you were editing, and then right-click the project and select Reload.
 - **Changing an ASP.NET MVC 4 project to target 4.0 from 4.5 does not update the EntityFramework assembly reference:** If you change an ASP.NET MVC 4 project to target 4.0 after targetting 4.5 the reference to the EntityFramework assembly will still point to the 4.5 version. To fix this issue uninstall and reinstall the EntityFramework NuGet package.
 - **403 Forbidden when running an ASP.NET MVC 4 application on Azure after changing to target 4.0 from 4.5:** If you change an ASP.NET MVC 4 project to target 4.0 after targetting 4.5 and then deploy to Azure you may see a 403 Forbidden error at runtime. To workaround this issue add the following to your web.config: `<modules runAllManagedModulesForAllRequests="true" />`
 - **Visual Studio 2012 crashes when you type a '\' in a string literal in a Razor file.** To work around the issue enter the closing quote of the string literal first.
-- <strong>Browsing to &quot;Account/Manage&quot; in the Internet template results in a runtime error for CHS, TRK and CHT languages.</strong> To fix the issue modify the page to separate out <em>@User.Identity.Name</em> by puting it as the only content within the <em>&lt;strong&gt;</em> tag.
+- **Browsing to &quot;Account/Manage&quot; in the Internet template results in a runtime error for CHS, TRK and CHT languages.** To fix the issue modify the page to separate out *@User.Identity.Name* by puting it as the only content within the *&lt;strong&gt;* tag.
 - **Google and LinkedIn providers are not supported within Azure Web Sites.** Use alternative authentication providers when deploying to Azure Web Sites.
 - **When using UriPathExtensionMapping with IIS 8 Express/IIS, you would receive 404 Not Found errors when you try to use the extension.** The static file handler will interfere with requests to web APIs that use *UriPathExtensionMappings*. Set *runAllManagedModulesForAllRequests=true* in web.config to work around the issue.
 - **Controller.Execute method is no longer called.** All MVC controllers are now always executed asynchronously.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/client-side/bower.md b/aspnetcore/client-side/bower.md
index 380090d156cf..0f27a8add360 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/client-side/bower.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/client-side/bower.md
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ In this tutorial, we'll add support for [Font Awesome](http://fontawesome.io). B
 
 * In the **Bower: \<project name\>** window, click the "Browse" tab, and then filter the packages list by entering `font-awesome` in the search box:
 
-  ![manage bower packages](bower/_static/manage-bower-packages.png)
+ ![manage bower packages](bower/_static/manage-bower-packages.png)
 
 * Confirm that the "Save changes to *bower.json*" checkbox is checked. Select a version from the drop-down list and click the **Install** button. The **Output** window shows the installation details.
 
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ Once you list packages in the *bower.json* file, Visual Studio will download the
 
 * Save the *bower.json* file.
 
-  Verify the project includes the *bootstrap* and *jQuery* directories in *wwwroot/lib*. Bower uses the *.bowerrc* file to install the assets in *wwwroot/lib*.
+ Verify the project includes the *bootstrap* and *jQuery* directories in *wwwroot/lib*. Bower uses the *.bowerrc* file to install the assets in *wwwroot/lib*.
 
-  Note: The "Manage Bower Packages" UI provides an alternative to manual file editing.
+ Note: The "Manage Bower Packages" UI provides an alternative to manual file editing.
 
 ### Enable static files
 
@@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ In this section, you will create an HTML page to verify it can access the deploy
 
 * Add a new HTML page named *Index.html* to the *wwwroot* folder. Note: You must add the HTML file to the *wwwroot* folder. By default, static content cannot be served outside *wwwroot*. See [Work with static files](xref:fundamentals/static-files) for more information.
 
-  Replace the contents of *Index.html* with the following markup:
+ Replace the contents of *Index.html* with the following markup:
 
 [!code-html[](bower/sample/Index.html)]
 
 * Run the app and navigate to `http://localhost:<port>/Index.html`. Alternatively, with *Index.html* opened, press `Ctrl+Shift+W`. Verify that the jumbotron styling is applied, the jQuery code responds when the button is clicked, and that the Bootstrap button changes state.
 
-  ![jumbotron style applied](bower/_static/jumbotron.png)
+ ![jumbotron style applied](bower/_static/jumbotron.png)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/client-side/bundling-and-minification.md b/aspnetcore/client-side/bundling-and-minification.md
index 896007c11fd8..e7ebfcfe1835 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/client-side/bundling-and-minification.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/client-side/bundling-and-minification.md
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ Build the project. The following appears in the Output window:
 1>------ Build started: Project: BuildBundlerMinifierApp, Configuration: Debug Any CPU ------
 1>
 1>Bundler: Begin processing bundleconfig.json
-1>  Minified wwwroot/css/site.min.css
-1>  Minified wwwroot/js/site.min.js
+1>	Minified wwwroot/css/site.min.css
+1>	Minified wwwroot/js/site.min.js
 1>Bundler: Done processing bundleconfig.json
 1>BuildBundlerMinifierApp -> C:\BuildBundlerMinifierApp\bin\Debug\netcoreapp2.0\BuildBundlerMinifierApp.dll
 ========== Build: 1 succeeded, 0 failed, 0 up-to-date, 0 skipped ==========
@@ -215,22 +215,28 @@ Specify which files to include in your pages by using the [Environment Tag Helpe
 
 The following `environment` tag renders the unprocessed CSS files when running in the `Development` environment:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-cshtml[](../client-side/bundling-and-minification/samples/BuildBundlerMinifierApp/Pages/_Layout.cshtml?highlight=3&range=21-24)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-cshtml[](../client-side/bundling-and-minification/samples/BuildBundlerMinifierApp/Pages/_Layout.cshtml?highlight=3&range=9-12)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The following `environment` tag renders the bundled and minified CSS files when running in an environment other than `Development`. For example, running in `Production` or `Staging` triggers the rendering of these stylesheets:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-cshtml[](../client-side/bundling-and-minification/samples/BuildBundlerMinifierApp/Pages/_Layout.cshtml?highlight=5&range=25-30)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-cshtml[](../client-side/bundling-and-minification/samples/BuildBundlerMinifierApp/Pages/_Layout.cshtml?highlight=3&range=13-18)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Consume bundleconfig.json from Gulp
 
 There are cases in which an app's bundling and minification workflow requires additional processing. Examples include image optimization, cache busting, and CDN asset processing. To satisfy these requirements, you can convert the bundling and minification workflow to use Gulp.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/client-side/spa-services.md b/aspnetcore/client-side/spa-services.md
index 96c0b13ebaeb..44b9ab17d784 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/client-side/spa-services.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/client-side/spa-services.md
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Collectively, these infrastructure components enhance both the development workf
 
 To work with SpaServices, install the following:
 * [Node.js](https://nodejs.org/) (version 6 or later) with npm
-  * To verify these components are installed and can be found, run the following from the command line:
+    * To verify these components are installed and can be found, run the following from the command line:
 
     ```console
     node -v && npm -v
@@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ To work with SpaServices, install the following:
 
 Note: If you're deploying to an Azure web site, you don't need to do anything here &mdash; Node.js is installed and available in the server environments.
 
-* [!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
-
+* [!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
   * If you're on Windows using Visual Studio 2017, the SDK is installed by selecting the **.NET Core cross-platform development** workload.
 
 * [Microsoft.AspNetCore.SpaServices](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.SpaServices/) NuGet package
diff --git a/aspnetcore/client-side/using-grunt.md b/aspnetcore/client-side/using-grunt.md
index 629dc21f89ca..c80d2b0f1e2d 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/client-side/using-grunt.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/client-side/using-grunt.md
@@ -124,16 +124,16 @@ The packages for each devDependencies item will download, along with any files t
 
 Grunt is configured using a manifest named *Gruntfile.js* that defines, loads and registers tasks that can be run manually or configured to run automatically based on events in Visual Studio.
 
-1. Right-click the project and select **Add > New Item**. Select the **Grunt Configuration file** option, leave the default name, *Gruntfile.js*, and click the **Add** button.
+1.  Right-click the project and select **Add > New Item**. Select the **Grunt Configuration file** option, leave the default name, *Gruntfile.js*, and click the **Add** button.
 
-   The initial code includes a module definition and the `grunt.initConfig()` method. The `initConfig()` is used to set options for each package, and the remainder of the module will load and register tasks.
+    The initial code includes a module definition and the `grunt.initConfig()` method. The `initConfig()` is used to set options for each package, and the remainder of the module will load and register tasks.
     
-   ```javascript
-   module.exports = function (grunt) {
-     grunt.initConfig({
-     });
-   };
-   ```
+    ```javascript
+    module.exports = function (grunt) {
+      grunt.initConfig({
+      });
+    };
+    ```
 
 2. Inside the `initConfig()` method, add options for the `clean` task as shown in the example *Gruntfile.js* below. The clean task accepts an array of directory strings. This task removes files from wwwroot/lib and removes the entire /temp directory.
 
@@ -202,16 +202,16 @@ Grunt is configured using a manifest named *Gruntfile.js* that defines, loads an
     > [!NOTE]
     > The option "-W069" is an error produced by jshint when JavaScript uses bracket syntax to assign a property instead of dot notation, i.e. `Tastes["Sweet"]` instead of `Tastes.Sweet`. The option turns off the warning to allow the rest of the process to continue.
 
-10. Add the `uglify` task using the code below.
+10.  Add the `uglify` task using the code below.
 
     The task minifies the *combined.js* file found in the temp directory and creates the result file in wwwroot/lib following the standard naming convention *\<file name\>.min.js*.
     
     ```javascript
     uglify: {
-     all: {
-       src: ['temp/combined.js'],
-       dest: 'wwwroot/lib/combined.min.js'
-     }
+      all: {
+        src: ['temp/combined.js'],
+        dest: 'wwwroot/lib/combined.min.js'
+      }
     },
     ```
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/advanced.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/advanced.md
index cfbecb40bec7..ef6620f1feec 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/advanced.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/advanced.md
@@ -240,5 +240,5 @@ Solution:
 
 Check the connection string. If you have manually deleted the database file, change the name of the database in the construction string to start over with a new database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](inheritance.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](inheritance.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/complex-data-model.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/complex-data-model.md
index a71e0171e429..fb2975558728 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/complex-data-model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/complex-data-model.md
@@ -491,6 +491,6 @@ Right-click the **CourseAssignment** table and select **View Data** to verify th
 
 You now have a more complex data model and corresponding database. In the following tutorial, you'll learn more about how to access related data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](migrations.md)
-> [Next](read-related-data.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](migrations.md)
+[Next](read-related-data.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/concurrency.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/concurrency.md
index a10d496e3d9a..95ed683787e0 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/concurrency.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/concurrency.md
@@ -275,6 +275,6 @@ Replace the code in *Views/Departments/Create.cshtml* to add a Select option to
 
 This completes the introduction to handling concurrency conflicts. For more information about how to handle concurrency in EF Core, see [Concurrency conflicts](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/core/saving/concurrency). The next tutorial shows how to implement table-per-hierarchy inheritance for the Instructor and Student entities.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](update-related-data.md)
-> [Next](inheritance.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](update-related-data.md)
+[Next](inheritance.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/crud.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/crud.md
index 96a6d7d60c3a..223228d816b0 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/crud.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/crud.md
@@ -291,6 +291,6 @@ For more information, see [Tracking vs. No-Tracking](https://docs.microsoft.com/
 
 You now have a complete set of pages that perform simple CRUD operations for Student entities. In the next tutorial you'll expand the functionality of the **Index** page by adding sorting, filtering, and paging.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](intro.md)
-> [Next](sort-filter-page.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](intro.md)
+[Next](sort-filter-page.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/index.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/index.md
index f5ca9d4aa889..16016f847bda 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/index.md
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ uid: data/ef-mvc/index
 ---
 # ASP.NET Core MVC with EF Core - tutorial series
 
-[!INCLUDE [RP better than MVC](../../includes/RP-EF/rp-over-mvc.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[RP better than MVC](../../includes/RP-EF/rp-over-mvc.md)]
 
 1. [Get started](xref:data/ef-mvc/intro)
 1. [Create, Read, Update, and Delete operations](xref:data/ef-mvc/crud)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/inheritance.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/inheritance.md
index 64610c0e1ad8..6a264b160c5b 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/inheritance.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/inheritance.md
@@ -139,6 +139,6 @@ Right-click the Person table, and then click **Show Table Data** to see the disc
 
 You've implemented table-per-hierarchy inheritance for the `Person`, `Student`, and `Instructor` classes. For more information about inheritance in Entity Framework Core, see [Inheritance](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/core/modeling/inheritance). In the next tutorial you'll see how to handle a variety of relatively advanced Entity Framework scenarios.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](concurrency.md)
-> [Next](advanced.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](concurrency.md)
+[Next](advanced.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/intro.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/intro.md
index 263974c0c14b..6f87f98ce8b2 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/intro.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/intro.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: data/ef-mvc/intro
 
 By [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra) and [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [RP better than MVC](../../includes/RP-EF/rp-over-mvc.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[RP better than MVC](../../includes/RP-EF/rp-over-mvc.md)]
 
 The Contoso University sample web application demonstrates how to create ASP.NET Core 2.0 MVC web applications using Entity Framework (EF) Core 2.0 and Visual Studio 2017.
 
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ EF Core 2.0 is the latest version of EF but doesn't yet have all the features of
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
 
 ## Troubleshooting
 
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Right-click the **Student** table and click **View Data** to see the columns tha
 
 ![Student table in SSOX](intro/_static/ssox-student-table.png)
 
-The <em>.mdf</em> and <em>.ldf</em> database files are in the <em>C:\Users\\<yourusername></em> folder.
+The *.mdf* and *.ldf* database files are in the *C:\Users\\<yourusername>* folder.
 
 Because you're calling `EnsureCreated` in the initializer method that runs on app start, you could now make a change to the `Student` class, delete the database, run the application again, and the database would automatically be re-created to match your change. For example, if you add an `EmailAddress` property to the `Student` class, you'll see a new `EmailAddress` column in the re-created table.
 
@@ -358,5 +358,5 @@ For more information about asynchronous programming in .NET, see [Async Overview
 
 You've now created a simple application that uses the Entity Framework Core and SQL Server Express LocalDB to store and display data. In the following tutorial, you'll learn how to perform basic CRUD (create, read, update, delete) operations.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](crud.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](crud.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/migrations.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/migrations.md
index d93e5a9ef734..e9e2a20af0dd 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/migrations.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/migrations.md
@@ -161,6 +161,6 @@ For more information about the PMC commands, see [Package Manager Console (Visua
 
 In this tutorial, you've seen how to create and apply your first migration. In the next tutorial, you'll begin looking at more advanced topics by expanding the data model. Along the way you'll create and apply additional migrations.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](sort-filter-page.md)
-> [Next](complex-data-model.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](sort-filter-page.md)
+[Next](complex-data-model.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/sort-filter-page.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/sort-filter-page.md
index 9409e0f401a0..8112f59fd189 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/sort-filter-page.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/sort-filter-page.md
@@ -243,6 +243,6 @@ Run the app and go to the About page. The count of students for each enrollment
 
 In this tutorial, you've seen how to perform sorting, filtering, paging, and grouping. In the next tutorial, you'll learn how to handle data model changes by using migrations.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](crud.md)
-> [Next](migrations.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](crud.md)
+[Next](migrations.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/update-related-data.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/update-related-data.md
index 7546c75cf67b..432c2e276be9 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/update-related-data.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-mvc/update-related-data.md
@@ -291,6 +291,6 @@ As explained in the [CRUD tutorial](crud.md), the Entity Framework implicitly im
 
 You have now completed the introduction to working with related data. In the next tutorial you'll see how to handle concurrency conflicts.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](read-related-data.md)
-> [Next](concurrency.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](read-related-data.md)
+[Next](concurrency.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/complex-data-model.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/complex-data-model.md
index 571b5d3991d5..0de003ae28df 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/complex-data-model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/complex-data-model.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: data/ef-rp/complex-data-model
 
 By [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra) and [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
 
 The previous tutorials worked with a basic data model that was composed of three entities. In this tutorial:
 
@@ -572,12 +572,12 @@ The code in the updated `DbInitializer` adds seed data for the new entities. To
 
 * Alternatively, delete the DB using:
 
-  * **SQL Server Object Explorer** (SSOX).
-  * The `database drop` CLI command:
+	* **SQL Server Object Explorer** (SSOX).
+	* The `database drop` CLI command:
 
-    ```console
-    dotnet ef database drop
-    ```
+   ```console
+   dotnet ef database drop
+   ```
 
 Run `database update` in the command window:
 
@@ -643,6 +643,6 @@ A production app would:
 
 The next tutorial covers related data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/migrations)
-> [Next](xref:data/ef-rp/read-related-data)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/migrations)
+[Next](xref:data/ef-rp/read-related-data)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/concurrency.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/concurrency.md
index 4a0accb5e589..c36d1501d6db 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/concurrency.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/concurrency.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ en-us/
 
 By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT), [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra), and  [Jon P Smith](https://twitter.com/thereformedprog)
 
-[!INCLUDE [about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
 
 This tutorial shows how to handle conflicts when multiple users update an entity concurrently (at the same time). If you run into problems you can't solve, download the [completed app for this stage](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/intro/samples/StageSnapShots/cu-part8).
 
@@ -53,21 +53,21 @@ Optimistic concurrency includes the following options:
 
 * You can keep track of which property a user has modified and update only the corresponding columns in the DB.
 
-  In the scenario, no data would be lost. Different properties were updated by the two users. The next time someone browses the English department, they will see both Jane's and John's changes. This method of updating can reduce the number of conflicts that could result in data loss. This approach:
+ In the scenario, no data would be lost. Different properties were updated by the two users. The next time someone browses the English department, they will see both Jane's and John's changes. This method of updating can reduce the number of conflicts that could result in data loss. This approach:
 		* Can't avoid data loss if competing changes are made to the same property.
 		* Is generally not practical in a web app. It requires maintaining significant state in order to keep track of all fetched values and new values. Maintaining large amounts of state can affect app performance.
 		* Can increase app complexity compared to concurrency detection on an entity.
 
 * You can let John's change overwrite Jane's change.
 
-  The next time someone browses the English department, they will see 9/1/2013 and the fetched $350,000.00 value. This approach is called a *Client Wins* or *Last in Wins* scenario. (All values from the client take precedence over what's in the data store.) If you don't do any coding for concurrency handling, Client Wins happens automatically.
+ The next time someone browses the English department, they will see 9/1/2013 and the fetched $350,000.00 value. This approach is called a *Client Wins* or *Last in Wins* scenario. (All values from the client take precedence over what's in the data store.) If you don't do any coding for concurrency handling, Client Wins happens automatically.
 
 * You can prevent John's change from being updated in the DB. Typically, the app would:
 		* Display an error message.
 		* Show the current state of the data.
 		* Allow the user to reapply the changes.
 
-  This is called a *Store Wins* scenario. (The data-store values take precedence over the values submitted by the client.) You implement the Store Wins scenario in this tutorial. This method ensures that no changes are overwritten without a user being alerted.
+ This is called a *Store Wins* scenario. (The data-store values take precedence over the values submitted by the client.) You implement the Store Wins scenario in this tutorial. This method ensures that no changes are overwritten without a user being alerted.
 
 ## Handling concurrency 
 
@@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ The preceding commands:
 * Open a command window in the project directory (The directory that contains the *Program.cs*, *Startup.cs*, and *.csproj* files).
 * Run the following command:
 
-  ```console
-  dotnet aspnet-codegenerator razorpage -m Department -dc SchoolContext -udl -outDir Pages\Departments --referenceScriptLibraries
-  ```
+ ```console
+dotnet aspnet-codegenerator razorpage -m Department -dc SchoolContext -udl -outDir Pages\Departments --referenceScriptLibraries
+ ```
 
 The preceding command scaffolds the `Department` model. Open the project in Visual Studio.
 
@@ -306,5 +306,5 @@ See [Inheritance](xref:data/ef-mvc/inheritance) on how to inherit a data model.
 * [Concurrency Tokens in EF Core](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/core/modeling/concurrency)
 * [Handle concurrency in EF Core](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/core/saving/concurrency)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/update-related-data)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/update-related-data)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/crud.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/crud.md
index 7ea822068757..1681f3d1c1a1 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/crud.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/crud.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: data/ef-rp/crud
 
 By [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra), [Jon P Smith](https://twitter.com/thereformedprog), and [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
 
 In this tutorial, the scaffolded CRUD (create, read, update, delete) code is reviewed and customized.
 
@@ -238,6 +238,6 @@ Verify the Razor Page contains the correct `@page` directive. For example, The S
 
 Each Razor Page must include the `@page` directive.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/intro)
-> [Next](xref:data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/intro)
+[Next](xref:data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/intro.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/intro.md
index 2cbb1916dfdd..700b0feee309 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/intro.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/intro.md
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The sample app is a web site for a fictional Contoso University. It includes fun
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
 
 Familiarity with [Razor Pages](xref:mvc/razor-pages/index). New programmers should complete [Get started with Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start) before starting this series.
 
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Build the project. The build generates errors like the following:
 
  Globally change `_context.Student` to `_context.Students` (that is, add an "s" to `Student`). 7 occurrences are found and updated. We hope to fix [this bug](https://github.com/aspnet/Scaffolding/issues/633) in the next release.
 
-[!INCLUDE [model4tbl](../../includes/RP/model4tbl.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model4tbl](../../includes/RP/model4tbl.md)]
 
  <a name="test"></a>
 ### Test the app
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Expand the **Tables** node.
 
 Right-click the **Student** table and click **View Data** to see the columns created and the rows inserted into the table.
 
-The <em>.mdf</em> and <em>.ldf</em> DB files are in the <em>C:\Users\\<yourusername></em> folder.
+The *.mdf* and *.ldf* DB files are in the *C:\Users\\<yourusername>* folder.
 
 `EnsureCreated` is called on app start, which allows the following work flow:
 
@@ -331,5 +331,5 @@ For more information about asynchronous programming in .NET, see [Async Overview
 
 In the next tutorial, basic CRUD (create, read, update, delete) operations are examined.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](xref:data/ef-rp/crud)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](xref:data/ef-rp/crud)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/migrations.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/migrations.md
index 1a229ed822ff..36ff80e658bc 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/migrations.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/migrations.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: data/ef-rp/migrations
 
 By [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra), [Jon P Smith](https://twitter.com/thereformedprog), and [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
 
 In this tutorial, the EF Core migrations feature for managing data model changes is used.
 
@@ -230,6 +230,6 @@ If the `update` command returns the error "Build failed.":
 * Run the command again.
 * Leave a message at the bottom of the page.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page)
-> [Next](xref:data/ef-rp/complex-data-model)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page)
+[Next](xref:data/ef-rp/complex-data-model)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/read-related-data.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/read-related-data.md
index f6a9498dba72..638c3fb76a08 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/read-related-data.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/read-related-data.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: data/ef-rp/read-related-data
 
 By [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra), [Jon P Smith](https://twitter.com/thereformedprog), and [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
 
 In this tutorial, related data is read and displayed. Related data is data that EF Core loads into navigation properties.
 
@@ -33,22 +33,22 @@ There are several ways that EF Core can load related data into the navigation pr
 
 * [Eager loading](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/core/querying/related-data#eager-loading). Eager loading is when a query for one type of entity also loads related entities. When the entity is read, its related data is retrieved. This typically results in a single join query that retrieves all of the data that's needed. EF Core will issue multiple queries for some types of eager loading. Issuing multiple queries can be more efficient than was the case for some queries in EF6 where there was a single query. Eager loading is specified with the `Include` and `ThenInclude` methods.
 
-  ![Eager loading example](read-related-data/_static/eager-loading.png)
+ ![Eager loading example](read-related-data/_static/eager-loading.png)
  
-  Eager loading sends multiple queries when a collection navigation is included:
+ Eager loading sends multiple queries when a collection navigation is included:
 
-  * One query for the main query 
-  * One query for each collection "edge" in the load tree.
+ * One query for the main query 
+ * One query for each collection "edge" in the load tree.
 
 * Separate queries with `Load`: The data can be retrieved in separate queries, and EF Core "fixes up" the navigation properties. "fixes up" means that EF Core automatically populates the navigation properties. Separate queries with `Load` is more like explict loading than eager loading.
 
-  ![Separate queries example](read-related-data/_static/separate-queries.png)
+ ![Separate queries example](read-related-data/_static/separate-queries.png)
 
-  Note: EF Core automatically fixes up navigation properties to any other entities that were previously loaded into the context instance. Even if the data for a navigation property is *not* explicitly included, the property may still be populated if some or all of the related entities were previously loaded.
+ Note: EF Core automatically fixes up navigation properties to any other entities that were previously loaded into the context instance. Even if the data for a navigation property is *not* explicitly included, the property may still be populated if some or all of the related entities were previously loaded.
 
 * [Explicit loading](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/core/querying/related-data#explicit-loading). When the entity is first read, related data isn't retrieved. Code must be written to retrieve the related data when it's needed. Explicit loading with separate queries results in multiple queries sent to the DB. With explicit loading, the code specifies the navigation properties to be loaded. Use the `Load` method to do explicit loading. For example:
 
-  ![Explicit loading example](read-related-data/_static/explicit-loading.png)
+ ![Explicit loading example](read-related-data/_static/explicit-loading.png)
 
 * [Lazy loading](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/core/querying/related-data#lazy-loading). [EF Core doesn't currently support lazy loading](https://github.com/aspnet/EntityFrameworkCore/issues/3797). When the entity is first read, related data isn't retrieved. The first time a navigation property is accessed, the data required for that navigation property is automatically retrieved. A query is sent to the DB each time a navigation property is accessed for the first time.
 
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ To display the name of the assigned department in a list of courses:
 * Open a command window in the project directory (The directory that contains the *Program.cs*, *Startup.cs*, and *.csproj* files).
 * Run the following command:
 
-  ```console
-  dotnet aspnet-codegenerator razorpage -m Course -dc SchoolContext -udl -outDir Pages\Courses --referenceScriptLibraries
-  ```
+ ```console
+dotnet aspnet-codegenerator razorpage -m Course -dc SchoolContext -udl -outDir Pages\Courses --referenceScriptLibraries
+ ```
 
 The preceding command scaffolds the `Course` model. Open the project in Visual Studio.
 
@@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ In the *SchoolViewModels* folder, create *InstructorIndexData.cs* with the follo
 * Open a command window in the project directory (The directory that contains the *Program.cs*, *Startup.cs*, and *.csproj* files).
 * Run the following command:
 
-  ```console
-  dotnet aspnet-codegenerator razorpage -m Instructor -dc SchoolContext -udl -outDir Pages\Instructors --referenceScriptLibraries
-  ```
+ ```console
+dotnet aspnet-codegenerator razorpage -m Instructor -dc SchoolContext -udl -outDir Pages\Instructors --referenceScriptLibraries
+ ```
 
 The preceding command scaffolds the `Instructor` model. Open the project in Visual Studio.
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page.md
index d22193a63894..33afc534d99c 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: data/ef-rp/sort-filter-page
 
 By [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra), [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT), and [Jon P Smith](https://twitter.com/thereformedprog)
 
-[!INCLUDE [about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
 
 In this tutorial, sorting, filtering, grouping, and paging, functionality is added.
 
@@ -279,6 +279,6 @@ If you run into problems you can't solve, download the [completed app for this s
 
 In the next tutorial, the app uses migrations to update the data model.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/crud)
-> [Next](xref:data/ef-rp/migrations)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/crud)
+[Next](xref:data/ef-rp/migrations)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/update-related-data.md b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/update-related-data.md
index 2a83cb73573e..71bdb9bb9063 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/update-related-data.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/update-related-data.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: data/ef-rp/update-related-data
 
 By [Tom Dykstra](https://github.com/tdykstra), and [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[about the series](../../includes/RP-EF/intro.md)]
 
 This tutorial demonstrates updating related data. If you run into problems you can't solve, download the [completed app for this stage](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnetcore/data/ef-rp/intro/samples/StageSnapShots/cu-part7).
 
@@ -226,6 +226,6 @@ The preceding code makes the following changes:
 
 * If the instructor to be deleted is assigned as administrator of any departments, removes the instructor assignment from those departments.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/read-related-data)
-> [Next](xref:data/ef-rp/concurrency)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](xref:data/ef-rp/read-related-data)
+[Next](xref:data/ef-rp/concurrency)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/docfx.json b/aspnetcore/docfx.json
index 16aaee35b00a..540338c5c18e 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/docfx.json
+++ b/aspnetcore/docfx.json
@@ -36,13 +36,10 @@
       "breadcrumb_path": "/aspnet/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "_navPath": "/foo",
       "_navRel": "/foo",
-      "searchScope": [
-        "ASP.NET Core"
-      ]
+      "searchScope": ["ASP.NET Core"]
     },
     "fileMetadata": {},
     "template": [],
-    "dest": "_site",
-    "markdownEngineName": "markdig"
+    "dest": "_site"
   }
 }
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/app-state.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/app-state.md
index 8bf5f77f261b..08e1fdb35346 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/app-state.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/app-state.md
@@ -66,17 +66,20 @@ Choosing a TempData provider involves several considerations, such as:
 <a name="config-temp"></a>
 ### Configure the TempData provider
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 The cookie-based TempData provider is enabled by default. The following `Startup` class code configures the session-based TempData provider:
 
 [!code-csharp[](app-state/sample/src/WebAppSessionDotNetCore2.0App/StartupTempDataSession.cs?name=snippet_TempDataSession&highlight=4,6,11)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 The following `Startup` class code configures the session-based TempData provider:
 
 [!code-csharp[](app-state/sample/src/WebAppSession/StartupTempDataSession.cs?name=snippet_TempDataSession&highlight=4,9)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Ordering is critical for middleware components. In the preceding example, an exception of type `InvalidOperationException` occurs when `UseSession` is invoked after `UseMvcWithDefaultRoute`. See [Middleware Ordering](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index#ordering) for more detail.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
@@ -119,13 +122,16 @@ The `Microsoft.AspNetCore.Session` package provides middleware for managing sess
 
 The following code shows how to set up the in-memory session provider.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](app-state/sample/src/WebAppSessionDotNetCore2.0App/Startup.cs?highlight=11-19,24)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](app-state/sample/src/WebAppSession/Startup.cs?highlight=11-19,24)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 You can reference Session from `HttpContext` once it's installed and configured.
 
 If you try to access `Session` before `UseSession` has been called, the exception `InvalidOperationException: Session has not been configured for this application or request` is thrown.
@@ -144,13 +150,16 @@ Session uses a cookie to track and identify requests from a single browser. By d
 
 To override session defaults, use `SessionOptions`:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](app-state/sample/src/WebAppSessionDotNetCore2.0App/StartupCopy.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=8-12)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](app-state/sample/src/WebAppSession/StartupCopy.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=8-12)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The server uses the `IdleTimeout` property to determine how long a session can be idle before its contents are abandoned. This property is independent of the cookie expiration. Each request that passes through the Session middleware (read from or written to) resets the timeout.
 
 Because `Session` is *non-locking*, if two requests both attempt to modify the contents of session, the last one overrides the first. `Session` is implemented as a *coherent session*, which means that all the contents are stored together. Two requests that are modifying different parts of the session (different keys) might still impact each other.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/configuration/index.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/configuration/index.md
index 1b4e04cf2480..3f910538e3bf 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/configuration/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/configuration/index.md
@@ -229,7 +229,8 @@ The [CommandLine configuration provider](/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.extensions.c
 
 ### Setup and use the CommandLine configuration provider
 
-#### [Basic Configuration](#tab/basicconfiguration/)
+# [Basic Configuration](#tab/basicconfiguration)
+
 To activate command-line configuration, call the `AddCommandLine` extension method on an instance of [ConfigurationBuilder](/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.configuration.configurationbuilder):
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample_snapshot//CommandLine/Program.cs?highlight=18,21)]
@@ -258,7 +259,8 @@ To override configuration provided by other configuration providers with command
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample_snapshot//CommandLine/Program2.cs?range=11-16&highlight=1,5)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Typical ASP.NET Core 2.x apps use the static convenience method `CreateDefaultBuilder` to build the host:
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample_snapshot//Program.cs?highlight=12)]
@@ -275,12 +277,14 @@ If all the preceding conditions are true, the command-line arguments are overrid
 
 ASP.NET Core 2.x app can use [WebHostBuilder](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilder) instead of `CreateDefaultBuilder`. When using `WebHostBuilder`, manually set configuration with [ConfigurationBuilder](/api/microsoft.extensions.configuration.configurationbuilder). See the ASP.NET Core 1.x tab for more information.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Create a [ConfigurationBuilder](/api/microsoft.extensions.configuration.configurationbuilder) and call the `AddCommandLine` method to use the CommandLine configuration provider. Calling the provider last allows the command-line arguments passed at runtime to override configuration set by the other configuration providers called earlier. Apply the configuration to [WebHostBuilder](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilder) with the `UseConfiguration` method:
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample_snapshot//CommandLine/Program2.cs?highlight=11,15,19)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ### Arguments
 
 Arguments passed on the command line must conform to one of two formats shown in the following table:
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/hosting.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/hosting.md
index acb8a7638a7d..79b607f5abef 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/hosting.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/hosting.md
@@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ ASP.NET Core apps configure and launch a *host*. The host is responsible for app
 
 ## Setting up a host
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Create a host using an instance of [WebHostBuilder](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilder). This is typically performed in the app's entry point, the `Main` method. In the project templates, `Main` is located in *Program.cs*. A typical *Program.cs* calls [CreateDefaultBuilder](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.webhost.createdefaultbuilder) to start setting up a host:
 
 [!code-csharp[](../common/samples/WebApplication1DotNetCore2.0App/Program.cs?name=snippet_Main)]
@@ -44,7 +45,8 @@ For more information on app configuration, see [Configuration in ASP.NET Core](x
 > [!NOTE]
 > As an alternative to using the static `CreateDefaultBuilder` method, creating a host from [WebHostBuilder](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilder) is a supported approach with ASP.NET Core 2.x. For more information, see the ASP.NET Core 1.x tab.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Create a host using an instance of [WebHostBuilder](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilder). Creating a host is typically performed in the app's entry point, the `Main` method. In the project templates, `Main` is located in *Program.cs*:
 
 [!code-csharp[](../common/samples/WebApplication1/Program.cs)]
@@ -69,7 +71,8 @@ var host = new WebHostBuilder()
 host.Run();
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 When setting up a host, [Configure](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilderextensions.configure?view=aspnetcore-1.1) and [ConfigureServices](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilder.configureservices?view=aspnetcore-1.1) methods can be provided. If a `Startup` class is specified, it must define a `Configure` method. For more information, see [Application Startup in ASP.NET Core](startup.md). Multiple calls to `ConfigureServices` append to one another. Multiple calls to `Configure` or `UseStartup` on the `WebHostBuilder` replace previous settings.
 
 ## Host configuration values
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/index.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/index.md
index 34b88a39592e..7222a4b1a88d 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/index.md
@@ -16,32 +16,38 @@ uid: fundamentals/index
 
 An ASP.NET Core application is a console app that creates a web server in its `Main` method:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](../getting-started/sample/aspnetcoreapp/Program2x.cs)]
 
 The `Main` method invokes `WebHost.CreateDefaultBuilder`, which follows the builder pattern to create a web application host. The builder has methods that define the web server (for example, `UseKestrel`) and the startup class (`UseStartup`). In the preceding example, the [Kestrel](xref:fundamentals/servers/kestrel) web server is automatically allocated. ASP.NET Core's web host attempts to run on IIS, if available. Other web servers, such as [HTTP.sys](xref:fundamentals/servers/httpsys), can be used by invoking the appropriate extension method. `UseStartup` is explained further in the next section.
 
 `IWebHostBuilder`, the return type of the `WebHost.CreateDefaultBuilder` invocation, provides many optional methods. Some of these methods include `UseHttpSys` for hosting the app in HTTP.sys and `UseContentRoot` for specifying the root content directory. The `Build` and `Run` methods build the `IWebHost` object that hosts the app and begins listening for HTTP requests.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](../getting-started/sample/aspnetcoreapp/Program.cs)]
 
 The `Main` method uses `WebHostBuilder`, which follows the builder pattern to create a web application host. The builder has methods that define the web server (for example, `UseKestrel`) and the startup class (`UseStartup`). In the preceding example, the [Kestrel](xref:fundamentals/servers/kestrel) web server is used. Other web servers, such as [WebListener](xref:fundamentals/servers/weblistener), can be used by invoking the appropriate extension method. `UseStartup` is explained further in the next section.
 
 `WebHostBuilder` provides many optional methods, including `UseIISIntegration` for hosting in IIS and IIS Express and `UseContentRoot` for specifying the root content directory. The `Build` and `Run` methods build the `IWebHost` object that hosts the app and begins listening for HTTP requests.
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Startup
 
 The `UseStartup` method on `WebHostBuilder` specifies the `Startup` class for your app:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](../getting-started/sample/aspnetcoreapp/Program2x.cs?highlight=10&range=6-17)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](../getting-started/sample/aspnetcoreapp/Program.cs?highlight=7&range=6-17)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The `Startup` class is where you define the request handling pipeline and where any services needed by the app are configured. The `Startup` class must be public and contain the following methods:
 
 ```csharp
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/logging/index.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/logging/index.md
index bcc02cde7e5c..e4034e496ae8 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/logging/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/logging/index.md
@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ ASP.NET Core doesn't provide async logger methods because logging should be so f
 
 ## How to add providers
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 A logging provider takes the messages that you create with an `ILogger` object and displays or stores them. For example, the Console provider displays messages on the console, and the Azure App Service provider can store them in Azure blob storage.
 
 To use a provider, call the provider's `Add<ProviderName>` extension method in *Program.cs*:
@@ -53,7 +54,8 @@ The default project template enables logging with the [CreateDefaultBuilder](/do
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample2/Program.cs?name=snippet_TemplateCode&highlight=7)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 A logging provider takes the messages that you create with an `ILogger` object and displays or stores them. For example, the Console provider displays messages on the console, and the Azure App Service provider can store them in Azure blob storage.
 
 To use a provider, install its NuGet package and call the provider's extension method on an instance of `ILoggerFactory`, as shown in the following example.
@@ -65,7 +67,8 @@ ASP.NET Core [dependency injection](xref:fundamentals/dependency-injection) (DI)
 > [!NOTE]
 > The sample application for this article adds logging providers in the `Configure` method of the `Startup` class. If you want to get log output from code that executes earlier, add logging providers in the `Startup` class constructor instead. 
 
-* * *
+---
+
 You'll find information about each [built-in logging provider](#built-in-logging-providers) and links to [third-party logging providers](#third-party-logging-providers) later in the article.
 
 ## Sample logging output
@@ -88,7 +91,7 @@ info: Microsoft.AspNetCore.Mvc.Internal.ControllerActionInvoker[2]
 info: Microsoft.AspNetCore.Hosting.Internal.WebHost[2]
       Request finished in 148.889ms 404
 ```
-
+ 
 These logs were created by going to `http://localhost:5000/api/todo/0`, which triggers execution of both `ILogger` calls shown in the preceding section.
 
 Here's an example of the same logs as they appear in the Debug window when you run the sample application in Visual Studio:
@@ -258,7 +261,8 @@ System.Exception: Item not found exception.
 
 ## Log filtering
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 You can specify a minimum log level for a specific provider and category or for all providers or all categories. Any logs below the minimum level aren't passed to that provider, so they don't get displayed or stored. 
 
 If you want to suppress all logs, you can specify `LogLevel.None` as the minimum log level. The integer value of `LogLevel.None` is 6, which is higher than `LogLevel.Critical` (5).
@@ -306,7 +310,7 @@ The following algorithm is used for each provider when an `ILogger` is created f
 * From the result of the preceding step, select rules with longest matching category prefix. If none are found, select all rules that don't specify a category.
 * If multiple rules are selected take the **last** one.
 * If no rules are selected, use `MinimumLevel`.
-
+ 
 For example, suppose you have the preceding list of rules and you create an `ILogger` object for category "Microsoft.AspNetCore.Mvc.Razor.RazorViewEngine":
 
 * For the Debug provider, rules 1, 6, and 8 apply. Rule 8 is most specific, so that's the one selected.
@@ -339,7 +343,8 @@ You can write code in a filter function to apply filtering rules. A filter funct
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample2/Program.cs?name=snippet_FilterFunction&highlight=5-13)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Some logging providers let you specify when logs should be written to a storage medium or ignored based on log level and category.
 
 The `AddConsole` and `AddDebug` extension methods provide overloads that let you pass in filtering criteria. The following sample code causes the console provider to ignore logs below `Warning` level, while the Debug provider ignores logs that the framework creates.
@@ -356,7 +361,8 @@ If you want to use filtering to prevent all logs from being written for a partic
 
 The `WithFilter` extension method is provided by the [Microsoft.Extensions.Logging.Filter](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.Extensions.Logging.Filter) NuGet package. The method returns a new `ILoggerFactory` instance that will filter the log messages passed to all logger providers registered with it. It doesn't affect any other `ILoggerFactory` instances, including the original `ILoggerFactory` instance.
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Log scopes
 
 You can group a set of logical operations within a *scope* in order to attach the same data to each log that's created as part of that set. For example, you might want every log created as part of processing a transaction to include the transaction ID.
@@ -367,7 +373,8 @@ A scope is an `IDisposable` type that's returned by the `ILogger.BeginScope<TSta
 
 The following code enables scopes for the console provider:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 In *Program.cs*:
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample2/Program.cs?name=snippet_Scopes&highlight=4)]
@@ -375,12 +382,14 @@ In *Program.cs*:
 > [!NOTE]
 > Configuring the `IncludeScopes` console logger option is required to enable scope-based logging. Configuration of `IncludeScopes` using *appsettings* configuration files will be available with the release of ASP.NET Core 2.1.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 In *Startup.cs*:
 
 [!code-csharp[](index/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet_Scopes&highlight=6)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Each log message includes the scoped information:
 
 ```
@@ -408,12 +417,14 @@ ASP.NET Core ships the following providers:
 
 The [Microsoft.Extensions.Logging.Console](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.Extensions.Logging.Console) provider package sends log output to the console. 
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 ```csharp
 logging.AddConsole()
 ```
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ```csharp
 loggerFactory.AddConsole()
 ```
@@ -434,7 +445,8 @@ This code refers to the `Logging` section of the *appSettings.json* file:
 
 The settings shown limit framework logs to warnings while allowing the app to log at debug level, as explained in the [Log filtering](#log-filtering) section. For more information, see [Configuration](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index).
 
-* * *
+---
+
 <a id="debug"></a>
 ### The Debug provider
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/metapackage.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/metapackage.md
index 7e13eedee14c..f2ea919bdf64 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/metapackage.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/metapackage.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 uid: fundamentals/metapackage
 ---
 
-# Microsoft.AspNetCore.All metapackage for ASP.NET Core 2.x
+#Microsoft.AspNetCore.All metapackage for ASP.NET Core 2.x
 
 This feature requires ASP.NET Core 2.x targeting .NET Core 2.x.
 
@@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ You can use the package trimming process to remove packages that you don't use.
 
 The following *.csproj* file references the `Microsoft.AspNetCore.All` metapackage for ASP.NET Core:
 
-[!code-xml[](../mvc/views/view-compilation/sample/MvcRazorCompileOnPublish2.csproj?highlight=9)]
+[!code-xml[](..\mvc\views\view-compilation\sample\MvcRazorCompileOnPublish2.csproj?highlight=9)]
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/owin.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/owin.md
index ef0d4c927911..082e91b9edb2 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/owin.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/owin.md
@@ -157,6 +157,7 @@ namespace NowinSample
         }
     }
 }
+
 ```
 
 Learn more about ASP.NET [Servers](servers/index.md).
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/httpsys.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/httpsys.md
index aac28e769e7d..1b2ddf35385d 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/httpsys.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/httpsys.md
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ HTTP.sys is mature technology that protects against many types of attacks and pr
 
 1. A package reference in the project file isn't required when using the [Microsoft.AspNetCore.All metapackage](xref:fundamentals/metapackage) ([nuget.org](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.All/)) (ASP.NET Core 2.0 or later). When not using the `Microsoft.AspNetCore.All` metapackage, add a package reference to [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.HttpSys](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.HttpSys/).
 
-2. Call the [UseHttpSys](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilderhttpsysextensions.usehttpsys) extension method when building the web host, specifying any required [HTTP.sys options](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.server.httpsys.httpsysoptions):
+1. Call the [UseHttpSys](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilderhttpsysextensions.usehttpsys) extension method when building the web host, specifying any required [HTTP.sys options](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.server.httpsys.httpsysoptions):
 
    [!code-csharp[](httpsys/sample/Program.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=4-12)]
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ HTTP.sys is mature technology that protects against many types of attacks and pr
    The maximum allowed size of any request body in bytes. When set to `null`, the maximum request body size is unlimited. This limit has no effect on upgraded connections, which are always unlimited.
 
    The recommended method to override the limit in an ASP.NET Core MVC app for a single `IActionResult` is to use the [RequestSizeLimitAttribute](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.requestsizelimitattribute) attribute on an action method:
-
+   
    ```csharp
    [RequestSizeLimit(100000000)]
    public IActionResult MyActionMethod()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ HTTP.sys is mature technology that protects against many types of attacks and pr
 
    [!code-csharp[](httpsys/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=6-7)]
 
-3. If using Visual Studio, make sure the app isn't configured to run IIS or IIS Express.
+1. If using Visual Studio, make sure the app isn't configured to run IIS or IIS Express.
 
    In Visual Studio, the default launch profile is for IIS Express. To run the project as a console app, manually change the selected profile, as shown in the following screen shot:
 
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ HTTP.sys is mature technology that protects against many types of attacks and pr
    * **.NET Core** &ndash; If the app requires .NET Core, obtain and run the .NET Core installer from [.NET All Downloads](https://www.microsoft.com/net/download/all).
    * **.NET Framework** &ndash; If the app requires .NET Framework, see [.NET Framework: Installation guide](/dotnet/framework/install/) to find installation instructions. Install the required .NET Framework. The installer for the latest .NET Framework can be found at [.NET All Downloads](https://www.microsoft.com/net/download/all).
 
-2. Configure URLs and ports for the app.
+1. Configure URLs and ports for the app.
 
    By default, ASP.NET Core binds to `http://localhost:5000`. To configure URL prefixes and ports, options include using:
 
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ HTTP.sys is mature technology that protects against many types of attacks and pr
    > [!WARNING]
    > Top-level wildcard bindings (`http://*:80/` and `http://+:80`) should **not** be used. Top-level wildcard bindings can open up your app to security vulnerabilities. This applies to both strong and weak wildcards. Use explicit host names rather than wildcards. Subdomain wildcard binding (for example, `*.mysub.com`) doesn't have this security risk if you control the entire parent domain (as opposed to `*.com`, which is vulnerable). See [rfc7230 section-5.4](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230#section-5.4) for more information.
 
-3. Preregister URL prefixes to bind to HTTP.sys and set up x.509 certificates.
+1. Preregister URL prefixes to bind to HTTP.sys and set up x.509 certificates.
 
    If URL prefixes aren't preregistered in Windows, run the app with administrator privileges. The only exception is when binding to localhost using HTTP (not HTTPS) with a port number greater than 1024. In that case, administrator privileges aren't required.
 
@@ -159,12 +159,11 @@ HTTP.sys is mature technology that protects against many types of attacks and pr
       * [Netsh Commands for Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/cc725882.aspx)
       * [UrlPrefix Strings](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/desktop/aa364698.aspx)
 
-   2. Create self-signed X.509 certificates, if required.
-
-      [!INCLUDE [How to make an X.509 cert](../../includes/make-x509-cert.md)]
+   1. Create self-signed X.509 certificates, if required.
 
+     [!INCLUDE[How to make an X.509 cert](../../includes/make-x509-cert.md)]
 
-4. Open firewall ports to allow traffic to reach HTTP.sys. Use *netsh.exe* or [PowerShell cmdlets](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/jj554906).
+1. Open firewall ports to allow traffic to reach HTTP.sys. Use *netsh.exe* or [PowerShell cmdlets](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/jj554906).
 
 ## Proxy server and load balancer scenarios
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/kestrel.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/kestrel.md
index bb1738046eca..01af963a66dd 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/kestrel.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/servers/kestrel.md
@@ -75,7 +75,8 @@ Even if a reverse proxy server isn't required, using one might be a good choice
 
 ## How to use Kestrel in ASP.NET Core apps
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 The [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.Kestrel](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.Kestrel/) package is included in the [Microsoft.AspNetCore.All metapackage](xref:fundamentals/metapackage).
 
 ASP.NET Core project templates use Kestrel by default. In *Program.cs*, the template code calls `CreateDefaultBuilder`, which calls [UseKestrel](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilderkestrelextensions#Microsoft_AspNetCore_Hosting_WebHostBuilderKestrelExtensions_UseKestrel_Microsoft_AspNetCore_Hosting_IWebHostBuilder_) behind the scenes.
@@ -86,17 +87,20 @@ If you need to configure Kestrel options, call `UseKestrel` in *Program.cs* as s
 
 [!code-csharp[](kestrel/sample2/Program.cs?name=snippet_DefaultBuilder&highlight=9-16)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Install the [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.Kestrel](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.Kestrel/) NuGet package.
 
 Call the [UseKestrel](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.webhostbuilderkestrelextensions#Microsoft_AspNetCore_Hosting_WebHostBuilderKestrelExtensions_UseKestrel_Microsoft_AspNetCore_Hosting_IWebHostBuilder_) extension method on `WebHostBuilder` in your `Main` method, specifying any [Kestrel options](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.server.kestrel.kestrelserveroptions) that you need, as shown in the next section.
 
 [!code-csharp[](kestrel/sample1/Program.cs?name=snippet_Main&highlight=13-19)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ### Kestrel options
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 The Kestrel web server has constraint configuration options that are especially useful in Internet-facing deployments. Here are some of the limits you can set:
 
 - Maximum client connections
@@ -133,7 +137,7 @@ Here's an example that shows how to configure the constraint for the entire appl
 You can override the setting on a specific request in middleware:
 
 [!code-csharp[](kestrel/sample2/Startup.cs?name=snippet_Limits&highlight=3-4)]
-
+ 
 An exception is thrown if you try to configure the limit on a request after the application has started reading the request. There's an `IsReadOnly` property that tells you if the `MaxRequestBodySize` property is in read-only state, meaning it's too late to configure the limit.
 
 **Minimum request body data rate**
@@ -158,13 +162,16 @@ For information about other Kestrel options, see the following classes:
 * [KestrelServerLimits](https://github.com/aspnet/KestrelHttpServer/blob/rel/2.0.0/src/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.Kestrel.Core/KestrelServerLimits.cs)
 * [ListenOptions](https://github.com/aspnet/KestrelHttpServer/blob/rel/2.0.0/src/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.Kestrel.Core/ListenOptions.cs)
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 For information about Kestrel options, see [KestrelServerOptions class](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.server.kestrel.kestrelserveroptions).
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ### Endpoint configuration
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 By default ASP.NET Core binds to `http://localhost:5000`. You configure URL prefixes and ports for Kestrel to listen on by calling `Listen` or `ListenUnixSocket` methods on `KestrelServerOptions`. (`UseUrls`, the `urls` command-line argument, and the ASPNETCORE_URLS environment variable also work but have the limitations noted [later in this article](#useurls-limitations).)
 
 **Bind to a TCP socket**
@@ -175,7 +182,7 @@ The `Listen` method binds to a TCP socket, and an options lambda lets you config
 
 Notice how this example configures SSL for a particular endpoint by using [ListenOptions](https://github.com/aspnet/KestrelHttpServer/blob/rel/2.0.0/src/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Server.Kestrel.Core/ListenOptions.cs). You can use the same API to configure other Kestrel settings for particular endpoints.
 
-[!INCLUDE [How to make an X.509 cert](../../includes/make-x509-cert.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[How to make an X.509 cert](../../includes/make-x509-cert.md)]
 
 **Bind to a Unix socket**
 
@@ -202,15 +209,18 @@ You can configure endpoints by calling the `UseUrls` method or using the `urls`
 
 If you use IIS, the URL bindings for IIS override any bindings that you set by calling either `Listen` or `UseUrls`. For more information, see [Introduction to ASP.NET Core Module](aspnet-core-module.md).
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 By default ASP.NET Core binds to `http://localhost:5000`. You can configure URL prefixes and ports for Kestrel to listen on by using the `UseUrls` extension method, the `urls` command-line argument, or the ASP.NET Core configuration system. For more information about these methods, see [Hosting](../../fundamentals/hosting.md). For information about how URL binding works when you use IIS as a reverse proxy, see [ASP.NET Core Module](aspnet-core-module.md). 
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ### URL prefixes
 
 If you call `UseUrls` or use the `urls` command-line argument or ASPNETCORE_URLS environment variable, the URL prefixes can be in any of the following formats. 
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Only HTTP URL prefixes are valid; Kestrel doesn't support SSL when you configure URL bindings by using `UseUrls`.
 
 * IPv4 address with port number
@@ -253,7 +263,8 @@ Only HTTP URL prefixes are valid; Kestrel doesn't support SSL when you configure
 
   When `localhost` is specified, Kestrel tries to bind to both IPv4 and IPv6 loopback interfaces. If the requested port is in use by another service on either loopback interface, Kestrel fails to start. If either loopback interface is unavailable for any other reason (most commonly because IPv6 isn't supported), Kestrel logs a warning. 
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 * IPv4 address with port number
 
   ```
@@ -328,9 +339,10 @@ var host = new WebHostBuilder()
 > [!NOTE]
 > HTTPS and HTTP cannot be hosted on the same port.
 
-[!INCLUDE [How to make an X.509 cert](../../includes/make-x509-cert.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[How to make an X.509 cert](../../includes/make-x509-cert.md)]
+
+---
 
-* * *
 ## Host filtering
 
 While Kestrel supports configuration based on prefixes such as `http://example.com:5000`, it largely ignores the host name. Localhost is a special case used for binding to loopback addresses. Any host other than an explicit IP address binds to all public IP addresses. None of this information is used to validate request Host headers.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/static-files.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/static-files.md
index 98dfa0198938..10d150ef5bff 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/static-files.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/static-files.md
@@ -26,17 +26,20 @@ Static files are stored within your project's web root directory. The default di
 
 The app's web host must be made aware of the content root directory.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 The `WebHost.CreateDefaultBuilder` method sets the content root to the current directory:
 
 [!code-csharp[](../common/samples/WebApplication1DotNetCore2.0App/Program.cs?name=snippet_Main&highlight=9)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Set the content root to the current directory by invoking [UseContentRoot](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.hosting.hostingabstractionswebhostbuilderextensions.usecontentroot#Microsoft_AspNetCore_Hosting_HostingAbstractionsWebHostBuilderExtensions_UseContentRoot_Microsoft_AspNetCore_Hosting_IWebHostBuilder_System_String_) inside of `Program.Main`:
 
 [!code-csharp[](static-files/samples/1x/Program.cs?name=snippet_ProgramClass&highlight=7)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Static files are accessible via a path relative to the web root. For example, the **Web Application** project template contains several folders within the *wwwroot* folder:
 
 * **wwwroot**
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting.md
index cdab7408b007..a3a7bb535f07 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting.md
@@ -57,10 +57,12 @@ To include the middleware in your project, add a reference to the [`Microsoft.As
 ## Extension and options
 Establish your URL rewrite and redirect rules by creating an instance of the `RewriteOptions` class with extension methods for each of your rules. Chain multiple rules in the order that you would like them processed. The `RewriteOptions` are passed into the URL Rewriting Middleware as it's added to the request pipeline with `app.UseRewriter(options);`.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ```csharp
 public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app, IHostingEnvironment env)
 {
@@ -78,14 +80,17 @@ public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app, IHostingEnvironment env)
 }
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ### URL redirect
 Use `AddRedirect` to redirect requests. The first parameter contains your regex for matching on the path of the incoming URL. The second parameter is the replacement string. The third parameter, if present, specifies the status code. If you don't specify the status code, it defaults to 302 (Found), which indicates that the resource is temporarily moved or replaced.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=9)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ```csharp
 public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 {
@@ -96,7 +101,8 @@ public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 }
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 In a browser with developer tools enabled, make a request to the sample app with the path `/redirect-rule/1234/5678`. The regex matches the request path on `redirect-rule/(.*)`, and the path is replaced with `/redirected/1234/5678`. The redirect URL is sent back to the client with a 302 (Found) status code. The browser makes a new request at the redirect URL, which appears in the browser's address bar. Since no rules in the sample app match on the redirect URL, the second request receives a 200 (OK) response from the app and the body of the response shows the redirect URL. A roundtrip is made to the server when a URL is *redirected*.
 
 > [!WARNING]
@@ -149,10 +155,12 @@ Original Request using `AddRedirectToHttpsPermanent`: `/secure`
 ### URL rewrite
 Use `AddRewrite` to create a rule for rewriting URLs. The first parameter contains your regex for matching on the incoming URL path. The second parameter is the replacement string. The third parameter, `skipRemainingRules: {true|false}`, indicates to the middleware whether or not to skip additional rewrite rules if the current rule is applied.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=10-11)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ```csharp
 public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 {
@@ -164,7 +172,8 @@ public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 }
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Original Request: `/rewrite-rule/1234/5678`
 
 ![Browser window with Developer Tools tracking the request and response](url-rewriting/_static/add_rewrite.png)
@@ -199,12 +208,14 @@ There's no roundtrip to the server to obtain the resource. If the resource exist
 ### Apache mod_rewrite
 Apply Apache mod_rewrite rules with `AddApacheModRewrite`. Make sure that the rules file is deployed with the app. For more information and examples of mod_rewrite rules, see [Apache mod_rewrite](https://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/rewrite/).
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 A `StreamReader` is used to read the rules from the *ApacheModRewrite.txt* rules file.
 
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=3-4,12)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 The first parameter takes an `IFileProvider`, which is provided via [Dependency Injection](dependency-injection.md). The `IHostingEnvironment` is injected to provide the `ContentRootFileProvider`. The second parameter is the path to your rules file, which is *ApacheModRewrite.txt* in the sample app.
 
 ```csharp
@@ -217,7 +228,8 @@ public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app, IHostingEnvironment env)
 }
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The sample app redirects requests from `/apache-mod-rules-redirect/(.\*)` to `/redirected?id=$1`. The response status code is 302 (Found).
 
 [!code[](url-rewriting/sample/ApacheModRewrite.txt)]
@@ -261,12 +273,14 @@ The middleware supports the following Apache mod_rewrite server variables:
 ### IIS URL Rewrite Module rules
 To use rules that apply to the IIS URL Rewrite Module, use `AddIISUrlRewrite`. Make sure that the rules file is deployed with the app. Don't direct the middleware to use your *web.config* file when running on Windows Server IIS. With IIS, these rules should be stored outside of your *web.config* to avoid conflicts with the IIS Rewrite module. For more information and examples of IIS URL Rewrite Module rules, see [Using Url Rewrite Module 2.0](/iis/extensions/url-rewrite-module/using-url-rewrite-module-20) and [URL Rewrite Module Configuration Reference](/iis/extensions/url-rewrite-module/url-rewrite-module-configuration-reference).
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 A `StreamReader` is used to read the rules from the *IISUrlRewrite.xml* rules file.
 
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=5-6,13)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 The first parameter takes an `IFileProvider`, while the second parameter is the path to your XML rules file, which is *IISUrlRewrite.xml* in the sample app.
 
 ```csharp
@@ -279,7 +293,8 @@ public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app, IHostingEnvironment env)
 }
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The sample app rewrites requests from `/iis-rules-rewrite/(.*)` to `/rewritten?id=$1`. The response is sent to the client with a 200 (OK) status code.
 
 [!code-xml[](url-rewriting/sample/IISUrlRewrite.xml)]
@@ -348,10 +363,12 @@ Use `Add(Action<RewriteContext> applyRule)` to implement your own rule logic in
 | `RuleResult.EndResponse`             | Stop applying rules and send the response                       |
 | `RuleResult.SkipRemainingRules`      | Stop applying rules and send the context to the next middleware |
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=14)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ```csharp
 public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 {
@@ -362,7 +379,8 @@ public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 }
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The sample app demonstrates a method that redirects requests for paths that end with *.xml*. If you make a request for `/file.xml`, it's redirected to `/xmlfiles/file.xml`. The status code is set to 301 (Moved Permanently). For a redirect, you must explicitly set the status code of the response; otherwise, a 200 (OK) status code is returned and the redirect won't occur on the client.
 
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/RewriteRules.cs?name=snippet1)]
@@ -374,10 +392,12 @@ Original Request: `/file.xml`
 ### IRule-based rule
 Use `Add(IRule)` to implement your own rule logic in a class that derives from `IRule`. Using an `IRule` provides greater flexibility over using the method-based rule approach. Your derived class may include a constructor, where you can pass in parameters for the `ApplyRule` method.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=15-16)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ```csharp
 public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 {
@@ -389,7 +409,8 @@ public void Configure(IApplicationBuilder app)
 }
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The values of the parameters in the sample app for the `extension` and the `newPath` are checked to meet several conditions. The `extension` must contain a value, and the value must be *.png*, *.jpg*, or *.gif*. If the `newPath` isn't valid, an `ArgumentException` is thrown. If you make a request for *image.png*, it's redirected to `/png-images/image.png`. If you make a request for *image.jpg*, it's redirected to `/jpg-images/image.jpg`. The status code is set to 301 (Moved Permanently), and the `context.Result` is set to stop processing rules and send the response.
 
 [!code-csharp[](url-rewriting/sample/RewriteRules.cs?name=snippet2)]
diff --git a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting/sample/README.md b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting/sample/README.md
index 0fab772763bb..70f60b8d0424 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting/sample/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/fundamentals/url-rewriting/sample/README.md
@@ -35,11 +35,9 @@ PhysicalFileProvider fileProvider = new PhysicalFileProvider(Directory.GetCurren
 ## Secure redirection extensions
 This sample includes `WebHostBuilder` configuration for the app to use URLs (**https://localhost:5001**, **https://localhost**) and a test certificate (**testCert.pfx**) to assist you in exploring these redirect methods. Add any of them to the `RewriteOptions()` in **Startup.cs** to study their behavior.
 
-
-|              Method              | Status Code |    Port    |
-|----------------------------------|:-----------:|:----------:|
-| `.AddRedirectToHttpsPermanent()` |     301     | null (465) |
-|     `.AddRedirectToHttps()`      |     302     | null (465) |
-|    `.AddRedirectToHttps(301)`    |     301     | null (465) |
-| `.AddRedirectToHttps(301, 5001)` |     301     |    5001    |
-
+Method | Status Code | Port
+--- | :---: | :---:
+`.AddRedirectToHttpsPermanent()` | 301 | null (465)
+`.AddRedirectToHttps()` | 302 | null (465)
+`.AddRedirectToHttps(301)` | 301 | null (465)
+`.AddRedirectToHttps(301, 5001)` | 301 | 5001
diff --git a/aspnetcore/getting-started.md b/aspnetcore/getting-started.md
index 30ae1f6f8676..dd890a653e74 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/getting-started.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/getting-started.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: getting-started
 > [!NOTE]
 > These instructions are for the latest version of ASP.NET Core. See [Getting Started with ASP.NET Core 1.1](xref:getting-started-1.1) for the 1.1 version of this document.
 
-1. Install the [!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)].
+1. Install the [!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)].
 
 2. Create a new .NET Core project.
 
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ uid: getting-started
     dotnet new razor -o aspnetcoreapp
     ```
     
-3. Run the app.
+4. Run the app.
 
     Use the following commands to run the app:
 
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ uid: getting-started
     dotnet run
     ```
 
-4. Browse to [http://localhost:5000](http://localhost:5000)
+5. Browse to [http://localhost:5000](http://localhost:5000)
 
-5. Open <em>Pages/About.cshtml</em> and modify the page to display the message "Hello, world! The time on the server is @DateTime.Now ":
+6. Open *Pages/About.cshtml* and modify the page to display the message "Hello, world! The time on the server is @DateTime.Now ":
 
     [!code-html[](getting-started/sample/getting-started/about.cshtml?highlight=9&range=1-9)]
 
-6. Browse to [http://localhost:5000/About](http://localhost:5000/About) and verify the changes.
+7. Browse to [http://localhost:5000/About](http://localhost:5000/About) and verify the changes.
 
 ### Next steps
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/azure-continuous-deployment.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/azure-continuous-deployment.md
index 0f67a953f994..c9ac79ff3f53 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/azure-continuous-deployment.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/azure-continuous-deployment.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: host-and-deploy/azure-apps/azure-continuous-deployment
 
 By [Erik Reitan](https://github.com/Erikre)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Azure App Service Preview Notice](../../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Azure App Service Preview Notice](../../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
 
 This tutorial shows how to create an ASP.NET Core web app using Visual Studio and deploy it from Visual Studio to Azure App Service using continuous deployment.
 
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ See also [Use VSTS to Build and Publish to an Azure Web App with Continuous Depl
 This tutorial assumes the following software is installed:
 
 * [Visual Studio](https://www.visualstudio.com)
-* [!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
+* [!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
 * [Git](https://git-scm.com/downloads) for Windows
 
 ## Create an ASP.NET Core web app
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/index.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/index.md
index 7884e92bf694..1bc2fd908719 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/index.md
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ASP.NET Core preview apps can be deployed to Azure App Service with the followin
 If you have a problem using the preview site extension, open an issue on [GitHub](https://github.com/aspnet/azureintegration/issues/new).
 
 <a name="site-x"></a>
-### Install the preview site extention
+###Install the preview site extention
 
 * From the Azure portal, navigate to the App Service blade.
 * Enter "ex" in the search box.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/troubleshoot.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/troubleshoot.md
index 65aec2b27e6e..faeac5f2b6eb 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/troubleshoot.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-apps/troubleshoot.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: host-and-deploy/azure-apps/troubleshoot
 
 By [Luke Latham](https://github.com/guardrex)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Azure App Service Preview Notice](../../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Azure App Service Preview Notice](../../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
 
 This article provides instructions on how to diagnose an ASP.NET Core app startup issue using Azure App Service's diagnostic tools. For additional troubleshooting advice, see [Azure App Service diagnostics overview](/azure/app-service/app-service-diagnostics) and [How to: Monitor Apps in Azure App Service](/azure/app-service/web-sites-monitor) in the Azure documentation.
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-iis-errors-reference.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-iis-errors-reference.md
index b5032a093765..13c4f4517eb7 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-iis-errors-reference.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/azure-iis-errors-reference.md
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Collect the following information:
 
 Compare the information to the following common errors. If a match is found, follow the troubleshooting advice.
 
-[!INCLUDE [Azure App Service Preview Notice](../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Azure App Service Preview Notice](../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
 
 ## Installer unable to obtain VC++ Redistributable
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/directory-structure.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/directory-structure.md
index 9060decd7986..f138ed855f7c 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/directory-structure.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/directory-structure.md
@@ -17,12 +17,10 @@ By [Luke Latham](https://github.com/guardrex)
 
 In ASP.NET Core, the application directory, *publish*, is comprised of application files, config files, static assets, packages, and the runtime (for self-contained apps).
 
-
-|            App Type            |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Directory Structure                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-|--------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| App Type                       | Directory Structure |
+| ------------------------------ | ------------------- |
 | Framework-dependent Deployment | <ul><li>publish\*<ul><li>logs\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>refs\*</li><li>runtimes\*</li><li>Views\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>wwwroot\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>.dll files</li><li>myapp.deps.json</li><li>myapp.dll</li><li>myapp.pdb</li><li>myapp.PrecompiledViews.dll (if precompiling Razor Views)</li><li>myapp.PrecompiledViews.pdb (if precompiling Razor Views)</li><li>myapp.runtimeconfig.json</li><li>web.config (if included in publishOptions)</li></ul></li></ul> |
-|   Self-contained Deployment    |          <ul><li>publish\*<ul><li>logs\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>refs\*</li><li>Views\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>wwwroot\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>.dll files</li><li>myapp.deps.json</li><li>myapp.exe</li><li>myapp.pdb</li><li>myapp.PrecompiledViews.dll (if precompiling Razor Views)</li><li>myapp.PrecompiledViews.pdb (if precompiling Razor Views)</li><li>myapp.runtimeconfig.json</li><li>web.config (if included in publishOptions)</li></ul></li></ul>           |
-
+| Self-contained Deployment      | <ul><li>publish\*<ul><li>logs\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>refs\*</li><li>Views\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>wwwroot\* (if included in publishOptions)</li><li>.dll files</li><li>myapp.deps.json</li><li>myapp.exe</li><li>myapp.pdb</li><li>myapp.PrecompiledViews.dll (if precompiling Razor Views)</li><li>myapp.PrecompiledViews.pdb (if precompiling Razor Views)</li><li>myapp.runtimeconfig.json</li><li>web.config (if included in publishOptions)</li></ul></li></ul> |
 \* Indicates a directory
 
 The contents of the *publish* directory represents the *content root path*, also called the *application base path*, of the deployment. Whatever name is given to the *publish* directory in the deployment, its location serves as the server's physical path to the hosted application. The *wwwroot* directory, if present, only contains static assets. The *logs* directory may be included in the deployment by creating it in the project and adding the `<Target>` element shown below to your *.csproj* file or by physically creating the directory on the server.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/development-time-iis-support.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/development-time-iis-support.md
index 8a06f0361deb..d82b645de2aa 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/development-time-iis-support.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/development-time-iis-support.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ This article describes [Visual Studio](https://www.visualstudio.com/vs/) support
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-windows.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-windows.md)]
 
 ## Enable IIS
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/modules.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/modules.md
index c990e123380b..7ddbc1ea3aae 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/modules.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/iis/modules.md
@@ -101,21 +101,21 @@ If opting to remove a module with a setting in *web.config*, unlock the module a
 
 1. Unlock the module at the server level. Select the IIS server in the IIS Manager **Connections** sidebar. Open the **Modules** in the **IIS** area. Select the module in the list. In the **Actions** sidebar on the right, select **Unlock**. Unlock as many modules as you plan to remove from *web.config* later.
 
-2. Deploy the app without a **\<modules>** section in *web.config*. If an app is deployed with a *web.config* containing the **\<modules>** section without having unlocked the section first in the IIS Manager, the Configuration Manager throws an exception when attempting to unlock the section. Therefore, deploy the app without a **\<modules>** section.
+1. Deploy the app without a **\<modules>** section in *web.config*. If an app is deployed with a *web.config* containing the **\<modules>** section without having unlocked the section first in the IIS Manager, the Configuration Manager throws an exception when attempting to unlock the section. Therefore, deploy the app without a **\<modules>** section.
 
-3. Unlock the **\<modules>** section of *web.config*. In the **Connections** sidebar, select the website in **Sites**. In the **Management** area, open the **Configuration Editor**. Use the navigation controls to select the `system.webServer/modules` section. In the **Actions** sidebar on the right, select to **Unlock** the section.
+1. Unlock the **\<modules>** section of *web.config*. In the **Connections** sidebar, select the website in **Sites**. In the **Management** area, open the **Configuration Editor**. Use the navigation controls to select the `system.webServer/modules` section. In the **Actions** sidebar on the right, select to **Unlock** the section.
 
-4. At this point, a **\<modules>** section can be added to the *web.config* file with a **\<remove>** element to remove the module from the app. Multiple **\<remove>** elements can be added to remove multiple modules. If *web.config* changes are made on the server, immediately make the same changes to the project's *web.config* file locally. Removing a module this way won't affect the use of the module with other apps on the server.
+1. At this point, a **\<modules>** section can be added to the *web.config* file with a **\<remove>** element to remove the module from the app. Multiple **\<remove>** elements can be added to remove multiple modules. If *web.config* changes are made on the server, immediately make the same changes to the project's *web.config* file locally. Removing a module this way won't affect the use of the module with other apps on the server.
 
-   ```xml
-   <configuration> 
+  ```xml
+  <configuration> 
     <system.webServer> 
       <modules> 
         <remove name="MODULE_NAME" /> 
       </modules> 
     </system.webServer> 
-   </configuration>
-   ```
+  </configuration>
+  ```
 
 For an IIS installation with the default modules installed, use the following **\<module>** section to remove the default modules.
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/windows-service.md b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/windows-service.md
index 3cd2b6c98ae4..c36d76864259 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/windows-service.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/host-and-deploy/windows-service.md
@@ -35,23 +35,25 @@ This section explains the minimum changes required to set up an existing ASP.NET
 
 1. Install the NuGet package [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Hosting.WindowsServices](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Hosting.WindowsServices/).
 
-2. Make the following changes in `Program.Main`:
-
+1. Make the following changes in `Program.Main`:
+  
    * Call `host.RunAsService` instead of `host.Run`.
-
+  
    * If the code calls `UseContentRoot`, use a path to the publish location instead of `Directory.GetCurrentDirectory()`.
 
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+   # [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
    [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample/Program.cs?name=ServiceOnly&highlight=3-4,7,12)]
 
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+   # [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
    [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample_snapshot/Program.cs?name=ServiceOnly&highlight=3-4,8,14)]
 
-   * * *
+   ---
 
-3. Publish the app to a folder. Use [dotnet publish](/dotnet/articles/core/tools/dotnet-publish) or a [Visual Studio publish profile](xref:host-and-deploy/visual-studio-publish-profiles) that publishes to a folder.
+1. Publish the app to a folder. Use [dotnet publish](/dotnet/articles/core/tools/dotnet-publish) or a [Visual Studio publish profile](xref:host-and-deploy/visual-studio-publish-profiles) that publishes to a folder.
 
-4. Test by creating and starting the service.
+1. Test by creating and starting the service.
 
    Open a command shell with administrative privileges to use the [sc.exe](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/bb490995) command-line tool to create and start a service. If the service is named MyService, published to `c:\svc`, and named AspNetCoreService, the commands are:
 
@@ -72,13 +74,16 @@ This section explains the minimum changes required to set up an existing ASP.NET
 
 It's easier to test and debug when running outside of a service, so it's customary to add code that calls `RunAsService` only under certain conditions. For example, the app can run as a console app with a `--console` command-line argument or if the debugger is attached:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample/Program.cs?name=ServiceOrConsole)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample_snapshot/Program.cs?name=ServiceOrConsole)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Handle stopping and starting events
 
 To handle `OnStarting`, `OnStarted`, and `OnStopping` events, make the following additional changes:
@@ -87,19 +92,22 @@ To handle `OnStarting`, `OnStarted`, and `OnStopping` events, make the following
 
    [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample/CustomWebHostService.cs?name=NoLogging)]
 
-2. Create an extension method for `IWebHost` that passes the custom `WebHostService` to `ServiceBase.Run`:
+1. Create an extension method for `IWebHost` that passes the custom `WebHostService` to `ServiceBase.Run`:
 
    [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample/WebHostServiceExtensions.cs?name=ExtensionsClass)]
 
-3. In `Program.Main`, call the new extension method, `RunAsCustomService`, instead of `RunAsService`:
+1. In `Program.Main`, call the new extension method, `RunAsCustomService`, instead of `RunAsService`:
+
+   # [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
 
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
    [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample/Program.cs?name=HandleStopStart&highlight=24)]
 
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+   # [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
    [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample_snapshot/Program.cs?name=HandleStopStart&highlight=26)]
 
-   * * *
+   ---
+
 If the custom `WebHostService` code requires a service from dependency injection (such as a logger), obtain it from the `Services` property of `IWebHost`:
 
 [!code-csharp[](windows-service/sample/CustomWebHostService.cs?name=Logging&highlight=7)]
diff --git a/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4.md b/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4.md
index f1537751923b..56a7643be243 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ dotnet aspnet-codegenerator razorpage -h
 * Run the app and append `/Movies` to the URL in the browser (`http://localhost:port/movies`).
 * Test the **Create** link.
 
-  ![Create page](../../tutorials/razor-pages/model/_static/conan.png)
+ ![Create page](../../tutorials/razor-pages/model/_static/conan.png)
 
 <a name="scaffold"></a>
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4test.md b/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4test.md
index e7803d09434c..b12fcfe9f061 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4test.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/includes/RP/model4test.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 * Run the app and append `/Movies` to the URL in the browser (`http://localhost:port/movies`).
 * Test the **Create** link.
 
-  ![Create page](../../tutorials/razor-pages/model/_static/conan.png)
+ ![Create page](../../tutorials/razor-pages/model/_static/conan.png)
 
 <a name="scaffold"></a>
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/includes/RP/sql.md b/aspnetcore/includes/RP/sql.md
index a9b1daae64e9..01fb65b7a544 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/includes/RP/sql.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/includes/RP/sql.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ There are many third party tools you can download to manage and view a SQLite da
 
 Create a new class named `SeedData` in the *Models* folder. Replace the generated code with the following:
 
-[!code-csharp[](code/Models/SeedData.cs)]
+[!code-csharp[](code\Models\SeedData.cs)]
 
 If there are any movies in the DB, the seed initializer returns.
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ if (context.Movie.Any())
 
 Add the seed initializer to the `Main` method in the *Program.cs* file:
 
-[!code-csharp[](../../tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start/sample/RazorPagesMovie/Program.cs)]
+[!code-csharp[](../../tutorials/razor-pages\razor-pages-start\sample\RazorPagesMovie\Program.cs)]
 
 ### Test the app
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md b/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md
index a2644c10e97a..27084e861889 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Install the following:
 
-* [!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
+* [!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
 * [Visual Studio Code](https://www.microsoft.com/net/download/linux)
 * [C# for Visual Studio Code](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=ms-vscode.csharp)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs.md b/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs.md
index 7a9e5a936c94..7940533a790a 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/includes/net-core-prereqs.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Install **one** of the following:
 
-* CLI tooling: Windows, Linux, or macOS: [!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
+* CLI tooling: Windows, Linux, or macOS: [!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
 * IDE/editor tooling
   * Windows: [Visual Studio for Windows](https://www.microsoft.com/net/download/windows)
     * **ASP.NET and web development** workload
diff --git a/aspnetcore/migration/http-modules.md b/aspnetcore/migration/http-modules.md
index 51695613c664..11aabd1deb28 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/migration/http-modules.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/migration/http-modules.md
@@ -168,17 +168,17 @@ The new [configuration system](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index) gives you
 
 * Use the [options pattern](xref:fundamentals/configuration/options):
 
-1. Create a class to hold your middleware options, for example:
+1.  Create a class to hold your middleware options, for example:
 
-   [!code-csharp[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Middleware/MyMiddlewareWithParams.cs?name=snippet_Options)]
+    [!code-csharp[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Middleware/MyMiddlewareWithParams.cs?name=snippet_Options)]
 
-2. Store the option values
+2.  Store the option values
 
-   The configuration system allows you to store option values anywhere you want. However, most sites use *appsettings.json*, so we'll take that approach:
+    The configuration system allows you to store option values anywhere you want. However, most sites use *appsettings.json*, so we'll take that approach:
 
-   [!code-json[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/appsettings.json?range=1,14-18)]
+    [!code-json[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/appsettings.json?range=1,14-18)]
 
-   *MyMiddlewareOptionsSection* here is a section name. It doesn't have to be the same as the name of your options class.
+    *MyMiddlewareOptionsSection* here is a section name. It doesn't have to be the same as the name of your options class.
 
 3. Associate the option values with the options class
 
@@ -186,25 +186,25 @@ The new [configuration system](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index) gives you
 
     Update your `Startup` class:
 
-   1. If you're using *appsettings.json*, add it to the configuration builder in the `Startup` constructor:
+    1.  If you're using *appsettings.json*, add it to the configuration builder in the `Startup` constructor:
 
       [!code-csharp[](../migration/http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Startup.cs?name=snippet_Ctor&highlight=5-6)]
 
-   2. Configure the options service:
+    2.  Configure the options service:
 
       [!code-csharp[](../migration/http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Startup.cs?name=snippet_ConfigureServices&highlight=4)]
 
-   3. Associate your options with your options class:
+    3.  Associate your options with your options class:
 
       [!code-csharp[](../migration/http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Startup.cs?name=snippet_ConfigureServices&highlight=6-8)]
 
-4. Inject the options into your middleware constructor. This is similar to injecting options into a controller.
+4.  Inject the options into your middleware constructor. This is similar to injecting options into a controller.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](../migration/http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Middleware/MyMiddlewareWithParams.cs?name=snippet_MiddlewareWithParams&highlight=4,7,10,15-16)]
+  [!code-csharp[](../migration/http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Middleware/MyMiddlewareWithParams.cs?name=snippet_MiddlewareWithParams&highlight=4,7,10,15-16)]
 
-   The [UseMiddleware](#http-modules-usemiddleware) extension method that adds your middleware to the `IApplicationBuilder` takes care of dependency injection.
+  The [UseMiddleware](#http-modules-usemiddleware) extension method that adds your middleware to the `IApplicationBuilder` takes care of dependency injection.
 
-   This isn't limited to `IOptions` objects. Any other object that your middleware requires can be injected this way.
+  This isn't limited to `IOptions` objects. Any other object that your middleware requires can be injected this way.
 
 ## Loading middleware options through direct injection
 
@@ -214,21 +214,21 @@ This breaks down though if you want to use the same middleware twice, with diffe
 
 The solution is to get the options objects with the actual options values in your `Startup` class and pass those directly to each instance of your middleware.
 
-1. Add a second key to *appsettings.json*
+1.  Add a second key to *appsettings.json*
 
-   To add a second set of options to the *appsettings.json* file, use a new key to uniquely identify it:
+    To add a second set of options to the *appsettings.json* file, use a new key to uniquely identify it:
 
-   [!code-json[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/appsettings.json?range=1,10-18&highlight=2-5)]
+    [!code-json[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/appsettings.json?range=1,10-18&highlight=2-5)]
 
-2. Retrieve options values and pass them to middleware. The `Use...` extension method (which adds your middleware to the pipeline) is a logical place to pass in the option values: 
+2.  Retrieve options values and pass them to middleware. The `Use...` extension method (which adds your middleware to the pipeline) is a logical place to pass in the option values: 
 
-   [!code-csharp[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Startup.cs?name=snippet_Configure&highlight=20-23)]
+    [!code-csharp[](http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Startup.cs?name=snippet_Configure&highlight=20-23)]
 
-3. Enable middleware to take an options parameter. Provide an overload of the `Use...` extension method (that takes the options parameter and passes it to `UseMiddleware`). When `UseMiddleware` is called with parameters, it passes the parameters to your middleware constructor when it instantiates the middleware object.
+4.  Enable middleware to take an options parameter. Provide an overload of the `Use...` extension method (that takes the options parameter and passes it to `UseMiddleware`). When `UseMiddleware` is called with parameters, it passes the parameters to your middleware constructor when it instantiates the middleware object.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](../migration/http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Middleware/MyMiddlewareWithParams.cs?name=snippet_Extensions&highlight=9-14)]
+    [!code-csharp[](../migration/http-modules/sample/Asp.Net.Core/Middleware/MyMiddlewareWithParams.cs?name=snippet_Extensions&highlight=9-14)]
 
-   Note how this wraps the options object in an `OptionsWrapper` object. This implements `IOptions`, as expected by the middleware constructor.
+    Note how this wraps the options object in an `OptionsWrapper` object. This implements `IOptions`, as expected by the middleware constructor.
 
 ## Migrating to the new HttpContext
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/migration/proper-to-2x/index.md b/aspnetcore/migration/proper-to-2x/index.md
index aac04da22127..ff57a1709590 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/migration/proper-to-2x/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/migration/proper-to-2x/index.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ This article serves as a reference guide for migrating ASP.NET applications to A
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
 
 ## Target frameworks
 ASP.NET Core 2.0 projects offer developers the flexibility of targeting .NET Core, .NET Framework, or both. See [Choosing between .NET Core and .NET Framework for server apps](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/standard/choosing-core-framework-server) to determine which target framework is most appropriate.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/index.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/index.md
index 0c46dbf8f29d..fc5ff46443a1 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/index.md
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This document provides an introduction to Razor Pages. It's not a step by step t
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
 
 <a name="rpvs17"></a>
 
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ URL generation for pages supports relative names. The following table shows whic
 | RedirectToPage("../Index") | *Pages/Index* |
 | RedirectToPage("Index")  | *Pages/Customers/Index* |
 
-`RedirectToPage("Index")`, `RedirectToPage("./Index")`, and `RedirectToPage("../Index")`  are <em>relative names</em>. The `RedirectToPage` parameter is <em>combined</em> with the path of the current page to compute the name of the destination page.  <!-- Review: Original had The provided string is combined with the page name of the current page to compute the name of the destination page. -- page name, not page path -->
+`RedirectToPage("Index")`, `RedirectToPage("./Index")`, and `RedirectToPage("../Index")`  are *relative names*. The `RedirectToPage` parameter is *combined* with the path of the current page to compute the name of the destination page.  <!-- Review: Original had The provided string is combined with the page name of the current page to compute the name of the destination page. -- page name, not page path -->
 
 Relative name linking is useful when building sites with a complex structure. If you use relative names to link between pages in a folder, you can rename that folder. All the links still work (because they didn't include the folder name).
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features/sample/README.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features/sample/README.md
index 6dace1e40d14..905724c0639a 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features/sample/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features/sample/README.md
@@ -4,10 +4,9 @@ This sample illustrates use of Razor Pages custom route and page model providers
 
 ## Examples in this sample
 
-|                                                                                     Features                                                                                      |                                                             Sample demo                                                              |
-|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|         [Add route and app model conventions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#add-route-and-app-model-conventions)         |                                         Add a route attribute and header to the app's pages.                                         |
-|               [Use AddPageRoute to add a page route](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#configure-a-page-route)               |                                     Adds the specified route to the page at the specified page.                                      |
-|               [Page model action conventions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#page-model-action-conventions)               | Add a header to pages in a folder, add a header to a single page, and configure a filter factory to add a header to the app's pages. |
-| [Replace the default page app model provider](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#replace-the-default-page-app-model-provider) |                                              Change the conventions for handler naming.                                              |
-
+| Features | Sample demo |
+| -------- | ----------- |
+| [Add route and app model conventions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#add-route-and-app-model-conventions) | Add a route attribute and header to the app's pages. |
+| [Use AddPageRoute to add a page route](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#configure-a-page-route) | Adds the specified route to the page at the specified page. |
+| [Page model action conventions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#page-model-action-conventions) | Add a header to pages in a folder, add a header to a single page, and configure a filter factory to add a header to the app's pages. |
+| [Replace the default page app model provider](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/mvc/razor-pages/razor-pages-convention-features#replace-the-default-page-app-model-provider) | Change the conventions for handler naming. |
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/razor.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/razor.md
index c2b13a07d6f2..bf35508dffa6 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/razor.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/razor.md
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ Explicit expressions can be used to render output from generic methods in *.csht
 
 The preceding code generates a compiler error similar to one of the following:
 
-* The "int" element wasn't closed. All elements must be either self-closing or have a matching end tag.
-* Cannot convert method group 'GenericMethod' to non-delegate type 'object'. Did you intend to invoke the method?` 
+ * The "int" element wasn't closed. All elements must be either self-closing or have a matching end tag.
+ *  Cannot convert method group 'GenericMethod' to non-delegate type 'object'. Did you intend to invoke the method?` 
  
-  The following markup shows the correct way write this code. The code is written as an explicit expression:
+ The following markup shows the correct way write this code. The code is written as an explicit expression:
 
 ```cshtml
 <p>@(GenericMethod<int>())</p>
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring.md
index 3d6272a151cb..9b07fcf25070 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring.md
@@ -43,32 +43,32 @@ The server will use our email tag helper to convert that markup into the followi
 
 That is, an anchor tag that makes this an email link. You might want to do this if you are writing a blog engine and need it to send email for marketing, support, and other contacts, all to the same domain.
 
-1. Add the following `EmailTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
+1.  Add the following `EmailTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1EmailTagHelperCopy.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1EmailTagHelperCopy.cs)]
     
-   **Notes:**
+    **Notes:**
     
-   * Tag helpers use a naming convention that targets elements of the root class name (minus the *TagHelper* portion of the class name). In this example, the root name of **Email**TagHelper is *email*, so the `<email>` tag will be targeted. This naming convention should work for most tag helpers, later on I'll show how to override it.
+    * Tag helpers use a naming convention that targets elements of the root class name (minus the *TagHelper* portion of the class name). In this example, the root name of **Email**TagHelper is *email*, so the `<email>` tag will be targeted. This naming convention should work for most tag helpers, later on I'll show how to override it.
     
-   * The `EmailTagHelper` class derives from `TagHelper`. The `TagHelper` class provides methods and properties for writing Tag Helpers.
+    * The `EmailTagHelper` class derives from `TagHelper`. The `TagHelper` class provides methods and properties for writing Tag Helpers.
     
-   * The overridden `Process` method controls what the tag helper does when executed. The `TagHelper` class also provides an asynchronous version (`ProcessAsync`) with the same parameters.
+    * The overridden `Process` method controls what the tag helper does when executed. The `TagHelper` class also provides an asynchronous version (`ProcessAsync`) with the same parameters.
     
-   * The context parameter to `Process` (and `ProcessAsync`) contains information associated with the execution of the current HTML tag.
+    * The context parameter to `Process` (and `ProcessAsync`) contains information associated with the execution of the current HTML tag.
     
-   * The output parameter to `Process` (and `ProcessAsync`) contains a stateful HTML element representative of the original source used to generate an HTML tag and content.
+    * The output parameter to `Process` (and `ProcessAsync`) contains a stateful HTML element representative of the original source used to generate an HTML tag and content.
     
-   * Our class name has a suffix of **TagHelper**, which is *not* required, but it's considered a best practice convention. You could declare the class as:
+    * Our class name has a suffix of **TagHelper**, which is *not* required, but it's considered a best practice convention. You could declare the class as:
     
-   ```csharp
-   public class Email : TagHelper
-   ```
+    ```csharp
+    public class Email : TagHelper
+    ```
 
-2. To make the `EmailTagHelper` class available to all our Razor views, add the `addTagHelper` directive to the *Views/_ViewImports.cshtml* file:
-   [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/_ViewImportsCopyEmail.cshtml?highlight=2,3)]
+2.  To make the `EmailTagHelper` class available to all our Razor views, add the `addTagHelper` directive to the *Views/_ViewImports.cshtml* file:
+    [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/_ViewImportsCopyEmail.cshtml?highlight=2,3)]
     
-   The code above uses the wildcard syntax to specify all the tag helpers in our assembly will be available. The first string after `@addTagHelper` specifies the tag helper to load (Use "*" for all tag helpers), and the second string "AuthoringTagHelpers" specifies the assembly the tag helper is in. Also, note that the second line brings in the ASP.NET Core MVC tag helpers using the wildcard syntax (those helpers are discussed in [Introduction to Tag Helpers](intro.md).) It's the `@addTagHelper` directive that makes the tag helper available to the Razor view. Alternatively, you can provide the fully qualified name (FQN) of a tag helper as shown below:
+    The code above uses the wildcard syntax to specify all the tag helpers in our assembly will be available. The first string after `@addTagHelper` specifies the tag helper to load (Use "*" for all tag helpers), and the second string "AuthoringTagHelpers" specifies the assembly the tag helper is in. Also, note that the second line brings in the ASP.NET Core MVC tag helpers using the wildcard syntax (those helpers are discussed in [Introduction to Tag Helpers](intro.md).) It's the `@addTagHelper` directive that makes the tag helper available to the Razor view. Alternatively, you can provide the fully qualified name (FQN) of a tag helper as shown below:
     
 ```csharp
 @using AuthoringTagHelpers
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ the following snippet uses TagHelpers3 and should use TagHelpers (not the 3)
     
 To add a tag helper to a view using a FQN, you first add the FQN (`AuthoringTagHelpers.TagHelpers.EmailTagHelper`), and then the assembly name (*AuthoringTagHelpers*). Most developers will prefer to use the wildcard syntax. [Introduction to Tag Helpers](intro.md) goes into detail on tag helper adding, removing, hierarchy, and wildcard syntax.
     
-3. Update the markup in the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file with these changes:
+3.  Update the markup in the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file with these changes:
 
-   [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/Contact.cshtml?highlight=15,16&range=1-17)]
+    [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/Contact.cshtml?highlight=15,16&range=1-17)]
 
-4. Run the app and use your favorite browser to view the HTML source so you can verify that the email tags are replaced with anchor markup (For example, `<a>Support</a>`). *Support* and *Marketing* are rendered as a links, but they don't have an `href` attribute to make them functional. We'll fix that in the next section.
+4.  Run the app and use your favorite browser to view the HTML source so you can verify that the email tags are replaced with anchor markup (For example, `<a>Support</a>`). *Support* and *Marketing* are rendered as a links, but they don't have an `href` attribute to make them functional. We'll fix that in the next section.
 
 Note: Like HTML tags and attributes, tags, class names and attributes in Razor, and C# are not case-sensitive.
 
@@ -111,57 +111,57 @@ Update the `EmailTagHelper` class with the following:
 
 That approach works for the attribute "href" as long as it doesn't currently exist in the attributes collection. You can also use the `output.Attributes.Add` method to add a tag helper attribute to the end of the collection of tag attributes.
 
-1. Update the markup in the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file with these changes:
-   [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/ContactCopy.cshtml?highlight=15,16)]
+1.  Update the markup in the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file with these changes:
+    [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/ContactCopy.cshtml?highlight=15,16)]
 
-2. Run the app and verify that it generates the correct links.
+2.  Run the app and verify that it generates the correct links.
     
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > If you were to write the email tag self-closing (`<email mail-to="Rick" />`), the final output would also be self-closing. To enable the ability to write the tag with only a start tag (`<email mail-to="Rick">`) you must decorate the class with the following:
-   > 
-   > [!code-csharp[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/EmailTagHelperMailVoid.cs?highlight=1&range=6-10)]
+    > [!NOTE]
+	>If you were to write the email tag self-closing (`<email mail-to="Rick" />`), the final output would also be self-closing. To enable the ability to write the tag with only a start tag (`<email mail-to="Rick">`) you must decorate the class with the following:
+    >
+    > [!code-csharp[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/EmailTagHelperMailVoid.cs?highlight=1&range=6-10)]
     
-   With a self-closing email tag helper, the output would be `<a href="mailto:Rick@contoso.com" />`. Self-closing anchor tags are not valid HTML, so you wouldn't want to create one, but you might want to create a tag helper that's self-closing. Tag helpers set the type of the `TagMode` property after reading a tag.
+    With a self-closing email tag helper, the output would be `<a href="mailto:Rick@contoso.com" />`. Self-closing anchor tags are not valid HTML, so you wouldn't want to create one, but you might want to create a tag helper that's self-closing. Tag helpers set the type of the `TagMode` property after reading a tag.
     
 ### ProcessAsync
 
 In this section, we'll write an asynchronous email helper.
 
-1. Replace the `EmailTagHelper` class with the following code:
+1.  Replace the `EmailTagHelper` class with the following code:
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/EmailTagHelper.cs?range=6-17)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/EmailTagHelper.cs?range=6-17)]
 
-   **Notes:**
+    **Notes:**
 
-   * This version uses the asynchronous `ProcessAsync` method. The asynchronous `GetChildContentAsync` returns a `Task` containing the `TagHelperContent`.
+    * This version uses the asynchronous `ProcessAsync` method. The asynchronous `GetChildContentAsync` returns a `Task` containing the `TagHelperContent`.
 
-   * Use the `output` parameter to get contents of the HTML element.
+    * Use the `output` parameter to get contents of the HTML element.
 
-2. Make the following change to the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file so the tag helper can get the target email.
+2.  Make the following change to the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file so the tag helper can get the target email.
 
-   [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/Contact.cshtml?highlight=15,16&range=1-17)]
+    [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/Contact.cshtml?highlight=15,16&range=1-17)]
 
-3. Run the app and verify that it generates valid email links.
+3.  Run the app and verify that it generates valid email links.
 
 ### RemoveAll, PreContent.SetHtmlContent and PostContent.SetHtmlContent
 
-1. Add the following `BoldTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
+1.  Add the following `BoldTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/BoldTagHelper.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/BoldTagHelper.cs)]
 
-   **Notes:**
+    **Notes:**
     
-   * The `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute passes an attribute parameter that specifies that any HTML element that contains an HTML attribute named "bold" will match, and the `Process` override method in the class will run. In our sample, the `Process` method removes the "bold" attribute and surrounds the containing markup with `<strong></strong>`.
+    * The `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute passes an attribute parameter that specifies that any HTML element that contains an HTML attribute named "bold" will match, and the `Process` override method in the class will run. In our sample, the `Process` method removes the "bold" attribute and surrounds the containing markup with `<strong></strong>`.
     
-   * Because you don't want to replace the existing tag content, you must write the opening `<strong>` tag with the `PreContent.SetHtmlContent` method and the closing `</strong>` tag with the `PostContent.SetHtmlContent` method.
+    * Because you don't want to replace the existing tag content, you must write the opening `<strong>` tag with the `PreContent.SetHtmlContent` method and the closing `</strong>` tag with the `PostContent.SetHtmlContent` method.
     
-2. Modify the *About.cshtml* view to contain a `bold` attribute value. The completed code is shown below.
+2.  Modify the *About.cshtml* view to contain a `bold` attribute value. The completed code is shown below.
 
-   [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/AboutBoldOnly.cshtml?highlight=7)]
+    [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/AboutBoldOnly.cshtml?highlight=7)]
 
-3. Run the app. You can use your favorite browser to inspect the source and verify the markup.
+3.  Run the app. You can use your favorite browser to inspect the source and verify the markup.
 
-   The `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute above only targets HTML markup that provides an attribute name of "bold". The `<bold>` element wasn't modified by the tag helper.
+    The `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute above only targets HTML markup that provides an attribute name of "bold". The `<bold>` element wasn't modified by the tag helper.
 
 4. Comment out the `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute line and it will default to targeting `<bold>` tags, that is, HTML markup of the form `<bold>`. Remember, the default naming convention will match the class name **Bold**TagHelper to `<bold>` tags.
 
@@ -185,100 +185,100 @@ You can also use the `[HtmlTargetElement]` to change the name of the targeted el
 
 ## Pass a model to a Tag Helper
 
-1. Add a *Models* folder.
+1.  Add a *Models* folder.
 
-2. Add the following `WebsiteContext` class to the *Models* folder:
+2.  Add the following `WebsiteContext` class to the *Models* folder:
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Models/WebsiteContext.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Models/WebsiteContext.cs)]
 
-3. Add the following `WebsiteInformationTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
+3.  Add the following `WebsiteInformationTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/WebsiteInformationTagHelper.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/WebsiteInformationTagHelper.cs)]
     
-   **Notes:**
+    **Notes:**
     
-   * As mentioned previously, tag helpers translates Pascal-cased C# class names and properties for tag helpers into [lower kebab case](http://wiki.c2.com/?KebabCase). Therefore, to use the `WebsiteInformationTagHelper` in Razor, you'll write `<website-information />`.
+    * As mentioned previously, tag helpers translates Pascal-cased C# class names and properties for tag helpers into [lower kebab case](http://wiki.c2.com/?KebabCase). Therefore, to use the `WebsiteInformationTagHelper` in Razor, you'll write `<website-information />`.
     
-   * You are not explicitly identifying the target element with the `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute, so the default of `website-information` will be targeted. If you applied the following attribute (note it's not kebab case but matches the class name):
+    * You are not explicitly identifying the target element with the `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute, so the default of `website-information` will be targeted. If you applied the following attribute (note it's not kebab case but matches the class name):
     
-   ```csharp
-   [HtmlTargetElement("WebsiteInformation")]
-   ```
+    ```csharp
+    [HtmlTargetElement("WebsiteInformation")]
+    ```
     
-   The lower kebab case tag `<website-information />` wouldn't match. If you want use the `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute, you would use kebab case as shown below:
+    The lower kebab case tag `<website-information />` wouldn't match. If you want use the `[HtmlTargetElement]` attribute, you would use kebab case as shown below:
     
-   ```csharp
-   [HtmlTargetElement("Website-Information")]
-   ```
+    ```csharp
+    [HtmlTargetElement("Website-Information")]
+    ```
     
-   * Elements that are self-closing have no content. For this example, the Razor markup will use a self-closing tag, but the tag helper will be creating a [section](http://www.w3.org/TR/html5/sections.html#the-section-element) element (which isn't self-closing and you are writing content inside the `section` element). Therefore, you need to set `TagMode` to `StartTagAndEndTag` to write output. Alternatively, you can comment out the line setting `TagMode` and write markup with a closing tag. (Example markup is provided later in this tutorial.)
+    * Elements that are self-closing have no content. For this example, the Razor markup will use a self-closing tag, but the tag helper will be creating a [section](http://www.w3.org/TR/html5/sections.html#the-section-element) element (which isn't self-closing and you are writing content inside the `section` element). Therefore, you need to set `TagMode` to `StartTagAndEndTag` to write output. Alternatively, you can comment out the line setting `TagMode` and write markup with a closing tag. (Example markup is provided later in this tutorial.)
     
-   * The `$` (dollar sign) in the following line uses an [interpolated string](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/language-reference/keywords/interpolated-strings):
+    * The `$` (dollar sign) in the following line uses an [interpolated string](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/language-reference/keywords/interpolated-strings):
     
-   ```cshtml
-   $@"<ul><li><strong>Version:</strong> {Info.Version}</li>
-   ```
+    ```cshtml
+    $@"<ul><li><strong>Version:</strong> {Info.Version}</li>
+    ```
 
-4. Add the following markup to the *About.cshtml* view. The highlighted markup displays the web site information.
+4.  Add the following markup to the *About.cshtml* view. The highlighted markup displays the web site information.
     
-   [!code-html[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/About.cshtml?highlight=1,12-999)]
+    [!code-html[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/About.cshtml?highlight=1,12-999)]
     
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > In the Razor markup shown below:
-   > 
-   > [!code-html[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/About.cshtml?range=13-17)]
-   > 
-   > Razor knows the `info` attribute is a class, not a string, and you want to write C# code. Any non-string tag helper attribute should be written without the `@` character.
+    >[!NOTE]
+    > In the Razor markup shown below:
+    >
+    >[!code-html[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/About.cshtml?range=13-17)]
+    > 
+    >Razor knows the `info` attribute is a class, not a string, and you want to write C# code. Any non-string tag helper attribute should be written without the `@` character.
     
-5. Run the app, and navigate to the About view to see the web site information.
+5.  Run the app, and navigate to the About view to see the web site information.
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > You can use the following markup with a closing tag and remove the line with `TagMode.StartTagAndEndTag` in the tag helper:
-   > 
-   > [!code-html[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/AboutNotSelfClosing.cshtml?range=13-18)]
+    >[!NOTE]
+    >You can use the following markup with a closing tag and remove the line with `TagMode.StartTagAndEndTag` in the tag helper:
+    >
+    >[!code-html[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/AboutNotSelfClosing.cshtml?range=13-18)]
 
 ## Condition Tag Helper
 
 The condition tag helper renders output when passed a true value.
 
-1. Add the following `ConditionTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
+1.  Add the following `ConditionTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/ConditionTagHelper.cs)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/ConditionTagHelper.cs)]
 
-2. Replace the contents of the *Views/Home/Index.cshtml* file with the following markup:
+2.  Replace the contents of the *Views/Home/Index.cshtml* file with the following markup:
 
-   ```cshtml
-   @using AuthoringTagHelpers.Models
-   @model WebsiteContext
+    ```cshtml
+    @using AuthoringTagHelpers.Models
+    @model WebsiteContext
     
-   @{
-       ViewData["Title"] = "Home Page";
-   }
+    @{
+        ViewData["Title"] = "Home Page";
+    }
     
-   <div>
-       <h3>Information about our website (outdated):</h3>
-       <website-information info=@Model />
-       <div condition="@Model.Approved">
-           <p>
-               This website has <strong surround="em"> @Model.Approved </strong> been approved yet.
-               Visit www.contoso.com for more information.
-           </p>
-       </div>
-   </div>
-   ```
+    <div>
+        <h3>Information about our website (outdated):</h3>
+        <website-information info=@Model />
+        <div condition="@Model.Approved">
+            <p>
+                This website has <strong surround="em"> @Model.Approved </strong> been approved yet.
+                Visit www.contoso.com for more information.
+            </p>
+        </div>
+    </div>
+    ```
     
-3. Replace the `Index` method in the `Home` controller with the following code:
+3.  Replace the `Index` method in the `Home` controller with the following code:
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Controllers/HomeController.cs?range=9-18)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Controllers/HomeController.cs?range=9-18)]
 
-4. Run the app and browse to the home page. The markup in the conditional `div` won't be rendered. Append the query string `?approved=true` to the URL (for example, `http://localhost:1235/Home/Index?approved=true`). `approved` is set to true and the conditional markup will be displayed.
+4.  Run the app and browse to the home page. The markup in the conditional `div` won't be rendered. Append the query string `?approved=true` to the URL (for example, `http://localhost:1235/Home/Index?approved=true`). `approved` is set to true and the conditional markup will be displayed.
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> Use the [nameof](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/language-reference/keywords/nameof) operator to specify the attribute to target rather than specifying a string as you did with the bold tag helper:
-> 
-> [!code-csharp[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/zConditionTagHelperCopy.cs?highlight=1,2,5&range=5-18)]
-> 
-> The [nameof](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/language-reference/keywords/nameof) operator will protect the code should it ever be refactored (we might want to change the name to `RedCondition`).
+>[!NOTE]
+>Use the [nameof](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/language-reference/keywords/nameof) operator to specify the attribute to target rather than specifying a string as you did with the bold tag helper:
+>
+>[!code-csharp[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/zConditionTagHelperCopy.cs?highlight=1,2,5&range=5-18)]
+>
+>The [nameof](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/csharp/language-reference/keywords/nameof) operator will protect the code should it ever be refactored (we might want to change the name to `RedCondition`).
 
 ### Avoid Tag Helper conflicts
 
@@ -286,43 +286,43 @@ In this section, you write a pair of auto-linking tag helpers. The first will re
 
 Because these two helpers are closely related and you may refactor them in the future, we'll keep them in the same file.
 
-1. Add the following `AutoLinkerHttpTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
+1.  Add the following `AutoLinkerHttpTagHelper` class to the *TagHelpers* folder.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinker.cs?range=7-19)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinker.cs?range=7-19)]
 
-   >[!NOTE]
-   >The `AutoLinkerHttpTagHelper` class targets `p` elements and uses [Regex](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/standard/base-types/regular-expression-language-quick-reference) to create the anchor.
+    >[!NOTE]
+    >The `AutoLinkerHttpTagHelper` class targets `p` elements and uses [Regex](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/standard/base-types/regular-expression-language-quick-reference) to create the anchor.
 
-2. Add the following markup to the end of the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file:
+2.  Add the following markup to the end of the *Views/Home/Contact.cshtml* file:
 
-   [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/Contact.cshtml?highlight=19)]
+    [!code-html[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/Views/Home/Contact.cshtml?highlight=19)]
 
-3. Run the app and verify that the tag helper renders the anchor correctly.
+3.  Run the app and verify that the tag helper renders the anchor correctly.
 
-4. Update the `AutoLinker` class to include the `AutoLinkerWwwTagHelper` which will convert www text to an anchor tag that also contains the original www text. The updated code is highlighted below:
+4.  Update the `AutoLinker` class to include the `AutoLinkerWwwTagHelper` which will convert www text to an anchor tag that also contains the original www text. The updated code is highlighted below:
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinker.cs?highlight=15-34&range=7-34)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinker.cs?highlight=15-34&range=7-34)]
 
-5. Run the app. Notice the www text is rendered as a link but the HTTP text isn't. If you put a break point in both classes, you can see that the HTTP tag helper class runs first. The problem is that the tag helper output is cached, and when the WWW tag helper is run, it overwrites the cached output from the HTTP tag helper. Later in the tutorial we'll see how to control the order that tag helpers run in. We'll fix the code with the following:
+5.  Run the app. Notice the www text is rendered as a link but the HTTP text isn't. If you put a break point in both classes, you can see that the HTTP tag helper class runs first. The problem is that the tag helper output is cached, and when the WWW tag helper is run, it overwrites the cached output from the HTTP tag helper. Later in the tutorial we'll see how to control the order that tag helpers run in. We'll fix the code with the following:
 
-   [!code-csharp[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinkerCopy.cs?highlight=5,6,10,21,22,26&range=8-37)]
+    [!code-csharp[](../../../mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinkerCopy.cs?highlight=5,6,10,21,22,26&range=8-37)]
 
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > In the first edition of the auto-linking tag helpers, you got the content of the target with the following code:
-   > 
-   > [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinker.cs?range=12)]
-   > 
-   > That is, you call `GetChildContentAsync` using the `TagHelperOutput` passed into the `ProcessAsync` method. As mentioned previously, because the output is cached, the last tag helper to run wins. You fixed that problem with the following code:
-   > 
-   > [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z2AutoLinkerCopy.cs?range=34-35)]
-   > 
-   > The code above checks to see if the content has been modified, and if it has, it gets the content from the output buffer.
+    >[!NOTE]
+    >In the first edition of the auto-linking tag helpers, you got the content of the target with the following code:
+    >
+    >[!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z1AutoLinker.cs?range=12)]
+    >
+    >That is, you call `GetChildContentAsync` using the `TagHelperOutput` passed into the `ProcessAsync` method. As mentioned previously, because the output is cached, the last tag helper to run wins. You fixed that problem with the following code:
+    >
+    >[!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z2AutoLinkerCopy.cs?range=34-35)]
+    >
+    >The code above checks to see if the content has been modified, and if it has, it gets the content from the output buffer.
 
-6. Run the app and verify that the two links work as expected. While it might appear our auto linker tag helper is correct and complete, it has a subtle problem. If the WWW tag helper runs first, the www links won't be correct. Update the code by adding the `Order` overload to control the order that the tag runs in. The `Order` property determines the execution order relative to other tag helpers targeting the same element. The default order value is zero and instances with lower values are executed first.
+6.  Run the app and verify that the two links work as expected. While it might appear our auto linker tag helper is correct and complete, it has a subtle problem. If the WWW tag helper runs first, the www links won't be correct. Update the code by adding the `Order` overload to control the order that the tag runs in. The `Order` property determines the execution order relative to other tag helpers targeting the same element. The default order value is zero and instances with lower values are executed first.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z2AutoLinkerCopy.cs?highlight=5,6,7,8&range=8-15)]
+    [!code-csharp[](authoring/sample/AuthoringTagHelpers/src/AuthoringTagHelpers/TagHelpers/z2AutoLinkerCopy.cs?highlight=5,6,7,8&range=8-15)]
     
-   The above code will guarantee that the HTTP tag helper runs before the WWW tag helper. Change `Order` to `MaxValue` and verify that the markup generated for the WWW tag is incorrect.
+    The above code will guarantee that the HTTP tag helper runs before the WWW tag helper. Change `Order` to `MaxValue` and verify that the markup generated for the WWW tag is incorrect.
 
 ## Inspect and retrieve child content
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/anchor-tag-helper.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/anchor-tag-helper.md
index a27570ee2d84..ab0114c35bac 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/anchor-tag-helper.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/anchor-tag-helper.md
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ The generated HTML:
 
 > [!TIP]
 > For areas to work in an MVC app, the route template must include a reference to the area, if it exists. That template is represented by the second parameter of the `routes.MapRoute` method call in *Startup.Configure*:
-> [!code-csharp[](samples/TagHelpersBuiltIn/Startup.cs?name=snippet_UseMvc&highlight=5)]
+[!code-csharp[](samples/TagHelpersBuiltIn/Startup.cs?name=snippet_UseMvc&highlight=5)]
 
 ## asp-protocol
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/cache-tag-helper.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/cache-tag-helper.md
index c9ab9e9f27bb..727e76070b94 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/cache-tag-helper.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/built-in/cache-tag-helper.md
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ You can set the cache duration with the following attributes:
 ### enabled    
 
 
-| Attribute Type    | Valid Values      |
-|----------------   |----------------   |
-| boolean           | "true" (default)  |
-|                   | "false"   |
+| Attribute Type 	| Valid Values   	|
+|----------------	|----------------	|
+| boolean         	| "true" (default) 	|
+|               	| "false"	|
 
 
 Determines whether the content enclosed by the Cache Tag Helper is cached. The default is `true`.  If set to `false` this Cache Tag Helper will have no caching effect on the rendered output.
@@ -55,9 +55,10 @@ Example:
 
 ### expires-on 
 
-| Attribute Type |           Example Value            |
-|----------------|------------------------------------|
-| DateTimeOffset | "@new DateTime(2025,1,29,17,02,0)" |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Value   	|
+|----------------	|----------------	|
+| DateTimeOffset    | "@new DateTime(2025,1,29,17,02,0)" 	|
+
 
 Sets an absolute expiration date. The following example will cache the contents of the Cache Tag Helper until 5:02 PM on January 29, 2025.
 
@@ -73,9 +74,10 @@ Example:
 
 ### expires-after
 
-| Attribute Type |        Example Value         |
-|----------------|------------------------------|
-|    TimeSpan    | "@TimeSpan.FromSeconds(120)" |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Value   	|
+|----------------	|----------------	|
+| TimeSpan    | "@TimeSpan.FromSeconds(120)" 	|
+
 
 Sets the length of time from the first request time to cache the contents. 
 
@@ -91,9 +93,10 @@ Example:
 
 ### expires-sliding
 
-| Attribute Type |        Example Value        |
-|----------------|-----------------------------|
-|    TimeSpan    | "@TimeSpan.FromSeconds(60)" |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Value   	|
+|----------------	|----------------	|
+| TimeSpan    | "@TimeSpan.FromSeconds(60)" 	|
+
 
 Sets the time that a cache entry should be evicted if it has not been accessed.
 
@@ -109,9 +112,9 @@ Example:
 
 ### vary-by-header
 
-| Attribute Type    | Example Values                |
-|----------------   |----------------               |
-| String            | "User-Agent"                  |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Values            	|
+|----------------	|----------------             	|
+| String            | "User-Agent"   	            |
 |                   | "User-Agent,content-encoding" |
 
 Accepts a single header value or a comma-separated list of header values that trigger a cache refresh when they change. The following example monitors the header value `User-Agent`. The example will cache the content for every different `User-Agent` presented to the web server.
@@ -128,9 +131,9 @@ Example:
 
 ### vary-by-query
 
-| Attribute Type    | Example Values                |
-|----------------   |----------------               |
-| String            | "Make"                |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Values            	|
+|----------------	|----------------             	|
+| String            | "Make"   	            |
 |                   | "Make,Model" |
 
 Accepts a single header value or a comma-separated list of header values that trigger a cache refresh when the header value changes. The following example looks at the values of `Make` and `Model`.
@@ -147,9 +150,9 @@ Example:
 
 ### vary-by-route
 
-| Attribute Type    | Example Values                |
-|----------------   |----------------               |
-| String            | "Make"                |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Values            	|
+|----------------	|----------------             	|
+| String            | "Make"   	            |
 |                   | "Make,Model" |
 
 Accepts a single header value or a comma-separated list of header values that trigger a cache refresh when the route data parameter value(s) change. 
@@ -162,7 +165,7 @@ routes.MapRoute(
     name: "default",
     template: "{controller=Home}/{action=Index}/{Make?}/{Model?}");
 ```
-
+  
 *Index.cshtml*
 
 ```cshtml
@@ -175,9 +178,9 @@ routes.MapRoute(
 
 ### vary-by-cookie
 
-| Attribute Type    | Example Values                |
-|----------------   |----------------               |
-| String            | ".AspNetCore.Identity.Application"                |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Values            	|
+|----------------	|----------------             	|
+| String            | ".AspNetCore.Identity.Application"   	            |
 |                   | ".AspNetCore.Identity.Application,HairColor" |
 
 Accepts a single header value or a comma-separated list of header values that trigger a cache refresh when the header values(s) change. The following example looks at the cookie associated with ASP.NET Identity. When a user is authenticated the request cookie to be set which triggers a cache refresh.
@@ -194,9 +197,9 @@ Example:
 
 ### vary-by-user
 
-| Attribute Type    | Example Values                |
-|----------------   |----------------               |
-| Boolean             | "true"                  |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Values            	|
+|----------------	|----------------             	|
+| Boolean             | "true"   	            |
 |                     | "false" (default) |
 
 Specifies whether or not the cache should reset when the logged-in user (or Context Principal) changes. The current user is also known as the Request Context Principal and can be viewed in a Razor view by referencing `@User.Identity.Name`.
@@ -217,9 +220,10 @@ Using this attribute maintains the contents in cache through a log-in and log-ou
 
 ### vary-by
 
-| Attribute Type | Example Values |
-|----------------|----------------|
-|     String     |    "@Model"    |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Values            	|
+|----------------	|----------------             	|
+| String             | "@Model"  	            |
+
 
 Allows for customization of what data gets cached. When the object referenced by the attribute's string value changes, the content of the Cache Tag Helper is updated. Often a string-concatenation of model values are assigned to this attribute.  Effectively, that means an update to any of the concatenated values invalidates the cache.
 
@@ -252,9 +256,9 @@ public IActionResult Index(string myParam1,string myParam2,string myParam3)
 
 ### priority
 
-| Attribute Type    | Example Values                |
-|----------------   |----------------               |
-| CacheItemPriority  | "High"                   |
+| Attribute Type 	| Example Values            	|
+|----------------	|----------------             	|
+| CacheItemPriority  | "High"   	            |
 |                    | "Low" |
 |                    | "NeverRemove" |
 |                    | "Normal" |
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro.md
index 759a48c58019..98c52b66af5a 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro.md
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ The at (`@`) symbol tells Razor this is the start of code. The next two paramete
 new {@class="caption"}
 ```
 
-Is an anonymous object used to represent attributes. Because <strong>class</strong> is a reserved keyword in C#, you use the `@` symbol to force C# to interpret "@class=" as a symbol (property name). To a front-end designer (someone familiar with HTML/CSS/JavaScript and other client technologies but not familiar with C# and Razor), most of the line is foreign. The entire line must be authored with no help from IntelliSense.
+Is an anonymous object used to represent attributes. Because **class** is a reserved keyword in C#, you use the `@` symbol to force C# to interpret "@class=" as a symbol (property name). To a front-end designer (someone familiar with HTML/CSS/JavaScript and other client technologies but not familiar with C# and Razor), most of the line is foreign. The entire line must be authored with no help from IntelliSense.
 
 Using the `LabelTagHelper`, the same markup can be written as:
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/view-compilation.md b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/view-compilation.md
index fd478306ba5a..310e974a2949 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/mvc/views/view-compilation.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/mvc/views/view-compilation.md
@@ -26,7 +26,8 @@ Precompilation considerations:
 
 To deploy precompiled views:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 If your project targets .NET Framework, include a package reference to [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Mvc.Razor.ViewCompilation](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Mvc.Razor.ViewCompilation/):
 
 ```xml
@@ -37,12 +38,15 @@ If your project targets .NET Core, no changes are necessary.
 
 The ASP.NET Core 2.x project templates implicitly set `MvcRazorCompileOnPublish` to `true` by default, which means this node can be safely removed from the *.csproj* file. If you prefer to be explicit, there's no harm in setting the `MvcRazorCompileOnPublish` property to `true`. The following *.csproj* sample highlights this setting:
 
-[!code-xml[](view-compilation/sample/MvcRazorCompileOnPublish2.csproj?highlight=5)]
+[!code-xml[](view-compilation\sample\MvcRazorCompileOnPublish2.csproj?highlight=5)]
+
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
 Set `MvcRazorCompileOnPublish` to `true`, and include a package reference to `Microsoft.AspNetCore.Mvc.Razor.ViewCompilation`. The following *.csproj* sample highlights these settings:
 
-[!code-xml[](view-compilation/sample/MvcRazorCompileOnPublish.csproj?highlight=5,12)]
+[!code-xml[](view-compilation\sample\MvcRazorCompileOnPublish.csproj?highlight=5,12)]
+
+---
 
 Prepare the app for a [framework-dependent deployment](/dotnet/core/deploying/#framework-dependent-deployments-fdd) with the [.NET Core CLI publish command](/dotnet/core/tools/dotnet-publish). For example, execute the following command at the project root:
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/performance/response-compression.md b/aspnetcore/performance/response-compression.md
index ea409f1b361c..1e8532afbef3 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/performance/response-compression.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/performance/response-compression.md
@@ -76,13 +76,16 @@ To include the middleware in your project, add a reference to the [`Microsoft.As
 ## Configuration
 The following code shows how to enable the Response Compression Middleware with the default gzip compression and for default MIME types.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/2.x/StartupBasic.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=4,8)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/1.x/StartupBasic.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=3,8)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 > [!NOTE]
 > Use a tool like [Fiddler](http://www.telerik.com/fiddler), [Firebug](http://getfirebug.com/), or [Postman](https://www.getpostman.com/) to set the `Accept-Encoding` request header and study the response headers, size, and body.
 
@@ -107,13 +110,16 @@ The gzip compression provider defaults to the fastest compression level (`Compre
 | `CompressionLevel.Optimal`       | Responses should be optimally compressed, even if the compression takes more time to complete.                |
 
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/2.x/Program.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=3,8-11)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/1.x/Startup.cs?name=snippet2&highlight=5,10-13)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## MIME types
 The middleware specifies a default set of MIME types for compression:
 * `text/plain`
@@ -127,29 +133,35 @@ The middleware specifies a default set of MIME types for compression:
 
 You can replace or append MIME types with the Response Compression Middleware options. Note that wildcard MIME types, such as `text/*` aren't supported. The sample app adds a MIME type for `image/svg+xml` and compresses and serves the ASP.NET Core banner image (*banner.svg*).
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/2.x/Program.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=5)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/1.x/Startup.cs?name=snippet2&highlight=7)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ### Custom providers
 You can create custom compression implementations with `ICompressionProvider`. The `EncodingName` represents the content encoding that this `ICompressionProvider` produces. The middleware uses this information to choose the provider based on the list specified in the `Accept-Encoding` header of the request.
 
 Using the sample app, the client submits a request with the `Accept-Encoding: mycustomcompression` header. The middleware uses the custom compression implementation and returns the response with a `Content-Encoding: mycustomcompression` header. The client must be able to decompress the custom encoding in order for a custom compression implementation to work.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/2.x/Program.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=4)]
 
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/2.x/CustomCompressionProvider.cs?name=snippet1)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/1.x/Startup.cs?name=snippet2&highlight=6)]
 
 [!code-csharp[](response-compression/samples/1.x/CustomCompressionProvider.cs?name=snippet1)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Submit a request to the sample app with the `Accept-Encoding: mycustomcompression` header and observe the response headers. The `Vary` and `Content-Encoding` headers are present on the response. The response body (not shown) isn't compressed by the sample. There isn't a compression implementation in the `CustomCompressionProvider` class of the sample. However, the sample shows where you would implement such a compression algorithm.
 
 ![Fiddler window showing result of a request with the Accept-Encoding header and a value of mycustomcompression. The Vary and Content-Encoding headers are added to the response.](response-compression/_static/request-custom-compression.png)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/app-secrets.md b/aspnetcore/security/app-secrets.md
index b5921895b46d..21316b43b7bb 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/app-secrets.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/app-secrets.md
@@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ The Secret Manager tool stores sensitive data for development work outside of yo
 
 ## Installing the Secret Manager tool
 
-#### [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio/)
+# [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio)
+
 Right-click the project in Solution Explorer, and select **Edit \<project_name\>.csproj** from the context menu. 
 Add the highlighted line to the *.csproj* file, and save to restore the associated NuGet package:
 
@@ -54,7 +55,8 @@ Saving the modified *.csproj* file also opens a `secrets.json` file in the text
 }
 ```
 
-#### [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code/)
+# [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code)
+
 Add `Microsoft.Extensions.SecretManager.Tools` to the *.csproj* file and run [dotnet restore](/dotnet/core/tools/dotnet-restore). You can use the same steps to install the Secret Manager Tool using for the command line.
 
 [!code-xml[](app-secrets/sample/UserSecrets/UserSecrets-before.csproj?highlight=10)]
@@ -83,14 +85,15 @@ dotnet user-secrets set MySecret ValueOfMySecret
 ```
 
 You can run the Secret Manager tool from other directories, but you must use the `--project` option to pass in the path to the *.csproj* file:
-
+ 
 ```console
 dotnet user-secrets set MySecret ValueOfMySecret --project c:\work\WebApp1\src\webapp1
 ```
 
 You can also use the Secret Manager tool to list, remove and clear app secrets.
 
-* * *
+-----
+
 ## Accessing user secrets via configuration
 
 You access Secret Manager secrets through the configuration system. Add the `Microsoft.Extensions.Configuration.UserSecrets` package and run [dotnet restore](/dotnet/core/tools/dotnet-restore).
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/accconfirm.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/accconfirm.md
index 85eff537c09c..ad74342ef15f 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/accconfirm.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/accconfirm.md
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ See [this PDF file](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnetcore/securi
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
 
 ## Create a new ASP.NET Core project with the .NET Core CLI
 
@@ -133,13 +133,16 @@ The contents of the *secrets.json* file aren't encrypted. The *secrets.json* fil
 
 Add `AuthMessageSenderOptions` to the service container at the end of the `ConfigureServices` method in the *Startup.cs* file:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](accconfirm/sample/WebPWrecover/Startup.cs?name=snippet2&highlight=28)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](accconfirm/sample/WebApp1/Startup.cs?name=snippet1&highlight=26)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ### Configure the AuthMessageSender class
 
 This tutorial shows how to add email notifications through [SendGrid](https://sendgrid.com/), but you can send email using SMTP and other mechanisms.
@@ -152,28 +155,31 @@ Install the `SendGrid` NuGet package:
 
 * From the Package Manager Console, enter the following command:
 
-  `Install-Package SendGrid`
+ `Install-Package SendGrid`
 
 See [Get Started with SendGrid for Free](https://sendgrid.com/free/) to register for a free SendGrid account.
 
 #### Configure SendGrid
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 To configure SendGrid, add code similar to the following in *Services/EmailSender.cs*:
 
 [!code-csharp[](accconfirm/sample/WebPWrecover/Services/EmailSender.cs)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 * Add code in *Services/MessageServices.cs* similar to the following to configure SendGrid:
 
 [!code-csharp[](accconfirm/sample/WebApp1/Services/MessageServices.cs)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Enable account confirmation and password recovery
 
 The template has the code for account confirmation and password recovery. Find the `OnPostAsync` method in *Pages/Account/Register.cshtml.cs*.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Prevent newly registered users from being automatically logged on by commenting out the following line:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -184,7 +190,8 @@ The complete method is shown with the changed line highlighted:
 
 [!code-csharp[](accconfirm/sample/WebPWrecover/Pages/Account/Register.cshtml.cs?highlight=16&name=snippet_Register)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 To enable account confirmation, uncomment the following code:
 
 [!code-csharp[](accconfirm/sample/WebApp1/Controllers/AccountController.cs?highlight=16-25&name=snippet_Register)]
@@ -203,14 +210,15 @@ Uncomment the form element in *Views/Account/ForgotPassword.cshtml*. You might w
 
 [!code-cshtml[](accconfirm/sample/WebApp1/Views/Account/ForgotPassword.cshtml?highlight=7-10,12,28)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Register, confirm email, and reset password
 
 Run the web app, and test the account confirmation and password recovery flow.
 
 * Run the app and register a new user
 
-  ![Web application Account Register view](accconfirm/_static/loginaccconfirm1.png)
+ ![Web application Account Register view](accconfirm/_static/loginaccconfirm1.png)
 
 * Check your email for the account confirmation link. See [Debug email](#debug) if you don't get the email.
 * Click the link to confirm your email.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/azure-ad-b2c-webapi.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/azure-ad-b2c-webapi.md
index 5459c372b313..b244124d488d 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/azure-ad-b2c-webapi.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/azure-ad-b2c-webapi.md
@@ -73,21 +73,21 @@ In Visual Studio:
 1. Create a new ASP.NET Core Web Application. 
 2. Select **Web API** from the list of templates.
 3. Select the **Change Authentication** button.
-
+    
     ![Change Authentication Button](./azure-ad-b2c-webapi/change-auth-button.png)
 
 4. In the **Change Authentication** dialog, select **Individual User Accounts**, and then select **Connect to an existing user store in the cloud** in the dropdown. 
-
+    
     ![Change Authentication Dialog](./azure-ad-b2c-webapi/change-auth-dialog.png)
 
 5. Complete the form with the following values:
-
+    
     | Setting                       | Value                                                 |
     |-------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
     | **Domain Name**               | *&lt;the domain name of your B2C tenant&gt;*          |
     | **Application ID**            | *&lt;paste the Application ID from the clipboard&gt;* |
     | **Sign-up or sign-in policy** | `B2C_1_SiUpIn`                                        |
-
+    
     Select **OK** to close the **Change Authentication** dialog. Select **OK** to create the web app.
 
 Visual Studio creates the web API with a controller named *ValuesController.cs* that returns hard-coded values for GET requests. The class is decorated with the [Authorize attribute](xref:security/authorization/simple), so all requests require authentication.
@@ -135,12 +135,12 @@ Launch Postman. By default, Postman displays the **Create New** dialog upon laun
 From the **Create New** dialog:
 
 1. Select **Request**.
-
+    
     ![Request button](./azure-ad-b2c-webapi/postman-create-new.png)
 
 2. Enter *Get Values* in the **Request name** box.
 3. Select **+ Create Collection** to create a new collection for storing the request. Name the collection *ASP.NET Core tutorials* and then select the checkmark.
-
+    
     ![Create a new collection](./azure-ad-b2c-webapi/postman-create-collection.png)
 
 4. Select the **Save to ASP.NET Core tutorials** button.
@@ -160,36 +160,34 @@ To verify that the web API requires authentication, first make a request without
 To make an authenticated request to the web API, a bearer token is required. Postman makes it easy to sign in to the Azure AD B2C tenant and obtain a token.
 
 1. On the **Authorization** tab, in the **TYPE** dropdown, select **OAuth 2.0**. In the **Add authorization data to** dropdown, select **Request Headers**. Select **Get New Access Token**.
-
+    
     ![Authorization tab with settings](./azure-ad-b2c-webapi/postman-auth-tab.png)
 
 2. Complete the **GET NEW ACCESS TOKEN** dialog as follows:
-
-
-   |                Setting                 |                                             Value                                             |                                                                                                                                    Notes                                                                                                                                     |
-   |----------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-   |      <strong>Token Name</strong>       |                                  <em>&lt;token name&gt;</em>                                  |                                                                                                                   Enter a descriptive name for the token.                                                                                                                    |
-   |      <strong>Grant Type</strong>       |                                           Implicit                                            |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-   |     <strong>Callback URL</strong>      |                               `https://getpostman.com/postman`                                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-   |       <strong>Auth URL</strong>        | `https://login.microsoftonline.com/<tenant domain name>/oauth2/v2.0/authorize?p=B2C_1_SiUpIn` |                                                                                                  Replace <em>&lt;tenant domain name&gt;</em> with the tenant's domain name.                                                                                                  |
-   |       <strong>Client ID</strong>       |                <em>&lt;enter the Postman app's <b>Application ID</b>&gt;</em>                 |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-   |     <strong>Client Secret</strong>     |                                 <em>&lt;leave blank&gt;</em>                                  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-   |         <strong>Scope</strong>         |         `https://<tenant domain name>/<api>/user_impersonation openid offline_access`         | Replace <em>&lt;tenant domain name&gt;</em> with the tenant's domain name. Replace <em>&lt;api&gt;</em> with the Web API project name. You can also use Application ID. The pattern for the URL is: <em>https://{tenant}.onmicrosoft.com/{app_name_or_id}/{scope name}</em>. |
-   | <strong>Client Authentication</strong> |                                Send client credentials in body                                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
-
-
+    
+    | Setting                   | Value                                                                                         | Notes                                                                                      |
+    |---------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    | **Token Name**            | *&lt;token name&gt;*                                                                          | Enter a descriptive name for the token.                                                    |
+    | **Grant Type**            | Implicit                                                                                      |                                                                                            |
+    | **Callback URL**          | `https://getpostman.com/postman`                                                              |                                                                                            |
+    | **Auth URL**              | `https://login.microsoftonline.com/<tenant domain name>/oauth2/v2.0/authorize?p=B2C_1_SiUpIn` | Replace *&lt;tenant domain name&gt;* with the tenant's domain name. |
+    | **Client ID**             | *&lt;enter the Postman app's <b>Application ID</b>&gt;*                                       |                                                                                            |
+    | **Client Secret**         | *&lt;leave blank&gt;*                                                                         |                                                                                            |
+    | **Scope**                 | `https://<tenant domain name>/<api>/user_impersonation openid offline_access`                   | Replace *&lt;tenant domain name&gt;* with the tenant's domain name. Replace *&lt;api&gt;* with the Web API project name. You can also use Application ID. The pattern for the URL is: *https://{tenant}.onmicrosoft.com/{app_name_or_id}/{scope name}*.  |
+    | **Client Authentication** | Send client credentials in body                                                               |                                                                                            |
+    
 3. Select the **Request Token** button.
 
 4. Postman opens a new window containing the Azure AD B2C tenant's sign in dialog. Sign in with an existing account (if one was created testing the policies) or select **Sign up now** to create a new account. The **Forgot your password?** link is used to reset a forgotten password.
 
 5. After successfully signing in, the window closes and the **MANAGE ACCESS TOKENS** dialog appears. Scroll down to the bottom and select the **Use Token** button.
-
+    
     ![Where to find the "Use Token" button](./azure-ad-b2c-webapi/postman-access-token.png)
 
 ### Test the web API with authentication
 
 Select the **Send** button to send the request again. This time, the response status is *200 OK* and the JSON payload is visible on the response **Body** tab.
-
+    
 ![Payload and success status](./azure-ad-b2c-webapi/postman-success.png)
 
 ## Next steps
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/cookie.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/cookie.md
index 213614c4da80..e20bec1ea7f7 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/cookie.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/cookie.md
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ For information on migrating cookie-based authentication from ASP.NET Core 1.x t
 
 ## Configuration
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 If you aren't using the [Microsoft.AspNetCore.All metapackage](xref:fundamentals/metapackage), install version 2.0+ of the [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Cookies](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Cookies/) NuGet package.
 
 In the `ConfigureServices` method, create the Authentication Middleware service with the `AddAuthentication` and `AddCookie` methods:
@@ -72,7 +73,8 @@ services.AddAuthentication(CookieAuthenticationDefaults.AuthenticationScheme)
     });
 ```
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ASP.NET Core 1.x uses cookie [middleware](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index) that serializes a user principal into an encrypted cookie. On subsequent requests, the cookie is validated, and the principal is recreated and assigned to the `HttpContext.User` property.
 
 Install the [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Cookies](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Cookies/) NuGet package in your project. This package contains the cookie middleware.
@@ -117,7 +119,8 @@ app.UseCookieAuthentication(new CookieAuthenticationOptions
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Cookie Policy Middleware
 
 [Cookie Policy Middleware](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.cookiepolicy.cookiepolicymiddleware) enables cookie policy capabilities in an app. Adding the middleware to the app processing pipeline is order sensitive; it only affects components registered after it in the pipeline.
@@ -159,12 +162,14 @@ The Cookie Policy Middleware setting for `MinimumSameSitePolicy` can affect your
 
 To create a cookie holding user information, you must construct a [ClaimsPrincipal](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/system.security.claims.claimsprincipal). The user information is serialized and stored in the cookie. 
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Create a [ClaimsIdentity](/dotnet/api/system.security.claims.claimsidentity) with any required [Claim](/dotnet/api/system.security.claims.claim)s and call [SignInAsync](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationhttpcontextextensions.signinasync?view=aspnetcore-2.0) to sign in the user:
 
 [!code-csharp[](cookie/sample/Pages/Account/Login.cshtml.cs?name=snippet1)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Call [SignInAsync](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationhandler-1.signinasync?view=aspnetcore-1.1) to sign in the user:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -173,19 +178,22 @@ await HttpContext.Authentication.SignInAsync(
     new ClaimsPrincipal(claimsIdentity));
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 `SignInAsync` creates an encrypted cookie and adds it to the current response. If you don't specify an `AuthenticationScheme`, the default scheme is used.
 
 Under the covers, the encryption used is ASP.NET Core's [Data Protection](xref:security/data-protection/using-data-protection#security-data-protection-getting-started) system. If you're hosting app on multiple machines, load balancing across apps, or using a web farm, then you must [configure data protection](xref:security/data-protection/configuration/overview) to use the same key ring and app identifier.
 
 ## Signing out
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 To sign out the current user and delete their cookie, call [SignOutAsync](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationhttpcontextextensions.signoutasync?view=aspnetcore-2.0):
 
 [!code-csharp[](cookie/sample/Pages/Account/Login.cshtml.cs?name=snippet2)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 To sign out the current user and delete their cookie, call [SignOutAsync](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationhandler-1.signoutasync?view=aspnetcore-1.1):
 
 ```csharp
@@ -193,7 +201,8 @@ await HttpContext.Authentication.SignOutAsync(
     CookieAuthenticationDefaults.AuthenticationScheme);
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 If you aren't using `CookieAuthenticationDefaults.AuthenticationScheme` (or "Cookies") as the scheme (for example, "ContosoCookie"), supply the scheme you used when configuring the authentication provider. Otherwise, the default scheme is used.
 
 ## Reacting to back-end changes
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-configuration.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-configuration.md
index f5b7dfd8f0ba..d68422fc94cc 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-configuration.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-configuration.md
@@ -57,15 +57,18 @@ var result = await _signInManager.PasswordSignInAsync(
 
 By default, Identity requires that passwords contain an uppercase character, lowercase character, a digit, and a non-alphanumeric character. Passwords must be at least six characters long. [PasswordOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.passwordoptions) can be changed in `Startup.ConfigureServices`.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 ASP.NET Core 2.0 added the [RequiredUniqueChars](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.passwordoptions.requireduniquechars) property. Otherwise, the options are the same as ASP.NET Core 1.x.
 
 [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo-Configuration/Startup.cs?range=29-37,50-52)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Startup.cs?range=58-65,84)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 [IdentityOptions.Password](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.identityoptions.password) specifies the [PasswordOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.passwordoptions) with the properties shown in the table.
 
 | Property | Description | Default |
@@ -92,15 +95,14 @@ ASP.NET Core 2.0 added the [RequiredUniqueChars](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcor
 
 [IdentityOptions.Tokens](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.identityoptions.tokens) specifies the [TokenOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions) with the properties shown in the table.
 
-
-|                                                        Property                                                         |                                                                                      Description                                                                                      |
-|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|     [AuthenticatorTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.authenticatortokenprovider)     |                                       Gets or sets the `AuthenticatorTokenProvider` used to validate two-factor sign-ins with an authenticator.                                       |
-|       [ChangeEmailTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.changeemailtokenprovider)       |                                     Gets or sets the `ChangeEmailTokenProvider` used to generate tokens used in email change confirmation emails.                                     |
-| [ChangePhoneNumberTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.changephonenumbertokenprovider) |                                      Gets or sets the `ChangePhoneNumberTokenProvider` used to generate tokens used when changing phone numbers.                                      |
-| [EmailConfirmationTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.emailconfirmationtokenprovider) |                                             Gets or sets the token provider used to generate tokens used in account confirmation emails.                                              |
-|     [PasswordResetTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.passwordresettokenprovider)     | Gets or sets the [IUserTwoFactorTokenProvider<TUser>](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.iusertwofactortokenprovider-1) used to generate tokens used in password reset emails. |
-|                    [ProviderMap](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.providermap)                    |                Used to construct a [User Token Provider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenproviderdescriptor) with the key used as the provider's name.                 |
+| Property | Description |
+| -------- | ----------- |
+| [AuthenticatorTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.authenticatortokenprovider) | Gets or sets the `AuthenticatorTokenProvider` used to validate two-factor sign-ins with an authenticator. |
+| [ChangeEmailTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.changeemailtokenprovider) | Gets or sets the `ChangeEmailTokenProvider` used to generate tokens used in email change confirmation emails. |
+| [ChangePhoneNumberTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.changephonenumbertokenprovider) | Gets or sets the `ChangePhoneNumberTokenProvider` used to generate tokens used when changing phone numbers. |
+| [EmailConfirmationTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.emailconfirmationtokenprovider) | Gets or sets the token provider used to generate tokens used in account confirmation emails. |
+| [PasswordResetTokenProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.passwordresettokenprovider) | Gets or sets the [IUserTwoFactorTokenProvider<TUser>](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.iusertwofactortokenprovider-1) used to generate tokens used in password reset emails. |
+| [ProviderMap](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenoptions.providermap) | Used to construct a [User Token Provider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.tokenproviderdescriptor) with the key used as the provider's name. |
 
 ### User
 
@@ -117,44 +119,45 @@ ASP.NET Core 2.0 added the [RequiredUniqueChars](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcor
 
 Configure the app's cookie in `Startup.ConfigureServices`:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo-Configuration/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configurecookie)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
-[!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Startup.cs?range=58-59,72-80,84)]
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 
-* * *
-[CookieAuthenticationOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions) has the following properties:
+[!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Startup.cs?range=58-59,72-80,84)]
 
+---
 
-|                                                               Property                                                               |                                                                                                                                                           Description                                                                                                                                                            |
-|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|       [AccessDeniedPath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.accessdeniedpath)       |                                                                 Informs the handler that it should change an outgoing <em>403 Forbidden</em> status code into a <em>302 Redirect</em> onto the given path.<br><br>The default value is `/Account/AccessDenied`.                                                                  |
-|             [AuthenticationScheme](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.authenticationscheme)              |                                                                                                                Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> The logical name for a particular authentication scheme.                                                                                                                |
-|            [AutomaticAuthenticate](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.automaticauthenticate)             |                                                                       Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> When true, cookie authentication should run on every request and attempt to validate and reconstruct any serialized principal it created.                                                                        |
-|               [AutomaticChallenge](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.automaticchallenge)                |                                              Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> If true, the authentication middleware handles automatic challenges. If false, the authentication middleware only alters responses when explicitly indicated by the `AuthenticationScheme`.                                               |
-|               [ClaimsIssuer](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions.claimsissuer)               |                                                             Gets or sets the issuer that should be used for any claims that are created (inherited from [AuthenticationSchemeOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions)).                                                             |
-|                             [Cookie.Domain](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.domain)                              |                                                                                                                                             The domain to associate the cookie with.                                                                                                                                             |
-|                         [Cookie.Expiration](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.expiration)                          |                 Gets or sets the lifespan of the HTTP cookie (not the authentication cookie). This property is overridden by [ExpireTimeSpan](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.expiretimespan). It shouldn't be used in the context of CookieAuthentication.                  |
-|                           [Cookie.HttpOnly](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.httponly)                            |                                                                                                               Indicates whether a cookie is accessible by client-side script.<br><br>The default value is `true`.                                                                                                                |
-|                               [Cookie.Name](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.name)                                |                                                                                                                            The name of the cookie.<br><br>The default value is `.AspNetCore.Cookies`.                                                                                                                            |
-|                               [Cookie.Path](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.path)                                |                                                                                                                                                         The cookie path.                                                                                                                                                         |
-|                           [Cookie.SameSite](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.samesite)                            |                                                                                           The `SameSite` attribute of the cookie.<br><br>The default value is [SameSiteMode.Lax](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.samesitemode).                                                                                            |
-|                       [Cookie.SecurePolicy](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.securepolicy)                        |                                                   The [CookieSecurePolicy](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiesecurepolicy) configuration.<br><br>The default value is [CookieSecurePolicy.SameAsRequest](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiesecurepolicy).                                                    |
-|                  [CookieDomain](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiedomain)                   |                                                                                                                      Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> The domain name where the cookie is served.                                                                                                                       |
-|                [CookieHttpOnly](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiehttponly)                 |                                                                                       Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> A flag indicating if the cookie should be accessible only to servers.<br><br>The default value is `true`.                                                                                        |
-|                    [CookiePath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiepath)                     |                                                                                                                  Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> Used to isolate apps running on the same host name.                                                                                                                   |
-|                  [CookieSecure](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiesecure)                   | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> A flag indicating if the cookie created should be limited to HTTPS (`CookieSecurePolicy.Always`), HTTP or HTTPS (`CookieSecurePolicy.None`), or the same protocol as the request (`CookieSecurePolicy.SameAsRequest`).<br><br>The default value is `CookieSecurePolicy.SameAsRequest`. |
-|          [CookieManager](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiemanager)          |                                                                                                                         The component used to get cookies from the request or set them on the response.                                                                                                                          |
-| [DataProtectionProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.dataprotectionprovider) |                                                                             If set, the provider used by the [CookieAuthenticationHandler](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationhandler) for data protection.                                                                             |
-|                      [Description](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.description)                       |                                                                                                Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> Additional information about the authentication type which is made available to the app.                                                                                                |
-|                 [Events](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.events)                 |                                                                                                      The handler calls methods on the provider which give the app control at certain points where processing is occurring.                                                                                                       |
-|                 [EventsType](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions.eventstype)                 |                                                            If set, the service type to get the `Events` instance instead of the property (inherited from [AuthenticationSchemeOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions)).                                                            |
-|         [ExpireTimeSpan](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.expiretimespan)         |                                                                                      Controls how much time the authentication ticket stored in the cookie remains valid from the point it's created.<br><br>The default value is 14 days.                                                                                       |
-|              [LoginPath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.loginpath)              |                                                                                                       When a user is unauthorized, they're redirected to this path to login.<br><br>The default value is `/Account/Login`.                                                                                                       |
-|             [LogoutPath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.logoutpath)             |                                                                                                            When a user is logged out, they're redirected to this path.<br><br>The default value is `/Account/Logout`.                                                                                                            |
-|     [ReturnUrlParameter](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.returnurlparameter)     |                                              Determines the name of the query string parameter which is appended by the middleware when a <em>401 Unauthorized</em> status code is changed to a <em>302 Redirect</em> onto the login path.<br><br>The default value is `ReturnUrl`.                                              |
-|           [SessionStore](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.sessionstore)           |                                                                                                                              An optional container in which to store the identity across requests.                                                                                                                               |
-|      [SlidingExpiration](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.slidingexpiration)      |                                                                           When true, a new cookie is issued with a new expiration time when the current cookie is more than halfway through the expiration window.<br><br>The default value is `true`.                                                                           |
-|       [TicketDataFormat](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.ticketdataformat)       |                                                                                                 The `TicketDataFormat` is used to protect and unprotect the identity and other properties which are stored in the cookie value.                                                                                                  |
+[CookieAuthenticationOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions) has the following properties:
 
+| Property | Description |
+| -------- | ----------- |
+| [AccessDeniedPath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.accessdeniedpath) | Informs the handler that it should change an outgoing *403 Forbidden* status code into a *302 Redirect* onto the given path.<br><br>The default value is `/Account/AccessDenied`. |
+| [AuthenticationScheme](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.authenticationscheme) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> The logical name for a particular authentication scheme. |
+| [AutomaticAuthenticate](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.automaticauthenticate) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> When true, cookie authentication should run on every request and attempt to validate and reconstruct any serialized principal it created. |
+| [AutomaticChallenge](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.automaticchallenge) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> If true, the authentication middleware handles automatic challenges. If false, the authentication middleware only alters responses when explicitly indicated by the `AuthenticationScheme`. |
+| [ClaimsIssuer](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions.claimsissuer) | Gets or sets the issuer that should be used for any claims that are created (inherited from [AuthenticationSchemeOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions)). |
+| [Cookie.Domain](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.domain) | The domain to associate the cookie with. |
+| [Cookie.Expiration](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.expiration) | Gets or sets the lifespan of the HTTP cookie (not the authentication cookie). This property is overridden by [ExpireTimeSpan](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.expiretimespan). It shouldn't be used in the context of CookieAuthentication. |
+| [Cookie.HttpOnly](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.httponly) | Indicates whether a cookie is accessible by client-side script.<br><br>The default value is `true`. |
+| [Cookie.Name](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.name) | The name of the cookie.<br><br>The default value is `.AspNetCore.Cookies`. |
+| [Cookie.Path](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.path) | The cookie path. |
+| [Cookie.SameSite](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.samesite) | The `SameSite` attribute of the cookie.<br><br>The default value is [SameSiteMode.Lax](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.samesitemode). |
+| [Cookie.SecurePolicy](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiebuilder.securepolicy) | The [CookieSecurePolicy](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiesecurepolicy) configuration.<br><br>The default value is [CookieSecurePolicy.SameAsRequest](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.cookiesecurepolicy). |
+| [CookieDomain](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiedomain) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> The domain name where the cookie is served. |
+| [CookieHttpOnly](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiehttponly) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> A flag indicating if the cookie should be accessible only to servers.<br><br>The default value is `true`. |
+| [CookiePath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiepath) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> Used to isolate apps running on the same host name. |
+| [CookieSecure](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiesecure) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> A flag indicating if the cookie created should be limited to HTTPS (`CookieSecurePolicy.Always`), HTTP or HTTPS (`CookieSecurePolicy.None`), or the same protocol as the request (`CookieSecurePolicy.SameAsRequest`).<br><br>The default value is `CookieSecurePolicy.SameAsRequest`. |
+| [CookieManager](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.cookiemanager) | The component used to get cookies from the request or set them on the response. | [ChunkingCookieManager](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.chunkingcookiemanager) |
+| [DataProtectionProvider](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.dataprotectionprovider) | If set, the provider used by the [CookieAuthenticationHandler](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationhandler) for data protection. |
+| [Description](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.authenticationoptions.description) | Only applies to ASP.NET Core 1.x.<br><br> Additional information about the authentication type which is made available to the app. |
+| [Events](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.events) | The handler calls methods on the provider which give the app control at certain points where processing is occurring. |
+| [EventsType](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions.eventstype) | If set, the service type to get the `Events` instance instead of the property (inherited from [AuthenticationSchemeOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.authenticationschemeoptions)). |
+| [ExpireTimeSpan](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.expiretimespan) | Controls how much time the authentication ticket stored in the cookie remains valid from the point it's created.<br><br>The default value is 14 days. |
+| [LoginPath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.loginpath) | When a user is unauthorized, they're redirected to this path to login.<br><br>The default value is `/Account/Login`. |
+| [LogoutPath](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.logoutpath) | When a user is logged out, they're redirected to this path.<br><br>The default value is `/Account/Logout`. |
+| [ReturnUrlParameter](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.returnurlparameter) | Determines the name of the query string parameter which is appended by the middleware when a *401 Unauthorized* status code is changed to a *302 Redirect* onto the login path.<br><br>The default value is `ReturnUrl`. |
+| [SessionStore](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.sessionstore) | An optional container in which to store the identity across requests. |
+| [SlidingExpiration](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.slidingexpiration) | When true, a new cookie is issued with a new expiration time when the current cookie is more than halfway through the expiration window.<br><br>The default value is `true`. |
+| [TicketDataFormat](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.authentication.cookies.cookieauthenticationoptions.ticketdataformat) | The `TicketDataFormat` is used to protect and unprotect the identity and other properties which are stored in the cookie value. |
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-primary-key-configuration.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-primary-key-configuration.md
index 1fb47760e69c..28e4ece2c728 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-primary-key-configuration.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity-primary-key-configuration.md
@@ -20,27 +20,30 @@ ASP.NET Core Identity allows you to configure the data type used to represent a
 
     [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Models/ApplicationUser.cs?highlight=4&range=7-13)]
 
-2. Create a custom implementation of the [IdentityRole](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.entityframeworkcore.identityrole-1) class. It represents the type to be used for creating role objects. In the following example, the default `string` type is replaced with `Guid`.
-
+1. Create a custom implementation of the [IdentityRole](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.identity.entityframeworkcore.identityrole-1) class. It represents the type to be used for creating role objects. In the following example, the default `string` type is replaced with `Guid`.
+    
     [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Models/ApplicationRole.cs?highlight=3&range=7-12)]
-
-3. Create a custom database context class. It inherits from the Entity Framework database context class used for Identity. The `TUser` and `TRole` arguments reference the custom user and role classes created in the previous step, respectively. The `Guid` data type is defined for the primary key.
+	
+1. Create a custom database context class. It inherits from the Entity Framework database context class used for Identity. The `TUser` and `TRole` arguments reference the custom user and role classes created in the previous step, respectively. The `Guid` data type is defined for the primary key.
 
     [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Data/ApplicationDbContext.cs?highlight=3&range=9-26)]
+	
+1. Register the custom database context class when adding the Identity service in the app's startup class.
 
-4. Register the custom database context class when adding the Identity service in the app's startup class.
-
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+    # [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+    
     The `AddEntityFrameworkStores` method doesn't accept a `TKey` argument as it did in ASP.NET Core 1.x. The primary key's data type is inferred by analyzing the `DbContext` object.
-
+    
     [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Startup.cs?highlight=6-8&range=25-37)]
-
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+    
+    # [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+    
     The `AddEntityFrameworkStores` method accepts a `TKey` argument indicating the primary key's data type.
-
+    
     [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo-PrimaryKeysConfig/Startup.cs?highlight=9-11&range=39-55)]
+    
+    ---
 
-   * * *
 ## Test the changes
 
 Upon completion of the configuration changes, the property representing the primary key reflects the new data type. The following example demonstrates accessing the property in an MVC controller.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity.md
index 477b39a6c626..cc46a3cfeb22 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/identity.md
@@ -24,126 +24,132 @@ You can configure ASP.NET Core Identity to use a SQL Server database to store us
 
 In this topic, you'll learn how to use ASP.NET Core Identity to add functionality to register, log in, and log out a user. For more detailed instructions about creating apps using ASP.NET Core Identity, see the Next Steps section at the end of this article.
 
-1. Create an ASP.NET Core Web Application project with Individual User Accounts.
+1.  Create an ASP.NET Core Web Application project with Individual User Accounts.
 
-   # [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio)
-
-   In Visual Studio, select **File** > **New** > **Project**. Select **ASP.NET Core Web Application** and click **OK**.
-
-   ![New Project dialog](identity/_static/01-new-project.png)
-
-   Select an ASP.NET Core **Web Application (Model-View-Controller)** for ASP.NET Core 2.x, then select **Change Authentication**.
-
-   ![New Project dialog](identity/_static/02-new-project.png)
-
-   A dialog appears offering authentication choices. Select **Individual User Accounts** and click **OK** to return to the previous dialog.
-
-   ![New Project dialog](identity/_static/03-new-project-auth.png)
-
-   Selecting **Individual User Accounts** directs Visual Studio to create Models, ViewModels, Views, Controllers, and other assets required for authentication as part of the project template.
-
-   # [.NET Core CLI](#tab/netcore-cli)
-
-   If using the .NET Core CLI, create the new project using ``dotnet new mvc --auth Individual``. This command creates a new project with the same Identity template code Visual Studio creates.
-
-   The created project contains the `Microsoft.AspNetCore.Identity.EntityFrameworkCore` package, which persists the Identity data and schema to SQL Server using [Entity Framework Core](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/).
-
-   ---
-
-2. Configure Identity services and add middleware in `Startup`.
-
-   The Identity services are added to the application in the `ConfigureServices` method in the `Startup` class:
-
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=7-9,11-28,30-42)]
-
-   These services are made available to the application through [dependency injection](xref:fundamentals/dependency-injection).
-
-   Identity is enabled for the application by calling `UseAuthentication` in the `Configure` method. `UseAuthentication` adds authentication [middleware](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index) to the request pipeline.
-
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configure&highlight=17)]
-
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=7-9,13-33)]
-
-   These services are made available to the application through [dependency injection](xref:fundamentals/dependency-injection).
-
-   Identity is enabled for the application by calling `UseIdentity` in the `Configure` method. `UseIdentity` adds cookie-based authentication [middleware](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index) to the request pipeline.
-
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configure&highlight=21)]
-
-   * * *
-   For more information about the application start up process, see [Application Startup](xref:fundamentals/startup).
-
-3. Create a user.
-
-   Launch the application and then click on the **Register** link.
-
-   If this is the first time you're performing this action, you may be required to run migrations. The application prompts you to **Apply Migrations**. Refresh the page if needed.
-
-   ![Apply Migrations Web Page](identity/_static/apply-migrations.png)
+    # [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio)
 
-   Alternately, you can test using ASP.NET Core Identity with your app without a persistent database by using an in-memory database. To use an in-memory database, add the ``Microsoft.EntityFrameworkCore.InMemory`` package to your app and modify your app's call to ``AddDbContext`` in ``ConfigureServices`` as follows:
+    In Visual Studio, select **File** > **New** > **Project**. Select **ASP.NET Core Web Application** and click **OK**.
 
-   ```csharp
-   services.AddDbContext<ApplicationDbContext>(options =>
-       options.UseInMemoryDatabase(Guid.NewGuid().ToString()));
-   ```
+    ![New Project dialog](identity/_static/01-new-project.png)
 
-   When the user clicks the **Register** link, the ``Register`` action is invoked on ``AccountController``. The ``Register`` action creates the user by calling `CreateAsync` on the `_userManager` object (provided to ``AccountController`` by dependency injection):
+    Select an ASP.NET Core **Web Application (Model-View-Controller)** for ASP.NET Core 2.x, then select **Change Authentication**.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Controllers/AccountController.cs?name=snippet_register&highlight=11)]
+    ![New Project dialog](identity/_static/02-new-project.png)
 
-   If the user was created successfully, the user is logged in by the call to ``_signInManager.SignInAsync``.
+    A dialog appears offering authentication choices. Select **Individual User Accounts** and click **OK** to return to the previous dialog.
 
-   **Note:** See [account confirmation](xref:security/authentication/accconfirm#prevent-login-at-registration) for steps to prevent immediate login at registration.
+    ![New Project dialog](identity/_static/03-new-project-auth.png)
 
-4. Log in.
+    Selecting **Individual User Accounts** directs Visual Studio to create Models, ViewModels, Views, Controllers, and other assets required for authentication as part of the project template.
 
-   Users can sign in by clicking the **Log in** link at the top of the site, or they may be navigated to the Login page if they attempt to access a part of the site that requires authorization. When the user submits the form on the Login page, the ``AccountController`` ``Login`` action is called.
+    # [.NET Core CLI](#tab/netcore-cli)
 
-   The ``Login`` action calls ``PasswordSignInAsync`` on the ``_signInManager`` object (provided to ``AccountController`` by dependency injection).
+    If using the .NET Core CLI, create the new project using ``dotnet new mvc --auth Individual``. This command creates a new project with the same Identity template code Visual Studio creates.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Controllers/AccountController.cs?name=snippet_login&highlight=13-14)]
+    The created project contains the `Microsoft.AspNetCore.Identity.EntityFrameworkCore` package, which persists the Identity data and schema to SQL Server using [Entity Framework Core](https://docs.microsoft.com/ef/).
 
-   The base ``Controller`` class exposes a ``User`` property that you can access from controller methods. For instance, you can enumerate `User.Claims` and make authorization decisions. For more information, see [Authorization](xref:security/authorization/index).
+    ---
 
-5. Log out.
+2.  Configure Identity services and add middleware in `Startup`.
+
+    The Identity services are added to the application in the `ConfigureServices` method in the `Startup` class:
+
+    # [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+    
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=7-9,11-28,30-42)]
+    
+    These services are made available to the application through [dependency injection](xref:fundamentals/dependency-injection).
+    
+    Identity is enabled for the application by calling `UseAuthentication` in the `Configure` method. `UseAuthentication` adds authentication [middleware](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index) to the request pipeline.
+    
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configure&highlight=17)]
+    
+    # [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+    
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=7-9,13-33)]
+    
+    These services are made available to the application through [dependency injection](xref:fundamentals/dependency-injection).
+    
+    Identity is enabled for the application by calling `UseIdentity` in the `Configure` method. `UseIdentity` adds cookie-based authentication [middleware](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index) to the request pipeline.
+        
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configure&highlight=21)]
+    
+    ---
+     
+    For more information about the application start up process, see [Application Startup](xref:fundamentals/startup).
 
-   Clicking the **Log out** link calls the `LogOut` action.
+3.  Create a user.
 
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Controllers/AccountController.cs?name=snippet_logout&highlight=7)]
+    Launch the application and then click on the **Register** link.
 
-   The preceding code above calls the `_signInManager.SignOutAsync` method. The `SignOutAsync` method clears the user's claims stored in a cookie.
+    If this is the first time you're performing this action, you may be required to run migrations. The application prompts you to **Apply Migrations**. Refresh the page if needed.
+    
+    ![Apply Migrations Web Page](identity/_static/apply-migrations.png)
+    
+    Alternately, you can test using ASP.NET Core Identity with your app without a persistent database by using an in-memory database. To use an in-memory database, add the ``Microsoft.EntityFrameworkCore.InMemory`` package to your app and modify your app's call to ``AddDbContext`` in ``ConfigureServices`` as follows:
 
+    ```csharp
+    services.AddDbContext<ApplicationDbContext>(options =>
+        options.UseInMemoryDatabase(Guid.NewGuid().ToString()));
+    ```
+    
+    When the user clicks the **Register** link, the ``Register`` action is invoked on ``AccountController``. The ``Register`` action creates the user by calling `CreateAsync` on the `_userManager` object (provided to ``AccountController`` by dependency injection):
+ 
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Controllers/AccountController.cs?name=snippet_register&highlight=11)]
+
+    If the user was created successfully, the user is logged in by the call to ``_signInManager.SignInAsync``.
+
+    **Note:** See [account confirmation](xref:security/authentication/accconfirm#prevent-login-at-registration) for steps to prevent immediate login at registration.
+ 
+4.  Log in.
+ 
+    Users can sign in by clicking the **Log in** link at the top of the site, or they may be navigated to the Login page if they attempt to access a part of the site that requires authorization. When the user submits the form on the Login page, the ``AccountController`` ``Login`` action is called.
+
+    The ``Login`` action calls ``PasswordSignInAsync`` on the ``_signInManager`` object (provided to ``AccountController`` by dependency injection).
+
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Controllers/AccountController.cs?name=snippet_login&highlight=13-14)]
+ 
+    The base ``Controller`` class exposes a ``User`` property that you can access from controller methods. For instance, you can enumerate `User.Claims` and make authorization decisions. For more information, see [Authorization](xref:security/authorization/index).
+ 
+5.  Log out.
+ 
+    Clicking the **Log out** link calls the `LogOut` action.
+ 
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Controllers/AccountController.cs?name=snippet_logout&highlight=7)]
+ 
+    The preceding code above calls the `_signInManager.SignOutAsync` method. The `SignOutAsync` method clears the user's claims stored in a cookie.
+ 
 <a name="pw"></a>
-6. Configuration.
-
-   Identity has some default behaviors that can be overridden in the app's startup class. `IdentityOptions` don't need to be configured when using the default behaviors. The following code sets several password strength options:
-
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=7-9,11-28,30-42)]
-
-   #### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
-   [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=13-33)]
+6.  Configuration.
 
-   * * *
-   For more information about how to configure Identity, see [Configure Identity](xref:security/authentication/identity-configuration).
+    Identity has some default behaviors that can be overridden in the app's startup class. `IdentityOptions` don't need to be configured when using the default behaviors. The following code sets several password strength options:
 
-   You also can configure the data type of the primary key, see [Configure Identity primary keys data type](xref:security/authentication/identity-primary-key-configuration).
+    # [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+    
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNETv2-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=7-9,11-28,30-42)]
+    
+    # [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+    
+    [!code-csharp[](identity/sample/src/ASPNET-IdentityDemo/Startup.cs?name=snippet_configureservices&highlight=13-33)]
 
-7. View the database.
-
-   If your app is using a SQL Server database (the default on Windows and for Visual Studio users), you can view the database the app created. You can use **SQL Server Management Studio**. Alternatively, from Visual Studio, select **View** > **SQL Server Object Explorer**. Connect to **(localdb)\MSSQLLocalDB**. The database with a name matching **aspnet-<*name of your project*>-<*date string*>** is displayed.
+    ---
+	
+	For more information about how to configure Identity, see [Configure Identity](xref:security/authentication/identity-configuration).
+	
+	You also can configure the data type of the primary key, see [Configure Identity primary keys data type](xref:security/authentication/identity-primary-key-configuration).
+ 
+7.  View the database.
 
-   ![Contextual menu on AspNetUsers database table](identity/_static/04-db.png)
+    If your app is using a SQL Server database (the default on Windows and for Visual Studio users), you can view the database the app created. You can use **SQL Server Management Studio**. Alternatively, from Visual Studio, select **View** > **SQL Server Object Explorer**. Connect to **(localdb)\MSSQLLocalDB**. The database with a name matching **aspnet-<*name of your project*>-<*date string*>** is displayed.
 
-   Expand the database and its **Tables**, then right-click the **dbo.AspNetUsers** table and select **View Data**.
+    ![Contextual menu on AspNetUsers database table](identity/_static/04-db.png)
+    
+    Expand the database and its **Tables**, then right-click the **dbo.AspNetUsers** table and select **View Data**.
 
 8. Verify Identity works
 
     The default *ASP.NET Core Web Application* project template allows users to access any action in the application without having to login. To verify that ASP.NET Identity works, add an`[Authorize]` attribute to the `About` action of the `Home` Controller.
-
+ 
     ```cs
     [Authorize]
     public IActionResult About()
@@ -152,7 +158,7 @@ In this topic, you'll learn how to use ASP.NET Core Identity to add functionalit
         return View();
     }
     ```
-
+    
     # [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio)
 
     Run the project using **Ctrl** + **F5** and navigate to the **About** page. Only authenticated users may access the **About** page now, so ASP.NET redirects you to the login page to login or register.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/facebook-logins.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/facebook-logins.md
index 536ff6db8fed..73f7bf841fd3 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/facebook-logins.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/facebook-logins.md
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ This tutorial shows you how to enable your users to sign in with their Facebook
 * On the **Select a product** page, click **Set Up** on the **Facebook Login** card.
 
    ![Product Setup page](index/_static/FBProductSetup.png)
-
+  
 * The **Quickstart** wizard will launch with **Choose a Platform** as the first page. Bypass the wizard for now by clicking the **Settings** link in the menu on the left:
 
    ![Skip Quick Start](index/_static/FBSkipQuickStart.png)
@@ -65,7 +65,8 @@ dotnet user-secrets set Authentication:Facebook:AppSecret <app-secret>
 
 ## Configure Facebook Authentication
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Add the Facebook service in the `ConfigureServices` method in the *Startup.cs* file:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -80,9 +81,10 @@ services.AddAuthentication().AddFacebook(facebookOptions =>
 });
 ```
 
-[!INCLUDE [default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
 Install the [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Facebook](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Facebook) package.
 
 * To install this package with Visual Studio 2017, right-click on the project and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
@@ -100,7 +102,8 @@ app.UseFacebookAuthentication(new FacebookOptions()
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 See the [FacebookOptions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.facebookoptions) API reference for more information on configuration options supported by Facebook authentication. Configuration options can be used to:
 
 * Request different information about the user.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/google-logins.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/google-logins.md
index 1878274cebb5..943c4f8749a4 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/google-logins.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/google-logins.md
@@ -81,7 +81,8 @@ The values for these tokens can be found in the JSON file downloaded in the prev
 
 ## Configure Google Authentication
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Add the Google service in the `ConfigureServices` method in *Startup.cs* file:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -96,9 +97,10 @@ services.AddAuthentication().AddGoogle(googleOptions =>
 });
 ```
 
-[!INCLUDE [default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
 The project template used in this tutorial ensures that [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Google](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Google) package is installed.
 
  * To install this package with Visual Studio 2017, right-click on the project and select **Manage NuGet Packages**.
@@ -116,7 +118,8 @@ app.UseGoogleAuthentication(new GoogleOptions()
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 See the [GoogleOptions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.googleoptions) API reference for more information on configuration options supported by Google authentication. This can be used to request different information about the user.
 
 ## Sign in with Google
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/microsoft-logins.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/microsoft-logins.md
index 0abccd623937..b02dbd5d5850 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/microsoft-logins.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/microsoft-logins.md
@@ -69,7 +69,8 @@ The project template used in this tutorial ensures that [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Au
 
    `dotnet add package Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.MicrosoftAccount`
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Add the Microsoft Account service in the `ConfigureServices` method in *Startup.cs* file:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -84,9 +85,10 @@ services.AddAuthentication().AddMicrosoftAccount(microsoftOptions =>
 });
 ```
 
-[!INCLUDE [default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
 Add the Microsoft Account middleware in the `Configure` method in *Startup.cs* file:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -97,7 +99,8 @@ app.UseMicrosoftAccountAuthentication(new MicrosoftAccountOptions()
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Although the terminology used on Microsoft Developer Portal names these tokens `ApplicationId` and `Password`, they're exposed as `ClientId` and `ClientSecret` to the configuration API.
 
 See the [MicrosoftAccountOptions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.microsoftaccountoptions) API reference for more information on configuration options supported by Microsoft Account authentication. This can be used to request different information about the user.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/twitter-logins.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/twitter-logins.md
index e4a5e4f3f821..da378e8f3493 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/twitter-logins.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/social/twitter-logins.md
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ The project template used in this tutorial ensures that [Microsoft.AspNetCore.Au
 
    `dotnet add package Microsoft.AspNetCore.Authentication.Twitter`
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Add the Twitter service in the `ConfigureServices` method in *Startup.cs* file:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -66,9 +67,10 @@ services.AddAuthentication().AddTwitter(twitterOptions =>
 });
 ```
 
-[!INCLUDE [default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[default settings configuration](includes/default-settings.md)]
+
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
 Add the Twitter middleware in the `Configure` method in *Startup.cs* file:
 
 ```csharp
@@ -79,7 +81,8 @@ app.UseTwitterAuthentication(new TwitterOptions()
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 See the [TwitterOptions](https://docs.microsoft.com/aspnet/core/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.twitteroptions) API reference for more information on configuration options supported by Twitter authentication. This can be used to request different information about the user.
 
 ## Sign in with Twitter
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/windowsauth.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/windowsauth.md
index 1a579dee49ff..e30c77a2e025 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/windowsauth.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/windowsauth.md
@@ -79,17 +79,20 @@ Launch the app to verify Windows authentication is working.
 
 ## Enable Windows authentication with HTTP.sys or WebListener
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Although Kestrel doesn't support Windows authentication, you can use [HTTP.sys](xref:fundamentals/servers/httpsys) to support self-hosted scenarios on Windows. The following example configures the app's web host to use HTTP.sys with Windows authentication:
 
 [!code-csharp[](windowsauth/sample/Program2x.cs?highlight=9-14)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Although Kestrel doesn't support Windows authentication, you can use [WebListener](xref:fundamentals/servers/weblistener) to support self-hosted scenarios on Windows. The following example configures the app's web host to use WebListener with Windows authentication:
 
 [!code-csharp[](windowsauth/sample/Program1x.cs?highlight=6-11)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Work with Windows authentication
 
 The configuration state of anonymous access determines the way in which the `[Authorize]` and `[AllowAnonymous]` attributes are used in the app. The following two sections explain how to handle the disallowed and allowed configuration states of anonymous access.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/ws-federation.md b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/ws-federation.md
index e2a34f14e378..5c6a62d9664e 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authentication/ws-federation.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authentication/ws-federation.md
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ By default, the new middleware:
      // ...
     ```
 
-[!INCLUDE [default settings configuration](social/includes/default-settings.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[default settings configuration](social/includes/default-settings.md)]
 
 ### Log in with WS-Federation
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authorization/razor-pages-authorization/sample/README.md b/aspnetcore/security/authorization/razor-pages-authorization/sample/README.md
index 0c83f0a7d17e..44bdf17958c9 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authorization/razor-pages-authorization/sample/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authorization/razor-pages-authorization/sample/README.md
@@ -8,10 +8,9 @@ When running the sample, use the email address **maria.rodriguez@contoso.com** t
 
 ## Examples in this sample
 
-|                                                                              Feature                                                                               |                                                                                        Description                                                                                         |
-|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|          [AuthorizePage](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.pageconventioncollectionextensions.authorizepage)          |                Adds an [AuthorizeFilter](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.authorization.authorizefilter) to the page with the specified path.                |
-|        [AuthorizeFolder](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.pageconventioncollectionextensions.authorizefolder)        |      Adds an [AuthorizeFilter](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.authorization.authorizefilter) to all of the pages in a folder with the specified path.      |
-|   [AllowAnonymousToPage](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.pageconventioncollectionextensions.allowanonymoustopage)   |            Adds an [AllowAnonymousFilter](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.authorization.allowanonymousfilter) to a page with the specified path.            |
+| Feature | Description |
+| ------- | ----------- |
+| [AuthorizePage](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.pageconventioncollectionextensions.authorizepage) | Adds an [AuthorizeFilter](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.authorization.authorizefilter) to the page with the specified path. |
+| [AuthorizeFolder](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.pageconventioncollectionextensions.authorizefolder) | Adds an [AuthorizeFilter](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.authorization.authorizefilter) to all of the pages in a folder with the specified path. |
+| [AllowAnonymousToPage](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.pageconventioncollectionextensions.allowanonymoustopage) | Adds an [AllowAnonymousFilter](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.authorization.allowanonymousfilter) to a page with the specified path. |
 | [AllowAnonymousToFolder](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.pageconventioncollectionextensions.allowanonymoustofolder) | Adds an [AllowAnonymousFilter](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.authorization.allowanonymousfilter) to all of the pages in a folder with the specified path. |
-
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/authorization/resourcebased.md b/aspnetcore/security/authorization/resourcebased.md
index e3c3927fd794..516716b772d4 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/authorization/resourcebased.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/authorization/resourcebased.md
@@ -61,24 +61,30 @@ In the following example, the resource to be secured is loaded into a custom `Do
 > [!NOTE]
 > The following code samples assume authentication has run and set the `User` property.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp2/Pages/Document/Edit.cshtml.cs?name=snippet_DocumentEditHandler)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp1/Controllers/DocumentController.cs?name=snippet_DocumentEditAction)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Write a resource-based handler
 
 Writing a handler for resource-based authorization isn't much different than [writing a plain requirements handler](xref:security/authorization/policies#security-authorization-policies-based-authorization-handler). Create a custom requirement class, and implement a requirement handler class. The handler class specifies both the requirement and resource type. For example, a handler utilizing a `SameAuthorRequirement` requirement and a `Document` resource looks as follows:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp2/Services/DocumentAuthorizationHandler.cs?name=snippet_HandlerAndRequirement)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp1/Services/DocumentAuthorizationHandler.cs?name=snippet_HandlerAndRequirement)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Register the requirement and handler in the `Startup.ConfigureServices` method:
 
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp2/Startup.cs?name=snippet_ConfigureServicesSample&highlight=3-7,9)]
@@ -91,13 +97,16 @@ If you're making decisions based on the outcomes of CRUD (**C**reate, **R**ead,
 
 The handler is implemented as follows, using an `OperationAuthorizationRequirement` requirement and a `Document` resource:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp2/Services/DocumentAuthorizationCrudHandler.cs?name=snippet_Handler)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp1/Services/DocumentAuthorizationCrudHandler.cs?name=snippet_Handler)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 The preceding handler validates the operation using the resource, the user's identity, and the requirement's `Name` property.
 
 To call an operational resource handler, specify the operation when invoking `AuthorizeAsync` in your page handler or action. The following example determines whether the authenticated user is permitted to view the provided document.
@@ -105,14 +114,16 @@ To call an operational resource handler, specify the operation when invoking `Au
 > [!NOTE]
 > The following code samples assume authentication has run and set the `User` property.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp2/Pages/Document/View.cshtml.cs?name=snippet_DocumentViewHandler&highlight=10-11)]
 
 If authorization succeeds, the page for viewing the document is returned. If authorization fails but the user is authenticated, returning `ForbidResult` informs any authentication middleware that authorization failed. A `ChallengeResult` is returned when authentication must be performed. For interactive browser clients, it may be appropriate to redirect the user to a login page.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](resourcebased/samples/ResourceBasedAuthApp1/Controllers/DocumentController.cs?name=snippet_DocumentViewAction&highlight=11-12)]
 
 If authorization succeeds, the view for the document is returned. If authorization fails, returning `ChallengeResult` informs any authentication middleware that authorization failed, and the middleware can take the appropriate response. An appropriate response could be returning a 401 or 403 status code. For interactive browser clients, it could mean redirecting the user to a login page.
 
-* * *
+---
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing.md b/aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing.md
index 3deaebd92e4c..4bc9257ffa08 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing.md
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ In the examples that follow:
 
 When using ASP.NET Core Identity:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 In the `ConfigureServices` method, use the [ConfigureApplicationCookie](/dotnet/api/microsoft.extensions.dependencyinjection.identityservicecollectionextensions.configureapplicationcookie) extension method to set up the data protection service for cookies.
 
 [!code-csharp[](cookie-sharing/sample/CookieAuthWithIdentity.Core/Startup.cs?name=snippet1)]
@@ -50,7 +51,8 @@ Data protection keys and the app name must be shared among apps. In the sample a
 
 See the *CookieAuthWithIdentity.Core* project in the [sample code](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing/sample/) ([how to download](xref:tutorials/index#how-to-download-a-sample)).
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 In the `Configure` method, use the [CookieAuthenticationOptions](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.builder.cookieauthenticationoptions) to set up:
 
 * The data protection service for cookies.
@@ -77,17 +79,20 @@ app.AddIdentity<ApplicationUser, IdentityRole>(options =>
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 When using cookies directly:
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](cookie-sharing/sample/CookieAuth.Core/Startup.cs?name=snippet1)]
 
 Data protection keys and the app name must be shared among apps. In the sample apps, `GetKeyRingDirInfo` returns the common key storage location to the [PersistKeysToFileSystem](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.dataprotection.dataprotectionbuilderextensions.persistkeystofilesystem) method. Use [SetApplicationName](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.dataprotection.dataprotectionbuilderextensions.setapplicationname) to configure a common shared app name (`SharedCookieApp` in the sample). For more information, see [Configuring Data Protection](xref:security/data-protection/configuration/overview). 
 
 See the *CookieAuth.Core* project in the [sample code](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing/sample/) ([how to download](xref:tutorials/index#how-to-download-a-sample)).
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 ```csharp
 app.UseCookieAuthentication(new CookieAuthenticationOptions
 {
@@ -97,7 +102,8 @@ app.UseCookieAuthentication(new CookieAuthenticationOptions
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Encrypting data protection keys at rest
 
 For production deployments, configure the `DataProtectionProvider` to encrypt keys at rest with DPAPI or an X509Certificate. See [Key Encryption At Rest](xref:security/data-protection/implementation/key-encryption-at-rest) for more information.
@@ -141,7 +147,8 @@ To share authentication cookies among ASP.NET 4.x apps and ASP.NET Core apps, co
 
 2. In *Startup.Auth.cs*, locate the call to `UseCookieAuthentication` and modify it as follows. Change the cookie name to match the name used by the ASP.NET Core cookie authentication middleware. Provide an instance of a `DataProtectionProvider` initialized to the common data protection key storage location. Make sure that the app name is set to the common app name used by all apps that share cookies, `SharedCookieApp` in the sample app.
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 [!code-csharp[](cookie-sharing/sample/CookieAuthWithIdentity.NETFramework/CookieAuthWithIdentity.NETFramework/App_Start/Startup.Auth.cs?name=snippet1)]
 
 See the *CookieAuthWithIdentity.NETFramework* project in the [sample code](https://github.com/aspnet/Docs/tree/master/aspnetcore/security/cookie-sharing/sample/) ([how to download](xref:tutorials/index#how-to-download-a-sample)).
@@ -152,7 +159,8 @@ When generating a user identity, the authentication type must match the type def
 
 [!code-csharp[](cookie-sharing/sample/CookieAuthWithIdentity.NETFramework/CookieAuthWithIdentity.NETFramework/Models/IdentityModels.cs?name=snippet1)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Set the `CookieManager` to interop `ChunkingCookieManager` so the chunking format is compatible.
 
 ```csharp
@@ -175,7 +183,8 @@ app.UseCookieAuthentication(new CookieAuthenticationOptions
 });
 ```
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Use a common user database
 
 Confirm that the identity system for each app is pointed at the same user database. Otherwise, the identity system produces failures at runtime when it attempts to match the information in the authentication cookie against the information in its database.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/data-protection/extensibility/core-crypto.md b/aspnetcore/security/data-protection/extensibility/core-crypto.md
index 6569bbd3e128..85e929671ee1 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/data-protection/extensibility/core-crypto.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/data-protection/extensibility/core-crypto.md
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The primary difference between IAuthenticatedEncryptor and IAuthenticatedEncrypt
 
 The descriptor can be serialized via its ExportToXml routine. This routine returns an XmlSerializedDescriptorInfo which contains two properties: the XElement representation of the descriptor and the Type which represents an [IAuthenticatedEncryptorDescriptorDeserializer](xref:security/data-protection/extensibility/core-crypto#data-protection-extensibility-core-crypto-iauthenticatedencryptordescriptordeserializer) which can be used to resurrect this descriptor given the corresponding XElement.
 
-The serialized descriptor may contain sensitive information such as cryptographic key material. The data protection system has built-in support for encrypting information before it's persisted to storage. To take advantage of this, the descriptor should mark the element which contains sensitive information with the attribute name "requiresEncryption" (xmlns "<http://schemas.asp.net/2015/03/dataProtection>"), value "true".
+The serialized descriptor may contain sensitive information such as cryptographic key material. The data protection system has built-in support for encrypting information before it's persisted to storage. To take advantage of this, the descriptor should mark the element which contains sensitive information with the attribute name "requiresEncryption" (xmlns "http://schemas.asp.net/2015/03/dataProtection"), value "true".
 
 >[!TIP]
 > There's a helper API for setting this attribute. Call the extension method XElement.MarkAsRequiresEncryption() located in namespace Microsoft.AspNetCore.DataProtection.AuthenticatedEncryption.ConfigurationModel.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration.md b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration.md
index 8b7156a6b352..7dd3418c4e1c 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration.md
@@ -49,21 +49,20 @@ The provider is added to the `ConfigurationBuilder` with the `AddAzureKeyVault`
 
 ## Creating key vault secrets and loading configuration values (basic-sample)
 1. Create a key vault and set up Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) for the application following the guidance in [Get started with Azure Key Vault](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/key-vault-get-started/).
-   * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
-     * Simple secrets are created as name-value pairs. Azure Key Vault secret names are limited to alphanumeric characters and dashes.
-     * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator in the sample. Colons, which are normally used to delimit a section from a subkey in [ASP.NET Core configuration](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index), aren't allowed in secret names. Therefore, two dashes are used and swapped for a colon when the secrets are loaded into the app's configuration.
-     * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs. The first secret is a simple name and value, and the second secret creates a secret value with a section and subkey in the secret name:
-       * `SecretName`: `secret_value_1`
-       * `Section--SecretName`: `secret_value_2`
-   * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
-   * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
-
+  * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
+    * Simple secrets are created as name-value pairs. Azure Key Vault secret names are limited to alphanumeric characters and dashes.
+    * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator in the sample. Colons, which are normally used to delimit a section from a subkey in [ASP.NET Core configuration](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index), aren't allowed in secret names. Therefore, two dashes are used and swapped for a colon when the secrets are loaded into the app's configuration.
+    * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs. The first secret is a simple name and value, and the second secret creates a secret value with a section and subkey in the secret name:
+      * `SecretName`: `secret_value_1`
+      * `Section--SecretName`: `secret_value_2`
+  * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
+  * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
 2. Update the app's *appsettings.json* file with the values of `Vault`, `ClientId`, and `ClientSecret`.
 3. Run the sample app, which obtains its configuration values from `IConfigurationRoot` with the same name as the secret name.
-   * Non-hierarchical values: The value for `SecretName` is obtained with `config["SecretName"]`.
-   * Hierarchical values (sections): Use `:` (colon) notation or the `GetSection` extension method. Use either of these approaches to obtain the configuration value:
-     * `config["Section:SecretName"]`
-     * `config.GetSection("Section")["SecretName"]`
+  * Non-hierarchical values: The value for `SecretName` is obtained with `config["SecretName"]`.
+  * Hierarchical values (sections): Use `:` (colon) notation or the `GetSection` extension method. Use either of these approaches to obtain the configuration value:
+    * `config["Section:SecretName"]`
+    * `config.GetSection("Section")["SecretName"]`
 
 When you run the app, a webpage shows the loaded secret values:
 
@@ -93,14 +92,13 @@ When you implement this approach:
 > You can also provide your own `KeyVaultClient` implementation to `AddAzureKeyVault`. Supplying a custom client allows you to share a single instance of the client between the configuration provider and other parts of your app.
 
 1. Create a key vault and set up Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) for the application following the guidance in [Get started with Azure Key Vault](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/key-vault-get-started/).
-   * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
-     * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator.
-     * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs:
-       * `5000-AppSecret`: `5.0.0.0_secret_value`
-       * `5100-AppSecret`: `5.1.0.0_secret_value`
-   * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
-   * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
-
+  * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
+    * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator.
+    * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs:
+      * `5000-AppSecret`: `5.0.0.0_secret_value`
+      * `5100-AppSecret`: `5.1.0.0_secret_value`
+  * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
+  * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
 2. Update the app's *appsettings.json* file with the values of `Vault`, `ClientId`, and `ClientSecret`.
 3. Run the sample app, which obtains its configuration values from `IConfigurationRoot` with the same name as the prefixed secret name. In this sample, the prefix is the app's version, which you provided to the `PrefixKeyVaultSecretManager` when you added the Azure Key Vault configuration provider. The value for `AppSecret` is obtained with `config["AppSecret"]`. The webpage generated by the app shows the loaded value:
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/1.x/README.md b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/1.x/README.md
index 9d2c2c89343d..99fc035fa6a1 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/1.x/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/1.x/README.md
@@ -9,18 +9,17 @@ For more information on how the sample works, see the [Azure Key Vault configura
 
 ## Using the sample
 1. Create a key vault and set up Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) for the application following the guidance in [Get started with Azure Key Vault](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/key-vault-get-started/).
-   * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
-     * Simple secrets are created as name-value pairs. Azure Key Vault secret names are limited to alphanumeric characters and dashes.
-     * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator in the sample. Colons, which are normally used to delimit a section from a subkey in [ASP.NET Core configuration](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index), aren't allowed in secret names. Therefore, two dashes are used and swapped for a colon when the secrets are loaded into the app's configuration.
-     * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs. The first secret is a simple name and value, and the second secret creates a secret value with a section and subkey in the secret name:
-       * `SecretName`: `secret_value_1`
-       * `Section--SecretName`: `secret_value_2`
-   * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
-   * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
-
+  * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
+    * Simple secrets are created as name-value pairs. Azure Key Vault secret names are limited to alphanumeric characters and dashes.
+    * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator in the sample. Colons, which are normally used to delimit a section from a subkey in [ASP.NET Core configuration](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index), aren't allowed in secret names. Therefore, two dashes are used and swapped for a colon when the secrets are loaded into the app's configuration.
+    * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs. The first secret is a simple name and value, and the second secret creates a secret value with a section and subkey in the secret name:
+      * `SecretName`: `secret_value_1`
+      * `Section--SecretName`: `secret_value_2`
+  * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
+  * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
 2. Update the app's *appsettings.json* file with the values of `Vault`, `ClientId`, and `ClientSecret`.
 3. Run the sample app, which obtains its configuration values from `IConfigurationRoot` with the same name as the secret name.
-   * Non-hierarchical values: The value for `SecretName` is obtained with `config["SecretName"]`.
-   * Hierarchical values (sections): Use `:` (colon) notation or the `GetSection` extension method. Use either of these approaches to obtain the configuration value:
-     * `config["Section:SecretName"]`
-     * `config.GetSection("Section")["SecretName"]`
+  * Non-hierarchical values: The value for `SecretName` is obtained with `config["SecretName"]`.
+  * Hierarchical values (sections): Use `:` (colon) notation or the `GetSection` extension method. Use either of these approaches to obtain the configuration value:
+    * `config["Section:SecretName"]`
+    * `config.GetSection("Section")["SecretName"]`
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/2.x/README.md b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/2.x/README.md
index fc941fe47c4e..6e32ee4de8e5 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/2.x/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/basic-sample/2.x/README.md
@@ -6,18 +6,17 @@ For more information on how the sample works, see the [Azure Key Vault configura
 
 ## Using the sample
 1. Create a key vault and set up Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) for the application following the guidance in [Get started with Azure Key Vault](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/key-vault-get-started/).
-   * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
-     * Simple secrets are created as name-value pairs. Azure Key Vault secret names are limited to alphanumeric characters and dashes.
-     * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator in the sample. Colons, which are normally used to delimit a section from a subkey in [ASP.NET Core configuration](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index), aren't allowed in secret names. Therefore, two dashes are used and swapped for a colon when the secrets are loaded into the app's configuration.
-     * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs. The first secret is a simple name and value, and the second secret creates a secret value with a section and subkey in the secret name:
-       * `SecretName`: `secret_value_1`
-       * `Section--SecretName`: `secret_value_2`
-   * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
-   * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
-
+  * Add secrets to the key vault using the [AzureRM Key Vault PowerShell Module](/powershell/module/azurerm.keyvault) available from the [PowerShell Gallery](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/AzureRM.KeyVault), the [Azure Key Vault REST API](/rest/api/keyvault/), or the [Azure Portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
+    * Simple secrets are created as name-value pairs. Azure Key Vault secret names are limited to alphanumeric characters and dashes.
+    * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator in the sample. Colons, which are normally used to delimit a section from a subkey in [ASP.NET Core configuration](xref:fundamentals/configuration/index), aren't allowed in secret names. Therefore, two dashes are used and swapped for a colon when the secrets are loaded into the app's configuration.
+    * Create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs. The first secret is a simple name and value, and the second secret creates a secret value with a section and subkey in the secret name:
+      * `SecretName`: `secret_value_1`
+      * `Section--SecretName`: `secret_value_2`
+  * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
+  * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
 2. Update the app's *appsettings.json* file with the values of `Vault`, `ClientId`, and `ClientSecret`.
 3. Run the sample app, which obtains its configuration values from `IConfigurationRoot` with the same name as the secret name.
-   * Non-hierarchical values: The value for `SecretName` is obtained with `config["SecretName"]`.
-   * Hierarchical values (sections): Use `:` (colon) notation or the `GetSection` extension method. Use either of these approaches to obtain the configuration value:
-     * `config["Section:SecretName"]`
-     * `config.GetSection("Section")["SecretName"]`
+  * Non-hierarchical values: The value for `SecretName` is obtained with `config["SecretName"]`.
+  * Hierarchical values (sections): Use `:` (colon) notation or the `GetSection` extension method. Use either of these approaches to obtain the configuration value:
+    * `config["Section:SecretName"]`
+    * `config.GetSection("Section")["SecretName"]`
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/1.x/README.md b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/1.x/README.md
index 2087a6bed064..da19f13ff895 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/1.x/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/1.x/README.md
@@ -9,14 +9,13 @@ For more information on how the sample works, see the [Azure Key Vault configura
 
 ## Using the sample
 1. Create a key vault and set up Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) for the application following the guidance in [Get started with Azure Key Vault](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/key-vault-get-started/).
-   * Add secrets to the key vault using the Azure PowerShell Module, the Azure Management API, or the Azure Portal. Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
-     * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator.
-     * For the sample app, create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs:
-       * `5000-AppSecret`: `5.0.0.0_secret_value`
-       * `5100-AppSecret`: `5.1.0.0_secret_value`
-   * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
-   * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
-
+  * Add secrets to the key vault using the Azure PowerShell Module, the Azure Management API, or the Azure Portal. Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
+    * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator.
+    * For the sample app, create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs:
+      * `5000-AppSecret`: `5.0.0.0_secret_value`
+      * `5100-AppSecret`: `5.1.0.0_secret_value`
+  * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
+  * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
 2. Update the app's *appsettings.json* file with the values of `Vault`, `ClientId`, and `ClientSecret`.
 3. Run the sample app, which obtains its configuration values from `IConfigurationRoot` with the same name as the prefixed secret name. In this sample, the prefix is the app's version, which you provided to the `PrefixKeyVaultSecretManager` when you added the Azure Key Vault configuration provider. The value for `AppSecret` is obtained with `config["AppSecret"]`.
 4. Change the version of the app assembly in the project file from `5.0.0.0` to `5.1.0.0` and run the app again. This time, the secret value returned is `5.1.0.0_secret_value`.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/2.x/README.md b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/2.x/README.md
index ece96326b38c..ff07bf0642eb 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/2.x/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/security/key-vault-configuration/samples/key-name-prefix-sample/2.x/README.md
@@ -6,14 +6,13 @@ For more information on how the sample works, see the [Azure Key Vault configura
 
 ## Using the sample
 1. Create a key vault and set up Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) for the application following the guidance in [Get started with Azure Key Vault](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/key-vault-get-started/).
-   * Add secrets to the key vault using the Azure PowerShell Module, the Azure Management API, or the Azure Portal. Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
-     * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator.
-     * For the sample app, create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs:
-       * `5000-AppSecret`: `5.0.0.0_secret_value`
-       * `5100-AppSecret`: `5.1.0.0_secret_value`
-   * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
-   * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
-
+  * Add secrets to the key vault using the Azure PowerShell Module, the Azure Management API, or the Azure Portal. Secrets are created as either *Manual* or *Certificate* secrets. *Certificate* secrets are certificates for use by apps and services but are not supported by the configuration provider. You should use the *Manual* option to create name-value pair secrets for use with the configuration provider.
+    * Hierarchical values (configuration sections) use `--` (two dashes) as a separator.
+    * For the sample app, create two *Manual* secrets with the following name-value pairs:
+      * `5000-AppSecret`: `5.0.0.0_secret_value`
+      * `5100-AppSecret`: `5.1.0.0_secret_value`
+  * Register the sample app with Azure Active Directory.
+  * Authorize the app to access the key vault. When you use the `Set-AzureRmKeyVaultAccessPolicy` PowerShell cmdlet to authorize the app to access the key vault, provide `List` and `Get` access to secrets with `-PermissionsToSecrets list,get`.
 2. Update the app's *appsettings.json* file with the values of `Vault`, `ClientId`, and `ClientSecret`.
 3. Run the sample app, which obtains its configuration values from `IConfigurationRoot` with the same name as the prefixed secret name. In this sample, the prefix is the app's version, which you provided to the `PrefixKeyVaultSecretManager` when you added the Azure Key Vault configuration provider. The value for `AppSecret` is obtained with `config["AppSecret"]`.
 4. Change the version of the app assembly in the project file from `5.0.0.0` to `5.1.0.0` and run the app again. This time, the secret value returned is `5.1.0.0_secret_value`.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/signalr/get-started.md b/aspnetcore/signalr/get-started.md
index fe078b1af6e0..be3fbcf71e22 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/signalr/get-started.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/signalr/get-started.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: signalr/get-started
 
 By [Rachel Appel](https://twitter.com/rachelappel)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Version notice](../includes/signalr-version-notice.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Version notice](../includes/signalr-version-notice.md)]
 
 This tutorial teaches the basics of building a real-time app using SignalR for ASP.NET Core.
 
@@ -51,14 +51,15 @@ Install the following software:
 
 ## Create an ASP.NET Core project that hosts SignalR client and server
 
-#### [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio/)
+# [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio)
+
 1. Use the **File** > **New Project** menu option and choose **ASP.NET Core Web Application**. Name the project *SignalRChat*.
 
-   ![New Project dialog in Visual Studio](get-started/_static/signalr-new-project-dialog.png)
+  ![New Project dialog in Visual Studio](get-started/_static/signalr-new-project-dialog.png)
 
 2. Select **Web Application** to create a project using Razor Pages. Then select **OK**. Be sure that **ASP.NET Core 2.1** is selected from the framework selector, though SignalR runs on older versions of .NET.
 
-   ![New Project dialog in Visual Studio](get-started/_static/signalr-new-project-choose-type.png)
+  ![New Project dialog in Visual Studio](get-started/_static/signalr-new-project-choose-type.png)
 
 3. Right-click the project in **Solution Explorer** > **Add** > **New Item** > **npm Configuration File**. Name the file *package.json*.
 
@@ -67,11 +68,12 @@ Install the following software:
     ```console
       npm install @aspnet/signalr
     ```
-5. Copy the <em>signalr.js</em> file from <em>node_modules\\@aspnet\signalr\dist\browser</em> to the <em>wwwroot\lib</em> folder in your project.
+5. Copy the *signalr.js* file from *node_modules\\@aspnet\signalr\dist\browser* to the *wwwroot\lib* folder in your project.
 
-#### [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code/)
-1. From the **Integrated Terminal**, run the following command:
+# [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code)
 
+1. From the **Integrated Terminal**, run the following command:
+ 
     ```console
       dotnet new razor -o SignalRChat
     ```
@@ -83,55 +85,59 @@ Install the following software:
       npm install @aspnet/signalr
     ```
 
-* * *
+-----
+
 ## Create the SignalR Hub
 
 A hub is a class that serves as a high-level pipeline that allows the client and server to call methods on each other.
 
-#### [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio/)
+# [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio)
+
 1. Add a class to the project by choosing **File** > **New** > **File** and selecting **Visual C# Class**.
 
-2. Inherit from `Microsoft.AspNetCore.SignalR.Hub`. The `Hub` class contains properties and events for managing connections and groups, as well as sending and receiving data.
+1. Inherit from `Microsoft.AspNetCore.SignalR.Hub`. The `Hub` class contains properties and events for managing connections and groups, as well as sending and receiving data.
+
+1. Create the `SendMessage` method that sends a message to all connected chat clients. Notice it returns a [Task](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.threading.tasks.task(v=vs.110).aspx), because SignalR is asynchronous. Asynchronous code scales better.
 
-3. Create the `SendMessage` method that sends a message to all connected chat clients. Notice it returns a [Task](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.threading.tasks.task(v=vs.110).aspx), because SignalR is asynchronous. Asynchronous code scales better.
+  [!code-csharp[Startup](get-started/sample/Hubs/ChatHub.cs?range=7-14)]
 
-   [!code-csharp[Startup](get-started/sample/Hubs/ChatHub.cs?range=7-14)]
+# [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code)
 
-#### [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code/)
 1. Open the *SignalRChat* folder in Visual Studio Code.
 
-2. Add a class to the project by selecting **File** > **New File** from the menu.
+1. Add a class to the project by selecting **File** > **New File** from the menu.
+
+1. Inherit from `Microsoft.AspNetCore.SignalR.Hub`. The `Hub` class contains properties and events for managing connections and groups, as well as sending and receiving data to clients.
 
-3. Inherit from `Microsoft.AspNetCore.SignalR.Hub`. The `Hub` class contains properties and events for managing connections and groups, as well as sending and receiving data to clients.
+1. Add a `SendMessage` method to the class. The `SendMessage` method sends a message to all connected chat clients. Notice it returns a [Task](/dotnet/api/system.threading.tasks.task), because SignalR is asynchronous. Asynchronous code scales better.
 
-4. Add a `SendMessage` method to the class. The `SendMessage` method sends a message to all connected chat clients. Notice it returns a [Task](/dotnet/api/system.threading.tasks.task), because SignalR is asynchronous. Asynchronous code scales better.
+  [!code-csharp[Startup](get-started/sample/Hubs/ChatHub.cs?range=7-14)]
 
-   [!code-csharp[Startup](get-started/sample/Hubs/ChatHub.cs?range=7-14)]
+-----
 
-* * *
 ## Configure the project to use SignalR
 
 The SignalR server must be configured so that it knows to pass requests to SignalR.
 
 1. To configure a SignalR project, modify the project's `Startup.ConfigureServices` method.
 
-   `services.AddSignalR` adds SignalR as part of the [middleware](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index) pipeline.
+  `services.AddSignalR` adds SignalR as part of the [middleware](xref:fundamentals/middleware/index) pipeline.
 
-2. Configure routes to your hubs using `UseSignalR`.
+1. Configure routes to your hubs using `UseSignalR`.
 
-   [!code-csharp[Startup](get-started/sample/Startup.cs?highlight=22,40-43)]
+  [!code-csharp[Startup](get-started/sample/Startup.cs?highlight=22,40-43)]
 
 ## Create the SignalR client code
 
 1. Replace the content in *Pages\Index.cshtml* with the following code:
 
-   [!code-cshtml[Index](get-started/sample/Pages/Index.cshtml)]
+  [!code-cshtml[Index](get-started/sample/Pages/Index.cshtml)]
 
-   The preceding HTML displays name and message fields, and a submit button. Notice the script references at the bottom: a reference to SignalR and *chat.js*.
+  The preceding HTML displays name and message fields, and a submit button. Notice the script references at the bottom: a reference to SignalR and *chat.js*.
 
-2. Add a JavaScript file, named *chat.js*, to the *wwwroot\js* folder. Add the following code to it:
+1. Add a JavaScript file, named *chat.js*, to the *wwwroot\js* folder. Add the following code to it:
 
-   [!code-javascript[Index](get-started/sample/wwwroot/js/chat.js)]
+  [!code-javascript[Index](get-started/sample/wwwroot/js/chat.js)]
 
 ## Run the app
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/spa/angular.md b/aspnetcore/spa/angular.md
index 96a23dc5ffff..5f78cb0bf198 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/spa/angular.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/spa/angular.md
@@ -34,12 +34,14 @@ cd my-new-app
 
 Run the app from either Visual Studio or the .NET Core CLI:
 
-#### [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio/)
+# [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio)
+
 Open the generated *.csproj* file, and run the app as normal from there.
 
 The build process restores npm dependencies on the first run, which can take several minutes. Subsequent builds are much faster.
 
-#### [.NET Core CLI](#tab/netcore-cli/)
+# [.NET Core CLI](#tab/netcore-cli)
+
 Ensure you have an environment variable called `ASPNETCORE_Environment` with a value of `Development`. On Windows (in non-PowerShell prompts), run `SET ASPNETCORE_Environment=Development`. On Linux or macOS, run `export ASPNETCORE_Environment=Development`.
 
 Run [dotnet build](/dotnet/core/tools/dotnet-build) to verify the app builds correctly. On the first run, the build process restores npm dependencies, which can take several minutes. Subsequent builds are much faster.
@@ -52,9 +54,10 @@ Now listening on: http://localhost:<port>
 
 Navigate to this URL in a browser.
 
-The app starts up an instance of the Angular CLI server in the background. A message similar to the following is logged: <em>NG Live Development Server is listening on localhost:&lt;otherport&gt;, open your browser on http://localhost:&lt;otherport&gt;/</em>. Ignore this message&mdash;it's <strong>not</strong> the URL for the combined ASP.NET Core and Angular CLI app.
+The app starts up an instance of the Angular CLI server in the background. A message similar to the following is logged: *NG Live Development Server is listening on localhost:&lt;otherport&gt;, open your browser on http://localhost:&lt;otherport&gt;/*. Ignore this message&mdash;it's **not** the URL for the combined ASP.NET Core and Angular CLI app.
+
+---
 
-* * *
 The project template creates an ASP.NET Core app and an Angular app. The ASP.NET Core app is intended to be used for data access, authorization, and other server-side concerns. The Angular app, residing in the *ClientApp* subdirectory, is intended to be used for all UI concerns.
 
 ## Add pages, images, styles, modules, etc.
diff --git a/aspnetcore/spa/index.md b/aspnetcore/spa/index.md
index 42b778bda288..a247c396f91f 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/spa/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/spa/index.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ uid: spa/index
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-* [!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
+* [!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
 * [Node.js](https://nodejs.org), version 6 or later
 
 ## Installation
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-controller.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-controller.md
index 4359db918d9c..2c482d0d81f2 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-controller.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-controller.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-controller
 
 By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-controller](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-controller](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller1.md)]
 
 ## Add a controller 
 
@@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ Name the controller **HelloWorldController**.
 
 ![Add MVC controller and name it](adding-controller/_static/ac.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-controller2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-controller2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](../first-mvc-app/start-mvc.md)
-> [Next](adding-view.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](../first-mvc-app/start-mvc.md)
+[Next](adding-view.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-model.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-model.md
index 28ffaaa36300..a0ae94264e6a 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-model.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-model
 ---
 # Add a model to an ASP.NET Core MVC app with Visual Studio for Mac
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model1.md)]
 
 * Right-click the *Models* folder, and then select **Add** > **New File**. 
 * In the **New File** dialog:
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ The automatic creation of [CRUD](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Create,_read,_update
   * Navigate to the *Views* folder, select *Views\Movies*, and then select **Open**.
   * In the **Select files to add from Movies** dialog, select **Include All**, and then **OK**.
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model 2x](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model2xp.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model 2x](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model2xp.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model3.md)]
 
 You now have a database and pages to display, edit, update and delete data. In the next tutorial, we'll work with the database.
 
@@ -106,6 +106,6 @@ You now have a database and pages to display, edit, update and delete data. In t
 * [Tag Helpers](xref:mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro)
 * [Globalization and localization](xref:fundamentals/localization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous Adding a View](adding-view.md)
-> [Next Working with SQL](working-with-sql.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous Adding a View](adding-view.md)
+[Next Working with SQL](working-with-sql.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-view.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-view.md
index 6d99b83bf5de..c45b9bef2d21 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-view.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-view.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-view
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-view](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-view](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view1.md)]
 
 ## Add a view 
 
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-view
 
 ![Add New Item dialog](adding-view/_static/add_view.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-view22](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-view22](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/controller-methods-views.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/controller-methods-views.md
index 4b0e6d780ebc..fba663adcb62 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/controller-methods-views.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/controller-methods-views.md
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ Build and run the app.
 
  -->
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/controller-methods-views.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/controller-methods-views.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Working with SQLite](working-with-sql.md)
-> [Next - Add search](search.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Working with SQLite](working-with-sql.md)
+[Next - Add search](search.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/index.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/index.md
index e3e5afb48496..fd3e60c77c8a 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/index.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/index
 
 This series of tutorials teaches you the basics of building an ASP.NET Core MVC web app using Visual Studio for Mac. 
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
 
 1. [Get started](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/start-mvc)
 1. [Add a controller](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/adding-controller)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/new-field.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/new-field.md
index f3f26395cc3a..ebc7662cb5bf 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/new-field.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/new-field.md
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/new-field
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-field](../../includes/mvc-intro/new-field.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-field](../../includes/mvc-intro/new-field.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add search](search.md)
-> [Next - Add validation](validation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add search](search.md)
+[Next - Add validation](validation.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/search.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/search.md
index 3faf8ccb0b83..6a277e82217e 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/search.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/search.md
@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/search
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search1.md)]
 
 Note: SQLlite is case sensitive, so you'll need to search for "Ghost" and not "ghost".
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search2.md)]
 
 Change the `<form>` tag in the *Views\movie\Index.cshtml* Razor view to specify `method="get"`:
 
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Change the `<form>` tag in the *Views\movie\Index.cshtml* Razor view to specify
 <form asp-controller="Movies" asp-action="Index" method="get">
 ```
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search3.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
-> [Next - Add a field](new-field.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
+[Next - Add a field](new-field.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/start-mvc.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/start-mvc.md
index aaaa257f7470..37fdae5a9407 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/start-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/start-mvc.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
 This tutorial teaches you the basics of building an ASP.NET Core MVC web app using [Visual Studio for Mac](https://www.visualstudio.com/vs/visual-studio-mac/). 
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
 
 There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-macos.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-macos.md)]
 
 ## Create a web app
 
@@ -57,5 +57,5 @@ The default template gives you **Home, About** and **Contact** links. The browse
 
 In the next part of this tutorial, you learn about MVC and start writing some code.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-controller.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-controller.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/validation.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/validation.md
index 9584c9127b5b..ffc4148d10de 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/validation.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/validation.md
@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/validation
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [validation](../../includes/mvc-intro/validation.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[validation](../../includes/mvc-intro/validation.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add a field](new-field.md)
-> [Next - Examine the Details and Delete methods](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app/details)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add a field](new-field.md)
+[Next - Examine the Details and Delete methods](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app/details)
 
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/working-with-sql.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/working-with-sql.md
index fdbdd74d7f69..c3d7cb12de95 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/working-with-sql.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/working-with-sql.md
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-mac/working-with-sql
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/sql.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/sql.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add a model](adding-model.md)
-> [Next - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add a model](adding-model.md)
+[Next - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-controller.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-controller.md
index babfdf3b6ab7..6a7e9f99ce48 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-controller.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-controller.md
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-controller
 
 By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-controller](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-controller](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller1.md)]
 
 * In **VS Code**, select the **EXPLORER** icon and then control-click (right-click) **Controllers > New File** and name the new file HelloWorldController.cs.
 
-  ![Contextual menu](adding-controller/_static/new_file.png)
+ ![Contextual menu](adding-controller/_static/new_file.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-controller2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-controller2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add a controller](start-mvc.md)
-> [Next - Add a view](adding-view.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add a controller](start-mvc.md)
+[Next - Add a view](adding-view.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-model.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-model.md
index 27df10de11bb..d7ec670a1dc8 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-model.md
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-model
 ---
 # Add a model to an ASP.NET Core MVC app
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model1](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model1](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model1.md)]
 
 * Add a class to the *Models* folder named *Movie.cs*.
 * Add the following code to the *Models/Movie.cs* file:
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ The scaffolding engine creates the following:
 
 The automatic creation of [CRUD](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Create,_read,_update_and_delete) (create, read, update, and delete) action methods and views is known as *scaffolding*. You'll soon have a fully functional web application that lets you manage a movie database.
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model 2x](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model2xp.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model 2x](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model2xp.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model3.md)]
 
 You now have a database and pages to display, edit, update and delete data. In the next tutorial, we'll work with the database.
 
@@ -72,6 +72,6 @@ You now have a database and pages to display, edit, update and delete data. In t
 * [Tag Helpers](xref:mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro)
 * [Globalization and localization](xref:fundamentals/localization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add a view](adding-view.md)
-> [Next - Working with SQLite](working-with-sql.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add a view](adding-view.md)
+[Next - Working with SQLite](working-with-sql.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-view.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-view.md
index c28c0ac2181f..3cdba5e31204 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-view.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-view.md
@@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-view
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-view](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-view](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view1.md)]
 
 Add an `Index` view for the `HelloWorldController`.
 
 * Add a new folder named *Views/HelloWorld*.
 * Add a new file to the *Views/HelloWorld* folder name *Index.cshtml*.
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-view2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-view2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add a controller](adding-controller.md)
-> [Next - Add a model](adding-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add a controller](adding-controller.md)
+[Next - Add a model](adding-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/controller-methods-views.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/controller-methods-views.md
index b0e4c5198e00..ed971cd3cee9 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/controller-methods-views.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/controller-methods-views.md
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ Build and run the app.
 
  -->
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/controller-methods-views.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/controller-methods-views.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Working with SQLite](working-with-sql.md)
-> [Next - Add search](search.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Working with SQLite](working-with-sql.md)
+[Next - Add search](search.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/index.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/index.md
index 145c6157d411..101044580d3a 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/index.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/index
 
 This series of tutorials teaches you the basics of building an ASP.NET Core MVC web app using Visual Studio Code. 
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
 
 1. [Get started](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/start-mvc)
 1. [Add a controller](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/adding-controller)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/new-field.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/new-field.md
index cbb2de56c967..664e18d5f704 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/new-field.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/new-field.md
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/new-field
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-field](../../includes/mvc-intro/new-field.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-field](../../includes/mvc-intro/new-field.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add search](search.md)
-> [Next - Add validation](validation.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add search](search.md)
+[Next - Add validation](validation.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/search.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/search.md
index 42cb91b7fc0a..261f706341d6 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/search.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/search.md
@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/search
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search1.md)]
 
 Note: SQLlite is case sensitive, so you'll need to search for "Ghost" and not "ghost".
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search2.md)]
 
 Change the `<form>` tag in the *Views\movie\Index.cshtml* Razor view to specify `method="get"`:
 
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Change the `<form>` tag in the *Views\movie\Index.cshtml* Razor view to specify
 <form asp-controller="Movies" asp-action="Index" method="get">
 ```
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search3.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
-> [Next - Add a field](new-field.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
+[Next - Add a field](new-field.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/start-mvc.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/start-mvc.md
index 634527598540..cf504c07a7d7 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/start-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/start-mvc.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
 This tutorial will teach you the basics of building an ASP.NET Core MVC web app using [Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com) (VS Code). The tutorial assumes familarity with VS Code. See [Getting started with VS Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs) and [Visual Studio Code help](#visual-studio-code-help) for more information. 
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
 
 There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md)]
 
 ## Create a web app with dotnet
 
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ In the next part of this tutorial, we'll learn about MVC and start writing some
   - [Linux keyboard shortcuts](https://code.visualstudio.com/shortcuts/keyboard-shortcuts-linux.pdf)
   - [Windows keyboard shortcuts](https://code.visualstudio.com/shortcuts/keyboard-shortcuts-windows.pdf)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next - Add a controller](adding-controller.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next - Add a controller](adding-controller.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/validation.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/validation.md
index 491da53a84e6..010e85e6605e 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/validation.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/validation.md
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/validation
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [validation](../../includes/mvc-intro/validation.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[validation](../../includes/mvc-intro/validation.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add a field](new-field.md)
-> [Next - Examine the Details and Delete methods](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app/details)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add a field](new-field.md)
+[Next - Examine the Details and Delete methods](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app/details)  
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/working-with-sql.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/working-with-sql.md
index c95ec98bf55c..6f3c6a52b0c7 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/working-with-sql.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/working-with-sql.md
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ ms.technology: aspnet
 ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/working-with-sql
 ---
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/sql.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/sql.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous - Add a model](adding-model.md)
-> [Next - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous - Add a model](adding-model.md)
+[Next - Controller methods and views](controller-methods-views.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-controller.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-controller.md
index 233660d9dab7..05d090b84a50 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-controller.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-controller.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-controller
 
 By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-controller1](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-controller1](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller1.md)]
 
 * In **Solution Explorer**, right-click **Controllers > Add > New Item**
 
@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
 ![Add MVC controller and name it](adding-controller/_static/ac.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-controller2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-controller2](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-controller2.md)]
 
 In Visual Studio, in non-debug mode (Ctrl+F5), you don't need to build the app after changing  code. Just save the file, refresh your browser and you can see the changes.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](start-mvc.md)
-> [Next](adding-view.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](start-mvc.md)
+[Next](adding-view.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-model.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-model.md
index 85dddaf4d39b..0c44d91edeab 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-model.md
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-model
 ---
 # Add a model to an ASP.NET Core MVC app
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model1.md)]
 
 Note: The ASP.NET Core 2.0 templates contain the *Models* folder.
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Visual Studio creates:
 
 * An Entity Framework Core [database context class](xref:data/ef-mvc/intro#create-the-database-context) (*Data/MvcMovieContext.cs*)
 * A movies controller (*Controllers/MoviesController.cs*)
-* Razor view files for Create, Delete, Details, Edit, and Index pages (<em>Views/Movies/&ast;.cshtml</em>)
+* Razor view files for Create, Delete, Details, Edit, and Index pages (*Views/Movies/&ast;.cshtml*)
 
 The automatic creation of the database context and [CRUD](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Create,_read,_update_and_delete) (create, read, update, and delete) action methods and views is known as *scaffolding*. You'll soon have a fully functional web application that lets you manage a movie database.
 
@@ -114,18 +114,18 @@ You can perform the preceeding steps using the command-line interface (CLI) rath
   If you run the app and get the error:
   
   ```text
-  SqlException: Cannot open database "Movie" requested by the login.
-  The login failed.
-  Login failed for user 'user name'.
-  ```
+SqlException: Cannot open database "Movie" requested by the login.
+The login failed.
+Login failed for user 'user name'.
+```
 
 You probably have not run ` dotnet ef database update`.
   
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model3.md)]
 
 [!code-csharp[](../../tutorials/first-mvc-app/start-mvc/sample/MvcMovie/Startup.cs?name=ConfigureServices&highlight=6-7)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model4.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding-model4.md)]
 
 ![Intellisense contextual menu on a Model item listing the available properties for ID, Price, Release Date, and Title](adding-model/_static/ints.png)
 
@@ -134,6 +134,6 @@ You probably have not run ` dotnet ef database update`.
 * [Tag Helpers](xref:mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro)
 * [Globalization and localization](xref:fundamentals/localization)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous Adding a View](adding-view.md)
-> [Next Working with SQL](working-with-sql.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous Adding a View](adding-view.md)
+[Next Working with SQL](working-with-sql.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-view.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-view.md
index 7a9a9ecb8cef..d0dffd275d09 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-view.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-view.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-view
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-view](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-view](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view1.md)]
 
 * Right click on the *Views* folder, and then **Add > New Folder** and name the folder *HelloWorld*.
 
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/adding-view
 
 ![Add New Item dialog](adding-view/_static/add_view.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-view22](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-view22](../../includes/mvc-intro/adding_view2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-controller.md)
-> [Next](adding-model.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-controller.md)
+[Next](adding-model.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/controller-methods-views.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/controller-methods-views.md
index b4d4fd2ad4ba..6635ecc9c7dc 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/controller-methods-views.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/controller-methods-views.md
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ The updated code:
 
 <!-- include start -->
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/controller-methods-views.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/controller-methods-views.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](working-with-sql.md)
-> [Next](search.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](working-with-sql.md)
+[Next](search.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/details.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/details.md
index 6e4efcad673c..aaf52c8f17d8 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/details.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/details.md
@@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ See [Publish an ASP.NET Core web app to Azure App Service using Visual Studio](x
 
 Thanks for completing this introduction to ASP.NET Core MVC. We appreciate any comments you leave. [Get started with MVC and EF Core](xref:data/ef-mvc/intro) is an excellent follow up to this tutorial.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](validation.md)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](validation.md)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/index.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/index.md
index c9f40bb2188d..c862fb398a27 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/index.md
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/index
 ---
 # Create a web app with ASP.NET Core MVC on Windows with Visual Studio
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
 
 There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/new-field.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/new-field.md
index 1014144422b6..d242e6140efd 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/new-field.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/new-field.md
@@ -81,6 +81,6 @@ If you delete all the records in the DB, the initialize will seed the DB and inc
 
 Run the app and verify you can create/edit/display movies with a `Rating` field. You should also add the `Rating` field to the `Edit`, `Details`, and `Delete` view templates.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](search.md)
-> [Next](validation.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](search.md)
+[Next](validation.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/search.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/search.md
index ad59f921e073..a961fddf3aea 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/search.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/search.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/search
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search1.md)]
 
 You can quickly rename the `searchString` parameter to `id` with the **rename** command. Right click on `searchString` **> Rename**.
 
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Change the parameter to `id` and all occurrences of `searchString` change to `id
 
 ![Code editor showing the variable has been changed to id](search/_static/rename3.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search2.md)]
 
 Notice how intelliSense helps us update the markup.
 
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Notice the distinctive font in the `<form>` tag. That distinctive font indicates
 
 ![form tag with purple text](search/_static/th_font.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[adding-model](../../includes/mvc-intro/search3.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](controller-methods-views.md)
-> [Next](new-field.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](controller-methods-views.md)
+[Next](new-field.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/start-mvc.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/start-mvc.md
index 65fe806274ae..3ec74dd9ae8a 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/start-mvc.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/start-mvc.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/start-mvc
 
 By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT)
 
-[!INCLUDE [consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[consider RP](../../includes/razor.md)]
 
 There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
@@ -24,10 +24,12 @@ There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
 ## Install Visual Studio and .NET Core
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs.md)]
+
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
 Install Visual Studio Community 2017. Select the Community download. Skip this step if you have Visual Studio 2017 installed.
 
 * [Visual Studio 2017 Home page installer](https://www.visualstudio.com/)
@@ -41,7 +43,8 @@ Run the installer and select the following workloads:
 
 ![**.NET Core cross-cross-platfrom development** (under **Other Toolsets**)](start-mvc/_static/x_plat_wl.png)
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Create a web app
 
 From Visual Studio, select  **File > New > Project**.
@@ -105,5 +108,5 @@ If you were running in debug mode, tap **Shift-F5** to stop debugging.
 
 In the next part of this tutorial, we'll learn about MVC and start writing some code.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next](adding-controller.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next](adding-controller.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/validation.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/validation.md
index 12ac1f7225f1..27f524934856 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/validation.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/validation.md
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/first-mvc-app/validation
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [validation](../../includes/mvc-intro/validation.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[validation](../../includes/mvc-intro/validation.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](new-field.md)
-> [Next](details.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](new-field.md)
+[Next](details.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/working-with-sql.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/working-with-sql.md
index c90f6dc1b9b1..3c7da5d48af1 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/working-with-sql.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-mvc-app/working-with-sql.md
@@ -64,17 +64,20 @@ if (context.Movie.Any())
 <a name="si"></a>
 ### Add the seed initializer
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 2.x](#tab/aspnetcore2x)
+
 Add the seed initializer to the `Main` method in the *Program.cs* file:
 
 [!code-csharp[](start-mvc/sample/MvcMovie/Program.cs?highlight=6,14-32)]
 
-#### [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x/)
+# [ASP.NET Core 1.x](#tab/aspnetcore1x)
+
 Add the seed initializer to the end of the `Configure` method in the *Startup.cs* file.
 
 [!code-csharp[](start-mvc/sample/MvcMovie/Startup.cs?highlight=9&name=snippet_seed)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Test the app
 
 * Delete all the records in the DB. You can do this with the delete links in the browser or from SSOX.
@@ -86,13 +89,13 @@ Test the app
 
     ![Contextual menu](working-with-sql/_static/stopIIS.png)
 
-    * If you were running VS in non-debug mode, press F5 to run in debug mode
-    * If you were running VS in debug mode, stop the debugger and press F5
-
+   * If you were running VS in non-debug mode, press F5 to run in debug mode
+   * If you were running VS in debug mode, stop the debugger and press F5
+   
 The app shows the seeded data.
 
 ![MVC Movie application open in Microsoft Edge showing movie data](working-with-sql/_static/m55.png)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous](adding-model.md)
-> [Next](controller-methods-views.md)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous](adding-model.md)
+[Next](controller-methods-views.md)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api-mac.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api-mac.md
index f7beb1a6fc0a..b624d90a35ac 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api-mac.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api-mac.md
@@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
 <!-- WARNING: The code AND images in this doc are used by uid: tutorials/web-api-vsc, tutorials/first-web-api-mac and tutorials/first-web-api. If you change any code/images in this tutorial, update uid: tutorials/web-api-vsc -->
 
-[!INCLUDE [template files](../includes/webApi/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[template files](../includes/webApi/intro.md)]
 
 See [Introduction to ASP.NET Core MVC on macOS or Linux](xref:tutorials/first-mvc-app-xplat/index) for an example that uses a persistent database.
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-macos.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-macos.md)]
 
 ## Create the project
 
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Add a `TodoContext` class to the *Models* folder.
 
 [!code-csharp[](first-web-api/sample/TodoApi/Models/TodoContext.cs)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [Register the database context](../includes/webApi/register_dbContext.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Register the database context](../includes/webApi/register_dbContext.md)]
 
 ## Add a controller
 
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ In Solution Explorer, in the *Controllers* folder, add the class `TodoController
 
 Replace the generated code with the following (and add closing braces):
 
-[!INCLUDE [code and get todo items](../includes/webApi/getTodoItems.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[code and get todo items](../includes/webApi/getTodoItems.md)]
 
 ### Launch the app
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api.md
index 4c821e2f0299..3efbd16b5c18 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/first-web-api.md
@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
 <!-- WARNING: The code AND images in this doc are used by uid: tutorials/web-api-vsc, tutorials/first-web-api-mac and tutorials/first-web-api. If you change any code/images in this tutorial, update uid: tutorials/web-api-vsc -->
 
-[!INCLUDE [intro to web API](../includes/webApi/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[intro to web API](../includes/webApi/intro.md)]
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-windows.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-windows.md)]
 
 ## Create the project
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Replace the class with the following code:
 
 [!code-csharp[](first-web-api/sample/TodoApi/Models/TodoContext.cs)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [Register the database context](../includes/webApi/register_dbContext.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Register the database context](../includes/webApi/register_dbContext.md)]
 
 ### Add a controller
 
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ In Solution Explorer, right-click the *Controllers* folder. Select **Add** > **N
 
 Replace the class with the following code:
 
-[!INCLUDE [code and get todo items](../includes/webApi/getTodoItems.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[code and get todo items](../includes/webApi/getTodoItems.md)]
 
 ### Launch the app
 
 In Visual Studio, press CTRL+F5 to launch the app. Visual Studio launches a browser and navigates to `http://localhost:port/api/values`, where *port* is a randomly chosen port number. Navigate to the `Todo` controller at `http://localhost:port/api/todo`.
 
-[!INCLUDE [last part of web API](../includes/webApi/end.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[last part of web API](../includes/webApi/end.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [next steps](../includes/webApi/next.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[next steps](../includes/webApi/next.md)]
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-NSwag.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-NSwag.md
index 94fac819c590..76b393b5eaa9 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-NSwag.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-NSwag.md
@@ -141,24 +141,28 @@ You can generate the code in other ways, more suited to your workflow:
 
 XML comments are enabled with the following approaches:
 
-#### [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio-xml/)
+# [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio-xml)
+
 * Right-click the project in **Solution Explorer** and select **Properties**
 * Check the **XML documentation file** box under the **Output** section of the **Build** tab:
 
 ![Build tab of project properties](web-api-help-pages-using-swagger/_static/swagger-xml-comments.png)
 
-#### [Visual Studio for Mac](#tab/visual-studio-mac-xml/)
+# [Visual Studio for Mac](#tab/visual-studio-mac-xml)
+
 * Open the **Project Options** dialog > **Build** > **Compiler**
 * Check the **Generate xml documentation** box under the **General Options** section:
 
 ![General Options section of project options](web-api-help-pages-using-swagger/_static/swagger-xml-comments-mac.png)
 
-#### [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code-xml/)
+# [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code-xml)
+
 Manually add the following snippet to the *.csproj* file:
 
 [!code-xml[](../tutorials/web-api-help-pages-using-swagger/samples/TodoApi.NSwag/TodoApiNSwag.csproj?range=7-9)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 ## Data annotations
 
 NSwag uses [Reflection](/dotnet/csharp/programming-guide/concepts/reflection), and the best practice for Web API actions is to return [IActionResult](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.mvc.iactionresult). Consequently, NSwag can't infer what your action is doing and what it returns. Consider the following example:
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-swashbuckle.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-swashbuckle.md
index 0ea82171c026..f734273ac3e9 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-swashbuckle.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/getting-started-with-swashbuckle.md
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The Swagger UI can be found at `http://localhost:<random_port>/swagger`. Explore
 
 > [!TIP]
 > To serve the Swagger UI at the app's root (`http://localhost:<random_port>/`), set the `RoutePrefix` property to an empty string:
-> 
+>
 > [!code-csharp[](../tutorials/web-api-help-pages-using-swagger/samples/TodoApi.Swashbuckle/Startup3.cs?name=snippet_UseSwaggerUI&highlight=4)]
 
 ## Customize & extend
@@ -110,24 +110,28 @@ The Swagger UI displays the version's information:
 
 XML comments can be enabled with the following approaches:
 
-#### [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio-xml/)
+# [Visual Studio](#tab/visual-studio-xml)
+
 * Right-click the project in **Solution Explorer** and select **Properties**
 * Check the **XML documentation file** box under the **Output** section of the **Build** tab:
 
 ![Build tab of project properties](web-api-help-pages-using-swagger/_static/swagger-xml-comments.png)
 
-#### [Visual Studio for Mac](#tab/visual-studio-mac-xml/)
+# [Visual Studio for Mac](#tab/visual-studio-mac-xml)
+
 * Open the **Project Options** dialog > **Build** > **Compiler**
 * Check the **Generate xml documentation** box under the **General Options** section:
 
 ![General Options section of project options](web-api-help-pages-using-swagger/_static/swagger-xml-comments-mac.png)
 
-#### [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code-xml/)
+# [Visual Studio Code](#tab/visual-studio-code-xml)
+
 Manually add the following snippet to the *.csproj* file:
 
 [!code-xml[](../tutorials/web-api-help-pages-using-swagger/samples/TodoApi.Swashbuckle/TodoApi.csproj?name=snippet_SuppressWarnings&highlight=2)]
 
-* * *
+---
+
 Enabling XML comments provides debug information for undocumented public types and members. Undocumented types and members are indicated by the warning message. For example, the following message indicates a violation of warning code 1591:
 
 ```text
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-cli.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-cli.md
index 7a64caadb350..3c9902b92e50 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-cli.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-cli.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ uid: tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-cli
 
 By [Cam Soper](https://twitter.com/camsoper)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Azure App Service Preview Notice](../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Azure App Service Preview Notice](../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
 
 This tutorial will show you how to build and deploy an ASP.NET Core application to Microsoft Azure App Service using command line tools.  When finished, you'll have a web application built in ASP.NET MVC Core hosted as an Azure App Service Web App.  This tutorial is written using Windows command line tools, but can be applied to macOS and Linux environments, as well.  
 
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ In this tutorial, you learn how to:
 To complete this tutorial, you'll need:
 
 * A [Microsoft Azure subscription](https://azure.microsoft.com/free/)
-* [!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
+* [!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-sdk-download-link.md)]
 * [Git](https://www.git-scm.com/) command line client
 
 ## Create a web application
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-vs.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-vs.md
index 108d22e3cdf5..cb7bdbe49d83 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-vs.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-vs.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ uid: tutorials/publish-to-azure-webapp-using-vs
 
 By [Rick Anderson](https://twitter.com/RickAndMSFT), [Cesar Blum Silveira](https://github.com/cesarbs), and [Rachel Appel](https://twitter.com/rachelappel)
 
-[!INCLUDE [Azure App Service Preview Notice](../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Azure App Service Preview Notice](../includes/azure-apps-preview-notice.md)]
 
 See [Publish to Azure from Visual Studio for Mac](https://blog.xamarin.com/publish-azure-visual-studio-mac/) if you are working on macOS.
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1.md
index 7b3a660cde56..7a49ef5f2470 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1.md
@@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ ms.technology: aspnet
 ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1
 ---
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/da1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/da1.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/da2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/da2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Work with SQLlite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql)
-> [Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Work with SQLlite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql)
+[Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model.md
index 415f0c9d6817..faa353d27cb4 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ uid: tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model
 
 # Add a model to an ASP.NET Core Razor Pages app with Visual Studio for Mac
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/model1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/model1.md)]
 
 ## Add a data model
 
@@ -25,9 +25,8 @@ uid: tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model
   * Select **Empty Class** in the center pain.
   * Name the class **Movie** and select **New**.
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 2](../../includes/RP/model2.md)]
-
-[!INCLUDE [model 2a](../../includes/RP/model2a.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 2](../../includes/RP/model2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 2a](../../includes/RP/model2a.md)]
 
 [!code-csharp[](../../tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start/sample/RazorPagesMovie/Startup.cs?name=snippet_ConfigureServices2&highlight=3-6)]
 
@@ -55,13 +54,12 @@ Add the `Microsoft.EntityFrameworkCore.Tools.DotNet` tool reference to the secon
 
 The version numbers shown in the following code were correct at the time of writing.
 
-[!INCLUDE [model3](../../includes/RP/model3.md)]
-
-[!INCLUDE [model 4x](../../includes/RP/model4x.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model3](../../includes/RP/model3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 4x](../../includes/RP/model4x.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 4 exit](../../includes/RP/model4exit.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 4 exit](../../includes/RP/model4exit.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 4](../../includes/RP/model4.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 4](../../includes/RP/model4.md)]
 
 ### Add the Pages/Movies files to the project
 
@@ -71,6 +69,6 @@ The version numbers shown in the following code were correct at the time of writ
 
 The next tutorial explains the files created by scaffolding.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Get Started](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/razor-pages-start)
-> [Next: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Get Started](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/razor-pages-start)
+[Next: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page.md
index a858088e5cd0..784d5aa09bfa 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page.md
@@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-mac/page
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/page1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/page1.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/page2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/page2.md)]
 
 The next tutorial explains SQLite and seeding the database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model)
-> [Next: SQLite ](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model)
+[Next: SQLite ](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/razor-pages-start.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/razor-pages-start.md
index ae917f41aa0d..a0ddca1f3d09 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/razor-pages-start.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/razor-pages-start.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This tutorial teaches the basics of building an ASP.NET Core Razor Pages web app
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-macos.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-macos.md)]
 
 ## Create a Razor web app
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ The preceding commands use the [.NET Core CLI](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet
 
 ![Home or Index page](../razor-pages/razor-pages-start/_static/home.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [razor-pages-start](../../includes/RP/razor-pages-start.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[razor-pages-start](../../includes/RP/razor-pages-start.md)]
 
 ## Open the project
 
@@ -48,5 +48,5 @@ In Visual Studio, select **Run > Start Without Debugging** to launch the app. Vi
 
 In the next tutorial, we add a model to the project.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search.md
index 2fe6ba067281..35aacc091183 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search.md
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-mac/search
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [Search](../../includes/RP/search.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Search](../../includes/RP/search.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1)
-> [Next: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1)
+[Next: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql.md
index 2bb9f9e62963..bf6f568d8e4c 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql.md
@@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-mac/sql
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [SQLlite](../../includes/RP/sql.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[SQLlite](../../includes/RP/sql.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model)
-> [Next: Update the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1)
+
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/model)
+[Next: Update the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-mac/da1)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1.md
index 5ea3ff818173..a6cd6f53f641 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1.md
@@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ ms.technology: aspnet
 ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1
 ---
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/da1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/da1.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/da2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/da2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Working with SQLlite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql)
-> [Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/search)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Working with SQLlite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql)
+[Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/search)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/index.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/index.md
index d1cf35a289e4..4cc08f13ece0 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/index.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/index.md
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ This is a work in progress.
 This series explains the basics of building a Razor Pages web app with ASP.NET Core using Visual Studio Code.
 
 1. [Get started with Razor Pages with VS Code](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start)
-2. [Add a model to a Razor Pages app](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)
-3. [Scaffolded Razor Pages]         (xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page)
-4. [Work with SQLite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql)
-5. [Update the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1)
-6. [Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search)
+1. [Add a model to a Razor Pages app](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)
+1. [Scaffolded Razor Pages]         (xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page)
+1. [Work with SQLite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql)
+1. [Update the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1)
+1. [Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search)
 
 Until the next section is complete, follow the Visual Studio for Windows version.
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model.md
index d41ac708c6c5..69755217e2fb 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ uid: tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model
 
 # Add a model to an ASP.NET Core Razor Pages app with Visual Studio for Mac
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/model1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/model1.md)]
 
 ## Add a data model
 
@@ -21,9 +21,8 @@ uid: tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model
 * Add a class to the *Models* folder named *Movie.cs*.
 * Add the following code to the *Models/Movie.cs* file:
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 2](../../includes/RP/model2.md)]
-
-[!INCLUDE [model 2a](../../includes/RP/model2a.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 2](../../includes/RP/model2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 2a](../../includes/RP/model2a.md)]
 
 [!code-csharp[](../../tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start/sample/RazorPagesMovie/Startup.cs?name=snippet_ConfigureServices2&highlight=3-6)]
 
@@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ Edit the *RazorPagesMovie.csproj* file:
 
 [!code-xml[](../../tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start/snapshot_cli_sample/RazorPagesMovie/RazorPagesMovie.cli.csproj)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 3](../../includes/RP/model3.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 3](../../includes/RP/model3.md)]
 
 <a name="scaffold"></a>
 ### Scaffold the Movie model
@@ -69,10 +68,9 @@ If you get the error:
 
 Exit Visual Studio and run the command again.
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 4](../../includes/RP/model4.md)]
-
+[!INCLUDE[model 4](../../includes/RP/model4.md)]
 The next tutorial explains the files created by scaffolding.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Get Started](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start)
-> [Next: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Get Started](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start)
+[Next: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page.md
index bf1c5790488c..f2da72d50d87 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page.md
@@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/page
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/page1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/page1.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/page2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/page2.md)]
 
 The next tutorial explains SQLite and seeding the database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)
-> [Next: SQLite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)
+[Next: SQLite](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start.md
index d8c2faa4604c..a4e72340ee52 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/razor-pages-start.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This tutorial teaches the basics of building an ASP.NET Core Razor Pages web app
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md)]
 
 ## Create a Razor web app
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ The preceding commands use the [.NET Core CLI](https://docs.microsoft.com/dotnet
 
 ![Home or Index page](../razor-pages/razor-pages-start/_static/home.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [razor-pages-start](../../includes/RP/razor-pages-start.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[razor-pages-start](../../includes/RP/razor-pages-start.md)]
 
 ## Open the project
 
@@ -51,5 +51,5 @@ Press Ctrl+F5 to start the app without debugging. Alternatively, from the **Debu
 
 In the next tutorial, we add a model to the project. 
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)  
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)  
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search.md
index 7bc95043162d..d7e1d729cd4d 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search.md
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/search
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [Search](../../includes/RP/search.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Search](../../includes/RP/search.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1)
-> [Next: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1)
+[Next: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql.md
index 8c400a97d1bb..ee6a2efa7f56 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql.md
@@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ ms.topic: get-started-article
 uid: tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/sql
 ---
 
-[!INCLUDE [SQLlite](../../includes/RP/sql.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[SQLlite](../../includes/RP/sql.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)
-> [Next: Update the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1)
+
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/model)
+[Next: Update the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages-vsc/da1)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/da1.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/da1.md
index 84e6c27e59a4..070e297dca37 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/da1.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/da1.md
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ Select `using System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations;`
 
   Visual studio adds `using System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations;`.
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/da2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/da2.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Working with SQL Server LocalDB](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/sql)
-> [Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/search)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Working with SQL Server LocalDB](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/sql)
+[Add search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/search)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/model.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/model.md
index 395aaf02f7ad..0fd7c229d2e0 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/model.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/model.md
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ uid: tutorials/razor-pages/model
 ---
 # Add a model to a Razor Pages app in ASP.NET Core
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/model1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/model1.md)]
 
 ## Add a data model
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ In Solution Explorer, right-click the **RazorPagesMovie** project > **Add** > **
 
 Right click the *Models* folder. Select **Add** > **Class**. Name the class **Movie** and add the following properties:
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 2](../../includes/RP/model2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 2](../../includes/RP/model2.md)]
 
 <a name="cs"></a>
 ### Add a database connection string
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ The `Add-Migration` command generates code to create the initial database schema
 
 The `Update-Database` command runs the `Up` method in the *Migrations/\<time-stamp>_InitialCreate.cs* file, which creates the database.
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 4windows](../../includes/RP/model4Win.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 4windows](../../includes/RP/model4Win.md)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [model 4](../../includes/RP/model4tbl.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model 4](../../includes/RP/model4tbl.md)]
 
 <a name="test"></a>
 ### Test the app
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The `Update-Database` command runs the `Up` method in the *Migrations/\<time-sta
 * Run the app and append `/Movies` to the URL in the browser (`http://localhost:port/movies`).
 * Test the **Create** link.
 
-  ![Create page](../../tutorials/razor-pages/model/_static/conan.png)
+ ![Create page](../../tutorials/razor-pages/model/_static/conan.png)
 
 <a name="scaffold"></a>
 
@@ -85,6 +85,6 @@ If you get a SQL exception, verify you have run migrations and updated the datab
 
 The next tutorial explains the files created by scaffolding.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Get Started](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start)
-> [Next: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/page)    
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Get Started](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start)
+[Next: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/page)    
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/new-field.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/new-field.md
index 2dd27bca3bd1..224ccc3faf1b 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/new-field.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/new-field.md
@@ -99,6 +99,6 @@ If you delete all the records in the DB, the initializer will seed the DB and in
 
 Run the app and verify you can create/edit/display movies with a `Rating` field. If the database isn't seeded, stop IIS Express, and then run the app.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Adding Search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/search)
-> [Next: Adding Validation](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/validation)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Adding Search](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/search)
+[Next: Adding Validation](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/validation)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/page.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/page.md
index 95e4e8eb08a3..dc1927e75859 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/page.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/page.md
@@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ uid: tutorials/razor-pages/page
 ---
 # Scaffolded Razor Pages in ASP.NET Core
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/page1.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/page1.md)]
 
 Visual Studio displays the `<form method="post">` tag in a distinctive font used for Tag Helpers: 
 
 ![VS17 view of Create.cshtml page](page/_static/th.png)
 
-[!INCLUDE [model1](../../includes/RP/page2.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[model1](../../includes/RP/page2.md)]
 
 The next tutorial explains SQL Server LocalDB and seeding the database.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/model)
-> [Next: SQL Server LocalDB](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/sql)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/model)
+[Next: SQL Server LocalDB](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/sql)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start.md
index b8aa8a5a09ac..3bea0dfe465c 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/razor-pages-start.md
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ There are three versions of this tutorial:
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-windows.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-windows.md)]
 
 ## Create a Razor web app
 
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ There are three versions of this tutorial:
   ![new ASP.NET Core Web Application](../../mvc/razor-pages/index/_static/np.png)
 * Select **ASP.NET Core 2.0** in the dropdown, and then select **Web Application**.
 
-  [!INCLUDE [install 2.0](../../includes/dotnetcore-on-dotnetfx-vs.md)]
+  [!INCLUDE[install 2.0](../../includes/dotnetcore-on-dotnetfx-vs.md)]
 
 The Visual Studio template creates a starter project:
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Press **F5** to run the app in debug mode or **Ctrl-F5** to run without attachin
 * Visual Studio starts [IIS Express](https://docs.microsoft.com/iis/extensions/introduction-to-iis-express/iis-express-overview) and runs your app. The address bar shows `localhost:port#` and not something like `example.com`. That's because `localhost` is the standard hostname for your local computer. Localhost only serves web requests from the local computer. When Visual Studio creates a web project, a random port is used for the web server. In the preceding image, the port number is 5000. When you run the app, you'll see a different port number.
 * Launching the app with **Ctrl+F5** (non-debug mode) allows you to make code changes, save the file, refresh the browser, and see the code changes. Many developers prefer to use non-debug mode to quickly launch the app and view changes.
 
-[!INCLUDE [razor-pages-start](../../includes/RP/razor-pages-start.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[razor-pages-start](../../includes/RP/razor-pages-start.md)]
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Next: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/model)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Next: Adding a model](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/model)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/search.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/search.md
index 34bf017b67aa..802681dc1f53 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/search.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/search.md
@@ -101,6 +101,6 @@ Update *Index.cshtml* as follows:
 
 Test the app by searching by genre, by movie title, and by both.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/da1)
-> [Next: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/da1)
+[Next: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/sql.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/sql.md
index e70b32aaf83a..9b9eeb4af53b 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/sql.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/sql.md
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ Test the app
 
     ![Contextual menu](sql/_static/stopIIS.png)
 
-    * If you were running VS in non-debug mode, press F5 to run in debug mode.
-    * If you were running VS in debug mode, stop the debugger and press F5.
+   * If you were running VS in non-debug mode, press F5 to run in debug mode.
+   * If you were running VS in debug mode, stop the debugger and press F5.
    
 The app shows the seeded data:
 
@@ -86,6 +86,6 @@ The app shows the seeded data:
 
 The next tutorial will clean up the presentation of the data.
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/page)
-> [Next: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/da1)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Scaffolded Razor Pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/page)
+[Next: Updating the pages](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/da1)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/uploading-files.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/uploading-files.md
index 2690a401a259..77958931f58d 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/uploading-files.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/uploading-files.md
@@ -181,5 +181,5 @@ Thanks for completing this introduction to Razor Pages. We appreciate feedback.
 * [File uploads in ASP.NET Core](xref:mvc/models/file-uploads)
 * [IFormFile](/dotnet/api/microsoft.aspnetcore.http.iformfile)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Validation](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/validation)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Validation](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/validation)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/validation.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/validation.md
index f26455811d3d..e20adfa404fa 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/validation.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/razor-pages/validation.md
@@ -140,6 +140,6 @@ See [Publish an ASP.NET Core web app to Azure App Service using Visual Studio](x
 * [Introduction to Tag Helpers](xref:mvc/views/tag-helpers/intro)
 * [Author Tag Helpers](xref:mvc/views/tag-helpers/authoring)
 
-> [!div class="step-by-step"]
-> [Previous: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
-> [Next: Uploading files](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/uploading-files)
+>[!div class="step-by-step"]
+[Previous: Adding a new field](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/new-field)
+[Next: Uploading files](xref:tutorials/razor-pages/uploading-files)
diff --git a/aspnetcore/tutorials/web-api-vsc.md b/aspnetcore/tutorials/web-api-vsc.md
index fb6d0da765b0..02ef9c778e88 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/tutorials/web-api-vsc.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/tutorials/web-api-vsc.md
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ There are 3 versions of this tutorial:
 
 <!-- WARNING: The code AND images in this doc are used by uid: tutorials/web-api-vsc, tutorials/first-web-api-mac and tutorials/first-web-api. If you change any code/images in this tutorial, update uid: tutorials/web-api-vsc -->
 
-[!INCLUDE [template files](../includes/webApi/intro.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[template files](../includes/webApi/intro.md)]
 
 ## Prerequisites
 
-[!INCLUDE [](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[](~/includes/net-core-prereqs-vscode.md)]
 
 ## Create the project
 
@@ -82,19 +82,19 @@ Add a `TodoContext` class in the *Models* folder:
 
 [!code-csharp[](first-web-api/sample/TodoApi/Models/TodoContext.cs)]
 
-[!INCLUDE [Register the database context](../includes/webApi/register_dbContext.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[Register the database context](../includes/webApi/register_dbContext.md)]
 
 ## Add a controller
 
 In the *Controllers* folder, create a class named `TodoController`. Add the following code:
 
-[!INCLUDE [code and get todo items](../includes/webApi/getTodoItems.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[code and get todo items](../includes/webApi/getTodoItems.md)]
 
 ### Launch the app
 
 In VS Code, press F5 to launch the app. Navigate to  http://localhost:5000/api/todo   (The `Todo` controller we just created).
 
-[!INCLUDE [last part of web API](../includes/webApi/end.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[last part of web API](../includes/webApi/end.md)]
 
 ## Visual Studio Code help
 
@@ -107,5 +107,6 @@ In VS Code, press F5 to launch the app. Navigate to  http://localhost:5000/api/t
   - [Linux keyboard shortcuts](https://code.visualstudio.com/shortcuts/keyboard-shortcuts-linux.pdf)
   - [Windows keyboard shortcuts](https://code.visualstudio.com/shortcuts/keyboard-shortcuts-windows.pdf)
 
-[!INCLUDE [next steps](../includes/webApi/next.md)]
+[!INCLUDE[next steps](../includes/webApi/next.md)]
+
 
diff --git a/aspnetcore/web-api/action-return-types/samples/README.md b/aspnetcore/web-api/action-return-types/samples/README.md
index 40fa53942d30..06f31dd5e248 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/web-api/action-return-types/samples/README.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/web-api/action-return-types/samples/README.md
@@ -2,10 +2,8 @@
 
 The following table provides a description of the various folders making up the sample solution:
 
-
-|              Folder              |                                        Purpose                                        |
-|----------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|   <em>WebApiSample.Api.21</em>   |                         An ASP.NET Core 2.1 Web API project.                          |
-| <em>WebApiSample.Api.Pre21</em>  |                         An ASP.NET Core 2.0 Web API project.                          |
-| <em>WebApiSample.DataAccess</em> | A .NET Standard 2.0 data access layer project which is used by both Web API projects. |
-
+| Folder                   | Purpose       |
+|--------------------------|---------------|
+| *WebApiSample.Api.21*    | An ASP.NET Core 2.1 Web API project. |
+| *WebApiSample.Api.Pre21* | An ASP.NET Core 2.0 Web API project. |
+| *WebApiSample.DataAccess*| A .NET Standard 2.0 data access layer project which is used by both Web API projects. |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/aspnetcore/web-api/advanced/formatting.md b/aspnetcore/web-api/advanced/formatting.md
index e45a9d0ae84b..f5dc6b79dc03 100644
--- a/aspnetcore/web-api/advanced/formatting.md
+++ b/aspnetcore/web-api/advanced/formatting.md
@@ -178,10 +178,8 @@ public class ProductsController
 
 This route would allow the requested format to be specified as an optional file extension. The `[FormatFilter]` attribute checks for the existence of the format value in the `RouteData` and will map the response format to the appropriate formatter when the response is created.
 
-
-|           Route            |             Formatter              |
-|----------------------------|------------------------------------|
-|   `/products/GetById/5`    |    The default output formatter    |
+| Route                      | Formatter                          |
+| -------------------------- | ---------------------------------- |
+| `/products/GetById/5`      | The default output formatter       |
 | `/products/GetById/5.json` | The JSON formatter (if configured) |
 | `/products/GetById/5.xml`  | The XML formatter (if configured)  |
-